Altalink c8170f Series Service Manual

Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F Service Manual
Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F

Service Manual
Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F Service Manual
705P01438
Initial Issue
May 2020
Prepared for:
Xerox Corporation
800 Phillips Road
Webster, New York 14580
© 2020 Xerox Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Xerox®, Xerox, and AltaLink® are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Other company trademarks are also acknowledged.
NOTICE
While every care has been taken in the preparation of this manual, no liability will be accepted by Xerox arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions.
All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product trained service personnel only. Xerox
does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components or parts of such
equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms re-
garding customer or third-party provided service.
Introduction Initial Issue
Introduction
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
How To Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Change History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Mod/Tag Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Voltages Resistances and Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Health and Safety Incident reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
Translation of Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
i Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

Service Manual
Initial Issue Introduction
About This Manual H o w To U s e T h i s M a n u a l

This manual is part of a multinational service documentation system that is structured in the stand- Always start with the Service Call Procedures, Section 1. Perform Initial Actions and verify the prob-
ard Xerox service manual format. lem, then follow the directions given.
Organization How to Differentiate Between Machine Variants

The service manual is the document used as the primary information source for repairing and main- When a procedure, parts list description or other reference is unique across different machine var-
taining this family of products and is available as EDOC on a CDROM, or in PDF format on a iants, the appropriate variant name will be quoted. For example, C81XX. Any artwork will also be
CDROM. The information within the manual is divided into an introduction and 8 other sections. variant-specific.
Section 1 Service Call Procedures C81XX includes the following model variants:
This section is used to start and complete a service call. The procedures in this section will either di- • Xerox® AltaLink® C8130 Color Multifunction Printer - 30 ppm
rect you to a Repair Analysis Procedure (RAP), or identify a faulty component or subassembly.
• Xerox® AltaLink® C8135 Color Multifunction Printer - 35 ppm
Section 2 Status Indicator Repair Analysis Procedures • Xerox® AltaLink® C8145 Color Multifunction Printer - 45 ppm
This section contains the Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) and checkouts necessary to diagnose,
isolate and repair faults other than image quality faults.
Section 3 Image Quality
This section contains the Image Quality Repair Analysis Procedures (IQ RAPs), checkouts and setup Note: This manual services all configurations of the machine except for the finishers and HCF.
procedures necessary to diagnose, isolate and repair image quality faults. Ignore references to options not installed on the machine. For servicing the finishers or HCF, refer to
the separate EDOC.
Section 4 Repairs and Adjustments
Warnings, Cautions And Notes
This section contains the instructions for removal, replacement, and adjustment of parts within the
machine. WARNING: A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure,
practice, condition or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
Section 5 Parts List
This section contains the detailed and illustrated spare parts list. Any part that is spared or that A translated version of all warnings is in Translation of Warnings.
must be removed to access a spared part is illustrated. CAUTION: A caution is used whenever an operation or maintenance procedure, prac-
tice, condition or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the
Section 6 General Procedures and Information
equipment.
This section contains all other procedures, product specifications and general information. It also
contains Tag/MOD information. The abbreviations used in this Manual are in Glossary of Terms, Note: A note is used where it is essential to highlight a procedure, practice, condition or statement.
Acronyms and Abbreviations Glossary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations.
Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams
Section 7 Wiring Data Block schematic diagrams (BSDs) are included in Section 7 (Wiring Data). The BSDs show the func-
This section contains the PJ locations, wiring diagrams and block schematic diagrams (BSDs). tional relationship of the electrical circuitry to any mechanical, or non-mechanical, inputs or outputs
throughout the machine. Inputs and outputs such as motor drive, mechanical linkages, operator ac-
Section 8 Product Technical Overview
tions, and air flow are shown. The BSDs will provide an overall view of how the entire subsystem
This section contains technical details of the machine.
works.
Publication Comments Sheet
It should be noted that the BSDs do not contain an input power block referring to Chain 1. It will be
A Publication Comment Sheet is provided at the rear of the PDF version of the manual.
necessary to refer to the Wiring Diagramsin order to trace a wire back to its source.
May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F ii

How To Use This Manual Service Manual
Change History M o d / Ta g I d e n t i fi c a t i o n
This is the launch version of the service manual. Figure 1 shows the Mod/Tag identification symbols.
These with tag symbols are used to
These without tag symbols are used to
iii Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

Service Manual Change History
Vo l t a g e s Re s i s ta n c e s a n d To l e ra n c e s
For AC power specifications, refer to GP 15 Electrical Power Requirements.
DC Voltage Levels and Tolerances

DC voltages should be measured between an available test point and a machine ground. Table 1
shows the range of the common voltages.
Table 1 DC Voltage Levels
Nominal Voltage Voltage Tolerance Range
0V 0.00 to 0.10V
+3.3V standby +3.23V to +3.43V
+3.3V +3.23V to +3.43V
+5V and +5V standby +4.75V to +5.25V
+12V +11.4V to +12.6V
+24V +23.28V to +25.73V Figure 1 Signal Nomenclature
Table 2 shows the signal tolerances.

Non-standard voltage levels will be quoted on the relevant wiring diagram or BSD. All other voltage
Table 2 Signal tolerances
levels are plus or minus 10%.
Signal Voltage (H) Logic Level (L) Logic Level
Resistance Tolerances
All resistance measurement tolerances are plus or minus 10%, unless otherwise stated in the +5V +3.85V or greater At or near 0.8V
procedure. +3.3V +2V or greater At or near 0.8V
DC Signal Nomenclature
Non standard signal tolerances will be quoted on the relevant circuit diagram.
Figure 1 shows the signal nomenclature used in the BSDs.
Note: The logic level shown with the signal name will be the actual signal as measured with a serv-
ice meter. This will not necessarily be the same as the logic state shown on the diagnostic screen.
May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F iv

Voltages Resistances and Tolerances Service Manual
S a fe t y I n fo r m a t i o n
The WARNING that follows is for general guidance when live working.
WARNING: Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe
working.
Toner Cartridge
Safety Icons
The product contains a toner cartridge that is recyclable. Under various state and local laws, it may
The safety icons that follow are displayed on the machine:
be illegal to dispose of the cartridge into the municipal waste. Check with the local waste officials
ESD Caution Symbol for details on recycling options or the proper disposal procedures.
Fuses
WARNING: Do not install a fuse of a different type or rating. Installing the wrong
type or rating of fuse can cause overheating and a risk of fire.
Part Replacement
Only use genuine Xerox approved spare parts or components to maintain compliance with legisla-
tion and safety certification. Also refer to GP 15 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS).
CAUTION: Certain components in this product are susceptible to damage from elec-
trostatic discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage. Disassembly Precautions
Do not leave the machine with any covers removed at a customer location.
Location Arrow Symbol
The location arrow symbol points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object. Reassembly Precautions
Use extreme care during assembly. Check all harnesses to ensure they do not contact moving parts
and do not get trapped between components.
General Procedures
Observe all warnings displayed on the machine and written in the service procedures. Do not at-
tempt to perform any task that is not specified in the service procedures.
Hot Surface Symbol
This symbol indicates hot surfaces. Take care when servicing the machine.
Lethal Voltage Symbol

This symbol indicates potentially lethal voltages. Take care when servicing the machine when the
power cord is connected.
v Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

Service Manual Safety Information
H e a l t h a n d S a fe t y I n c i d e n t r e p o r t i n g a. Preserve the Xerox product involved and the scene of the incident inclusive of any associated
equipment located in the vicinity of the incident.
I. Summary
This section defines requirements for notification of health and safety incidents involving Xerox b. Return any affected equipment/part(s) to the location designated by Xerox EH&S and/or the
products (equipment and materials) at customer locations. Business Division.
c. Implement all safety retrofits.

II. Scope
Xerox Corporation and subsidiaries worldwide. 3. Xerox EH&S shall:
III. Objective a. Manage and report all incident investigation activities.

To enable prompt resolution of health and safety incidents involving Xerox products and to ensure b. Review and approve proposed product corrective actions and retrofits, if necessary.
Xerox regulatory compliance.
c. Manage all communications and correspondence with government agencies.
IV. Definitions d. Define actions to correct confirmed incidents.
Incident:
VI. Appendices
An event or condition occurring in a customer account that has resulted in injury, illness or property The Health and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox Product (Form # EH&S-700) is available in
damage. Examples of incidents include machine fires, smoke generation, physical injury to an oper- the locations that follow:
ator or service representative. Alleged events and product conditions are included in this definition.
• On electronic documentation (EDOC), located in the Library.
V. Requirements
• In the hardcopy, located at the end of the manual.
Initial Report:
1. Xerox organizations shall establish a process for individuals to report product incidents to Xerox
Environment Health and Safety within 24 hours of becoming aware of the event.
2. The information to be provided at the time of reporting is contained in Appendix A (Health and
Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox product).
3. The initial notification may be made by the method that follows:
• Email Xerox EH&S at: usa.product.incident@xerox.com.
• Fax Xerox EH&S at: 1-585-422-8217 (intelnet 8*222-8217).
Note: If sending a fax, please also send the original via internal mail.
Responsibilities for resolution:
1. Business Groups/Product Design Teams responsible for the product involved in the incident shall:
a. Manage field bulletins, customer correspondence, product recalls, safety retrofits.
b. Fund all field retrofits.
2. Field Service Operations shall:
May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F vi

Health and Safety Incident reporting Service Manual
Tra n s l a t i o n o f Wa r n i n g s WARNING: Do not install a fuse of a different type or rating. Installing the wrong
type or rating of fuse can cause overheating and a risk of fire.
WARNING: A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure,
practice, condition or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. DANGER : Ne pas installer de fusible de type ou de calibre différent. Il existe un risque
de surchauffe voire d'incendie.
DANGER: Une note Danger est utilisée chaque fois qu'une procédure d'utilisation ou
de maintenance peut être cause de blessure si elle n'est pas strictement respectée. AVVERTENZA: per evitare rischi di surriscaldamento o d'incendio, non installare un fu-
sibile di tipo o carica diversi da quelli esistenti.
AVVERTENZA: Un segnale di avvertenza è utilizzato ogni volta che una procedura oper-
ativa o di manutenzione, una pratica, una condizione o un'istruzione, se non stretta- VORSICHT: Keine Sicherungen anderer Art oder anderer Leistung auf dem IOT-PWB in-
mente osservata, potrebbe causare lesioni personali. stallieren - Überhitzungs- und Brandgefahr.
VORSICHT: Weist darauf hin, dass ein Abweichen von den angeführten Arbeits- und AVISO: No instale un fusible de potencia o tipo distinto. Un fusible de potencia o tipo
Wartungsanweisungen gesundheitliche Schäden, möglicherweise sogar schwere Verlet- distinto puede producir sobrecalentamiento y el riesgo de incendio.
zungen zur Folge haben kann.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
AVISO:Un aviso se utiliza siempre que un procedimiento de operación o mantenimien- ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP XX. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
to, práctica o condición puede causar daños personales si no se respetan estrictamente. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING: Do not work in a confined space. 1 m (39 inches) space is needed for DANGER : Assurez-vous que la machine est hors tension lorsque vous effectuez des tâ-
safe working. ches ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. Reportez-vous à GP XX. Débranchez
le câble d'alimentation pour prévenir tout risque d'électrocution. Les chocs électriques
DANGER : Ne pas travailler dans un espace restreint. 1 mètre d'espace est nécessaire
peuvent présenter un danger de mort ou entraîner des blessures graves. De plus, cer-
pour un dépannage en toute sécurité.
taines pièces, lorsqu'elles sont en mouvement, peuvent être source de blessures graves.
AVVERTENZA: Non lavorare in uno spazio limitato; è necessario uno spazio di almeno
AVVERTENZA: Accertarsi di isolare la macchina dall'alimentazione elettrica quando si
un metro attorno alla macchina per la sicurezza dell'operatore.
eseguono attività che non richiedono elettricità. Vedere GP XX. Scollegare il cavo di ali-
VORSICHT: Nur mit ausreichendem Bewegungsspielraum (1 m) arbeiten. mentazione. L'elettricità può causare morte o lesioni personali. Le parti in movimento
possono causare lesioni personali.
AVISO: No trabaje en un espacio reducido. Se necesita 1 metro de espacio para traba-
jar con seguridad. VORSICHT: Sicherstellen, dass die Stromversorgung des Geräts bei Arbeiten, die keinen
Strom erfordern, ausgeschaltet ist. Siehe auch GP XX. Den Netzstecker ziehen. Andern-
falls besteht Stromschlaggefahr und Verletzungsgefahr durch bewegliche Teile.
AVISO: Asegúrese de mantener la máquina aislada de la energía eléctrica mientras

realiza tareas que no necesitan electricidad. Consulte GP XX. Desconecte el cable de
alimentación. La energía eléctrica puede producir lesiones o incluso la muerte. Las pie-
zas sueltas pueden producir lesiones.
vii Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

Service Manual Translation of Warnings
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
DANGER : Mettez la machine hors tension. Reportez-vous à GP 4 . Déconnectez le cor- DANGER : Assurez-vous que la machine est hors tension lorsque vous effectuez des tâ-
don d'alimentation de l'alimentation du client lorsque vous réalisez des tâches qui ne ches ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. Reportez-vous à GP 4 . Débranchez
nécessitent pas d'électricité. L'électricité peut être à l'origine de blessures, voire d'un le câble d'alimentation pour prévenir tout risque d'électrocution. Les chocs électriques
accident mortel. Les pièces amovibles peuvent être à l'origine de blessures. peuvent présenter un danger de mort ou entraîner des blessures graves. De plus, cer-
taines pièces, lorsqu'elles sont en mouvement, peuvent être source de blessures graves.
AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Vedere GP 4 . Scollegare il cavo di alimentazione
dall'alimentatore quando si eseguono attività che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettrici- AVVERTENZA: Accertarsi di isolare la macchina dall'alimentazione elettrica quando si
tà può causare morte o lesioni personali. Le parti in movimento possono causare lesio- eseguono attività che non richiedono elettricità. Vedere GP 4 . Scollegare il cavo di ali-
ni personali. mentazione. L'elettricità può causare morte o lesioni personali. Le parti in movimento
possono causare lesioni personali.
VORSICHT: Schalten Sie die Stromversorgung der Maschine ab. Siehe auch GP 4 . Zie-
hen Sie das Stromkabel ab, wenn Sie Aufgaben ausführen, für die keine Stromversor- VORSICHT: Sicherstellen, dass die Stromversorgung des Geräts bei Arbeiten, die keinen
gung benötigt wird. Stromschläge können Todesfällen oder Verletzungen verursachen. Strom erfordern, ausgeschaltet ist. Siehe auch GP 4 . Den Netzstecker ziehen. Andern-
Bewegliche Teile können zu Verletzungen führen. falls besteht Stromschlaggefahr und Verletzungsgefahr durch bewegliche Teile.
AVISO: Apague la electricidad de la máquina. Consulte el GP 4 . Desconecte el cable AVISO: Asegúrese de mantener la máquina aislada de la energía eléctrica mientras
de alimentación eléctrica de la toma de pared mientras esté realizando tareas que no realiza tareas que no necesitan electricidad. Consulte GP XX. Desconecte el cable de
necesiten corriente. La electricidad puede causar daños o la muerte. Las partes móviles alimentación. La energía eléctrica puede producir lesiones o incluso la muerte. Las pie-
pueden causar daños. zas sueltas pueden producir lesiones.
WARNING: Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause WARNING: Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.
death or injury.
DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud.
DANGER : Prendre des précautions lors du relevé de la tension de la prise de courant al-
ternatif. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo.
AVVERTENZA: Procedere con cautela durante la misurazione della tensione CA della VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist.
rete. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte.
AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente.
VORSICHT: Bei der Netzspannungsprüfung stets vorsichtig vorgehen
AVISO: Tenga cuidado al medir la tensión de la línea de alimentación de corriente al-

terna. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte.
May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F viii

Translation of Warnings Service Manual
WARNING: Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can
cause injury.
DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants

peut entraîner des blessures.
AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere pre-
senti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi.
VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch
die scharfen Kanten entstehen.
AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados
que podrían producir lesiones.
WARNING: Do not use the power button as a safety disconnect device. The power
button is not a disconnect device. Disconnect the power cord from the supply to isolate
the equipment.
DANGER : Ne vous servez pas de l’interrupteur comme d’un dispositif de déconnexion.

L’interrupteur n’est pas un dispositif de déconnexion. Débranchez le câble d’alimenta-
tion de la prise électrique pour isoler l’appareil.
AVVERTENZA: L'interruttore di alimentazione non è un dispositivo di disconnessione di

sicurezza e pertanto non va utilizzato come tale. Per isolare la macchina, scollegare il
cavo di alimentazione dalla presa elettrica.
VORSICHT: Zur Unterbrechung der Gerätestromzufuhr nicht den Betriebsschalter ver-

wenden, sondern das Netzkabel aus der Steckdose ziehen, an die das Gerät angeschlos-
sen ist. Nur dann ist der Drucker vollständig vom Stromnetz getrennt.
AVISO: No utilice el botón de encendido/apagado como dispositivo de desconexión de

seguridad. El botón de encendido/apagado no es un dispositivo de desconexión. De-
sconecte el cable de alimentación de la fuente de energía para aislar el equipo.
ix Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

Service Manual Translation of Warnings
Initial Issue 1 Service Call Procedures
1 Service Call Procedures

SCP 1 Initial Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
SCP 2 Call Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
SCP 3 Fault Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
SCP 5 Final Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
SCP 6 No longer required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F 10

Translation of Warnings Service Manual
1 Service Call Procedures Initial Issue
SCP 1 Initial Actions S CP 2 Cal l Ac t ions

Service Call Procedures are used at the beginning of a service call. Use Initial Actions to collect infor- Use Call Actions to perform any general actions before starting to diagnose the fault.
mation about the machine performance.
Procedure
Procedure 1. If this is the first service call to this machine, if possible, perform the actions that follow:
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- a. Check the machine configuration with the customer. Check that all the required hardware
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. and software is installed. Check that all the required hardware and software is enabled.
b. Check that all the machine settings are entered correctly.
WARNING: Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe
working. c. Mark off the hardware options, software options or Tags installed on the Tag matrix cards.
d. Enter the machine information and the customer information in the service log book.
1. Take note of problems, error messages or error codes. If necessary, refer to dC122 Fault Codes
and History Files. 2. Review the print samples.
2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4. 3. Ensure the user access settings are correct. If necessary refer to the user documentation.
3. Ask the operator to describe or demonstrate the problem. 4. If necessary, perform GP 13 Cloning Network Configurations.
4. If the problem is the result of an incorrect action by the operator, refer the operator to the user Note: The clone file must be taken whenever the customer changes the network con-
documentation. troller setting or after the system software is changed.
5. Check the steps that follow: 5. Before switching off the machine or clearing the memory, check for a customer job in the
memory.
a. The power lead is connected to the wall outlet and to the machine.
6. Check and record the total impressions usage counter.
b. The paper is loaded correctly.
7. Go to SCP 3 Fault Analysis.
c. All paper trays are closed.
d. All doors are closed.
6. Check the machine service log book for previous actions that are related to this call.
7. Go to SCP 2 Call Actions.
11 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

Service Manual SCP 1
S C P 3 Fa u l t A n a l y s i s • OF18 Two Wire Motor Open RAP

• OF19 Two Wire Motor On RAP
Use Fault Analysis to identify the appropriate RAP to perform based on the machine fault or
symptoms. • OF20 Set Gate Solenoid Open RAP
• For network printing issues, go to (OF8) Network Printing Problems Entry RAP. • OF21 Multiple Wire Motor RAP
• For iBeacon (Bluetooth) printing issues, go to OF26. • OF22 Toner CRUM Mismatch RAP
• OF23 Persistent Machine Status Messages RAP
Procedure
• OF24 USB Port Disabled RAP
CAUTION: Do not expose the drum cartridges, PL 90.15 to light for more than 30 mi-
nutes. If necessary, remove the drum cartridges, then place in a black bag. • OF25 Xerographic Messages RAP
• GP 1 FAX PWB Internal Selftest
Fault Codes • GP2 Accessing Tools
If a fault code is displayed, go to the relevant RAP. .
• GP 3 Controller Boot Sequence
Note: This service manual does not cover faults in the finishers or HCF, for faults in the finishers or • GP 4 Power the System Off/On
HCF, refer to the separate service manual.
• GP 5 Image Quality Calibration
Image Quality Defects • GP 6 Printing Configuration Reports
If the image quality is defective, go to the IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. • GP 7 Network Printing Simulation
• GP 9 Installing System Software
Other Problems
• For suspected power distribution faults, refer to the following: • GP 10 PWS Communication with the SBC
– OF3 • GP 11 Resetting the System Administrator Password
– OF4 • GP 12 Back Up and Restore Settings
– OF5 • GP 13 Cloning Network Configurations
– OF1 • GP 14 External Fax Line Test
• For unresolved faults that occur during start up of the device, perform the OF6 POST Error RAP. • GP 15 Electrical Power Requirements.
• If the customer requires a billing plan or region change, go to GP 28 Billing Impression Mode • GP 16 Service Plan Conversion
Verification. • GP 17 How to Re-Enter Optional Feature Installation Keys
• GP 18 Restoring the Device Address Book
Additional Information
If necessary, refer to the general procedures and information that follow: • GP 19 Environmental Data
• Service Diagnostic Mode Diagnostics Entry • GP 20 Reporting Billing Meter Resets
• dC122 Fault Codes and History Files • GP 21 First Print Out Time and Power On Time
• GP 9 Machine Software. • GP 22 Foreign Device Interface Setup
• OF2 UI Touch Screen Failure RAP • GP 23 Intermittent or Noise Problem RAP
• OF7 USB External Option RAP • GP 24 How to turn off the Power Saver Functions
• OF8 Network Printing Problems Entry RAP • GP 25 Remote Control Panel
• OF9 TCP/IP Checkout RAP • GP 28 Billing Impression Mode Verification
• OF10 Problem Printing Job RAP • GP 29 Restoring Customer Mode
• OF11 Job Prints Incorrectly RAP • GP 30 Reloading NVM from the Tray 1 List
• OF12 FAX Entry RAP • GP 31 Print Orientation Definitions
• OF13 Secure Access RAP • GP 32 How to Open and Close the Video Contact Chassis Unit
• OF14 Reflective Sensor RAP • GP 33 Installation Space Requirements
• OF15 Transmissive Sensor RAP • Glossary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations Glossary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations
• OF16 switch RAP
• OF17 Generic Solenoid/Clutch RAP

SCP 3 Service Manual
1 Service Call Procedures Initial Issue
S C P 4 S u b sy s t e m M a i n t e n a n c e Part Life PL Ref.

Use Subsystem Maintenance to identify potentially worn components that should be replaced to Transfer Belt Cleaner 160K prints PL90.30
prevent further faults, and to perform routine cleaning and lubrication of the machine.
Tray 1 feed, nudger and retard rolls 300K feeds PL 80.10
Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 4 . Disconnect the power Tray 2 feed, nudger and retard rolls 300K feeds PL 80.15
lead from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity.
Electricity can cause the death or injury. Moving components can cause the injury. Tray 3 feed, nudger and retard rolls 300K feeds PL 80.35
Go to the correct procedure: Tray 4 feed, nudger and retard rolls 300K feeds PL 80.35
• Service Checks
• HFSI HCF Feed Roll 300K feeds Refer to HCF Serv-
ice manual
• How to Clean the Machine
• Drum Cartridge Handling MSI Feed Roll 100K feeds PL 80.120
Developer Housing (CKMY) 1500K pages PL90.05

Service Checks
Perform the actions in Table 1 at the indicated service interval. Developer (CKMY) 1500K pages C PL90.05
Table 1 Service actions K PL90.05
Service M PL90.05
Servicing Items Service Details Interval Y PL90.05
IQ check Check the overall print quality using a test chart. Every visit IBT Belt Assembly 480K pages PL90.30
Check for uneven density, blank areas, drum scratches,
heat roll scratches, etc. in A3 halftone. Suction Filter (C8170 only) 500K pages PL 40.15
Clean the machine Check and clean the paper transport roller (including 300K feeds Document Feeder Feed Roll kit 200K feeds 250 PL 5.14
interior the bypass tray). 130 PL 5.54 and PL
Clean any toner residue in the paper transport path. 5.56
Clean any contamination and paper dust from the jam
sensors.
How to Clean the Machine
Clean the operating parts around the toner cartridges, Every visit Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed oth-
PL90.05 and drum cartridges, PL 90.20 erwise. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used.
Use the cleaning tool, stored in the front door, to clean 1. Feed Components (Rolls and Pads)
the print head assemblies, PL60.05. Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth
if a moistened cloth is used.
Safety Check Ensure that the power cords are not cracked and no Every visit 2. Toner Dispense Units
wires are exposed.
Ensure that an extension cord with insufficient length Vacuum the toner dispense units.
or power cord outside the specification, such as an off- 3. Jam Sensors
the-shelf power strip, is being used. Clean the sensors with a dry cotton swab.
Ensure that a single socket does not have multiple
power plugs plugged into it.
Drum Cartridge Handling
• The drum cartridges must be protected from light shock and mechanical damage.
HFSI • Do not expose the photoreceptor drum to bright lights for extended periods.
For High Frequency Service Items (HFSI), refer to dC135 HFSI Counters.
Table 2 HFSI • Whenever the drum cartridge is removed, place the drum cartridge in the black plastic bag sup-
plied with the machine. Store the drum cartridge in a safe place on a clean flat surface, to avoid
Part Life PL Ref. damage to the photoreceptor drum surface.
Second Bias Transfer Roll 200K prints PL 80.65 • Place the drum cartridge in the black bag if the left door is opened for long periods.
Fuser 500K prints PL10.05

SCP 5 Final Actions SCP 6 No longer required

Use Final Actions to verify the correct operation of the machine and to complete the service call.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow. If a fault is identified, go to SCP 3 Fault Analysis:
1. If necessary, re-connect the machine to the customer’s network.
2. If necessary, perform GP 13 Cloning Network Configurations.
Note: The clone file will need to be taken whenever the system software is changed.
3. Perform the relevant maintenance procedures. Refer to SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance.
4. Ensure that the machine has the latest available software loaded.
5. Operate the machine in all modes. Make the copies and prints from all trays.
6. Make prints from all trays. Check the registration quality. To reset the registration, perform
dC126 System Registration Adjustment.
7. Make a proof print of a customer document.
8. If some of the customer’s selections were changed, return the selections to the customer
settings.
9. Mark off the hardware options, software options or Tags installed on the Tag matrix cards.
10. If some changes were made to the configuration or options were added, print the configuration
report. Store the configuration report with the machine log book. Discard the previous version of
the configuration report.
11. Log the usage counters.
12. If necessary, provide the customer with training.
13. Remove and destroy all copies of test patterns.
14. Ensure the machine and service area are clean.

2 Status Indicator RAPs Initial Issue
2 Status Indicator RAPs

Chain 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 305-129 DADF Exit Sensor Off Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
302-302 Flash Rewrite Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 305-141 DADF Feed Out Sensor Off Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
302-306 Flash Erase Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 305-144 DADF Pre Registration Sensor On Jam (DADF Skew Detect Jam). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
302-308 Flash Download Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 305-146 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Off Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
302-312 Application SW Checksum Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 305-153 DADF Lead Registration Sensor Off Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
302-315 Service Registry Bad Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 305-160 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail on Running (Document Set). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
302-316 Service Registry Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 305-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
302-317 Service Registry Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 305-196 Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
302-320 UI Data Time Out Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 305-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
302-321 XEIP Browser Dead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 305-198 Too Short Size Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
302-380 UI Communication Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 305-199 Too Long Size Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
302-381 UI Communication Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 305-210 DADF Download Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
302-390 Power Up Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 305–212 Bottom Sensor Logic Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Chain 303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 305-275 DADF RAM Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
303-306 Downgrade Not Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 305-280 DADF EEPROM Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
303-307 Upgrade Synchronization Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 305-281 DADF Tray Lift Down Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
303-315 DC Platform Internal Interface Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 305-282 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (No Document) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
303-316 CCM Cannot Communicate with IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 305-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
303-317 IOT NVM Save Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 305-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
303-318 IOT NVM Init Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 305-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
303-319 IOT NVM Restore Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 305-309 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
303-320 Incompatible Product Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 305-905 DADF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
303-324 Software Upgrade File Transfer Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 305-906 DADF Feed In Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
303-325 Wall Clock Time-out During Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 305-907 DADF Pre Registration Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
303-326 Upgrade is not Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 305-908 DADF Registration Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
303-327 Upgrade Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 305-909 DADF Lead Registration Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
303-329 Upgrade Request During Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 305-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
303-330 Upgrade Request During Active Security Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 305-911 DADF Exit Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
303-331 Communication Fault With NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 305-915, 916, 917 DADF APS Sensor 1/2/3 Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
303-332 NC Communications Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 305-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
303-333 Invalid Value Detected for NVM 616-004 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 305–920 DADF Skew Detect Sensor Static Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
303-338 Main Controller Has Been Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 305-921 Letter SEF Detect Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
303-346 Communication fault with UI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 305-940 DADF No Original Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
303-347 UI Communication Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 305-941 DADF Not Enough Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
303-355 CCM POST Failure During NVM Integrity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 305-942 DADF Tray Stack Over Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
303-380 Distribution PWB Missing or Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 305-945 FS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size or SS Mix-Size (Cont) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
303-390 Upgrade Automation Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 305-946 SS-Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size (Cont) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
303-397 System Configuration is lost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 305-947 FS-Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size or SS Mix-Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
303-401 Basic FAX Not Detected or Confirmed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 305-948 SS-Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
303-403 Extended FAX Not Detected or Confirmed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Chain 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
303-405 Failed to Recover Machine Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 310-327 Fusing On Time Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
303-417 Incompatible FAX SW Detected at Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 310-330 Fuser Motor Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
303-450 Unexpected IOT reset RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 310-341 Fusing Unit Illegal Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
303-777 Power Loss Detected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 310-360 IH Driver Input High Voltage Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
303-778 Power Down Error PAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 310-361 IH Driver Input Low Voltage Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
303-788 Failed to Exit Power Save Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 310-362 IH Driver Surge Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
303-790 Time Zone File Cannot be Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 310-363 IGBT Temperature High Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Chain 305 DADF 130 (C8130/35/45/55) / DADF 250 (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 310-364 IGBT Temperature Sensor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
305-121 DADF Feed Out Sensor On Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 310-367 Input Low Current Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
305-122 DADF Pre Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 310-368 Encoder Pulse Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
305-123 DADF Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 310-369 IH Driver Communication Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
305-124 DADF Lead Registration Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 310-370 IH Driver Freeze Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
305-125 DADF Registration Sensor Off Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 310-371 Heat Belt STS Center Disconnection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
305-126 DADF Out Sensor On Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 310-372 Heat Roll STS Center Over Temperature Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
305-127 DADF Out Sensor Off Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 310-373 Heat Belt STS Rear Disconnection Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
305-128 DADF Exit Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 310-374 Heat Belt Thermistor Rear Over Temperature Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Initial Issue 2 Status Indicator RAPs
310-375 Heat Belt Center Thermistor Warm Up Time Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 317-762-00, 317-765-00 Ethernet or USB WIFI Duplicate Address Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
310-376 Heat Belt Rear Thermistor Warm Up Time Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 317-763-00, 317-764-00 Ethernet or USB WIFI Router Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
310-378 Heat Belt Rotation Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 317-770-00, 317-771-00 Ethernet or USB WIFI DNS Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
310-379 Fuser Hot Not Ready Return Time Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 317A Wireless Connectivity RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
310-380 Pressure Roll Latch Motor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Chain 319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
310-382 Fuser Thermostat Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 319-300 Unable to Read or Write to Image Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
310-398 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 319-301 Unable to Write to Image Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
310-420 Fuser Near Life [Over] Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 319-302 Bad Data Received from Image Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
310-421 Fuser Life Over Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 319-303 Unable to Format Image Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
310-613 Fuser Drive Motor Current Warning RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 319-310 System Disk No Capacity Information at Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
310-616 Fusing Unit Thermosensitivity Runaway Hot Not Ready Warning RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 319-340 SIC Crash RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
310-617 Fusing Paper Quality Operation Mistake Warning RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 319-401 Out of Memory Caused By Stress Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
310-618 Fusing Unit E2PROM Write Limit Info RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 319-402 Out of Memory Caused by Stress Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
310-619 Fusing Unit E2PROM I2C Master Communication Info RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 319-403 Out of Memory With More Than 1 Job in EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
310-620 Fuser EEPROM Data Mismatch Info RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 319-409–00 Job Integrity Cannot be Guaranteed RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
310-621 Fuser EEPROM Not In Position Info RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 319-409-01 Video Integrity Overflow Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
310-622 Fuser EEPROM Data Broken Info RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 319-409-02 Video Integrity Underflow Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
310-623 Fusing Heavy Paper Quality Operation Mistake Warning RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 319-409-03 Video Integrity No Block List Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Chain 316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 319-409-04 Video Integrity End of Block List Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
316-000-00 to 316-016-99 Network Faults 1 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 319-410-00 Mark Output Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
316-017-19 to 316-153-19 Network Faults 2 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 319-410-01 Mark Output Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
316-154-09 to 316-602-105 Network Faults 3 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 319-410-02 Compress Image Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
316-603-11 to 316-608-105 Network Faults 4 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 319-410-03 Decompress Image Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
316-609-07 to 316-612-68 Network Faults 5 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 319-410-04 Merge Image Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
316-613-09 to 316-620-90 Network Faults 6 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 319-410-05 Rotate Image Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
316-620-92 to 316-625-90 Network Faults 7 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 319-410-06 Network Input Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
316-626-00 to 316-635-99 Network Faults 8 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 319-410-07 E-Fax Send/Receive Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
316-636-35 to 316-647-26 Network Faults 9 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 319-410-08 Scan Input Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
316-649-35 to 316-668-95 Network Faults 10 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 319-410-09 Byte Count Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
316-669-28 to 316-730-66 Network Faults 11 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 319-410-10 Setup Too Late. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
316-718-00 to 316-740-19 Hard Disk Faults RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 319-410-11 DMA Master Abort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
316-742-19 Hard Disk ODIO Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 319-410-12 Huffman Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
316-750-07 to 316-750-95 Network Faults 12 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 319-410-13 EOR Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
316-751-00 to 316-753-95 Network Faults 13 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 319-410-14 Scan Output Timeout Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
316-754-09 to 316-756-93 Network Faults 14 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 319-410-15 Image Path Response Error from CIPS RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
316-757-09 to 316-760-99 Network Faults 15 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 319-411-01 Scan Image Capture DMA Setup Too Late RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
316-761-09 to 316-765-93 Network Faults 16 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 319-411-02 Scan Image Capture IIT Setup Too Early RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
316-766-09 to 316-772-95 Network Faults 17 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 319-411-03 Scan Image Capture DMA Overflow RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
316-770-09 to 316-779-95 Network Faults 18 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 319-411-04 Scan Image Capture DMA Incomplete RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
316-780-00 to 316-789-47 Network Faults 19 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 319-411-05 Scan Image Capture DMA Timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
316-790-09 to 316-799-47 Network Faults 20 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 319-411-06 Scan Image Capture Planar Data Missing RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
316-800-09 to 316-809-47 Network Faults 21 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 319-411-07 Scan Image Capture DMA Failure due to Master Abort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
316-810-00 to 316-839-47 Network Faults 22 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 319-412-01 Scan Image Capture IIT Line Sync Integrity Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
316-840-47 to 316-879-47 Network Faults 23 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 319-420 Image Processing Error at Power UP RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
316-880-47 to 316-929-19 Network Faults 24 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 319-422 Image Processing Error at Standby RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
316-930-19 to 316-971-19 Network Faults 25 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 319-424 Image Processing Error with Job RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
316-975-19 to 316-989-35 Network Faults 26 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 319-426 Image Processing Error during Print RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
316-990-00 to 316-999-35 Network Faults 27 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 319-750 EPC Memory Size Changed Configuration at Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
316A Workflow Scanning Error Entry RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 319-752 Image Rotation Detected RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
316B FTP or SMB Unable to Connect to Remote Server RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 319-754 Image Disk Configuration Changed at Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
316C Remote Directory Lock Failed RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 319-760 Test Patterns Missing From EPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
316D Not Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Chain 320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
316E Network Fault Checkout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 320-302 Fax Unexpected Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Chain 317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 320-303 Fax Basic Card Unrecoverable Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
317-751-00 Ethernet or USB WIFI Connection Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 320-305 Fax System Low Memory Unrecoverable Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
317-752-00 Ethernet or USB WIFI Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 320-320 Fax Not Cleared By Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
317-753-00 WIFI Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 320-322 Fax NV Device Not Present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
317-754-00 to 317-761-00, 317-766-00 to 317-769-00 Ethernet or USB WIFI Address Fault 320-323 Fax System Low Memory Recoverable Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 320-324 Fax Out Of File Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

320-327 Fax Extended Card Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 322-421 Disable Embedded Fax Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
320-331 Fax Network Line 1 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 322-701-04 Module Completion Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
320-332 Fax Network Line 2 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 322-720 Service Registry Bad Data / Corrupted.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
320-338 Fax Communication Fault at POST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 322-721 Triple A Gets No Response From SRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
320-339 Internal Fax Card Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 322-750-04 Output Device Configuration Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
320-340 Fax Port 2 Modem Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 322-750-17 Accessory Card Configuration Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
320-341 Fax Basic Card Failed Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 322-751-04 Paper Tray Configuration Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
320-342 Fax File Integrity Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 322-754-17 UI Configuration Change Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
320-345 Fax Port 1 Modem Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 322-755-17 RDT Configuration Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
320-701 Fax Phone book Download Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Chain 324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
320-710 Fax Immediate Image Overwrite (IIO) Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 324-919 Face Up Tray Close RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
320-711 Fax On Demand Image Overwrite (ODIO) Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 324-923,924, 925Y, M, C Toner Cartridge Empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
320-713 Fax Job Data Removal Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Chain 341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Chain 322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 341-310 IM Logic Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
322-300-05 Image Complete Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 341-316 IH Driver IF Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
322-300-10 DVMA Transfer Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 341-317 MCU IH IF Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
322-300-16 Clock Overflow Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 341-340, 341 Motor Drive PWB NVM (EEPROM) Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
322-301-05 Scan Resource Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 341-344 Motor Drive PWB F1 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
322-309-04 No Accepts Received Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 341-345 Motor Drive PWB F2 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
322-310-04 Extended Job Service Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 341-346 Motor Drive PWB F3 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
322-311-04 Sequencer Response Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 341-350 Motor Drive PWB F7 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
322-314-04 Module Registration Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 341-352 Motor Drive PWB F5 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
322-315-04 Module Completion Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 341-353 Motor Drive PWB F8 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
322-316-04 Job Paper Tray Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 341-354 Motor Drive PWB F9 Fuse Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
322-317-04 Job Finishing Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 341-355 Motor Drive PWB F10 Fuse Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
322-318-04 Job IOT Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 341-356 Motor Drive PWB F11 Fuse Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
322-319-04 IOT Integrity Problem While Printing a Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 341-358 Motor Drive PWB F13 Fuse Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
322-320 Scan to File Install Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 341-368 MCU-SW Firmware Mismatch Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
322-321-00 Scan to File Remove Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 341-369 MD Type Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
322-321-04 RS422 Configuration Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 341-371 Speed Update Required Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
322-322 LAN FAX Install Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 341-388 Logic Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
322-323 LAN FAX Remove Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 341-391 Finisher Module Logic Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
322-324 Scan to E-Mail Install Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Chain 342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
322-325 Scan to E-Mail Remove Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 342-324 IBT Drive Motor Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
322-326 IFAX install Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 342-342 Suction Fan Fail RAP (C8170 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
322-327 IFAX Remove Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 342-344 (C8145/55/70) C Exhaust Fan Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
322-328 Incomplete System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 342-385 K IBT Motor On Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
322-330-00 PagePack PIN Entry Locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 342-603 Suction Filter Fail RAP (8170 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
322-330-01 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between UI CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 342-641 NOHAD Temp/Humidity Sensor Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
322-330-02 Queue to NC Print Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 342-642 UFP Filter Life Over RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
322-330-03 Queue to Scan to File Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Chain 343 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
322-330-04 Queue to FaxSend Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 343-322 LVPS Fan Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
322-330-05 Queue to DC Job Service Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 343-338, 355 LH Fan Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
322-330-06 Queue to Scan to Distribution Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 343-345, 346 YMC Motor Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
322-332 Plan Conversion Entry Locked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 343-347 Drum YMC Motor On Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
322-335 JBA install Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 343-348 YMC Deve Motor ON Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
322-336 JBA Remove Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 343-349 IOT Fan Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
322-337 ODIO install Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 343-351 Front/right marking fan fail (P1 Fan Fail) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
322-338 ODIO Remove Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 343-352 Toner cartridge cooling fan fail (C Fan Fail) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
322-339 IIO install Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 343-354 Front/left marking fan fail (P2 Fan Fail) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
322-340 IIO Remove Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 343-356 IHPS intake fan fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
322-352-00 Serial Number Missing From Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 343-359 EEPROM Config Mismatch RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
322-352-01 Serial Update Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Chain 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
322-370 Unable to Communicate With XSA Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 344-312, 313, 314, 389 Timeout Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
322-371 Fax Application Registration Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 344-329 Shut Down Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
322-372 Fax Application Un-Registration Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Chain 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
322-407 Embedded Fax Install Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 345-310 Image Ready NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
322-417 Embedded Fax Removal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 345-311 Controller Communication Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
322-419 Enable Embedded Fax Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 345-359 EEPROM Config Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

345-368 SBM Initialize Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 362-454 Calibration Gain Range Not Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
345-369 SBM Master Communication Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 362-455 Calibration Gain Range Not Done. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
345-370, 345–371 LPH Download Data Fault Multi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 362-457 Calibration Pixel Gain Not Done. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
345-377 SBM Slave Communication Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 362-458 Calibration Dark Range Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
345-382, 398 Drive PWB NVM (EEPROM) Verify Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 362-459 Calibration Pixel Offset Hi Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Chain 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 362-460 Calibration Pixel Offset Lo Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
347-211 Exit 1 OCT Home Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 362-461 Calibration Gain Range Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
347-212 Exit 2 OCT Home Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 362-462 Calibration Pixel Gain Hi Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
347-213, 216 Finisher Communication RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 362-463 Calibration Pixel Gain Lo Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
347-320 All Destination Tray Broken RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 362-466 Dark Range Rail Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Chain 358 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 362-467 Gain Range Rail Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
358-322, 323 Heat Belt STS Abnormal Temperature Rise Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 362-468 Color State Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
358-324 Fusing Unit Non-Wearing Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 362-476 Stepper Home Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
358-325 Fusing Unit Wind Around Belt Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 362-481 DADF Communication Time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
358-326 Fusing Unit Thermosensitivity Runaway Hot Not Ready Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 362-486 Supply 24 Volt Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
358-327 Plug Drawn Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 362-490, 362–491 Data Steerer Errors - Taurus 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
358-328 Fusing Unit EEPROM I2C Master Communication Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 362-779 FPGA not loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
358-329 Fusing Unit E2PROM Data Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 362-780 FPGA CRC Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
358-330 Fusing Unit E2PROM Not In Position RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 362-781 IIT Remote NVM Out of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
358-331 Fusing Unit E2PROM Data Broken RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 362-782 IIT Remote NVM Read Time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
358-332 Fuser Heater Power Supply Load Abnormality Detection Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 362-783 SPDH side 1 hotline error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
358-333 Fuser IH Center Thermistor Warm Up Time Fail (No Temperature Rise) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 362-784 IIT Platen hotline error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
358-334 Fuser IH Rear Thermistor No Temperature Rise RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 362-785, 362-786 Taurus 2 capability faults RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
358-335 Fusing Paper Quality Operation Mistake Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 362-790, 361-791, 362-792 Side 1 doorbell faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
358-337 Fusing Paper Quality Operation Mistake Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 362A IIT Calibration RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Chain 360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 362B IPS-DADF Communication Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
360-341 to 360-356 LPH data fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 362C IIT PWB Power Cable Connection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
360-357, 358, 359, 360 CONTIF Error Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 362D Lamp Illumination Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
360-361 SPI Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Chain 365 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Chain 361 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 365-221 CIS AGC Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
361-310 Video ASIC Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 365-223 CIS Connection Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
361-354 to 361-357 LPH Download Data Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 365-224 CIS Device Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
361-358, 359, 360, 361 LPH Configuration RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 365-225 CIS Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
361-362 to 361–365, 361-366 to 361–369, 361-370 to 361–373 LPH Communications Fault Chain 366 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 366-397 CIS Pixel Clock missing RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
361-390 to 361–393 LPH FFC Connect Posi Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 366-450 Calibration Dark Range Not Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Chain 362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 366-451 Calibration Dark Range Not Done RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
362-277 IISS-DADF communication Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 366-452 Calibration Pixel Offset Not Clear RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
362-310 IIT/Scanner - Controller/CCS Communication Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 366-453 Calibration Pixel Offset Not Done RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
362-311 IISS Logic Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 366-454 Calibration Gain Range Not Clear RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
362-312 IIT Internal Error Crash RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 366-455 Calibration Gain Range Not Done RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
362-313 Unexpected error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 366-457 Calibration Pixel Gain Not Done RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
362–345 IISS EEPROM Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 366-458 Calibration Dark Range Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
362-357 CCD Fan Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 366-459 Calibration Pixel Offset Hi Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
362-360 CRG Position Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 366-460 Calibration Pixel Offset Lo Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
362-362 X Hard Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 366-461 Calibration Gain Range Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
362-371 Lamp Illumination Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 366-462 Calibration Pixel Gain Hi Errors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
362-380 AGC Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 366-463 Calibration Pixel Gain Lo Errors RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
362-386 AOC Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 366-466 Dark Range Rail Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
362-389 CRG Over Run Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 366-467 Gain Range Rail Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
362-393 IPS/CCD PWBA Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 366-468 Color State Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
362-395 Trans Power Cable Connection Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 366-490, 366–491 Data Steerer Errors - Taurus 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
362-397 IIT-Cont Video Cable Connection Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 366-779 FPGA Not Loaded (Side 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
362-398 IIT-Cont I/O Cable Connection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 366-780 FPGA CRC Error (Side 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
362-399 DADF Cable Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 366-783 SPDH side 2 hotline error.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
362-450 Calibration Dark Range Not Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 366-790 Side 2 Doorbell Reject RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
362-451 Calibration Dark Range Not Done. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 366-791 Side 2 doorbell timeout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
362-452 Calibration Pixel Offset Not Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 366-792 Side 2 Doorbell Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
362-453 Calibration Pixel Offset Not Done . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 366A IIT Side 2 Calibration Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Chain 371 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 389-677, 389-678, 389-679 MOB Threshold Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
371-100 Jam In Tray 1 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Chain 391 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
371-105 Jam In The Device RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 391-328, 391-329, 391-330, 391-331 Drum CRUM Communication Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
371-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 391-400, 405, 910, 911 Waste Toner Cartridge RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
371-212 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 391-401 Drum Cartridge K Near Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Chain 372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 391-402, 424, 480, 481, 482, 913 Drum Cartridge Life Over RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
372-100 LE Late to Pre Feed Sensor from Tray 2 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 391-411 Drum Cartridge Y Near Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
372-105 LE Late to Registration Sensor from Tray 2 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 391-421 Drum Cartridge M Near Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
372-107 Lead Edge Late to MSI (Bypass) Feed Out Sensor from Tray 2 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 391-431 Drum Cartridge C Near Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
372-210 Tray2 Lift UP Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 391-913 Drum Cartridge K Life End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
372-212 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 391-916 Drum CRUM K Data Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Chain 373 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 391-921, 391-927, 391-928, 391-929 Drum CRUM Not in Positioned RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
373-100 LE Late to Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor from Tray 3 RAP (2TM/TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Chain 392 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
373-101, 900 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 392-312, 313, 314, 315 ATC System Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
373-105 LE Late to Registration Sensor From Tray 3 RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 392-649, 392-650, 392-651 ADC Shutter/Sensor Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
373-108 LE Late to MSI Feed Out Sensor from Tray 3 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC Amplitude Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
373-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668 ATC Average Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
373-212 Tray 3 Sensor Broken Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 392-670, 392-671, 392-672, 392-673 ADC Patch Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Chain 374 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 392-675, 392-676, 392-677, 392-678 ADC MiniSetup Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
374-100 Jam In Tray 4 (2TM/TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Chain 393 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
374-101, 374–103, 374–900 Jam In The Device RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 393-324 Developer Y, M, C Motor Fail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
374-105 Jam In The Device RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 393-335, 393-336, 393-337, 393-338 Toner CRUM Authentication IC Is Not Available
374-107 MSI Feed Out Sensor On Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
374-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 393-400, 393-423, 393-424, 393-425 Toner Cartridge Near Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
374-212 Tray 4 Sensor Broken Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 393-912 Toner Cartridge (K) Empty RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Chain 375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 393-918 XC 3rd Party CRUM Defect Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
375-100 LE Late to MSI Pre Feed Sensor from MSI RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 393-926, 937, 938, 939 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
375-135 LE Late to Registration Sensor from MSI (Bypass Tray) RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 393-970, 393-971, 393-972, 393-973 Toner CRUM Not Positioned RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
375-212 MSI (Bypass) Tray Nudger Up Down Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Chain 394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Chain 376 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 394-318 1st BTR Position Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
376-300 Transport Path Interlock Open RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 394-417, 394-419 IBT / 2nd BTR Near End of Life RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Chain 377 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 394-418 IBT CLN Unit Near End Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
377-103, 377–104, 377–106, 377–109 Jam In The Device RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 394-420 IBT Unit End Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
377-105 Exit Sensor 2 Off Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 394-421 IBT CLN Unit End Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
377-110 POB Sensor On Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 394-422 2nd BTR Unit End Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
377-130 Jam In The Device RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Chain 395 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
377-188 Face Up Exit Sensor On Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 395-001 Failed to upgrade DC Software Upgrade Code RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
377-189 Face Up Exit Sensor Off Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 395-002 Failed to upgrade DC Application Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
377-211 Tray Module Mismatch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 395-007 Failed to upgrade CH Finisher Application Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
377–314 Tray Module Reset Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 395-008 Failed to upgrade DC Operating System Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
377-300 The Device Front Door Is Open RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 395-009 Failed to upgrade DC CIPS Software RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
377-301 The Device Left-Side Door A is Open RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 395-011 Failed to upgrade XUI Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
377-305 The Device Left-Side Door B is Open RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 395-019 Failed to upgrade UI Panel Firmware RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
377-314 Paper Handling Module Logic Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 395-038 Failed to upgrade embedded fax LCF Application Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
377-320 All Feed Tray Broken. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 395-042 Failed to upgrade IOT Application Software RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
377-900, 377–902 IOT Static Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 395-140 Failed to Upgrade DC NC Applications Software RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
377-901 IOT Static Jam RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 395-150 Failed to Upgrade IIT Application Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
377-908 IOT Static Jam at Face Up Exit Sensor RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 395-152 Failed to Upgrade SIC Software RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
377-912 Unexpected Jam at MSI Feed Out Sensor RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 395-153 Failed to upgrade IIT Kernel Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Chain 389 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 395-168 Failed to Upgrade DADH Single Pass Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Chain 389 Entry RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 395-180 Failed to Upgrade HCF Firmware Module Software RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
389-313, 389–314, 389–316, 389–317 IReCT Error Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 395-203 Failed to Upgrade A Finisher Application Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
389-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 395-204 Failed to Upgrade SB Finisher Application Software RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
389-601, 389-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1 RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 395-216 Failed to Upgrade DC Glue Software RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
389-604, 606, 607, 609, 610, 612, 613, 615 RC Sample Block Fail-B RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 395-226 Failed to Upgrade SOK Code Software RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
389-616 RC Data Overflow Fail RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 395-255 Software Upgrade Failure: DC SCD RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
389-617 RC Data Over Range RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 395-300 Software Upgrade Failure : Incompatible Product RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
389-623, 673, 629 Vsout Stability Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 395-301 Software Upgrade Failure: Incompatible Hardware RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
389-674, 389-675, 389-676 MOB LED Fail RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 395-302 Software Upgrade Failure: Incompatible Firmware RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

395-303 Software Upgrade Failure: DLM Downgrade RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
395-304 Software Upgrade Failure: DLM Sidegrade RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
395-305 Software Upgrade Failure: Platform Synchronisation Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
395-306 Software Upgrade Failure: CCS Platform Synchronisation Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
395-307 Software Upgrade Failure: NC Platform Synchronisation Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
395-308 Software Upgrade Failure: UI Platform Synchronisation Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
395-309 Software Upgrade Failure: IIT Platform Synchronisation Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
395-310 Software Upgrade Failure: IOT Platform Synchronisation Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
395-311 Software Upgrade Failure: Finisher Platform Synchronisation Error RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
395-312 Software Upgrade Failure: Feeder Platform Synchronisation Error RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
395-313-00 Differential DLM Installation Failure: Launch DLM Missing RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
395-313-01 Differential DLM Installation Failure: Launch DLM Corrupt RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
395-313-02 Differential DLM Installation Failure: Launch DLM MISMATCH RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
395-313-03 Launch DLM Installation Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
395-314 Software Upgrade Failure: SDCARD Full RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
395-315 Failed to upgrade Bios RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
395-316 Failed to upgrade FPGA RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
395-317 Failed to upgrade the CPLD RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
395-318 Failed to upgrade - USB drive not detected RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
395-319 Failed to Upgrade - USB Drive Not Detected Second Time RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
395-321 Failure to Revert Flash During Upgrade RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
395-322 USB drive filesystem unsupported RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
395-323 Multiple USB Drives Detected on Bootup RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
395A Software Upgrade Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Chain 399 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
399-364 Fuser Temperature Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
399-373 Wind Around P/Roll Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
399-395 Fusing Motor Current Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Other Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
OF1 Machine Not Ready RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
OF2 UI Touch Screen Failure RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
OF3 AC Power RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
OF4 +5VDC Power Fault RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
OF5 +24VDC Power Fault RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
OF6 Power On Self Test RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
OF7 USB External Option RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
OF8 Network Printing Problems Entry RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
OF9 TCP/IP Checkout RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
OF10 Problem Printing Job RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
OF11 Job Prints Incorrectly RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
OF12 FAX Entry RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
OF13 Secure Access RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
OF14 Reflective Sensor RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
OF15 Transmissive Sensor RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
OF16 Switch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
OF17 Generic Solenoid/Clutch RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
OF18 2 Wire Motor Open RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
OF19 2 Wire Motor On RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
OF20 Set Gate Solenoid Open RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
OF21 Multiple Wire Motor RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
OF22 Toner CRUM Mismatch RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
OF23 Persistent Machine Status Messages RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
OF24 USB Port Disabled RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
OF25 Xerographic Messages RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
OF26 iBeacon®/Bluetooth® Printing Issues RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

3 0 2 - 3 0 2 F l a s h Re w r i t e Fa i l u r e
Flash Rewrite Failure
Note: 302–302 is an internal machine fault code, and is never displayed or logged in the fault
history.
Initial Actions
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4).
Power Off and On
Procedure
Perform the following in order:
1. Reload SW using GP 9
2. Replace the Hard Drive. Refer to REP 3.5(PL 3.05 ).
3. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1(PL 3.05 )

Service Manual 302-302
3 0 2 - 3 0 6 F l a s h E ra s e Fa i l u r e 3 0 2 - 3 0 8 F l a s h D o w n l o a d Fa i l u r e
Flash Erase Failure Flash Download Failure
Note: 302–306 is an internal machine fault code, and is never displayed or logged in the fault Note: 302–308 is an internal machine fault code, and is never displayed or logged in the fault
history. history.
Initial Actions Initial Actions

Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Power Off and On Power Off and On
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:
1. Reload SW using GP 9 1. Reload SW using GP 9
2. Replace the Hard Drive. Refer to REP 3.5(PL 3.05 ). 2. Replace the Hard Drive. Refer to REP 3.5(PL 3.05 ).
3. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1(PL 3.05 ) 3. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1(PL 3.05 )

302-306 Service Manual
3 0 2 - 3 1 2 A p p l i c a t i o n S W C h e c k s u m Fa i l u r e 3 0 2 - 3 1 5 S e r v i c e Re g i s t r y B a d D a t a
Application SW Checksum Failure Service Registry Bad data / Corrupted
Note: 302–312 is an internal machine fault code, and is never displayed or logged in the fault Procedure
history.
Initial Actions history.
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). 1. Reload SW using GP 9
Power Off and On 2. Replace the Hard Drive. Refer to REP 3.5(PL 3.05 ).
Procedure

3 0 2 - 3 1 6 S e r v i c e Re g i s t r y N o t Re s p o n d i n g 3 0 2 - 3 1 7 S e r v i c e Re g i s t r y N o t Re s p o n d i n g
SRS returns to UI “invalid fields, invalid data, or missing data” UI gets no response from SRS
Procedure Procedure
1. Reload SW using GP 9 1. Reload SW using GP 9
2. Replace the Hard Drive. Refer to REP 3.5(PL 3.05 ). 2. Replace the Hard Drive. Refer to REP 3.5(PL 3.05 ).
3. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1(PL 3.05 ) 3. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1(PL 3.05 )

3 0 2 - 3 2 0 U I D a t a Ti m e O u t E r r o r 302-321 XEIP Browser Dead

A software error has occurred. User intervention is required to Power Off/Power On the machine. XEIP Browser Dead
Printing may be disabled.
Note: Set by the XUI when the XEIP browser does not respond or is known to be dead.
history. Procedure
Procedure
Perform the following in order: 1. Power Off and On

1. Power Off and On
3. Go to the 303-347 UI Communication Fault

3 0 2 - 3 8 0 U I Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 3 0 2 - 3 8 1 U I Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t
BSD 3.2 PWB Communication (Controller PWB to UI Interface PWB) BSD 3.2 PWB Communication (Controller PWB to UI Interface PWB) Communication via USB connection between CC and UI panel is not working.
Communication via H-H USB netpath connection between SBC and UI panel is not working Procedure
Go to 302-380 UI Communication Fault RAP
Procedure
1. Power Off and On
2. Reload SW using GP 9.
3. Replace the USB Cable (PL 3.10).
4. Replace the Hard Drive. Refer to REP 3.5(PL 3.05).
5. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1(PL 3.05).

3 0 2 - 3 9 0 Po w e r U p Fa u l t
During power up all configurable services have not achieved a stable state after 5 minutes from
power up.
history.
Procedure
Go to OF1.

3 0 3 - 3 0 6 D o w n g ra d e N o t Pe r m i t t e d 3 0 3 - 3 0 7 U p g ra d e Sy n c h r o n i z a t i o n Fa i l u r e
Downgrade not permitted. A Customer upgrade was attempted, which would result in a downgrade, SW Upgrade Synchronization Failure. Customer or CSE tried to perform upgrade resulting in a SW
which is not allowed. Upgrade Synchronization problem.
Procedure Initial Actions

If a downgrade is required by the customer perform the downgrade using GP 9 . If not, switch off
and then switch on the machine. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Power off and power on the machine.
Procedure
1. Check connections and cables and perform Software Upgrade again using Altboot in GP 9.
2. If the upgrade fails again, use Altboot to reload the SW version that existed on the machine pri-
or to attempting the upgrade.
3. If the previous version loads correctly, download the upgrade SW again, verify that the files are
correct for the machine, and attempt the upgrade using different media.
4. Replace the Hard Drive. Refer to REP 3.5 (PL 3.05 )
5. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1(PL 3.05 ). If this fails to resolve the problem, rein-
stall the original Controller PWB and call service support.

3 0 3 - 3 1 5 D C P l a t fo r m I n t e r n a l I n t e r fa c e Fa u l t R A P 3 0 3 - 3 1 6 C C M C a n n o t C o m m u n i c a t e w i t h I OT
303-315 The DC platform software interface has timed out. BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB)
Procedure Controller cannot communicate with IOT.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Scanning and FAX are available, printing and copying are disabled.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Procedure
Check the fault history file for other 303-XXX fault codes. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
303-XXX fault codes occur randomly.
Y N Switch the power off then on. If the problem continues, perform a Forced Altboot using GP 9.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4 . Check the following PWBs and components for electrical or mechanical problems that could cause
The fault persists. poor connection. Clean, reseat, or replace as required:
Y N
• Controller PWB to the Back Plane PWB
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Perform thePWS altboot or forced PWS altboot. Refer to GP 9 Software Loading Procedures: • Motor drive PWB to Back Plane PWB
• MCU-PF PWB to Motor drive PWB
Note: From the PWS altboot menu, select the forced install option from the actions menu,
Forced Install ESS software, then follow the remaining steps to complete the procedure. If this does not resolve the problem replace the following in order:
The cause may be due to electrical noise, perform the GP 23 Intermittent Failure RAP.
1. Replace the MCU PWB. Refer to (REP 3.6 (PL 3.15)
2. Replace the Motor drive PWB. Refer to REP 1.4 (PL 3.10)
3. Replace the Back Plane PWB. Refer to REP 3.3 (PL 3.15)
4. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1 (PL 3.05)

3 0 3 - 3 1 7 I OT N V M S a v e Fa i l u r e 3 0 3 - 3 1 8 I OT N V M I n i t Fa i l u r e
IOT NVM Save Failure IOT NVM Init Failure

• Disconnect any Foreign Interface devices.
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). • Obtain all of the following information:
– Saved Machine Settings, if possible.
Switch the power off then on.
Fault Code 303-317 is still declared. – NVM value factory setting report (typically it is located in the Tray 1 pocket)
Y N – Any customer setting Auditron account from the system administrator
If intermittent performance is suspected, inspect the Motor Drive PWB and Controller PWB – Any setting changes (specifically NVM settings) shown on the machine’s service log.
for loose connections or any obvious electrical/mechanical cause for malfunction.
This fault can be caused by IOT software corruption or a software version mismatch between the – Any customer settings in the Tools mode.
IOT module and the rest of the software: • If possible, save Critical NVM (dC361 ).
• If the fault occurred after replacing the Motor drive PWB, it is probably a software mismatch;
perform a Software Upgrade GP 9 Procedure
Perform dC301 NVM Initialization for the IOT.
• If the fault is unrelated to Motor drive PWB replacement it may be corrupt software; perform a
Forced Upgrade. After the initialization is complete, use the data accumulated in Initial Actions to restore the ma-
chine to its previous configuration.
If this does not resolve the problem replace the following in order,
1. Replace the Motor drive PWB. Refer to REP 1.4 PL 1.10.
2. Replace the HDD. Refer to REP 3.5 PL 3.05.
3. Replace the Controller PWB. Refer to REP 3.1 PL 3.05.

3 0 3 - 3 1 9 I OT N V M Re s t o r e Fa i l u r e 3 0 3 - 3 2 0 I n c o m p a t i b l e Pr o d u c t Ty p e
IOT NVM Restore Failure Incompatible Product Type. SW Upgrade Aborted due to incompatible product type - software set
does not match hardware.
Procedure
Perform dC361 NVM Restore for the IOT Critical NVM. Procedure
Perform GP 9 Software Upgrade with the correct Software module or select the correct.dlm file us-
If this does not resolve the problem replace the following in order, ing the Web UI to upgrade the machine.
1. Replace the Motor drive PWB (PL 1.10 ).
2. Replace the HDD (PL 3.05 ).
3. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.05 ).

3 0 3 - 3 2 4 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e F i l e Tra n s fe r Fa i l u r e 3 0 3 - 3 2 5 Wa l l C l o c k Ti m e - o u t D u r i n g Po w e r U p
SW Upgrade File Transfer failure System detects that the Wall Clock has not incremented within 1.5 seconds during Power On.
Initial Actions Procedure

Power OFF and then ON.
If the problem continues, call service support for assistance.
Procedure
1. Check connections and cables and perform SW Upgrade again using Altboot in GP 9.
2. Download the upgrade SW again, verify that the files are correct for the machine, and attempt
the upgrade using different media.
3. Replace the HDD (PL 3.05 ).
4. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.05 ). If this fails to resolve the problem, reinstall the original
Controller PWB and call service support.

3 0 3 - 3 2 6 U p g r a d e i s n o t Re q u i r e d 3 0 3 - 3 2 7 U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e
Upgrade not required, since the SW Upgrade version is the same as the SW version on the machine. Upgrade Failed. this problem could be caused by an internal timing issue (Front side BUS speed set
incorrectly), hardware error, user error and others.
Procedure
If a software reinstallation is required, perform GP 9 Forced Altboot. Initial Actions
Check connections and reseat Controller PWB, Motor drive PWB, and MCU-PF PWB and attempt an-
other upgrade using GP 9 Forced Altboot for the system or platform that failed.
Procedure
The problem is still present:
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Call service support for assistance.

3 0 3 - 3 2 9 U p g r a d e Re q u e s t D u r i n g D i a g n o s t i c s 3 0 3 - 3 3 0 U p g ra d e Re q u e s t D u r i n g A c t i v e S e c u r i t y Fe a t u r e
Upgrade request received during active diagnostics. Upgrade request received during active Security function.
Procedure Procedure
Exit Diagnostics and perform GP 9 Software Upgrade. Wait until Security function (Image Overwrite) is completed and perform GP 9 Software Upgrade.

3 0 3 - 3 3 1 Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t W i t h N C 3 0 3 - 3 3 2 N C Co m m u n i c a t i o n s Ti m e o u t
Main controller board cannot communicate with Network Controller and unable to reestablish com- CCS unable to reestablish communication with the Network Controller for 12 minutes. This problem
munications for 12 minutes. This problem could be caused by loose connections or improperly could be caused by loose connections or improperly seated PWBs.
seated PWBs.
Procedure
Procedure
The printer is currently busy. Normal operations should resume momentarily. The controller will con- Reseat all connections to the Controller PWB.
tinue to try to re-establish communication for 12 minutes. The problem continues.
Y N
If the fault persists, go to 303-332. Return to Service call procedures.
Go to the OF1 Machine Not Ready RAP.

3 0 3 - 3 3 3 I n v a l i d Va l u e D e t e c t e d fo r N V M 6 1 6 - 0 0 4 R A P 3 0 3 - 3 3 8 M a i n C o n t r o l l e r H a s B e e n Re s e t
Invalid value has been detected for NVM 616–004 System configuration. CCS has been reset; either the watch dog timer timed out or the application SW wrote to an illegal
address.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Check that the customer does not have another device configured with the same IP address.
Procedure
Enter diagnostics and check the 616–004 NVM value Procedure
• Default = 1 Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
• Min = 0
• Max = 8 Switch the power off then on.
• 0 = Unknown (not set) Perform dC361 to restore NVM.

• 1 = ST (Networked) If the problem continues, perform GP 9 SW upgrade.
• 8 = Network Suppressed
If the value is not correct perform the following-
1. NVM Initialization dc 301
2. NVM save and restoredc 361

3 0 3 - 3 4 6 Co m m u n i c a t i o n fa u l t w i t h U I 3 0 3 - 3 4 7 U I Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t
The Controller PWB is unable to reestablish communication with the UI after 30 seconds. BSD 3.2 PWB Communications (Controller to UI PWB BSD 3.2 PWB Communications (Controller to UI PWB
Procedure The Controller PWB cannot communicate with UI PWB.

Go to the 303-347. If communication is not reestablished within 30 seconds, fault code 303-346 will be declared.
Note: The UI will not display this fault because of the communication problem with the SBC PWB.
This fault can be viewed only with the PWS.
Procedure
Note: This fault can occur if the UI software version is not compatible with the Controller software
version.
Perform GP 9 . If the problem persists, go to the OF1.

3 0 3 - 3 5 5 C C M P O S T Fa i l u r e D u r i n g N V M I n t e g r i t y Te s t 303-380 Distribution PWB Missing or Disconnected

Power On Self-Test failure detected during the NVM Integrity Test. BSD 3.5 PWB Communication (5 of 7) BSD 3.5 PWB Communication (5 of 7)
The controller NVM stored on the HDD and the backup copy stored on the Controller PWB are both PWBA is missing or disconnected.
un-initialized or corrupt. Controller NVMs have been automatically reset to default (including billing
counters). This can be caused by replacing both the HDD and Controller PWB with new spares at Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
the same time. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
An error message will be displayed on the LUI for the power on cycle when the fault is raised. Procedure
Check the connectors between the Controller PWB and the Back Plane PWB.
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). Power OFF and then ON.
Initial Actions Refer to OF6 Power On Self Test RAP
Power OFF and then ON. If the problem continues, call service support for assistance.
Procedure
Report the Billing Meter reset (GP 20 ).

3 0 3 - 3 9 0 U p g ra d e A u t o m a t i o n Fa i l e d 3 0 3 - 3 9 7 S y s t e m C o n fi g u r a t i o n i s l o s t
Upgrade Automation failed This fault occurs when the System Configuration is lost and an attempted recovery made.
Procedure Procedure
Call service support for assistance. Refer to GP 8 Speed Kit Enablement

3 0 3 - 4 0 1 B a s i c FA X N o t D e t e c t e d o r Co n fi r m e d 3 0 3 - 4 0 3 E x t e n d e d FA X N o t D e t e c t e d o r Co n fi r m e d
Basic FAX not detected/confirmed Extended FAX not detected/confirmed
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. If the problem continues, go to the OF12 . Switch the power off then on. If the problem continues, go to the OF12 .

3 0 3 - 4 0 5 Fa i l e d t o Re c o v e r M a c h i n e C l a s s 3 0 3 - 4 1 7 I n c o m p a t i b l e FA X S W D e t e c t e d a t Po w e r U p
Machine Class not set (unknown). Failed to recover machine class Incompatible FAX software detected at power on
Procedure Procedure
Set machine class - dC131- [616-328]. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
• Value of 1 = chassis speeds 30/35 prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
• Value of 2 = chassis speed 45/55 Switch the power off then on. If the problem continues, reload FAX software (GP 9 ).
• Value of 3 =chassis speed 70.

3 0 3 - 4 5 0 U n e x p e c t e d I OT r e s e t R A P 3 0 3 - 7 7 7 Po w e r L o s s D e t e c t e d
Unexpected IOT reset has occurred. Input Power loss detected or software corruption.
Procedure Power on Self test has detected that the previous shutdown was abnormal. Possible causes include
the following:
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Switch the power off then on. If the problem continues, reload System software (GP 9 ). • The main power switch was used to power off the machine instead of the software switch
• Power outage / unplugging power cord / poor voltage quality
• SBC software lockup or reset
• SBC HW lockup or reset
Procedure
• Verify customer power outlet voltage is correct.
• Perform customer training on proper power down process
Note: Inform the customer that improper power off has the potential to cause file
system corruption

3 0 3 - 7 7 8 Po w e r D o w n E r r o r PA P 3 0 3 - 7 8 8 Fa i l e d t o E x i t Po w e r S a v e M o d e
Abnormal Power Down - Digital Copier CCS Runtime could not enter power saver mode S3.
Digital Copier crashes while power down is under way and allows the power down to proceed versus Note: The CC USB could not re-enumerate the UI panel coming out of sleep, which keeps parts of
resetting due to crash the system in power saver mode S3 and parts awake. This prevents system entry into power saver
mode S3 at the next attempt to do so.
Procedure
• Refer to 303-777 Power Loss Detected RAP. Procedure
Switch the power off then on to allow system to enter power save.

3 0 3 - 7 9 0 Ti m e Zo n e F i l e C a n n o t b e S e t
Timezone file cannot be set. At power up, the time zone setting is not valid due to NVM corruption,
or OS file system problem. Time Zone overridden to GMT: DST Disabled.
Procedure
Perform dC361 to restore NVM.
If the problem continues, perform GP 9 SW upgrade.

3 0 5 - 1 2 1 DA D F Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n J a m 3 0 5 - 1 2 2 DA D F P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m
BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect
BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2) BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding
The DADF feed out sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after pre feed operation has BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration
started. Or, the DADF feed out sensor turns ON before DADF feed in sensor turns ON on the same
document. BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2)
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- The DADF pre registration sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the pre feed op-
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- eration has started. Or, the DADF pre registration sensor turns ON before DADF feed out sensor
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. turns ON on the same document.
Initial Actions WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
connections.
Initial Actions
Procedure Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130) connections.
Check the following:
Procedure
• Transportation failure due to foreign substances in the document path. C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The surface of the DADF feed roll, DADF nudger roll, and DADF retard roll for foreign substances
or wear. Check the following:
• The DADF feed out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-205, PL 5.54. • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path.
• The DADF feed motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-047, PL 5.58. • The surface of the DADF feed roll, DADF nudger roll, and takeaway roll for foreign substances or
wear.
• The nudger roll for nip operation failure.
• The DADF pre registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-206, PL 5.54.
• The drive gear for wear and damage.
• The DADF feed motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-047, PL 5.58.
• The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension.
• The DADF pre registration motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-070, PL 5.58.
• The amount of grease at the pulley and the gear.
• The DADF takeaway clutch for operation failure, dC330 code 005-098, PL 5.58.
• The nudger housing for operational failure.
• The DADF pre registration clutch for operational failure dC330 code 005–099, PL 5.58.
• If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
• The drive gears for wear and damage.
C8170 (DADF 250) • The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension.
Check the following: • The amount of grease at the pulley and the gear.
• Transportation failure due to foreign substances in the document path. • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
• The surface of the DADF feed roll, DADF nudger roll, and DADF retard roll for foreign substances C8170 (DADF 250)
or wear.
• The DADF feed out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-205, PL 5.9. Check the following:
• The DADF feed motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-004, PL 5.5. • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path.
• The nudger roll for nip operation failure. • The surface of the DADF feed roll, DADF nudger roll, and takeaway roll for foreign substances or
wear.
• The drive gear for wear and damage.

• The amount of grease at the pulley and the gear. 3 0 5 - 1 2 3 DA D F R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m
BSD 5.8 DADF 250 Document Registration
BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect
BSD 5.19 DADF 130 Registration
BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration
The DADF registration sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the pre registration
operation has started. Or, the DADF registration sensor turns ON before DADF pre registration sen-
sor turns ON on the same document.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path.
• The surface of the DADF pre registration roll and DADF registration roll for foreign substances or
wear.
• The DADF registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-110, PL 5.54.
• The DADF registration motor for operational failure dC330 code 005-038, PL 5.58.
• The DADF pre registration clutch for operational failure dC330 code 005-099, PL 5.58.
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The surface of the DADF takeaway roll and DADF pre registration roll for foreign substances or
wear.
• The DADF pre registration sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-206, PL 5.9.

• The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension. 3 0 5 - 1 2 4 DA D F L e a d R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m
The DADF lead registration sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the read opera-
tion has started. Or, the DADF lead registration sensor turns ON before DADF registration sensor
turns ON on the same document.
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The surface of the registration roll and pre registration roll for foreign substances or wear.
• The DADF lead registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-207, PL 5.9.
• The DADF registration motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-021, PL 5.10.

3 0 5 - 1 2 5 DA D F R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O f f J a m • The drive gears for wear and damage.

BSD 5.9 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 1) • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
BSD 5.12 DADF 250 Document Exit
The DADF registration sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the read operation
has started. Or, the DADF registration sensor turns OFF before DADF pre registration sensor turns
OFF on the same document.
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The surface of the DADF registration roll, out roll, CIS roll, and exit roll for foreign substances or
wear.
• The DADF pre registration clutch for operation failure, dC330 code 005-099, PL 5.58.
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The surface of the DADF registration roll, platen roll, out roll, and exit roll for foreign substances
or wear.
• The DADF platen motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-031, PL 5.10.
• The DADF exit motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-043, PL 5.10.

3 0 5 - 1 2 6 DA D F O u t S e n s o r O n J a m • The drive gears for wear and damage.

BSD 5.9 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 1)
BSD 5.8 DADF 250 Document Registration • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
BSD 5.22 DADF 130 Document Exit
The DADF out sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the read operation has
started. Or, the DADF out sensor turns ON before DADF registration sensor or DADF lead registration
sensor turns ON on the same document.
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path.
• The surface of the registration roll and pre registration roll for foreign substances or wear.
• The DADF out sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-208, PL 5.54.
• The DADF registration sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-110, PL 5.54.
• The DADF registration motor for for operation failure dC330 code 005-038, PL 5.58.
• The DADF takeaway clutch for for operation failure dC330 code 005-038, PL 5.58.
• The DADF pre registration clutch for for operation failure dC330 code 005-038, PL 5.58.
• The DADF pre registration motor for operation failure dC330 code 005-070, PL 5.58
• The registration chute for mylar deformation.
• Proper installation of DADF assembly on the machine.
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The surface of the registration roll and platen roll for foreign substances or wear.
• The DADF out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-208, PL 5.9.
• The DADF platen motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-031, PL 5.10
• The DADF registration motor dC330 code 005-021, PL 5.10.

3 0 5 - 1 2 7 DA D F O u t S e n s o r O f f J a m 3 0 5 - 1 2 8 DA D F E x i t S e n s o r O n J a m
BSD 5.9 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 1) BSD 5.12 DADF 250 Document Exit
BSD 5.12 DADF 250 Document Exit BSD 5.9 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 1)
BSD 5.22 DADF 130 Document Exit BSD 5.22 DADF 130 Document Exit
BSD 5.19 DADF 130 Registration BSD 5.19 DADF 130 Registration
The DADF out sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the DADF registration sensor The DADF exit sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after DADF out sensor has turned
turned OFF. Or, the DADF out sensor turns OFF before DADF registration sensor or DADF lead regis- ON. Or, the DADF exit sensor turns ON before DADF out sensor turns ON on the same document.
tration sensor turns OFF on the same document.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
connections.
Procedure
Procedure C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
Check the following: • Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path.
• The surface of the DADF out roll and CIS roll for foreign substances or wear.
• The surface of the DADF CIS roll and exit roll for foreign substances or wear.
• The DADF exit sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-209, PL 5.54.
• The DADF registration sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-110, PL 5.54.
• The DADF registration motor for for operation failure dC330 code 005-038, PL 5.58.
• The DADF registration motor for for operation failure dC330 code 005-038, PL 5.58. • The drive gears for wear and damage.
• The amount of grease at the pulley and gear. • The amount of grease at the pulley and gear.
• The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension. • The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension.
• The amount of grease at the pulley and the gear. • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
C8170 (DADF 250)
C8170 (DADF 250)
Check the following: • Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path.
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path. • The surface of the DADF platen roll and out roll for foreign substances or wear.
• The surface of the DADF platen roll, out roll, and exit roll for foreign substances or wear. • The DADF exit sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-209, PL 5.9.
• The DADF out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-208, PL 5.9. • The DADF platen motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-031, PL 5.10
• The DADF platen motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-031, PL 5.10. • The drive gears for wear and damage.
• The DADF exit motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-043, PL 5.10. • The amount of grease at the pulley and gear.
• The amount of grease at the pulley and gear. • The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension.
• The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension. • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

3 0 5 - 1 2 9 DA D F E x i t S e n s o r O f f J a m 3 0 5 - 1 4 1 DA D F Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O f f J a m
BSD 5.12 DADF 250 Document Exit BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding
BSD 5.9 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 1) BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect
BSD 5.22 DADF 130 Document Exit BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2)
BSD 5.19 DADF 130 Registration BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration
The DADF exit sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the DADF out sensor has The DADF pre registration sensor turned OFF before the feed out sensor has turned OFF.
turned OFF. Or, the DADF exit sensor turns OFF before DADF out sensor turns OFF on the same
document. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Initial Actions
Initial Actions Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections.
connections. Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130) Check the following:
• Transportation failure due to foreign substances in the document path.
• The surface of the DADF feed roll, DADF nudger roll, DADF retard roll, and takeaway roll for for-
eign substances or wear.
• The surface of the CIS roll, exit roll, and out roll for foreign substances or wear.
• The DADF feed out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-205, PL 5.54.
• The DADF exit sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-209, PL 5.54.
• The DADF registration motor for for operation failure dC330 code 005-038, PL 5.58. • The DADF takeaway clutch for operation failure, dC330 code 005-098, PL 5.58.
• The drive gears for wear and damage. • The DADF pre registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-206, PL 5.54.
• The amount of grease at the pulley and gear. • The DADF pre registration clutch for operational failure dC330 code 005–099, PL 5.58.
• The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension. • The nudger roll for nip operation failure.
• If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53. • The drive gear for wear and damage.
C8170 (DADF 250) • The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension.
Check the following: • The amount of grease at the pulley and the gear.
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path. • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
• The surface of the DADF out roll and exit roll for foreign substances or wear. C8170 (DADF 250)
• The DADF exit sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-209, PL 5.9. Check the following:
• The DADF platen motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-031, PL 5.10. • Transportation failure due to foreign substances in the document path.
• The DADF exit 2 motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-043, PL 5.10. • The surface of the DADF feed roll, DADF nudger roll, DADF retard roll, and takeaway roll for for-
• The drive gears for wear and damage. eign substances or wear.
• The amount of grease at the pulley and gear. • The DADF feed out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-205, PL 5.9.
• The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension. • The DADF feed motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-004, PL 5.5.
• If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3. • The DADF pre registration motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-013, PL 5.10.
• The nudger roll for nip operation failure.

• The drive gear for wear and damage. 3 0 5 - 1 4 4 DA D F Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r O n J a m ( DA D F S ke w D e -
• The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension. tect Jam)
The DADF pre registration sensor turned ON before DADF skew detect sensor has turned ON (due to
document skew).
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The document guides are properly set.
• The nudger roll for uniform contact with document loaded tray.
• The feed roll and retard roll for unifrom contact with the document.
• Check for improperly loaded or damaged documents.
• Check for out of specification combination of sizes (mixed sizes).

3 0 5 - 1 4 6 DA D F P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O f f J a m • The DADF pre registration motor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-013, PL 5.10.
BSD 5.8 DADF 250 Document Registration • The drive gears for wear and damage.
BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding • The timing belt for skipped teeth and improper belt tension.
BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration • The amount of grease at the pulley and the gear.
BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2)
The DADF pre registration sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after feed out sensor
has turned OFF. Or, the DADF pre registration sensor turns OFF before DADF feed out sensor turns
OFF on the same document.
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The surface of the DADF feed roll, DADF nudger roll, retard roll, takeaway roll, pre registration
roll, and registration roll, and out roll for foreign substances or wear.
• The DADF feed out sensor for operational failure dC330 code 005–205, PL 5.54.
• The DADF pre registration clutch for operational failure dC330 code 005–099, PL 5.58.
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The surface of the DADF takeaway roll, DADF pre registration roll, and registration roll for for-
eign substances or wear.

3 0 5 - 1 5 3 DA D F L e a d R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r O f f J a m 3 0 5 - 1 6 0 DA D F Tra y L i f t U p Fa i l o n R u n n i n g ( D o c u m e n t S e t )
BSD 5.8 DADF 250 Document Registration BSD 5.2 DADF Document Stacking
The DADF lead registration sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the DADF regis- The DADF level sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the document loaded tray
tration sensor turns OFF in hole punched mode. has began rising. Or, it was detected that the DADF bottom sensor does not turn OFF (when de-
tected during run, stop, or purge).
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
connections. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections.
Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250) Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The hole (not the center but the farthest periphery from the document trail edge) at the docu- Check the following:
ment trail edge is within 19mm from the document trail edge. If the document has no problem, • The DADF level sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-203, PL 5.8.
check the DADF lead registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-207, PL 5.9. • The DADF bottom sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-202, PL 5.6.
• If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3. • The DADF tray motor for operation failure dC330 code 005-051, PL 5.5.
• The drive gear of the DADF tray motor for wear and damage.
• The torque limiter for damage.

305-194 S iz e M ism atch Ja m on Slow S can M ix S iz e 3 0 5 - 1 9 6 S i z e M i s m a tc h J a m O n N o M i x - S i z e

BSD 5.3 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Fast Scan) BSD 5.6 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Slow Scan)
BSD 5.15 DADF 130 Document Size Sensing BSD 5.3 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Fast Scan)
In slow scan (SS) mixed mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in fast scan BSD 5.17 DADF 130 Document Feeding (2 of 2)
(FS) direction was transported from the DADF.
BSD 5.15 DADF 130 Document Size Sensing
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- In no mixed mode, it was detected that the second sheet or later of the set was of a different size
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. compared to the first sheet.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
connections.
Initial Actions
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130) connections.
Follow the instructions on the UI screen. If the error does not clear, check the following:
Procedure
• The document tray set guide for operation failure. C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The document tray APS sensors 1-3 for operation failure dC330 code 005-215/216/217, PL 5.57.
• Replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
• The document tray set guide for operation failure.
C8170 (DADF 250) • The document tray APS sensors 1-3 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-215/216/217, PL
5.57.
• The DADF APS sensors 1 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-218, PL 5.54.
• The DADF tray size sensor 1/2 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-221/222, PL 5.57.
• The document tray APS sensors 1-4 for operation failure dC330 code 005-215/216/217/302, PL
5.6. • Replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
• Replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3. C8170 (DADF 250)
• The document tray APS sensors 1-4 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-215/216/217/302, PL
5.6.
• The DADF APS sensors 1 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-215, PL 5.9.
• Replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

3 0 5 - 1 9 7 Pr o h i b i t Co m b i n e S i z e J a m 3 0 5 - 1 9 8 To o S h o r t S i z e J a m
BSD 5.6 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Slow Scan) BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect
BSD 5.15 DADF 130 Document Size Sensing BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding
A prohibited document size combination was detected. BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2)
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. The DADF detected that the document length in slow scan direction was out of the specifications.
• C8170 (DADF 250): Shorter than 135mm
Initial Actions
• C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130): Shorter than 85mm
connections. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
Procedure tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130) Initial Actions
Follow the instructions on the UI. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections.
C8170 (DADF 250)
Procedure
Follow the instructions on the UI. C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
Check the size of the document that was fed by the user. If the document size is within permitted
length for DADF transport, check the following:
C8170 (DADF 250)

3 0 5 - 1 9 9 To o Lo n g S i z e J a m 3 0 5 - 2 1 0 DA D F D o w n l o a d Fa i l
BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding BSD 3.6
BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect It was detected that the DADF was in download mode when IIT-software started (power ON/sleep
recovery).
BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
The DADF detected that the document length in slow scan direction was out of the specifications.
• C8170 (DADF 250): Longer than 670mm Initial Actions
• C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130): Longer than 1275mm Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
Initial Actions
Perform the DADF software download.
connections.
C8170 (DADF 250)
Procedure Perform the DADF software download.
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
C8170 (DADF 250)

3 0 5 – 2 1 2 B o t t o m S e n s o r Lo g i c Fa i l 3 0 5 - 2 7 5 DA D F R A M Fa i l
BSD 5.2 DADF Document Stacking BSD 3.6
The DADF bottom sensor does not turn ON when document loaded tray begin to lower, instead was It was detected that the RAM on DADF PWB failed during read/write operation.
turned ON during DADF operation.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250)
If the fault persists after powering the machine OFF then ON, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
• The DADF bottom sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-202, PL 5.6. C8170 (DADF 250)
• The DADF tray motor for operation failure dC330 code 005-051, PL 5.5.
• The sensor actuator for damage.

305–212 Service Manual
3 0 5 - 2 8 0 DA D F E E P R O M Fa i l 3 0 5 - 2 8 1 DA D F Tra y L i f t D o w n Fa i l
BSD 3.6 BSD 5.2 DADF Document Stacking
A write error to DADF EEPROM or communication failure with EEPROM was detected. The DADF bottom sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the document loaded
tray has began to lower.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130) Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250)
C8170 (DADF 250) • The DADF bottom sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-202, PL 5.6.
• The sensor actuator for damage.

3 0 5 - 2 8 2 DA D F Tra y L i f t U p Fa i l ( N o D o c u m e n t ) 3 0 5 - 2 8 3 DA D F Le v e l S e n s o r Lo g i c Fa i l
BSD 5.2 DADF Document Stacking BSD 5.2 DADF Document Stacking
The DADF bottom sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time when the empty document The DADF level sensor failure or DADF nudger solenoid failure was logically detected in relation to
tray was undergoing its initialization operation. the document sensor output.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections. connections.
Procedure Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250) C8170 (DADF 250)
Check the following: Check the following:
• The DADF bottom sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-202, PL 5.6. • The DADF level sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-203, PL 5.8.
• The DADF tray motor for operation failure dC330 code 005-051, PL 5.5. • The DADF nudger solenoid for operation failure, dC330 code 005-086, PL 5.8.
• The sensor actuator for damage. • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

3 0 5 - 2 8 4 DA D F A P S S e n s o r Lo g i c Fa i l 3 0 5 - 3 0 5 DA D F Fe e d e r Co v e r I n t e r l o c k O p e n
BSD 5.6 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Slow Scan) BSD 5.1 DADF 250 Interlock and Document Set
It was detected that the combination of DADF APS sensor 1-3 outputs was logically incorrect. BSD 5.14 DADF 130 Interlock And Document Setting
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- It was detected that the feeder cover interlock was open during DADF operation.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
Initial Actions tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure connections.
C8170 (DADF 250)
Procedure
Check the following: C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The DADF APS sensors 1/2/3 for operational failure, dC330 code 005-218/219/220, PL 5.9. Check the following:
• If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3. • Improperly installed DADF feeder cover.
• The DADF feeder cover interlock switch for operation failure, dC330 code 005-212, PL 5.58.
C8170 (DADF 250)
• Improperly installed DADF feeder cover.
• The DADF feeder cover interlock switch for operation failure, dC330 code 005-212, PL 5.7.

3 0 5 - 3 0 9 DA D F L / H C o v e r I n t e r l o c k O p e n 3 0 5 - 9 0 5 DA D F Fe e d O u t S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m
BSD 5.1 DADF 250 Interlock and Document Set BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding
It was detected that the DADF L/H cover interlock was open during DADF operation. BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2)
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- The DADF feed out sensor detected paper when the power was turned on, or feeder cover interlock
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- was closed, or platen cover interlock was closed.
Initial Actions ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
connections. Initial Actions
connections.
C8170 (DADF 250)
Check the following: Procedure
• Improperly installed DADF L/H cover. C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The DADF L/H cover interlock sensor for operational failure, dC330 code 005-223, PL 5.7. Check the following:
• The sensor actuator for disengagement, damage, and bending. • The DADF feed out sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
• If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3. • The DADF feed out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-205, PL 5.54.
• If the fault persists, install new components as required:
– DADF feed out sensor PL 5.54.
– The cable connecting DADF feed out sensor to DADF PWB.
– DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The DADF feed out sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
– DADF feed out sensor, PL 5.9.
– The cable connecting DADF feed out sensor to DADF PWB.

3 0 5 - 9 0 6 DA D F Fe e d I n S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m 3 0 5 - 9 0 7 DA D F P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m
BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect
BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2) BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration
The DADF feed in sensor (C8130/35/45/55, DADF 130) detected paper when the power was turned The DADF pre registration sensor detected paper when the power was turned on, or feeder cover in-
on, or feeder cover interlock was closed, or platen cover interlock was closed. terlock was closed, or platen cover interlock was closed.
The DADF feed in sensor 1/2 (C8170, DADF 250) detected paper when the power was turned on, or WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
feeder cover interlock was closed, or platen cover interlock was closed. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Initial Actions
Initial Actions connections.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial Procedure
connections.
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
Procedure Check the following:
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The DADF pre registration sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
Check the following: • The DADF pre registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-206, PL 5.54.
• The DADF feed in sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor. • If the fault persists, install new components as required:
• The DADF feed in sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-204, PL 5.54. – DADF pre registration sensor, PL 5.54.
• If the fault persists, install new components as required: – The cable connecting DADF pre registration sensor to DADF PWB.
– DADF feed in sensor, PL 5.54. – DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
– The cable connecting DADF feed in sensor to DADF PWB. C8170 (DADF 250)
C8170 (DADF 250) • The DADF pre registration sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
Check the following: • The DADF pre registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-206, PL 5.9.
• The DADF feed in sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor. • If the fault persists, install new components as required:
• The DADF feed in sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-204, PL 5.9. – DADF pre registration sensor, PL 5.9.
• If the fault persists, install new components as required: – The cable connecting DADF pre registration sensor to DADF PWB.
– DADF feed in sensor, PL 5.9. – DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
– The cable connecting DADF feed in sensor to DADF PWB.

3 0 5 - 9 0 8 DA D F R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m 3 0 5 - 9 0 9 DA D F L e a d R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m
BSD 5.8 DADF 250 Document Registration BSD 5.8 DADF 250 Document Registration
BSD 5.19 DADF 130 Registration The DADF lead registration sensor detected paper when the power was turned on, or feeder cover
interlock was closed, or platen cover interlock was closed.
The DADF registration sensor detected paper when the power was turned on, or feeder cover inter-
lock was closed, or platen cover interlock was closed. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Initial Actions
Initial Actions Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections.
connections. Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250)
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130) Check the following:
Check the following: • The DADF lead registration sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
• The DADF registration sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor. • The DADF lead registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-207, PL 5.9.
• The DADF registration sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-110, PL 5.54. • If the fault persists, install new components as required:
• If the fault persists, install new components as required: – DADF lead registration sensor PL 5.9.
– DADF registration sensor, PL 5.54. – The cable connecting DADF lead registration sensor to DADF PWB.
– The cable connecting DADF registration sensor to DADF PWB. – DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The DADF registration sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
– DADF registration sensor, PL 5.9.
– The cable connecting DADF registration sensor to DADF PWB.

3 0 5 - 9 1 0 DA D F O u t S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m 3 0 5 - 9 1 1 DA D F E x i t S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m
BSD 5.9 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 1) BSD 5.12 DADF 250 Document Exit
BSD 5.22 DADF 130 Document Exit BSD 5.22 DADF 130 Document Exit
The DADF out sensor detected paper when the power was turned on, or feeder cover interlock was The DADF exit sensor detected paper when the power was turned on, or feeder cover interlock was
closed, or platen cover interlock was closed. closed, or platen cover interlock was closed.

Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections. connections.
Procedure Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130) C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The DADF out sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor. • The DADF exit sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
• The DADF out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-208, PL 5.54. • The DADF exit sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-209, PL 5.54.
• If the fault persists, install new components as required: • If the fault persists, install new components as required:
– DADF out sensor, PL 5.54. – DADF exit sensor, PL 5.54.
– The cable connecting DADF out sensor to DADF PWB. – The cable connecting DADF exit sensor to DADF PWB.
– DADF PWB, PL 5.53. – DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
C8170 (DADF 250) C8170 (DADF 250)
• The DADF out sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor. • The DADF exit sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
• The DADF out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-208, PL 5.9. • The DADF exit sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-209, PL 5.9.
• If the fault persists, install new components as required: • If the fault persists, install new components as required:
– DADF out sensor, PL 5.9. – DADF exit sensor, PL 5.9.
– The cable connecting DADF out sensor to DADF PWB. – The cable connecting DADF exit sensor to DADF PWB.
– DADF PWB, PL 5.3. – DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

3 0 5 - 9 1 5 , 9 1 6 , 9 1 7 DA D F A P S S e n s o r 1 / 2 / 3 S t a t i c J a m 3 0 5 - 9 1 9 DA D F Tra y L i f t U p Fa i l ( D o c u m e n t S e t )
BSD 5.6 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Slow Scan) BSD 5.2 DADF Document Stacking
BSD 5.17 DADF 130 Document Feeding (2 of 2) The DADF level sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the document loaded tray
has began rising. Or, it was detected that the DADF bottom sensor does not turn OFF (detected at
The DADF APS sensor 1/2/3 detected paper when the power was turned on, or feeder cover interlock a time other than run, stop, or purge).
was closed, or platen cover interlock was closed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
Procedure C8170 (DADF 250)
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The DADF level sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-203, PL 5.8.
• The DADF APS sensor 1/2/3 for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
• The DADF bottom sensor for operation failure dC330 code 005-202, PL 5.6.
• The DADF APS sensor 1/2/3 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-218/219/220, PL 5.54.
– DADF APS sensor 1/2/3, PL 5.54.
– The cable connecting DADF APS sensor 1/2/3 to DADF PWB.
C8170 (DADF 250)
• The DADF APS sensor 1/2/3 for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
• The DADF APS sensor 1/2/3 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-218/219/220, PL 5.9.
– DADF APS sensor 1/2/3, PL 5.9.
– The cable connecting DADF APS sensor 1/2/3 to DADF PWB.

305-915, 916, 917 Service Manual
3 0 5 – 9 2 0 DA D F S k e w D e t e c t S e n s o r S t a t i c J a m 3 0 5 - 9 2 1 Le t t e r S E F D e t e c t E r r o r
BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect BSD 5.3 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Fast Scan)
The DADF skew detect sensor detected paper when the power was turned on, or feeder cover inter- BSD 5.15 DADF 130 Document Size Sensing
lock was closed, or platen cover interlock was closed.
The DADF document guide width detected a letter SEF width.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250) Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
Follow the instructions on the UI screen.
• The DADF skew detect sensor for remaining paper or foreign objects on the sensor.
• The DADF skew detect sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-192, PL 5.9.
C8170 (DADF 250)
– DADF skew detect sensor, PL 5.9. Follow the instructions on the UI screen.
– The cable connecting DADF skew detect sensor to DADF PWB.


Service Manual 305–920
3 0 5 - 9 4 0 DA D F N o O r i g i n a l Fa u l t 3 0 5 - 9 4 1 DA D F N o t E n o u g h D o c u m e n t
BSD 5.1 DADF 250 Interlock and Document Set BSD 5.1 DADF 250 Interlock and Document Set
BSD 5.14 DADF 130 Interlock And Document Setting BSD 5.14 DADF 130 Interlock And Document Setting
It was detected that the document was pulled out during document feed operation. Or, the DADF It was detected that one or more originals were missing after loaded originals returned to the tray.
feed in sensor turns OFF before DADF document set sensor turns OFF during pre feed operation.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
C8170 (DADF 250)
C8170 (DADF 250)

3 0 5 - 9 4 2 DA D F Tra y S ta c k O v e r Fa i l 305-945 FS -Si ze M is match J am on N o Mix -S ize or S S M ix- Siz e

BSD 5.2 DADF Document Stacking ( Co n t )
It was detected that the DADF level sensor or DADF bottom sensor was ON when document loaded BSD 5.3 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Fast Scan)
tray has began rising.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- BSD 5.17 DADF 130 Document Feeding (2 of 2)
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. In no mix or slow scan (SS) mixed mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in
fast scan (FS) direction was transported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, code 305-945 is dis-
Initial Actions played. If paper was fed, code 305-947 is displayed.)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
connections. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
Procedure
C8170 (DADF 250) Initial Actions
Reduce the number of sheets and reload originals onto the document tray. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The DADF APS sensors 1-3 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-218/219/220, PL 5.54.
C8170 (DADF 250)
5.6.

3 0 5 - 9 4 6 S S - S i z e M i s m a t c h J a m O n N o M i x - S i z e ( Co n t ) 305-947 FS -Si ze M is match J am O n No M ix -Siz e or SS M ix -Si ze

BSD 5.6 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Slow Scan) BSD 5.3 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Fast Scan)
BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding BSD 5.15 DADF 130 Document Size Sensing
BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect BSD 5.17 DADF 130 Document Feeding (2 of 2)
BSD 5.15 DADF 130 Document Size Sensing In no mix or slow scan (SS) mixed mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in
fast scan (FS) direction was transported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, code 305–945 is dis-
BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2) played. If paper was fed, code 305-947 is displayed.)
BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
In no mix mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in slow scan (SS) direction
was transported from the DADF (If paper was not fed, code 305-946 is displayed. If paper was fed, Initial Actions
code 305–948 is displayed.)
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- connections.
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial • The document tray set guide for operation failure.
connections.
Procedure • The DADF APS sensors 1-3 for operation failure, dC330 code 005-218/219/220, PL 5.54.
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130) • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53.
Follow the instructions on the UI screen. If the error does not clear, check the following: C8170 (DADF 250)
• The DADF feed out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-205, PL 5.54 .
• If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.53. 5.6.
C8170 (DADF 250) • If the fault persists, replace the DADF PWB, PL 5.3.

305-948 S S-S iz e M ism atch Ja m On N o Mi x-S iz e

BSD 5.6 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Slow Scan)
BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding
In no mix mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in slow scan (SS) direction
was transported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, code 305–946 is displayed. If paper was fed,
code 305-948 is displayed.)
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55 (DADF 130)
• The DADF feed out sensor for operation failure, dC330 code 005-205, PL 5.54 .
C8170 (DADF 250)

3 1 0 - 3 2 7 Fu s i n g O n Ti m e Fa i l R A P 3 1 0 - 3 3 0 Fu s e r M o t o r Fa u l t
BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.1 Fuser Drive Control (1 of 2) BSD 10.1 Fuser Drive Control (1 of 2)
310-327 The fuser heater coil has been on continuously for longer than the setting time. BSD 90.17 First BTR Contact/Retract Control BSD 90.17 First BTR Contact/Retract Control
Procedure The Fuser Unit Drive Motor revolution failure was detected.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Perform the steps that follow: Procedure
1. Power off, then power on the machine, (GP 4). Remove the Fusing Unit from the machine. Manually rotate the Drive Gear of the Fusing Unit and
check for any abnormal loading (gear not able to rotate, etc.).
2. Ensure that the fuser and fuser heater coil are installed correctly. The gear be rotated without heavy loading.
3. Ensure that the power supply voltage is within specification, refer to (GP 15) Electrical Power Y N
Requirements. Replace the Fusing Unit PL10.05
4. Check the wiring and connectors between the fuser heater coil P/J634 and the fuser heater
P/J634
Reinstall the Fusing Unit. Power the machine OFF and ON, and check if the Exit Roll 1 rotates as the
power supply J60 , J61 for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact. Also check the wiring
J60 J61
power turns ON.
and connectors between P/J530 on the fuser heater power supply andP/J441 on the motor
P/J530 P/J441
The Fuser Exit Roll 1 rotates.
drive for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact. Y N
5. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: Check the following:
• Fuser Heater Coil, (PL 10.05).
• The Fusing Unit Drive Motor (dC330 [010-002]) for operation failure.
• Motor Drive PWB, (PL 1.10).
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Controller PWB assembly, (PL 3.05).
If no problem is found, replace the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10
• The 1st BTR Contact/Retract Clutch (dC330 [094-008/009] (Retract/Contact)) for operation fail-
ure PL 40.05.
Note: During the 1st BTR Contact/Retract operation, check whether the Fusing Unit
Drive Motor is also rotating. If it is not rotating, check the 1st BTR Contact/Retract
Gear for blockage and damage.
If no problems are found, replace the following in sequence: However, each time a part is replaced,
check whether the fault is still occurring.
• Fuser (PL 10.05).
• Fuser Drive Assembly PL 40.05
• Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).

3 1 0 - 3 4 1 Fu s i n g U n i t I l l e g a l Fa i l R A P 3 1 0 - 3 6 0 I H D r i v e r I n p u t H i g h Vo l t a g e Fa u l t
BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat Control (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat Control (1 of 2)
310-341 A incorrect type of fuser was installed. BSD 1.1 Main Power On BSD 1.1 Main Power On
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- The input voltage of the IH Driver is high voltage (155VAC +/- 5VAC or higher).
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer toGP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Electric-
ity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
Procedure
1. Power off the machine by pressing the UI Power Button and responding to the on-screen Procedure
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP Turn the power OFF. Open the PWB Chassis Unit.
4). If the fault still exists, switch off the machine.
2. Install a new fuser, (PL 10.05). Switch on the machine, (GP 4). Turn the main power ON (turn ON the Main Power Switch only).
The voltage between the AC Power Supply P/J6 -1 and P/J6 -2 is 100VAC or within 110/208 to
240VAC.
Y N
Go to OF3 RAP.
Turn the Main Power Switch OFF and check the following connections for open circuits and poor
contacts:
• Between AC Power Supply P/J6 -1 and IH Driver PWB P/J30 -1
• Between AC Power Supply P/J6 -2 and IH Driver PWB P/J30 -3
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence.
• Noise Filter (PL 1.15) (C8170)
• MCU PWB (PL 3.15)

3 1 0 - 3 6 1 I H D r i v e r I n p u t Lo w Vo l t a g e Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 3 6 2 I H D r i v e r S u r g e Fa u l t
The input voltage of the IH Driver is low voltage (80VAC or lower). BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 3) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 3)
Procedure The IH Driver detected surge. (Status code 0x3 is received)

Refer to 310-360 IH Driver Input High Voltage Fault RAP to troubleshoot the problem . Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check the voltage and voltage noise at customer's outlet.
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power OFF then ON and no problems were found
after checking the voltage and voltage noise at the outlet, replace the IH Driver (PL 1.15 ).

3 1 0 - 3 6 3 I G BT Te m p e ra t u r e H i g h Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 3 6 4 I G BT Te m p e ra t u r e S e n s o r Fa u l t
BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 3) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 3) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 3) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 3)
The IGBT Temperature Sensor detected high temperature. (Status code 0x4 is received) An open circuit, short circuit, or abnormal change in Sensor value was detected at the IGBT Temper-
ature Sensor. (Status code 0x5 is received)
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
Procedure
Procedure
Power OFF the machine, and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Open the video chassis unit assembly 1. Power the machine OFF and ON (GP 4).
Power the machine ON and enter the Diagnostic mode. Turn ON dC330 [042-016] (IH Intake Fan). 2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IH Driver P/J530 and the Motor
The IH Intake Fan is rotating. Drive PWB (PL 1.10) for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. ((C8170 only) Perform the
Y N check after removing the Sub LVPS.)
Proceed to the 343-356 RAP. 3. Check the connector ( J1) between the Motor Control Unit PWB (PL 3.15) and the Motor Drive
(C8145/55, C8170) Press the Stop button. Turn ON dC330 [042-017] (IH Exhaust Fan). PWB (PL 1.10) for poor contact, damage, and foreign substances.
The IH Exhaust Fan is rotating. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Y N • IH Driver (PL 1.15)
Proceed to the 310-398 RAP.
• Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10)
Press the Stop button.
• Motor Control Unit PWB (PL 3.15)
Turn the power OFF and check the following connections:
• Between the IH Driver P/J530 and the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact. ((C8170 only) Perform the check after removing the Sub LVPS.)
• Check the connector ( J1) between the MCU-PF PWB and the Motor Drive PWB for poor contact,
damage, and foreign substances.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Motor Drive PWB (REP 1.4)
• Motor Control Unit PWB (PL 3.15)

3 1 0 - 3 6 7 I n p u t Lo w C u r r e n t Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 3 6 8 E n c o d e r P u l s e Fa u l t
BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 2) BSD 10.1 Fuser Drive Control (1 of 2) BSD 10.1 Fuser Drive Control (1 of 2)
The input current was below the lower limit continuously for the specified time. (Status code 0x8 is The level change of the Belt Speed Sensor was in less than 1 second. (Status code 0x9 is received)
received)
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Power the machine OFF and remove the Fuser. Check the connectors between the Fuser and the
Turn the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. Check the Connector between the Fuser As- Main Unit ( DJ600 ) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
sembly (PL 10.05) and the Main Unit ( DJ600/J600 ) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, • Check whether the Motor Drive PWB connector (PL 1.10) is connected properly.
and etc.
Procedure
Procedure Check the following connections for short circuits and poor contacts.
Check the following: ((C8170 only) Perform the check after removing the Sub LVPS.) • Between Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10). -7 and Fuser Assembly DJ600 -B3
• The connection between the IH Driver PWB J60 -1 and the IH Heating Coil P/J634 -1 for short • Between Motor Drive PWB -8 and Fuser Assembly DJ600 -B2
circuit and poor contact
• Between Motor Drive PWB -9 and Fuser Assembly DJ600 -B1
• The connection between the IH Driver PWB J61 -1 and the IH Heating Coil P/J634 -2 for short
circuit and poor contact If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • Fuser (PL 10.05)
• IH Driver PWB (PL 1.15 ) • Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10 )
• IH Heating Coil (PL10.05 )
• Fuser (PL 10.05)

3 1 0 - 3 6 9 I H D r i v e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 3 7 0 I H D r i v e r Fr e e z e Fa u l t
Communication error between the IH Driver and the Motor Drive PWB has occurred. (Status code The IH Driver Freeze port became Active (Low). (The CPU of the IH Driver has hung.)
0xC is received. Or, communication error between the DD and the IH was detected)
Procedure
Procedure 1. Power the machine OFF and ON.
1. Power the machine OFF and ON. 2. If the problem persists, refer to 310-364 and follow the troubleshooting process described in
2. If the problem persists, refer to 310-364 and follow the troubleshooting process described in that RAP.
that RAP.

3 1 0 - 3 7 1 H e a t B e l t S T S Ce n t e r D i s c o n n e c t i o n Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 3 7 2 H e a t Ro l l S T S Ce n t e r O v e r Te m p e ra t u r e Fa u l t
The open circuit AD value of the Center Thermistor was detected 3 times in a row. The AD value of the Center Thermistor was detected to be higher than the defined value 4 times in
a row.
Initial Actions
• Power OFF the machine and remove the Fuser (PL 10.05). Inspect the connector between the
Note:
Fuser and the Main Unit (J600 ) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
J600
To clear this Fail, first remove the cause, next clear the value of NVM [744-001] (Error Detection His-
• Ensure that the Motor Drive PWB connector is connected properly. tory) to '0', and then turn the power OFF and ON.The relationship between the displayed value and
the parts that detected the error are as follows:
Procedure
• 0: Normal
Check the IH Center Thermistor for an open circuit — measure the resistance between P600–4 and • 1: High temperature error (Center Thermistor - Run in progress)
P600–3.
• 2: High temperature error (Rear Thermistor - Run in progress)
The resistance is infinite.
Y N • 3: High temperature error (Center Thermistor - other than Run in progress)
Measure the resistance between the FuserDP600 -4 andDJ600 -3. DP600 DJ600
• 4: High temperature error (Rear Thermistor - other than Run in progress)
The resistance is infinite. • 5: Coil loading error
Y N
Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. • 6: Center Thermistor is heating up abnormally
• BetweenJ600 -4 and Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) -13
J600
• 7: Rear Thermistor is heating up abnormally
• BetweenJ600 -3 and Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) -14
J600
• 8: High temperature error detection due to out of control thermosensitivity monitor
• 9: IH Center Thermistor Warmup Time (No Temperature Rise) Fail
If no problems are found, replace the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).
• 10: IH Rear Thermistor Warmup Time (No Temperature Rise) Fail
Replace the Fuser (REP 10.2).
Replace the Fuser (REP 10.2). • 11: IH Power Supply Parts Failure
Initial Actions
• The IH Center Thermistor for dropped parts, and the Sensor for contamination and clogging
due to foreign objects.
• Turn the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. Check for foreign substances or paper
wound around the Heat Roll.
• The Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the Main Unit ( DJ600 ) for broken/bent pins,
foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• The Heat Belt for damage.
• Check whether the Motor Drive PWB connector P/J431 is connected properly.
Perform the following steps:
1. Check the Center Thermistor (dC140 [010-200]) for operation failure.
Monitor AD Value: 100 or lower (Temperature Monitor Value: 250 degree C or higher) is a Fail
2. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fuser (PL 10.05)

3 1 0 - 3 7 3 H e a t B e l t S T S Re a r D i s c o n n e c t i o n Fa i l 3 1 0 - 3 7 4 H e a t B e l t T h e r m i s t o r Re a r O v e r Te m p e ra t u r e Fa i l
The open circuit AD value of the Rear Thermistor was detected 3 times in a row. The AD value of the Rear Thermistor was detected to be higher than the defined value 4 times in a
row.
Initial Actions
Note: To clear this Fail, first remove the cause, next clear the value of NVM [744-001] (Error Detec-
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial tion History) to '0', and then turn the power OFF and ON. The relationship between the displayed
connections. value and the parts that detected the error is as follows:
Procedure • 0: Normal
1. Power the machine OFF and ON. • 1: High temperature error (Center Thermistor - Run in progress)
2. Switch OFF the power and check the Rear Thermistor for open circuit. • 2: High temperature error (Rear Thermistor - Run in progress)
3. Check the connection between the Motor Drive PWB J420 and the Drawer Connector J600 for
J420 J600
• 3: High temperature error (Center Thermistor - other than Run in progress)
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • 4: High temperature error (Rear Thermistor - other than Run in progress)
4. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence: However, each time a parts is re- • 5: Coil loading error
placed, check whether the Fault is still occurring and return the part if it has no problems.
• 6: Center Thermistor is heating up abnormally
• Fuser (PL 10.05)
• 7: Rear Thermistor is heating up abnormally
• Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10 )
• 8: High temperature error detection due to out of control thermosensitivity monitor
• 9: IH Center Thermistor Warmup Time (No Temperature Rise) Fail
• 10: IH Rear Thermistor Warmup Time (No Temperature Rise) Fail
• 11: IH Power Supply Parts Failure
Initial Actions
• The Rear Thermistor for dropped parts, and the Sensor for contamination and clogging due to
foreign objects.
• Switch the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. Check for foreign substances or paper
wound around the Heat Roll.
• The Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the Main Unit ( DJ600) for broken/bent pins,
foreign substances, burns, and so on.
• The Heat Belt for damage.
• Check whether the Motor Drive PWB connector P/J431 is connected properly.
Perform the following steps:
1. Check the Rear Thermistor (dC140 [010-201]) for operation failure.
Monitor AD Value: 100 or lower (Temperature Monitor Value: 250 degree C or higher) is a Fail
2. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fuser (PL 10.05)

3 1 0 - 3 7 5 H e a t B e l t Ce n t e r T h e r m i s t o r Wa r m U p Ti m e Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 3 7 6 H e a t B e l t Re a r T h e r m i s t o r Wa r m U p Ti m e Fa u l t
When transitioning from the Wait state, the specified Temperature is not reached within the speci- When transitioning from the Wait state, the specified Temperature is not reached within the speci-
fied time. fied time.
Note: This Fault may occur when the temperature in the installation environment is low (10 degree Note: This Fault may occur when the temperature in the installation environment is low (10 degree
C or lower) or when the voltage is low (-10% of rated voltage or lower). C or lower) or when the voltage is low (-10% of rated voltage or lower).
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC122 Fault History. Check whether IH Driver Input Low Voltage Fault has occurred. Enter dC122 Fault History. Check whether IH Driver Input Low Voltage Fault has occurred.
Fault 310-361 occurred Fault 310-361 occurred
Y N Y N
Go to RAP 310-360 to troubleshoot the problem Go to RAP 310-360 to troubleshoot the problem
Turn the power OFF and check the following: Power OFF the machine and check the following:
• Remove the Fuser (PL 10.05) . Check the Connector between the Fuser and the Main Unit ( • Remove the Fuser (PL 10.05). Check the Connector between the Fuser and the Main Unit (
DJ600 ) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. DJ600 ) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• Check the following connections for short circuits and poor contacts. • Check the following connections for short circuits and poor contacts.
– check the Drawer Connector ( DP/DJ600, P/J600 ) between the Main Unit and the Fusing
DP/DJ600, P/J600 – check the Drawer Connector ( DP/DJ600, P/J600 ) between the Main Unit and the Fusing
DP/DJ600, P/J600
Unit for broken/bent pins, burn damage, foreign objects, etc. Unit for broken/bent pins, burn damage, foreign objects, etc.
– Check the connection between the Motor Drive PWB J420 and the Drawer Connector J600 J420 J600 – Check the connection between the Motor Drive PWB J420 and the Drawer Connector J600 J420 J600
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fuser Heater Power Supply (PL 1.05) • Fuser Heater Power Supply (PL 1.05)
• Fuser Heater Coil Assembly (PL10.05) • Fuser Heater Coil Assembly (PL10.05)
• Fuser (PL 10.05) • Fuser (PL 10.05)
• Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) • Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10)

3 1 0 - 3 7 8 H e a t B e l t Ro t a t i o n Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 3 7 9 Fu s e r H o t N o t Re a d y Re t u r n Ti m e Fa i l
Fusing Unit Drive Fusing Unit Drive BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat Control (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat Control (1 of 2)
After the Fuser Unit Drive Motor turns On, the Fusing Belt Speed Sensor output does not change The time taken to recover from the Fuser High Temperature Not Ready state has exceeded the
within 500 ms or longer. specified time.
Procedure Procedure
Go to 310-327and use the procedure to troubleshoot the problem.
Power the machine OFF then ON (GP 4).
The problem continues.
Y N
Note the problem in the machine log and return to this procedure.
Check the Fuser Unit Drive Motor (PL 40.05) operation in dC330.
• High model: dC330 [010-001]
• Mid model: dC330 [010-004]
• Low model: dC330 [010-006]
The Fuser Unit Drive Motor operates correctly.
Y N
Power the machine OFF and check the following:
• The connections between the Fusing Unit Drive Motor and the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.01)
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• The connections between the Belt Speed Sensor and the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.01) for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• If no problems are found replace the following in order:
– Fuser Unit Drive Motor (PL 40.05 )
– Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.01 )
An open circuit in the Fusing Unit Belt Speed Sensor may have occurred. Remove the Fuser.
Check for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact between the following:
• Connector between the Fuser and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600, P/J600 DP/DJ600, P/J600
• Check the connection between the Motor Drive PWB J420 and the Drawer Connector J600 for
J420 J600
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.

If no problems are found, replace the Fuser (PL 10.05 )

3 1 0 - 3 8 0 Pr e s s u r e Ro l l L a t c h M o t o r Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 3 8 2 Fu s e r T h e r m o s t a t Fa u l t
BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2)
BSD 10.2 Pressure Roll Latch/Unlatch BSD 10.2 Pressure Roll Latch/Unlatch
The Fuser Thermostat is broken or a software fix is required.

When in the P/Roll Contact/Retract operation, the Latch Position Sensor detected a Latch position
error of the P/Roll. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). Procedure
Check/perform the following:
Initial Actions
• Switch the machine power off, then on. Check if the problem persists.
• Power off the machine (GP 4). and check whether the Fuser (PL 10.05) is installed properly.
• Switch the machine power off. Check the Fuser Thermostat for an open circuit. If open, replace
• Remove the Fuser and check the Connector between the Fuser and the Main Unit (DP600 ) for
the Fuser (PL 10.05)
DP600
broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• Check the connection between the Motor Drive PWB J437 and the Drawer Connector DJ600
• Check whether the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) connector is connected properly.
J437 DJ600

Procedure • If no problem is found, replace the Fuser PL 10.05.
• The P/R Latch Motor (dC330 [010-009/010] (Latch On/Off) for operation failure.
• The connection between the Motor Drive PWB J420 and the Drawer Connector J600 for open J420 J600
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.

• The Drawer Connector ( DP/DJ600, P/J600 ) between the Main Unit and the Fusing Unit for
DP/DJ600, P/J600
broken/ bent pins, burn damage, foreign objects, etc.

• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence: However, each time a parts is re-
placed, check whether the Fail is still occurring and return the part if it has no problems.
• Fusing Unit (PL 10.05)

3 1 0 - 3 9 8 Fu s e r E x h a u s t Fa n Fa u l t 3 1 0 - 4 2 0 Fu s e r N e a r L i fe [ O v e r ] Wa r n i n g
BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2)
The Fuser Exhaust Fan error was detected. BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen The Fuser is near the end of its life span.
Note: The chain/link fault code for this RAP is an internal machine code and is never displayed or
Initial Actions logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that
cannot be cleared by performing the indicated process (such as loading paper, closing a cover, re-
Rotate the Fuser Exhaust Fan (PL 40.15) manually to check for loading. placing a CRU, and so on.). Entry to this RAP is usually from the Persistent RAP located in the Other
Faults section, or a chain/link listing on a BSD.
Procedure
Enter the Diagnostic Mode, turn ON dC330 [042-059] (Fuser Exhaust Fan — medium speed). prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
The Fuser Exhaust Fan rotates
Y N Procedure
Power the machine OFF and check the connection between the Fuser Exhaust Fan P/J262 -4/ Perform the following steps in order:
3/1 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J408 -10/11/13 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor
contact. 1. Replace the Fuser (PL 10.05) with a new one and clear dC135 [954-850].
2. Power the machine OFF and ON (GP 4).
Check the Fuser Exhaust Fan iBeacon® Bluetooth® for foreign substances.
3. If the fault recurs, power the machine OFF and check the following:
• Check the Fuser for improper installation
• Fuser Exhaust Fan (PL 40.15)
• Check the connectors between the Fuser and the Main Unit for broken/bent pins, foreign
Press the Stop button then turn the power OFF. substances, burns, and etc.
Check the connection between the Fuser Fan P/J262 -2 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J408 -12 for • Check the connection between the Fuser and the LVPS (PL 1.15) for open circuit, short circuit,
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. and poor contact
• Check the connection between the Fuser and the Motor Drive PWB for open circuit, short cir-
If no problems are found, replace the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10). cuit, and poor contact
• Fuser (PL 10.05)

3 1 0 - 4 2 1 Fu s e r L i fe O v e r Wa r n i n g 3 1 0 - 6 1 3 Fu s e r D r i v e M o t o r C u r r e n t Wa r n i n g R A P
BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing
BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing 310-613 The current value that is applied to the Fuser Drive Motor has continuously exceeded the
Threshold for more than the specified time.
The Fuser Assembly is at the end of its life span.
Procedure
logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
cannot be cleared by performing the indicated process (e.g., loading paper, closing a cover, replacing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
ing a CRU, etc.). Entry to this RAP is usually via the Persistent RAP located in the Other Faults sec- tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
tion, or a chain/link listing on a BSD.
Perform the steps that follow:
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen 1. Enter dC330, code 945-850 to verify the HFSI counter value is less than 450,000.
2. Enter dC330, code 010-203 to activate the fuser unit belt speed sensor, part of the fuser,
Procedure PL10.05.
Perform the following steps in order: 3. Enter dC330, code 010-002 to run the fuser drive motor, PL 40.05.
1. Replace the Fuser (PL 10.05) with a new one and clear dC135 [954-850]. 4. Check the helical gear (PL 40.05), for excessive wear and damage. Install a new helical gear as
necessary.
2. Power the machine OFF and ON (GP 4).
5. If the fault persists, install new components as needed:
3. If the fault recurs, power the machine OFF and check the following:
a. Fuser (PL 10.05).
• Check the Fuser for improper installation
b. Motor Drive PWB, (PL 1.10).
• Check the connectors between the Fuser and the Main Unit for broken/bent pins, foreign
substances, burns, and etc.
• Check the connection between the Fuser and the LVPS (PL 1.15) for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact
• Check the connection between the Fuser and the Motor Drive PWB for open circuit, short cir-
cuit, and poor contact
• Fuser (PL 10.05)

3 1 0 - 6 1 6 Fu s i n g U n i t T h e r m o s e n s i t i v i t y R u n a w a y H o t N o t 3 1 0 - 6 1 7 Fu s i n g Pa p e r Q u a l i t y O p e ra t i o n M i s ta ke Wa r n i n g R A P
Re a d y Wa r n i n g R A P 310-617 The paper type is different than expected by the UI settings.
BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2)
Procedure
BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) Check the tray setting and change it to a correct paper setting or verify the correct paper type is in
the tray for the job.
310-616 High temperature error detection due to out of control thermosensitivity monitor was de-
tected for specified times (from half of the setting times to the setting times - 1).
Procedure
1. Power OFF, then power ON the machine (GP 4).
2. If the fault persists, install new components as needed:
• Fuser Heater Coil (PL 10.05)
• Fuser (PL 10.05)
Note: After installation of a new part, check the value of NVM [744-001] (Error Detection History).
When the value is set to [5] (Coil loading error), clear it to [0]. Switch off, then switch on the ma-
chine, GP 4.

3 1 0 - 6 1 8 Fu s i n g U n i t E 2 P R O M W r i t e L i m i t I n fo R A P 3 1 0 - 6 1 9 Fu s i n g U n i t E 2 P R O M I 2 C M a s t e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n I n fo
BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection
RAP
310-618 The upper limit of write guarantee to the Fusing Unit E2PROM has been exceeded. BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection
310-619 The I2C Master has a communication error, or the communication control ASIC has a
Procedure fault.
No action required.
Procedure
1. Power OFF then power ON the machine, (GP 4).
Note: If this resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the operation failure
had occurred due to external electrical noise or abnormal electrical noise caused by
electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any electrical noise source around the
machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
2. Check to ensure that the Fuser is fully engaged into the drawer connector. Switch off the ma-
chine, then perform the steps that follow:
• Check the Controller PWB Assembly (PL 3.05) and Back Plane PWB (PL 3.15) for position and
full connector engagement.
• Check the motor drive ribbon cable between the Halftone PWB (PL 3.15) and the Motor
Drive PWB (PL 1.10) for open circuit and poor contact.
• Check the connection between the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) and the drawer connector
DP600 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
DP600
• Check the connection between the drawer connector DJ600 and the fuser DP600 for open
DJ600 DP600

3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary in the following order. Check for fault
cleared after installing each part before installing the next part:
a. Fuser (PL 10.05).
b. Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).

3 1 0 - 6 2 0 Fu s e r E E P R O M D a t a M i s m a t c h I n fo R A P 3 1 0 - 6 2 1 Fu s e r E E P R O M N o t I n Po s i t i o n I n fo R A P
BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection
310-620 Incorrect authentication area data was detected in the Fuser. The Fuser is not installed correctly or a communication error has occurred.
Procedure Procedure
1. Remove and reinstall the Fuser (PL 10.05) to verify correct installation. 1. Remove and reinstall the current Fuser (PL 10.05) to verify correct installation.
2. If the fault persists, replace the current Fuser with a new Fuser (REP 10.2). 2. If the fault persists, install a new Fuser (REP 10.2).

3 1 0 - 6 2 2 Fu s e r E E P R O M D a t a B r o ke n I n fo R A P 3 1 0 - 6 2 3 Fu s i n g H e a v y Pa p e r Q u a l i t y O p e ra t i o n M i s t a ke Wa r n -
ing RAP
310-622 The system detected that the data written to the Fuser EEPROM and the data read from it 310-623 The paper type (plain or lightweight) is different from the UI settings (heavyweight).
do not match.
Procedure
Procedure Check the tray settings in the UI and change as needed to the correct paper setting for the job.
Perform Fuser EEPROM Data Mismatch Info RAP (310–620 RAP).

3 1 6 - 0 0 0 - 0 0 t o 3 1 6 - 0 1 6 - 9 9 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 R A P
316-000-00 Format services non shutdown ESS faults.
316-000-01 ENS service non shutdown ESS faults.
316-000-09 Cannot create RPC connection with ENS.
316-001-09 Unable to do startup synchronization.
316-001-26 Unable to startup and synchronize with SC.
316-002-09 Unable to register as an RPC server.
316-003-09 Too many IPC handles.
316-003-14 Too many IPC handles.
316-003-19 Too many IPC handlers.
316-003-90 Utility insert handler failure.
316-004-14 RPC call failure to ESS registration service.
316-004-19 RPC connect failure to ESS registration service.
316-004-26 RPC connect failure to ESS registration service.
316-004-46 RPC connect failure to ESS registration service (to register with).
316-005-46 RPC call failure to ESS registration service (to register with).
316-005-90 RPC call failure to ESS registration failed.

Service Manual 316-000-00 to 316-016-99
316-006-09 Cannot register for events. 3 1 6 - 0 1 7 - 1 9 t o 3 1 6 - 1 5 3 - 1 9 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 R A P
316-006-19 Cannot register for events. 316-017-19 Send event failure. Unable to send event to ESS ENS.
316-007-92 Invalid RPC data received. 316-021-19 ESS PM registration connect error.
316-009-09 Invalid IPC data received. 316-021-26 Service could not get host name.
316-010-14 Unable to send IPC. 316-021-46 Unable to get host name.
316-010-99 IPC open, create, signal queue failed. 316-023-09 RPC call failure to ENS.
316-013-14 Digital copier ENS synchronization error. 316-023-26 RPC call failure to ENS.
316-014-14 Digital copier ENS synchronization error. 316-026-09 Memory allocation failure.
316-015-14 SESS data store environmental variable not set. 316-026-14 Memory allocation error.
316-015-19 SESS data store environmental variable not set. 316-026-46 Memory allocation failure.
316-016-14 Data store initialization failed. 316-026-90 Memory allocation error.
316-016-19 Data store initialization failed. 316-026-92 Memory allocation failure.
316-016-99 Data Store init. failed. 316-027-90 Unable to obtain well known queue ID.
Procedure 316-028-09 Unable to complete RPC call.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- 316-028-90 Invalid range string.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 316-030-19 Unable to obtain client RPC handle to EJS.
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. 316-031-09 Invalid event notification received.
2. For multiple occurrences, go to the 316E Network Fault Checkout RAP.
316-032-19 NVM connection failure.
316-039-00 Pthread create error.
316-040-92 Semaphore fault.
316-048-09 Unable to set binding.
316-048-14 Cannot set ESS client binding.
316-048-90 Cannot set ESS client binding.
316-048-99 Unable to set client binding.
316-150-09 Cannot send registration event.
316-150-14 Unable to obtain RPC transport.
316-150-19 Unable to sync peer (within ESS) infrastructure services.
316-150-26 Fault service failed to write log.
316-150-90 Invalid IPC request destination.
316-150-92 Consumer interface fault.
316-151-09 Invalid IPC command.
316-151-14 SNMP event registration failed.
316-151-19 Invalid IPC command.

316-017-19 to 316-153-19 Service Manual
316-151-26 Fault service failed to get a log handle. 3 1 6 - 1 5 4 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 6 0 2 - 1 0 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 3 R A P
316-151-90 Put environment variable failure. 316-154-09 NC registration service configuration error.
316-152-09 Internal IPC failure. 316-154-14 Cannot create internal event.
316-152-14 Empty internal event received by ENS. 316-154-19 NVM read failure.
316-152-19 Unable to send request to SESS. 316-155-19 NC failed to boot from alternate disk partition.
316-152-26 Fault service could not open fault log. 316-156-19 Service run loop failed.
316-153-09 Unable to obtain IPC queue. 316-160-09 NC registration service process death.
316-153-14 Can not initialize internal event list. 316-161-09 Cannot send registration event.
316-153-19 NVM save failure. 316-162-09 NC platform manager services process death.
Procedure 316-163-09 NC DM agent services process death.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- 316-164-09 List access failure (create, add, find, delete).
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 316-429-00 Unable to write to data store.
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. 316-431-00 Unable to get system time.
316-432-00 Unknown scheduler received.
316-433-00 RPC call failed.
316-434-00 Unable to change scheduler received.
316-501-00 Ethernet cable not connected.
316-502-00 USB WiFi adapter not installed.
316-503-00 Ethernet 802.1X connection failure.
316-504-00 WiFi connection failure. Cannot connect to the WiFi network.
316-505-00 WiFi connection lost.
316-506-00 Ethernet DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP failure.
316-512-00 Ethernet DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP server not found.
316-513-00 WiFi DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP server not found.
316-514-00 Ethernet DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP failed to obtain an address.
316-517-00 WiFi DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP failed to obtain an address.
316-518-00 Ethernet DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP failed to obtain an address.
316-519-00 WiFi DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP failed to obtain an address.

316-520-00 Ethernet DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP failed to obtain an address. 316-601-47 Diagnostics service failed IPC queue setup.
316-521-00 WiFi DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP failed to obtain an address. 316-601-66 Unable to do startup synchronization.
316-522-00 Ethernet DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP server not found. 316-601-67 Unable to do startup synchronization.
316-523-00 WiFi DHCP/BOOTP Error: DHCP/BOOTP server not found. 316-601-68 Unable to startup and synchronize with SC.
316-524-00 Ethernet: Duplicate IPv4 address detected. 316-601-105 Unable to do startup synchronization.
316-525-00 WiFi Duplicate IPv4 address detected. 316-602-07 RPC service registration failure.
316-526-00 Ethernet: No IPv4 router configured. 316-602-09 Unable to unregistered as RPC service during shutdown.
316-527-00 WiFi: No IPv4 router configured. 316-602-11 RPC server register failed.
316-528-00 Ethernet: No IPv6 router advertisement. No routable IPv6 address configured. 316-602-28 RPC server registration failed.
316-529-00 WiFi: No IPv6 router advertisement. No routable IPv6 address configured. 316-602-35 RPC server registration failed.
316-531-00 Ethernet: Duplicate IPv6 address detected. 316-602-38 RPC server registration failed.
316-533-00 WiFi: Duplicate IPv6 address detected. 316-602-66 Unable to register as an RPC server.
316-535-00 Ethernet DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 failed to obtain an address. 316-602-67 Unable to register as an RPC server.
316-536-00 WiFi DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 failed to obtain an address. 316-602-68 Unable to register as an RPC server.
316-540-00 Ethernet DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 failed to obtain an address. 316-602-105 Unable to register as an RPC server.
316-544-00 WiFi DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 failed to obtain an address. Procedure
316-546-00 Ethernet DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 failed to obtain an address. DHCPv6 NAK. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
316-547-00 WiFi DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 failed to obtain an address. DHCPv6 NAK. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-548-00 Ethernet DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 server not found. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-550-00 WiFi DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 server not found. 2. For multiple occurrences, go to the 316E Network Fault Checkout RAP.
316-551-00 Ethernet: Failed to verify the host name and/or domain name in DNS.
316-552-00 WiFi: Failed to verify the host name and/or domain name in DNS.
316-553-00 Ethernet: Verified host and/or domain name(s) do not match with the requested host/
domain name(s).
316-554-00 WiFi: Verified host and/or domain name(s) do not match with the requested host/do-
main name(s).
316-600-07 Cannot create RPC connection to ENS.
316-600-66 Unable to create RPC connection to ENS.
316-600-67 Unable to create RPC connection to ENS.
316-601-26 Fault service failed IPC queue setup.
316-601-35 System control initialization failed.
316-601-46 Invalid UI information (RPC data) returned.

3 1 6 - 6 0 3 - 1 1 t o 3 1 6 - 6 0 8 - 1 0 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 4 R A P 316-608-26 Fault service failed to unbind with SC.
316-603-11 Replace handler call failed. 316-608-28 IPC unregister fail.
316-603-28 Replace handler call failed. 316-608-35 Unable to free IPC resources.
316-603-46 Too many IPC handlers. 316-608-38 Unable to unregister as IPC server.
316-603-66 Too many IPC handlers. 316-608-46 Unable to free IPC resources.
316-603-67 Too many IPC handlers. 316-608-66 Unable to free IPC resources.
316-603-68 Replace handler call failed. 316-608-67 Unable to free IPC resources.
316-603-105 RPC call failure to network controller registration service. 16-608-68 Unable to Free IPC Resources.
316-604-14 Unable to unregister as RPC service during shutdown. Registration failed. 316-608-105 Unable build UI SVC, obtain client failed.
316-604-38 Could not register with registration service. Procedure

316-604-99 Could not register with registration service. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-604-105 SESS data store environmental variable not set. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-605-07 Unable to register with registration service. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-605-26 Fault service timed out registering with registration service.
316-605-35 RPC call failure to NC registration service.
316-605-47 RPC call failure to NC registration service (to register with).
316-605-105 Unable to unregister as RPC service during shutdown.
316-606-07 Cannot register for events.
316-606-105 OS problem.
316-607-19 Invalid RPC data received.
316-607-47 Invalid RPC disk diagnostic data received.
316-607-105 Service run loop failed.
316-608-09 Unable to free IPC resources.
316-608-11 IPC unregister failed.
316-608-14 Unable to free IPC resources.

3 1 6 - 6 0 9 - 0 7 t o 3 1 6 - 6 1 2 - 6 8 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 5 R A P 316-612-35 Unable to do shutdown synchronization.
316-609-07 Unknown message received from DM agent. 316-612-46 Unable to do shutdown synchronization.
316-609-19 Invalid RPC data received. 316-612-47 Downgrade not permitted.
316-609-26 Fault service encountered error trying to get IPC message. 316-612-68 Unable to do shutdown synchronization.
316-609-46 Invalid IPC data received. Procedure

316-609-47 Invalid IPC data received. Get SC diagnostics handle failed. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-609-92 Invalid IPC data received. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-609-105 Too many IPC handlers. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-610-00 IPC send failure to ESS AAA service for queue command authorization.
316-610-07 IPC send failure to DM agent.
316-610-09 Cannot send IPC message to ESS platform manage.
316-610-11 IPC communication failed.
316-610-19 Unable to send IPC message.
316-610-28 IPC communication failed.
316-610-90 IPC send response error.
316-610-92 Failure to send queue status.
316-611-07 Client removal failure.
316-611-09 Unable to remove RPC connection.
316-611-38 Client removal failure.
316-612-09 Unable to do shutdown synchronization.
316-612-14 Unable to do shutdown synchronization.

3 1 6 - 6 1 3 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 6 2 0 - 9 0 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 6 R A P 316-620-19 Registration service failed.
316-613-09 DC registration synchronization error. 316-620-35 Registration service failed.
316-613-14 DC ENS synchronization error. 316-620-38 Registration service failed.
316-613-19 DC sys mgr sync error. 316-620-39 Registration service failed.
316-614-09 DC registration communications error. 316-620-46 Registration service failed.
316-614-14 Digital copier ENS registration error. 316-620-47 Upgrade request rejected.
316-614-19 DC sys mgr communications error. 316-620-90 Registration service failed.
316-614-47 Invalid SW upgrade file. Procedure

316-615-35 SESS data store environmental variable not set. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-615-46 SESS data store environmental variable not set. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-615-47 Multiple SW upgrade files in directory. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-615-66 SESS data store environmental variable not set.
316-615-67 SESS data store environmental variable not set.
316-615-90 Corrupt environment variable, configuration script error.
316-616-35 SESS faults 206 or 207. Data store not created. Corrupt environment.
316-616-38 Shared memory fault when initializing with the data store.
316-616-46 SESS faults 206 or 207, data store not created, corrupt environment variable.
316-616-47 IPC message failure.
316-616-67 Submission of e-mail or internet fax job failed.
316-617-19 Invalid event information or data. ENS failure, system RPC information corrupt.
316-617-47 TAR extraction failure.
316-618-47 DLM SPI extraction failure.
316-619-14 Registration service failed to respond in time.
316-619-19 Registration service failed to respond in time.
316-619-26 Could not register with registration service. Communication failure, software error.
316-619-46 Unable to unregister with network controller registration service. Registration Service
was too slow to respond.
316-619-47 DMPR failure at web.
316-619-68 Unable to unregister with network controller registration service. Registration service
316-619-93 Unable to unregister with network controller registration service. Registration service
316-620-07 Registration service failed.

3 1 6 - 6 2 0 - 9 2 t o 3 1 6 - 6 2 5 - 9 0 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 7 R A P 316-625-35 Unknown message received. Software version mismatch.
316-620-92 Unable to unregister with network controller registration service due to registration 316-625-46 Software version mismatch.
service failure. 316-625-66 Invalid IPC message type.
316-620-93 Unable to unregister with network controller registration service due to registration 316-625-67 Invalid IPC message type.
service failure.
316-625-90 Known service sends message that does not make sense.
316-621-00 Unable to get host name. Configuration error. Procedure
316-621-07 Unable to get host name. Configuration error. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-621-11 Unable to get host name. Configuration error.
1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-621-28 Unable to get host name. Configuration error.
316-621-35 Failed to get host name using GetHostName call.
316-621-66 Unable to get host name.
316-621-67 Unable to get host name.
316-622-07 Corrupt O/S RPC table.
316-622-09 Corrupt O/S table.
316-622-47 Software upgrade file failure.
316-622-66 Unable to unregister as RPC service during shutdown.
316-622-67 Unable to register as RPC service during shutdown.
316-622-68 Unable to register as RPC service during shutdown.
316-623-35 ENS Service failed to respond in time.
316-623-47 ENS service failed to respond in time.
316-624-46 RPC corrupted o/s failure.

3 1 6 - 6 2 6 - 0 0 t o 3 1 6 - 6 3 5 - 9 9 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 8 R A P 316-630-99 Corrupt system configuration.
316-626-00 Memory leak, software bug memory corrupt. Virtual memory exhausted. Process size 316-631-19 Software error in the ENS service or in the service generating the fault.
exceeding system limits. 316-631-46 Software error in the ENS or in the service generating the fault.
316-626-11 Memory leak, software bug memory corrupt. Virtual memory exhausted. Process size 316-633-19 Invalid system configuration. NVM corrupted.
exceeding system limits.
316-634-46 Unable to specify shutdown routine during initialization.
316-626-38 Memory leak, software bug memory corrupt. Virtual memory exhausted. Process size
exceeding system limits. 316-635-07 Cannot free XDR data.
316-626-47 Memory leak, software bug memory corrupt. Virtual memory exhausted. Process size 316-635-35 Cannot free XDR data.
exceeding system limits.
316-635-46 Unable to free XDR data.
316-626-66 Memory allocation failed.
316-635-99 Unable to convert serialized data to internal data structure.
316-626-67 Memory allocation failed.
316-628-07 Range environment variable not set. Set to invalid numeric string.
Procedure
316-628-09 Unable to complete RPC call. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-629-11 Fault service call to PSW callback failed.
316-629-26 Fault service call to PSW callback failed.
316-629-46 No acknowledgment for RPC message.
316-629-66 No acknowledgement for RPC message.
316-629-92 No acknowledgment for RPC message. RPC timeout calling program received void re-
sponse due to corrupt RPC.
316-629-93 No acknowledgment for RPC message. RPC timeout calling program received void re-
sponse due to corrupt RPC.
316-630-09 Corrupt O/S RPC table.
316-630-26 Corrupt system configuration.
316-630-35 Unable to get RPC client handle. Corrupt system configuration.
316-630-38 Null pointer returned when obtain client attempted.
316-630-66 Unable to get RPC client handle.

3 1 6 - 6 3 6 - 3 5 t o 3 1 6 - 6 4 7 - 2 6 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 9 R A P 316-645-26 Failed write to system jobs file.
316-636-35 Unable to convert serialized data to internal data structure. Unable to free XDR data. 316-645-46 Failed to write to a file.
316-636-99 Unable to convert serialized data to internal structure. Unable to free XDR data. 316-645-47 Failed to write to a file.
316-637-11 Failed to open system jobs file. 316-645-66 File I/O error.
316-637-26 Failed to open system jobs file. 316-645-67 File I/O error.
316-637-38 Disk write error. 316-646-26 Failed to delete system jobs file.
316-637-47 Failed to open a file. Bad disk. 316-647-19 Lynx OS not responding.
316-637-66 File I/O error. 316-647-26 Diagnostic failure, O/S failure.
316-637-67 File I/O error. Procedure

316-637-93 File I/O error. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-637-95 File I/O error. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-638-66 Unable to initialize with queue library. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-638-67 Unable to initialize with queue library.
316-639-38 O/S failure memory.
316-639-46 O/S failure memory.
316-640-28 Calling program received void.
316-640-35 RPC send corrupt.
316-640-46 O/S failure.
316-641-00 Cannot log fault to network controller fault log. Either registration or network controller
fault service is not available.
316-641-26 Unable to log a fault on the network controller.
316-641-46 Cannot log fault to network controller fault service.
316-642-46 Software error.
316-643-19 Disk write error.
316-643-26 Failed to close system jobs file.
316-643-47 Failed to close a file.
316-644-11 Common logging utility failed to get log size.
316-644-26 Common logging utility failed to get log size.
316-644-47 Failed while trying to get data for next process to be verified.
316-644-66 File I/O error.
316-644-67 File I/O error.
316-645-11 Failed write to system jobs file.

3 1 6 - 6 4 9 - 3 5 t o 3 1 6 - 6 6 8 - 9 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 0 R A P 316-664-28 Parser utility parser closing failed.
316-649-35 Software error. 316-664-93 Parser utility parser closing failed.
316-650-35 Service making invalid attribute request. 316-664-95 Parser utility parser closing failed.
316-650-99 Service making invalid attribute request. 316-665-95 Unable to detach from child thread.
316-651-19 IPC, OS, SESS or SC operation. 316-666-11 Parser utility invocation failed.
316-651-35 IPC and OS failure. SESS not responding. 316-666-28 Parser utility invocation failed.
316-651-99 IPC and OS failure. SESS not responding. 316-666-93 Parser utility invocation failed.
316-652-38 SPI enroll failed. Unable to enroll SPI callbacks. 316-666-95 Parser utility invocation failed.
316-652-98 SPI enroll failed. Unable to enroll SPI callbacks. 316-667-11 Parser utility set status failed.
316-652-99 SPI enroll failed. Unable to enroll SPI callbacks. 316-667-28 Parser utility set status failed.
316-653-38 When DM passes completed job logged an invalid job. 316-667-95 Parser utility set status failed.
316-654-14 Log_Init/Log_Close Fault. 316-668-47 Failed to write NVM.
316-654-38 DM returned from SPI register function because of error. 316-668-93 Unable to determine local file statistics.
316-654-99 DM returned from log function because of error. 316-668-95 Unable to determine local file statistics.
316-655-38 DM returned to SPI register function because of error. Procedure

316-656-38 RPC processing fault. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-658-07 Unable to get host name. Configuration error. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-659-11 Parser utility open failure. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-659-28 Parser utility open failure.
316-660-95 Cannot read local directory entries.
316-660-99 Service initialization failed.
316-661-95 Cannot create spool directory.
316-662-11 Parser utility template failed to parse.
316-664-11 Parser utility parser closing failed.

3 1 6 - 6 6 9 - 2 8 t o 3 1 6 - 7 3 0 - 6 6 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 1 R A P 316-730-00 Unable to create client handle.
316-669-28 Unable to write job template to network controller disk. 316-730-28 Unable to create client handle.
316-670-00 Unable to lock/unlock data store. Procedure

316-670-11 Unable to decode template file. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-670-28 Unable to decode template file. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-670-47 Failed to save NVM. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-670-93 Unable to decode template file.
316-671-00 Sort jobs failed.
316-671-47 Failed to initialize NVM.
316-671-93 Unable to encode template file.
316-671-95 Unable to encode template file.
316-672-09 Software error. File system corruption.
316-674-00 RPC server not responding.
316-674-09 RPC server not responding.
316-675-00 Database server not responding.
316-700-00 In a list job request, an unknown attribute was requested.
316-700-35 Unknown attribute requested passes into a function.
316-701-00 LOA failure. Unable to communicate with XSA database.
316-701-68 Printing prohibited. Unable to communicate with postgres database.
316-701-110 Unable to communicate with XSA Database.
316-707-00 Unknown queue request received.
316-709-00 Unknown modify request received.
316-710-00 Service being communicated to is dead. System resource corrupted.
316-710-35 Service trying to communicate to is dead. System resources corrupted.
316-716-00 Data store not created. Corrupt environment variable.
316-728-00 Range environment variable set to invalid numeric string.

3 1 6 - 7 1 8 - 0 0 t o 3 1 6 - 7 4 0 - 1 9 H a r d D i s k Fa u l t s R A P 3 1 6 - 7 4 2 - 1 9 H a r d D i s k O D I O Fa i l u r e R A P
16-718-00 Data store threshold exceeded. 316-742-19 Hard disk ODIO failure.
16-720-00 Disk partition root threshold exceeded. Procedure
16-722-00 Disk partition /VAR threshold exceeded. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
16-724-00 Disk partition /TMP threshold exceeded. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
16-726-00 RPC connections exhausted. 1. Print a configuration report.
16-740-19 NC hard disk IIO failure 2. If the configuration report shows Image Overwrite as installed/disabled, perform the following:
a. Enter Customer Administration Tools, GP2.
Procedure
b. Select the Tools tab.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- c. Select Security Settings.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. d. Select Image Overwrite Security.
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. e. Enable the required feature.
2. For multiple occurrences, reload the machine software GP 9. 3. Perform the 316E Network Fault Checkout RAP.

3 1 6 - 7 5 0 - 0 7 t o 3 1 6 - 7 5 0 - 9 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 2 R A P
316-750-07 Message received from DM not processed correctly.
316-750-09 Service tried to register and service is already registered.
316-750-11 Template cache file is missing.
316-742-19 Hard disk ODIO failure.
316-750-14 Too many messages sent to SESS system control.
316-750-19 Invalid request data from calling service.
316-750-26 Invalid number of faults requested.
316-750-35 Data store failure.
316-750-38 Initialization of SPI and job tracking table failed in SVC initialize service.
316-750-46 Client requested an unknown object or invalid object type.
316-750-47 Bad parameter returned.
316-750-66 Failure to set service state.
316-750-67 Failure to set service state.
316-750-90 Unexpected service sends this message.
316-750-92 Unable to open bit map captured to disk. Bad or full disk.
316-750-93 IFS error when requesting memory.
316-750-95 Local spool area does not exist.
Procedure
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-

3 1 6 - 7 5 1 - 0 0 t o 3 1 6 - 7 5 3 - 9 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 3 R A P 316-752-95 File transfer failure.
316-751-00 Database error known by service registry or registry not available. 316-753-00 File cabinet application un-registration error.
316-751-07 Message received from network controller AAA not processed correctly. 316-753-09 Software bug.
316-751-09 Registration receives unrequested ENS notification. 316-753-14 Calling service used an invalid event number.
316-751-11 Initialization procedure fails. 316-753-19 Invalid event information or data. ENS failure. System RPC information corrupt.
316-751-14 SC not responding. 316-753-26 PSW failure. O/S failure. CCM failure.
316-751-19 Invalid permission to change date. 316-753-28 Cannot communicate with UI for template list request.
316-751-26 Unrecognized code. Service raises code that the fault service doesn’t know how to 316-753-35 Unable to change EJS status to offline.
handle. 316-753-46 Invalid table row.
316-751-28 Templates attributes are invalid, or syntax error. 316-753-47 Failed to close a directory during verification check. Corrupt disk.
316-751-35 Invalid queue ID. 316-753-66 Data store read failure.
316-751-38 Unknown attribute returned for completed job list. 316-753-67 Data store read failure.
316-751-46 Client requested an unknown object or invalid object type. 316-753-90 Software error.
316-751-47 Failed to replace the current directory with directory from alt. partition. 316-753-92 Configuration problem.
316-751-66 Unable to send event to network controller ENS. 316-753-93 Error adding jobs in job list.
316-751-67 Unable to send event to network controller ENS. 316-753-95 Requested transfer protocol not supported.
316-751-92 Cannot set job to complete.
Procedure
316-751-93 Invalid template attribute. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
316-751-112 Database Error or Service Registry not available. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-752-00 File cabinet application registration error. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-752-07 Data store error. 2. For multiple occurrences, go to the 316E Network Fault Checkout RAP.
316-752-09 Configuration control problem.
316-752-14 SC not responding. SC IPC queue does not exist.
316-752-19 RPC failure.
316-752-26 Unrecognized SESS error code.
316-752-28 Template cache file is missing.
316-752-35 Invalid queue ID.
316-752-46 Invalid row of table object.
316-752-47 Invalid test pattern source.
316-752-66 Scan to fax services registration error.
316-752-67 Scan to fax services registration error.
316-752-92 Configuration problem.
316-752-93 Error accessing jobs in job list.

3 1 6 - 7 5 4 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 7 5 6 - 9 3 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 4 R A P 316-756-14 Client provided wrong binding information. Client not required as RPC server.
316-754-09 Still registered services after timeout. 316-756-26 Software error.
316-754-14 Receipt is not there. Failure on ENS side. 316-756-28 Range String Error.
316-754-19 Shutdown request reason unknown. 316-756-35 OS corrupt. Software error. NVM error.
316-754-26 Fault service encountered error reading fault log. File system corrupted. 316-756-46 Poll select failed.
316-754-28 Initialization procedure fails. 316-756-47 Executable missing or corrupt. Invalid test parameters.
316-754-35 OS corrupt. 316-756-66 Unable to read NVM value.
316-754-46 Attempted to write a read only object. Software configuration error. 316-756-67 Unable to read NVM value.
316-754-47 Failed to replace a file that was missing with file from alt. partition. 316-756-92 Invalid IPC Data Received.
316-754-66 OS problem. 316-756-93 IPA operation failed.
316-754-67 OS problem. Procedure

316-754-68 Initialize procedure fails. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-754-90 Software bug. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-754-92 Data store failure. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-754-93 Error deleting jobs from job list.
316-754-95 Unable to remove advisory lock on network server.
316-755-00 Service registry cannot initialize database.
316-755-09 Cannot register new service due to too many entries in SRV table.
316-755-14 Message buffer full. Full queue.
316-755-19 SESS system control broken or too many IPC messages.
316-755-26 Disk write error. Software error.
316-755-28 Cancel request failed.
316-755-35 OS corrupt. Software corrupt. Data store corrupt.
316-755-46 Mismatched data type during object write. Software configuration error or request mis-
handled configuration index data.
316-755-47 Failed to repair the permission of the current file being checked.
316-755-67 Cancel request failed.
316-755-90 Software limit reached.
316-755-92 Invalid IPC data received.
316-755-93 Unable to initialize with IFS.
316-755-99 Unable to abort job fault.
316-755-112 Unable to initialize the service registry table.
316-756-09 Service not registered.

3 1 6 - 7 5 7 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 7 6 0 - 9 9 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 5 R A P 316-759-93 Unable to create.dat file.
316-757-09 System RPC corrupt. 316-760-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
316-757-14 Programming bug. Attempted to shorten timeout. 316-760-14 Software error. Calling service not registered.
316-757-19 System manager died or communications link failed. 316-760-19 Any network controller startup.
316-757-26 Software error. Bad disk. 316-760-26 Software failure.
316-757-28 Unknown Message Received. 316-760-28 Unable to Ack SC.
316-757-35 OS corrupt. Software error. NVM corrupt. 316-760-46 Software failure.
316-757-46 O/S failure. 316-760-47 Found incorrect checksum partition 1 during software verify check. Bad disk and bad
software.
316-757-47 Failed while trying to replace the file with a file from alt. partition. Configuration error.
316-760-67 Create list failed.
316-757-66 Unable to write NVM.
316-760-68 SRS returns to login service. Invalid fields, invalid data or missing data.
316-757-67 Unable to write NVM.
316-760-93 Job report failure from CCM.
316-757-92 Invalid IPC Data Received.
316-760-99 RPC failure. CCM not responding.
316-757-93 Unable to set ICS document state.
Procedure
316-758-09 Invalid service failure reported. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
316-758-14 RPC communications error to client. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-758-19 Unable to unregister registration service.
316-758-26 Fault service encountered error trying to access its own queue ID. 2. For multiple occurrences, go to the 316E Network Fault Checkout RAP.
316-758-28 State Error.
316-758-35 Unable to change EJS state to offline.
316-758-46 Failed setting up monitor routine with registration service.
316-758-47 Error searching for job ID during print job submission. Print submission tool failed.
316-758-66 Service run loop failed.
316-758-67 Service loop failed.
316-758-93 Unable to obtain data store object handle.
316-759-14 Request for wildcard from non-NC
316-759-19 Network controller failed cold reset 3 times in a row.
316-759-26 Service requesting information of fault service. Software error.
316-759-28 SC Init Fault.
316-759-46 Process no in correct state, O/S failure.
316-759-47 Failed to abort the requested process.
316-759-66 OA event register failed.
316-759-67 OA event register failed.

3 1 6 - 7 6 1 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 7 6 5 - 9 3 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 6 R A P 316-764-14 Internal logic error.
316-761-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. 316-764-19 System call to signal failed.
316-761-14 Invalid RPC data. 316-764-26 Fault Service Encountered Error Trying to get IPC Message.
316-761-19 Any network controller shut down. 316-764-46 Hardware failure.
316-761-26 Unable to become client of UI. 316-764-47 Found incorrect checksum during software verify check. Bad disk and bad software.
316-761-28 Unable to submit a job. 316-764-67 Create list failed.
316-761-46 Hardware failure. 316-765-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
316-761-47 Failed to initialize. Files needed for software verify. 316-765-19 Set status failed.
316-761-67 Failed to retrieve public list. 316-765-26 Fault Service Call to PSW Callback failed.
316-761-68 Login gets no response from SRS. 316-765-46 Software failure.
316-761-93 Image conversion to TIFF failed. 316-765-47 Novell daemon not running.
316-761-95 Unable to read template pool configuration information. 316-765-67 Failed to retrieve recipient list.
316-762-09 Netware process failed. Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. 316-765-93 Unable to access data store.
316-762-14 Invalid internal table type. Procedure

316-762-19 DC platform mgr communication error. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-762-26 Unable to become client of SCS diagnostic service. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-762-46 Hardware failure. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-762-47 Missing file found during software verify check. Disk access problem. Configuration
problem.
316-762-67 Invalid index for recipient list.
316-762-68 Service registry bad data corrupted.
316-762-93 IFS Image done call failed.
316-762-95 Unable to read document repository configuration information.
316-763-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
316-763-14 Reached internal limit for events.
316-763-19 System manager died, its platform crashed or RPC comm corrupt.
316-763-26 No acknowledgment to RPC message. RPC timeout.
316-763-46 Hardware failure.
316-763-47 Invalid permission found during software verify check.
316-763-67 Failed to retrieve LDAP list.
316-763-93 Document image count not found.
316-763-95 Internal destination error.
316-764-09 Apple talk process failure. Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.

3 1 6 - 7 6 6 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 7 7 2 - 9 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 7 R A P 316-770-46 Software failure.
316-766-09 Adobe process failure. Check faults log for more specific reasons. 316-770-47 Network controller attached to both queue and server.
316-766-19 DM admin error. 316-770-67 Required attribute missing.
316-766-26 Fault Service Call to UI Callback failed. 316-771-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
316-766-46 Software failure. 316-771-19 UI/PSW/RDT/ RPC corrupt.
316-766-47 No servers responded. 316-771-46 Software failure.
316-766-67 Failed to bind to LDAP server. 316-771-47 Failed to configure novell network.
316-766-93 TIFF handle has become null. 316-772-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
316-766-95 Cannot create image file name. 316-772-19 Software error.
316-767-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. 316-772-46 TCPIP address already being used.
316-767-19 Request to cancel spooling job error. Job map library unable to cancel job. 316-772-47 Failed doing registration or RPC call.
316-767-26 Fault Service Call to RDT Callback failed. 316-772-95 Invalid transfer request.
316-767-46 Software failure. Procedure

316-767-47 Server name in configuration list is not up. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-767-67 Error performing LDAP search. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-767-93 Get document image count failed. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-767-95 Cannot determine filing policy for transfer.
316-768-19 Job map library unable to hold or release jobs.
316-768-46 Software failure.
316-768-47 Network controller not attached to server.
316-768-67 Error performing public search.
316-768-93 Increment image count failed.
316-768-95 Cannot get network advisory lock file name.
316-769-19 Novell network failed to respond to request.
316-769-46 Software failure.
316-769-47 Network controller not attached to the print queue.
316-769-67 Failed to cancel search request.
316-769-93 IFS de-register call failed.
316-769-95 Cannot determine appropriate lock name and address.
316-770-19 SESS/DM job command not processed.

3 1 6 - 7 7 0 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 7 7 9 - 9 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 8 R A P 2. For multiple occurrences, go to the 316E Network Fault Checkout RAP.
316-773-46 Failed requesting platform reset.
316-774-09 Check fault log for more specific reasons.
316-774-19 Client provided wrong binding info. Client not registered as RPC server. System RPC info
is corrupt.
316-774-46 BOOTP status file error.
316-775-19 Data store not configured. Software error.
316-775-46 TCPIP missing configuration data.
316-775-95 Cannot create temporary file name.
316-776-46 TCPIP invalid interface.
316-776-95 Cannot clean up after job completion.
316-777-19 Software error. Data store corrupt, missing configuration.
316-777-46 TCPIP invalid addressing.
316-777-95 Cannot log requested network server.
316-778-46 TCPIP socket failure.
316-778-95 Cannot generate confirmation sheet.
316-779-00 System manager power saver complete callback failed. System manager failed or com-
munications link failed.
316-779-19 System manager callback SM power save completed failed.
316-779-46 TCPIP interface attach.
316-779-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
316-779-95 Cannot create the template/job log name.
Procedure

3 1 6 - 7 8 0 - 0 0 t o 3 1 6 - 7 8 9 - 4 7 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 1 9 R A P 316-787-09 Software error. Check fault log more specific reasons.
316-780-00 Power save request timeout. 316-787-19 Network controller times out. Cannot communicate with IOT.
316-780-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. 316-787-46 TCPIP IPC failure.
316-780-19 Power saver request timeout. 316-787-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
316-780-46 TCPIP enable interface. 316-788-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
316-780-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 316-788-19 Option load failure software.
316-780-95 Cannot determine the remote directory. 316-788-46 Failed performing dynamic DNS update.
316-781-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. 316-788-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
316-781-19 Customer software upgrade file is corrupted on transfer. 316-789-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
316-781-46 TCPIP NVRAM failure. 316-789-19 Option load failure software.
316-781-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 316-789-46 Failed performing autonet IP process.
316-782-09 Network controller configuration synchronization process failure. Software error. check 316-789-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
fault log for more specific reasons.
Procedure
316-782-19 Software upgrade manifest file does not match software upgrade files. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
316-782-46 TCPIP gateway failure. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-782-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-783-09 Software error. IPC failure. SC not processing IPC. 2. For multiple occurrences, go to the 316E Network Fault Checkout RAP.
316-783-19 Network controller does not enter upgrade mode. Network controller does not respond
to upgrade prep command.
316-783-46 TCPIP host file failure.
316-784-09 Software error. Registration service out of date.
316-784-19 Software upgrade aborted, IOT failed to enter upgrade mode. IOT does not respond to
upgrade prep command.
316-784-46 TCPIP resolve file failure.
316-785-09 Network controller agent process failure. Software error. Check fault log for more specif-
ic reasons.
316-785-19 UI does not respond to upgrade prep command.
316-785-46 TCPIP resolve file failure.
316-786-09 Software error. Check alt log for more specific reasons.
316-786-19 Network controller ntar of upgrade file fails.
316-786-46 TCPIP ELT file failure.

3 1 6 - 7 9 0 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 7 9 9 - 4 7 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 0 R A P Procedure
316-790-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-790-19 Option load failure software. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-790-46 IPv6 address error. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-791-19 Scan to file DLM is not defined.
316-791-46 DHCP V6 failure
316-792-19 LAN fax DLM is not defined.
316-793-19 Job based accounting DLM is not defined.
316-794-09 Cross platform synchronization error.
316-794-19 Install password mismatch.
316-795-19 Option load failure software.
316-798-19 Option already enabled.
316-799-19 Option already enabled.

3 1 6 - 8 0 0 - 0 9 t o 3 1 6 - 8 0 9 - 4 7 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 1 R A P 316-809-09 Kerberos service unavailable.
316-800-09 List access failure (create, add, find, delete.) 316-809-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
316-800-19 Option not supported. Procedure

316-800-46 Unable to connect to device when setting up IP over Ethernet. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-800-47 SESS diagnostic failure. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-801-09 Invalid SESS event/IPC error. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-801-19 Serial mismatch.
316-801-46 Unable to connect to device when setting up IP over token ring.
316-802-09 Web service edge client process death.
316-802-19 Counters do not match.
316-802-46 Error occurred when attempting to get the IP data from the DHCP server.
316-803-46 Unable to get the IP address from the RARP server.
316-805-19 Accounting install failed.
316-806-00 CPI death error.
316-806-09 CPI service unavailable.
316-806-19 Counters did not increment.
316-807-00 Job log service death error.
316-807-09 Job log service unavailable.
316-807-19 State change failed.
316-808-00 Job tracker death error.
316-808-09 Job tracker service unavailable.
316-809-00 Kerberos death error.

3 1 6 - 8 1 0 - 0 0 t o 3 1 6 - 8 3 9 - 4 7 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 2 R A P 316-825-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
316-810-00 Scan to distribution death error. 316-826-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
316-810-09 Scan service available. 316-827-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
316-810-19 Failed to remove accounting. 316-828-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
316-810-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 316-829-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
316-811-00 SMB death error. 316-830-47 Unable to get the default router for the device.
316-811-09 SMB service unavailable. 316-831-47 Unable to get the subnet mask for the device.
316-811-19 Failed to initiate operation. 316-832-47 Failure while getting local IP devices on the network.
316-811-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 316-833-47 Failure while perfuming ARP command.
316-812-00 TCP/IP death error. 316-834-47 Failed to get a default file server from the config. utility.
316-812-09 TCPIP service unavailable. 316-835-47 Failed to the novell frame type from the config. utility.
316-812-19 Failed to change the enable upgrade flag. 316-836-47 Failed SESS call to initialize netware.
316-812-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 316-837-47 Diagnostic name returned from SESS not found in list.
316-813-00 WS scan temp death error. 316-838-47 Failed to setup catching alarm signals for repair timeouts.
316-813-09 Scan service unavailable 316-839-47 Failure to repair a file of file length 0. Corrupt disk.
316-813-19 NC may be unavailable Procedure

316-813-47 SESS diagnostic failure. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-814-00 Scan compressor death error. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-814-09 Scan compressor service unavailable. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

316-814-19 DEF is enabled on the NC
316-815-09 Service registry process death.
316-816-09 XEIP service not responding.
316-820-47 SESS diagnostics failure.

3 1 6 - 8 4 0 - 4 7 t o 3 1 6 - 8 7 9 - 4 7 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 3 R A P 316-872-47 SESS NETBIOS test name in use.
316-840-47 Corrupt OS, software error. 316-873-47 SESS NETBIOS test name deleted.
316-841-47 Corrupt file system. 316-874-47 SESS NETBIOS test session abnormal end.
316-842-47 Machine out of configuration. Software error. 316-875-47 SESS NETBIOS test name conflict. Name conflict on network.
316-843-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error. 316-876-47 Software verify setup SIGTERM failed.
316-844-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error. 316-877-47 SESS PCI test unknown error.
316-845-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error. 316-878-47 SESS PCI test failed to open driver.
316-846-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error. 316-879-47 SESS PCI test failed flushing stream buffer.
316-847-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error. Procedure

316-848-47 Error reading the fault file from fault service. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-849-47 Error creating command array from stream editor. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-850-47 Failed adding stream to stream editor array. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-851-47 Failed on call to stream editor.
316-852-47 Unable to read a fault for the error report.
316-853-47 Failed getting the last reset time for the error report.
316-854-47 Failed calling fault service for the error report.
316-855-47 Failed sending event for diagnostic test.
316-856-47 Failed doing a unix c system call.
316-857-47 Abort request, unable to find process.
316-858-47 Failed to dump the fault logs.
316-859-47 Software verify test returned error.
316-860-47 No machines responded to an ICMP echo request.
316-861-47 Failed setting up monitor routine with registration service.
316-862-47 Command not valid to cancel.
316-863-47 Illegal buffer length.
316-864-47 Illegal local session number.
316-865-47 SESS NETBIOS test session closed.
316-866-47 SESS NETBIOS test command cancelled.
316-867-47 SESS NETBIOS test name de-registered. Name de-registered, session active.
316-868-47 SESS NETBIOS test local session table full. Local session table full.
316-869-47 SESS NETBIOS test no listen in remote computer.
316-870-47 SESS NETBIOS test illegal name number.
316-871-47 SESS NETBIOS test cannot find name or no answer.

3 1 6 - 8 8 0 - 4 7 t o 3 1 6 - 9 2 9 - 1 9 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 4 R A P 316-912-19 Install script did not execute.
316-880-47 SESS PCI test failed on put message call. 316-913-19 Write failure to file.
316-881-47 SESS PCI test invalid argument. 316-914-19 Shared memory was corrupted.
316-882-47 SESS PCI test failed on put message call. 316-915-19 Open failed.
316-883-47 SESS PCI test failed on ioctl call. 316-916-19 CRC failed.
316-884-47 SESS PCI test control flag area too small. 316-917-19 Failed to close on checksum.
316-885-47 SESS PCI test driver not initialized. 316-918-19 CRC comparison failed.
316-886-47 SESS PCI test info request failed. 316-919-19 Restart request failed.
316-887-47 SESS PCI test driver failed to register. 316-920-19 ELT daemon start failed.
316-888-47 SESS PCI test driver failed to unregister. 316-922-19 NVM store failed.
316-889-47 Software verify get data failed. 316-923-19 Failed saving persistent data.
316-890-47 Software verify get next proc failed. 316-924-19 Failed in restoring persistent data.
316-891-00 Edge server auto registration failed 316-925-19 Failed saving web config data.
316-891-19 SMart eSolutions failed to register 316-926-19 Failed to save data store values.
316-891-47 Invalid RPC submit job Data Received. 316-927-19 Failed to restore web config data.
316-892-00 Edge server communication failed 316-928-19 Failed to install files.
316-892-19 SMart eSolutions cannot contact Edge Host 316-929-19 Failed to restore data store values.
316-892-47 Invalid RPC Data Received; Unknown diagnostic action. Procedure

316-893-47 Invalid RPC Data Received; Invalid job type. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-894-47 Invalid RPC disk diagnostics Data Received. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-895-47 SESS Apple test zip failure - network unreachable. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-900-19 Failed to open SMC driver.
316-901-19 Failed to make ioctl call using SMC driver.
316-902-19 Address specified is invalid.
316-903-19 Result from ioctl does not match FD.
316-904-19 Invalid ioctl request.
316-905-19 Unknown ioctl failure.
316-906-19 Memory allocation failed for net upgrade.
316-907-19 Attempt to get pinned memory failed
316-908-19 Error opening file.
316-909-19 Error transfer data to CCM.
316-910-19 Failed untar file.
316-911-19 Error changing directory.

3 1 6 - 9 3 0 - 1 9 t o 3 1 6 - 9 7 1 - 1 9 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 5 R A P 316-961-19 Failed to remove kerberos.
316-930-19 Failed to remove jobs. 316-962-19 Failed to remove SMB.
316-931-19 Failed to close on SMC driver. 316-963-19 Failed to remove SMTP.
316-932-19 NVM write failure. 316-964-19 Failed to cancel operation.
316-933-19 Failed to remove file. 316-965-19 Failed to send platform unavailable.
316-934-19 Job based accounting not enough DC memory. 316-966-19 Failed to install job tracker.
316-935-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot read/write attributes to machine. 316-967-19 Failed to remove job tracker.
316-936-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot connect to remote server. 316-968-19 Failed to install POP3.
316-937-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot access directory on remote server. 316-969-19 Failed to remove POP3.
316-938-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot access directory remote server. 316-970-19 Over allocation of contiguous memory.
316-939-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Multiple upgrade files found on remote server. 316-971-19 Auto-Upgrade not attempted due to machine being offline.
316-940-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Machine in diagnostics mode. Procedure

316-941-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Network controller cannot communicate with main controller. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-942-19 Auto-upgrade failed upgrade is invalid. Incompatible with main controller. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
316-943-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Upgrade file invalid. Installed software is more recent. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
316-944-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Upgrade file is invalid. File corruption detected.
316-945-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Upgrade file is invalid. File not appropriate for current machine
software.
316-946-19 Failed install scan to e-mail.
316-947-19 Failed to install internet fax.
316-948-19 Remove of scan to e-mail option failed.
316-949-19 Remove of internet fax option failed.
316-950-19 Scan to e-mail image processing hardware not available.
316-951-19 Internet fax image processing hardware not available.
316-952-19 Scan to e-mail memory size error.
316-953-19 Internet fax memory size error.
316-954-19 Set by internet fax service when it gets no response from service registry when trying
to register.
316-955-19 Internet Fax application un-registration error.
316-956-19 E-mail application registration error.
316-957-19 E-mail application un-registration error.
316-958-19 Failed to install kerberos.
316-959-19 Failed to install SMB.
316-960-19 Failed to install SMTP.

3 1 6 - 9 7 5 - 1 9 t o 3 1 6 - 9 8 9 - 3 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 6 R A P 316-987-00 Unknown tray value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-975-19 Failed to install immediate image overwrite. 316-987-19 Server fax application registration error.
316-976-19 Failed to install immediate image overwrite. 316-987-35 Unknown tray value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-977-00 Queue list jobs failure. Request to SESS’s document manager failed for list jobs. Corrupt 316-988-00 Unknown signature value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
data sent to DM. Communication problem. DM failed. 316-988-19 Server fax application un-registration error.
316-977-19 Network controller PM failed to remove disk overwrite. Option load failure, software. 316-988-35 Unknown signature value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-977-35 Queue list jobs failure. Request to SESS’s document manager failed for list jobs. Corrupt 316-989-00 Unknown plex value returned. Unable to map attribute. Invalid information received 2.
data sent to DM. Communication problem. DM failed.
316-989-19 Disk encryption operation failed.
316-978-00 Unable to get copy jobs. Invalid data communication problem.
316-989-35 Unknown plex value returned. Unable to map attribute. Invalid information received 3.
316-978-19 Network controller PM failed to remove job overwrite. Option load failure software.
316-978-35 Unable to get copy jobs. Invalid data communication problem. Procedure
316-979-00 Unknown attribute returned. Invalid data returned data store corrupt. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
316-979-19 Network controller PM failed to remove embedded fax. Option load failure, software.
316-979-35 Unknown attribute returned. Invalid data returned. Data store corrupt.
316-980-00 DM request handle NULL. Null data received from DM.
316-980-19 Network controller PM failed to install G4. Option load failure, software.
316-980-35 DM request handle NULL. Null data received from DM.
316-981-00 Object handler corrupted. Null handle returned. Data store corrupt.
316-981-35 Unable to obtain job handle which is used to fetch data store attributes.
316-982-00 Unknown finishing value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-982-19 Failed to remove embedded fax.
316-982-35 Unknown finishing value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-983-00 Unknown offset value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-983-19 Failed to remove G4.
316-983-35 Unknown offset value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-984-00 Unknown job state reason value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-984-19 CPSR Memory Size Error.
316-984-35 Unknown job state reason value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-985-00 Unknown medium type value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-985-19 Network scanning application registration error.
316-985-35 Unknown medium type value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-986-00 Unknown collection value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
316-986-19 Network scanning application un-registration error.
316-986-35 Unknown collection value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.

3 1 6 - 9 9 0 - 0 0 t o 3 1 6 - 9 9 9 - 3 5 N e t w o r k Fa u l t s 2 7 R A P 3 1 6 A Wo r k f l o w S c a n n i n g E r r o r E n t r y R A P
316-990-00 Promote response from DM received with errors. Software error. Use this RAP when the customer reports network failures. e.g. Cannot connect to the scan server
when using the FTP or SMB protocols, or when a folder on the scan server cannot be opened.
316-990-35 Promote response from DM received with errors. Software error.
Note: The fault message will be printed on the confirmation report. The report may take several
316-991-00 Request to DM to promote job failed. Failure status returned on call to request library minutes to print after scanning the document.
to promote job. Data store problem.
316-991-35 Request to DM to promote job failed. Failure status returned on call to request library
Initial Actions
to promote job. Data store problem. Consult your manager before troubleshooting the customer’s network, as the policy varies accord-
ing to region.
316-992-00 Unable to build SESS job identifier for promote routing that converts the job ID re-
turned. Null memory allocation error.
Procedure
316-992-35 Unable to build SESS job identifier for promote routine that converts the job ID re- Note: If it is possible to log in to the web UI by entering the IP address of the machine, then the
turned. Null memory allocation error. network controller on the single board controller PWB is good.
316-993-00 Unable to get admin name from data store for promote. Request library call failed. Perform the steps that follow:
316-993-35 Unable to get admin name from data store for promote. Request library call failed. 1. Check that the machine’s date and time are correctly set. Refer to GP2.
316-994-00 Cancel response from DM received with errors. Software error. 2. Print a configuration report.
3. Check with the customer that the printing of the confirmation report is enabled. If necessary,
316-994-35 Cancel response with errors. A job could not be cancelled. ask the customer to enable printing of the confirmation report.
316-995-00 Request to DM to cancel job failed. 4. Ensure that the machine is configured for scan to file. Check the back of the configuration re-
port under the heading Workflow Scanning (Default Repository Protocol). If an IP address or
316-995-35 Request to DM to cancel job failed. name is not listed, ask the customer to configure the machine before continuing.
316-996-00 Routine that converts the job ID returned. Null memory allocation error. 5. Perform the relevant procedure:
316-996-35 Routine that converts the job ID returned. Null memory allocation error. • 316B FTP or SMB Unable to Connect to Remote Server RAP.
• 316C Remote Directory Lock Failed RAP.
316-997-00 Request library call failed.
316-997-35 Request library call failed.
316-998-00 Job not found in held table.
316-998-35 Job not set to released state. Job not found in held table.
316-999-00 Could not obtain job PIN for authorization.
316-999-35 Could not obtain job PIN for authorization.
Procedure

3 1 6 B F T P o r S M B U n a b l e t o C o n n e c t t o Re m o t e S e r v e r R A P A
B
Either the machine cannot connect, find or log in to the scan server. The fault persists.
Y N
Procedure Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Perform the Customers Settings Check.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Changes were made to the customer’s settings.
Y N
Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a
Note: The FTP/SMB protocol will be followed by a colon and port number, :21 is for FTP and :139 is System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or re-
for SMB. quest a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a
charge.
Scan the document using the default template and 1 other template. Retry the job.
The fault is present on both templates. The job was successful.
Y N Y N
The template that failed is incorrectly configured. Ask the customer or System Administrator Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a
to verify the settings of the web template that failed, including the login password. System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or re-
Ask the customer to open the machine’s web UI. quest a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a
The machine’s web UI can be opened. charge.
Y N Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Look at the front of the configuration report. Ensure that HTTP is enabled and set to port 80. Perform the Customers Settings Check.
The settings are correct. Changes were made to the customer’s settings.
Y N Y N
Enable HTTP, GP 34 and set the port to 80 on the UI. Restart this RAP from the begin- Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a System
ning. If this path has been followed previously, escalate the fault to the System Admin- Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox an-
istrator. If the customer does not have a System Administrator, they should contact the alyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which Retry the job.
will be subject to a charge. The job was successful.
Disconnect the network cable from the machine. Ensure the PWS network adaptor settings Y N
are set to Auto. Connect the PWS to the machine, GP 7. Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a System
Either of the 2 LEDs on the SBC PWB or the PWS are lit, indicating a connection. Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox an-
Y N alyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Perform the steps that follow: Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Ask the customer to ping the scan server’s IP address or name.
1. Change the network speed setting of the machine, GP 35.
2. If either of the 2 LEDs on the SBC PWB or the PWS are not lit, repeat the steps in Note: The scan server is the computer that the job is being sent to. The scan server’s IP address or
GP 35. name is displayed on the confirmation report.
The customer can ping the scan server.
3. If the LEDs light, use the new network speed setting. Inform the customer that the Y N
network speed has been changed. Then follow the Yes path from this step.
Check the configuration report for default gateway IP address listed under TCP/IPv4 Settings.
4. If the LEDs do not light, perform the OF1. A default gateway IP address is listed.
Ensure the firewall of the PWS is disabled, GP 36. Ping the machine from the PWS, GP 37. Y N
Note: Re-enable the PWS firewall after completion of this procedure. Changes were made to the customer’s settings.
The machine responds to the ping request. Y N
Y N Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a
Perform an AltBoot, GP 9. System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or re-
The machine software is up to date. quest a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a
Y N charge.
Upgrade the software, GP 9. Retry the job.
B B
A A

316B Service Manual
A 5. Check with System Administrator that the correct password has been entered on the machine’s
B EWS page.
The job was successful.
Y N Note: The password is not printed on the configuration or confirmation reports.
Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a
System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or re-
quest a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a
charge.
The customer can ping the default gateway IP address.
Y N
Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a System
Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox an-
alyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Changes were made to the customer’s settings.
Y N
Retry the job.
Y N
Perform the Customers Settings Check .
Changes were made to the customer’s settings.
Y N
Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a System Ad-
ministrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox analyst trou-
bleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Retry the job.
Y N
Escalate the fault to the System Administrator. If the customer does not have a System Ad-
ministrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox analyst trou-
bleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Customers Settings Check

Note: Both the configuration and confirmation reports are required to check the customer’s set-
tings. Corrections must be made through the machine’s EWS page.
Check the items that follow with the customer. Ask the customer to correct any errors:
1. That the scan server is switched on and online.
Note: The scan server is the computer that the job is being sent to.
2. That the scan server’s IP address or name is correct.
3. That the path and user name are correct.
4. (SMB protocol only) That the Share name is correct; referred too as the Volume on the configu-
ration report.

Service Manual 316B
3 1 6 C Re m o t e D i r e c t o r y Lo c k Fa i l e d R A P 316D Not Used

Use this RAP when the customer reports that the machine has logged in to the scan server, but can- Not Used
not create a folder inside of the scan directory. The creation of the scan folder is necessary for the
machine to successfully complete the can to file job.
Note: The scan server is the computer that the job is being sent to.
Procedure
The machine’s login name that it is using to log in to the scan server, for this file repository, does
not have sufficient rights. Ask the customer to verify the rights for this user at the scan server, or es-
calate the problem to their System Administrator. If the customer does not have a System Adminis-
trator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot
their network which will be subject to a charge.

316C Service Manual
3 1 6 E N e t w o r k Fa u l t C h e c ko u t R A P
Initial Actions
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
Procedure
Refer to the Active Messages and Fault History to determine under what situation the fault is
occurring.
The fault is related to a specific job, client or Page Description Language (PDL).
Y N
Reload the software, GP 9.
The fault persists.
Y N
Install new components as necessary:
• Hard disk drive, PL 3.05.
• Power/Data harness, PL 3.05.
If the fault persists, perform the OF1.
The fault occurs on one particular job from one particular client.
Y N
The fault occurs on all jobs sent from one client.
Y N
The fault occurs with one job from any client.
Y N
• Hard disk drive, PL 3.05.
• Power/Data harness, PL 3.05.
If the fault persists, perform the OF1.
Another AltaLink® B8045/55/65/75/90 machine is available.
Y N
Escalate the service call.
The fault is repeatable on both machines.
Y N
Reload the software, GP 9, on the faulty machine. If the fault persists, escalate
the service call.
Inform field engineering that a Software Problem Action Report (SPAR) needs to be
generated.
Ask the System Administrator to:
• Check the network configuration on the client (compare to a working client).
• Ensure that the client has the required resources.
• Reload the print driver on the client.
If the fault persists, have the customer contact the customer support centre.
Ask the customer to reload the print driver on the affected workstation.

Service Manual 316E
3 1 7 - 7 5 1 - 0 0 E t h e r n e t o r U S B W I F I Co n n e c t i o n Fa u l t R A P 3 1 7 - 7 5 2 - 0 0 E t h e r n e t o r U S B W I F I Fa u l t R A P
317-751-00 (Ethernet) The ethernet cable is not connected when the ethernet interface is active. 317-752-00 (Ethernet) 802.1X connection failure, cannot connect to the ethernet network.
317-751-00 (WiFi) The USB WiFi adapter is not correctly connected. 317-752-00 (WiFi) Generic WiFi connection failure, cannot connect to the WiFi network. (WiFi inter-
face is active).
Remote Service Actions
Ask the customer to check the items that follow: Procedure
• Ensure the ethernet cable or USB WiFi adapter is properly connected. Go to the appropriate RAP:
• Ensure the ethernet port is active. • OF8
• Ensure the ethernet cable is in good condition. • OF19
Ask the customer to switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4. If the fault continues, a site visit
will be necessary.
Procedure
Go to the appropriate RAP:
• OF8
• OF19

317-751-00 Service Manual
3 1 7 - 7 5 3 - 0 0 W I F I Fa u l t R A P 317-754-00 to 317-761-00, 317-766-00 to 317-769-00 Ether-

317-753-00 WiFi connection lost. The WiFi connection was good, but is no longer connected. n e t o r U S B W I F I A d d r e s s Fa u l t R A P
317-754-00 DHCP/BOOTP configuration error and no zero configuration IPv4 address.
Procedure
317-755-00 DHCP/BOOTP lease failure (parsing error) and no zero configuration IPv4 address.
• OF8 317-756-00 DHCP/BOOTP NAK and no zero configuration IPv4 address.
• OF19 317-757-00 No response from DHCP/BOOTP server and no zero configuration IPv4 address.
317-758-00 DHCP/BOOTP configuration error and zero configuration IPv4 address configured.
317-759-00 DHCP/BOOTP lease failure (parsing error) and zero configuration IPv4 address
configured.
317-760-00 DHCP/BOOTP NAK and zero configuration IPv4 address configured.
317-761-00 No response from DHCP/BOOTP server and zero configuration IPv4 address configured.
317-766-00 DHCPv6 configuration error.
317-767-00 DHCPv6 lease failure (parsing error).
317-768-00 WiFi DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 failed to obtain an address. DHCPv6 NAK.
317-769-00 DHCPv6 Error: DHCPv6 server not found. No routable IPv6 address configured.
Procedure
• OF8
• OF19

Service Manual 317-753-00
317-762-00, 317-765-00 Ethernet or USB WIFI Duplicate Ad- 3 1 7 - 7 6 3 - 0 0 , 3 1 7 - 7 6 4 - 0 0 E t h e r n e t o r U S B W I F I Ro u t e r Fa u l t

d r e s s Fa u l t R A P RAP
317-762-00 Duplicate IPv4 address detected. 317-763-00 No IPv4 router configured.
317-765-00 Duplicate IPv6 address detected. 317-764-00 No IPv6 router advertisement.
Procedure Procedure
Go to the appropriate RAP: Go to the appropriate RAP:
• OF8 • OF8
• OF19 • OF19

317-762-00, 317-765-00 Service Manual
3 1 7 - 7 7 0 - 0 0 , 3 1 7 - 7 7 1 - 0 0 E t h e r n e t o r U S B W I F I D N S Fa u l t R A P 3 1 7 A W i r e l e s s Co n n e c t i v i t y R A P
317-770-00 Failed to verify the host name and/or domain name in DNS (after 20 minutes). Use this RAP when the customer reports wireless network failures when using the Xerox wireless
print kit.
317-771-00 Verified host and/or domain name(s) do not match with the requested host/domain
name(s). Note: The customer must use the Xerox wireless print kit. Other wireless network adapters are not
supported.
Procedure
Initial Actions
• OF8 Consult your manager before troubleshooting the customer’s network, as the policy varies accord-
ing to region.
• OF19
Procedure
Perform the following:
1. Check that the USB wireless network adapter is plugged into a USB port on the machine.
2. If the USB wireless network adapter is connected using the USB extension cable, check that the
extension cable is also plugged into a USB port on the machine.
3. Print a configuration report.
a. Check with the customer that printing of configuration reports is enabled. If necessary, ask
the customer to enable printing of the configuration report.
4. Ensure that the USB ports are enabled.
a. Check the configuration report under the heading Connectivity Physical Connections.
b. If Software Tools is not listed next to USB Connection Mode, ask the customer to enable
USB.
i. Refer to the System Administrator Guide > USB Port Security Setting Check.
ii. Refer to the System Administrator Guide > Configuring USB Settings and set USB Con-
nection Mode.
5. Confirm the USB port is functional.
a. Check that the LED on the wireless network adapter flashes when the machine is in standby.
b. Connect the wireless network adapter to a different USB port if available.
c. Perform dC361 NVM Save and Restore. If the NVM can be saved to a USB flash drive, the
USB port is functional.
Note: It is not necessary to perform the NVM restore procedure.

6. Ensure that the machine is configured for wireless printing.
b. If wireless is disabled, ask the customer to enable wireless printing. Or enter Customer Ad-
ministration Tools:
i. Select Network Settings.
ii. Select Network Connectivity.
iii. Select Wireless.
iv. Select OK.
c. Check the network name listed next to SSID on the configuration report.

Service Manual 317-770-00, 317-771-00
d. If the network name does not match the customer’s wireless network, ask the customer to
configure the wireless network setup before continuing.
e. Check the network name under the heading Connectivity Protocols.
f. If an IP address is not listed under TCP/IPv4 or TCP/IPv6, ask the customer to configure the
wireless network setup before continuing.
7. Confirm that the customer’s wireless network can be detected at the machine’s location.
a. Ask the customer to confirm that the wireless network is switched on and can be received at
the machine’s location. Or use your PWS or a smartphone to detect the customer’s wireless
network.
b. To use a PWS with Windows 7 to confirm the customer’s wireless network can be detected,
perform relevant procedure below.
Windows 7
i. Click on the Wireless Networking icon in the notification area of the taskbar. If necessary,
click on the Show hidden icons button to show the wireless networking icon.
ii. Confirm that the customer’s network name (SSID) is displayed in the list that pops up.
Windows XP
i. Right click on the Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar.
ii. Click on View Available Wireless Networks.
iii. Confirm that the customer’s network name (SSID) is displayed in the list that pops up.
Note: Do not attempt to connect the PWS or smartphone to the customer’s wire-
less network.
8. If the wireless network signal strength is weak, ensure that the wireless network adapter is con-
nected via the USB extension lead. If possible change the mounting position of the adapter to
improve the reception. To view the signal strength, enter System Administration Tools and pre-
form the following:
a. Select Network Settings.
b. Select Network Connectivity.
c. Select Wireless.
d. The signal strength is displayed in the text frame.
e. Move the wireless network adapter and extension lead until the strongest signal strength is
found.
9. If necessary, install a new wireless network adapter.

317A Service Manual
3 1 9 - 3 0 0 U n a b l e t o Re a d o r W r i t e t o I m a g e D i s k 319-301 Unable to Write to Image Disk

Unable to read or write data from the Image Disk Unable to write data to the Image Disk
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on again. Switch the power off then on again.
The problem continues. The problem continues.
Y N Y N
Go to Service Call Procedures (SCP 5) Final Actions and log the problem in the machine serv- Go to Service Call Procedures (SCP 5) Final Actions and log the problem in the machine serv-
ice log. ice log.
Perform the following: Perform the following:
• Check the connections of the power/data harness between the hard disk drive and the controller • Check the connections of the power/data harness between the hard disk drive and the controller
PWB assembly (PL 3.05). Check for damage. Repair as required. PWB assembly (PL 3.05 ). Check for damage. Repair as required.
• If no problems are found install a new hard disk drive (PL 3.05). Perform GP 9 Software Upgrade. • If no problems are found, install a new hard disk drive (PL 3.05). Perform GP 9 Software Up-
If the problem continues install a new controller PWB assembly (PL 3.05). grade. If the problem continues, replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ).

3 1 9 - 3 0 2 B a d D a t a Re c e i v e d fr o m I m a g e D i s k 3 1 9 - 3 0 3 U n a b l e t o Fo r m a t I m a g e D i s k
Bad Data received from the Disk The disk returns data other than a read or write operation in re- Unable to format the image disk.
sponse to a read or write request.
Procedure
Procedure
Switch the power off then on again.
Switch the power off then on again. The problem continues.
The problem continues. Y N
Y N Go to Service Call Procedures (SCP 5) Final Actions and log the problem in the machine serv-
Go to Service Call Procedures (SCP 5) Final Actions and log the problem in the machine service log.
ice log. Perform the following:
Perform the following: • Check the connections of the power/data harness between the hard disk drive and the controller
• Check the connections of the power/data harness between the hard disk drive and the controller PWB assembly (PL 3.05). Check for damage. Repair as required.
PWB assembly (PL 3.05). Check for damage. Repair as required. • If no problems are found install a new hard disk drive (PL 3.05). Perform GP 9 Software Upgrade.
• If no problems are found, install a new hard disk drive (PL 3.05). Perform GP 9 Software Up- If the problem continues install a new controller PWB assembly (PL 3.05 ).
grade. If the problem continues install a new controller PWB assembly (PL 3.05 ).

3 1 9 - 3 1 0 Sy s t e m D i s k N o C a p a c i t y I n fo r m a t i o n a t Po w e r U p 3 1 9 - 3 4 0 S I C C ra s h R A P
System disk does not return capacity information during power up. SIC crash is reported.
Procedure WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Switch the power off then on again.
2. Go to Service Call Procedures (SCP 5) Final Actions. For one-off occurrences, no action is re-
Switch the power off then on again. quired. If the fault persists, check the fault history dC122 for other faults that occur before this
The problem continues. fault. Go to the appropriate RAP to troubleshoot..
Y N
Go to Service Call Procedures (SCP 5) Final Actions and log the problem in the machine serv-
ice log.
• Check the connections of the power/data harness between the hard disk drive and the controller
PWB assembly (PL 3.05). Check for damage. Repair as required.
• If no problems are found install a new hard disk drive (PL 3.05). Perform GP 9 Software Upgrade.
If the problem continues install a new controller PWB assembly (PL 3.05 ).

3 1 9 - 4 0 1 O u t o f M e m o r y C a u s e d By S t r e s s D o c u m e n t 3 1 9 - 4 02 O u t o f M e m o r y Ca u s e d by S t r e s s J o b
Out of memory caused by a stress document WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
Out of memory caused by a stress job
Procedure
No action is required. If 319-401 remains for more than 5 minutes, switch power off then on. If the No action is required. If the fault remains for more than 5 minutes, switch power off then on. If the
problem continues, reload software using GP 9. problem continues, go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure.

319-403 Out of Memory With More Than 1 Job in EPC 3 1 9 - 4 0 9 – 0 0 J o b I n t e g r i t y C a n n o t b e G u a ra n t e e d R A P

WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Video determines that it cannot guarantee the integrity of the job being processed.
Out of memory with greater than one job in EPC.
Procedure
No action is required. If the fault remains for more than 5 minutes, switch power off then on. If the Switch the power off then on. Rerun uncompleted jobs.
problem continues, go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure.

3 1 9 - 4 0 9 - 0 1 V i d e o I n t e g r i t y O v e r f l o w Fa u l t R A P 3 1 9 - 4 0 9 - 0 2 V i d e o I n t e g r i t y U n d e r f l o w Fa u l t R A P
Video Integrity not Guaranteed due to an Overflow Condition. Video Integrity not guaranteed due to an Underflow Condition.
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Rerun uncompleted jobs. Switch the power off then on. Rerun uncompleted jobs.

3 1 9 - 4 0 9 - 0 3 V i d e o I n t e g r i t y N o B l o c k L i s t Fa u l t R A P 3 1 9 - 4 0 9 - 0 4 V i d e o I n t e g r i t y E n d o f B l o c k L i s t Fa u l t R A P
Video Integrity not guaranteed due to a No Block List error. Video Integrity not guaranteed due to End of Block List Error.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 0 M a r k O u t p u t Ti m e o u t 3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 1 M a r k O u t p u t Ti m e o u t
Mark Output Timeout. Incomplete image data transfer within the prescribed period. Machine will Mark Output Timeout. Incomplete image data transfer within the prescribed period. Job has been
attempt to recover (may take more then 30 sec.). deleted.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 2 Co m p r e s s I m a g e Ti m e o u t 3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 3 D e c o m p r e s s I m a g e Ti m e o u t
Compress Image timeout. Incomplete image data transfer within the prescribed period. Job has Decompress Image timeout. Incomplete image data transfer within the prescribed period. Job has
been deleted. been deleted.
Procedure Procedure
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
Switch the power off then on. Rerun uncompleted jobs.
1. If Smears, Streaks, Lines, or Color Misregistrations occur when using DADF only, and/or DADF
jobs appear to make the engine pause longer than normal before starting, reseat or replace the
EPC Memory on the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ).
2. Switch the power off/on and rerun the job.
3. Go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure.
4. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )

3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 4 M e r g e I m a g e Ti m e o u t 3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 5 Ro t a t e I m a g e T i m e o u t
Merge Image timeout. Incomplete image data transfer within the prescribed period. Job has been Rotate Image timeout. Incomplete image data transfer within the prescribed period. Job has been
deleted. deleted.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 6 N e t w o r k I n p u t Fa i l u r e 3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 7 E - Fa x S e n d / Re c e i v e Fa i l u r e
Network Input Failure. Incomplete image data transfer. Job has been deleted. E-Fax Send/Receive Failure. Incomplete image data transfer. Job has been deleted.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 8 S c a n I n p u t Fa i l u r e 3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 0 9 By t e C o u n t E r r o r
Scan Input Failure. Incomplete image data transfer. Job has been deleted. Byte Count Error. Incomplete image data transfer. Job has been deleted.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 1 0 S e t u p To o L a t e 319-410-11 DMA Master Abort

Set Up Too Late. Incomplete image data transfer. Job has been deleted. DMA Master Abort. Incomplete image data transfer. Job has been deleted.
Procedure Procedure

319-410-12 Huffman Error 319-410-13 EOR Error

Huffman Error. Incomplete image data transfer. Job has been deleted. EOR Error. Incomplete image data transfer. Job has been deleted.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 1 4 S c a n O u t p u t Ti m e o u t Fa u l t R A P 3 1 9 - 4 1 0 - 1 5 I m a g e P a t h Re s p o n s e E r r o r fr o m C I P S R A P
Intel IAP did not return from function call for Set Scan Path Image Path Response Error from CIPS
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 1 - 0 1 S c a n I m a g e C a p t u r e D M A S e t u p To o L a t e R A P 3 1 9 - 4 1 1 - 0 2 S c a n I m a g e C a p t u r e I I T S e t u p To o E a r l y R A P
Scan Image Capture DMA is not setup in time and does not capture all of the data. The image input terminal has started transferring a scan image before the previous image has com-
pleted transferring.
Procedure
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Procedure

31 9 - 4 1 1 - 0 3 S c an Im ag e Ca pt u r e DM A Ove r f l o w RA P 3 1 9 -4 11 -0 4 Sc a n Ima g e Cap t ur e D M A I nc om pl e t e R AP

The Scan Image Capture DMA was not able to pull data fast enough from its buffers which results The Scan Image Capture DMA failed to receive all the data expected.
in the buffers overflowing.
Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 1 - 0 5 S c a n I m a g e C a p t u r e D M A Ti m e o u t R A P 3 1 9 -4 11 -0 6 Sc a n Ima g e Cap t ur e Pl a nar Da ta Mi ssi ng R AP

The Scan Image Capture DMA didn’t complete in the prescribed period. The Scan Image Capture software error. Data captured but lost in software.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 1 1 - 0 7 S c a n I m a g e C a p t u r e D M A Fa i l u r e d u e t o M a s t e r 3 1 9 - 4 1 2 - 0 1 S c a n I m a g e C a p t u r e I I T L i n e Sy n c I n t e g r i t y E r r o r
Abort RAP
The Scan Image Capture DMA failed to receive all the data expected, due to Master Abort triggered Unexpected IIT Page Sync that typically indicates noise on the line.
on channels.
Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 2 0 I m a g e P r o c e s s i n g E r r o r a t Po w e r U P R A P 3 1 9 - 4 2 2 I m a g e Pr o c e s s i n g E r r o r a t S t a n d b y R A P
Unable to communicate with image processing service at power up. Communication with image processing service is lost.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 4 2 4 I m a g e Pr o c e s s i n g E r r o r w i t h J o b R A P 3 1 9 - 4 2 6 I m a g e Pr o c e s s i n g E r r o r d u r i n g Pr i n t R A P
Communication with image processing service is lost during a job. Current copy/scan jobs may have Communication with image processing service is lost during a print/fax job.
been deleted.
Procedure

3 1 9 - 7 5 0 E P C M e m o r y S i z e C h a n g e d C o n fi g u r a t i o n a t Po w e r U p 3 1 9 - 7 5 2 I m a g e Ro t a t i o n D e t e c t e d R A P
The System detects that the EPC Memory Size configuration has changed during the Power On The system detected that the image rotation configuration had changed during the Power On
sequence. sequence.
Procedure Procedure

3 1 9 - 7 5 4 I m a g e D i s k C o n fi g u r a t i o n C h a n g e d a t Po w e r U p 3 1 9 - 7 6 0 Te s t Pa t t e r n s M i s s i n g Fr o m E P C
The System detects that the Image Disk Configuration (present vs. not present) has changed during Unable to communicate with image processing service at power up.
the Power On sequence
Procedure

3 2 0 - 3 0 2 Fa x U n e x p e c t e d Re s e t
BSD 34.1 FAX BSD 34.1 FAX
Fax Card Hardware or Software error.
Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet.
The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N
Install a Fax PWB.
• Ensure the FAX is enabled
• Check that the FAX is securely connected to SBC.
• Check that the FAX phone wire is securely connected
• Go to the OF12 and check that the FAX settings are correct
• If the above checks are OK, replace the FAX PWB (PL 3.05).

320-302 Fax Unexpected Reset Service Manual
3 2 0 - 3 0 3 Fa x B a s i c C a r d U n r e c o v e ra b l e Fa u l t 3 2 0 - 3 0 5 Fa x Sy s t e m Lo w M e m o r y U n r e c o v e ra b l e Fa u l t
BSD 34.1 FAX BSD 34.1 FAX BSD 34.1 FAX BSD 34.1 FAX
Fax Card Hardware or Software error. Fax Card Hardware or Software error.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. Print a Configuration Sheet.
The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install a Fax PWB.
• Ensure the FAX is enabled • Ensure the FAX is enabled
• Check that the FAX is securely connected to SBC. • Check that the FAX is securely connected to SBC.
• Check that the FAX phone wire is securely connected • Check that the FAX phone wire is securely connected
• Go to the OF12 and check that the FAX settings are correct • Go to the OF12 and check that the FAX settings are correct
• If the above checks are OK, replace the FAX PWB (PL 3.05 ). • If the above checks are OK, replace the FAX PWB (PL 3.05 ).

Service Manual 320-303 Fax Basic Card Unrecoverable Fault
3 2 0 - 3 2 0 Fa x N o t C l e a r e d By Re s e t 3 2 0 - 3 2 2 Fa x N V D e v i c e N o t Pr e s e n t
5 instances of an unrecoverable fax fault and has not been cleared by a card reset. NV device not fitted to basic fax card
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

320-320 Fax Not Cleared By Reset Service Manual
3 2 0 - 3 2 3 Fa x Sy s t e m Lo w M e m o r y Re c o v e ra b l e Fa u l t 3 2 0 - 3 2 4 Fa x O u t O f F i l e M e m o r y
Fax system memory is low. (<6MB) Not enough memory to use Fax Service
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

Service Manual 320-323 Fax System Low Memory Recoverable Fault
3 2 0 - 3 2 7 Fa x E x t e n d e d Ca r d Fa u l t 3 2 0 - 3 3 1 Fa x N e t w o r k L i n e 1 Fa u l t
Registers cannot be accessed on the Extended card No communications via PSTN1 port
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

320-327 Fax Extended Card Fault Service Manual
3 2 0 - 3 3 2 Fa x N e t w o r k L i n e 2 Fa u l t 3 2 0 - 3 3 8 Fa x Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t a t P O S T
No communications via PSTN2 port Fax communication error at power up or re-boot; power on self test (POST) failure.
Procedure Procedure
Print a Configuration Sheet. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
The Config Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Power the machine off and on. If the problem continues, go to OF12
Install a Fax PWB.
• Ensure the FAX is enabled
• Check that the FAX is securely connected to SBC.
• Check that the FAX phone wire is securely connected
• Go to the OF12 and check that the FAX settings are correct
• If the above checks are OK, replace the FAX PWB (PL 3.05 ).

Service Manual 320-332 Fax Network Line 2 Fault
3 2 0 - 3 3 9 I n t e r n a l Fa x C a r d Fa u l t 3 2 0 - 3 4 0 Fa x Po r t 2 M o d e m Fa i l u r e
Internal FAX card fault Fax Port 2 Modem Failure
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

320-339 Internal Fax Card Fault Service Manual
3 2 0 - 3 4 1 Fa x B a s i c C a r d Fa i l e d Fa u l t 3 2 0 - 3 4 2 Fa x F i l e I n t e g r i t y Fa u l t
Miscellaneous Basic Card problems Error accessing file on a NV device
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

Service Manual 320-341 Fax Basic Card Failed Fault
3 2 0 - 3 4 5 Fa x Po r t 1 M o d e m Fa i l u r e 3 2 0 - 7 0 1 Fa x P h o n e b o o k D o w n l o a d Fa u l t
Fax Port 1 Modem Failure Phone book download failed
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N
Install a Fax PWB. Install Fax PWB.

320-345 Fax Port 1 Modem Failure Service Manual
3 2 0 - 7 1 0 Fa x I m m e d i a t e I m a g e O v e r w r i t e ( I I O ) E r r o r 3 2 0 - 7 1 1 Fa x O n D e m a n d I m a g e O v e r w r i t e ( O D I O ) E r r o r
IIO Error has occurred on the fax card when overwriting the job ODIO Error has occurred on the fax card when overwriting the compact flash memory
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen Initial Actions
Check that the Fax PWB is fully seated in the connector on the Riser PWB.
Initial Actions
Check that the customer phone lines are properly connected to the Fax PWB and are not damaged.
Check that the Fax PWB is fully seated in the connector J2 on the Riser PWB.
Check that the customer phone lines are properly connected to the Fax PWB and are not damaged. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Procedure Procedure
The Configuration Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed. The Configuration Sheet indicates the Fax PWB is installed.
Y N Y N
1. Check that the Fax IF Flex Cable from the Riser PWB J1 to the SBC PWB J45 is not dam- 1. Check that the Fax IF Flex Cable from the Riser PWB J1 to the SBC PWB J45 is not dam-
aged, that it is properly connected and that the connectors are not damaged aged, that it is properly connected and that the connectors are not damaged
2. Go to the OF12 and check that the Fax settings are correct 2. Go to the OF12 and check that the Fax settings are correct
3. Reload SW using GP 9. 3. Reload SW using GP 9.
4. Replace the Fax IF Flex Cable (PL 3.05). 4. Replace the Fax IF Flex Cable (PL 3.05).
5. Replace the Fax PWB (PL 3.05). 5. Replace the Fax PWB (PL 3.05).
6. Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05) 6. Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05)
7. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05) 7. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05)
• Check that the Fax IF Flex Cable from the Riser PWB J45 to the SBC PWB J45 is not damaged, • Check that the Fax IF Flex Cable from the Riser PWB J1 to the SBC PWB J45 is not damaged,
that it is properly connected and that the connectors are not damaged that it is properly connected and that the connectors are not damaged
• Go to the OF12 RAP and check that the Fax settings are correct • Go to the OF12 RAP and check that the Fax settings are correct
• Reload SW using GP 9. • Reload SW using GP 9.
• Replace the Fax IF Flex Cable (PL 3.05). • Replace the Fax IF Flex Cable (PL 3.05).
• Replace the Fax PWB (PL 3.05). • Replace the Fax PWB (PL 3.05).
• Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05) • Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05)
• Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05) • Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05)

Service Manual 320-710 Fax Immediate Image Overwrite (IIO) Error
3 2 0 - 7 1 3 Fa x J o b D a t a Re m o v a l E r r o r

3 2 2 - 3 0 0 - 0 5 I m a g e Co m p l e t e Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 0 0 - 1 0 DV M A Tra n s fe r Fa u l t
BSD 3.1 PWB Communication (1 of 9) BSD 3.1 PWB Communication (1 of 9) Failed to transfer image do to decoding error. (EORERROR, HUFFMANERROR, BYTECOUNTERROR)
322-300-05 Image Complete not received from video. Initial Actions
Initial Actions Rerun job after the machine recovers
Rerun job after the machine recovers Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault Procedure
Procedure Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 4 . Disconnect the power
lead from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Switch the power off then on. Rerun job.
Electricity can cause the death or injury. Moving components can cause the injury. The fault code reappears.
Y N
Switch the power off then on. Rerun job.
The fault code reappears.
Y N Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
Return to Service Call Procedures. in the Y branch of this RAP.
Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
in the Y branch of this RAP. 1. Check all connectors and cables between the IIT PWB and the SBC PWB.
Perform the following in order: 2. Reload SW using GP 9.
1. Check all connectors and cables between the IIT Trans PWB and the Controller PWB. 3. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.25 )
2. Reload SW using GP 9. 4. Replace the IIT Harness (PL 1.15 )
3. Replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.25 ) 5. Replace the IIT Control Harness (PL 1.15 )
4. Replace the IIT Harness (PL 1.15 ) 6. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
5. Replace the IIT Control Harness (PL 1.15 ) 7. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )
6. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
7. Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.05 )

3 2 2 - 3 0 0 - 1 6 C l o c k O v e r f l o w Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 0 1 - 0 5 S c a n Re s o u r c e Fa u l t
When machine determines that it needs to do a reset in order to avoid an impending real time clock Scan resources not available
overflow
Initial Actions
Procedure
Rerun job after the machine recovers
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Switch the power off then on. Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
The fault code reappears. Procedure
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
in the Y branch of this RAP. Switch the power off then on. Rerun job.
Perform the following in order: The fault code reappears.
Y N
1. Reload SW using GP 9. Return to Service Call Procedures.
2. Initiaize NVM using dC301
3. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 ) in the Y branch of this RAP.
4. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ) Perform the following in order:
1. Check all connectors and cables between the IIT PWB and the SBC PWB.
3. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.25 )
4. Replace the IIT Harness (PL 1.15 )
5. Replace the IIT Control Harness (PL 1.15 )

3 2 2 - 3 0 9 - 0 4 N o A c c e p t s Re c e i v e d Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 1 0 - 0 4 E x t e n d e d J o b S e r v i c e Fa u l t
Consecutive no accepts received from a module exceeds threshold value (currently 20). Pages received from Extended Job Service out of Sequence
Five consecutive 22-309-04 will cause 22-319-04. Procedure
Initial Actions Check that originals are not jammed in DADF. Verify DADF operation with media used by customer.
Re-sort and reload ALL originals in the document feeder.
Allow five minutes for fault recovery.
Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Procedure
Y N
in the Y branch of this RAP.
Go to the 322-319-04 IOT Integrity Problem While Printing a Job RAP

3 2 2 - 3 1 1 - 0 4 S e q u e n c e r Re s p o n s e Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 1 4 - 0 4 M o d u l e Re g i s t r a t i o n E r r o r
Sequencer did not respond with proposal within the required time Module Registration Error.

Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Switch the power off then on.
The fault code reappears. The fault code reappears.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
in the Y branch of this RAP. in the Y branch of this RAP.
2. Check all cables connected to the SBC PWB and the Motor Drive PWB 2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
3. Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) 3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )
4. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05)
5. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05)

3 2 2 - 3 1 5 - 0 4 M o d u l e Co m p l e t i o n Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 1 6 - 0 4 J o b Pa p e r Tra y Fa u l t
One or more modules did not respond with completion message No Paper Tray is configured with the required paper size
Initial Actions Job Requires Paper Tray that does not exist
Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. Initial Actions
Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault Verify that the customer is configuring the job correctly
Procedure Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen Check dC122 Fault History and dC120 Fault Counter for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Procedure
The fault code reappears. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
Y N prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Return to Service Call Procedures. Switch the power off then on. Rerun job.
Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed Y N
1. Reload SW using GP 9. Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 ) The Job is a copy job.
3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ) Y N
1. Rerun the job from a different computer.
3. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05).
4. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05).
1. Check all connectors and cables between the Tray Module PWB and the trays.
3. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 60.25).
4. Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).

3 2 2 - 3 1 7 - 0 4 J o b F i n i s h i n g Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 1 8 - 0 4 J o b I OT Fa u l t
Job requires finishing capability that does not exist Job Requires an IOT capability that does not exist

Verify that the customer is configuring the job correctly Verify that the customer is configuring the job correctly
Check dC122 Fault History and dC120 Fault Counter for the frequency of occurrence of this fault Check dC122 Fault History and dC120 Fault Counter for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off then on. Rerun job. Switch the power off then on. Rerun job.
Y N Y N
The Job is a copy job. The Job is a copy job.
Y N Y N
1. Rerun the job from a different computer 1. Rerun the job from a different computer
3. Replace the Finisher PWB. Refer to the Finisher Service Documentation for more 3. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05).
information. 4. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05).
4. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05). Perform the following in order:
1. Check all connectors and cables connected to the Motor Drive PWB.
1. Check all connectors and cables between the Motor Drive PWB and the Finisher PWB and be-
tween the SBC PWB and the IIT PWB
4. Replace the Finisher PWB. Refer to the Finisher Service Documentation for more information.

3 2 2 - 3 1 9 - 0 4 I OT I n t e g r i t y P r o b l e m W h i l e P r i n t i n g a J o b 3 2 2 - 3 2 0 S c a n t o F i l e I n s t a l l Fa u l t
IOT Integrity problem while printing a job. SM Failed to install scan to file
This fault can result in two ways: Initial Actions
1. IOT Cycles down and back up 10 times without printing a page within the same job causing a Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
322-319-04.
2. Five consecutive 322-309-04 will also cause a 322-319-04.
Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Procedure The fault code reappears.
Y N
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen Return to Service Call Procedures.
Switch the power off then on. Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
Y N Perform the following in order:
Return to Service Call Procedures. 1. Reload SW using GP 9.
Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed 2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
in the Y branch of this RAP. 3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )
2. Check all cables connected to the SBC PWB and the Motor Drive PWB.

3 2 2 - 3 2 1 - 0 0 S c a n t o F i l e Re m o v e Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 2 1 - 0 4 R S 4 2 2 C o n fi g u r a t i o n M i s m a t c h
SM Failed to remove Scan to file Proposal Response Time Out Error - RS422 Configuration mismatch
Initial Actions Sequencer did not respond with proposal within the required time
Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Procedure Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen Procedure
Switch the power off then on. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Y N Switch the power off then on.
Return to Service Call Procedures. The fault code reappears.
Y N
Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed Return to Service Call Procedures.
Perform the following in order: Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
1. Reload SW using GP 9. Perform the following in order:
2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 ) 1. Reload SW using GP 9.
3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ) 2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )

3 2 2 - 3 2 2 L A N FA X I n s t a l l Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 2 3 L A N FA X Re m o v e Fa u l t
SM Failed to install Lan FAX SM Failed to remove LAN FAX

Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N
2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 ) 2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ) 3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )

3 2 2 - 3 2 4 S c a n t o E - M a i l I n s t a l l Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 2 5 S c a n t o E - M a i l Re m o v e Fa u l t
SM Failed to install Scan to E-mail SM Failed to remove Scan to E-mail.

Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

3 2 2 - 3 2 6 I FA X i n s ta l l Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 2 7 I FA X Re m o v e Fa u l t
SM Failed to install IFAX SM Failed to install IFAX

Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

3 2 2 - 3 2 8 I n c o m p l e t e Sy s t e m I n fo r m a t i o n 3 2 2 - 3 3 0 - 0 0 Pa g e P a c k P I N E n t r y L o c k e d
Incomplete System Information. Accounting Service Data is corrupt PagePack PIN (Supplies Plan Activation Code) entry locked due to repeated incorrect PIN entry
attempts.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
The fault code reappears. Switch the power off then on.
Y N The fault code reappears.
Return to Service Call Procedures. Y N
in the Y branch of this RAP. Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
Perform the following in order: in the Y branch of this RAP.
2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 ) 1. Reload SW using GP 9.
3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ) 2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )

3 2 2 - 3 3 0 - 0 1 L i s t J o b s Re q u e s t T i m e d O u t B e t w e e n U I C C S 3 2 2 - 3 3 0 - 0 2 Q u e u e t o N C Pr i n t Ti m e o u t
List Jobs Request Timed out between UI and CCS List Jobs Request Timed out between CCS and SBC Print Service

Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

3 2 2 - 3 3 0 - 0 3 Q u e u e t o S c a n t o F i l e Ti m e o u t 3 2 2 - 3 3 0 - 0 4 Q u e u e t o Fa x S e n d Ti m e o u t
List Jobs Request Timed out between CCS and Scan to File Service List Jobs Request Timed out between CCS and Scan To Fax Service

Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

3 2 2 - 3 3 0 - 0 5 Q u e u e t o D C J o b S e r v i c e Ti m e o u t 3 2 2 - 3 3 0 - 0 6 Q u e u e t o S c a n t o D i s t r i b u t i o n Ti m e o u t
List Jobs Request Timed out between Queue Utility and DC Job Services SBC Scan to Distribution Service not responding to List Jobs RPC call

Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

3 2 2 - 3 3 2 P l a n Co n v e r s i o n E n t r y Lo c ke d 3 2 2 - 3 3 5 J B A i n s t a l l Fa u l t
Plan Conversion entry locked due to repeated incorrect entry attempts. SM Failed to install Job Based Accounting

Ensure that this Fault Code did not occur during an attempt to perform Plan Conversion (refer to GP Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
16 ).
Procedure
Procedure prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen Switch the power off then on.
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). The fault code reappears.
Y N
Y N Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
Return to Service Call Procedures. in the Y branch of this RAP.
in the Y branch of this RAP. 1. Reload SW using GP 9.
Perform the following in order: 2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
1. Reload SW using GP 9. 3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )

3 2 2 - 3 3 6 J B A Re m o v e Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 3 7 O D I O i n s t a l l Fa u l t
SM Failed to remove Job Based Accounting SM Failed to install disk overwrite

Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

3 2 2 - 3 3 8 O D I O Re m o v e Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 3 9 I I O i n s t a l l Fa u l t
SM Failed to remove Disk Overwrite SM Failed to install Job Overwrite

Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N

3 2 2 - 3 4 0 I I O Re m o v e Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 3 5 2 - 0 0 S e r i a l N u m b e r M i s s i n g Fr o m M e m o r y
SM Failed to remove Job Overwrite Serial Number Update Required.
Initial Actions Serial number lost/missing. A Password routine may be required to write serial number to machine.
Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault Confirm that the machine serial number displayed on the UI (select Machine Status, Machine In-
formation Screen). or the Configuration Sheet, if the UI is unavailable, and the serial number on
Procedure the label on machine frame match. If they do not match notify the FE/NTS.
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen Check the PWBs and PJ connectors on the following PWBs.
1. Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10)
Switch the power off then on. 2. Controller PWB (PL 3.05)
3. MCU PWB (PL 3.15)
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. 4. UI (PL 2.05, PL 2.10)
5. IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20 C8170; PL 60.45 C8130/35/45/55)
in the Y branch of this RAP. 6. HDD or SSD, (PL 3.05)
Perform the following in order: Check dC122 for communications faults. These can prevent serial number synchronization and must
be addressed before proceeding.
2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 ) Enter diagnostics and select Clear Counters, Exit and Reboot at Service exit and exit diagnostics.
3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ) Have a new Motor Drive PWB and IIT trans PWB available before troubleshooting problem.
CAUTION: Do not swap PWBs between Machines.
CAUTION: Do not remove the batteries from any PWBs while making voltage checks
in this RAP.
CAUTION: If any of the serial number storage PWBs are to be replaced (Controller
PWB, IIT trans PWB, motor drive PWB, HDD/SSD or MCU PWB) replace them one at a
time and then run the machine to allow the serial number to update the new PWB. If
multiple PWBs are replaced at the same time this will cause unrecoverable NVM cor-
ruption. (Refer to dC132.)
If the fault persists, wait 5 minutes before powering off / powering on the machine.
Procedure
Check the serial numbers on the UI (select Machine Status, Machine Information Screen). against
the label on the machine frame and the Configuration Report.
The serial numbers match.
Y N
Power off the machine and disconnect the power cord. Contact the field engineer (RSE)/NTS
immediately.
More than one of the following have been replaced at the same time: Controller PWB, IIT Trans
PWB, HDD/SSD or MCU PWB.

Y N 3 2 2 - 3 5 2 - 0 1 S e r i a l U p d a t e Re q u i r e d
Install the original PWB with the original EEPROM, back into the machine, then reboot the
machine. Serial Update Required
The 322-352 Fault Code is still present.
Y N Note: Password routine will be required to write serial number to the IOT and SBC
If any other fault codes exist, go to the specific RAP for that fault code. Otherwise, go
to SCP 2.
Procedure
Contact service support to perform a dC132.
Perform the following steps in the order indicated:
• Reseat the wire harness between the IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.20 C8170; PL 60.45 C8130/
35/45/55) and Controller PWB (PL 3.05).
• Reseat each board and connector on the Controller PWB (PL 3.05), Motor Drive PWB (PL
1.10), IIT Trans PWB (PL 60.20 C8170; PL 60.45 C8130/35/45/55).
The original boards are still available.
Y N
Use dC132 to restore serial number integrity.
Note: It may take up to 24 hours to receive a password from ACAST

Install the original PWBs back into the machine and perform the following steps in the order
indicated:
• Reseat the wire harness between the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20 C8170; PL 60.45 C8130/35/45/
55) and Controller PWB (PL 3.05).
• Reseat each board and connectors on the MCU PWB (PL 3.15), Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10), Con-
troller PWB (PL 3.05).
The fault code 322-352 is still present.
Y N
If other fault codes are present, go to the specific fault code RAP. If no other fault codes exist,
go to SCP 2.
The red light on the Motor Drive PWB is flashing (PL 1.10).
Y N
Perform each activity until the fault is cleared.
• Replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.05). Power on the machine and load the latest software
(GP 9).
• Replace the Motor Drive PWB (PL 3.15). Power on the machine and load the latest soft-
ware (GP 9).
• Replace the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.25). Power on the machine and load the latest software
(GP 9).
• Enter Diagnostics and refresh the screen at dC120, and dC122.
Other fault codes are present.
Y N
Go to SCP 2.
Go to the particular fault code RAP. If, after completing any remaining fault code RAPs, the
322-352 fault code is still present, repeat the 322-352 RAP one time. If the fault code still re-
mains, contact the CTS, FE(RSE) or NTS for assistance.
Replace the Motor Drive PWB (PL 3.15) and load the latest software (GP 9). If the fault code re-
mains, contact the CTS, FE (RSE) or NTS for assistance.

3 2 2 - 3 7 0 U n a b l e t o Co m m u n i c a t e W i t h X S A D a t a b a s e 3 2 2 - 3 7 1 Fa x A p p l i c a t i o n Re g i s t ra t i o n E r r o r
XSA communication lost Set by Fax Service when it gets no response from Service Registry when trying to Register.

Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen • If the Fax Card is installed, go to OF12 .
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). • Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Switch machine power off then on. Check network connections to XSA server and have System Ad- • Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
ministrator check configuration for XSA refer to System Administrator Guide.
Procedure
Y N
2. Replace the Fax PWB (PL 20.10 )

3 2 2 - 3 7 2 Fa x A p p l i c a t i o n U n - Re g i s t ra t i o n E r r o r 3 2 2 - 4 0 7 E m b e d d e d Fa x I n s ta l l Fa u l t
Fax Service can not un-register. SM Failed To Install Embedded Fax

• If the Fax Card is installed, go to OF12 . • If the Fax Card is installed, go to OF12 .
• Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. • Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
• Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault • Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N
2. Replace the Fax PWB (PL 20.10 ) 2. Replace the Fax PWB (PL 20.10 )

3 2 2 - 4 1 7 E m b e d d e d Fa x Re m o v a l Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 4 1 9 E n a b l e E m b e d d e d Fa x Fa u l t
SM Failed To Removal Embedded Fax SM Failed To Enable Embedded Fax

• If the Fax Card is installed, go to OF12 . Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
• Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
• Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault 1. Switch machine power off then on.
Procedure 2. Check Configuration Report, under Installed Options ensure Embedded Fax is installed (machine
recognizes Fax Card). If the Embedded Fax does not show as installed on Configuration Report,
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen switch off machine power and reseat the Fax Card (PL 3.05 ).
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). 3. Check that Network Server Fax is disabled. Server Fax and Embedded Fax cannot be enabled at
the same time.
The fault code reappears. 4. Enter Tools mode (GP2 ) and login as Administrator.
Y N 5. Select the Device button.
Return to Service Call Procedures. 6. Select Service Settings > Fax Service...>Fax Setup>Country
Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed 7. Select the Next button.
in the Y branch of this RAP. 8. Touch the Line 1 Number box and enter either the phone number of the line assigned to the
Perform the following in order: machine. If no line is assigned, enter 00 and select the OK button.
1. Reload SW using GP 9. 9. Select the Next button.
2. Replace the Fax PWB (PL 20.10 ) 10. Select the Complete Setup and Restart Device button.
3. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 ) 11. If the problem still exists after the machine reboots, perform the following in order:
4. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ) a. Reload SW using GP 9.
b. Replace Fax Card (PL 3.05 ).
c. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
d. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )
12. If still not enabled contact Service Support for assistance.

3 2 2 - 4 2 1 D i s a b l e E m b e d d e d Fa x Fa u l t 3 2 2 - 7 0 1 - 0 4 M o d u l e Co m p l e t i o n Fa u l t
SM Failed To Disable Embedded Fax. Module completion message received after IOT returned to standby

Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen • Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). • Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
1. Switch machine power off then on. Procedure
2. Check Configuration Report, under Services to see if Embedded Fax is disabled.
3. If not, enter Tools mode GP2 (Admin). Select Service Settings > Fax Setup. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
4. Select Disabled. Switch machine power off and then on.
5. Print a Configuration Report. Check report, Embedded Fax should now be disabled.
6. If disabled, return to Service Call Procedures. Y N
7. If still enabled switch off machine power and remove Fax Card from machine if it is still present. Return to Service Call Procedures.
8. Switch power off and on, then check new Configuration Report to ensure Embedded Fax is Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
disabled. in the Y branch of this RAP.
9. If problem still exists perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:
a. Reload SW using GP 9. 1. Reload SW using GP 9.
b. Replace Fax Card (PL 3.05 ). 2. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
c. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 ) 3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )
d. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )
10. If still enabled contact Service Support for assistance.

3 2 2 - 7 2 0 S e r v i c e Re g i s t r y B a d D a t a / C o r r u p t e d . 3 2 2 - 7 2 1 Tr i p l e A G e t s N o Re s p o n s e Fr o m S R S
Service registry bad data/corrupted. Triple A gets no response from SRS.

• Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. • Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
• Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault • Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N
2. Replace the Fax PWB (PL 20.10 ) 2. Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05 )
3. Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05 ) 3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 )

3 2 2 - 7 5 0 - 0 4 O u t p u t D e v i c e C o n fi g u r a t i o n M i s m a t c h 3 2 2 - 7 5 0 - 1 7 A c c e s s o r y C a r d C o n fi g u r a t i o n M i s m a t c h
Output Device Configuration Mismatch Accessory Card Configuration Mismatch

• Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. • Check output device connections.
• Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault • Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Procedure • Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Switch the power off then on. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
The fault code reappears. Switch the power off then on.
Y N The fault code reappears.
Return to Service Call Procedures. Y N
in the Y branch of this RAP. Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
Perform the following in order: in the Y branch of this RAP.
1. Reload SW using GP 9. Perform the following in order:
2. Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05 ) 1. Reload SW using GP 9.
3. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ) 2. Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05 )

3 2 2 - 7 5 1 - 0 4 Pa p e r Tra y Co n fi g u ra t i o n M i s m a t c h 3 2 2 - 7 5 4 - 1 7 U I Co n fi g u ra t i o n C h a n g e Fa u l t
BSD 70.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing BSD 70.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing BSD 3.4 PWB Communication (4 of 9) BSD 3.4 PWB Communication (4 of 9)
BSD 70.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing BSD 70.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing When the System detects the UI Configuration has changed during the Power On Sequence
BSD 70.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (TTM) BSD 70.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (TTM)
Initial Actions
BSD 70.4 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (2TM) (C8130/35) BSD 70.4 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (2TM) (C8130/35)
• Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
• Check dC122 Fault History for the frequency of occurrence of this fault
Procedure
BSD 70.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2TM) (C8130/35) BSD 70.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2TM) (C8130/35)
BSD 70.7 MSI (Tray 5) Paper Size Sensing
BSD 70.7 MSI (Tray 5) Paper Size Sensing
Paper Tray Configuration Mismatch

This fault occurs after the 2nd user confirmation of a configuration mismatch if the System has de- The fault code reappears.
tected that the Paper Tray Configuration has changed during the Power On Sequence. Y N
Initial Actions
• Verify that the customer is configuring the job correctly Note: Record the fault in the Service Log. If fault recurs frequently, perform the actions listed
• Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault. Perform the following in order:
Procedure 2. Replace the Control Panel (PL 3.10 )
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen 3. Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05 )
Switch the power off then on. Rerun job.
Y N
The Job is a copy job.
Y N
1. Rerun the job from a different computer.
1. Check all connectors and cables between the Tray Module PWB and the trays.

3 2 2 - 7 5 5 - 1 7 R DT Co n fi g u ra t i o n M i s m a tc h
After the 2nd user confirmation of a configuration mismatch if the System detects that the RDT
Configuration has changed during the Power On Sequence.
Initial Actions
• Check output device connections.
• Check the Service Log for the frequency of occurrence of this fault.
Procedure
Y N
2. Replace the Hard Drive (PL 3.05 )

3 2 4 - 9 1 9 Fa c e U p Tra y C l o s e R A P 3 2 4 - 9 2 3 , 9 2 4 , 9 2 5 Y , M , C To n e r C a r t r i d g e E m p t y
324-919 When output was sent to the face up tray, the face up tray was detected as closed. BSD 90.3 Drum Life Control (Y,M) BSD 90.3 Drum Life Control (Y,M)
Procedure 091–480 The yellow toner cartridge is empty.

This procedure is for information only, no service action is necessary. 091–481 The magenta toner cartridge is empty.
091–482 The cyan toner cartridge is empty.
Y Toner Cartridge Empty
logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that
cannot be cleared by performing the indicated process (e.g., loading paper, closing a cover, replac-
ing a CRU, etc). Entry to this RAP is usually via the Persistent RAP located in the Other Faults section,
or a chain/link listing on a BSD.
Procedure
Replace toner cartridge (PL 90.10). If the machine declares Toner Empty state even when remaining
toner is not low, perform dC991 Tone Up/Down first to see if Toner Empty state is canceled or not.
If not cancelled, check Dispense Motor drive PL 5.1 or toner supply path.

3 4 1 - 3 1 0 I M Lo g i c Fa i l R A P
BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB)
341-310 IM software control error detected.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
2. Reload the software, GP 9.
3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.

3 4 1 - 3 1 6 I H D r i v e r I F Fa i l R A P 3 4 1 - 3 1 7 M C U I H I F Fa i l R A P
BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2)
341-316 Interface error between the motor drive PWB and the fuser heater power supply was 341-317 Interface error between the motor drive PWB and the fuser heater power supply was de-
detected. tected (at the MCU).
Procedure Procedure
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
Perform the steps that follow: Perform the steps that follow:
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
2. Switch off the machine, then check the connection between the fuser heater power supply P/ 2. Switch off the machine, then check the connection between the fuser heater power supply P/
J530 and the motor drive PWB P/J441 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
P/J530 P/J441 J530 and the motor drive PWB P/J441 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
P/J530 P/J441
3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: 3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• Fuser heater power supply, PL 1.05. • Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.

3 4 1 - 3 4 0 , 3 4 1 M o t o r D r i v e P W B N V M ( E E P R O M ) Fa i l R A P 3 4 1 - 3 4 4 M o t o r D r i v e P W B F 1 Fu s e Fa i l R A P
BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2)
341-340 NVM (EEPROM) data abnormality. BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 1.13 Fuse Check
341-341 NVM (EEPROM) access error. BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing
Initial Actions BSD 90.7 Toner Cartridge Cooling BSD 90.7 Toner Cartridge Cooling
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- 341-344 F1 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown.
Fault code 341-340 Only . Enter dC131 . Check that the NVM values that follow are set to 0: WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
• 740-016 Range Over Chain No tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
• 740-017 Range Over Link No
Switch off the machine, then remove the rear lower cover. Measure the resistance of the motor
• 740-018 Range Over Chain Link drive PWB.
• 740-019 Range Over Value Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher.
• 740-020 Write in Progress Range Over Chain No Y N
Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -1 and the motor drive PWB P/J401
• 740-021 Write in Progress Range Over Link No
P/J510 P/J401
-1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.

Procedure Disconnect the following connectors from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance be-
tween each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J262 -1 fusing unit exhaust fan
P/J262

• P/J267P/J267-1 toner cartridge cooling fan
• P/J272 -1 toner cartridge exhaust fan
P/J272
3. dC301 NVM Initialization.

Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for all.
4. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: Y N
• Halftone PWB, PL 3.15. Perform the steps that follow:
• Controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05. • The connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits.
• The target components for internal short circuits.
Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.

341-340, 341 Service Manual
3 4 1 - 3 4 5 M o t o r D r i v e P W B F 2 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 3 4 1 - 3 4 6 M o t o r D r i v e P W B F 3 Fu s e Fa i l R A P
BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 1.13 Fuse Check
BSD 90.17 1st BTR Contact/retract BSD 90.17 1st BTR Contact/retract BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2)
BSD 60.3 Color Registration BSD 60.3 Color Registration BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2)
BSD 90.21 Marking Air Flow BSD 90.21 Marking Air Flow BSD 90.21 Marking Air Flow BSD 90.21 Marking Air Flow
341-345 F2 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown. BSD 1.10 LVPS Cooling BSD 1.10 LVPS Cooling
Procedure BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2)
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport
BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport
341-346 F3 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown.

Switch off the machine, then remove the Rear Lower Cover. Measure the resistance of the Motor
Drive PWB BSD 1.9 F2.
Procedure
Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher.
Y N WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -2 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J401 P/J510 P/J401
-2 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Disconnect the following connectors from the Motor Drive PWB and measure the resistance be-
tween each connector terminal and the GND.
drive PWB BSD 1.9 F3.
• P/J240 -B13 1st BTR contact/retract clutch
P/J240

• P/J610 -6 ADC shutter solenoid
P/J610
Y N
• P/J265 -1 marking fan Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -2 and the motor drive PWB P/J401 P/J510 P/J401
-1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.

P/J265
Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for all. Disconnect the following connectors from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance be-
Y N tween each connector terminal and the GND.
• P/J408 -7 front left marking fan
P/J408
• The connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits.
• P/J408 -10 rear add fan
P/J408

• P/J444 -1 LVPS fan
P/J444

• P/J408 -4 IHPS intake fan
P/J408
• P/J423 -1 front right marking fan

P/J423
• P/J434 -A7 exit 1 gate solenoid

P/J434

Y N

BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2)
BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport
BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2) BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2) 341-352 F5 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown.
BSD 80.7 Registration BSD 80.7 Registration
Procedure
341-350 F7 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Switch off the machine, then remove the rear lower cover. Measure the resistance of the motor
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- drive PWB BSD 1.9 F5.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher.
Switch off the machine, then remove the rear lower cover. Measure the resistance of the motor Y N
drive PWB BSD 1.9 F7. Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -2 and the motor drive PWB P/J401 P/J510 P/J401
Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher. -2 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Y N Disconnect the connector P/J422 from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance between
P/J422
Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -5 and the motor drive PWB P/J401 P/J510 P/J401
P/J422 -1/2/3/4 and the GND.
P/J422
-3 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for all.
Disconnect the following connectors from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance be- Y N
tween each connector terminal and the GND. Perform the steps that follow:
• P/J422 -7/8 exit 1 OCT motor
P/J422
• The connection between the motor drive PWB P/J422 -1/2/3/4 and the P/Roll latch motor P/J422
P/J225 -6/5/2/1 for short circuit.

• P/J434 -A3/A4 exit 2 OCT motor
P/J225
P/J434
• The P/Roll latch motor for internal short circuit.

• P/J431 -A9 registration heater
P/J431

Y N

BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2)
BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 3.3 PWB Communications (Controller to Finisher) BSD 3.3 PWB Communications (Controller to Finisher)
BSD 80.5 2TM Paper Transport BSD 80.5 2TM Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport
BSD 80.6 TTM Paper Transport BSD 80.6 TTM Paper Transport 341-354 F9 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown.
BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM) BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM)
Procedure
BSD 70.11 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2TM) BSD 70.11 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2TM)
BSD 70.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (TTM) ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
BSD 70.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (TTM)
341-353 F8 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown.

drive PWB F9 .
Procedure F9

WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Y N
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -1 and the motor drive PWB P/J401 -1 P/J510 P/J401
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Disconnect the connector P490 from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance between
P490
P490 -11 and the GND.

drive PWB BSD 1.13 F8.
P490

Y N
Y N
Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -2 and the motor drive PWB P/J401 P/J510 P/J401
-2 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB P490 -11 and the finisher. If necessary, re- P490
Disconnect the following connectors from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance be- fer to the appropriate finisher service manual.
tween each connector terminal and the GND. Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
• P452 -14 2TM/TTM take away motor
P452
• PJ201 (2TM) and PJ201 (TTM) -1/2/3/4 2TM/TTM tray 3 feed/lift motor
PJ201 (2TM) PJ201 (TTM)
• PJ202 (2TM) and PJ202 (TTM) -5/6/7/8 2TM/TTM tray 4 feed/lift motor
PJ202 (2TM) PJ202 (TTM)

Y N
Install a new Motor Drive PWB, PL 1.10.

3 4 1 - 3 5 5 M o t o r D r i v e P W B F 1 0 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 3 4 1 - 3 5 6 M o t o r D r i v e P W B F 1 1 Fu s e Fa i l R A P
BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 1.13 Fuse Check
BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 1.5 DC Power Generation +5V BSD 1.5 DC Power Generation +5V
BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 60.3 Color Registration BSD 60.3 Color Registration
BSD 3.4 PWB Communications (Controller to HCF) BSD 3.4 PWB Communications (Controller to HCF) 341-356 F11 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown.
341-355 F10 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown. Procedure
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the machine, then remove the rear lower cover. Measure the resistance of the motor
drive PWB F11 . F11
Switch off the machine, then remove the rear lower cover. Measure the resistance of the motor Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher.
drive PWB F10 . F10
Y N
Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher. Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J509 -2 and the motor drive PWB P/J400 -1
Y N
P/J509 P/J400

Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -1 and the motor drive PWB P/J401 -1 P/J510 P/J401
Disconnect the following connectors from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance be-
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. tween each connector terminal and the GND.
Disconnect the connector P492 from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance between
P492
P492 -1 and the GND.

P492
• P/J416 -12 ADC sensor
P/J416
Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher. • P/J433 -6 rear MOB sensor

P/J433
Y N • P/J433 -12 front MOB sensor

P/J433

• The connection between the motor drive PWB P492 1 and the HCF PWB P/JF04 -1 for P492 P/JF04
Y N
short circuit. Perform the steps that follow:
Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. • Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits.
• Check the target components for internal short circuits.

3 4 1 - 3 5 8 M o t o r D r i v e P W B F 1 3 Fu s e Fa i l R A P 3 4 1 - 3 6 8 M C U - S W F i r m w a r e M i s m a t c h Fa i l R A P
BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 1.13 Fuse Check BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB)
BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) 341-368 IM software control error detected.
Procedure
341-358 F13 fuse on the motor drive PWB has blown. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Perform the steps that follow:
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
drive PWB F13 . 3. If the fault persists, install a new controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05.
F13

Y N
Check the connection between the LVPS_CP1U P/J510 -1 and the motor drive PWB P/J401 -1 P/J510 P/J401

Disconnect the connector P/J437 from the motor drive PWB and measure the resistance between
P/J437
P/J437 -4 and the GND.

P/J437

Y N
• The connection between the motor drive PWB P/J437 -4 and the thermostat P/J196 -1 P/J437 P/J196
for short circuit.


3 4 1 - 3 6 9 M D Ty p e M i s m a t c h 3 4 1 - 3 7 1 S p e e d U p d a t e Re q u i r e d Fa u l t
Procedure
341-369 The IOT software configuration and the motor drive PWB configuration do not match. Go to GP 8.
Procedure
2. If the problem persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.

3 4 1 - 3 8 8 Lo g i c Fa i l R A P 3 4 1 - 3 9 1 F i n i s h e r M o d u l e Lo g i c Fa i l R A P
BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.3 PWB Communications (Controller to Finisher) BSD 3.3 PWB Communications (Controller to Finisher)
341-388 When fatal abnormality was detected in marking control. 341-391 A fatal error was detected in the finisher module.
Procedure Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4. 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
2. Reload the software, GP 9. 2. Perform the steps that follow:
3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: • Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB, P490 and the finisher PWB for an open cir- P490
• Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. cuit, short circuit, or poor contact.
• Controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05. • Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB at P/J405 , and the halftone PWB, P550/481 P/J405
for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact.

P550/481
• Check the connections between the controller PWB and the back plane PWB P335 , and be- P335
tween the back plane PWB and the halftone PWB P/J451 , for poor contact, damage, and P/J451
foreign substances.
• Measure the input voltage on the finisher PWB. Verify voltage is within the electrical specifi-
cations found in GP 15 Electrical Power Requirements. Refer to the appropriate finisher serv-
ice manual for more information.
3. If the fault persists, install new components in order as necessary:
• Controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05.
• Halftone PWB, PL 3.15.

3 4 2 - 3 2 4 I BT D r i v e M o t o r Fa i l
K Drum/Developer and IBT Drive Control K Drum/Developer and IBT Drive Control
Failure was detected in the motor that drives the intermediate transfer belt. The IBT drive motor is
monitored and failure is declared when the designated number of failure signals have been
detected.
Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Turn the power OFF. Remove the IBT belt assembly (PL90.30) and cheat the L/H Cover Interlock
Switch (PL 80.65).
Turn the power ON and enter the Diagnostic mode. Turn ON dC330 [094-010] (IBT Drive Motor).
The IBT Drive Motor rotates.
Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
The voltage between the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10 -5 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC.
Y N
Go to OF5 +24VDC Power Fault RAP.
The voltage between the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10 -B8 (+) and the GND (-) is +5VDC.
Y N
Go to OF4 +5VDC Power Fault RAP.
Turn the power OFF and check the connections between the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10 and
the IBT Drive Motor PL 40.05 for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
If the fault persists install new parts in the following sequence:
• IBT Drive Motor (PL 40.05)
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Install the IBT Unit and close the L/H Cover.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diagnostic mode. Turn ON dC330 [094-010] (IBT Drive Motor).
The IBT Drive Motor rotates PL 40.05.
Y N
Check the IBT Drive for loading. Also, check the IBT for loading due to blockage in the IBT
Waste Toner Collection Auger.
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the IBT Drive Motor
PL 40.05 -8 and the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10 -B1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If the fault persists instal a new Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).

3 4 2 - 3 4 2 S u c t i o n Fa n Fa i l R A P ( C 8 1 7 0 o n l y ) 3 4 2 - 3 4 4 ( C 8 1 4 5 / 5 5 / 7 0 ) C E x h a u s t Fa n Fa i l
BSD 90.22 Marking Air Flow BSD 90.22 Marking Air Flow BSD 90.7 Toner Cartridge Cooling (Mid/High) BSD 90.7 Toner Cartridge Cooling (Mid/High)
The suction fan error was detected. (C8170 only) BSD 90.21 Marking Air Flow BSD 90.21 Marking Air Flow
Procedure BSD 90.22 Marking Air Flow BSD 90.22 Marking Air Flow
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- 342–344 The C Exhaust Fan error was detected.
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Rotate the suction fan (PL 40.15) manually WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
to check for resistance to movement. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
The fan resists. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Y N Turn the power OFF and remove the rear upper cover. Rotate the toner cartridge exhaust fan (PL
Install a new suction fan duct assembly. 40.15) manually to check for loading. Open the front cover and cheat the front cover interlock
Remove and clean the suction fan filter, PL 40.15. switch, PL 28.05.
The fault persists.
Y N Turn the power ON and enter the Diagnostic mode. Turn ON dC330 [042-056] (C exhaust fan/toner
Clean the suction fan filter. cartridge exhaust fan).
Open the front cover and cheat the front cover interlock switch. The toner cartridge exhaust fan is rotating.
Y N
Turn the power ON and enter the Diagnostic mode. Turn ON dC330 [042-020] (Suction Fan). With the diagnostic 042–056 turned ON, check the voltage between the Motor Drive
The suction fan rotates. PWB P/J442-9 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
When the Diagnostic is turned ON, is the voltage between the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10 Turn the power OFF then replace the following part:
-B11 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? • Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10)
Y N
Turn the power OFF and replace the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10). Turn the power OFF then check the connection between the C Exhaust P/J272 and the Motor
Drive PWB P/J444 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Suction Fan PL 40.15 and the Mo-
tor Drive PWB PL 1.10 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If the fault persists install new parts in the following sequence: • C Exhaust Fan (PL 40.15)
• Suction Fan (PL 40.15) • Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10)
• Motor drive PWB (PL 1.10) Press the Stop button then turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the C Exhaust Fan
P/J272-3 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J442-B14 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Suction Fan PL
40.15-3 and the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10-B12 for open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • C Exhaust Fan (PL 40.15)
• Suction Fan (PL 40.15) • Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10)
• Motor drive PWB (PL 1.10)

3 4 2 - 3 8 5 K I BT M o t o r O n Fa i l R A P 3 4 2 - 6 0 3 S u c t i o n F i l t e r Fa i l R A P ( 8 1 7 0 o n l y )
342-385 The drum/developer (K)/ IBT motor failed to rotate.
BSD 90.22 Marking Air Flow
324–603 Speed (rpm) of the suction is over the specified value. (C8170 only)
BSD 40.1 K Drum/Developer and IBT Drive Control BSD 40.1 K Drum/Developer and IBT Drive Control
Perform the steps in 342-342Suction Fan Fail RAP.

Procedure
Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB, PL 1.10, and the drum/developer (K)/ IBT motor, PL
40.05, for open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair or install new wiring.
Check the drum/developer (K)/ IBT motor, PL 40.05, refer to OF21 Multiple Wire Motor RAP (rap).
The drum/developer (K)/ IBT motor is good.
Y N
Install a new drum/developer (K)/ IBT motor.

3 4 2 - 6 4 1 N O H A D Te m p / H u m i d i t y S e n s o r Fa i l R A P 3 4 2 - 6 4 2 U F P F i l t e r L i fe O v e r R A P
BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing 342-642 The UFP filter has been detected as over the life limit.
342-641 Temperature/Humidity Sensor indicates abnormal value. Install a new UFP filter, PL 40.15.
Procedure
NOHAD temp humidity sensor, PL 90.30, for foreign material, blockage or damage.
The sensor is good.
Y N
Install a new NOHAD temp humidity sensor.
Check the wiring between the NOHAD temp humidity sensor, PL 90.30, and the motor drive PWB,
PL 1.10, for open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair or install new wiring.

3 4 3 - 3 2 2 LV P S Fa n Fa i l
343–322 An abnormality was detected in the LVPS Front Fan.
Procedure
Switch the power off and then on, GP 4.
The fault persists.
Y N
Go to Service Call Procedures, SCP 5.
Perform the steps in RAP 343-349.

3 4 3 - 3 3 8 , 3 5 5 L H Fa n Fa i l 3 4 3 - 3 4 5 , 3 4 6 Y M C M o t o r Fa i l R A P
BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 40.2 YMC Drum and Developer Drive Control BSD 40.2 YMC Drum and Developer Drive Control
343–338 The LH Fan 1 error was detected. 343-345 A drum/developer YMC motor failure was detected.
343–355 The LH Fan 2 error was detected 343-346 A drum/developer YMC motor failure at startup was detected.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power OFF. Open the L/H Cover and cheat the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. Rotate the LH WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
Fans 1-2 manually to check for loading. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors:
• P/J436 Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) Remove the drum cartridge (YMC) and the developer housing assembly (YMC). Close the front cover
interlock switch and the front cover open interlock switch to make the machine operable.
• P/J626
• P/J268 LH Fan 1 (PL 80.85) Switch on the machine. Enter dC330 code 042-008 to run the drum/developer YMC motor.
Does the drum/developer YMC motor rotate.
• P/J269 LH Fan 2 (PL 80.85) Y N
Turn the power ON then enter the Diagnostic mode. Turn ON dC330 [042-067] (LH Fan). Switch off the machine. Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and
poor contacts.
Both L/H Fans rotate.
Y N • The motor drive PWB P/J427 and the drum/developer (C, M, Y) motor P/J213 .
P/J427 P/J213
Check the operation of the Fans. Refer to OF18 and Figure 1. • The motor drive PWB P/J426 and the drum/developer (C, M, Y) motor P/J203 .
P/J426 P/J203
Press the Stop button. Turn the power OFF then check the connections between the Motor Drive
PWB P/J436and the fans P/J268 and P/J269 for open circuit, short circuit, or contact. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• Main drive assembly, PL 40.05.
If the fault persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LH Fan 1 (PL 80.85)
Switch off the machine. Install the drum cartridge (Y,M,C) and the developer housing assembly (Y,
• LH Fan 2 (PL 80.85) M,C).
Switch on the machine. Enter dC330 code 042-008 to run the drum/developer YMC motor.
Does the drum/developer YMC motor rotate.
Y N
Check the drum cartridge (Y,M,C) and the developer housing assembly (Y,M,C) for loading.
Switch off the machine. Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB P/J426 and the drum/de- P/J426
veloper (C, M, Y) motor P/J203 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
P/J203
If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.

Service Manual 343-338, 355
3 4 3 - 3 4 7 D r u m Y M C M o t o r O n Fa i l R A P 3 4 3 - 3 4 8 Y M C D e v e M o t o r O N Fa i l
BSD 40.2 YMC Drum and Developer Drive Control (Low/Mid) BSD 40.2 YMC Drum and Developer Drive Control (Low/Mid)
BSD 40.3 YMC Drum Drive Control (High) BSD 40.4 YMC Developer Drive Control (High)
343-347 YMC drum motor rotation failure at start. 343-348 YMC developer motor rotation failure at start.
Refer to OF21 Multiple Wire Motor RAP. Refer to OF21 Multiple Wire Motor RAP.

3 4 3 - 3 4 9 I OT Fa n Fa i l R A P A
– LVPS fan, PL 40.15 ( P/J264 to P/J444 ).
P/J264 P/J444
BSD 1.14 LVPS Cooling BSD 1.14 LVPS Cooling – toner cartridge exhaust fan, PL 40.15 ( P/J272 to P/J442 ). P/J272 P/J442

– marking fan, PL 40.10 ( P/J270 to P/J442 ).
P/J270 P/J442
– front/right marking fan, PL 40.10 ( P/J261 to P/J442 ). P/J261 P/J442
BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing
– front/left marking fan, PL 40.10 ( P/J265 to P/J442 ). P/J265 P/J442
BSD 90.5 Toner Cartridge Cooling (C8130/35/45/55/70)

– toner cartridge cooling fan, PL 40.10 ( P/J267 to P/J408 ).
BSD 90.5 Toner Cartridge Cooling (C8130/35/45/55/70)
P/J267 P/J408
BSD 90.19 Marking Air Flow BSD 90.19 Marking Air Flow
– IHPS intake fan, PL 40.15 ( P/J263 to P/J408 ).P/J263 P/J408
Abnormality was detected in the IOT fan. for open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
• Check for excessive load and resistance to rotation of the failed fan.
343-322 LVPS fan fail.
343-349 Marking fan fault.
• Fuser unit exhaust fan assembly, PL 40.15.
343-351 Front/right marking fan fail.
• Toner cartridge exhaust fan, PL 40.15.
343-352 Toner cartridge cooling fan fail. • LVPS fan, PL 40.15.
343-354 Front/left marking fan fail. • Marking fan, PL 40.10.
• Front right marking fan, PL 40.10.
343-356 IHPs intake fan fail.
• Toner cartridge cooling fan assembly, PL 40.10.
Procedure • Front left marking fan assembly, PL 40.10.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- • IHPS intake fan, PL 40.15.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- • Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary:
• OF18, OF19, or OF21 How to Check a Motor.
Enter dC330 and the following code to run the fan causing the fault:
• 042-060 fusing unit exhaust fan
• 042-056 toner cartridge exhaust fan
• 042-053 LVPS fan
• 042-051 marking fan
• 042-054 front right marking fan
• 042-055 toner cartridge cooling fan
• 042-062 front left marking fan
• 042-070 IHPS intake fan
The fan runs.
Y N
Check the +24V power supply to the failed fan.
The power supply is good.
Y N
Check the power supply circuit to the failed fan.
Check the items that follow:
• The connection between the failed fan below and the Motor Drive PWB Motor Drive PWB :
– fusing unit exhaust fan, PL 40.15 ( P/J192 to P/J420 ). P/J192 P/J420

3 4 3 - 3 5 1 Fr o n t / r i g h t m a r k i n g fa n fa i l ( P 1 Fa n Fa i l ) R A P 3 4 3 - 3 5 2 To n e r c a r t r i d g e c o o l i n g fa n fa i l ( C Fa n Fa i l ) R A P
Abnormality was detected in the front right marking fan (P1). 343-352 Toner cartridge cooling fan fail.
343-351 Front/right marking fan fail. Abnormality was detected in the toner cartridge cooling fan (C fan).
Procedure Procedure
Switch the power off and then on, GP 4. Switch the power off and then on, GP 4.
The fault persists. The fault persists.
Y N Y N
Go to Service Call Procedures, SCP 5. Perform the steps in RAP 343-349.
Perform the steps in RAP 343-349. Go to Service Call Procedures, SCP 5.

3 4 3 - 3 5 4 Fr o n t / l e f t m a r k i n g fa n fa i l ( P 2 Fa n Fa i l ) R A P 3 4 3 - 3 5 6 I H P S i n t a ke fa n fa i l R A P
343-354 Front/left marking fan fail. 343-356 Abnormality was detected in the IHPS intake fan.
Abnormality was detected in the front/left marking fan (P2 fan). Procedure
Procedure Switch the power off and then on, GP 4.
The fault persists.
Switch the power off and then on, GP 4. Y N
The fault persists. Go to Service Call Procedures, SCP 5.
Y N Perform the steps in RAP 343-349.

3 4 3 - 3 5 9 E E P R O M C o n fi g M i s m a t c h R A P

3 4 4 - 3 1 2 , 3 1 3 , 3 1 4 , 3 8 9 Ti m e o u t E r r o r R A P 3 4 4 - 3 2 9 S h u t D o w n Fa i l R A P
344-312 IM software control error was detected (MK). 344-329 Shut down fail detected
344-313 M software control error was detected (PH). Procedure
344-314 Pitch skip that has been repeated for the specified time or more was detected. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
344-389 Detected abnormal output of the device during power up, cycle up, or switching to mark-
ing standby.
Procedure

Service Manual 344-312, 313, 314, 389
3 4 5 - 3 1 0 I m a g e Re a d y N G
BSD 3.5 PWB Communication (5 of 9) BSD 3.5 PWB Communication (5 of 9)
The Controller image preparation failure was detected.
Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF then ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connectors (J335 , J451 , and J1 ) between the SBC PWB, BP
J335 J451 J1
PWB, Motor Drive PWB, and MCU-PF PWB for poor contacts.
3. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU-PF PWB (PL 3.15)
• SBC PWB (PL 3.05)
• BP PWB (PL 1.10)

3 4 5 - 3 1 1 Co n t r o l l e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t 3 4 5 - 3 5 9 E E P R O M C o n fi g M i s m a t c h
BSD 3.5 PWB Communication (5 of 9) BSD 3.5 PWB Communication (5 of 9) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB)
Communication error between SBC PWB and MCU-PF PWB was detected. The wrong EEPROM is installed
• The EEPROM for C8145/55 model or C8170 model is installed in the C8130/35 model.
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). • The EEPROM for C8130/35 model or C8170 model is installed in the C8145/55 model.
• The EEPROM for C8130/35 model or C8145/55 model is installed in the C8170 model.
Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Procedure
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connectors (JP335 , J451 , and J1 ) between the SBC PWB, BP
JP335 J451 J1
PWB, Motor Drive PWB, and MCU-PF PWB for poor contacts. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
3. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU-PF PWB (PL 3.15)
2. Replace with the correct EEPROM.
• SBC PWB (PL 3.05)
3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM).
4. If the problem persists, replace the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).
• BP PWB (PL 3.15)

3 4 5 - 3 6 8 S B M I n i t i a l i z e Fa i l 3 4 5 - 3 6 9 S B M M a s t e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l
BSD 3.6 PWB Communication (6 of 9) BSD 3.6 PWB Communication (6 of 9) BSD 3.6 PWB Communication (6 of 9) BSD 3.6 PWB Communication (6 of 9)
Communication cannot be established via the serial bus between the MSOC and the HASIC. A communication error has occurred at the MSOC side via the serial bus between the MSOC and
the HASIC.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check the connector ( J1). between the MCU-PF PWB and Motor Drive PWB for poor contact, 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
damage, and foreign substances. 2. Check the connector ( J1). between the MCU-PF PWB and Motor Drive PWB for poor contact,
damage, and foreign substances.
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU-PF PWB (PL 3.15). 3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10). • MCU-PF PWB (PL 3.15).


3 4 5 - 3 7 0 , 3 4 5 – 3 7 1 L P H D o w n l o a d D a t a Fa u l t M u l t i 3 4 5 - 3 7 7 S B M S l a v e Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l
BSD 60.9 LPH Control (Y & M) BSD 60.9 LPH Control (Y & M) BSD 3.6 PWB Communication (6 of 9) BSD 3.6 PWB Communication (6 of 9)
BSD 60.10 LPH Control (C & K) BSD 60.10 LPH Control (C & K) A communication error has occurred at the HASIC side via the serial bus between the MSOC and
the HASIC.
DELSOL register error during the LPH batch download complete verification or connector error. (Fail
has occurred in multiple LPHs.) Initial Actions
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). connections.
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
• Check the voltage between the Half Tone PWB J481-A12(+) and the GND. (+5 VDC).
• Check the voltage between the Half Tone PWB J481-B12(+) and the GND. (+24 VDC).
2. Check the connector ( J1). between the MCU-PF PWB and Motor Drive PWB for poor contact,
• The Flat Cable between the Half Tone PWB P554, P555, P556, P557and the LPH Unit of the col- damage, and foreign substances.
or for which Fail occurs for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Check the connectors, P335and P/J451among the Controller PWB, BP PWB, and Half Tone PWB
for poor contact, damage, and foreign objects. • Motor Drive PWB (PL 3.15).
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence and check each time a part is re- • MCU-PF PWB (PL 1.10).
placed to determine if the fault is still occuring and ret6urn the part if it has no problems.
• The LPH Unit PL60.05 of the applicable color
• Half Tone PWB PL 3.15
• Controller PWB PL 3.05
If the problem persists, refer to 361-354.

Service Manual 345-370, 345–371
3 4 5 - 3 8 2 , 3 9 8 D r i v e P W B N V M ( E E P R O M ) Ve r i fy Fa i l R A P
345-382 NVM (EEPROM) write verify error.

341-398 NVM (EEPROM) read verify error.
Procedure
3. Install new components as necessary:

3 4 7 - 2 1 1 E x i t 1 O C T H o m e Fa i l 3 4 7 - 2 1 2 E x i t 2 O C T H o m e Fa i l
BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2) BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2)
347-211 The exit 1 OCT home position sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the The Exit 2 OCT Home Position Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Exit 2 OCT
exit 1 OCT motor turned on. Motor On.
Procedure Procedure
Switch on the machine. Enter dC330 code 077-109 to activate the exit 1 OCT home position Switch on the machine. Enter dC330 code 077-110 to activate the exit 2 OCT home position
sensor. sensor.
Does the exit 1 OCT home position sensor activate. Does the exit 2 OCT home position sensor activate.
Y N Y N
• Switch off the machine, then check the wiring of the exit 1 OCT home position sensor for • Switch off the machine, then check the wiring of the exit 2 transport assembly for open
open circuit, contamination, and improper installation. circuit, contamination, and improper installation.
• Install a new, exit 1 sensor guide assembly, PL10.10. • Install a new, exit 2 transport assembly, PL 10.15.
Switch on the machine. Enter dC330 code 077-042 (front) 077-043 (rear). Run the exit 1 OCT Switch on the machine. Enter dC330 code 077-047 (front) 077-048 (rear). Run the exit 2 OCT
motor to verify operation. motor to verify operation.
Does the exit 1 OCT motor rotate. Does the exit 2 OCT motor rotate.
Y N Y N
Switch off the machine, then check the exit 1 OCT motor for gear blockage or damaged Switch off the machine, then check the exit 2 transport assembly for gear blockage or
gear. damaged gear.
Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.

3 4 7 - 2 1 3 , 2 1 6 F i n i s h e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n R A P 3 4 7 - 3 2 0 A l l D e s t i n a t i o n Tra y B r o ke n R A P
BSD 3.3 PWB Communications (Controller to Finisher) BSD 3.3 PWB Communications (Controller to Finisher) 347-320 All trays connected to the IOT have become unusable.
347-213 The connected finisher is of an incorrect type. Procedure
347-216 Reply from the finisher was determined as a communication error. Check the fault history, BSD 60.3 for any tray faults. Perform the relevant procedures.
Procedure
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine. Refer to GP 4.
2. Check the connection between, the motor drive PWB P490 , and the finisher PWB for open cir- P490
cuit, short circuit or poor contact.

• Finisher PWB. Refer to the appropriate finisher service manual for more information.
• Motor Drive PWB, PL 1.10.

3 5 8 - 3 2 2 , 3 2 3 H e a t B e l t S T S A b n o r m a l Te m p e ra t u r e R i s e Fa i l
RAP
358-322 The temperature of the IH Center Thermistor rises faster than the specified speed.
358-323 The temperature of the IH Rear Thermistor rises faster than the specified speed.
Procedure
CAUTION: Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.

2. If the fault persists, install a new Fuser (PL 10.05).
Note: After replacement of the fuser, check the value of NVM [744-001] (Error Detection History).
When the value is set to [6] (Heating error (IH Center Thermistor), clear it to [0].

Service Manual 358-322, 323
3 5 8 - 3 2 4 Fu s i n g U n i t N o n - We a r i n g Fa i l R A P 3 5 8 - 3 2 5 Fu s i n g U n i t W i n d A r o u n d B e l t Fa i l R A P
BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing
358-324 The Fuser is not installed in the machine at time of interlock close. 358-325 Wound up, stuck paper was detected at the fuser belt.
Procedure Procedure
Install the Fuser into the machine (PL 10.05). WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
1. Power OFF the machine (GP 4) and allow it to cool to the touch.
2. Remove the paper.
3. Power ON the machine (GP 4).
4. If the fault persists, install a new Fuser (PL 10.05) (REP 10.2).

3 5 8 - 3 2 6 Fu s i n g U n i t T h e r m o s e n s i t i v i t y R u n a w a y H o t N o t 3 5 8 - 3 2 7 P l u g D ra w n Fa i l R A P
Re a d y Fa i l R A P 358-327 Power cord disconnected was detected.
Procedure
358-326 Thermosensitivity Monitor detects that the Fuser is too hot and out of control and set in tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
NVM 44-001.
1. Ensure that the power cord is securely connected from the machine, to the outlet.
Procedure
2. If the fault persists, install new components in the order listed:
• Fuser Heater Coil (PL 10.05)
• Fuser (PL 10.05)
Note: After installation of a new part, check the value of NVM [744-001] (Error Detection History).
When the value is set to [5] (Coil loading error), clear it to [0]. Switch off, then switch on the ma-
chine, GP 4.

3 5 8 - 3 2 8 Fu s i n g U n i t E E P R O M I 2 C M a s t e r Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 3 5 8 - 3 2 9 Fu s i n g U n i t E 2 P R O M D a t a M i s m a t c h R A P
RAP BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection
358-329 Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Fuser EEPROM.

358-328 The communication control ASIC with the fuser EEPROM had a fault.
Procedure
Procedure Refer to Fusing Unit EEPROM Data Mismatch Info RAP (310–620 RAP).
Refer to Fusing Unit E2PROM I2C Master Communication Info RAP (310–619 RAP).

3 5 8 - 3 3 0 Fu s i n g U n i t E 2 P R O M N o t I n P o s i t i o n R A P 3 5 8 - 3 3 1 Fu s i n g U n i t E 2 P R O M D a t a B r o ke n R A P
BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection
358-330 The fuser EEPROM is not installed at the predefined position (EEPROM disconnected), or a 358-331 The system detected that the data written to the Fuser EEPROM and the data read from
communication error with the EEPROM has occurred. the fuser EEPROM do not match.
Procedure Procedure
Refer to Fusing Unit E2PROM Not In Position Info RAP (310–621). Refer to Fusing Unit E2PROM Data Mismatch Info RAP (310–620).

3 5 8 - 3 3 2 Fu s e r H e a t e r P o w e r S u p p l y L o a d A b n o r m a l i t y D e t e c - 3 5 8 - 3 3 3 Fu s e r I H Ce n t e r T h e r m i s t o r Wa r m U p Ti m e Fa i l ( N o
t i o n Fa i l R A P Te m p e ra t u r e R i s e ) R A P
BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2)
058-332 Power output from Fuser Heater Power Supply to the Fuser exceeded 1.5KVA during a cer- 358-333 The temperature of the IH Center Thermistor is not increasing during warm up.
tain period (status code:0x0).
Procedure
Refer to IH Driver Load Abnormality Detection Warning RAP. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-


3 5 8 - 3 3 4 Fu s e r I H Re a r T h e r m i s t o r N o Te m p e ra t u r e R i s e R A P 3 5 8 - 3 3 5 Fu s i n g Pa p e r Q u a l i t y O p e ra t i o n M i s ta ke Fa i l R A P
BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) 358-335 Paper whose paper type (plain or lightweight) is different from the setting (Heavyweight)
has passed.
358-334 The temperature of the IH rear thermistor is not increasing during warm up.
Procedure
Procedure Check the UI and set to the correct paper tray or add the correct paper for the paper size required
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- for the print job.


3 5 8 - 3 3 7 Fu s i n g Pa p e r Q u a l i t y O p e ra t i o n M i s t a ke Fa i l R A P
358-337 Paper whose paper type is different from the setting has passed.
Procedure
Check the UI and set to the correct paper tray or add the correct paper for the paper size required
for the print job.

3 6 0 - 3 4 1 t o 3 6 0 - 3 5 6 L P H d a t a fa i l R A P • Halftone PWB, PL 3.15.

BSD 60.9 LPH Y and M BSD 60.9 LPH Y and M
BSD 60.10 LPH C and K BSD 60.10 LPH C and K
360-341 Large pixel count error between the video output and yellow LPH. Image abnormality may
occur.
360-342 Large pixel count error between the video output and magenta LPH. Image abnormality
may occur.
360-343 Large pixel count error between the video output and cyan LPH. Image abnormality may
occur.
360-344 Large pixel count error between the video output and black LPH. Image abnormality may
occur.
360-345 Communication error between ESS and yellow LPH. Possibly caused by an external noise.
360-346 Communication error between ESS and magenta LPH. Possibly caused by an external
noise.
360-347 Communication error between ESS and cyan LPH. Possibly caused by an external noise.
360-348 Communication error between ESS and black LPH. Possibly caused by an external noise.
360-349 Yellow LPH reset due to a noise was detected. Possibly caused by an external noise.
360-350 Magenta LPH reset due to a noise was detected. Possibly caused by an external noise.
360-351 Cyan LPH reset due to a noise was detected. Possibly caused by an external noise.
360-352 Black LPH reset due to a noise was detected. Possibly caused by an external noise.
360-353 Large pixel count error between the video output and yellow LPH. Image abnormality may
occur.
360-354 Large pixel count error between the video output and magenta LPH. Image abnormality
may occur.
360-355 Large pixel count error between the video output and cyan LPH. Image abnormality may
occur.
360-356 Large pixel count error between the video output and black LPH. Image abnormality may
occur.
Procedure
2. Check the FFC ribbon cable connectors on each LPH and on the halftone PWB for an open cir-
cuit, short circuit, or loose connection.
3. Check the connection of the controller PWB at the back plane PWB J335 and the halftone PWB
J335
at the back plane PWB J451 for an open circuit, short circuit, or loose connection.
J451

• The failed LPH, PL60.05.
• FFC cable assembly kit, PL60.05.

Service Manual 360-341 to 360-356
3 6 0 - 3 5 7 , 3 5 8 , 3 5 9 , 3 6 0 C O N T I F E r r o r Fa i l R A P 360-361 SPI Error

BSD 60.9 LPH Y and M BSD 60.9 LPH Y and M BSD 60.9 LPH Y and M BSD 60.9 LPH Y and M
BSD 60.10 LPH C and K BSD 60.10 LPH C and K BSD 60.10 LPH C and K BSD 60.10 LPH C and K
360-357 CONTIF Error Fail #1. 060-361 A connection failure, external electrical noise, or failed controller PWB assembly.
360-358 CONTIF Error Fail #2. • Broken access in units of bytes was detected during CS negate.
• As a result of a Read/Write command, the data area not in units of 16 bits was detected.
360-359 CONTIF Error Fail #3.
Procedure
360-360 CONTIF Error Fail #4.
• Irregular output of Video Data from the Controller was detected. Switch off the machine, GP 4. Check the connector on each side of the back plane PWB where the
controller PWB assembly J335 and halftone PWB J451 connect for poor contact, damage, and for-
J335 J451
• The output timing of the Valid signal from the Controller is abnormal. eign substances.If no problem is found, switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4 several times
to attempt resetting the fault.
Procedure
Does the 361-310 (Video ASIC Fail) occur.
Enter dC131 NVM/Read/Write to verify the correct NVM value for the following: Y N
• NVM [757-003] (CONTIF ERROR FLAG #1) Check for any noise source around the machine or any abnormal electrical discharge in the
machine.
• NVM [757-004] (CONTIF ERROR FLAG #2)
The fault persists, install new components as necessary:
Is the value 4 or higher.
Y N • Back plane PWB, PL 3.15.
Switch off the machine, GP 4. Check the connector on each side of the back plane PWB where Update the software GP 9.
the controller PWB assembly J335 and halftone PWB J451 connect for poor contact, dam-
J335 J451
age, and foreign substances.If no problem is found, switch off, then switch on the machine,
GP 4 several times to attempt resetting the fault.
Does the fault persist.
Y N
Install a new, controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05.
The fault persists, install new components as necessary:
• Back plane PWB, PL 3.15.
Update the software GP 9.

360-357, 358, 359, 360 Service Manual
3 6 1 - 3 1 0 V i d e o A S I C Fa i l
BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M
BSD 60.10 LPH C & K BSD 60.10 LPH C & K
361-310 Unable to Read/Write to the Video ASIC.
Procedure
2. Switch off the machine, GP 4. Check the connector on each side of the back plane PWB where
the controller PWB assembly J335 and halftone PWBJ451 connect for poor contact, damage,
J335 J451
and foreign substances.

3. If the fault persists, install a new halftone PWB, PL 3.15.

3 6 1 - 3 5 4 t o 3 6 1 - 3 5 7 L P H D o w n l o a d D a t a Fa i l R A P If the fault persists install new components in the following sequence:
BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M a. LPH Unit (PL60.05)
BSD 60.10 LPH C & K BSD 60.10 LPH C & K b. FFC Cable Assembly (PL60.05)
c. Relay PWB (PL 3.15)
361-354 LPH Download Data Fail Y. ASCI register data error during the LPH (Y) batch download
complete verification, download error, or connector error. d. MCU-PF PWB (PL 3.15)
e. Backplane PWB (PL 3.15)
361-355 LPH Download Data Fail M. ASCI register data error during the LPH (M) batch download
complete verification, download error, or connector error. f. Halftone PWB (PL 3.15)
361-356 LPH Download Data Fail C. ASCI register data error during the LPH (C) batch download
complete verification, download error, or connector error.
361-357 LPH Download Data Fail K. ASCI register data error during the LPH (K) batch download
complete verification, download error, or connector error.
1.
• The Flat Cable between the Halftone PWB and the affected LPH for open circuit, short cir-
cuit, and poor contact.
Refer to the specific PJ location on the halftone PWB for the affected LPH.:
– P/J554 P554 LPH (Y)
– P/J555 P555 LPH (M)
– P/J556 P556 LPH (C)
– P/J557 P557 LPH (K)
Refer to the specific LPH for PJ location on the LPH:
– P/J480Y
– P/J480M
– P/J480C
– P/J480K
• The affected LPH Unit (PL60.05) for improper installation
• The EEPROM data of the affected LPH Unit for corruption, dC304 LPH EEPROM Self Test.
• The MCU PWB connection to the Relay PWB for poor contact, damage, and foreign
substances.
• The Relay PWB connection to the Back Pane PWB for poor contact, damage, and foreign
substances.
• The Back Plane PWB connection to the SBC PWB for poor contact, damage, and foreign
substances.
• The Back Plane PWB connection to the Halftone PWB for poor contact, damage, and foreign
substances.
• Use Software Versions (dC108) to verify the most current software is installed.
2. If a software upgrade is necessary go to GP 9.
3.

361-354 to 361-357 Service Manual
3 6 1 - 3 5 8 , 3 5 9 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 L P H C o n fi g u r a t i o n R A P 361-362 to 361–365, 361-366 to 361–369, 361-370 to 361–

BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M 3 7 3 L P H Co m m u n i c a t i o n s Fa u l t R A P
BSD 60.10 LPH C & K BSD 60.10 LPH C & K BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M
BSD 60.10 LPH C & K
361-358 The model number of the installed yellow LPH does not match. It may also be a memory
BSD 60.10 LPH C & K
error in the LPH. 361-362 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (Y) (data read error from LPH)
361-359 The model number of the installed magenta LPH does not match. It may also be a memo- 361-363 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (M) (data read error from LPH)
ry error in the LPH.
361-364 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (C) (data read error from LPH)
361-360 The model number of the installed cyan LPH does not match. It may also be a memory er-
ror in the LPH. 361-365 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (K) (data read error from LPH)
361-361 The model number of the installed black LPH does not match. It may also be a memory er- 361-366 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (Y) (data read error from LPH)
ror in the LPH.
361-367 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (M) (data read error from LPH)
Procedure 361-368 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (C) (data read error from LPH)
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec- 361-369 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (K) (data read error from LPH)
361-370 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (Y) (error in the communication IC
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4. or cable)
2. Verify the correct LPH for the machine is installed and is installed correctly. Install the correct 361-371 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (C) (error in the communication
LPH or correctly install the LPH in the machine. IC or cable)
3. The Flat Cable between the Halftone PWB and the affected LPH for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact. 361-372 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (M) (error in the communication
IC or cable)
Refer to the specific PJ location on the halftone PWB for the affected LPH:
361-373 Communication error between MCU PWB and LPH Unit (K) (error in the communication IC
• P/J554 P554 LPH (Y) or cable)
• P/J555 P555 LPH (M)
• P/J556 P556 LPH (C) ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
• P/J557 P557 LPH (K) tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Refer to the specific LPH for PJ location on the LPH: Check the following:
• P/J480Y 1.
• P/J480M • The flat cable between the halftone PWB and the affected LPH for open circuit, short circuit,
• P/J480C and poor contact.
• P/J480K Refer to the specific PJ location on the halftone PWB for the affected LPH.:
4. Check each FFC cable at the halftone PWB for poor connection, damage, or excessive ware. – P/J554 P554 LPH (Y)
5. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: – P/J555 P555 LPH (M)
• LPH assembly (K), PL60.05. – P/J556 P556 LPH (C)
• LPH assembly (C), PL60.05. – P/J557 P557 LPH (K)
• LPH assembly (M), PL60.05. Refer to the specific LPH for PJ location on the LPH:
• LPH assembly (Y), PL60.05. – P/J480Y
– P/J480M
– P/J480C
– P/J480K
• The affected LPH Unit for improper installation, PL60.05.

Service Manual 361-358, 359, 360, 361
• The Drum Unit (Y, M, C, K) for improper installation, PL 90.15. 3 6 1 - 3 9 0 t o 3 6 1 – 3 9 3 L P H F FC Co n n e c t Po s i Fa i l R A P
• The MCU PWB connection to the relay PWB for poor contact, damage, and foreign substan-
ces, PL 3.15 BSD 60.9 LPH Y&M BSD 60.9 LPH Y&M
• The Relay PWB connection to the back plane PWB for poor contact, damage, and foreign BSD 60.10 LPH C&K BSD 60.10 LPH C&K
substances, PL 3.15
361–390 LPH FFC Connect Posi Fail Y.
• The Back Plane PWB (PL 3.15) connection to the controller PWB (PL 3.05) for poor contact,
damage, and foreign substances. 361–391 LPH FFC Connect Posi Fail M.
• The Back Plane PWB connection to the halftone PWB for poor contact, damage, and foreign
361–392 LPH FFC Connect Posi Fail C.
substances, PL 3.15.
2. If the fault persists install new components in the following sequence: 361–393 LPH FFC Connect Posi Fail K.
a. LPH Unit (PL60.05). Procedure

b. FFC Cable Assembly (PL60.05). Switch the power off then on.
Check the following PWBs and components for electrical or mechanical problems that could cause
poor connection. Clean, reseat, or replace as required:
• MCU PWB PL 3.15 to the LPH assembly PL 60.05
If this does not resolve the problem replace the following in order:
1. The MCU PWB. Refer to (REP 3.6 (PL 3.15)
2. The LPH assembly. Refer to REP 60.1(PL 60.05)

361-390 to 361–393 Service Manual
3 6 2 - 2 7 7 I I S S - DA D F c o m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l R A P
Communication failure between IPS PWB and DADF PWB is detected.
Procedure
Perform 362B IPS DADF Communication Fault RAP

3 6 2 - 3 1 0 I I T / S c a n n e r - Co n t r o l l e r / C C S Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa i l 3 6 2 - 3 1 1 I I S S Lo g i c Fa i l R A P
362–310 Communication failure between IIT SW and CCS is detected. IISS software error is detected.
Note: This is a software communication problem between SW modules located on the SBC PWB. Procedure
Perform 362B IPS DADF Communication Fault RAP.
Procedure
Perform the following steps in order. If the fault persists after each is performed, perform the next
step:
1. Reload the SW using Forced AltBoot (GP 9 ).
2. Validate the POST code sequence during power on using the OF6 Power On Self test RAP.
3. If the fault persists install a new controller PWB (PL 3.05 ).
Note: When SW is reloaded after the SBC replacement, use the Forced AltBoot proc-
ess (GP 9 ).
4. If the above actions do not resolve the fault call service support.

3 6 2 - 3 1 2 I I T I n t e r n a l E r r o r C ra s h R A P 362-313 Unexpected error RAP

IIT crashed due to internal errors. Invalid combination of parameters which cannot be executed for the Scan Command.
Procedure BSD 60.5 Image Input (C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.5 Image Input (C8130/35/45/55)
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- BSD 60.6 Image Input (C8170) BSD 60.6 Image Input (C8170)
1. Power off then power on the machine WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
2. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5 Final Actions and log the problem in the machine service tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
log.
1. Power off then power on the machine.
2. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5, Final Actions and log the problem in the machine service

3 6 2 – 3 4 5 I I S S E E P R O M Fa i l R A P 3 6 2 - 3 5 7 C C D Fa n Fa i l R A P
Error in writing on EEPROM or communication failure with EEPROM (to retry) 362–357–00 Error signal of CCD FAN is detected. (C8170 only)
Procedure BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170) BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170)
Perform 362B IPS DADF Communication Fault RAP

Procedure
Switch off then switch on the machine.
The fault persists.
Y N
Go to SCP 5.
Check the operation of the CCD fan assembly PL 60.20.
The fan operates.
Y N
Install a new CCD fan assembly, PL 60.20
Check the wiring between the CCD fan assembly and the IIT trans PWB, PL 60.20 for an open cir-
cuit, short circuit or poor contact.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring as necessary. Go to SCP 5.
Check the wiring between the IIT trans PBW (PL 60.20) and the controller PWB assembly (PL 3.05)
for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring as necessary. Go to SCP 5.
Install new components in the following order as necessary.
• IIT trans PWB, PL 60.20.

3 6 2 - 3 6 0 C R G Po s i t i o n Fa i l R A P 3 6 2 - 3 6 2 X H a r d Fa i l R A P
Error of CRG Position control count value is detected by IIT. The machine detects that registration 362–362–00 Hard modification of recognition device is detected (Detected at any time/at Power
sensor data is not input at CRG initialization. ON)
BSD 60.5 Image Input (C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.5 Image Input (C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.7 Image Input (Low/Mid—C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.7 Image Input (Low/Mid—C8130/35/45/55)
BSD 60.6 Image Input (C8170) BSD 60.6 Image Input (C8170) BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170) BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170)
Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Verify that the lamp carriage can operate without interference. C8130/35/45/55
The lamp carriage operates freely PL 60.20 (C8170), PL 60.50 (C8130/35/45/55).
Y N Check the wiring between the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45) and the CCD lens kit(PL 60.45) for an open
Repair or install new lamp carriage components as required. circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
Check the IIT registration sensor PL 60.25 (C8170), PL 60.50 (C8130/35/45/55) The wiring is good.
Y N
The sensor is good. Repair the wiring as necessary. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5.
Y N Check the wiring between the controller PWB (PL 3.05) and the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45) for an
Install a new sensor, PL 60.25 (C8170), PL 60.50 (C8130/35/45/55) open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
Check the wiring between the IIT registration sensor and the IIT trans PWB for an open circuit, The wiring is good.
short circuit or poor contact. Y N
• C8170 — IIT registration sensor (PL 60.25), IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20). Repair the wiring as necessary. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5
Check the wiring between the controller PWB (PL 3.05) and the CCD lens kit (PL 60.45) for an open
• C8130/35/45/55 — IIT registration sensor (PL 60.50), IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45). circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
The cable is good. The wiring is good.
Y N Y N
Repair or install a new cable. Repair the wiring as necessary. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5
Install new components as necessary: Install new components as necessary:
• IIT trans PWB, PL 60.20 (C8170), PL 60.45(C8130/35/45/55) • IIT trans PL 60.45
• Controller PWB, PL 3.05 • CCD lens kit PL 60.45
C8170
Check the wiring between the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20) and the CCD lens kit (PL 60.20) for an open
circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring as necessary. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5.
Check the wiring between the controller PWB (PL 3.05) and the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20) for an
open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring as necessary. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5
Check the wiring between the controller PWB (PL 3.05) and the CCD lens kit (PL 60.20) for an open
circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
The wiring is good.
Y N
• IIT trans PL 60.20

• CCD lens kit PL 60.20 3 6 2 - 3 7 1 L a m p I l l u m i n a t i o n Fa i l R A P
362-371–00 Insufficient lamp illumination for CCD is detected (in white fluctuation correction be-
fore scanning start/in AGC)
Procedure
Perform the 362D Lamp Illumination Fault RAP

3 6 2 - 3 8 0 AG C Fa i l R A P 3 6 2 - 3 8 6 A O C Fa i l R A P
362-380–00 Insufficient lamp illumination is detected while AGC is applied (to retry) 362-386 CCD output error is detected while AOC is applied (to retry).
Perform the 362D Lamp Illumination Fault RAP ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-

3 6 2 - 3 8 9 C R G O v e r R u n Fa i l R A P 3 6 2 - 3 9 3 I P S / C C D P W B A Fa i l R A P
362-389 CRG Overrun is detected. The machine has detected that Write in Shading Memory is not possible (to retry). Write in Gap
Memory is not possible (to retry) Averaging processing of ASIC cannot be performed (to retry).
BSD 60.5 Image Input (C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.5 Image Input (C8130/35/45/55)

BSD 60.6 Image Input (C8170) BSD 60.6 Image Input (C8170)
Procedure
C8130/35/45/55
The wiring is good.
Y N
Check the wiring between the carriage motor (PL 60.50) and the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45) for an
The wiring is good.
Y N
Check the carriage motor (PL 60.50) refer to OF21 Multiple Wire Motor RAP.
The motor is good.
Y N
Install a new carriage motor PL 60.50.
C8170
The wiring is good.
Y N
Check the wiring between the carriage motor (PL 60.25) and the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20) for an
The wiring is good.
Y N
Check the carriage motor (PL 60.25) refer to OF21 Multiple Wire Motor RAP.
The motor is good.
Y N
Install a new carriage motor PL 60.25.

3 6 2 - 3 9 5 Tra n s Po w e r C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l R A P 3 6 2 - 3 9 7 I I T - Co n t V i d e o C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa u l t R A P
362-395 Power supply failure to the IIT trans PBW detected. A connection error has been detected on the video cable between the controler PWB and the IIT
trans PWB.
Wiring Diagram 30 IIT +24VDC (Low/Mid) Wiring Diagram 30 IIT +24VDC (Low/Mid)
BSD 60.7 Image Input (C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.7 Image Input (C8130/35/45/55)
Wiring Diagram 31 IIT +24VDC (High) Wiring Diagram 31 IIT +24VDC (High)
BSD 60.8 Image Input (C8170) BSD 60.8 Image Input (C8170)
Procedure
Procedure
power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric- WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
Check the cable between the LVPS (PL 1.15) and the IIT trans PWB (C8170 PL 60.20, C8130/35/45/
55 PL 60.45) for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact. C8130/35/45/55
The cable is good.
Y N Turn the power OFF then ON.
Repair the cable as necessary. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5 The fault persists.
Check the LVPS is supplying power to the IIT trans PWB. Check PL 720 on the IIT trans PWB for Y N
24VDC (C8170 PL 60.20, C8130/35/45/55 PL 60.45). Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5.
The LVPS is supplying 24VDC to the IIT trans PWB. Check the wiring between the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45) and the CCD (PL 60.45) for open circuit,
Y N short circuit, and poor contact
Install a new LVPS (PL 1.15). The wiring is good.
Install a new IIT trans PWB (C8170 PL 60.20, C8130/35/45/55 PL 60.45). Y N
Repair or install new wiring as required.
Check the wiring between the CCD (PL 60.45) and the controller PWB (PL 3.05), PL 60.45, for open
The wiring is good.
Y N
If the fault persists install new components as required.
• IIT trans PWB PL 60.45 and PL 60.20
• CCD PL 60.45
• Controller PWBPL 3.05
C8170
Turn the power OFF then ON.
The fault persists.
Y N
Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5.
Check the wiring between the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20) and the CCD (PL 60.20) for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact
The wiring is good.
Y N
Check the wiring between the CCD (PL 60.20) and the controller PWB (PL 3.05), PL 60.20, for open
The wiring is good.
Y N
If the fault persists install new components as required.
• IIT trans PWB PL 60.20
• CCD PL 60.20

• Controller PWB PL 3.05 3 6 2 - 3 9 8 I I T - Co n t I / O C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa u l t
362-398 A connection failure was detected on the I/O cable to the controler PWB.
Procedure
Turn the power OFF and ON.
The fault persists.
Y N
Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5
Check the IIT cont I/O ribbon cable (C8170, PL 60.20; C8130/35/45/55, PL 60.45) between the IIT
trans PWB (C8170, PL 60.20; C8130/35/45/55, PL 60.45) and the controller PWB (PL 3.05) for an
The IIT cont I/O ribbon cable is good.
Y N
Install a new IIT cont I/O ribbon cable (C8170, PL 60.20; C8130/35/45/55, PL 60.45).
Install new components in the following order as necessary.
• IIT trans PWB (C8170, PL 60.20; C8130/35/45/55, PL 60.45)
• Controller PWB, PL 3.05

3 6 2 - 3 9 9 DA D F C a b l e Fa i l 3 6 2 - 4 5 0 C a l i b r a t i o n D a r k Ra n g e N o t C l e a r
DADF Cable Fail Calibration Dark Range Not Clear
Perform 362B IPS DADF Communication Fault RAP. Procedure
Perform 362A IIT Calibration RAP

3 6 2 - 4 5 1 C a l i b r a t i o n D a r k Ra n g e N o t D o n e 3 6 2 - 4 5 2 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l O f fs e t N o t C l e a r
Calibration Dark Range Not Done Calibration Pixel Offset Not Clear
Procedure Procedure
Perform 362A IIT Calibration RAP Perform 362A IIT Calibration RAP

3 6 2 - 4 5 3 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l O f fs e t N o t D o n e 3 6 2 - 4 5 4 C a l i b r a t i o n G a i n Ra n g e N o t C l e a r
Calibration Pixel Offset Not Done 362-454 Calibration Gain Range Not Clear
Procedure Procedure

3 6 2 - 4 5 5 C a l i b r a t i o n G a i n Ra n g e N o t D o n e 3 6 2 - 4 5 7 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l G a i n N o t D o n e
362-455 Calibration Gain Range Not Done 362-457 Calibration Pixel Gain Not Done
Procedure Procedure
Perform 362D Lamp Illumination Fault RAP Perform the 362D Lamp Illumination Fault RAP

3 6 2 - 4 5 8 C a l i b r a t i o n D a r k Ra n g e E r r o r s 3 6 2 - 4 5 9 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l O f fs e t H i E r r o r s
362-458 Calibration Dark Range Errors 362-459 Calibration Pixel Offset Hi Errors
Procedure Procedure

3 6 2 - 4 6 0 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l O f fs e t Lo E r r o r s 3 6 2 - 4 6 1 C a l i b r a t i o n G a i n Ra n g e E r r o r s
362-460 Calibration Pixel Offset Lo Errors 362-461 Calibration Gain Range Errors
Procedure Procedure
Perform 362A IIT Calibration RAP Perform 362D Lamp Illumination Fault RAP

3 6 2 - 4 6 2 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l G a i n H i E r r o r s 3 6 2 - 4 6 3 C a l i b r a t i o n P i x e l G a i n Lo E r r o r s
362-462 Calibration Pixel Gain Hi Errors 362-463 Calibration Pixel Gain Lo Errors
Procedure Procedure
Perform 362D Lamp Illumination Fault RAP Perform 362D Lamp Illumination Fault RAP

3 6 2 - 4 6 6 D a r k Ra n g e R a i l E r r o r 3 6 2 - 4 6 7 G a i n Ra n g e Ra i l E r r o r
362-466 Dark Range Rail Error 362-467 Gain Range Rail Error
Procedure Procedure
Perform 362A IIT Calibration RAP Perform 362D Lamp Illumination Fault RAP

3 6 2 - 4 6 8 Co l o r S t a t e E r r o r s 362-476 Stepper Home Error

Pixel clock error from the full width array 362-476 IIT Registration Sensor not cleared or not made in time
Procedure BSD 60.5 Carriage Control (C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.5 Carriage Control (C8130/35/45/55)
Perform 362A IIT Calibration RAP BSD 60.6 Carriage Control (C8170) BSD 60.6 Carriage Control (C8170)
Procedure
Switch the power off, then on.
Enter dC122 and check the Fault History for additional faults.
Fault codes 362-310 and 362-481 are BOTH also present.
Y N
Fault Code 362-481 is also present.
Y N
Go to the following RAPs:
• 362D Lamp Illumination Fault
• 362-362 X Hard Fail RAP
Go to the 362-481 DADF Communication Time-out RAP to troubleshoot.
Go to the following RAPs:
• 362-310 IIT/Scanner - Controller/CCS Communication Fail
• 362C IIT PWB Power Cable Connection Fault RAP
• 362-398 IIT-Cont I/O Cable Connection Fault RAP

3 6 2 - 4 8 1 DA D F C o m m u n i c a t i o n T i m e - o u t 3 6 2 - 4 8 6 S u p p l y 2 4 Vo l t E r r o r R A P
Communication cannot be established between the controller PWB and the DADF PWB. 362-486 Supply 24 Volt Error
Procedure Procedure
Perform 362B IPS DADF Communication Fault RAP. Perform 362C Supply 24 Volt Error RAP

3 6 2 - 4 9 0 , 3 6 2 – 4 9 1 D a t a S t e e r e r E r r o r s - Ta u r u s 1 362-779 FPGA not loaded

Failed to transfer video. FPGA has corrupted image or hasn't been loaded
1. Switch the power off and on, GP 4. Procedure
2. If the fault persists perform 362B IPS DADF Communication Fault RAP. Refer to GP 9 to perform a Forced AltBoot.

3 6 2 - 7 8 0 F P G A C RC E r r o r 3 6 2 - 7 8 1 I I T Re m o t e N V M O u t o f Ra n g e
FPGA has corrupted image or hasn't been loaded IIT Remote NVM Out of Range
Procedure Procedure
1. Switch the power off and on again, GP 4. 1. Power Off then Power On, GP 4.
2. If the fault persists perform an Altboot, refer to GP 9. 2. Reload the software, perform an Altboot, refer to GP 9.

3 6 2 - 7 8 2 I I T Re m o t e N V M Re a d T i m e - o u t 362-783 SPDH side 1 hotline error

IIT Remote NVM Read Time-out SPDH side 1 hotline error.
Procedure Procedure
1. Power Off then Power On, GP 4. Perform 362B IPS DADF Communication Fault RAP.
2. Reload the software, perform an Altboot, refer to GP 9.

362-784 IIT Platen hotline error 3 6 2 - 7 8 5 , 3 6 2 - 7 8 6 Ta u r u s 2 c a p a b i l i t y fa u l t s R A P

IIT Platen hotline error 362-785 Taurus 2 capability retry
Procedure 362-786 Taurus 2 capability timeout

1. Power Off then Power On, GP 4.
Remote Service Actions
2. If the fault persists perform 362B IPS DADF Communication Fault RAP. Switch off then switch on the machoine, refer to GP 4.
Procedure
If the fault persists perform 362-310 IISS / Scanner - Controller / CCS communication Fail RAP.

3 6 2 - 7 9 0 , 3 6 1 - 7 9 1 , 3 6 2 - 7 9 2 S i d e 1 d o o r b e l l fa u l t s 3 6 2 A I I T C a l i b ra t i o n R A P
362–790 Side 1 doorbell reject BSD 60.3 Document Illumination (Low/Mid—C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.3 Document Illumination (Low/Mid—C8130/35/45/55)
362–791 Side 1 doorbell timeout BSD 60.4 Document Illumination (high) BSD 60.4 Document Illumination (high)
362–792 Side 1 doorbell failure BSD 60.7 Image Input (Low/Mid—C8130/35/45/55) BSD 60.7 Image Input (Low/Mid—C8130/35/45/55)
Procedure BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170) BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170)
Perform 362A IIT Calibration RAP

Procedure
Switch the power off, then on. Refer to GP 4.
The fault persists.
Y N
Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5.
Check the IIT lead edge registration. ADJ 60.2.
The IIT lead edge registration is good.
Y N
Adjust the IIT lead edge registration ADJ 60.2.
Check the following voltages on the IIT trans PWB, PL 60.45 (C8130/35/45/55), PL 60.20 (C8170).
C8130/35/45/55 and C8170
• TP5 to GND: +3.3VDC
• TP56 to GND: +10VDC
All the voltages tested are good.
Y N
Install a new IIT trans PWB, PL 60.45 (C8130/35/45/55), PL 60.20 (C8170).
Check for +24VDC on PJ720 on the IIT trans PWB from pin 2 to pin 1, PL 60.45 (C8130/35/45/55),
PL 60.20 (C8170).
+24VDC is found at PJ720 on the IIT trans PWB from pin 2 to pin 1.
Y N
Go to OF5 24VDC Power RAP, .
Check the CCD cont video ribon cable for an open circuit, short circuit, poor contact, C8130/35/45/
55, PL 60.45, C8170 PL 60.20.
CCD cont video ribon cable is good.
Y N
Repair or install a new CCD cont video ribon cable as required.
Check the IIT cont I/O ribbon cable for an open circuit, short circuit, poor contact, C8130/35/45/55,
PL 60.45, C8170 PL 60.20.
Y N
Repair or install a new IIT cont I/O ribbon cable as required.
Check the wiring to the CCD lens kit for an open circuit, short circuit, poor contact or misalignment,
C8130/35/45/55, PL 60.45, C8170 PL 60.20.
The CCD lens kit has good wiring and is correctly aligned.

Service Manual 362-790, 361-791, 362-792
Y N 3 6 2 B I P S - DA D F Co m m u n i c a t i o n Fa u l t
Repair the wiring or correct the misalignment. BSD 3.6 PWB Communications (Controller to DADF)
Check the wiring to the IIT trans PWB for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact, IIT trans
PWB, PL 60.45 (C8130/35/45/55), PL 60.20 (C8170). Communication cannot be established between the controler PWB and the DADF.
The wiring is good. WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the
Y N power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
Repair the wiring as required. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the wiring between the IIT trans PWB PJ710 and the CCD lens kit PJ700 for an open circuit,
short circuit or poor contact, PL 60.45 (C8130/35/45/55), PL 60.20 (C8170).. Procedure
• IIT trans PWB, C8130/35/45/55, PL 60.45. C8170
• IIT trans PWB C8170, PL 60.20.
Turn the power OFF and ON.
• CCD lens kit C8130/35/45/55, PL 60.45. The fault persists.
• CCD lens kit C8170, PL 60.20. Y N
The wiring is good.
Y N Check the IIT DADF cable that connects the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20) to the DADF PWB (PL 5.3) for
an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL 5.3/3.
Repair the wiring between the IIT trans PWB PJ710 and the CCD PWB PJ700.
The IIT DADF cable is good.
Clean the optics:
Y N
• Switch off the power and allow the exposure lamp to cool. Repair or install a new IIT DADF cable.
• Using the optical cleaning cloth, clean the front and rear of the document glass, document cov- Check the DADF controller cable that connects DCDC PWB (PL 5.4) to the controller PWB (PL 3.05)
er, white reference strip, reflector, and mirror. for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL 5.4/4.
• Clean the exposure lamp with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth. The DADF controller cable is good.
Y N
• Clean the lens with lens and mirror cleaner and a lint free cloth. Repair or install a new DADF controller cable.
• Reassemble and switch on the power. Check the flat cable that connects the DCDC PWB (PL 5.4) to the CIS (PL 5.4) for an open circuit,
short circuit, or poor contact, PL 5.4/5.
The fault persists.
Y N The flat cable is good.
Y N
Go to Service Call Procedures, SCP 5. Repair or install a new flat cable.
Perform the following in order: Check the wire harness that connects DCDC PWB (PL 5.4) to the CIS (PL 5.4) for an open circuit,
1. Reload the software using the forced altboot process (GP 9). short circuit, or poor contact, PL 5.4/10.
The wire harness is good.
2. Install a new LED Lamp, C8130/35/45/55 PL 60.55, C8170 PL 60.30. Y N
3. Install a new IIT Control Cable C8130/35/45/55 PL 60.45, C8170 PL 60.20. Repair or install a new wire harness.
4. Install a new IIT trans PWB, C8130/35/45/55 PL 60.45, C8170 PL 60.20. Check the CCD cont video ribbon that connects the CCD lens kit (PL 60.20) to the controller PWB
(PL 3.05) for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL 60.20/10
5. Install a new CCD lens kit C8130/35/45/55 PL 60.45, C8170 PL 60.20.
The CCD cont video ribbon cable is good.
6. Install a new hard disk drive (HDD), PL 3.05. Y N
7. Install a new controller PWB, PL 3.05. Repair or install a new CCD cont video ribbon cable.
Check the IIT cont I/O ribbon cable that connects the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20) to the controller
PWB (PL 3.05) for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL 60.20/16
Y N
Repair or install a new IIT cont I/O ribbon cable.
If the fault persists install new components in the following sequence:
• DADF PWB, PL 5.3.
• Controler PWB, PL 3.05.
• DCDC PWB, PL 5.4.
• CIS, PL 5.4.

362B Service Manual
C8130/35/45/55 3 6 2 C I I T P W B Po w e r C a b l e Co n n e c t i o n Fa u l t
Turn the power OFF and ON. BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2)
The fault persists.

Y N BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2)

BSD 1.10 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2)
Check the DADF signal cable that connects the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45) to the DADF PWB (PL
BSD 1.10 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2)
5.53) for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL 5.53/5. BSD 1.11 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) BSD 1.11 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2)
The DADF signal cable is good.

Y N IIT trans PWB power source error was detected.
Repair or install a new DADF signal cable.
Check the DADF controller cable that connects DCDC PWB (PL 5.53) to the controller PWB (PL 3.05) Procedure
for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL 5.53/10.
The DADF controller cable is good. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
Y N tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Repair or install a new DADF controller cable.
Check the flat cable (DCDC to CIS) that connects the DCDC PWB (PL 5.53) to the CIS (PL 5.54) for Switch the power off, then on. Refer to GP 4.
an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL PL 5.53/12. The fault persists.
The cable flat cable (DCDC to CIS) is good. Y N
Y N Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5.
Repair or install a new flat cable (DCDC to CIS). Check the cable between the LVPS (PL 1.15) and the IIT trans PWB (C8170 PL 60.20, C8130/35/45/
Check the CCD cont video ribbon cable that connects the CCD lens kit (PL 60.45) to the controller 55 PL 60.45) for an open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
PWB (PL 3.05) for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL 60.45/4 The cable is good.
The CCD cont video ribbon cable is good. Y N
Y N Repair the cable as necessary. Go to Service Call Procedures SCP 5
Repair or install a new CCD cont video ribbon cable. Check for +24VDC on PJ720 on the IIT trans PWB from pin 2 to pin 1, PL 60.45 (C8130/35/45/55),
Check the IIT cont I/O ribbon cable that connects the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45) to the controller PL 60.20 (C8170).
PWB (PL 3.05) for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL 60.45/20 +24VDC is present.
The IIT cont I/O ribbon cable is good. Y N
Y N Go to OF5 24VDC Power RAP, .
If the fault persists install new components in the following sequence:
• DADF PWB PL 5.53.
• Controler PWB, PL 3.05.
• DCDC PWB PL 5.53.
• CIS PL 5.54.

Service Manual 362C
3 6 2 D L a m p I l l u m i n a t i o n Fa u l t Y N
Repair or install a new CCD cont video ribbon cable.
BSD 60.3 Document illumination C8130/35/45/55 BSD 60.3 Document illumination C8130/35/45/55 Check the IIT cont I/O ribbon cable that connects the IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45 C8130/35/45/55, PL
60.20 C8170) to the controller PWB (PL 3.05) for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL
BSD 60.4 Document illumination C8170 BSD 60.4 Document illumination C8170
60.45 (C8130/35/45/55) PL 60.20 (C8170)

BSD 60.7 Image input C8130/35/45/55 BSD 60.7 Image input C8130/35/45/55
Y N
BSD 60.8 Image input C8170 BSD 60.8 Image input C8170
If the fault pesists go to ADJ 60.5 to troubleshoot the problem.
Insufficient light from Lamp detected in CCD (during white gradation correction/AGC before Scan
starts)
CAUTION: When checking at the vicinity of the CCD and the IIT PWB with the
power remaining ON and the CCD Lens Cover removed, do not allow the Carriage to
move all the way to the right. If the Carriage is moved all the way to the right, the LED
Lamp PWB will contact the Earth Plate, which then shorts the LED Lamp PWB and
damages it.
Initial Actions
Check whether there is something blocking the light and check the Lamp, Lens, Mirror, and White
Color Correction Plate for deterioration or contamination.
Procedure
Check the LED lamp illuminates on the full rate carriage, PL 60.30 (C8170), PL 60.55 (C8130/35/45/
55). Refer to dC330 [062-002] (PL 3.10).
The LED lamp illuminates.
Y N
Install a full rate carriage.
Check the following voltages on the IIT trans PWB, PL 60.45 (C8130/35/45/55), PL 60.20 (C8170).
• TP56 to GND: +10VDC
All the voltages tested are good.
Y N
Check the flat cable (DCDC to CIS) that connects the DCDC PWB (PL 5.53 C8130/35/45/55, PL
5.4C8170) to the CIS (PL 5.54 C8130/35/45/55, PL 5.4C8170), for an open circuit, short circuit, or
poor contact, PL 5.53 (C8130/35/45/55), PL 5.4(C8130/35/45/55).
The cable flat cable (DCDC to CIS) is good.
Y N
Repair or install a new flat cable (DCDC to CIS).
Check the CCD cont video ribbon cable that connects the CCD lens kit (PL 60.45C8130/35/45/55,
PL 60.20 C8170) to the controller PWB (PL 3.05) for an open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact, PL
60.45/4, (C8130/35/45/55), PL 60.20 (C8170).
The CCD cont video ribbon cable is good.

362D Service Manual
3 6 5 - 2 2 1 C I S AG C Fa i l R A P
CIS AGC fail
Procedure
Power Off then Power On. If this fails to resolve the problem, call service support for assistance.

3 6 5 - 2 2 3 C I S Co n n e c t i o n Fa i l R A P 3 6 5 - 2 2 4 C I S D e v i c e Fa i l
CIS connection fail CIS device fail RAP
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Power Off then Power On. If this fails to resolve the problem, call service support for assistance.

3 6 5 - 2 2 5 C I S Fa i l
CIS device fail

366-397 CIS Pixel Clock missing RAP 3 6 6 - 4 5 0 C a l i b r a t i o n D a r k Ra n g e N o t C l e a r

Connection failure with CIS Dark range status bit is not clear prior to calibration
Perform the steps in 366A IIT Side 2 Calibration Error RAP. Perform the steps in 366A IIT Side 2 Calibration Error RAP.

3 6 6 - 4 5 1 C a l i b r a t i o n D a r k Ra n g e N o t D o n e R A P 3 6 6 - 4 5 2 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l O f fs e t N o t C l e a r R A P
Dark range status bit is not set after calibration Pixel offest status bit is not clear prior to calibration

3 6 6 - 4 5 3 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l O f fs e t N o t D o n e R A P 3 6 6 - 4 5 4 C a l i b r a t i o n G a i n Ra n g e N o t C l e a r R A P
Pixel offset status bit is not set after calibration Gain range status bit is not clear prior to calibration.

3 6 6 - 4 5 5 C a l i b r a t i o n G a i n Ra n g e N o t D o n e R A P 3 6 6 - 4 5 7 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l G a i n N o t D o n e R A P
Gain range status bit is not set after calibration Pixel gain status bit is not set after calibration

3 6 6 - 4 5 8 C a l i b r a t i o n D a r k Ra n g e E r r o r s R A P 3 6 6 - 4 5 9 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l O f fs e t H i E r r o r s R A P
Highest Intensity image pixel value exceeds maximum tolerance. Pixel error exceeds maximum adjustment allowed during dark calibration.

3 6 6 - 4 6 0 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l O f fs e t Lo E r r o r s R A P 3 6 6 - 4 6 1 C a l i b r a t i o n G a i n Ra n g e E r r o r s R A P
Pixel error exceeds maximum adjustment allowed during dark calibration. Highest intensity image pixel value is lower than the minimum tolerance

3 6 6 - 4 6 2 C a l i b ra t i o n P i x e l G a i n H i E r r o r s R A P 3 6 6 - 4 6 3 C a l i b r a t i o n P i x e l G a i n Lo E r r o r s R A P
Pixel error exceeds maximum adjustment allowed during white calibration. Pixel error exceeds maximum adjustment allowed during white calibration.

3 6 6 - 4 6 6 D a r k Ra n g e R a i l E r r o r R A P 3 6 6 - 4 6 7 G a i n Ra n g e Ra i l E r r o r R A P
Pixels out range during black calibration. Pixels out range during white calibration.

3 6 6 - 4 6 8 Co l o r S t a t e E r r o r s 3 6 6 - 4 9 0 , 3 6 6 – 4 9 1 D a ta S t e e r e r E r r o r s - Ta u r u s 2
Pixel clock error from the full width array. Data steerer error to/from Taurus 2 - Second side error.

3 6 6 - 7 7 9 F P G A N o t Lo a d e d ( S i d e 2 ) 3 6 6 - 7 8 0 F P G A C RC E r r o r ( S i d e 2 )
FPGA has corrupted image or has not been loaded - Second side error. FPGA has corrupted image or has not been loaded - Second side error.
1. Reload the software by performing a Forced AtBoot, GP 9. 1. Reload the software by performing a Forced AtBoot, GP 9.
2. If the fault persists perform the steps in 366A IIT Side 2 Calibration Error RAP. 2. If the fault persists perform the steps in 366A IIT Side 2 Calibration Error RAP.

366-783 SPDH side 2 hotline error. 3 6 6 - 7 9 0 S i d e 2 D o o r b e l l Re j e c t R A P

SPDH side 2 hotline error. Software Problem

366-791 Side 2 doorbell timeout RAP 3 6 6 - 7 9 2 S i d e 2 D o o r b e l l Fa i l u r e R A P

Side 2 doorbell timeout. Side 2 doorbell failure.

3 6 6 A I I T S i d e 2 C a l i b ra t i o n E r r o r R A P • IIT trans PWB (PL 60.20)

• DADF PWB (PL 5.3)
C8170
• CIS (PL 5.4)
BSD 5.10 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 2) (1 Of 2) BSD 5.10 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 2) (1 Of 2)
• DCDC PWB (PL 5.4)

BSD 5.11 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 2) (2 Of 2) BSD 5.11 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 2) (2 Of 2) • Control unit (ESS PWB) (PL 3.05)
C8130/35/45/55
BSD 5.20 DADF 130 Document Scan (1 of 2) BSD 5.20 DADF 130 Document Scan (1 of 2)
BSD 5.21 DADF 130 Document Scan (2 of 2) BSD 5.21 DADF 130 Document Scan (2 of 2)
An error has occurred during calibration of the second side.
Procedure
1. Switch the power off, then on. If the problem remains, check the following:
2. Turn OFF the power then check the following:
C8130/35/45/55
• The ribbon cable between the CIS (PL 5.54) and the DC/DC PWB (PL 5.53) for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts. Repair or replace the cable as required.
• The DADF controler cable (PL 5.53) between the DC/DC PWB (PL 5.53) and the control unit
(ESS PWB) (PL 3.05) for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. Repair or replace the
cable as required.
• The DADF signal cable assembly (PL 5.53) between the DADF PWB (PL 5.53) and the IIT
trans PWB (PL 60.45), for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. Repair or replace
the cable as required.
C8170
• The ribbon cable (PL 5.4) between the CIS (PL 5.4) and the DCDC PWB (PL 5.4) for open cir-
cuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. Repair or replace the cable as required.
• The DADF controler cable (PL 5.4) between the DCDC PWB (PL 5.4) and the control unit (ESS
PWB) (PL 3.05) for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. Repair or replace the cable
as required.
• The IIT DADF cable (PL 5.3) between the DADF PWB (PL 5.3) and the IIT trans PWB (PL
60.20), for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. Repair or replace the cable as
required.
3. Turn the power ON
4. If the fault persists install new components as necessary:
C8130/35/45/55
• IIT trans PWB (PL 60.45)
• DADF PWB (PL 5.53)
• CIS (PL 5.54)
• DCDC PWB (PL 5.53)
• Control unit (ESS PWB) (PL 3.05)
C8170

366A Service Manual
3 7 1 - 1 0 0 J a m I n Tra y 1 R A P
BSD 70.8 Tray 1 Paper Stacking BSD 70.8 Tray 1 Paper Stacking
BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport
371-100 Paper does not actuate the tray 1 feed out sensor within the specified time after tray 1
feed start.
Initial Actions
• Check the condition of the paper in tray 1.
• Check that the tray 1 paper guides are set correctly.
Procedure
Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
• OF19, How to Check a Motor.
• OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor.
1. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
2. Check the tray 1 feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.10 for foreign substances or wear.
Clean or install new components as necessary.
3. Check the registration roll and takeaway roll 2, PL 80.90 for foreign substances or wear. Clean or
install new components as necessary.
4. Enter dC330 , code [071-105]. Check the tray 1 pre-feed sensor, PL 80.10.
5. Enter dC330 , code [071-002]. Check the tray 1 feed/lift up motor, PL 80.10.
6. Check the drive gears, PL 80.10 for wear or damage. Install new components as necessary.
7. If the fault persists, install a new Motor Drive PWB, PL 1.10.
.

371-105 Jam In The Device RAP 3 7 1 - 2 1 0 Tra y 1 L i f t U p Fa i l R A P

BSD 70.8 Tray 1 Paper Stacking BSD 70.8 Tray 1 Paper Stacking BSD 70.8 Tray 1 Paper Stacking BSD 70.8 Tray 1 Paper Stacking
BSD 80.7 Registration BSD 80.7 Registration 371-210 Tray 1 lift NG has occurred three consecutive times.
371-105 The registration sensor did not actuate within the specified time after the registration Initial Actions
clutch initialized during paper feed from tray 1.
• Check for obstructions behind the tray.
Initial Actions • Ensure that the tray is loaded correctly.
Check the condition of the paper in tray 1. • Ensure the tray is pushed fully home.
• Check the drive system between the bottom plate and the tray 1 feed/lift motor for operation
Procedure failure.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Procedure
Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary: tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Perform the steps that follow: • OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor.
1. Check for obstructions in the paper path. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Enter dC330 , code [077-103]. Check the registration sensor, PL 80.80.
1. Enter dC330 , code [071-102]. Check the tray 1 level sensor, PL 80.10.
3. Enter dC330 , code [077-050]. Check the takeaway motor, PL 80.10.
3. Check the drive gears, PL 80.10 for wear or damage.
Clean or install new components as necessary. 4. If the fault persists, install a new Motor Drive PWB, PL 1.10.
6. Check the helical gear, PL 40.05 for wear or damage.
7. Check the tray1 feed out chute, PL 80.05 and feedhead chute assembly, PL 80.05 for proper
installation.
8. Check the drive assembly, PL 40.10 for wear or damage.

3 7 1 - 2 1 2 Tra y 1 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s o r Fa u l t R A P
BSD 70.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing BSD 70.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing
371-212 Abnormal output AD value from tray 1 paper size sensor was detected.
Procedure
1. Load the correct paper in tray 1.
2. Ensure that the customer is programming the job correctly.
3. Remove tray 1. Check underneath the tray for damage to the link mechanism. Also check the ac-
tuator at the rear of tray 1. If necessary, install a new tray assembly, PL 70.10.
4. Enter dC140 Analog Monitor Analog Monitor, code [071-200]. Check the tray 1 size sensor, PL
70.05.
5. Check the wiring between the tray 1 size sensor and P/J417 on the motor drive PWB.
P/J417

• Tray 1 size sensor, PL 70.05.

3 7 2 - 1 0 0 L E L a t e t o Pr e Fe e d S e n s o r fr o m Tra y 2 R A P 3 7 2 - 1 0 5 L E L a t e t o Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r fr o m Tra y 2 R A P
BSD 80.1 Tray 1 and 2 Paper Pre-feeding BSD 80.1 Tray 1 and 2 Paper Pre-feeding BSD 80.7 Registration BSD 80.7 Registration
372-100 The tray 2 pre-feed sensor did not turn on within the specified time after the paper feed 372-105 The registration sensor did not actuate within the specified time after the registration
from tray 2 has started. clutch initialized during paper feed from tray 2.

• Check for obstructions behind the tray. Check the condition of the paper in tray 2.
• Ensure that the tray is loaded correctly.
• Ensure the tray is pushed fully home.
Procedure
• Check the drive system between the bottom plate and the tray 2 feed/lift motor for operation ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
failure. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Procedure Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- • OF19, How to Check a Motor.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. • OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor.
Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary: Perform the steps that follow:
• OF19, How to Check a Motor. 1. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
• OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor. 2. Check the tray 2 feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.15 for foreign substances or wear.
3. Enter dC330 , code [077-103]. Actuate the registration sensor, PL 80.80.
1. Enter dC330 code [072-105] to check the tray 2 pre-feed sensor, PL 80.15 for operation failure. 4. Enter dC330 , code [077-050]. Run takeaway motor 1, PL 80.95.
2. Enter dC330 code [072-002] (Feed) tray 2 feed/lift motor, PL 80.15 for operation failure. 5. Enter dC330 , code [077-050]. Run the takeaway motor 2, PL 80.95.
3. Check the tray 2 feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.15 for foreign substances or wear. 6. Enter dC330 , code [072-002]. Run the tray 2 feed/lift motor, PL 80.15.
7. Check the gear, PL 80.10 for wear or damage. Install a new gear as necessary.
4. Check the drive gears PL 80.15 for wear and damage. Clean or install new components as
necessary. 8. Check the drive assembly, PL 40.10 for wear or damage.
5. Check the pad, PL 70.15 for an proper installation and correct if necessary. 9. Check the Registration Transport Assembly, PL 80.90 for improper installation.
6. If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. 10. If the fault persists, install a new Motor Drive PWB, PL 1.10.

3 7 2 - 1 0 7 Le a d Ed g e L a t e t o M S I ( By p a s s ) Fe e d O u t S e n s o r fr o m 3 7 2 - 2 1 0 Tra y 2 L i f t U P Fa i l R A P
Tra y 2 R A P BSD 70.9 Tray 2 Paper Stacking BSD 70.9 Tray 2 Paper Stacking
371-210 Tray 2 lift NG has occurred three consecutive times.

372-107The MSI Feed Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after start of Tray 2 Initial Actions
feed.
Initial Actions • Ensure that the tray is loaded correctly.
Check the condition of the paper in tray 2. • Ensure the tray is pushed fully home.
Procedure failure.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Procedure
Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary: ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
• OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor. Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
1. Check the left hand door is fully closed and latched.
3. Check the following components for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install new compo- 1. Enter dC330 , code [072-102]. Check the tray 2 no paper sensor/tray 2 level sensor, PL 80.15.
nents as necessary. 2. Enter dC330 , code [072-002]. Check the tray 2 feed/lift motor, PL 80.15.
• Tray 2 takeaway roll assembly, PL 80.90. 3. Check the gear, PL 80.15 for wear or damage. Install a new gear as necessary.
• Bypass tray roll, PL 80.120. 4. If the fault persists, install a new Motor Drive PWB, PL 1.10.
• Tray 2 feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.15.
4. Enter dC330 , code [077-104]. Actuate the MSI feed out sensor, PL 80.115.
5. Enter dC330 , code [077-051]. Run the takeaway motor 2, PL 80.95.
6. Check the Registration Transport assembly, PL 80.90 for improper installation.

3 7 2 - 2 1 2 Tra y 2 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s o r Fa u l t R A P
BSD 70.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing BSD 70.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing
Procedure
tuator at the rear of tray 2. If necessary, install a new tray assembly, PL 70.05.
4. Enter dC140 Analog Monitor Analog Monitor, code [072-200]. Check the tray 2 paper size
sensor:
5. Check the wiring between the tray 2 paper size sensor P/J175 and the motor drive PWB P/J417 P/J417
for open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact.


3 7 3 - 1 0 0 L E L a t e t o Tra y 3 Pr e Fe e d S e n s o r fr o m Tra y 3 R A P 3 7 3 - 1 0 1 , 9 0 0 Tra y 3 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r J a m R A P

( 2 T M / T TM ) BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM) BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM)
BSD 80.2 Tray 3 and 4 Paper Pre-feeding BSD 80.2 Tray 3 and 4 Paper Pre-feeding
BSD 70.14 IOT and 2TM Paper Path and Drive Transmission BSD 70.14 IOT and 2TM Paper Path and Drive Transmission
373-100 The tray 3 pre-feed sensor did not turn on within the specified time after the paper feed BSD 70.15 IOT and TTM Paper Path and Drive Transmission BSD 70.15 IOT and TTM Paper Path and Drive Transmission
from tray 3 has started.

BSD 80.5 2TM Paper Transport BSD 80.5 2TM Paper Transport
Initial Actions
BSD 80.6 TTM Paper Transport
BSD 80.6 TTM Paper Transport
• Ensure that the tray is loaded correctly. Refer to any feeder accessory manuals for BSDs for external feeding devices
• Ensure the tray is pushed fully home. 373-101 Paper does not actuate the tray 3 feed out sensor within the specified time after tray 3
• Check the drive system between the bottom plate and the tray 3 feed/lift motor for operation feed start.
failure.
373-900 The tray 3 feed out sensor detected remaining paper.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Check the condition of the paper in tray 3.
Procedure
• OF19, How to Check a Motor. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
• OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Perform the steps that follow: Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
1. Enter dC330 code [073-103] to actuate the tray 3 pre-feed sensor:
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.50. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Enter dC330 code [073-001] (Feed). Run the tray 3 feed/lift motor: 1. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
• 2TM PL 80.35. 2. Check the tray 3 feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.25 for foreign substances or wear.
• TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM PL 80.30.
3. Check the tray 3 feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll for foreign substances or wear. Clean or in-
stall new components as necessary: • TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM PL 80.35. 3. Check the takeaway roll assembly for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install new compo-
nents as necessary.
• TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM PL 80.25.
4. Check the gear for wear and damage. Clean or install new components as necessary:
• TTM PL80.40.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
4. Enter dC330 , code [073-103]. Actuate the tray 3 feed out sensor, PL 80.25.
• TTM PL 80.50.
5. Enter dC330 , code [073-001]. Run the tray 3 feed/lift motor:
5. Check the pads for an proper installation and correct if necessary:
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• 2TM PL 70.25.
• TTM PL 80.50.
• TTM PL 70.40.
6. Enter dC330 , code [077-035]. Run the takeaway motor:
6. If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
• 2TM PL 80.30.
• TTM PL 80.45.
7. Check the gear for wear or damage. Install a new gear as necessary:
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.50.

8. If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. 3 7 3 - 1 0 5 L E L a t e t o Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r Fr o m Tra y 3 R A P
373-105 The registration sensor did not actuate within the specified time after the registration
Initial Actions
Check the condition of the paper in tray 3.
Procedure
3. Enter dC330 , code [077-104]. Actuate the registration sensor, PL 80.80.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.50.
7. Check the tray 3 gear for wear or damage, install a new gear as necessary:
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.50.
8. Check the drive assembly, PL 40.10 for wear or damage.
9. Check the registration transport assembly, PL 80.90 for improper installation.

3 7 3 - 1 0 8 L E L a t e t o M S I Fe e d O u t S e n s o r fr o m Tra y 3 R A P 3 7 3 - 2 1 0 Tra y 3 L i f t U p Fa i l R A P
BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM) BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM)
373-108 Paper does not actuate the bypass feed out sensor within the specified time after tray 3 373-210 Tray 3 lift NG has occurred three consecutive times.
feed start.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Check for obstructions behind the tray.
Check the condition of the paper in tray 3. • Ensure that the tray is loaded correctly.
Procedure
• OF19, How to Check a Motor. Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
• OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor. • OF19, How to Check a Motor.
Perform the steps that follow: • OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor.
1. Check the left hand door is fully closed and latched. Perform the steps that follow:
2. Check for obstructions in the paper path. 1. Enter dC330 , code [073-102]. Actuate the tray 3 no paper sensor:
3. Check the following components for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install new compo- • 2TM PL 80.35.
nents as necessary.
• TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM takeaway roll assembly, PL 80.25.
2. Enter dC330 , code [073-002]. Run the tray 3 feed/lift up motor:
• TTM takeaway roll assembly, PL80.40.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• 2TM feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.50.
• TTM feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.50.
3. Enter dC330 , code [042-003]. Run the main drive assembly PL 40.05.
• Bypass tray roll, PL 80.120.
4. Check the gear for wear or damage, install a new gear as necessary:
4. Enter dC330 , code [077-104]. Actuate the bypass tray feed out sensor, PL 80.115.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
5. Enter dC330 , code [077-050]. Run takeaway motor 1, PL 80.95.
• TTM PL 80.50.
5. (2TM Only) Check the drive system between the bottom plate and the tray 3 feed/lift motor for
7. Enter dC330 , code [077-035]. Run the takeaway motor: operation failure. Install new components as necessary, PL 70.25.
• 2TM PL 80.30. 6. (TTM Only) Check the drive system between the bottom plate and the tray 3 feed/lift motor for
• TTM PL 80.45. operation failure. Also check the bottom plate lift mechanism. Install new components as neces-
sary, PL 70.40.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.50.
10. Check the Registration Transport Assembly, PL 80.90 for improper installation.

3 7 3 - 2 1 2 Tra y 3 S e n s o r B r o ke n Fa i l R A P
BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM) BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM)
Procedure
1. Ask the customer to verify the correct paper is in tray 3.
tuator at the rear of tray 3. If necessary, install a new tray assembly:
• 2TM PL 70.20.
• TTM PL 70.35.
4. Enter dC330 Analog Monitor, code [073-200]. Check the tray 3 paper size sensor:
• 2TM PL 70.20.
• TTM PL 70.35.
5. Check the wiring between the tray 3 paper size sensor, P/J102 2TM or P/J102 TTM and P/ P/J102 2TM P/J102 TTM
J453 2TM or P/J453 TTM on the Motor Drive PWB.

P/J453 2TM P/J453 TTM

• Tray 3 paper size sensor:
– 2TM PL 70.20.
– TTM PL 70.35.

3 7 4 - 1 0 0 J a m I n Tra y 4 ( 2 TM / T TM ) 374-101, 374–103, 374–900 Jam In The Device RAP

BSD 80.2 Tray 3 and 4 Paper Pre-feeding BSD 80.2 Tray 3 and 4 Paper Pre-feeding BSD 70.11 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2TM) BSD 70.11 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2TM)
374-100 The tray 4 pre-feed sensor did not turn on within the specified time after the paper feed BSD 70.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (TTM) BSD 70.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (TTM)
from tray 4 has started.

Initial Actions
BSD 80.6 TTM Paper Transport BSD 80.6 TTM Paper Transport

374-101 Paper does not actuate the tray 4 feed out sensor within the specified time after tray 2
feed start.
374-103 The tray 4 feed out sensor detected remaining paper.
failure. 374-900 The tray 4 feed out sensor detected remaining paper.

ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Check the condition of the paper in tray 4.
Procedure
Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary: WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
• OF19 How to Check a Motor. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
1. Enter dC330 code [074-103]. Actuate the tray 4 pre-feed sensor: • OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.50.
2. Enter dC330 code [074-001] (Feed). Run the tray 4 feed/lift motor: 1. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
• 2TM PL 80.35. 2. Check the tray 4 feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, clean or install new components as
necessary:
• TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
3. Check the tray 4 feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll for foreign substances or wear. Clean or in-
stall new components as necessary: • TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM PL 80.35. 3. Check the tray 4 takeaway roll for foreign substances or wear, clean or install new components
as necessary:
• TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM PL 80.25.
4. Check the gear for wear and damage. Clean or install new components as necessary:
• TTM PL 80.30.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
4. Enter dC330 , code [074-103]. Actuate the tray 4 feed out sensor:
• TTM PL 80.50.
• 2TM PL 80.25.
5. Check the pads for an proper installation and correct if necessary:
• TTM PL 80.60.
• 2TM PL 70.25.
5. Enter dC330 , code [074-002]. Run the tray 4 feed/lift motor, PL 80.50.
• TTM PL 70.40.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.55.
6. Enter dC330 , code [077-050]. Run the takeaway motor, PL 80.45.
• 2TM PL 80.30.
• TTM PL 80.45.
• 2TM PL 80.35.

• TTM PL 80.55. 374-105 Jam In The Device RAP
374-105 The registration sensor did not actuate within the specified time after the registration
Initial Actions
Check the condition of the paper in tray 3.
Procedure
3. Enter dC330, code [077-103]. Actuate the registration sensor, PL 80.80.
4. Enter dC330, code [077-050]. Run takeaway motor 1, PL 80.95.
5. Enter dC330, code [077-051]. Run the takeaway motor 2, PL 80.95.
6. Enter dC330, code [074-002]. Run the tray 4 feed/lift motor:
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.55.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.55.
8. Check the main drive assembly, PL 40.05 for wear or damage.

3 7 4 - 1 0 7 M S I Fe e d O u t S e n s o r O n J a m R A P 3 7 4 - 2 1 0 Tra y 4 L i f t U p Fa i l R A P
BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport BSD 70.11 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2TM) BSD 70.11 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2TM)
374-107 Paper does not actuate the bypass feed out sensor within the specified time after tray 4 BSD 70.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (TTM) BSD 70.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (TTM)
feed start.
374-210 Tray 4 lift NG has occurred three consecutive times.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Check the condition of the paper in tray 4. Refer to Media Supply.
Procedure • Ensure that the tray is loaded correctly.
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- • Ensure the tray is pushed fully home.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- • Check the drive system between the bottom plate and the tray 4 feed/lift motor for operation
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. failure.
Procedure
• OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
1. Check the left hand door is fully closed and latched.
• OF19 How to Check a Motor.
• OF14OF15, How to Check a Sensor.
3. Check the following components for foreign substances or wear. Clean or install new compo-
nents as necessary. Perform the steps that follow:
• 2TM takeaway roll assembly, PL 80.25.
1. Enter dC330 , code [074-102]. Actuate the tray 4 level sensor:
• TTM takeaway roll assembly, PL80.40. • 2TM PL 80.35.
• 2TM feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.35. • TTM PL 80.55.
• TTM feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.50. 2. Enter dC330 , code [074-002]. Run the tray 4 feed/lift up motor:
• Bypass tray roll, PL 80.120. • 2TM PL 80.35.
4. Enter dC330, code {077-104]. Actuate the bypass tray feed out sensor, PL 80.115. • TTM PL 80.50.
5. Enter dC330, code {077-050]. Run takeaway motor 1, PL 80.95. 3. Enter dC330 , code [042-003]. Run the main drive assembly PL 40.05.
6. Enter dC330, code {077-051]. Run the takeaway motor 2, PL 80.95. 4. Check the gear for wear or damage, install a new gear as necessary:
7. Enter dC330, code {077-035]. Run the takeaway motor: • 2TM PL 80.35.
• 2TM PL 80.30. • TTM PL 80.50.
• TTM PL 80.45. 5. (2TM Only) Check the drive system between the bottom plate and the tray 4 feed/lift motor for
8. Enter dC330 code [074-002] (Feed). Run the tray 4 feed/lift motor: operation failure. Install new components as necessary, PL 70.25.
• 2TM PL 80.35. 6. (TTM Only) Check the drive system between the bottom plate and the tray 4 feed/lift motor for
• TTM PL 80.55. operation failure. Also check the bottom plate lift mechanism. Install new components as neces-
sary, PL 70.40.
• 2TM PL 80.35.
• TTM PL 80.55.

3 7 4 - 2 1 2 Tra y 4 S e n s o r B r o ke n Fa i l R A P
BSD 70.5 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2TM) BSD 70.5 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2TM)
Procedure
tuator at the rear of tray 4. If necessary, install a new tray assembly:
• 2TM PL 70.20.
• TTM PL 70.35.
4. Enter dC140 Analog Monitor Analog Monitor, code [074-200]. Actuate the tray 4 paper size
sensor:
• 2TM PL 70.20.
• TTM PL 70.35.
5. Enter dC330 code [074-104]. Actuate the tray 4 paper size sensor (2TM only ).
6. Check the wiring between the tray 4 paper size sensor, , , and , , on the motor drive PWB.
, , P/J103 , P/J453

• Tray 4 paper size sensor:
– 2TM PL 70.20.
– TTM PL 70.35.

3 7 5 - 1 0 0 L E L a t e t o M S I Pr e Fe e d S e n s o r fr o m M S I R A P 3 7 5 - 1 3 5 L E L a t e t o Re g i s t ra t i o n S e n s o r fr o m M S I ( By p a s s Tra y )
RAP
375-100 The bypass tray (MSI) feed out sensor does not turn on within the specified time after the BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport
paper feed from bypass tray has started.

Initial Actions 375-135 The registration sensor does not turn on within the specified time after the registration
Check the condition of the paper in the bypass tray. motor turns on once the paper feed from the bypass tray has started.

WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- • Check the condition of the paper in the bypass tray.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- • Check that the paper guides are set correctly.
Procedure
• OF19 How to Check a Motor. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
• OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. Check the bypass tray feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.120 . Clean or install new com-
ponents as necessary Perform the steps that follow:
3. Check the tray 4 takeaway roll for foreign substances or wear, clean or install new components
1. Check the left door is fully closed and latched.
as necessary:
• 2TM PL 80.25.
3. Check the bypass tray feed roll, nudger roll and retard roll, PL 80.120 . Clean or install new com-
• TTM PL 80.30.
ponents as necessary
4. Enter dC330 , code [077-104]. Actuate the bypass tray feed out sensor, PL 80.115.
4. Check the registration roll and takeaway roll 1, PL 80.55 for foreign substances or wear. Clean or
5. Enter dC330 , code [075-003] (Feed). Run the bypass tray feed/lift motor, PL 80.120. install new components as necessary.
6. Check the bypass tray feedhead assembly gears for wear or damage, install a new bypass tray 5. Enter dC330 , code [077-104]. Actuate the bypass tray feed out sensor, PL 80.115.
feedhead assembly, PL 80.120.
6. Enter dC330 , code [075-003] (Feed). Run the bypass tray feed/lift motor, PL 80.120.
7. Check the bypass tray feedhead assembly gears for wear or damage, install a new bypass tray
feedhead assembly, PL 80.120.

3 7 5 - 2 1 2 M S I ( By p a s s ) Tra y N u d g e r U p D o w n Fa i l
BSD 70.13 Bypass Tray Paper Sensing and Stacking BSD 70.13 Bypass Tray Paper Sensing and Stacking
375-212 After the bypass tray nudger up or down operation has started, the bypass tray nudger po-
sition sensor output does not change within the specified time.
Procedure
1. Enter dC330 , code [075-102] to actuate the bypass tray nudger position sensor, PL 80.120.
2. Enter dC330 , code [075-004] (Up/Down) to run the bypass tray feed/lift motor, PL 80.120.
3. Check the bypass tray nudger roll, PL 80.120 up/down mechanism for mechanical loading, the
springs for deformation, snags, and etc. Install a new bypass tray roll kit if necessary, PL 80.120.

3 7 6 - 3 0 0 Tra n s p o r t Pa t h I n t e r l o c k O p e n R A P
376-300 A transport path drawer open was detected at the TTM.
Initial Actions
Check that the TTM transport path drawer, tray 3 and tray 4 are fully closed.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code [077-307]. Actuate the transport path interlock by opening tray 3, tray 4 and the
transport path drawer.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the wiring between the Motor Drive PWB P/J451 , relay connector P/J624 , and the
P/J451 P/J624
drawer connector DJ618B for broken/bent pins and poor contact. repair as necessary.
DJ618B
The wiring and connectors are good.

Y N
Repair the wiring and connectors.
Check the transport path drawer connector of the TTM for damage, wear, or misalignment of
the drawer rails.
The alignment of the drawer connector is good.
Y N
Repair or install new components.
Perform SCP 5 Final actions.

377-103, 377–104, 377–106, 377–109 Jam In The Device RAP 7. Enter dC330, code 077-003 to energize the exit 1 gate solenoid, BSD 10.7 for proper operation.
8. Check the fuser drive assembly, BSD 10.1 for wear and damage, if damaged install a new fuser
BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive
drive assembly, BSD 10.1.

BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing
BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport
BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2) BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2)
377-103 The fusing unit exit sensor did not actuate within the specified time after the fusing unit
exit sensor turned on.
377-104 The trail edge of the paper turned off the fuser exit sensor earlier than the specified time.
377-106 The fusing unit exit sensor did not actuate within the specified time after the fusing unit
exit sensor turned off.
377-109 The fuser exit sensor did not actuate within the specified time after the registration clutch
energized.
Initial Actions
• Check for obstructions in the paper path.
Note: If fault code 377-109 occurs multiple times when feeding the media that follows:
• Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper 210 gsm / 80 lb cover.
• Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper heavyweight 280 gsm / 100 lb cover.
• Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper heavyweight 300 gsm / 110 lb cover.
When a high area coverage image job is printed in duplex mode on moisture content paper in A-
zone environment. Change the output destination to exit 1 (center tray lower).
Procedure
• OF18, OF19 — How to Check a Motor.
• OF14 , OF15 — How to Check a Sensor.
• OF17 — How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
1. Check for paper jammed in the fuser.
2. Check the margin at the lead edge. If the margin is narrow, perform the following:
• Enter dC126, System Registration Adjustment to adjust the lead edge margin.
• Check for multi-sheet feeding from the paper tray.
• Reload the paper in the tray.
3. Check the toner density. If the toner density is dark perform dC330, Toner Density Adjustment.
4. Enter dC330, code 077-101 to actuate exit sensor 1, part of the fuser, PL10.05 for proper
operation.
5. Enter dC330, code 010-004 to run the fuser unit drive motor, BSD 10.1 for proper operation.
6. Enter dC330, code 077-060/061 (CW/CCW) to run the exit 2 drive motor, BSD 10.9 for proper
operation.

377-103, 377–104, 377–106, 377–109 Service Manual
377-105 Exit Sensor 2 Off Jam RAP 377-110 POB Sensor On Jam
BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2) BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2) BSD 90.19 Image Transfer to Paper BSD 90.19 Image Transfer to Paper
BSD 10.10 Exit 2 Paper Transport (2 of 2) BSD 10.10 Exit 2 Paper Transport (2 of 2) BSD 80.7 Registration BSD 80.7 Registration
377-105 The trail of the paper was late from the exit 2 tray sensor. 377-110 The POB Jam Sensor does not turn on within the specified time after the registration mo-
tor turns on.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Ensure the correct paper is loaded in the tray. Refer to Media Supply.
• Check for obstructions in the paper path.
Note: If feeding any of the media that follows: • Ensure the correct paper is loaded in the tray.
• Xerox vitality coated printing paper - gloss, 210 gsm / 80 lb cover. • Ensure the tray is pushed fully home.
• Xerox vitality coated printing paper - gloss, 280 gsm / 100 lb cover.
Procedure
• Xerox bold super gloss cover, 210 gsm / 10 pt.
• Xerox bold super gloss cover, 250 gsm / 12 pt. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
• Xerox colotech+ gloss coated, 170 to 280gsm. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
• Xerox colotech+ supergloss, 135 to 250gsm. Refer to the procedures that follow as necessary:
Jams may occur when a high area coverage image job is printed on coated media with output des- • OF19, How to Check a Motor.
tination of exit 2. If jam occurs, change the output destination to exit 1 (center tray lower). • OF14, OF15, How to Check a Sensor.
Procedure Perform the steps that follow:

WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- 1. Enter dC330 , code 077-102 to actuate the POB jam sensor, PL 80.80.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 2. Enter dC330 , code 077-055 to run the registration motor, PL 80.95.
3. Check the 2nd BTR roll assembly, PL 80.65 for paper jam, contamination, wear, and revolution
WARNING: Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. failure.
4. Check the IBT belt assembly, PL90.30 for paper jam.
5. Check the pinch roller PL 80.80 , for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to
• OF21 How to Check a Motor. deterioration.
• OF14, OF15 — How to Check a Sensor. 6. Check all registration driver assembly gears, PL 80.95 for wear and damage. Install new compo-
nents as necessary.
7. Check the registration transport assembly, PL 80.90 for proper installation. Correct as necessary.
2. Enter dC330 , code 077-113 to actuate the exit 2 tray sensor, PL10.25.
3. Enter dC330 , code 077-110 to actuate the exit 2 OCT home position sensor, PL10.25.
4. Enter dC330 , code 077-045/046(CW/CCW) to run the exit 2 OCT motor, PL10.25.
5. Enter dC330 , code 077-060/061(CW/CCW) to run the exit 2 drive motor, PL10.25.
6. Check the exit 2 gears for wear or damage:
• Exit 2 drive bracket assembly, PL10.25.
• Gear, PL10.25.
• Offset gear, PL10.25.

377-130 Jam In The Device RAP 3 7 7 - 1 8 8 Fa c e U p E x i t S e n s o r O n J a m R A P

BSD 80.7 Registration BSD 80.7 Registration BSD 10.10 Exit 2 Paper Transport BSD 10.10 Exit 2 Paper Transport
BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport 377-188 The face up exit sensor did not actuate within the specified time after the registration
clutch energized.
377-130 The registration sensor did not turn on within the specified time after the registration mo-
tor turned on during paper feed from the duplex path. Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Check for obstructions in the paper path.
Check the condition of the paper in all trays.
Check for obstructions in the paper path.
Note: If fault code 377-188 occurs multiple times when feeding the media that follows:
Note: If jams occur when feeding any of the media that follows: • Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper 210 gsm / 80 lb cover.
• Xerox bold digital printing paper, 270 gsm / 100 lb cover • Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper heavyweight 280 gsm / 100 lb cover.
• Xerox bold super gloss cover, 250 gsm / 12 pt. • Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper heavyweight 300 gsm / 110 lb cover.
• Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper,300 gsm / 110 lb cover.
When a high area coverage image job is printed in duplex mode on moisture content paper in A-
• Xerox colotech+ gloss coated, 170 to 280gsm. zone environment. Change the output destination to exit 1 (center tray lower).
If necessary advise the customer to use a lighter media.
Procedure
Procedure Perform the steps that follow:
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- 1. Check for paper jammed in the fuser.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 2. Check the margin at the lead edge. If the margin is narrow, perform the following:
3. Check the toner density. If the toner density is dark perform ADJ 90.14, Tone up/ Tone Down
• OF17, How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. dC0991 Adjustment.
Perform the steps that follow: 4. Enter dC330, code [077-112] to actuate face up exit sensor, part of the fuser, PL 10.30 for prop-
er operation.
1. Enter dC330 Component Control, code 077–071. Check the duplex motor and associated drives.
PL 80.75 Left Cover Transport Assembly 5. Enter dC330 , code [010-004] to run the fuser unit drive motor, PL10.05for proper operation.
2. Check the mid and lower duplex roll assemblies, PL 80.75 , and pinch roller, PL 80.80 for foreign 6. EnterdC330 , code [077-060/061] (CW/CCW) to run the exit 2 drive motor, PL10.25 for proper
substances or wear. operation.
3. Enter dC330 , code 077-103. Check the registration sensor, PL 80.80. 7. EnterdC330 , code [077-004] to energize the face up gate solenoid, PL 10.30 for proper
operation.
4. Enter dC330 , code 077-055. Check the registration motorPL 80.95.
8. Check the fuser motor assembly, PL10.05 for wear and damage, if damaged install a new fuser
5. Check the registration drive gear, PL 80.90 wear or damage. drive assembly, PL10.05.
6. Check the main drive assembly, PL 40.05 for wear or damage. 9. If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.

3 7 7 - 1 8 9 Fa c e U p E x i t S e n s o r O f f J a m R A P 3 7 7 - 2 1 1 Tra y M o d u l e M i s m a t c h R A P
BSD 10.10 Exit 2 Paper Transport BSD 10.10 Exit 2 Paper Transport BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB)
377-189 The trail edge of the paper turned off the face up exit sensor earlier than the specified 377-211 A tray module mismatch has occurred.
time.
Procedure
• Check for obstructions in the paper path. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
• Ensure that the tray is loaded correctly. tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
• Ensure the tray is pushed fully home. Perform the steps that follow:
Note: If fault code 377-189 occurs multiple times when feeding the media that follows: 1. Check the correct tray module (2TM/TTM) is installed. Install the correct tray module desired.
• Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper 210 gsm / 80 lb cover. 2. Check the connections between the tray module and the machine.
• Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper heavyweight 280 gsm / 100 lb cover. 3. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
• Xerox bold coated satin or gloss digital printing paper heavyweight 300 gsm / 110 lb cover. 4. If the fault persists, enter dC131 to ensure the tray module type is correctly set in NVM value
742-205:
When a high area coverage image job is printed in duplex mode on moisture content paper in A- • 2TM = 4
zone environment. Change the output destination to exit 1 (center tray lower).
• TTM = 5
Procedure
• OF21 — How to Check a Motor.
• OF15 — How to Check a Sensor.
• OF17 — How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
1. Check for paper jammed in the fuser.
2. Check the margin at the lead edge. If the margin is narrow, perform the following:
3. Check the toner density. If the toner density is dark perform ADJ 90.14, Tone up/ Tone Down
dC0991 Adjustment.
4. Enter dC330, code [077-112] to actuate face up exit sensor, part of the fuser, PL 10.30 for prop-
er operation.
5. Enter dC330, code [010-004] to run the fuser unit drive motor, PL10.05 for proper operation.
6. Enter dC330, code [077-060/061] (CW/CCW) to run the exit 2 drive motor, PL10.25 for proper
operation.
7. Enter dC330, code [077-004] to energize the face up gate solenoid, PL 10.30 for proper
operation.
8. Check the fuser motor assembly, PL10.05 for wear and damage, if damaged install a new fuser
drive assembly, PL10.05.

3 7 7 – 3 1 4 Tra y M o d u l e Re s e t Fa u l t 3 7 7 - 3 0 0 T h e D e v i c e Fr o n t D o o r I s O p e n R A P
BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) (Low/Mid) BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) (Low/Mid) BSD 1.8 Interlock Switching BSD 1.8 Interlock Switching
BSD 1.10 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) (High) BSD 1.10 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) (High) 377-300 Front cover was opened during run.
Procedure Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF, then ON. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following: ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
• The connectors ( P335, P/J451) between the Controller PWB, BP PWB, and Half Tone PWBfor
poor contact, damage, and foreign objects. Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary:
• The connection and Flat Cable between the Half Tone PWB J481, P/J551 and the Motor • OF16 Switch, How to Check a Switch
DrivePWB P/J405, P/J410for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
3. If the fault persists, replace the following parts in sequence. Note: Replace only one PWB, then
check if the fault persists. Reinstall the PWB if it does not resolve the problem. Then replace the 1. Check the actuator on the front cover for damage. If necessary, install a new front cover assem-
next PWB. bly, PL 28.05.
• Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10) 2. Enter dC330 code 077-303. Check the front cover interlock switch, PL 28.05.
• Controller PWB (PL 3.05) 3. If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
• Half Tone PWB (PL 3.15)

3 7 7 - 3 0 1 T h e D e v i c e Le f t - S i d e D o o r A i s O p e n R A P 3 7 7 - 3 0 5 T h e D e v i c e Le f t - S i d e D o o r B i s O p e n R A P
BSD 1.8 Interlock Switching BSD 1.8 Interlock Switching BSD 1.8 Interlock Switching BSD 1.8 Interlock Switching
377-301 Left cover assembly was opened during run. 377-305 Tray module left cover was opened during run.
Procedure Procedure
Refer to OF16 Switch, How to Check a Switch, as necessary. Refer to OF16 Switch, How to Check a Switch, as necessary.
1. Check the actuator on the L/H cover for damage. If necessary, install a new left cover, PL 80.65. 1. Check the actuator on the tray module left cover for damage. If necessary, install a new tray
2. Enter dC330 code 077-300. Check the left cover interlock switch assembly, PL 80.65. module left cover assembly:
• (2TM), PL 80.20.
• (TTM), PL 70.35.
2. Enter dC330, code [077-306]. As necessary, perform the steps that follow:
• Check the 2TM interlock switch, PL 80.20.
• Check the TTM interlock switch assembly, PL80.40.

3 7 7 - 3 1 4 Pa p e r H a n d l i n g M o d u l e Lo g i c Fa i l R A P 3 7 7 - 3 2 0 A l l Fe e d Tra y B r o ke n
BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communication BSD 3.1 PWB Communication
377-314 A tray module fatal error was detected. All the Feed Trays that are connected to the IOT were detected to have malfunctioned.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- Enter dC122 Fail History. Go to the RAP of the affected Paper Tray.
2. Switch off the machine, then check the following items:
• The connection at P335 between the controller PWB and the back plane PWB J335 , and P/
P335 J335
J451 between the back plane PWB and the halftone PWB for poor contact, damage, and
P/J451
foreign substances
• The motor drive ribbon cable, PL 3.10, between the halftone PWB P551/J480 and the motor
drive PWB P/J410 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
P/J410
3. If the fault persists, install new components in the following order as necessary:
Note: After each individual component installation, switch on the machine to verify
the fault is cleared before installing the next component.
a. Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
b. Controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05.
c. Halftone PWB, PL 3.15.
d. Back plane PWB, PL 3.15.

3 7 7 - 9 0 0 , 3 7 7 – 9 0 2 I OT S t a t i c J a m R A P 3 7 7 - 9 0 1 I OT S t a t i c J a m R A P
BSD 80.7 Registration BSD 80.7 Registration BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive
377-900 The registration sensor detected remaining paper. BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing
377-902 The exit 2 sensor detected remaining paper. BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport
377-912 The bypass tray feed out sensor detected remaining paper. BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2) BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2)
Initial Actions 377-901 The fuser exit sensor detected remaining paper in the paper path.
• Remove all jammed paper in the paper path. Initial Actions
• Check the condition of the paper in all trays. • Check for obstructions in the paper path.
• Ensure that all the trays are loaded correctly. • Ensure that the tray is loaded correctly. Refer to, Media Supply.
Procedure • Ensure the tray is pushed fully home.
WARNING: Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.
1. Check the takeaway roll and takeaway roll 2, PL 80.90 for foreign substances or wear. Clean or
install new components as necessary. • OF14 or OF15 How to Check a Sensor.
2. Enter dC330 , code [077-103] to actuate the registration sensor, PL 80.80. Perform the steps that follow:
3. Check the main drive assembly, PL 40.05 for wear or damage.
1. Remove the fuser. Remove any foreign material or paper wound around the heat roll.
4. Check the registration transport assembly, PL 80.55 for wear or damage.
2. Enter dC330, code 077-101 to actuate exit sensor 1, part of the fuser, PL10.05 for proper
5. If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. operation.
3. Enter dC330, code 010-004 to run the fuser unit drive motor, PL 40.05.
4. Enter dC330, code 077-060/061(CW/CCW) to run the exit 2 drive motor, PL10.25.
5. Enter dC330, code 077-003 to energize the exit 1 gate solenoid, PL10.25 for proper operation.
6. Check the fuser drive assembly, PL 40.05 for wear and damage, if damaged install a new fuser
drive assembly, PL 40.05.

3 7 7 - 9 0 8 I OT S t a t i c J a m a t Fa c e U p E x i t S e n s o r R A P 3 7 7 - 9 1 2 U n e x p e c t e d J a m a t M S I Fe e d O u t S e n s o r R A P
Procedure Procedure
1. Check the Face Up Exit Sensor for remaining paper, foreign objects, actuator return failure, and 1. Check the Face Up Exit Sensor for remaining paper, foreign objects, actuator return failure, and
contamination on the sensor. contamination on the sensor.
2. Check the Face Up Exit Sensor for operation failure dC330[077–112] (PL 10.20). 2. Check the Face Up Exit Sensor for operation failure dC330 [077–104] (PL 80.115).
3. If the problem persists, replace the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10. 3. If the problem persists, replace the Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10.

Chain 389 Entry RAP

When multiple Chain 389 fault codes are indicated in the active fault list (dC122) fixing higher pri-
ority faults can result in automatically fixing other, lower priority faults. Fix faults in the order indi-
cated in Table 1Table 1.
Procedure
Table 1 Chain 389 Fault Priority Table
Priority Fault Code Fault
1 (High) 389-674, 389-675,389-676 MOB LED Fail RAP
2 389-677 Threshold Fail RAP
3 389-623, 389-629 Vout Stability Fail
4 389-616 RCDataOverflowFail
5 389-604 RCSampleBlockFail-B
6 389-601 SampleBlockFail-A1
7 389-600 RCSampleLateralFail-A1
8 389-617 RCDataOverRangeFail
9 (Low) 389-616 RCDataOverRangeFail

Service Manual Chain 389 Entry RAP
3 8 9 - 3 1 3 , 3 8 9 – 3 1 4 , 3 8 9 – 3 1 6 , 3 8 9 – 3 1 7 I Re C T E r r o r Fa i l R A P 3 8 9 - 6 0 0 RC S a m p l e L a t e ra l Fa i l - A 1 R A P
BSD 60.9 LPH Y and M BSD 60.9 LPH Y and M BSD 60.11 Color Registration BSD 60.11 Color Registration
BSD 60.10 LPH C and K BSD 60.10 LPH C and K 389-600 An error with the Cyan fast scan position that is used as a reference during A1 (fine adjust-
ment pattern) and C patch detection.
389-313 IReCT Error Fail #1
Initial Actions
Enter dC122, if multiple chain 89 faults are indicated, refer toChain 389 Entry RAP to determine the
389-316 IReCT Error Fail #3 highest priority fault.
Procedure
• Detected insufficient input data (UnderRun) on the controller regarding the output data to LPH.
• IReCT settings error has occurred. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4. Check the installation and condition of the IBT belt assembly, PL90.30.
2. Switch off the machine, then check the connection of the back plane PWB between the control- The IBT belt assembly is good.
ler PWB assembly P335 and the halftone PWB J451 for loose connection, poor contact, or an
P335 J451
Y N
obstruction. Install the IBT belt assembly correctly.
3. Perform dC675 , Registration Control Setup Cycle. Perform the steps that follow:
4. If the fault persists, contact your Xerox Support Center. 1. Install a new IBT belt assembly, PL90.30
2. Enter dC330 code 954-820 to reset the HFSI value for the BTR unit.
The fault persists.
Y N
1. If the fault persists install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
2. Enter dC675 , perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle.

389-313, 389–314, 389–316, 389–317 Service Manual
3 8 9 - 6 0 1 , 3 8 9 - 6 0 3 RC S a m p l e B l o c k Fa i l - A 1 R A P 3 8 9 - 6 0 4 , 6 0 6 , 6 0 7 , 6 0 9 , 6 1 0 , 6 1 2 , 6 1 3 , 6 1 5 RC S a m p l e B l o c k
BSD 60.11 Color Registration BSD 60.11 Color Registration
Fa i l - B R A P
389-601 During the A1 (fine adjustment pattern) and C patch detection, the patch at the MOB In (Rear) or Out (Front) Side MOB Sensor Patch did not meet the specified enabled Sample Block
ADC sensor In did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. count during B (Rough Tone Pattern) Patch detection of each color. (This is a hidden failure. The Col-
or Regi Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
389-603 During the A1 (fine adjustment pattern) and C patch detection, the patch at the MOB
ADC sensor Out did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. BSD 60.11 Color Registration BSD 60.11 Color Registration
• 389–604: RC Sample Block Fail-B-#1-In

Initial Actions
• 389-607: RC Sample Block Fail-B-#2-In
Enter dC122, if multiple chain 89 faults are indicated, refer to Chain 389 Entry RAP to determine • 389-610: RC Sample Block Fail-B-#3-In
the highest priority fault.
• 389-613: RC Sample Block Fail-B-#4-In
Procedure • 389-606: RC Sample Block Fail-B-#1-Out
Procedure
• 389-609: RC Sample Block Fail-B-#2-Out
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- • 389-612: RC Sample Block Fail-B-#3-Out
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. • 389-615: RC Sample Block Fail-B-#4-Out
Refer to OF14 or OF14 How to Check a sensor, as necessary: Note: When multiple failures of Chain No. 389 (RegiCon) occur, refer to the Chain 389 Entry RAP
and take action starting with the Fault that is highest in priority order.
Check the applicable MOB ADC sensor for contamination, open circuits, short circuits or damage, if
necessary install a new MOB ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30. Procedure
The fault persists.
Y N Check the density of the applicable color.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. The density of the applicable color is normal.
Y N
Adjust to correct the density of the applicable color. After the adjustment, change the NVM
1. Install a new MOB ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30. [759- 468] (MOB Gain Setup Flag) to '1'.
2. Enter dC675 , perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle. Refer to BSD, and check the connection between the Motor Drive PWB J443 and the applicable
MOB Sensor for disconnection, open circuit, short circuit or poor contact.
The connection is OK.
Y N
Correctly perform connection from the Motor Drive PWB J443 to the applicable Sensor. After
connection, change the NVM [759-468] (MOB Gain Setup Flag) to '1'.
Check the Magnet Roll at the MOB Sensor position of the applicable color for contamination, dam-
age, and distortion.
The magnet is normal.
Y N
Repair the Magnet Roll of the applicable color. After the repair, change the NVM [759-468]
(MOB Gain Setup Flag) to '1'.
Check the IBT Belt at the applicable MOB Sensor position for damage and distortion.
The IBT Belt is normal.
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt (PL 90.35). After replacement, go to the Diag mode and perform DC675
Registration Control Setup Cycle (ADJ 90.10) then DC937 Procon ON Print (ADJ 90.3) in
sequence.
Check the Drum Cartridge of the applicable color for damage and deformation. .
The Drum Cartridge is normal.
Y N
Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 90.15) of the applicable color. After replacement, go to the
Diag mode and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle (ADJ 90.10) then DC937
Procon ON Print (ADJ 90.3) in sequence.

Service Manual 389-601, 389-603
Replace the MOB/ADC Sensor Assembly (PL90.30). After replacement, go to the Diag mode and 3 8 9 - 6 1 6 RC D a t a O v e r f l o w Fa i l R A P
perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle (ADJ 90.10) then DC937 Procon ON Print (ADJ
90.3) in sequence. If the problem persists, replace the Controller PWB (PL 3.05). After the replace- BSD 60.11 Color Registration BSD 60.11 Color Registration
ment, perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. (ADJ 90.10)

389-616 The correction setting value of the calculation result has exceeded the allowed range.
Initial Actions
Enter dC122, if multiple chain 89 faults are indicated, refer to Chain 389 Entry RAP to determine
Procedure
Enter dC675 , perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle and compare the correction amount
with the value in Table 1.
Table 1 Registration control adjustment ranges
Adjustment Range
Correction item Minimum Maximum
Fast Scan Margin -4720 +4720
Slow Scan Margin -4720 +4720
Skew -1650 +1650

Fast Scan Margin or Slow Scan Margin have reached the minimum or maximum adjustment
value.
Y N
Check the position of the drum cartridge of each color.
The drum cartridge positions are good.
Y N
Correctly position all drum cartridges.
Install a new drum cartridge as necessary:
• PL 90.15 (K).
• PL 90.15 (C).
• PL 90.15 (M).
• PL 90.15 (Y).
If the fault persists, install a new LPH assembly as necessary:
• PL60.05 (K).
• PL60.05 (C).
• PL60.05 (M).
• PL60.05 (Y).
Check if Fast Scan Margin or Slow Scan Margin have reached the minimum or maximum adjust-
ment value.
Slow Scan Margin has reached the minimum or maximum adjustment value.

Y N 3 8 9 - 6 1 7 R C D a t a O v e r Ra n g e R A P
Raise/lower each LPH (Y, M, C, K) 2 to 3 times to check the LPH lift up/down mechanism.
If no problem is found, install a new LPH assembly as necessary:

389-617 The result from adding the offset value to the correction value has exceeded the offset
• PL60.05 (K).
range.
• PL60.05 (C).
• PL60.05 (M).
Initial Actions
• PL60.05 (Y). EnterdC122 , if multiple chain 389 faults are indicated, refer to Chain 389 Entry RAP to determine
Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10 . Enter dC675 , perform the Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
Enter dC131 , check the following NVM values:
• 759-319 (Lead Registration Offset).
• 759-321 (Side 1 Registration Offset).
• 759-322 (Side 2 Registration Offset).

3 8 9 - 6 2 3 , 6 7 3 , 6 2 9 Vs o u t S t a b i l i t y Fa i l R A P 3 8 9 - 6 7 4 , 3 8 9 - 6 7 5 , 3 8 9 - 6 7 6 M O B L E D Fa i l R A P
BSD 60.11 Color Registration BSD 60.11 Color Registration BSD 60.11 Color Registration BSD 60.11 Color Registration
389-623 The amount of reflected light was not stabilized during front MOB sensor, PL90.30 LED 389-674 The LED light amount setting value does not converge in gain correction of the front MOB
brightness correction. sensor, PL90.30 LED Brightness Correction.
389-673 The amount of reflected light was not stabilized during ADC sensor, PL90.30 LED bright- 389-675 An error occurs in the output voltage value of the IBT belt sensor during ADC sensor,
ness correction. PL90.30 LED Brightness Correction.
389-629 The amount of reflected light was not stabilized during rear MOB sensor, PL90.30 LED 389-676 The LED light amount setting value does not converge in gain correction of the rear MOB
brightness correction. sensor, PL90.30 LED Brightness Correction.

Enter dC122 , if multiple chain 389 faults are indicated, refer to Chain 389 Entry RAP to determine Enter dC122, if multiple chain 389 faults are indicated, refer to Chain 389 Entry RAP to determine
the highest priority fault. the highest priority fault.
Procedure Procedure
Check the wiring between: Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB and the applicable MOB ADC sensor for open cir-
cuits, short circuits or damage.
• The motor drive PWB P/J443 and the applicable MOB sensor P/J609 (front and rear).
P/J443 P/J609
The connection is good.

• The motor drive PWB P/J416 and ADC sensor P/J608 .
P/J416 P/J608
Y N
for open circuits, short circuits or damage. Reconnect or repair the wiring between the motor drive PWB and the MOB ADC sensor.
The connection is good. Check the IBT belt, PL 90.35 , at the applicable MOB ADC sensor position for damage and
Y N distortion.
Reconnect or repair the wiring between the motor drive PWB and the MOB ADC sensor The IBT belt is good.
assembly. Y N
Check the IBT belt, PL 90.35 , at the applicable MOB ADC sensor position for damage and Install a new IBT belt assembly, PL90.30 . Enter dC330 code 954-820 to reset the HFSI value
distortion. for the BTR unit.
The IBT belt is good. Check the detection area of the applicable MOB ADC sensor for obstruction or contamination.
Y N The MOB ADC sensor is good.
Install a new IBT belt assembly, PL90.30 . Enter dC330 code 954-820 to reset the HFSI value Y N
for the BTR unit. Clean the detection area of the MOB ADC sensor.
Check the detection area of the applicable MOB ADC sensor for obstruction or contamination. Install a new MOB ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30.
The MOB ADC sensor is good. The fault persists.
Y N Y N
Clean the detection area of the MOB ADC sensor. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Install a new MOB ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30. Install a new IBT belt assembly, PL90.30. After installing a new IBT belt assembly, enter dC330 code
The fault persists. 954-820 to reset the HFSI value for the BTR unit.
Y N The fault persists.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Y N
Install a new IBT belt assembly, PL90.30 . After installing a new IBT belt assembly, enter dC330 Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
code 954-820 to reset the HFSI value for the BTR unit. If the fault persists, install a new Motor Drive PWB PL 1.10 . Enter dC675 , perform the Registration
The fault persists. Control Setup Cycle.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB PL 1.10 . Enter dC675 , perform the Registration
Control Setup Cycle.

389-623, 673, 629 Service Manual
3 8 9 - 6 7 7 , 3 8 9 - 6 7 8 , 3 8 9 - 6 7 9 M O B T h r e s h o l d Fa i l R A P
389-677 An error occurs in the output voltage value of the IBT belt sensor during front MOB sensor,
PL90.30 LED Brightness Correction.
389-678 An error occurs in the output voltage value of the IBT belt sensor during ADC sensor,
389-679 An error occurs in the output voltage value of the IBT belt sensor during rear MOB sensor,
Initial Actions
Enter dC122, if multiple chain 389 faults are indicated, refer to Chain 389 Entry RAP to determine
Procedure
Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB and the applicable MOB ADC sensor for open cir-
cuits, short circuits or damage.
The connection is good.
Y N
Reconnect or repair the wiring between the motor drive PWB and the MOB ADC sensor.
Check the IBT belt, PL 90.35 , at the applicable MOB ADC sensor position for damage and
distortion.
The IBT belt is good.
Y N
Install a new IBT belt assembly, PL90.30 . Enter dC330 code 954-820 to reset the HFSI value
for the BTR unit.
Check the detection area of the applicable MOB ADC sensor for obstruction or contamination.
The MOB ADC sensor is good.
Y N
Clean the detection area of the MOB ADC sensor.
Install a new MOB ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30.
The fault persists.
Y N
Install a new IBT belt assembly, PL90.30 . After installing a new IBT belt assembly, enter dC330
code 954-820 to reset the HFSI value for the BTR unit.
The fault persists.
Y N
If the fault persists, install a new motor drive PWB PL 1.10 . Enter dC675 , perform the Registration
Control Setup Cycle.

Service Manual 389-677, 389-678, 389-679
3 9 1 - 3 2 8 , 3 9 1 - 3 2 9 , 3 9 1 - 3 3 0 , 3 9 1 - 3 3 1 D r u m C R U M Co m m u n i - 3 9 1 - 4 0 0 , 4 0 5 , 9 1 0 , 9 1 1 Wa s t e To n e r C a r t r i d g e R A P
cation Error RAP BSD 90.20 Waste Toner Disposal BSD 90.20 Waste Toner Disposal
BSD 90.3 Drum Life Control (Y, M) BSD 90.3 Drum Life Control (Y, M)
391-400 Waste cartridge is nearly full.

BSD 90.4 Drum Life Control (C, K) BSD 90.4 Drum Life Control (C, K)
391-405 Waste cartridge is pre nearly full.

391-328 Black Drum cartridge CRUM authentication IC communication error. 391-910 Waste cartridge is not positioned.
391-329 Yellow Drum cartridge CRUM authentication IC communication error. 391-911 Waste cartridge is full.
391-330 Magenta Drum cartridge CRUM authentication IC communication error.
Procedure
391-331 Cyan Drum cartridge CRUM authentication IC communication error.
Check the waste cartridge, PL 90.15.
Procedure The waste cartridge is full or nearly full.
Y N
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Enter dC330 code 091-201, waste toner cartridge full sensor, PL 90.20 . Actuate the sensor.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. The display changes.
Y N
Check the waste toner cartridge full sensor, refer to:
1. Remove the drum cartridge causing the fault.
• OF14 or OF14, How to check a sensor.
2. Check the drum cartridge CRUM and connector for damage and contamination.
• BSD 90.20 Waste Toner Disposal BSD 90.20 Waste Toner Disposal .
3. Install the drum cartridge back into the machine.
If necessary, install new parts:
• Waste toner cartridge full sensor, PL 90.20.
5. Remove the drum cartridge causing the fault, then install a new drum cartridge. If the fault per-
sists, check the wiring of the drum causing the fault between: • Motor Drive PWB, PL 1.10.
• Drum cartridge CRUM (K), and the motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. Enter dC330 code 091-200, waste toner cartridge position sensor, PL 90.20 . Actuate the
sensor.
• Drum cartridge CRUM (C), and the motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
The display changes.
• Drum cartridge CRUM (M), and the motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. Y N
• Drum cartridge CRUM (Y), and the motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
Check the waste toner cartridge full sensor, refer to:
• OF14 or OF14 How to check a sensor.
• Drum cartridge, PL 90.15 (K).
• BSD 90.20 Waste Toner Disposal BSD 90.20 Waste Toner Disposal .
• Drum cartridge, PL 90.15 (C).
If necessary, install new parts:
• Drum cartridge, PL 90.15 (M).
• Waste toner cartridge position sensor, PL 90.20.
• Drum cartridge, PL 90.15 (Y).
Check that the waste cartridge seats correctly in the machine and is not distorted or dam-
• Controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05. aged, If necessary install a new waste cartridge, PL 90.15.
Correctly dispose of the used waste cartridge, then install a new waste cartridge, PL 90.15.

391-328, 391-329, 391-330, 391-331 Service Manual
3 9 1 - 4 0 1 D r u m C a r t r i d g e K N e a r L i fe 3 9 1 - 4 0 2 , 4 2 4 , 4 8 0 , 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 , 9 1 3 D r u m C a r t r i d g e L i fe O v e r
BSD 9.4 Drum Life Control (C,K) BSD 9.4 Drum Life Control (C,K)
RAP
It was detected that the replacement timing for Drum (K) is closer than Pre Near. 391-402 Drum cartridge K life over.
Note: The chain/link fault code for this RAP is an internal machine code and is never displayed or 391-424 Drum cartridge K life end.
logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that 391-480 Drum cartridge Y life over.
ing a CRU, etc). Entry to this RAP is usually via the Persistent RAP located in the Other Faults section, 391-481 Drum cartridge M life over.
or a chain/link listing on a BSD.
391-482 Drum cartridge C life over.
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). 391-913 Drum cartridge K near life end.
Procedure Procedure
The Drum (K) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum (K) (PL 90.15 ) as required. Install new components as necessary:
• Drum cartridge, PL 90.15 (K).
• Drum cartridge, PL 90.15 (C).
• Drum cartridge, PL 90.15 (M).
• Drum cartridge, PL 90.15 (Y).

3 9 1 - 4 1 1 D r u m C a r t r i d g e Y N e a r L i fe 3 9 1 - 4 2 1 D r u m C a r t r i d g e M N e a r L i fe
BSD 9.3 Drum Life Control (Y,M) BSD 9.3 Drum Life Control (Y,M) BSD 9.3 Drum Life Control (Y,M) BSD 9.3 Drum Life Control (Y,M)
It was detected that the replacement timing for Drum (Y) is closer than Pre Near. It was detected that the replacement timing for Drum (M) is closer than Pre Near.
Note: The chain/link fault code for this RAP is an internal machine code and is never displayed or Note: The chain/link fault code for this RAP is an internal machine code and is never displayed or
logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that
cannot be cleared by performing the indicated process (e.g., loading paper, closing a cover, replac- cannot be cleared by performing the indicated process (e.g., loading paper, closing a cover, replac-
ing a CRU, etc). Entry to this RAP is usually via the Persistent RAP located in the Other Faults section, ing a CRU, etc). Entry to this RAP is usually via the Persistent RAP located in the Other Faults section,
or a chain/link listing on a BSD. or a chain/link listing on a BSD.
Procedure Procedure
The Drum (Y) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum (Y) (PL 90.15 ) as required. The Drum (M) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum (M) (PL 90.15 ) as required.

3 9 1 - 4 3 1 D r u m C a r t r i d g e C N e a r L i fe 3 9 1 - 9 1 3 D r u m C a r t r i d g e K L i fe E n d
BSD 9.4 Drum Life Control (C,K) BSD 9.4 Drum Life Control (C,K) BSD 9.4 Drum Life Control (C,K) BSD 9.4 Drum Life Control (C,K)
It was detected that the replacement timing for Drum (C) is closer than Pre Near. Drum (K) has reached the end of its life span.
Note: The chain/link fault code for this RAP is an internal machine code and is never displayed or Note: The chain/link fault code for this RAP is an internal machine code and is never displayed or
logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that
cannot be cleared by performing the indicated process (e.g., loading paper, closing a cover, replac- cannot be cleared by performing the indicated process (e.g., loading paper, closing a cover, replac-
ing a CRU, etc). Entry to this RAP is usually via the Persistent RAP located in the Other Faults section, ing a CRU, etc). Entry to this RAP is usually via the Persistent RAP located in the Other Faults section,
or a chain/link listing on a BSD. or a chain/link listing on a BSD.
Procedure Procedure
The Drum (C) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum (C) (PL 90.15 ) as required. Replace the Drum (K) (PL 90.15 ).

391-916 D r um CR UM K D ata M ism atch 3 9 1 - 9 2 1 , 3 9 1 - 9 2 7 , 3 9 1 - 9 2 8 , 3 9 1 - 9 2 9 D r u m C R U M N o t i n Po s i -

BSD 9.4 Drum Life Control (C,K) BSD 9.4 Drum Life Control (C,K)
tioned RAP
Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Drum (K) CRUM.
Procedure
Remove and reinstall the Drum (K) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, re-
place it with the correct Drum (K) (PL 90.15 ).

3 9 2 - 3 1 2 , 3 1 3 , 3 1 4 , 3 1 5 AT C Sy s t e m Fa i l R A P
BSD 90.13 Development Y BSD 90.13 Development Y
BSD 90.14 Development M BSD 90.14 Development M
BSD 90.15 Development C BSD 90.15 Development C
BSD 90.16 Development K BSD 90.16 Development K
392-312 The ATC sensor output that detects the Toner density in the (Y) Developer Housing Assem-
bly is continuously abnormal. This occurs when the number of continuous occurrence of ATC Aver-
age Fail or ATC Amplitude Fail of the (Y) color has reached or exceeded the threshold value.
392-313 The ATC sensor output that detects the Toner density in the (M) Developer Housing As-
sembly is continuously abnormal. This occurs when the number of continuous occurrence of ATC
Average Fail or ATC Amplitude Fail of the (M) color has reached or exceeded the threshold value.
392-314 The ATC sensor output that detects the Toner density in the (C) Developer Housing Assem-
age Fail or ATC Amplitude Fail of the (C) color has reached or exceeded the threshold value.
392-315 The ATC sensor output that detects the Toner density in the (K) Developer Housing Assem-
age Fail or ATC Amplitude Fail of the (K) color has reached or exceeded the threshold value.
Initial Actions
• Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
• The fail is normally cleared by GP 4 allowing resuming of print jobs; however, when the fail oc-
currence count has reached the specified value, it can no longer be cleared by GP 4. To release,
clear the following NVM value of the applicable color to '0'. Furthermore, if the machine is not
returned to normal status, this fail will occur again during the operation.
Enter dC131, NVM Read/Write, then enter the following codes to view the NVM values and
change value to (0) for the applicable color:
– ATC System Fail
♦ (Y) 745-131
♦ (M) 745-132
♦ (C) 745-133
♦ (K) 745-134
– ATC System Fail Continuous Count
♦ (Y) 745-147
♦ (M) 745-148
♦ (C) 745-149
♦ (K) 745-150
Procedure
Note: When this fault occurs, toner density control, by the ATC sensor, is not performed and ICDC
(pixels) based toner supply control is performed instead. If the fault remains for a long time, an im-
age density error (too dark or too light) may occur.
Enter BSD 90.16. Check for the below faults and perform the applicable procedures as necessary:

Service Manual 392-312, 313, 314, 315
• 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC Amplitude Fail RAP 3 9 2 - 6 4 9 , 3 9 2 - 6 5 0 , 3 9 2 - 6 5 1 A D C S h u t t e r / S e n s o r Fa i l R A P
• 392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668 ATC Average Fail RAP
Note: After the repair, clear the NVM value listed under [Effect] to '0'.
392-649 ADC Shutter Open Fail.
392-651 ADC Shutter Close Fail.
392-651 ADC sensor Fail.
Initial Actions
An ADC sensor malfunction, abnormality in electrical system, or abnormality in transfer belt reflec-
tion output� has occurred.
1. Enter Diagnostics Service Diagnostic Mode , then BSD 90.16 Active Faults, to view the fault
history.
2. Check for the following faults and perform the RAP associated:
• 341-345 Motor Drive PWB F2 Fuse Fail RAP
• 341-356 Motor Drive PWB F11 Fuse Fail RAP
Procedure
CAUTION: To prevent light-induced fatigue, cover the Drum with a black sheet when
removing the Drum Cartridge. In addition, do not touch the Drum surface.
• OF14 or OF14, How to Check a Sensor.
Perform dC937 , Procon On/Off Print.
All results are OK.
Y N
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write to check the following NVM values.
• 752-062 ADC_Vdark
• 752-063 ADC_Vclose
• 752-064 ADC_Diffusion Vcln
• 752-065 ADC_Mirror Vcln
All the values are 10 or higher.

Y N
Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB P/J416 and the ADC sensor (MOB/
P/J416
ADC sensor Assembly) P/J153 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If the
P/J153
fault persists, install new components as necessary:

• MOB/ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30.
Note: After replacement of the MOB/ADC sensor assembly, enter Diag-

nostics, then perform dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle, then
dC937 Procon On/Off Print in sequence.

392-649, 392-650, 392-651 Service Manual
A A
Enter dC330 , code 092-003 (Shutter Open) and dC330 , code 092-004 (Shutter Close) Y N
alternately. Switch off the machine, GP 4 . Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB P/J416
During shutter open/close, operation noise of the shutter can be heard. and the ADC sensor (MOB/ADC sensor assembly) P/J153 for open circuit, short circuit,
P/J153
Y N and poor contact.

Measure the voltage between the motor drive PWB P/J416 pin6 (+24VDC) and
P/J416
If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:

ground.
The voltage is +24VDC. • MOB/ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30.
Y N
Note: After replacement of the MOB/ADC sensor assembly, enter Diag-
Perform 341-345 Motor Drive PWB F2 Fuse Fail RAP. nostics, then perform dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle, then
Measure voltage of the following: dC937 Procon On/Off Print in sequence.
• Enter dC330 , code 092-003 (Shutter On), between the motor drive PWB P/J416 P/J416 • Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
pin7 (+24VDC) and GND(-) P/J416 pin8.
Pull out the IBT belt unit.
P/J416
• Enter dC330 , code 092-004 (Shutter Close), between the motor drive PWB P/J416 P/J416
The IBT belt is free of contamination, foreign substances, or damage.

pin5 (+24VDC) and GND(-) P/J416 pin8. P/J416
Y N
The voltages are +24VDC for all. Install a new IBT belt, PL 90.35.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 4 . Disconnect the motor drive PWB P/J416 and P/J416
Note: After replacement of the IBT belt, enter Diagnostics, then perform dC675 Regis-
measure the resistances between P/J416 pin5 and pin6 and between P/J416
P/J416 P/J416
tration Control Setup Cycle, then dC937 Procon On/Off Print, in sequence.
pin6 and pin7. Remove the MOB ADC assembly and check the detection surface of the ADC sensor for con-
The resistance between pin-5 and pin-6 is approximately 24 Ohm and the re- tamination. If it is contaminated, clean it.
sistance between pin-6 and pin-7 approximately 8 Ohm.
If the problem persists, install a new MOB/ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 4 . Check the wiring between the motor drive Note: After replacement of the MOB/ADC sensor assembly, enter Diagnostics, then perform
PWB P/J416 and the shutter solenoid, PL90.30, P/J152 , for open circuit,
P/J416 P/J152
dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle, then dC937 Procon On/Off Print in sequence.
short circuit, and poor contact. If no problem is found, install a new MOB/
Run dC937 Procon On/Off Print continuously, several number of times.
ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30.
The fault persists.
Note: After replacement of the MOB/ADC sensor assembly, enter Diag- Y N
nostics, then perform dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle, then dC937 No action necessary.
Procon On/Off Print in sequence. Install a new parts in sequence as necessary:
Switch off the machine, GP 4 . Check the wiring between the motor drive PWB P/
J416 and the ADC sensor (MOB/ADC sensor assembly) P/J153 for open circuit,
P/J416 P/J153
1. MOB/ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30.
short circuit, and poor contact. If the fault persists, install new components as 2. Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
necessary:
3. IBT belt, PL 90.35.
• MOB/ADC sensor Assembly, PL90.30.
4. LVPS, PL 1.15.
Note: After replacement of the MOB/ADC sensor assembly, enter
Diagnostics, then perform dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle, Note: After replacement of the MOB/ADC sensor assembly, enter Diagnostics, then perform dC675
then dC937 Procon On/Off Print in sequence. Registration Control Setup Cycle, then dC937 Procon On/Off Print in sequence.
Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write to check the following NVM values.
• 752-062 ADC_Vdark
• 752-063 ADC_Vclose
Both NVM values are within range of 0 to 50.

Service Manual 392-649, 392-650, 392-651
3 9 2 - 6 5 7 , 3 9 2 - 6 5 8 , 3 9 2 - 6 5 9 , 3 9 2 - 6 6 0 AT C A m p l i t u d e Fa i l R A P A
Y N
BSD 90.13 Development Y BSD 90.13 Development Y The ATC sensor may be malfunctioning. Switch off the machine, GP 4 .Check the wiring
of the applicable color for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
• Between the ATC sensor (Y) P/J127 and the motor drive PWB P/J418
P/J127 P/J418
• Between the ATC sensor (M) P/J126 and the motor drive PWB P/J424
P/J126 P/J424
BSD 90.16 Development K BSD 90.16 Development K • Between the ATC sensor (C) P/J125 and the motor drive PWB P/J424
P/J125 P/J424
392-657 Toner density in the developer unit as detected by the yellow ATC sensor abnormal. This • Between the ATC sensor (K) P/J124 and the motor drive PWB P/J424
P/J124 P/J424
fault occurs when the difference between the maximum and minimum values in the ATC sensor
measurement set is lower than the threshold value.
• Developer housing kit, PL90.05.
392-658 Toner density in the developer unit as detected by the magenta ATC sensor abnormal. This
fault occurs when the difference between the maximum and minimum values in the ATC sensor Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950
measurement set is lower than the threshold value. ATC Sensor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the ap-
plicable color.
392-659 Toner density in the developer unit as detected by the cyan ATC sensor abnormal. This
fault occurs when the difference between the maximum and minimum values in the ATC sensor • Motor drive PWB PL 1.10.
measurement set is lower than the threshold value. Check the density of the image that was output by Procon ON Print.
392-660 Toner density in the developer unit as detected by the black ATC sensor abnormal. This Note: If any of the symptoms indicated in Initial Actions has appeared or the same symp-
fault occurs when the difference between the maximum and minimum values in the ATC sensor tom reappeared, perform the procedures in Initial Actions required before continuing.
measurement set is lower than the threshold value.
Is the density normal.
Initial Actions Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 4 . Remove the developer housing assembly, PL90.05.
• Perform RAP IQ1 to check for a blank page image quality defect.
• Enter Diagnostics, Service Diagnostic Mode, BSD 90.16 Active Faults. Check for the below faults Rotate the drive gear in the developer housing assembly manually and check whether
and perform the applicable procedures as necessary: the auger is rotating.
The auger in the developer housing assembly rotates.
– 343-345, 346 YMC Motor Fail RAP
Y N
– 342-324 K_IBT Drive Motor Fail RAP Install a new developer housing kit, PL90.05.
Procedure Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 ATC Sen-
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- sor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the applicable color.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- Reinstall the developer housing assembly and run the developer motor of the applica-
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ble color.
• dC330 , code 042-008 (Deve YMC Motor)
Note: To prevent light-induced fatigue, cover the Drum with a black sheet when removing the
Drum Cartridge. In addition, do not touch the Drum surface. • dC330 , code 042-003 (Drum_K/Deve_K/IBT Motor)
The developer motor rotates.
Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary: Y N
• OF18, OF19, or OF21 How to Check a Motor. Perform the RAP that applies:
• OF14 or OF15 How to Check a Sensor. • 343-345, 346 YMC Motor Fail RAP
Enter Diagnostics, Service Diagnostic Mode . Perform dC937 Procon On/Off Print, check the result of • 342-324 K_IBT Drive Motor Fail RAP
ATC Amplitude Fail. The ATC sensor may be malfunctioning. Switch off the machine, GP 4 . Check the fol-
All the results are good. lowing wiring for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
Y N
• Between the ATC sensor (Y) P/J127 and the motor drive PWB P/J418
P/J127 P/J418
Check the Measured ATC Amplitude value of the applicable color.

• Between the ATC sensor (M) P/J126 and the motor drive PWB P/J424
The value is 20 or higher.
P/J126 P/J424
• Between the ATC sensor (C) P/J125 and the motor drive PWB P/J424
P/J125 P/J424
A
B

392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 Service Manual
A 3 9 2 - 6 6 5 , 3 9 2 - 6 6 6 , 3 9 2 - 6 6 7 , 3 9 2 - 6 6 8 AT C A v e ra g e Fa i l R A P
B
• Between the ATC sensor (K) P/J124 and the motor drive PWB P/J424
P/J124 P/J424
BSD 90.13 Development Y BSD 90.13 Development Y


Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950

ATC Sensor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the ap- BSD 90.16 Development K BSD 90.16 Development K
plicable color.
392-665 Toner density in the developer unit as detected by the yellow ATC sensor abnormal. This
• Motor drive PWB PL 1.10. fault occurs when the average value of the ATC sensor measurement values is not between the
Install a new developer housing kit, PL90.05. upper and lower limit values.
Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 ATC Sensor Setup, 392-666 Toner density in the developer unit as detected by the magenta ATC sensor abnormal. This
then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the applicable color. fault occurs when the average value of the ATC sensor measurement values is not between the
upper and lower limit values.
If the problem persists, install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
392-667 Toner density in the developer unit as detected by the cyan ATC sensor abnormal. This
Enter Diagnostics, Service Diagnostic Mode . Perform dC937 Procon On/Off Print continuously sev- fault occurs when the average value of the ATC sensor measurement values is not between the
eral numbers of times. upper and lower limit values.
Fail occurs.
Y N 392-668 Toner density in the developer unit as detected by the black ATC sensor abnormal. This
No further action is required as this could have been due to a temporary change in Toner fault occurs when the average value of the ATC sensor measurement values is not between the
density. upper and lower limit values.
Initial Actions
• Perform RAP IQ1 to check for a blank page image quality defect.
• Enter BSD 90.16 . Check for the below faults and perform the applicable procedures as
Note: If the Developer Housing Assembly was replaced, perform dC950 ATC Sensor Setup, then necessary:
dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the applicable color. – 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC Amplitude Fail Y/M/C/K RAP
– 324-923 Toner Cartridge Y/M/C Empty RAP
– 393-912 Toner Cartridge K Empty RAP
– 342-324 K_IBT Drive Motor Fail RAP
Procedure
Note: To prevent light-induced fatigue, cover the Drum with a black sheet when removing the
Drum. In addition, do not touch the Drum surface.
• OF14 or OF15 How to Check a Sensor.
Enter Diagnostics, Service Diagnostic Mode . Perform dC937 Procon On/Off Print, check the result of
ATC Amplitude Fail.
All the results are good.
Y N
Check the Measured ATC Amplitude value of the applicable color.
The value is 20 or higher.

Service Manual 392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668
A A
Y N B
The ATC sensor may be malfunctioning. Switch off the machine, GP 4 .Check the wiring The fail has stopped occurring.
of the applicable color for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. Y N
The ATC sensor may be malfunctioning. Switch off the machine, GP 4 , then
• Between the ATC sensor (Y) P/J127 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J418
check the wiring of the applicable color for open circuits, short circuits, and poor
P/J127 P/J418
• Between the ATC sensor (M) P/J126 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J424
P/J126 P/J424 contacts.
• Between the ATC sensor (C) P/J125 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J424
P/J125 P/J424 • Between the ATC sensor (Y) P/J127 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J418
P/J127 P/J418
• Between the ATC sensor (K) P/J124 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J424
P/J124 P/J424
• Between the ATC sensor (M) P/J126 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J424
P/J126 P/J424
The wiring is good. • Between the ATC sensor (C) P/J125 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J424
P/J125 P/J424
Y N
• Between the ATC sensor (K) P/J125 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J424
P/J125 P/J424
Repair the wiring.

The fault persists.
The fault persists.
Y N
Y N
Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform
dC950 ATC Sensor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Set-
ATC Sensor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the ap-
up for the applicable color.
plicable color.
• Motor drive PWB PL 1.10.
Check the density of the image that was output by Procon ON Print.
Install a new developer housing kit, PL90.05.
Note: If any of the symptoms indicated in Initial Actions has appeared or the same symp-
toms recur, perform the procedures required before continuing. Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 ATC Sensor Setup,
then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the applicable color.
The density is normal.
Y N The fault persists.
Y N
The toner density may be abnormal.
The value of measured ATC average on the procon on print display screen is 1000 or
higher (toner density is light). Install a new motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
Y N Enter Diagnostics, Service Diagnostic Mode . Perform dC937 Procon On/Off Print continuously sev-
Install a new developer housing kit, PL90.05. eral numbers of times.
A fail occurs.
Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 ATC Sen- Y N
sor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the applicable color. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
The toner density was detected to be abnormally light. Perform the following: Install new components as necessary in sequence. Perform dC937 Procon On/Off Print continuously
several numbers of times after each part installation to verify the fault recurs or not. End compo-
1. Check the faulty toner cartridge for toner, if there is no toner in the cartridge, install
nent installation when the fault ends:
a new toner cartridge, PL 90.10.
2. Enter dC330 , code 093-009/010/011/012 (Y/M/C/K) to run the toner dispense mo- 1. Toner cartridge, PL 90.10.
tor of the applicable color. If the problem persists, install a new toner dispense mo- 2. Developer housing kit, PL90.05.
tor assembly, PL 90.10.
3. Dispenser assembly, PL 90.10.
3. Check the toner dispense path between the toner cartridge and the developer hous-
ing assembly for occurrence of toner blockage. 4. Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10.
5. Developer bias HVPS PWB, PL 1.15.
After removing the cause for the density error, perform dC330 Tone Up/Down to recov- 6. BCR HVPS PWB, PL 1.20.
er the toner density. Adjust the ATC Average Value within [+/-15] of the ATC Target
Value. Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 ATC Sensor Setup, then
dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the applicable color.
B

392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668 Service Manual
3 9 2 - 6 7 0 , 3 9 2 - 6 7 1 , 3 9 2 - 6 7 2 , 3 9 2 - 6 7 3 A D C Pa tc h Fa i l R A P Y N
Go to the appropriate procedure:
BSD 60.3 Color Registration
• 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC Amplitude Fail Y/M/C/K RAP.
BSD 60.3 Color Registration
392-670 The density of the yellow (Y) ADC patch is out of specification range or the ADC sensor is • 392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668 ATC Average Fail Y/M/C/K RAP.
malfunctioning.
Check the result of ADC Patch Fail.
392-671 The density of the magenta (M) ADC patch is out of specification range or the ADC sensor All the results are OK.
is malfunctioning. Y N
Check the following output images:
392-672 The density of the cyan (C) ADC patch is out of specification range or the ADC sensor is
malfunctioning. 1. Has the overall image density of the image output by ProCon ON/OF Print become
lighter?
392-673 The density of the black (K) ADC patch is out of specification range or the ADC sensor is
malfunctioning. 2. Use Test Pattern to output the Full Halftone Image (Pattern No. 9) for the applicable col-
or. Does the output image contain blank areas or has become extremely light at the FS di-
Initial Actions rection center section (ADC patch position)?
• Perform RAP IQ1 to check for out of specification density color image quality defect. The image density is normal?
• Enter BSD 60.3 , Shutdown History. Check for the below faults and perform the applicable proce- Y N
dures as necessary: Perform the following:
– 391-402, 424, 480, 481, 482, 913 Drum Cartridge Life End RAP 1. Perform all Initial Actions procedures required in BSD 60.3 , Shutdown History.
– 343-345, 346 YMC Motor Fail RAP 2. Check the toner cartridge has toner. If the toner cartridge is empty, install a new to-
– 342-324 K_IBT Motor Fail RAP ner cartridge, PL 90.10.
– 360-341 LPH System Fail RAP 3. Check the drum assembly for contamination, foreign matter, or damage. If conta-
minated or damaged, install a new drum assembly, PL 90.15.
– 360-357, 358, 359, 360 CONTIF Error Fail RAP
4. Check the amount of toner in the developer housing. Rotate the gear in clockwise.
– Chain 389 Entry RAP If the tone is low at feed entrance, center section on the developer housing assem-
– 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC System Fail Y/M/C/K RAP bly mag roll, or the toner remains low after rotating the gear. Install a new develop-
er housing kit, PL90.05.
– 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC Amplitude Fail Y/M/C/K RAP
5. Enter dC330 , code 093-009/010/011/012 (Y/M/C/K). Run the toner dispense motor
– 392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668 ATC Average Fail Y/M/C/K RAP for each color. If excessive or abnormal noise, damage, or forced rotation exists. In-
– 393-400 Toner Cartridge Y/M/C/K Near Empty RAP stall a new toner dispense motor assembly, PL 90.10.
– 394-318 1st BTR Position Fail RAP 6. Check the LPH assembly for contamination. If it is contaminated, clean the LPH as-
sembly. If the LPH assembly is damaged, install a new LPH assembly, PL60.05.
– 394-422 IBT / 2nd BTR Roll End RAP
7. Check the wiring between:
Procedure • The BCR HVPS PWB and the drum cartridge.
• The developer bias HVPS PWB and the magnet roll of the drum cartridge.
ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the power cord. Elec- • The BTR HVPS PWB and the 1st and 2nd BTR roll.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
Note: To prevent light-induced fatigue, cover the drum with a black sheet when removing the drum If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
cartridge. In addition, do not touch the drum surface. • BCR HVPS PWB, PL 1.20.
Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary: • developer bias HVPS PWB, PL 1.15.
• OF18, OF19, or OF21 How to Check a Motor. • BTR HVPS PWB, PL 1.05.
• OF14 or OF15 How to Check a Sensor. If the ADC Patch is light, check the IBT belt and the 1st BTR center section, the ADC patch po-
sition, for contamination, foreign substances, damage, and etc.
Enter Diagnostics, Service Diagnostic Mode . Perform dC937 Procon On/Off Print, check the result of The IBT belt and 1st BTR are good.
ATC Amplitude and ATC Average Fail. Y N
All the results are OK. Install a new:

Service Manual 392-670, 392-671, 392-672, 392-673
A 3 9 2 - 6 7 5 , 3 9 2 - 6 7 6 , 3 9 2 - 6 7 7 , 3 9 2 - 6 7 8 A D C M i n i S e t u p Fa i l R A P
B
• IBT belt assembly, PL90.30. BSD 60.3 Color Registration BSD 60.3 Color Registration
Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 392-675 The yellow ADC tone patch is abnormally light or a fault in the ADC sensor was detected.
ATC Sensor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the ap-
plicable color. 392-676 The magenta ADC tone patch is abnormally light or a fault in the ADC sensor was
detected.
• IBT belt cleaner assembly, PL90.30.
392-677 The cyan ADC tone patch is abnormally light or a fault in the ADC sensor was detected.
Check the ADC sensor for any abnormality. Switch off the machine, GP 4 . Perform the steps
that follow: 392-678 The black ADC tone patch is abnormally light or a fault in the ADC sensor was detected.
1. Check the MOB/ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30 , for improper installation, contamination,
foreign substances at the detection section, and snagged shutter. Initial Action
• Perform RAP IQ1 to check for a low density color or white vertical streaks image quality defect.
2. Check the wiring between the below components below for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact. • Enter BSD 60.3, Shutdown History. Check for the faults listed below and perform the applicable
procedures as necessary:
• The motor drive PWB and the MOB/ADC sensor assembly P/J609 . P/J609
– 391-402, 424, 480, 481, 482, 913 Drum Cartridge Life End RAP

– 342-324 K_IBT Motor Fail RAP

– 360-341 LPH System Fail RAP
– 360-357, 358, 359, 360 CONTIF Error Fail RAP
Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 – Chain 389 Entry RAP
ATC Sensor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the applica-
ble color. – 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC System Fail Y/M/C/K RAP
• Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. – 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC Amplitude Fail Y/M/C/K RAP
Run dC937 Procon On/Off Print continuously several number of times. – 392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668 ATC Average Fail Y/M/C/K RAP
Does the Fail occur. – 393-400 Toner Cartridge Y/M/C/K Near Empty RAP
Y N
– 394-318 1st BTR Position Fail RAP
– 394-422 IBT / 2nd BTR Roll End RAP
Install new components as necessary, in sequence. Perform dC937 Procon On/Off Print continuously
several numbers of times after each part installation to verify the fault recurs or not. End compo-
nent installation when the fault ends: Procedure
1. MOB/ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30. WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform-
2. IBT belt assembly, PL90.30. ing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the power cord. Elec-
3. IBT belt cleaner assembly, PL90.30.
4. Toner cartridge, PL 90.10. Note: To prevent light-induced fatigue, cover the drum with a black sheet when removing the drum
cartridge. In addition, do not touch the drum surface.
5. Drum assembly, PL 90.15.
6. LPH assembly, PL60.05. Refer to the procedure that follows as necessary:
7. Developer housing kit, PL90.05. • OF18, OF19, or OF21 How to Check a Motor.
8. BCR HVPS PWB, PL 1.20. • OF14 or OF15 How to Check a Sensor.
9. Developer bias HVPS PWB, PL 1.15. Enter Diagnostics, Service Diagnostic Mode . Perform dC937 Procon On/Off Print, check the result of
10. BTR HVPS PWB, PL 1.05. ATC Average Fail, ATC Amplitude Fail, Temperature Fail, and Humidity Fail.
All the results are OK.
11. Dispenser assembly, PL 90.10. Y N
12. FFC cable assembly kit, PL60.05. Go to the appropriate FIP
13. Motor drive PWB, PL 1.10. • 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 ATC Amplitude Fail Y/M/C/K RAP
Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform dC950 ATC Sensor Setup, then • 392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668 ATC Average Fail Y/M/C/K RAP
dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup for the applicable color. Check the value of ADC Measurement Min2 of the applicable color.

392-675, 392-676, 392-677, 392-678 Service Manual
Is the value lower than '50'. A
Y N B
Note: After replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, perform
The density of the print is normal. dC950 ATC Sensor Setup, then dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup
Y N for the applicable color.
1. Perform all Initial Action procedures required in BSD 60.3 , Shutdown History. Uneven density is the cause. Perform IQ1, Image Quality Entry RAP, followed by IQ3 White
2. Check the toner cartridge has toner. If the toner cartridge is empty, install a new to- Streaks, Spots or Uneven Density (38mm/1.5 inches) in the Cross Process Direction RAP:
ner cartridge, PL 90.10.
1. Check the IBT belt for contamination, foreign substances, or damage. If the any issues ex-
3. Check the drum assembly for contamination, foreign matter, or damage. If conta- ist, install a new IBT belt assembly, PL90.30.
minated or damaged, install a new drum assembly, PL 90.15.
4. Check the amount of toner in the developer housing. Rotate the gear in clockwise. Note: After replacement of the IBT Belt, go to the Diag mode and perform
If the tone is low at feed entrance, center section on the developer housing assem- dC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle, then dC937 Procon On/Off Print in
bly mag roll, or the toner remains low after rotating the gear. Install a new develop- sequence.
er housing kit, PL90.05. 2. Check the drum cartridge of the relevant color for contamination, foreign matter,
5. Enter dC330 , code 093-009/010/011/012 (Y/M/C/K). Run the toner dispense motor scratches on the drum. If any issues exist, install a new drum cartridge, PL 90.15.
for each color. If excessive or abnormal noise, damage, or forced rotation exists. In- 3. Check the wiring for between the components below for open circuit, short circuit, or and
stall a new toner dispense motor assembly, PL 90.10. poor contact:
6. Check the LPH assembly for contamination. If it is contaminated, clean the LPH as- • The BCR HVPS PWB and the drum cartridge of the relevant color.
sembly. If the LPH assembly is damaged, install a new LPH assembly, PL60.05.
• The developer bias HVPS PWB and the magnet roll of the relevant color.
7. Check the wiring between the components below for open circuits, short circuits,
• The BTR HVPS PWB and the 1st BTR roll of the relevant color.
and poor contacts.
• The BCR HVPS PWB and the drum cartridge of the relevant color.
• BCR HVPS PWB, PL 1.20.
• The developer bias HVPS PWB and the magnet roll of the relevant color.
• Developer bias HVPS PWB, PL 1.15.
• The BTR HVPS PWB and the 1st BTR roll of the relevant color.
for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. • BTR HVPS PWB, PL 1.05.
If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: 4. Check the LPH assembly, PL60.05, of the relevant color for contamination. If it is contami-
nated, first clean the LPH assembly. If the fault persists, install a new LPH assembly,
• BCR HVPS PWB, PL 1.20. PL60.05.
• Developer bias HVPS PWB, PL 1.15. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
• BTR HVPS PWB, PL 1.05.
Enter dC330 , then print out Pattern No. 9 of the relevant color.
Uneven density has occurred in the in process direction.
Y N
1. Check the MOB/ADC sensor assembly, PL90.30, for improper installation, contami-
nation, foreign substances at the detection section, and snagged shutter.
2. Check the wiring between the below components below for open circuit, short cir-
cuit, and poor contact.


Service Manual 392-675, 392-676, 392-677, 392-678
3 9 3 - 3 2 4 D e v e l o p e r Y , M , C M o t o r Fa i l
BSD 40.2 YMC Drum and Developer Drive Control BSD 40.2 YMC Drum and Developer Drive Control
The Developer Drive Motor (Y, M, C) revolution failure was detected.
Initial Actions
connections.
Procedure
Remove the Drum Unit (Y, M, C) and the Developer (Y, M, C), and then cheat the Front Cover Inter-
lock Switch.
Turn ON the power then turn ON dC330 [093-025] (Developer Drive Motor (Y, M, C)).
Does the Developer Drive Motor (Y, M, C) rotate?
Y N
• The power supplies (+5VDC, +24VDC) of the Developer Drive Motor (Y, M, C).
• The connection between the Motor Drive PWB P/J427 and the Developer Drive Motor (Y,
M, C) P/J213 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Developer Drive Motor (Y, M, C) (PL 40.05).
Turn OFF the power and reinstall the Drum Unit (Y, M, C) and the Developer (Y, M, C).
Turn ON the power then turn ON dC330 [093-025] (Developer Drive Motor (Y, M, C)).
Does the Developer Drive Motor (Y, M, C) rotate?
Y N
Check the Developer (Y, M, C) for loading/binding.
Turn OFF the power then check the connection between the Developer Drive Motor (Y, M, C) P/
J203-8 and the Motor Drive PWB P/J427-A9 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problem is found, replace Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).

3 9 3 - 3 3 5 , 3 9 3 - 3 3 6 , 3 9 3 - 3 3 7 , 3 9 3 - 3 3 8 To n e r C R U M A u t h e n t i c a - 3 9 3 - 4 0 0 , 3 9 3 - 4 2 3 , 3 9 3 - 4 2 4 , 3 9 3 - 4 2 5 To n e r C a r t r i d g e N e a r
ti o n IC I s No t Ava il ab l e R AP Empty RAP
393-400 Toner Cartridge K Near Empty.
393-423 Toner Cartridge Y Near Empty.
393-424 Toner Cartridge M Near Empty.
393-425 Toner Cartridge C Near Empty.
Procedure
Information only, no service action necessary, advise the customer relevant the toner cartridge is al-
most empty.

Service Manual 393-335, 393-336, 393-337, 393-338
3 9 3 - 9 1 2 To n e r C a r t r i d g e ( K ) E m p t y R A P 3 9 3 - 9 1 8 X C 3 r d Pa r t y C R U M D e fe c t Fa i l R A P
393-912 The black toner cartridge is empty.
Procedure
Install a new (K) toner cartridge, PL 90.10.

3 9 3 - 9 2 6 , 9 3 7 , 9 3 8 , 9 3 9 To n e r C R U M D a t a M i s m a t c h Fa u l t 2. Check the following:

• The connection between the Motor Drive PWB P/J412 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assem-
393–926 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail K bly P/J123 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact as follows:
393–937 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail Y – P/J116
393–938 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail M – P/J117

– P/J118
393–939 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail C
– P/J119
BSD 90.5 Toner Cartridge Life Control (Y,M) BSD 90.5 Toner Cartridge Life Control (Y,M)
• The connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM
BSD 90.6 Toner Cartridge Life Control (C,K) BSD 90.6 Toner Cartridge Life Control (C,K)
Coupler Assembly CRUM for damage and foreign substances
• The Toner Cartridge for improper installation
Incorrect authentication area data was detected with one of the Toner CRUMs. This fault is dis-
played if the wrong type of Toner cartridge is installed. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (PL 90.10).
Note: The AltaLink C8170F machine is shipped with “Worldwide Neutral” Toner Cartridges. When
the cartridges shipped with the machine are installed, the machine is set to Worldwide Neutral con- • Toner CRUM Conector Assembly (PL 90.10).
figuration.When the first toner cartridge of any color is replaced in the machine, the Geographic • Replace the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).
Differentiation Code and Toner Cartridge Type in NVM are automatically changed to the same set-
tings as the replacement cartridge. Once these NVM are set, the toner configuration can be
changed only with a CRUM conversion.
One or more Toner Cartridges are of the wrong type (that is, a “Sold” cartridge installed in a “me-
tered” configured machine.
Initial Actions
Remove and reinstall the affected Toner Cartridge.
Procedure
An Error Message appears on the UI - Reinsert an improperly seated consumable or replace any
consumables with Error. Press Machine Status button and select Supplies tab for details. Re-
move and reinstall the Toner Cartridge and check for improper installation.
The problem continues
Y N
End
Check the NVM locations in Table 1.
Table 1 CRUM Data NVM
NVM Location Name Values (read-only)
740-053 Geographic Setting 3 = North America/Europe

12 = DMO
15 = Worldwide
740-055 Contract Type 2 = Sold

3 = Metered
31 = Neutral
The NVM values match the expected customer configuration.
Y N
Go to GP 16
1. Clean the connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM
Coupler Assembly CRUM with dry cloth.

Service Manual 393-926, 937, 938, 939
3 9 3 - 9 7 0 , 3 9 3 - 9 7 1 , 3 9 3 - 9 7 2 , 3 9 3 - 9 7 3 To n e r C R U M N o t Po s i -
tioned RAP

393-970, 393-971, 393-972, 393-973 Service Manual
3 9 4 - 3 1 8 1 s t BT R Po s i t i o n Fa i l 3 9 4 - 4 1 7 , 3 9 4 - 4 1 9 I BT / 2 n d BT R N e a r E n d o f L i fe R A P
BSD 90.17 1st BTR Contact/retract BSD 90.17 1st BTR Contact/retract BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB)
394-318 Contact or retract operation does not finish after specified time has passed from the start 394-417 IBT is near end of life.
of 1st BTR contact/retract operation.
394-419 2nd BTR unit is near end of life.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow: Procedure
Information only, no service action necessary, advise the customer that the IBT belt assembly or
1. Check the BTR contact/retract sensor, PL 40.05 for improper installation. 2nd BTR unit is almost at end of life.
2. Enter dC330 , code 094-200 to activate the BTR contact/retract sensor to verify proper
operation.
3. Enter dC330 , code 094-008/009 (retract/contact). Activate the sensor in both modes to verify
proper operation.
Note: During BTR contact/retract operation, check the fusing unit drive motor for ro-
tation. If it is not rotating, check the BTR contact/retract clutch assembly and helical
gear for blockage and damage.
4. Check the IBT belt assembly for mechanical loading or damage.
• BTR contact/retract sensor, PL 40.05.

3 9 4 - 4 1 8 I BT C L N U n i t N e a r E n d Wa r n i n g 3 9 4 - 4 2 0 I BT U n i t E n d Wa r n i n g
BSD 10.6 Fusing BSD 10.6 Fusing BSD 10.6 Fusing BSD 10.6 Fusing
The IBT Cleaner needs to be replaced soon. The IBT Assembly must be replaced.
Note: The chain/link fault code for this RAP is an internal machine code and is never displayed or Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
logged in Fault Code History. Use this RAP to troubleshoot persistent machine status conditions that prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
ing a CRU, etc). Entry to this RAP is usually via the Persistent RAP located in the Other Faults section, Procedure
or a chain/link listing on a BSD. Replace the IBT Assembly and clear dC135 [954-820] (IBT Belt Assembly).
Procedure
Replace the IBT Cleaner and clear dC135 [954-822] (Transfer Belt Cleaner).

3 9 4 - 4 2 1 I BT C L N U n i t E n d Wa r n i n g 3 9 4 - 4 2 2 2 n d BT R U n i t E n d Wa r n i n g
BSD 10.6 Fusing BSD 10.6 Fusing BSD 10.6 Fusing BSD 10.6 Fusing
The IBT Cleaner must be replaced. The 2nd BTR must be replaced.
Procedure Procedure
Replace the IBT Cleaner and clear dC135 [954-822] (Transfer Belt Cleaner). Replace the 2nd BTR and clear dC135 [954-821] (Second Bias Transfer Roll).

3 9 5 - 0 0 1 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e D C S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Co d e R A P
395–001–00 The DC software failed to upgrade.
Procedure
Perform the Controller Procedure steps in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 0 0 2 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e D C A p p l i c a t i o n S o f t w a r e R A P 3 9 5 - 0 0 7 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e C H F i n i s h e r A p p l i c a t i o n S o f t w a r e
395–002–00 The DC application software failed to upgrade. RAP
395–007–00The CH Finisher application software failed to upgrade.
Procedure
Perform the Controller Procedure steps in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Procedure
Perform the Finisher Procedure in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 0 0 8 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e D C O p e ra t i n g Sy s t e m S o f t w a r e R A P 3 9 5 - 0 0 9 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e D C C I P S S o f t w a r e R A P
395–008–00 The DC operating system software failed to upgrade. 397–009–00 The DC CIPS sioftware failed to upgrade.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the Controller Procedure steps in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the Controller Procedure steps in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 0 1 1 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e X U I A p p l i c a t i o n 3 9 5 - 0 1 9 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e U I Pa n e l F i r m w a r e R A P
395–011–00The XUI application failed to upgrade. 395–019–00The User Interface panel firmware failed to upgrade.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the User Interface Procedure in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the User Interface Procedure in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 0 3 8 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e e m b e d d e d fa x LC F A p p l i c a t i o n S o f t - 3 9 5 - 0 4 2 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e I OT A p p l i c a t i o n S o f t w a r e R A P
ware RAP 395–042–00The IOT application software failed to upgrade.
395-038 The embedded fax LCF application software failed to upgrade.
Procedure
Procedure Perform the IOT Procedure in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.
Perform the FAX Procedure in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 1 4 0 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e D C N C A p p l i c a t i o n s S o f t w a r e R A P 3 9 5 - 1 5 0 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e I I T A p p l i c a t i o n S o f t w a r e R A P
395–140–00The DC NC application software failed to upgrade. 395-150 The IIT application software failed to upgrade.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the Controller Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the IIT Procedure in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 1 5 2 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e S I C S o f t w a r e R A P 3 9 5 - 1 5 3 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e I I T K e r n e l S o f t w a r e R A P
395-152–00 The SIC software failed to upgrade. 395-153 The IIT kernal software failed to upgrade.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the Controller Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the IIT Procedure in 395ASoftware Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 1 6 8 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e DA D H S i n g l e Pa s s S o f t w a r e R A P 3 9 5 - 1 8 0 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e H C F F i r m w a r e M o d u l e S o f t w a r e
395–168–00The DADH single pass software failed to upgrade. RAP
395–180–00The HCF firmware module software failed to upgrade.
Procedure
Perform the DADF Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Procedure
Perform the HCF Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 2 0 3 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e A F i n i s h e r A p p l i c a t i o n S o f t w a r e 3 9 5 - 2 0 4 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e S B F i n i s h e r A p p l i c a t i o n S o f t w a r e
RAP RAP
395–203–00The A finisher application software failed to upgrade. 395–204–00The SB finisher application software failed to upgrade.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the Finisher Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the Finisher Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 2 1 6 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e D C G l u e S o f t w a r e R A P 3 9 5 - 2 2 6 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e S O K Co d e S o f t w a r e R A P
395–216–00The DC glue software failed to upgrade. 395–226–00The SOK code software failed to upgrade.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the IOT Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the IOT Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 2 5 5 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : D C S C D R A P 3 9 5 - 3 0 0 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : I n c o m p a t i b l e Pr o d u c t R A P
395–255–00The DC SCD software failed to upgrade. 395–300–00Incompatible product led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure

3 9 5 - 3 0 1 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : I n c o m p a t i b l e H a r d w a r e 3 9 5 - 3 0 2 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : I n c o m p a t i b l e F i r m w a r e
RAP RAP
395–301–00Incompatible hardware led to software upgrade failure. 395–302–00Incompatible firmware led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure

3 9 5 - 3 0 3 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : D L M D o w n g ra d e R A P 3 9 5 - 3 0 4 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : D L M S i d e g ra d e R A P
395–303–00DLM downgrade led to software upgrade failure. 395–304–00DML sidegrade led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure

3 9 5 - 3 0 5 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : P l a t fo r m Sy n c h r o n i s a t i o n 3 9 5 - 3 0 6 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : C C S P l a t fo r m Sy n c h r o n i s a -
Error RAP tion Error RAP
395–305–00Platform synchronisation error led to software upgrade failure. 395–306–00CSS platform synchronisation error led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure

3 9 5 - 3 0 7 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : N C P l a t fo r m Sy n c h r o n i s a - 3 9 5 - 3 0 8 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : U I P l a t fo r m Sy n c h r o n i s a -
tion Error tion Error
395–307–00NC platform synchronisation error led to software upgrade failure. 395–308–00UI platform synchronisation error led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the IOT Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the User Interface Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 3 0 9 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : I I T P l a t fo r m Sy n c h r o n i s a - 3 9 5 - 3 1 0 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : I OT P l a t fo r m Sy n c h r o n i s a -
tion Error tion Error RAP
395–309–00IIT platform synchronisation error led to software upgrade failure. 395–310–00IOT platform synchronization error led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the IIT Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the IOT Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 3 1 1 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : F i n i s h e r P l a t fo r m Sy n c h r o - 3 9 5 - 3 1 2 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : Fe e d e r P l a t fo r m Sy n c h r o n i -
nisation Error RAP sation Error RAP
395–311–00Finisher platform synchronisation error led to software upgrade failure. 395–312–00Feeder platform synchronisation error led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the Finisher Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the HCF Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 3 1 3 - 0 0 D i f fe r e n t i a l D L M I n s ta l l a t i o n Fa i l u r e : L a u n c h D L M 3 9 5 - 3 1 3 - 0 1 D i f fe r e n t i a l D L M I n s t a l l a t i o n Fa i l u r e : L a u n c h D L M
Missing RAP Co r r u p t R A P
395–313–00 Launch DLM missing led to DLM installation failure. 395–313–01 Launch DLM corrupt led to DLM installation failure.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the Controller Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the Controller Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 3 1 3 - 0 2 D i f fe r e n t i a l D L M I n s ta l l a t i o n Fa i l u r e : L a u n c h D L M 3 9 5 - 3 1 3 - 0 3 L a u n c h D L M I n s ta l l a t i o n Fa i l u r e R A P
M I S M AT C H R A P 395–313–03 Launch DLM installation failure.
395–313–02 Launch DLM mismatch led to DLM installation failure.
Procedure
Procedure Perform the Controller Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.
Perform the Controller Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 3 1 4 S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e : S D C A R D Fu l l R A P 3 9 5 - 3 1 5 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e B i o s R A P
395–314–00SD card full led to software upgrade failure. 395–315–00Failed to upgrade bios led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the SD Card Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Perform the IOT Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 3 1 6 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e F P G A R A P 3 9 5 - 3 1 7 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e t h e C P L D R A P
395–316–00Failed to upgrade FPGA led to software upgrade failure. 395–317–00Failed to upgrade the CPLD led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure

3 9 5 - 3 1 8 Fa i l e d t o u p g ra d e - U S B d r i v e n o t d e t e c t e d R A P 3 9 5 - 3 1 9 Fa i l e d t o U p g ra d e - U S B D r i v e N o t D e t e c t e d S e c o n d
395–318–00 USB drive not detected led to software upgrade failure. Ti m e R A P
395–319–00USB drive not detected second time led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure
Perform the IOT Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. Procedure
Perform the IOT Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP.

3 9 5 - 3 2 1 Fa i l u r e t o Re v e r t F l a s h D u r i n g U p g ra d e R A P 3 9 5 - 3 2 2 U S B d r i v e fi l e s y s t e m u n s u p p o r t e d R A P
395–321–00 Failure to revert flash contents led to software upgrade failure. 395–322–00Unsupported USB drive filesystem led to software upgrade failure.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the Controller Procedure in 395A Software Upgrade Failure - Solution RAP. The USB drive used should be formatted using the FAT 32 file system.

395-323 Multiple USB Drives Detected on Bootup RAP 3 9 5 A S o f t w a r e U p g ra d e Fa i l u r e R A P

395–323–00Multiple USB drives detected led to software upgrade failure. Go to the subsystem procedure that matches the software upgrade failure.
Procedure Controller Procedure

1. Remove all USB drives from the device. WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the
2. Insert only the USB drive required for the upgrade procedure. power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
3. Repeat the upgrade procedure.
1. Check the connections on the controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05, refer to:
• BSD 3.8
2. Perform a forced altboot software installation. Refer to GP 9.
3. If the fault persists install a new controller PWB assembly. Refer to PL 3.05
IOT Procedure
1. Check the connections to the motor drive PWB, PL 1.10:
• BSD 3.1
3. If the fault persists install a new motor drive PWB. Refer to PL 1.10.
User Interface Procedure
1. Check the connection between wiring between controller PWB, PL 3.05, and the user interface,
PL 2.05 and PL 2.10. If necessary install a new harness between the controller PWB assembly
and the user interface. Refer to PL 2.05.
2. Reload the software using the Forced AltBoot procedure, GP 9.
3. If the fault persists install a new user interface assembly:
• PL 2.05 (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155).
• PL 2.10 (C8170).
IIT Procedure
1. Check the connections to the IIT trans PWB:
• BSD 3.9
2. Perform a Forced AltBoot software installation. Refer to GP 9.
3. If the fault persists install a new IIT trans PWB.
• C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155PL 60.45
• C8170 PL 60.20
DADF Procedure

Check the connection between the IIT Trans PWB and the DADF. Refer to BSD 3.6.
2. If the fault persists install the following:
• DADF PWB:
– C8170 PL 5.3
– C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155 PL 5.53
• IIT Trans PWB
– C8170 PL 60.20
– C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155 PL 60.45
FAX Procedure
1. Check the connections to the FAX unit PWB. Refer to the following:
• PL 3.05
• BSD 34.1
3. If the fault persists install a new FAX unit, PL 3.05.
Finisher Procedure
1. Check system connections to the finisher. Refer to BSD 3.3.
2. Refer to the finisher service documentation.
3. Perform a forced altboot software installation Refer to GP 9.
4. If the fault persists install a new finisher PWB, refer to the finisher service documentation for
more information.
HCF Procedure
1. Check system connections to the HCF BSD 3.4.
2. Refer to the HCF service documentation.
4. If the fault persists install a new HCF PWB. For more information, refer to the HCF service docu-
mentation for more information.

395A Service Manual
3 9 9 - 3 6 4 Fu s e r Te m p e ra t u r e Fa u l t R A P 3 9 9 - 3 7 3 W i n d A r o u n d P / Ro l l Fa i l
BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) BSD 10.5 Fusing BSD 10.5 Fusing
399-364 The recovery time from low temperature not ready state has become longer than the set- 399-373 Wound up, stuck paper was detected at the fuser pressure roll.
ting time.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Clear the paper from the fuser roll.
Perform the following procedures as necessary: 2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4.
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 4. 3. If the fault persists, install a new fuser, PL10.05.
2. Switch off the machine, GP 4.
3. Check the wiring between the Motor Drive PWB, P/J437 P/J437 and fuser heater coil, P/J196 P/J196
for open circuit, short circuit, or damage.

4. Check the fuser drawer connector, DP600/P600, and the chassis drawer connector, DJ600/J600
for damage or obstruction.
• Fuser heater coil, PL10.05.
• Fuser, PL10.05.

3 9 9 - 3 9 5 Fu s i n g M o t o r C u r r e n t Fa i l
BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive
399-395 The current value that is applied to the fuser motor has continuously exceeded the thresh-
old for more than the specified time.
Procedure
Refer to BSD 10.1 Fusing Motor Current Warning RAP

O F 1 M a c h i n e N o t Re a d y R A P O F 2 U I To u c h S c r e e n Fa i l u r e R A P
BSD 1.1 Main Power On BSD 1.1 Main Power On BSD 3.2 PWB Communications (Controller to UI) BSD 3.2 PWB Communications (Controller to UI)
BSD 1.2 Machine Power Control BSD 1.2 Machine Power Control Use this RAP to solve user interface touch screen problems when the machine has power but either
the display is Black, blank, too dark, responds incorrectly or does not refresh.
BSD 1.2 Machine Power Control BSD 1.2 Machine Power Control
“Machine not ready” is defined as any condition where the machine is not capable of performing prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
its basic tasks (Copy or Print). “Not ready” ranges from a machine that is totally inert, without any
indication of power, to a machine that appears ready but does not respond to either Control Panel Initial Actions
commands or network input.
• Power the machine OFF then ON.
Boot failures can be caused by hardware failures in the SBC PWB, or communication failures be-
tween the SBC PWB and the rest of the machine. The SBC PWB has several debug LEDs mounted Procedure
onboard to indicate board activity. Also mounted to the SBC PWB is a 7-segment display that Refer to the BSD 3.2 and check the following:
changes state as the boot-up progresses. See OF6 for details.
• The connectors and the cable between the UI Interface PWB (PL 3.10) and the UI for poor con-
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen nection or damage.
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). • The cable between the UI PWB and the BP PWB for poor connection or damage.
Initial Actions • If no problems are found, replace the following in order:
• Reseat the SBC PWB to the Backplane. – The UI (PL 3.10).
• If the boot failure occurs after new components are installed, make sure the new components – The UI PWB (PL 3.10).
are compatible with the machine and all PJ’s are seated. Check that no pins are damaged. – The cable from the UI PWB to the BP PWB.
• Check that all the PJ’s are seated correctly on the SBC PWB. – The SBC PWB (PL 3.05).
Procedure
The first step is to categorize the problem. Decide which of the following condition best describes
the problem:
• Dead Machine
• Boots up; does not respond to Control Panel
• Boots up; does not print (or other Network problem)
Dead Machine
If the machine shows no sign of power (fans or motors running, backlight on UI display, LEDs on
Control Panel), check for AC line voltage at the Finisher Outlet.
1. If AC is not present, go to the OF3 RAP.
2. If AC is present check CR4, CR5 and CR6 using the wiring information shown in BSD 1.1 Main
Power On and BSD 1.2 Machine Power Control
BSD 1.1 Main Power On . BSD 1.2 Machine Power Control
Boots up; does not respond to Control Panel

1. Refer to OF2 and check the connections of the wiring and PWBs within the Control Panel Assem-
bly and the cable from the Control Panel to the SBC.
2. If the check is good, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Control Panel Assembly (PL 3.10).
• SBC PWB (PL 3.05).
Boots up; does not print (or other Network problem)

Go to the OF11.

Service Manual OF1
O F 3 A C Po w e r R A P O F 4 + 5 V D C Po w e r Fa u l t R A P
BSD 1.1 Main Power On (100 VAC) BSD 1.1 Main Power On (100 VAC) BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation +5V (Low/Mid) BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation +5V (Low/Mid)
BSD 1.2 Main Power On (220-240 VAC) BSD 1.2 Main Power On (220-240 VAC) BSD 1.9 DC Power Generation +5V (High) BSD 1.9 DC Power Generation +5V (High)
Use this procedure to identify AC power input and output failures. Procedure
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING: Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause
death or injury.
WARNING: Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause
death or injury. Check the voltage between the LVPS P/J501 pin 1 and ground.
+5VDC is measured.
Switch off the main power switch, GP 4 . Check the voltage between P/J10 pin 1 and P/J11 pin 1 on Y N
the GFI breaker.
Check the voltage between P/J1 pin 1 and pin 4 on the LVPS.
The voltage measured is within electrical power requirements, GP 15.
Y N The AC power supply is within specification, GP 15.
Y N
Disconnect the power cord from the outlet. Check the AC mains (line) voltage at the custom-
ers power outlet. Perform the OF3 AC Power RAP.
The voltage measured is within electrical power requirements, GP 15. Switch off the machine, GP 4. Disconnect P/J501 from the LVPS. Wait 15 seconds, then switch
Y N on the machine, GP 4. Check the voltage between the LVPS P/J501 pin 1 and ground.
The voltage is incorrect, or the wiring of the main supply is found to be defective, in- +5VDC is measured.
form your technical manager and the customer. Do not attempt to repair or adjust the Y N
customer supply. Install a new LVPS, PL 1.15.
Check the power cord for open circuit and poor contact. Check the +5VDC circuit for a short circuit to frame. Refer to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
The main power cord is good. Check the wiring of the suspect component for an open circuit or poor contact. Refer to Chapter 7
Y N Wiring Data.
Install a new power cord.
Install a new GFI breaker, PL 1.10.
Switch on the main power switch, P/J4. Check the voltage on P/J4 between pin 1 and pin 3 on the
AC drive PWB.
The AC power supply is within specification, GP 15.
Y N
Switch off the power, then unplug the power cord from the outlet. Check the wiring:
• Between the GFI breaker P/J10GP 4 pin 1and the main power switch P/J12 pin 1.
• Between the GFI breaker P/J11 pin 1) and the main power switch P/J14 pin 1.
• Between the main power switch P/J13 pin 1 and the AC drive PWB P/J4 pin 3.
• Between the main power switch P/J15 pin 1 and the AC drive PWB P/J4 pin 1.
• Main power switch, PL 1.20.
• AC drive PWB, PL 1.15.
Check the AC circuit to each component. Refer to Wiring Diagrams . Wiring Diagrams

OF3 Service Manual
O F 5 + 2 4 V D C Po w e r Fa u l t R A P O F 6 Po w e r O n S e l f Te s t R A P
BSD 1.1 Main Power On (100 VAC) BSD 1.1 Main Power On (100 VAC) Power on Self Test (POST) runs each time the machine is powered On. POST tests the function of
key subsystems on the SBC PWB before starting the operating system. As POST executes, progress
BSD 1.2 Main Power On (220-240 VAC) BSD 1.2 Main Power On (220-240 VAC)
codes appear on the SBC PWB 7-segment display.
BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2)
This procedure uses POST to help diagnose SBC PWB faults preventing the machine from powering
up correctly. On power up, the 7-segment displays progress codes for short periods of time depend-
Procedure ent on how long each test takes. Following POST testing, normal operation is indicated by a flashing
decimal point. If any other code remains after testing, this may point to a problem component. Re-
WARNING: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while perform- fer to the Table 1 for POST codes and corresponding service procedure.
tricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Note: When reading the codes shown on the seven segment display, be sure to read them looking
straight at them while sitting, kneeling or squatting next to the machine. Do not attempt to read
WARNING: Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause them “upside down” while bending over.
death or injury.
Note: If a fault occurs during POST, it may be helpful to refer to the OF1 for additional trouble
Check the voltage between the LVPS P/J501 pin 1 and ground. shooting aides. The OF1 lists possible service actions that can be performed based on the state of
+24VDC is measured. various LEDs on the SBC PWB.
Y N
Check the voltage between P/J1 pin 1 and pin 4 on the LVPS. The Power On Self Test consists of three segments:
The AC power supply is within specification, GP 15. CAUTION: If any of the serial number storage PWBs are to be replaced (Controller
Y N PWB, IIT trans PWB, motor drive PWB, HDD/SSD or MCU PWB) replace them one at a
Perform the OF3 AC Power RAP. time and then run the machine to allow the serial number to update the new PWB. If
Switch off the machine, GP 4 . Disconnect P/J501 from the LVPS. Wait 15 seconds, then multiple PWBs are replaced at the same time this will cause unrecoverable NVM cor-
switch on the machine, GP 4 . Check the voltage between the LVPS P/J501 pin 1 and ground. ruption. (Refer to dC132.)
+24VDC is measured.
1. Hardware POST: The seven segment display cycles through the following sequence of numbers
Y N
and letters: 8->1->2->3->4->0->5->7->9->u->6(only if HDD not available). A problem is indicated
Install a new LVPS, PL 1.15. if any additional codes are displayed or if the cycle stops on one of the codes.
Check the +24VDC circuit for a short circuit to frame. Refer to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
2. OS Loading: u - Displayed while the operating system is initializing.
Check the wiring of the suspect component for an open circuit or poor contact. Refer to Chapter 7
Wiring Data. 3. Subsystem Synchronization: The seven segment display cycles through the following letters in
sequence: blank->A->b->C->d->E->F->L->r->t->H->J. Each of these codes represents one of the
CCS software “platforms”. The display cycles through all CCS software platforms and clears
them as they become available. Any code left remaining is a platform that did not complete its
initialization and synchronization.
CAUTION: If you replace the SD Card, SBC PWB, or System Hard Drive, perform an
AltBoot (GP 9 ) at the first power-up.
Procedure
Note: If boot failure occurs after new components are installed, make sure the new components
are compatible with the machine and all connectors are secure.
1. Locate the SBC PWB 7-segment display, Figure 1 , then cycle system power.
2. Observe activity on the 7-segment display and compare it with the expected display sequence.
A failure is indicated by additional codes being displayed during the test, or by stopping on one
or more codes. Pay careful attention to the codes as they display, since failure codes may not
persist and may clear if the test is able to proceed. Follow the indicated service action.

Service Manual OF5
Suggested
POST Code Code SBC LED Decimal Part Re-
Name Description Code Point placement Comments
processor h/ code remains dis-

w) and stop played and the EFI
on failure shell is entered to al-
low diagnostic tests to
be run.
NVRAM cor- NVRAM cor- 7 Off BIOS image This code will be
ruption in ruption de- reload shown if NVRAM cor-
EFI DXE driv- tected: re- ruption happens in the
ers area load BIOS EFI DXE drivers area
(it calls DXE MAIN).
Boot to OS Boot to OS 9 Off BIOS image Boot to OS

reload
Trusted Boot Secure Boot U Off SBC PWB On failure, the device
Failed or the OS will stop and display a
Boot Manag- Post Code if possible.
er failed veri- If the system halts
fication for with POST code of ‘U’,
Chain of the process to fix this
Trust. would be:
7 Segment display 1. Power down and
reboot.
2. If it still fails, ALT
Refer to Table 1 for an overview of the tests performed and possible resolutions for POST failures. boot from the USB.
Table 1 Power On Self-Tests 3. If it still fails, ALT
Suggested Boot from the PWS.
4. If it still fails, re-
POST Code Code SBC LED Decimal Part Re- place the controller.
Name Description Code Point placement Comments
Kernel start- Kernel start- u heart Kernel/run- Boot to OS
7-segment BIOS starts. 8 Off SBC PWB ing user ing user beat @ time
display test No stop on space space 1 pulse/ software
segment sec
failure.
TPM key Read encryp- e heart SBC PWB During boot if the sys-
System Initialize 1 Off SBC PWB If there is any memory read tion key(s) beat @ tem halts with POST
Memory Ini- DDR3 Memo- failure the System will from the 1 pulse/ code of ‘e’ the process
tialization ry and stop stop. TPM and sec to fix this would be:
check on failure. stop on 1. Power down and
failure reboot.
BIOS flash Testing BIOS 3 Off SBC PWB Checks the BIOS flash 2. If it still fails, alt-
memory Ini- private NVM accessed through the boot SW.
tialization area in BIOS SPI bus on the SOC. If 3. If it still fails, re-
check flash chip the NVRAM check fails place the controller.
the code remains
displayed.
HD boot Boot from 6 heart Hard Disk Cannot boot from
Hard Drive beat @ hard drive. The system
Initialize Initialize RTC 4 Off CMOS If there is any CMOS and stop on 1 pulse/ will enter the EFI shell
Real-time and stop on battery failure check the failure sec to allow diagnostic
Clock failure battery. tests to be run.
Initialize the Initialize Vid- 0 Off SBC PWB/ If the Video initializa-
Video eo (IGD cabling tion check fails the

OF6 Service Manual
Suggested SBC Deci-

POST Code Code SBC LED Decimal Part Re- POST Code Code LED mal Suggested
Name Description Code Point placement Comments Name Description code point Resolution Comments
FPGA check Initialize 2 heart SBC PWB If the FPGA check fails Fax comms Fax comms F heart ‘F’ is only displayed if a Fax
FPGA and beat @ the code remains dis- established not beat @ card is installed and de-
stop on 1 pulse/ played and the boot established 1 tected by the machine. ‘F’
failure. sec process is halted. Be- pulse/ is then removed when the
fore replacing the SBC sec CCS s/w gets a 'platform
attempt an Altboot available' response from
upgrade to recover. the fax s/w.
Ready mode None, no blank heart None, no If 7-segment display is Entry to OS suspend- L heart None, for On system sleep entry the
faults beat @ fault left blank then ma- Deep Sleep ing drivers, beat field diag- OS puts up an ‘L’ briefly
detected 1 pulse/ detected chine is in Ready entering → Off nostic infor- while it suspends drivers,
sec mode no faults de- Deep Sleep mation only then it puts an ‘r’ when in
tected by these tests. deep sleep (suspend to
memory/S3 mode).
After Application start the 7-segment display cycles around displaying this set of codes suppressing Deep Sleep Resting in r Off None, for di- On system sleep entry the
the codes of platforms that are fully synchronized with the system. Any code left displayed after (a.k.a 'sus- Deep Sleep agnostic in- OS puts up an ‘L’ briefly
power on indicates this event has not been detected in the software and is a probable software is- pend to formation while it suspends drivers,
sue. Refer to Table 2. memory' or only before displaying ‘r’ in deep
Table 2 Machine Level Self-Test Codes 'S3' sleep (suspend to memory/
Deci- S3 mode).
SBC
POST Code Code LED mal Suggested Semi- Running in t heart None, for di- When leaving deep sleep
Name Description code point Resolution Comments conscious semi-con- beat @ agnostic in- (suspend to memory/S3
scious mode 1 formation mode), the OS POST display
UI platform UI platform A heart CCS apps on start-up clears pulse/ only will transition from 'H' to
availability not available beat @ U and marks comms inter- sec 't'. From semi-conscious the
1 faces as unavailable until machine will either wake up
pulse/ they sync: PlatformUnavail- fully and the OS will blank
sec able(userInterface) the POST display, or the ma-
chine will go back to deep
IIT comms IIT comms b heart CCS apps on start-up clears sleep ( the OS POST display
established not beat @ U and marks comms inter- shall transition from 'L' to
established 1 faces as unavailable until 'r')
pulse/ they sync: PlatformUnavail-
sec able(imageInputTerminal) Waking up: H Off → None, for di- When leaving deep sleep,
OS Resuming heart agnostic in- the OS POST display will
NC platform NC platform C heart CCS apps on start-up clears drivers beat formation transition from 'H' to 't'.
availability not available beat @ U and marks comms inter- only From semi-conscious the
1 faces as unavailable until machine either wake up
pulse/ they sync: PlatformUnavail- fully and the OS will blank
sec able(SBC) the POST display, or the ma-
chine go back to deep sleep
Dc platform Dc platform d heart CCS apps on start-up clears (the OS POST display will
availability not available beat @ U and marks comms inter- transition from 'L' to 'r')
1 faces as unavailable until
sec able(digitalCopier)
IOT comms IOT comms E heart CCS apps on start-up clears

established not beat @ U and marks comms inter-
established 1 faces as unavailable until
sec able(imageOutputTerminal)

Service Manual OF6
SBC Deci- OF7 USB External Option RAP

POST Code Code LED mal Suggested Use this RAP if a USB connected optional external device such as a keyboard or an RFID device fails
Name Description code point Resolution Comments to communicate with the machine.
System En- Checks the j Off SBC PWB During boot if the system Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
tropy Health processor halts with POST code of ‘J’ prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
check DRNG the process to fix this would
hardware be: Initial Actions
1. Power down and reboot.
• Print a configuration report (GP 6 ).
2. If it still fails, altboot SW.
3. If it still fails, replace the • Check that the external optional device is plugged into a USB port on the machine.
controller.
Overview
Rolling Reset A rolling re- n Off SBC PWB During boot if the system External Optional Keyboard
set condition halts with POST code of ‘n’ The optional USB keyboard feature enables the customer to connect a standard USB keyboard to
has occurred the process to fix this would the machine.
System start- be:
up has been 1. Power down and reboot. External keyboard support provides ease of access and greater flexibility to help with quick data en-
halted to pre- 2. If it still fails, altboot SW. try and setup for address books or standard scan to destinations. This feature requires the customer
vent addi- 3. If it still fails, replace the to provide their own USB wired keyboard, or there is a bracket and mini keyboard that is available
tional controller. via CAS only.
reboots.
Note: The external keyboard is not functional with Xerox or partner solutions, including scanning
solutions such as Scan to PC Desktop and ConnectKey Apps.
RFID
The RFID option connects to one of the USB ports on the machine.
Procedure
Perform the following steps in order:
1. Check the System Software version. Upgrade Software if necessary (GP 9 ).
2. Ensure that the USB ports are enabled.
b. If Software Tools is not listed next to USB Connection Mode , ask the customer to enable
USB, or use GP2 Accessing Tools to enable the USB ports.
3. Confirm that the USB ports are functional.
a. Disconnect the keyboard or other USB option and connect a USB Flash Drive to the same
USB connector.
b. Perform dC361 NVM Save. If NVM can be saved to a USB flash drive, the USB port is
functional.
Note: It is not necessary to perform the NVM restore procedure.

c. Connect the USB Flash Drive to the other two USB connectors (two are on the SBC PWB Con-
nector Panel and one is located on the UI) and repeat step b.
d. If the ports on the SBC PWB are functional but the UI Port is not functional, use 302-380 UI
Communication Fault RAP to troubleshoot the problem.
e. If one of the ports on the SBC PWB is not functional replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ).
Note: If the optional external device is a USB Keyboard, perform steps 4 and 5. If the optional
external device is an RFID device, refer to the service documentation for that device.
4. Confirm the USB keyboard is functional.

OF7 Service Manual
a. Connect the USB keyboard to the PWS. O F 8 N e t w o r k Pr i n t i n g Pr o b l e m s E n t r y R A P
b. Ask the customer to connect the USB keyboard to a computer.
This Procedure is provided to help identify and diagnose network printing problems.
c. If the USB keyboard checks fail, ask the customer to install a different USB keyboard.
5. If the USB keyboard checks indicate that the keyboard is functional and it still does not work Initial Actions
when connected to the machine, perform the following steps in order. • Ensure the machine is online.
a. If it has not already been done, reload SW using GP 9. • Ensure that no IOT faults exist that prevent the IOT from functioning. That is, copies can be
made, or prints can be printed from the UI.
b. Replace the Hard Disk Drive (PL 3.05 )
c. Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05 ). Determine the following:
• Are any jobs printing on the printer?
• Is the problem related to one workstation?
• Is the problem related to one job?
• Have any changes been made to the network prior to a printing problem?
• Was a backup log of network configuration data created? If so, was it last created by a CSE or
the customer/SA?
If there are multiple protocols enabled on the printer, and the problems are ONLY occurring with
one network protocol, go to the procedure appropriate for that protocol:
• TCP/IP: OF9, TCP/IP Checkout RAP
Procedure
No printing occurs (jobs won’t print, can’t see printer, or can’t connect to printer)
Y N
If, instead of job printing normally, there is a literal printing of the PDL (many pages of code,
or the job prints, but looks wrong fonts, missing fonts, other image quality problems), go to
the OF11.
The problem occurs in all print jobs from all clients.
Y N
The problem occurs in a specific job from all clients.
Y N
The problem occurs in all jobs from a specific client or group of clients,
Y N
If the problem is with a specific job from a specific client, the problem is likely
with the client; either not connected to the network, wrong or old driver, bad ap-
plication files or a hardware failure in the client.
If no printing can be done from a specific client or group, while other clients or group
function normally, the likely cause is a problem in the customer’s network.
If the problem is specific to a single application or group of applications, ensure that current
drivers are loaded.
If the problem occurs in only one job, go to the OF10.
Check that the printer is physically connected to the network cable and that the cable/connections
are OK. Disconnect and reseat the cable at both ends. Check to see if the problem is corrected.
The problem continues.
Y N
Go to GP 7 (Network Printing Simulation) and send a print job.
An acceptable print is produced.

Service Manual OF8
Y N A
B
• verify machine settings • Go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure.
• reload system software (GP 9) • If the problem continues, replace the following (PL 3.05) in order until the problem
• If the problem continues, reseat the SBC PWB System Memory and System Disk Cable. is resolved:
• If the problem continues, replace the following (PL 3.05) in order until the problem is – System Disk Cable
resolved: – SBC PWB System Memory
– System Disk Cable – SBC PWB
– SBC PWB System Memory – System Disk
– SBC PWB • If the problem continues, have the customer/System administrator replace the net-
– System Disk work drop cable.
Print out a Configuration Report (GP 6). Review the, TCP/IP, and Microsoft Networking (NETBIOS) Go to the appropriate RAP for the network protocol type that failed the Echo test.
settings. • TCP/IP: OF9, TCP/IP Checkout RAP
At least one networking protocol is enabled.
Y N Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, go to GP 9 and perform the
Regular AltBoot procedure.
The printer is not installed properly. Inform the customer/system administrator that the print-
er needs to be installed and setup for the appropriate networking protocol. CAUTION: The AltBoot procedure (GP 9 ) will delete all stored data on the System
Go to dC312 and check for a selectable protocol (not grayed out). Disk Drive, including E-mail addresses, Xerox Standard Accounting data, and network
There is at least one selectable protocol. configuration information. ALWAYS backup the machine (GP 12 ), if possible, before
Y N performing AltBoot. If the machine failure is such that cloning is not possible, ensure
Cycle system power. When machine is ready, select dC312 again. Check for a selectable pro- that the customer is aware of the data loss.
tocol (not grayed out). Reload software via AltBoot (GP 9).
There is at least one selectable protocol. The problem continues.
Y N Y N
When machine is ready, select dC312 again. Check for a selectable protocol (not Return to Service Call Procedures.
grayed out).
Select the most appropriate from the following:
Check for a selectable protocol. (Not grayed out) • Jobs Won’t Print, Can’t See Printer, Can’t Connect to Printer
There is at least one selectable protocol.
– TCP/IP: OF9, TCP/IP Checkout RAP
Y N
Go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure. • A particular Job Won’t Print - go to the OF10
Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, return to the start of this • Instead of job printing normally, there is a literal printing of the PDL (many pages of cryptic
procedure. code) - Go to the OF11
Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, return to the start of this • Job prints, but looks wrong. Wrong fonts, missing fonts, other image quality problems - Go to
procedure. the OF11
Select Start. Observe the test results.
The test passed.
Y N
Cycle system power. When machine is ready, select dC312 again. Select the desired protocol
and select Start.
The test passed.
Y N
• There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administrator to
test the port.
• If the problem continues, reseat the SBC PWB System Memory and System Disk
Cable.

OF8 Service Manual
O F 9 T C P / I P C h e c ko u t R A P A
B
Use this RAP if the printer is enabled for TCP/IP protocol, but there are problems printing to it. Y N
Initial Actions • There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administrator
• Perform OF8, Network Entry RAP before using this RAP. to test the port.
• It is assumed that before entering here that the IOT is known to be OK. • If the problem continues, have the customer/System administrator replace
the network drop cable.
• Ensure that the printer is properly configured for the TCP/IP Network. Verify with the system ad-
ministrator that the following printer settings are correct: • If the problem continues, reseat the SBC PWB System Memory and System
Disk Cable.
– Printer IP address
• Go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure.
– Subnet mask
• If the problem continues, replace the following ((PL 3.05) in order until the
– Broadcast Address problem is resolved:
– Default Gateway – System Disk Cable
• For Solaris 2.5 and above, the key operator or system administrator must have root privilege to – SBC PWB System Memory
install the printer.
– SBC PWB
• For SunOs, have the system administrator ensure that the /etc/printcap file is properly
configured. – System Disk
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). • There may be a problem with the network port. Ask the system administrator to
test the port.
Procedure • If the problem continues, have the customer/System administrator replace the net-
work drop cable.
Determine if problem is occurring on multiple workstations.
Only one workstation is unable to print (answer no if unsure) • If the problem continues, reseat the SBC PWB Memory and System Disk Cable.
Y N • If the problem continues, replace the following in order until the problem is
Print out a configuration report. (GP 6 ). Review the TCP/IP settings. resolved:
TCP/IP is enabled. – System Disk Cable
Y N
– SBC PWB Memory
The printer is not installed for TCP/IP. Inform the customer/system administrator that
the printer needs to be installed and setup for TCP/IP. – SBC PWB
Select dC312 . Check if TCP/IP is selectable. – System Disk
TCP/IP is selectable (not grayed out). The printer needs to be reinstalled on the network. Have the system administrator reinstall
Y N the printer.
Switch off/on the machine power to reboot the SBC PWB. When machine is ready, se-
• Ensure that all configurations and IP addresses are valid.
lect (dC312) again. Check if TCP/IP is selectable.
TCP/IP is selectable (not grayed out). The problem occurs only on one job
Y N Y N
Go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure. Have the customer/system administrator Ping from the affected workstation to the IP ad-
dress of the printer.
Verify that the problem is corrected. If the problem continues, return to the start of this
procedure. Observe results.
Select dC312 , select TCP/IP and select Start . Observe the test results. The workstation can ping the printer successfully.
The test passed. Y N
Y N Have the customer/system administrator ping to another known good IP address, other
In Echo Test (dC312 ), select Internal TCP/IP and select Start. than the broadcast address, on the network.
The workstation can successfully ping another IP address on the network.
Observe the test results.
The test passed. B
B A
A

Service Manual OF9
A O F 1 0 Pr o b l e m Pr i n t i n g J o b R A P
B
Y N Use this RAP when a particular job won’t print. Other jobs print OK.
Inform the customer/system administrator there is a problem with the
workstation. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
Ensure the Subnet Mask, IP address, broadcast address and Default Gateway are set prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
properly at the printer.
Have the system administrator check the workstation configuration. Ensure that the worksta- Procedure
tion is set-up properly to print to the printer according to the System Administrator Guide.
Check the output to see if a PDL error sheet was printed.
The same job prints ok from another workstation.
An error sheet was printed.
Y N
Y N
Have the customer/system administrator reload the print driver on the affected workstation.
On the machine UI, select Job Status, Other Queues, All Completed Jobs, Save.
If the problem continues, escalate the call to the Customer Service Center (CSC).
There is an application problem. Have the customer contact the Customer Service Center. Check the queue for the job in question.
The job is in the log.
Y N
Select Other Queues, All Incomplete Jobs, Save.
The job is stuck in the queue.
Y N
Check for a fault listed against the job in question.
There is a fault(s) listed with the job.
Y N
Go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure.
Go to the appropriate RAP for the fault(s) listed with the job.
Switch the machine power off/on to reboot the SBC PWB.
The job printed OK.
Y N
Inform the customer the job must be deleted. Delete the job. Instruct the cus-
tomer to recreate and re-send the job.
The job printed OK.
Y N
If the problem continues, there may be a problem with the job. See if other
jobs print OK. If not, instruct the customer/System administrator to reload
the print driver on the affected workstation.
If the problem continues have the customer call the Customer Service
Center.
Done. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Done. Return to Service Call Procedures.
The job must have been printed. Check for the possibility that the job was removed from the
printer by another user.
If the problem continues, there may be a problem with the job. See if other jobs print OK. If not, in-
struct the customer/System administrator to reload the print driver on the affected workstation.
If the problem continues have the customer call the Customer Service Center.

OF10 Service Manual
O F 1 1 J o b Pr i n t s I n c o r r e c t l y R A P O F 1 2 FA X E n t r y R A P
The job prints, but incorrectly. There is a problem with Embedded FAX. The primary causes of Fax problems, in order of likelihood,
are:
• Phone line problems
• Customer operation problems
Procedure • PBX setup problems
Discuss the problem with the customer and/or inspect the incorrect output. • Machine configuration problems
There is a font problem. • Fax hardware problems
Y N
The problem is occurring on all jobs from all clients. Initial Actions
Y N • If the problem is FAX not printing the Date and Time stamp, enter dC131 and change the set-
The problem is occurring on jobs from one particular client. ting in NVM location 200-143 from a 0 to a 1.
Y N • Verify the presence of the FAX PWB.
The problem is related to a particular job. Have the customer call the Customer
Support Center. • Check the Configuration Sheet to confirm that the FAX PWB is detected.
There may be a problem with the client workstation. Check/perform the following: • Perform GP 1 Fax PWB Internal Selftest.
• See if problem is related to a particular job. If so, go to the OF10. • Check the phone line connection (GP 14).
• Ensure that the client meets minimum specifications for the Embedded Web Server • If the FAX icon is not present, check cable (PL 3.05)
software drivers.
• Ensure the latest printer drivers are loaded. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4).
• Have the customer/System administrator reload the printer driver.
Have the customer/system administrator replace the print drivers. Ensure that the latest driv-
Procedure
ers available are loaded. Note: Embedded Fax is designed to work over analog lines only. PBX and DSL lines attempt to em-
The problem still continues. ulate a PSTN analog line, and must be configured appropriately. Incorrect PBX settings are a major
Y N cause of service calls.
Go to GP 9 and perform the Regular AltBoot procedure. The following line types are supported on a best efforts only basis:
Have the customer view the job in Print Preview of the application. • xDSL lines with appropriate filtering.
The problem appears in Print Preview. • PBX extensions using digital signalling, with an analog speech path.
Y N
• ISDN lines are not supported.
There may be a font substitution that is not acceptable to the customer. In the Printer Setup
for the print driver, if Always Send to Printer is selected, the actual fonts will be sent to the • In a VoIP environment, Embedded Fax devices need separate analog lines or a T.38 Protocol
printer from the workstation. This will slow down the printer performance, but will usually Adapter
solve the font problem. The Fax cannot send or receive.
There may be a problem with the client workstation. Check/perform the following: Y N
• See if problem is related to a particular job. If so, go to the OF10. The Fax can send but not receive.
Y N
• Ensure the client meets minimum specifications for the Embedded Web Server drivers.
If the Fax receives but does not send, check the FAX set-up menus:
• Ensure the latest printer drivers are loaded.
• Enter Tools (GP2). Select Service Settings.
• Have the customer/System administrator reload the printer driver.
• Select Fax Service Settings.
• Select Line __ Setup
– Check that the Fax is set for Send and Receive.
If the Fax transmits but cannot receive,
• Check the phone number. To receive a FAX the sender must know the phone number as-
signed to the phone line connected to the FAX.

Service Manual OF11
A The transmitting or receiving baud rate can be reduced from 33.6K bps to either 14.k bps, 9600
• Check the FAX set-up menus. bps, or 7200 bps by changing the proper NVM locations.
– Enter Tools (GP2 ). Select Service Settings.
The NVM values are:
– Select Fax Service Settings.
3 = 33.6K 11= 14.4K 13 = 9600 14 = 7200
– Select Line __ Setup.
♦ Check that the Fax is set for Send and Receive. The NVMs are:
Print a Configuration Report (GP 6). Sending NVM 200-087 “T30MaxSpeedL1Tx” (single line)
The Fax is listed as installed.
Y N Sending NVM 200-088 “T30MaxSpeedL2Tx” (for 2 line fax)
Switch Off the power. Receive NVM 200-089 “T30MaxSpeedL1Rx” (single line)
Disconnect then reconnect the Fax PWB, Riser PWB, and SBC SD Card. Switch on the power. Receive NVM 200-090 “T30MaxSpeedL2Rx” (for 2 line fax)
If the problem remains, perform the following:
Otherwise, replace the FAX PWB (PL 20.10).
Replace the Fax PWB (PL 20.10).
Reload SW (GP 9).
Replace SBC SD Card (PL 3.05).
Replace the SBC PWB (PL 3.05).
Check the FAX set-up menus.
• Enter Tools (GP2). Select Service Settings.
• Select Fax Service Settings.
• Select Fax Setup.
– Check that the Fax is enabled.
– If the Enable and Disable buttons are not present, then the initial setup at install was not
completed correctly. Press Setup and complete the setup.
• Line Configuration - be sure pulse or tone selection is correct.
• FAX Transmission Defaults (check closely for FAX transmission problems)
– Automatic Redial Setups
– Automatic Resend
– Audio Line Monitor
– Transmission Header Text
– Batch Send
• Receive Defaults (check closely for FAX receive problems)
– Receive Printing Mode
– Default Output Options
– Secure Receive
– Auto Answer Delay
• FAX Country Setting
• File Management
Note: Though typically the FAX feature is setup for analog transmission, if FoIP is being used, the
following may be helpful if there is a problem.
If the machine fails to receive or transmit fax jobs and the transmit speed drops immediately to
9600 bps or 7200 bps, then do the following:

OF12 Service Manual
OF13 Secure Access RAP • If customers have problems of install / setting up, or any other problems related to their Secure
Access Administrator, they should refer to the Secure Access System Administrator’s Guide or
Overview contact Xerox Technical Support.
Xerox Secure Access uses an external device, such as a card reader or biometric device, to authorize
access to the machine. This reader then passes the information to the controller, which handles the Secure Access Authentication Device Failure
authentication process including, which GUI screens are displayed, accepting GUI responses, that The primary failure modes are power problems or failed hardware components. The symptom of
defines their content and order. The controller can pass user identities and passwords directly to these failures can be detected by observing the LEDs on the Secure Access Authentication Device,
the machine after gathering the data from an external server. All communication is via a secure Figure 2.
network link, Figure 1 Network Diagnostic.
Xerox Secure Access shall be controlled via the Embedded Web Server GUI. The active status is dis-
played in tools within Access Control. If communication cannot be established with the Xerox Se-
cure Access Server the service may be temporarily disabled by touching the now enabled Off button
within the Xerox Secure Access tools window. Once communication is reestablished the stored Xerox
Secure Access setting shall be restored.
Figure 2 Authentication Device

Check the power to the Secure Access Authentication Device.
• Check the power supply at the wall socket. If there is no power at the wall socket, have the cus-
tomer restore power and continue when confirmed.
• Disconnect the power cord from the wall socket and the power supply. Check the power cord for
Figure 1 Network Diagnostic continuity and damage. If necessary install a new power cord. Disconnect the power cord from
the power supply and plug the power cord into the wall outlet. Using a multi meter, check for
Initial Action line voltage at the end of the power cord disconnected from the power supply. If there is power
Before working on the Xerox Secure Access, check out the machine in the service mode to insure no
at the wall but not at the end of the power cord. Install a new power cord.
faults are displayed and that the machine is functioning properly. If it is not, repair any problems
before proceeding with diagnosing the Secure Access Accessory. Diagnostics can be entered to test • Disconnect the small power cord from the Secure Access Authentication Device. Check there is
copier functionality when Secure Access is installed. +5V at the connector that plugs into the Secure Access Authentication Device. If there is no
+5V, install a new power supply.
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen • There is a ‘Keyed’ switch on the end of the Secure Access Authentication Device. Obtain the key
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). from the customer. Insert the key into the ‘keyed’ switch and cycle the switch 1 quarter turn
Perform the following steps clockwise and then back to its start position. Observe the LEDs and listen for an audible tone.
• Check the connection between the Card Reader and the Secure Access Authentication Device. • If the LEDs on the Secure Access Authentication Device “Uplink” and “Downlink” Ethernet ports
do not cycle on and off as the controller goes through its boot-up process, or if the audible tone
• Check for the LEDs are on or blinking on the Secure Access Authentication Device. If the LEDs is not heard. Install a new Secure Access Authentication Device.
on the Secure Access Authentication Device are not operating, go to Secure Access Authentica-
tion Device Failure. Note: A new device will require the Secure Access Administrator to reconfigure the
• Check for the LEDs are on or blinking on the Card Reader. If the LEDs on the Card Reader are server with the new MAC address for the new part. Be sure to inform the Secure Ac-
not operating, go to Card Reader Failure. cess Administrator of the MAC address of the device being removed and the MAC ad-
dress of the new device.

Service Manual OF13
Card Reader Failure • If the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device is off, make sure the connectors of the
The primary failure modes are power problems or failed hardware components. The symptom of LAN connections are working properly. If the connections are working, this indicates the network
these failures can be detected by observing the LED on the Card Reader. Refer to Figure 2. may not work properly. Ask customer to check with Network Administrator.
• The Green LED on the Card Reader is On • If the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device is either on or flashing, contact the Se-
cure Access Administrator
• The Green LED on the Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
• The Red LED on the Card Reader is On The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
• The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Slowly • This indicates a valid card but does not correspond to a valid Secure Access Account at the serv-
er, test with a known valid user’s card.
• The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
• If all cards react the same way, this indicates the Server Configuration may not be correct. Ask
• The Card Reader LEDs are not On or Blinking customer to check the Server Configuration.
Table 1 Fault Indications • If all the card react this way, this indicates the cards are not valid. Ask customer to check the
When the LED on Server Configuration
the card Reader is Description
The Card Reader LEDs are not On or Blinking
Red The authentication device is in idle mode; there is no active session. • Check to see is the Secure Access is correctly installed.
Green The authentication device is in ready mode; a session is active. • If there is still no LED on the Card Reader, install a new the Card Reader.
Slow Flashing Red The authentication device has no connection to the server.
Note: If there is another working card reader available, the readers can be switched
to confirm failure. If the Card Reader is not functioning, the web page of the machine
has a setting that will enable UI keypad access. If the users know their card access
Slow Flashing Green The authentication device is communicating to the server. number, they can use the machine by manually entering their number. The process is
as follows:
Fast flashing red Invalid card / password; access denied.
1. Go to the machine web page under properties and then security and check the box that says
The Green LED on the Card Reader is On “Allow local user interface initiation”.
• This indicates an active Secure Access Session and the Card Read correctly corresponds to a val- 2. Enable the keypad and test with valid credentials. This will validate the rest of the secure access
id Secure Access Account. function.
• If the UI on the machine is locked, check with the customer for a second PIN number for addi- 3. Leave it in this mode until the new card reader can be installed.
tional security. This PIN number will need to be entered via the soft keys on the UI.
• Ensure that the card corresponds to a valid Secure Access Account.
The Green LED on the Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
• This indicates a valid card swipe and in the process of authentication on the server.
• If the UI on the machine is locked, check with the customer for a second PIN number for addi-
tional security. This PIN number will need to be entered via the soft keys on the UI.
• If the UI on the machine is locked and no secondary PIN is required. Check that the Xerox Se-
cure Access is installed correctly, and ask customer to check the configuration at the server.
The Red LED on the Card Reader is On
• This indicates the Card Reader is in an idle state. If the red LED remains on, and the UI remains
locked after a card is swiped, re-orient the card and re-swipe.
• Try a known good card in the reader. If the other card is working on the problem Card Reader.
Ask customer to make sure the card corresponds to a valid Secure Access Account.
• Try the card in a known good reader. If the card is working on a known good Card Reader, it
may be a problem with the Secure Access Authentication Device. Check to see is the LEDs on
the Secure Access Authentication Device are on.
The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Slowly
• This indicates the reader is connected to the controller but the controller is not connected to the
server. Check the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device.

OF13 Service Manual
O F 1 4 Re f l e c t i v e S e n s o r R A P A
B
C
Sensors consist of a light-emitting diode and a photo transistor. When energized, the light from the
LED causes the photo transistor to conduct, drawing current through a pull-up resistor. The voltage The display changes from H to L.
Y N
drop across the resistor causes the input signal to the control logic to change from a high to a low.
There is either an open circuit or a failed PWB. Use the Circuit Diagnostic
Reflective sensors operate by light from the LED being reflected off the paper to the photo transis- to trace the output wire to the PWB. If the wire is OK, replace the PWB.
tor, causing the output of the sensor to go to the low (L) state. Replace the sensor.
Disconnect the sensor.
Initial Actions
The display indicates H.
Ensure that the sensor is not actuated. Y N
When sensors are unplugged, the input at the PWB should always be high if
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen there is no harness short or PWB failure. Check the output wire from the sensor
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). (typically pin 2 on a 3 pin connector) to the PWB for a short circuit. If the wire is
good, replace the PWB.Figure 1 represents a typical sensor for this machine.
Procedure The sensor is shorted. Replace the sensor.
Enter the component control code indicated in the Procedure and/or Circuit Diagnostic of the RAP Look for unusual sources of contamination.
that sent you here. Actuate the sensor using a sheet of paper. The sensor and the circuit appear to operate normally. Check the adjustment of the sensor. Clean
The display changes with each actuation. the sensor. Check for intermittent connections, shorted, or open wires. If the problem continues, re-
Y N place the sensor.
Clean the sensor and then block and unblock it.
The display changes with each actuation.
Y N
Access to some sensors in this machine is difficult. Follow the Y leg if you can access
the sensor connector. Follow the N leg if access is not possible.
The sensor connector is accessible.
Y N
Check the voltage at the output of the PWB or power supply (refer to the Circuit
Diagnostic). In the example for this generic procedure, voltage is provided from
J533 on the I/F (MDD) PWB. Check for pull-up voltage for the output signal. This
voltage will be either +5 VDC or +3.3 VDC depending on the circuit (refer to the
Circuit Diagnostic for the correct voltage).
The voltage corresponds with the voltage shown in the Circuit Diagnostic. Figure 1 Typical Reflective Sensor Circuit Diagnostic
Y N
Check for short circuit(s) that may be loading down the line. Check the
power input to the PWB(s). If this does not resolve the problem, replace
the PWB.
Refer to the Circuit Diagnostic. Check the wires from the PWB to the sensor for
opens, shorts, or loose contacts. If the wires are OK, replace the sensor. If this
does not resolve the problem, replace the PWB
The display indicates a constant L.
Y N
Check for +5VDC to the sensor (typically pins 1 and 3 on a 3 pin connector).
+5 VDC is present.
Y N
Use the circuit diagram and/or the wirenets in Section 7 to trace the
problem.
Disconnect the sensor. Use a jumper wire to connect the output wire from the
sensor (typically pin 2 on a 3 pin connector) to DC COM or GND.

Service Manual OF14
O F 1 5 Tra n s m i s s i v e S e n s o r R A P A
B
C
Sensors consist of a light-emitting diode and a photo transistor. When energized, the light from the Y N
LED causes the photo transistor to conduct, drawing current through a pull-up resistor. The voltage
drop across the resistor causes the input signal to the control logic to change from a high to a low. Use the circuit diagram and /or the wirenets in Section 7 to trace the
problem.
Transmissive sensors have a flag or actuator that is pushed into the space between the LED and Disconnect the sensor. Use a jumper wire to connect the output wire from the
transistor, blocking the light beam and causing the output of the sensor to go to the high (H) state. sensor (typically pin 2 on a 3 pin connector) to DC COM or GND.
This actuation may be caused by a sheet of paper striking a pivoting flag, or a rotating actuator on The display changes from H to L.
a shaft or roll. Y N
Some sensors have built-in inverters and the outputs will go to the low (L) state when the sensors There is either an open circuit or a failed PWB. Use the Circuit Diagnostic
are blocked. In other situations, the processing of the signal in control logic may cause the logic lev- to trace the output wire to the PWB. If the wire is OK, replace the PWB.
el displayed on the UI or the PWS to be the opposite of the actual voltage output by the sensor. Replace the sensor.
The specific RAP and/or Circuit Diagnostic will indicate if this is the case. Figure 1 is an example of Disconnect the sensor.
a typical sensor circuit for this machine The display indicates H.
Y N
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). When sensors are unplugged, the input at the PWB should always be high if
there is no harness short or PWB failure. Check the output wire from the sensor
Procedure (typically pin 2 on a 3 pin connector) to the PWB for a short circuit. If the wire is
good, replace the PWB. Figure 1 represents a typical sensor for this machine
Enter the component control code indicated in the specific RAP and/or Circuit Diagnostic. Block and The sensor is shorted. Replace the sensor.
unblock the sensor. Look for unusual sources of contamination.
The display changes with each actuation. The sensor and the circuit appear to operate normally. Check the adjustment of the sensor. Clean
Y N the sensor. Check the sensor actuator/flag for proper operation. Check for intermittent connections,
Clean the sensor and then block and unblock it. shorted, or open wires. If the problem continues, replace the sensor.
The display changes with each actuation.
Y N
Access to some sensors in this machine is difficult. Follow the Y leg if you can access
the sensor connector. Follow the N leg if access is not possible.
The sensor connector is accessible.
Y N
Check for +5VDC at the output of the PWB or power supply. Refer to the Circuit
Diagnostic. In the example for this generic procedure, voltage is provided from
J533 on the I/F (MDD) PWB. Check for pull-up voltage for the output signal. This
voltage will be either +5 VDC or +3.3 VDC, depending on the circuit. Refer to the
circuit diagram for the correct voltage.
Y N
Check for short circuit(s) that may be loading down the line. Check the
power input to the PWB(s). If this does not resolve the problem, replace
the PWB.
Refer to the Circuit Diagnostic. Check the wires from the PWB to the sensor for
opens, shorts, or loose contacts. If the wires are OK, replace the sensor. If this
does not resolve the problem, replace the PWB
The display indicates a constant L
Y N
Check for +5VDC to the sensor (typically pins 1 and 3 on a 3 pin connector).
+5 VDC is present.
A
Figure 1 Typical Transmissive Sensor Circuit Diagnostic

OF15 Service Manual
O F 1 6 Sw i tc h R A P O F17 G en er ic Sole noi d/Clutch R AP

Procedure Solenoids and electric clutches are essentially electromagnets. Typically, a positive voltage is applied
to one end of a coil, and a current driver is connected to the other end. Control Logic switches this
Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen driver to GND potential, actuating the magnet. Bidirectional solenoids have a bipolar driver con-
prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ). nected to each end. One leg is switched to 24 VDC and the other to GND.
Enter dC330 [XXX-XXX]. Actuate the switch. Figure 1 is a circuit diagram of a typical solenoid.
The display changed.
Y N
Initial Actions
There is +3.5 / 5VDC measured between Pin 2(+) of the Switch and GND(-). Ensure that there is no damage or binding in the solenoid or in any mechanical linkage. If there is
Y N an Adjustment for the clutch or solenoid, make sure that the procedure was performed correctly
Check the wire between the switch Pin 2 and the PWB Pin 3 for an open circuit and
poor contact. If the check is OK, replace the PWB. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
There is +3.5 / 5VDC measured between Pin 1(+) of the Switch and GND(-), Figure 1. prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
Y N
Procedure
Replace the switch.
The clutch/solenoid is always energized.
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the switch Pin 1 for an open circuit and poor con- Y N
tact. If the check is OK, replace the PWB.
Enter the component control code (dC330 ) given in the RAP or the Circuit Diagnostic. Press
De-actuate the switch. the Start button
The display changed. The Clutch or solenoid energizes.
Y N Y N
Disconnect the connector on the switch. Press the Stop button
The display changed. There is +24 VDC between the switched leg (J407 pin A6 in the example, Figure 1 )
Y N of the control PWB and GND.
Check for a short between the switch Pin 2 and the PWB Pin 3. If the check is OK, re- Y N
place the PWB. There is +24 VDC between the powered leg (J407 pin A7 in the example, Fig-
Replace the switch. ure 1 ) of the control PWB and GND.
Replace the switch. Y N
Disconnect the connector (J407 in the example, Figure 1 ).
There is +24 VDC between the powered leg of the control PWB and
GND.
Y N
Refer to the 24 VDC wirenets. check the input power to the control
PWB.
+24 VDC is present.
Y N
Use the 24 VDC wirenets to troubleshoot the problem.
Replace the control PWB.
Check the wire in the powered leg of the circuit, (J407 pin A7 in the exam-
ple, Figure 1 ) for a short circuit to GND. If the wire is OK, replace the clutch
or solenoid.
Figure 1 2003 Disconnect the connector (J407 in the example, Figure 1 ). Check continuity
through the two wires and the clutch or solenoid.
There is less than 100 ohms between the two legs of the circuit.

Service Manual OF16
A OF18 2 Wire Motor Open RAP
B
C
Y N Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
Disconnect the clutch or solenoid. Check continuity through the two wires prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4 ).
and the clutch or solenoid.
Procedure
There is less than 100 ohms across the clutch or solenoid.
Y N Note: Before performing this RAP, ensure that the motor is free to rotate.
Replace the clutch or solenoid.
One of the two wires between the control PWB and the clutch or solenoid Enter the dC330 [XXX-XXX].
is open. Repair or replace the wiring as required. There is +24VDC measured between Pin 3(+) of the PWB and GND(-).
Replace the control PWB. Y N
Press the Start button. There is +24VDC measured between the Motor Pin 2(+) of the Motor and GND(-).
There is less than 1 VDC between the switched leg of the control PWB and GND. Y N
Y N There is +24VDC measured between the Motor Pin 1(+) of the Motor and GND(-).
Replace the PWB. Y N
Replace the clutch or solenoid. There is +24VDC measured between the PWB Pin 4(+) of the PWB and GND(-).
The clutch or solenoid appears to be functioning correctly. Refer to the Circuit Diagnostic for Y N
the RAP that sent you here. Check the wires for loose connections or damage that may cause Replace the PWB.
intermittent operation. Perform any required adjustments. Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the Motor Pin 1 for an open circuit or
There is a short circuit on the switched leg (J407 pin A6 in the example) from the solenoid or clutch. poor contact.
Check the wire for a short circuit to GND. If the wire is OK, replace the solenoid. If the problem per- Replace the motor.
sists, replace the controlling PWB. Check the wire between the PWB Pin 3 and the Motor Pin 2 for an open circuit or poor
contact.
Replace the PWB.
Figure 1 Motor CD
Figure 1 Typical Solenoid/Clutch Circuit Diagnostic

OF18 Service Manual
OF19 2 Wire Motor On RAP OF20 Set Gate Solenoid Open RAP
Procedure Procedure
There is +24VDC measured between the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 1 (+) and GND (-).
Turn off the power. Remove the PWB connector. Y N
There is 10 Ohm’s or less measured between the connector Pin 3 and the frame. There is +24VDC measured between the PWB Pin 5 (+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
Replace the PWB. Check +24VDC inputs on the PWB. If the check is OK, replace the PWB.
Check the wire between the connector Pin 3 and the motor Pin 2 for a short circuit. Check the wire between the PWB Pin 5 and the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 1 for an open circuit
If the check is OK, replace the motor. or poor contact.
Enter dC330 [XXX-XXX].
There is +24VDC measured between the PWB Pin 4 (+) and GND(-).
Y N
There is +24VDC measured between the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 3 (+) and GND (-).
Y N
Replace the Nip/Release Solenoid.
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 4 and the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 3 for an open circuit
and poor contact.
Follow the following when the release caused a problem.
Go to the dC330 [XXX-XXX].
Figure 1 Motor CD
There is +24VDC measured between the PWB Pin 6 (+) and GND(-).
Y N
There is +24VDC measured between the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 2 (+) and GND (-)
Y N
Replace the Nip/Release Solenoid.
Check the wire between the PWB Pin 6 and the Nip/Release Solenoid Pin 2 for an open circuit
or poor contact.
Replace the PWB.
Figure 1 Nip Solenoid CD

Service Manual OF19
OF21 Multiple Wire Motor RAP

For use on DC motors that:
• have 1 or 2 DC power inputs
• are controlled by 2 or more drivers
• have no DC COM connections for return power
• have no specific feedback circuits
Procedure
Connect black meter lead to ground. Measure voltage at each pin of J2 (example only, refer to the
actual Circuit Diagnostic for the correct voltage and connector designation).
+24 VDC is measured at each pin.
Y N
Disconnect J2. Measure voltage at P2-1 and P2-6.
+24 VDC is measured.
Y N
Switch machine off then on. Measure voltage at P2-1 and P2-6.
+24 VDC is measured.
Y N
If an interlock circuit is present, check the interlock circuit. Repair as required. If
the interlock circuit is good, replace the PWB.
Check the motor wires for a short circuit. If the wires are good, replace the Motor. Figure 1 Motor CD
Check the motor wires for obvious damage. If the wires are good, replace the Motor.
Replace the PWB.

OF21 Service Manual
O F 2 2 To n e r C R U M M i s m a tc h R A P O F 2 3 Pe r s i s t e n t M a c h i n e S t a t u s M e s s a g e s R A P
Note: The machine is shipped with “Worldwide Neutral” Toner Cartridges. When the cartridges In many cases when a problem causes a machine status message, no chain-link fault code is en-
shipped with the machine are installed, the machine is set to Worldwide Neutral configuration. tered into either dC120 Fault Counter or dC122 Fault History. Typically these messages involve
things like covers, interlock switch circuits and paper tray status.
When the first Toner Cartridge (any color) is replaced, the geographic differentiation code and To-
ner Cartridge type in NVM are automatically changed to the same settings as the replacement car- This RAP can be used to find RAPs that can be used to troubleshoot and repair faults that cause un-
tridge. Once these NVM are set, the machine toner configuration can only be changed with a resettable machine status messages.
CRUM conversion.
Procedure
One or more Toner Cartridges are of the wrong type (for example, a “Sold” cartridge installed in a
Note: When a machine status message occurs frequently or is unresettable and performing the ac-
“metered” configured machine).
tion that would normally resolve the problem fails to resolve it, it is likely that the problem is caused
by a repairable hardware fault such as a bent or broken cover, faulty wiring, a failed component, or
Procedure by a SW fault.
1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
2. Select Supplies. The Fault Codes for the RAPs referenced in this procedure do not appear in dC120 Fault Counter or
dC122 Fault History.
3. The UI displays Cartridge Error for the mismatched cartridge.
Do not use the Unresettable Machine Status Messages RAP if an appropriate fault code appears in
4. Go to the Fault Code for the color that displays an error: either dC120 or dC122.
• 393-926 Toner K CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP
• 393-937 Toner Y CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4).
• 393-938 Toner M CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP
Perform he following steps in order;
• 393-939 Toner C CRUM Data Mismatch Fail RAP
1. Look in the Table 1 listing for the subsystem that appears to be faulty. Find the displayed UI
Message and/or Machine Reaction.
2. Check the items listed in the Clearing Action Column.
3. If performing the Clearing Actions fails to resolve the problem, go to the RAP indicated to trou-
bleshoot the problem.
Note: If no action is listed go directly to the indicated RAP to troubleshoot the

problem.
Note: HCF and Finisher status messages are not included in the table. Refer to the
accessory service documentation to troubleshoot status messages related to feeding
and finishing accessories.

Service Manual OF22
Table 1 Machine Status to RAP Cross Reference
Subsystem UI Message Machine Reaction RAP Fault Cause Clearing Action
UI Rewrite Failure Blink all LED indicators 302-302 Flash rewrite failure
UI Erase Failure Blink all LED indicators 302-306 Flash erase failure
UI Download Invalid Blink all UI LED indicators 302-308 Download invalid
UI Application Checksum Failure Blink Job Stat & Features LED indicators 302-312 Application SW Checksum Failure
UI UI Data Time Out Error A software error has occurred. User interven- 302-320 UI does not receive requested data from One of the printer features requires serv-
tion is required to Power Off/Power On the the CCM within the specified time out ice, however the printer can still function
machine. Printing may be disabled window in a degraded mode.
UI Config Services not Stable Printing is disabled and the powering up proc- 302-390 During power up all configurable services User Intervention, The printer needs to
ess has stalled. have not achieved a stable state after 5 be rebooted in order to eliminate the
minutes from power up current fault.
IIT/Scan DADF No Original Fail 305-940 Machine detects that original has been Follow UI Display
removed
IIT/Scan DADF Not Enough Document 305-940 Machine detects that original has been Follow UI Display
removed
Fuser Fuser Assembly Near Life 310-420 “Need replacement” for Fuser Assy (con- No action required.
sumables) detected. However, recommend replacement to
new Fuser Assy if Fuser Assy life is esti-
mated to be over at the next call.
Fuser Fuser Assembly Life Over 310-421 “Need replacement” for Fuser Assy (con- Replace Fuser Assy to new one.
sumables) detected.
Paper Tray 1 size switch NG Display status message 371-212 Tray 1 size switch not working Adjust tray
Handling
Handling
Handling
Handling
Paper Front Cover Interlock Open None 377-300 Interlock Switch operation failure or Verify that closing the cover does not re-
Handling Latch failure solve the problem
Paper Left Hand Cover Interlock Open None 377-301 Interlock Switch operation failure or Verify that closing the cover does not re-
Paper Tray Module Left Hand Cover Printing Inhibited 377-305 Interlock Switch operation failure or Verify that closing the cover does not re-
Handling Open Latch failure solve the problem
Paper Duplex Door Open 377-305 Interlock Switch operation failure or Verify that closing the cover does not re-

OF23 Service Manual
Paper Upper Left Door Open 377-301 Interlock Switch operation failure or Verify that closing the door does not re-
Paper IBT Front Cover Printing inhibited 377-300 IBT (IOT) Left front door open Close cover
Handling
Xerographics/ Waste Cartridge Near Full 391-400, Waste Bottle Near Full has been de- Check that the Toner Waste Cartridge
Cleaning 405, 910, tected by Toner Near Full Sensor does not need replacing
911
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge K Near Life 391-400, The number of K Drum Cycles (CRUM) is Check the HFSI value and determine if it
Cleaning 405, 910, compared with the threshold value is within the value for Drum Replace-
911 (CRUM) and “Drum Cartridge K replacement timing. If it is, replace the drum.
ment timing” is detected.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge K Life Over 391-913 Drum Cartridge Life over. Life is being Check the HFSI value and determine if it
Cleaning extended. is within the value for Drum Replace-
ment timing. If it is, replace the drum.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge Y Near Life 391-411 The number of Y Drum Cycles (CRUM) is Check the HFSI value and determine if it
Cleaning compared with the threshold value is within the value for Drum Replace-
(CRUM) and “Drum Cartridge Y replacement timing. If it is, replace the drum.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge M Near Life 391-421 The number of M Drum Cycles (CRUM) Check the HFSI value and determine if it
Cleaning is compared with the threshold value is within the value for Drum Replace-
(CRUM) and “Drum Cartridge M replacement timing. If it is, replace the drum.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge C Near Life 391-431 The number of C Drum Cycles (CRUM) is Check the HFSI value and determine if it
(CRUM) and “Drum Cartridge C replacement timing. If it is, replace the drum.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge Y Life Over 391-402, Drum Cartridge Life over. Life is being Check the HFSI value and determine if it
Cleaning 424, 480, extended. is within the value for Drum Replace-
481, 482, ment timing. If it is, replace the drum.
913
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge M Life Over 391-402, Drum Cartridge Life over. Life is being Check the HFSI value and determine if it
913
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge C Life Over 391-402, Drum Cartridge Life over. Life is being Check the HFSI value and determine if it
913
Xerographics/ Waste Cartridge Not in Position Print operation inhibited 391-400, The Toner Waste Container (R5) is not Check that the Toner Waste Cartridge is
Cleaning 405, 910, installed correctly has been detected by in position.
911 the Waste Bottle Sensor
Xerographics/ Waste Cartridge Full Print operation inhibited 391-400, The Toner Waste Container (R5) is full. Check that the Toner Waste Cartridge
Cleaning 405, 910, has been detected by elapse of the does not need replacing
911 specified drive time (NVM) of YMCK

Service Manual OF23
Dispense Motor after Waste Bottle Near

Full occurrence.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge K Life End Print operation inhibited 391-913 The number of K Drum Cycles (CRUM) is Check the HFSI value and determine if it
(CRUM) and “Drum Cartridge K replacement timing. If it is, replace the drum.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge Y Life End Print operation inhibited 391-402, The number of Y Drum Cycles (CRUM) is Check the HFSI value and determine if it
481, 482, (CRUM) and “Drum Cartridge Y replacement timing. If it is, replace the drum.
913 ment timing” is detected.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge M Life End Print operation inhibited 391-402, The number of M Drum Cycles (CRUM) Check the HFSI value and determine if it
Cleaning 424, 480, is compared with the threshold value is within the value for Drum Replace-
481, 482, (CRUM) and “Drum Cartridge M replacement timing. If it is, replace the drum.
Xerographics/ Drum Cartridge C Life End Print operation inhibited 391-402, The number of C Drum Cycles (CRUM) is Check the HFSI value and determine if it
481, 482, (CRUM) and “Drum Cartridge C replacement timing. If it is, replace the drum.
ProCon Y Toner Cartridge is Empty 324-923 The CRU Manager has generated the Replace toner cartridge.If the Toner
message Yellow toner cartridge is empty. Empty message occurs even when re-
maining toner is not low, perform Toner
Recovery operation first to see if Toner
Empty state is canceled or not.
ProCon M Toner Cartridge is Empty 324-923 The CRU Manager has generated the Replace toner cartridge.If the Toner
message Magenta toner cartridge is Empty message occurs even when re-
empty. maining toner is not low, perform Toner
ProCon C Toner Cartridge is Empty 324-923 The CRU Manager has generated the Replace toner cartridge.If the Toner
message Cyan toner cartridge is empty. Empty message occurs even when re-
ProCon Yellow Toner Cartridge is near 393-400 The CRU manager has generated the Fault code is cleared when toner recovery
empty state (replace soon) message “Yellow Toner Cartridge is near operation is successfully completed after
empty state (replace soon)” front interlock is opened/closed (or when
toner recovery is successfully completed
at power off/on)
ProCon Magenta Toner Cartridge is near 393-400 The CRU manager has generated the Fault code is cleared when toner recovery
empty state (replace soon) message “Magenta Toner Cartridge is operation is successfully completed after
near empty state (replace soon)” front interlock is opened/closed (or when
at power off/on)
ProCon Cyan Toner Cartridge is near 393-400 The CRU manager has generated the Fault code is cleared when toner recovery
empty state (replace soon) message “Cyan Toner Cartridge is near operation is successfully completed after

OF23 Service Manual

at power off/on)
ProCon Black Toner Cartridge is near 393-400 The CRU manager has generated the Fault code is cleared when toner recovery
empty state (replace soon) message “Black Toner Cartridge is near operation is successfully completed after
at power off/on)
ProCon Black Toner Cartridge is empty 324-923 The CRU Manager has generated the Replace toner cartridge.If the Toner
message Black toner cartridge is empty. Empty message occurs even when re-
Transfer IBT Unit Near End Warning 394-417 This fault code is issued when the follow- Fault Code is cleared after replacing the
ing condition is met. IBT Unit.
(IBT unit present count (NVM)) > (IBT
unit life (NVM)) - (Page count before end
of life warning (NVM))
Transfer IBT CLN Unit Near End Warning 394-418 This fault code is issued when the follow- End of life of IBT cleaner unit is
ing condition is met. approaching.
(IBT cleaner unit present count (NVM)) > Replace IBT cleaner unit if necessary and
(IBT cleaner unit life (NVM)) - (Page clear HFSI Counter.
count before end of life warning (NVM))
Transfer 2nd BTR Unit Near End Warning 394-417 This fault code is issued when the follow- Fault Code is cleared after replacing the
ing condition is met. 2nd BTR Unit.
(2nd BTR unit present count (NVM)) >
(2nd BTR unit life (NVM)) - (Page count
before end of life warning (NVM))

Service Manual OF23
O F 2 4 U S B Po r t D i s a b l e d R A P O F 2 5 Xe r o g ra p h i c M e s s a g e s R A P
USB Ports can be Enabled/Disabled in Embedded Web Server (EWS) by the System Administrator Machine fails to detect Toner dispensing (Replace Toner message) or Drum Cartridge (Drum Car-
tridge Error message); message cannot be cleared, no status codes displayed.
Procedure
Log onto the machine or EWS as System Administrator and verify the status of the USB Ports. Initial Actions
Turn the power off, then on.
Drum Cartridge Error message is displayed on the UI:

Turn the power off.
Inspect the Drum cartridges for damage and ensure that cartridges are firmly inserted into
position.
Remove the Drum Cartridge(s) and inspect the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly at the rear of the
machine for proper mounting and possible damage:
• Drum CRUM Coupler (Y) - P/J120.
• Drum CRUM Coupler (M) - P/J121.
• Drum CRUM Coupler (C) - P/J122.
• Drum CRUM Coupler (K) - P/J123.
If no problem is found, check the wiring from the Motor Drive PWB P/J412 to the Drum CRUM Cou-
pler Assemblies for an open or short circuit, or physical damage:
• BSD 90.5
• BSD 90.6
If the wiring is OK, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum CRUM Coupler (PL 90.15).
Replace Toner message is displayed on the UI:

Turn the power off.
Ensure that the Toner Cartridges contain toner, are not damaged or obstructed, and are firmly
seated in place.
Check the wiring from the Motor Drive PWB P/J413 to the Toner Dispense Motor(s) for an open or
short circuit, or physical damage:
• P/J220, P/J221 - BSD 90.8
• P/J222, P/J223 - BSD 90.8
If the wiring is OK, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Dispense Motor (PL 90.10)

OF24 Service Manual
O F 2 6 i B e a c o n ® / B l u e t o o t h ® Pr i n t i n g I s s u e s R A P 2. Ensure that the iBeacon® Bluetooth® feature is enabled on the MFP

Parts List on a. Log in as Administrator.
This procedure is provided to help identify and diagnose iBeacon® / Bluetooth® connectivity b. Select Connectivity > Setup > AirPrint > iBeacon® > Enabled.
issues. 3. Refer to the Xerox AltaLink® Series Multifunctional Printer System Administrator Guide for the
following information/tasks:
Note: The customer must use the Xerox-supplied iBeacon® / Bluetooth® installation kit. Other
configurations/adaptors are not supported. a. AirPrint Description
Initial Actions b. Configuring AirPrint
c. Enabling iBeacon® Bluetooth® for AirPrint discovery.
Consult your manager before troubleshooting the customer’s network, as the policy varies accord-
ing to region. 4. Print a configuration report on the AltaLink® MFP. If the Micro-Adaptor has been installed at
the correct location, and the MFP enabled for iBeacon®, the following items should be present
Procedure on the configuration report (Figure 2).
1. Ensure that the Bluetooth® adaptor is plugged into the correct USB port on the right rear side
of the printer (Figure 1).
Figure 2 Successful Installation

5. The following issues can occur if the hardware or feature is not correctly installed/enabled:
• iBeacon® Hardware Installed and iBeacon® feature disabled.
• iBeacon® Hardware Not Installed and iBeacon® feature Enabled.
• iBeacon® Hardware Installed at the wrong location.
• AirPrint Not Enabled on MFP.
• Mobile Apple Client Device (cell phone, etc.) does not have Bluetooth® enabled.
• Mobile Apple Client Device (cell phone, etc.) is not connected to network.
• MFP’s iBeacon® IP Address is not reachable by the Mobile Apple Client Device.
Figure 1 Position of the Bluetooth® Micro-Adaptor in Correct USB Port

Table 1 Micro-Adaptor Inserted in Correct USB Port
# Description
1 Press tab to release the corner cover. Remove that cover.
2 Micro-adaptor correct location.

Service Manual OF26
Initial Issue 3 Image Quality
3 Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 IQ57 Copy: Gradation Jump in Text & Photo (IPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 IQ58 Scan: Smeared Text, JPEG Mosquito Noise (IPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 IQ59 Moire In Text Mode (Fine) BW Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals (IPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
IQ3 1mm Lines RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 IQ60 Copy: Bleed on 2 Sided Document (IPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
IQ4 Image Shift in Process Direction RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 IQ61 Copy: Platen Background (IPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
IQ5 White Lines RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 IQ66 Unevenness Correction Within Image Area (IOT Image Quality) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
IQ6 SLED Transfer Cycle Lines RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 IQ67 Ghost Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
IQ7 IN-OUT Density Difference RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 IQ68 Toner Color Streaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
IQ8 Video Data/Crosstalk RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 IQ69 Heavyweight Paper Image Blurring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
IQ9 Image Shift in Inboard-to Outboard Direction RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 IQ70 Scale-Like and Circular Stamping Marks Defect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
IQ10 Edge-less Image RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 IQ71 3mm Pitch Streak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
IQ11 Contamination Lines RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 IQ72 Paper Wrinkle Due to Misaligned Fuser Transport Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
IQ12 Chip/Half Chip Blanks RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Image Quality Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
IQ13 SLED Transfer Failure RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 IQS 1 Test Pattern Usage (dC612) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
IQ14 Tapes Not Peeled RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 IQS 2 IIT Image Quality Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
IQ15 Charging Roll Pitch White Lines (type 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 IQS 3 Things to Note for Image Quality Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
IQ16 Charging Roll Pitch White Lines (type 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 IQS 4 Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
IQ17 Photoreceptor Pitch Color Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
IQ18 Background on Gloss RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
IQ19 Toner Empty Detection Color Lines RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
IQ20 Toner Droplet Contamination RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
IQ21 Smear on Heavyweight RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
IQ22 Rough Black RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
IQ23 Moist Paper Transfer Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
IQ24 Toner Contamination at Lead/Trail Edge RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
IQ25 Trail Edge Transfer Failure RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
IQ26 Color Lines RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
IQ27 Transfer Blank Areas (Partially Moist Paper) RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
IQ28 Nip Marks RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
IQ29 Moisture RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
IQ30 Low Image Density RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
IQ31 Wrinkled Image RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
IQ32 IOT Background RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
IQ33 Color-to-Color Misregistration RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
IQ34 Skew/Misregistration/Magnification RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
IQ35 Process Direction Bands, Streaks, and Smears RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
IQ36 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
IQ37 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
IQ38 Spots RAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
IQ39 Missing Colors RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
IQ40 Background on Coated Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
IQ41 Multi Color Transfer Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
IQ42 Lines on Coated Paper (EXIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
IQ43 Caterpillar Mark (Transfer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
IQ44 White Stripes Due to Trimmer Jam (DEV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
IQ45 Heat Haze/Mock Heat Haze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
IQ46 Poor Reproducibility of Fine Lines (IOT Image Quality). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
IQ47 Outboard Deletion in All Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
IQ48 MWS (Side 2) (Micro White Spots) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
IQ49 Moist Paper Wrinkles (Fusing Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
IQ50 White Streaks in Process Direction/Dropping Density (XERO/CLN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
IQ51 Background (IPS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
IQ53 Highlight Density Reproduction (NVM Darken +3) (IPS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
IQ54 Highlight Density Reproduction (NVM Lighten +3) (IPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
IQ56 CVT Streaks (IPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

OF26 Service Manual
3 Image Quality Initial Issue
I Q 1 I OT I m a g e Q u a l i t y E n t r y R A P
This RAP will identify the causes of Image Quality defects. All Image Quality RAPs must be accessed
through this RAP.
Note: Copy and Print Mode Definitions:

• Print Mode document images are submitted electronically from a Fax, USB, or network source.
They do not use any of the IIT components (DADF or Scanner) and there is no hard copy
original.
• Copy Mode document images are made from a hard copy original. They use the various IIT
components (DADF and/or Scanner) to introduce the image into the machine.
• For Copy Mode images made using the DADF, side 1 is defined as the visible side of the docu-
ment as it sits in the DADF document tray. Side 2 is the side that faces the document tray and is
not visible without removing the document from the tray and turning it over. It may be useful
to label the two sides on the originals used for testing.
• For Copy Mode images made using the Platen Glass, some different parts of the IIT are used to
make the image.
Initial Actions
During initial actions, you will produce a set of copies and prints. These, along with any copies or
prints from the customer, will enable you to analyze and correct image quality problems.
1. Ensure that fresh dry paper that meets Xerox specifications is loaded in all paper trays. If neces-
sary, you can refer to the User Guide to find the approved list of papers and part numbers. Both
11x17/A3 and 8 1/2x11/A4 should be loaded. It is strongly recommended that you use one of
the papers listed in Table 1.
Table 1 Recommended Papers
Paper Size / Weight
Bold Digital Printing 8 1/2 x11 or 11x17 / 24lb
ColoTech Plus Gold A4 or A3 / 90gsm.
Xerox Vitality 8 1/2x11 or 11x17 / 20lb.
Xerox Premier A4 or A3 / 80gsm.
2. Set the machine to the Customer Mode Settings listed in Table 2 to ensure that the machine is
set to a standard state.
Table 2 Basic Copier Mode Settings
Item Name Sub-Item Sub-Item Setting
Output Color - - Auto Detect
Reduce/Enlarge - - Auto
Original Type More Content Type Photo and Text
Original Type More How Original was Printed Original

Produced
Lighten/Darken - - Normal
Sharpness - - Normal

Service Manual IQ1
• Colors have shifted over time
Item Name Sub-Item Sub-Item Setting
• Color densities too high or low
Saturation - - Normal
CAUTION
Automatic Back- - - Off Performing these calibration procedures to reset the machine to factory defaults,
ground Suppression (unchecked) or even just using them to calibrate the machine, may make the apparent prob-
lem worse. If this occurs, continue with the rest of this RAP to resolve the IQ
Contrast Contrast: Manual - Normal issues.
Contrast
Note: The color calibration affects copies made from the DADF or the platen (Copy
Color Presets - - Off Mode), as well as prints made in Print Mode.
Color Balance - - Normal 2. After completing step 1, check with the customer. If they are still dissatisfied with machine im-
age quality, or if the problem was not one of the things listed in step 1, continue with this proce-
Image Shift - - Off dure. Otherwise, return to Call Flow.
3. Check machine customer selectable image quality settings on the UI and the Print Driver. Deter-
3. Make copies of hard copy originals to check for copy mode problems. If the customer does not mine if adjustments to these settings should be made to tune image output to meet customer
have an original to use, make the copies from the Color Test Pattern 82E13120 IQ requirements.
a. Make 2-sided copies using the DADF. Use the following process to ensure that both the scan- 4. Refer the customer to user documentation to review settings that affect copy and print image
ner (for side 1) and the CIS (for side 2) are tested.Set the Copy mode for 2-sided to 2-sided quality. In particular, ask that they review the following settings for Copy image quality:
copying. • Output Color
Set the number of copies to 5. • Original Type
i. If possible, use a 2-sided original. If the customer original is not 2 sided, use the Color • Lighten / Darken
Test Pattern and feed it through the DADF twice. When using the Color Test Pattern use • Sharpness
the following process. Be sure to keep track of whether the copies are side one or side
two. • Saturation
• Automatic Background Suppression
1) Place the Test Pattern in the DADF document tray face up with the top on the left.
This will produce a set of side 1 copies. • Color Presets
2) Place the Test Pattern in the DAD document tray face down with the top on the left. • Color Balance
This will produce a set of side 2 copies. 5. Make a set of prints using dC612 to aid in further defect analysis. Make a 4-color grid pattern
ii. Make 5 copies using the platen. Be sure to register the original correctly on the platen print and half tone prints of 30% density for each color. Use Test Pattern 9 to make the half-
with the top on the left. Use either the customer original, or the Color Test Pattern. tone prints. Use test pattern 1 to make the grid chart, Figure 1.
4. Ask the customer to make five 2-sided prints of the file that is showing the defect. If possible,
ask that the file be printed from several different computers. If that is not possible, obtain a
copy of the file and print it from the PWS. If the customer file is only on a USB drive, make a set
of prints using the PWS and also make a set using the USB port on the machine.
5. If the particular file is not available, ask that prints be made from other files that are similar to
the file showing the defect. Again, they should be made from multiple computers, and/or from
the PWS if possible.
Procedure
After completing the steps of the initial actions section, check the set of copies and prints for the
presence of the defect in Copy Mode and in Print Mode.
If the problem only occurs in Copy Mode, go to the IQ2 RAP.
1. If the defect consists of any of the following problems, ask the Customer SA to perform the com-
plete calibration procedure. The procedure is listed in the User Guide under the heading Opti-
mizing Printer Performance. The steps of the procedure are repeated here for reference. On the
UI Home screen, touch Device > Tools > Troubleshooting > Calibration, then complete the
steps as listed on the UI to calibrate Print, Copy and Color Matching.
• Incorrect colors
• Poor gray balance

IQ1 Service Manual
Table 4 Image Quality Defects: Process (Slow Scan) Direction Streaks and Lines
Defect SubSystem Description Corrective Action
White Lines White lines appear in Go to the RAP IQ5

the process direction
for all densities.
LPH Periodical Line LPH A line appears peri- IQ-1

odically as a result of
the decrease in light
quantity of the light
emitter (chip) or from
unevenness continu-
ously occurring in
multiple chips.
SLED Transfer Failure LPH Black lines and blank Go to the RAP IQ13
areas (lines) appear
repeatedly in units of
2.7mm. They appear
by half chip units.
Poor resolution LPH Images appear out of Remove, clean and re-
focus seat the LED print-
head assemblies (4).
Figure 1 Test Prints for Image Quality Evaluation
White Stripes due to Developer When foreign sub- Go to the RAP IQ44
6. Examine the complete set of copies and prints to determine which of the categories listed in Ta- Trimmer Jam stances such as dirt,
ble 3 the defect falls into, then go to the appropriate defect description table to find the proce- dust, toner aggregate
dure that will correct the problem. If necessary, refer to the Image Quality Specification (including the case of
sections for detailed information about color and geometric specifications. heated one) exist in
the Toner Cartridge,
Note: Table 3 Category Definitions. on the Toner Supply
Path, or in the Devel-
• Process Direction defects are lines or bands that run along the print from Lead Edge (LE) to
oper Housing Assy
Trail Edge (also known as Tail Edge) (TE).
and they reach the
• Cross Process defects are lines or bands that run across the print from side to side. section between the
• General or Random defects affect areas of the print, the entire print, or appear in a random Developer Roll and
fashion in different places on the print. the Trimmer, it could
obstruct the forma-
Table 3 Defect Categories tion of developer
layer.
Defect Category
Color streaks Transfer Presence of paper Perform the IQ26 Col-
Process (Slow Scan) Direction Streaks and Table 4 dust in between the or Streaks RAP.
Lines intermediate transfer
belt and the cleaner
Cross Process (Fast Scan) and Diagonal Table 5 blade causes poor
Streaks and Lines cleaning.
General, or Random Image Defects Table 6
The streaks when IPS Streaks can occur CQ16
Scan Grayscale is continuously when
performed solid fill originals
without dot matrix
structures, such as
photographs, are
scanned (grayscale)
on the DAF.

Service Manual IQ1
Defect SubSystem Description Corrective Action Defect SubSystem Description Corrective Action
Process Direction Streaks: Usually me- Go to the RAP IQ35 trace may appear as
Bands, Streaks, and dium-width streaks of thin white lines in the
Smears (or shifts in) color Inboard-to Outboard
most noticeable in direction on the high-
low density 20-30%) light portion at the
halftone areas of the Charging Roll Pitch.
copy. A deletion in
the form of a single Charging Roll Pitch If the substances Go to the RAP IQ16
streak that runs from White Lines - 2 contained in the CLN-
the lead edge to the Roll get stuck to the
trail edge of the copy. BCR at the BCR and
CLN-Roll NIP sections,
CVT Streaks IIT/DADF Dirt such as paper Go to the RAP IQ56 the resistance on the
dust is generated at BCR gets reduced
the DADF scan posi- and may cause the
tion. The streaks in appearance of white
the process direction lines in the Inboard-
are created when to Outboard
that contamination is direction.
scanned.
Color Streak of Photo- Xerographics/ Vibrations during the IQ5
Table 5 Cross Process (Fast Scan) and Diagonal Streaks and Lines receptor Pitch Cleaning Drum CRU transpor-
(94.5mm) tation may cause
Defect SubSystem Description Corrective Action scrapes and friction in
the BCR and the Pho-
High Frequency Repeating interval Go to the RAP IQ37 toreceptor, resulting
Bands bands that are most in leftover electro-
noticeable in low den- static memory on the
sity (20-30%) half- Photoreceptor, which
tone areas of the generates thin white
copy. These bands streaks in the Fast
run perpendicular to Scan direction on the
process direction. highlight portion at
the Photoreceptor
2.5mm (0.1 inch) di- Xerographics Diagonal streaks may Install a new relevant Pitch.
agonal streaks occur due to BCR drum cartridge, PL
(bias charge roll) flow 90.20. Line or spots appear Other Fault or dirt on one of Perform the IQ32 Re-
coating unevenness. at regular intervals the IBT belt, fusing, peated Defects RAP.
on prints or exit components.
3mm pitch line Transfer Lines occur at the rib Perform the IQ18 In
pitch interval of hold- Process 3mm Pitch
er DTS. Line RAP.
BCR pitch 38mm (1.5 Xerographics Charging failure oc- Perform the IQ50
inches) density curs in weak contact White Streaks, Spots
unevenness parts which lowers or Unevenness in BCR
the surface potential Pitch Axial Direction
and the density of RAP.
the half-tone image
darkens with a BCR
pitch (38mm/1.5
inches).
Charging Roll Pitch If the BCR is de- Go to the RAP IQ15

White Lines - 1 formed at the BCR
and Photoreceptor
NIP sections, the

IQ1 Service Manual
Dark lines Xerographics Fine lines in the cross Perform the IQ5 Dark the sheet is scattered
process direction due Lines RAP. in a semicircular arc.
to abnormal electric
discharge between DC charging ghosting Xerographics As DC charging has Perform the IQ22 DC
BCR and the photo weak charging capa- Charging Ghosting
receptor. bility compared to AC RAP.
charging, ghosting
Reverse dark lines Transfer Phenomenon of part Perform the IQ17 Re- may worsen with the
of the solid patch of verse Dark Lines RAP. environment or pa-
K-color having partial per. Also see residual
dark lines (multiple) image (ghosting).
at the FS direction.
Toner charge amount Deletions Xerographics Part of the image is Perform the IQ24 De-
before secondary missing. letions RAP.
transfer is insufficient
causing transfer Deletions (outboard, There is a light (faded Go to the RAP IQ47
failure. all colors) or deleted) area
along the outboard
Table 6 Non-repeating Image Defects side of all prints, due
SubSystem Description to buildup on the out-
Defect Corrective Action board side of all the
first BTRs, which is
Background Xerographics The whole page or Perform the IQ23
best viewed on half-
part of the page is Background RAP.
tone test patterns (all
contaminated by to-
colors).
ner. The contamina-
tion appears as very
Heat haze/mock heat Transfer A scattering of toner Perform the IQ45
light grayish color.
haze around solid patches. Heat Haze/ Mock
Heat Haze RAP.
Unevenness Correc- IOT Image Quality Uneven density in the IQ36
tion Within Image axis direction, due to Kiss marks Transfer As system resistance Perform the IQ15 Kiss
Area the area around the of the primary trans- Marks RAP.
Drum. fer is high, the charge
voltage of the pri-
Caterpillar mark Transfer Removal of electricity Perform the IQ43 Cat- mary transfer to the
with diselectrification erpillar Mark (Trans- toner on the Photore-
material is performed fer) RAP. ceptor is increased,
in the charged state causing kiss-shaped
after the paper dis discharge marks.
charges the secon-
dary transfer part. If
Spots Generally circular in Go to the RAP IQ38
the adhesion of the
shape, these defects
toner to the paper is
can be caused by an
weak and the
absence of toner in a
amount of electricity
desired area, or a de-
removal is big, the to-
posit of toner in an
ner image scatters
undesired area
and a round shaped
pattern appears con- MWS (Micro White When the resistance Go to the RAP IQ48
tinuously in the verti- Spots) - Side 2 in the Secondary
cal direction. Transfer section is
high, such as early
Circular stamping Transfer When paper is peeled Perform the IQ16 Cir-
mornings (low humid-
marks off by the secondary cular Stamping Marks
ity environment), the
transfer, the toner RAP.
transfer latitude be-
which is not fused on
tween multicolor and
monocolor is narrow

Service Manual IQ1
and the voltage set- properly, resulting in

ting favors multicolor. wrinkles.
That is, the voltage is
a little high for mono- Skew Xerographics Printed images are Perform the IQ34 IOT
color, and this causes not parallel to the Skew RAP.
the Transfer nip dis- edges of the paper.
charge phenomenon
that creates the Color Misregistration Multi-colored images Go to the RAP IQ33
white spots. that should be super-
imposed are offset.
Multi color transfer Transfer Paper that has had Perform the IQ41 This offset may be in
failure its side 1 fused has a Multi Color Transfer the process direction
reduced percentage Failure RAP. or perpendicular to
of moisture content, process direction.
which increases its
electric resistance. Rough black Transfer On paper that is not Perform the IQ22
As the resistance in flat or has poor hue, Rough Black RAP.
the secondary trans- the toner may not
fer increases by lower have been transferred
humidity or over properly due to the ir-
time, the required regular paper surface,
electrical field may creating a rough
not be attained, espe- transferred image.
cially in the early
mornings (low humid- Scalelike defect Transfer Removal of electricity Perform the IQ19
ity environment). This with diselectrification Scalelike Defect
setting controls the material is performed (Transfer) RAP.
micro white spots in the charged state
within the limit. after the paper dis-
charges the secon-
Missing Colors Other One or more of the Go to the RAP IQ39 dary transfer part. If
primary colors are the adhesion of the
missing from the toner to the paper is
image. weak and the
amount of electricity
Print damage Other The prints have nicks, Perform the IQ26 removal is big, the to-
tears, creases, folds, Print Damage RAP ner image scatters
curled edges or and semicircle
wrinkles. shaped pattern
appears.
Transfer Wrinkle PH, Transfer Wrinkles occurs on IQ25
paper between the Smear Transfer When the lead edge Perform the IQ21
REGI and the Trans- of paper reaches the Smear RAP.
fer and transfer omis- secondary transfer, it
sion occurs. immediately in-
creases the secon-
Moist Paper Wrinkles Fusing Unit When moisture gets IQ28 dary transfer section
into vertical grained load and causes the
paper, paper waves IBT drive roll speed to
occurs at the tip of change (decrease in
short edge side. If speed). This change
the paper enters the in speed changes the
Fusing Unit Nip in difference in relative
this condition, the speed between the
Fusing Unit Nip can- photoreceptor and
not feed the paper the IBT belt surface

IQ1 Service Manual
in the K-color primary Edge: The trail edge

transfer section, of Paper that loops
hence creating a between the Transfer-
smear (distorted Fusing sections, at
image). the release of the
Secondary Transfer
Lines on Gloss Paper EXIT When HW Gloss pa- IQ31 NIP, moves opposite
per is output to Exit 1 to the feed direction
using Duplex mode in and contacts the BTR
high temperature/ surface, or bounds up
high humidity envi- and contacts the Belt.
ronment, its Side 1
gets rubbed against Trail Edge Transfer Transfer The paper trail edge, Go to the RAP IQ25
the Exit Gate, result- Failure after the Secondary
ing in lines. Transfer NIP has
been released,
Side 2 Rib Streak Fusing Unit When Heavyweight IQ32 bounded up due to
or Gloss paper, or the fusing stroke ef-
Plain paper in a high fect and re-transfers
temperature/high hu- to the Transfer Belt.
midity environment is
output to Exit 1 using Toner Droplet Developer A contamination con- Go to the RAP IQ20
Duplex mode, its Side Contamination sisting of random
2 gets rubbed against spatters of toner in
the Exit Chute, result- sizes of a few
ing in rib streaks. millimeters.
Contamination Lines There are blank Go to the RAP IQ11

Lead Edge Toner Smears of fused to- Go to the RAP IQ35 areas. Their size is
Smear (fused) ner on the lead edge proportional to the
of prints size of contaminants.
Lead Edge Toner Smears of unfused Go to the RAP IQ36 Unfused image Fusing Printed images are Perform the IQ36 Un-
Smear (unfused) toner on the lead not correctly fused fused Print/ Toner
edge of prints onto the paper. When Offset RAP.
rubbed, the image
Scan mode: JPEG IPS Color texts are Go to the RAP IQ58 comes off easily.
Mosquito Noise blurred and mosquito
noise is generated Image Shift in Proc- The image is shifted Go to the RAP IQ4
around the text due ess Direction in the process
to JPEG compression. direction.
Jaggy Screen Depending on the IQ34 Image Shift in In- The image lands on Go to the RAP IQ9
structure of the line, board-to Outboard the blank area and
the jaggies may Direction gets dragged in the
stand out by the posi- Inboard-to Outboard
tion of the screen. direction.
Solid color in prints Other Paper is printed sol- Perform the IQ30 Sol- IN/OUT Density LPH The densities be- Go to the RAP IQ7
idly on one of the id Color in Prints RAP. Difference tween the IN and
colors OUT sides are
different.
Toner Contamination Transfer Lead Edge: Paper Go to the RAP IQ24
at Lead/Trail Edge lead edge contacts Uneven Inboard/Out- Uneven density in- Go to the RAP IQ66
the Belt when it is board Density within board to outboard
transported from RE- the Image Area (ADJ arising from various
GI to Transfer. Trail 9.6)

Service Manual IQ1
causes in the vicinity 10cm or longer. This

of the Photoreceptor. occurs in solid or HT
and does not gener-
Side 1/Side 2 Image IPS Narrows the density CQ-22 ally occur in the back-
Quality Difference difference between ground part.
(Side 1/Side 2 Color Side 1 and Side 2 dur-
Balance Adjustment) ing scan. Toner Empty Detec- At Pre Near or Near Go to the RAP IQ19
tion Color Lines Empty state, if a cus-
Side 1/Side 2 Image IPS Adjustment method CQ-24 tomer had removed
Quality Difference for Suppression the Cartridge and
(Side 1/Side 2 Back- Levels knocked on it to col-
ground Suppression lect the toner to-
Adjustment) wards the exit in
attempt to use the
Side 1/Side 2 Image IPS During 2 Sided Simul- CQ-21 very last bit of toner,
Quality Difference taneous Scan, the it may cause color
(Side 1/Side 2 Sharp- text and halftone dot stripe deterioration.
ness Adjustment) reproduction qualities
of copy or scan im- Moist Paper Transfer Transfer The resistance is low- Go to the RAP IQ23
ages are different be- Failure ered because the pa-
tween Side 1 and per is moist. The K
Side 2. color contains carbon
that causes it to have
Side 1/Side 2 Image IPS Narrows the color dif- CQ-25 larger dielectric loss,
Quality Difference ference between Side and hence it requires
(Side 1/Side 2 Color 1 and Side 2 during a different electrical
Adjustment) scan. field from the other
colors. There is no lat-
Color Balance IPS The color of the copy CQ-11 itude because the dif-
Adjustment image quality is differ- ence in required
ferent from that of electrical field be-
the original. tween multi color and
K color is larger than
Video Data/Crosstalk An image with differ- Go to the RAP IQ8 the difference be-
ent color overlaps tween paper resist-
another. ance and toner
resistance.
Edge-less Image An image is printed Go to the RAP IQ10
on the edges. Nip Marks When using transpar- Go to the RAP IQ28
encies, slight lines
Tapes Not Peeled The highlight por- Go to the RAP IQ14 may appear at the
tions are too obvious. Fuser Heat Roll Pitch.
The whole paper
seems to be filled Wetting Fusing Unit Distorted image may Go to the RAP IQ29
with lines. appear at one side or
both sides of the pa-
Color Lines Presence of paper Go to the RAP IQ26 per trail edge when
dust in between the printing halftone fill.
Transfer Belt and the
CLN Blade causes Fuser Offset Areas of poorly-fused Go to the RAP IQ36
poor cleaning. toner are lifted from
one area of a print
Toner Color Line DEVE It's a vertical long IQ-11 and deposited on a
thin line and the different area, or on-
length may differ to a subsequent print.
from couple mm to

IQ1 Service Manual
Low Image Density A condition that re- Go to the RAP IQ30 be reproduced in
sults when too little darker shade.
toner of a single color
or combination of Density Adjustment: IPS The density is in- CQ-3-2
colors is developed Lightening tended to be repro-
on the copy or print. duced in lighter
This results in lighter shade.
copies or prints for
the single-color toner Dual Color Copy Re- IPS When using Dual Col- CQ-5-1
or the color that reproduction Adjust- or (Red/Black Copy)
sults from the combi- ment (NVM in Copy Service, the
nation of color Adjustment for Yellow Yellow marker pen is
toners. Color Reproduction) reproduced differ-
ently from the pre-
Lines on Coated Lines are generated Go to the RAP IQ42 vious model
Paper on Side 1 in 2 Sided Able1401 alpha.
mode.
Dual Color Copy Re- IPS The color reproduc- CQ-5-2
Poor Reproducibility IOT Image Quality Poor reproducibility IQ35 production Adjust- tion for Dual Color is
of Fine Lines of 600dpi/1200dpi ment (Adjustment of different compared
fine lines. Because of Color Reproduction to a machine from
the dispersion due to Difference in Com- another company.
the difference in the parison with a Dual
machines, thin lines, Color Machine from
especially slanted Another Company)
ones, tend to break
up. Dual Color Copy Re- IPS When yellow high- CQ-5-4
production Adjust- light is applied on
Rough Thin Lines IPS When a document CQ-12 ment (Adjustment of fine red line, the high-
containing extremely Color Extraction lighted portion does
thin lines is copied in Range) not appear as red
the Photo & Text and is reproduced in
Mode, the density of black instead.
the lines on the copy
may become uneven Copy Mode: Grada- IPS In the B/W and Text Go to the RAP IQ57
and rough. tion Jump in Text & & Photo Copy mode,
Photo gradation jump oc-
Highlight Density Re- This is used to repro- Go to the RAP IQ53 curs on 100-line pho-
production (NVM duce the highlights to documents.
Darken +3) (light colors) in darker
shades. Gradation Jump in IPS In the BW and Text & CQ-6
100-lines Photo Photo Copy Mode,
Highlight Density Re- This is used to repro- Go to the RAP IQ54 Document gradation jump oc-
production (NVM duce the highlights curs on 100-line pho-
Lighten +3) (light colors) in lighter to documents.
shades.
Fax: File Size, Trans- IPS When a document CQ-8
Density Adjustment, IPS This is used to copy CQ-2 mission Time with tint on the
Light Ink Support an image to be light- whole paper or a
er than the current background image is
BW Copy settings; e. scanned using Fax
g. when using light Text Mode in High
ink. Quality (Fine), the file
size or the Fax trans-
Density Adjustment: IPS The highlight (light CQ-3-1 mission time may in-
Darkening the colors) is intended to crease drastically.
Highlight

Service Manual IQ1
Moire Screen Depending on the IQ33 (around 25mm from

document drawing the Tail Edge of the
pattern structure, heavyweight paper)
Moire may stand out may get blurred from
by interfering with the electrical dis-
the screen. charge that occurs in
the secondary trans-
Moire Patterns in the • Switch between fer pre nip part.
image areas of the photo modes and, if
print that have the necessary, original Uneven Peel-off Fusing Unit When paper cannot IQ30
appearance of a types, to determine be peeled off prop-
screen or grid over- which mode mini- erly from the H/Roll
laying the image. The mizes the defect. after it has passed
pattern may be uni- • Decrease the Sharp- through the Fusing
form or nonuniform ness level. Unit Nip, uneven
in area or shape. • Reduce or enlarge peel-off occurs at the
the copy slightly. image section.
• Rotate the original
on the platen by 90 IIT/DADF-related IIT/DADF Refer to IQ-00. CQ-00
degrees.
Poor Reproduction of IPS When making a copy CQ-14
Moire due to Interfer- IPS There are cases CQ-13 Inkjet Document of a document that
ence Between Docu- where moire is gener- was printed by an
ment and IIT ated due to interfer- inkjet printer, it is re-
ence between the produced poorly on
document and the the output copy.
IIT (Copy, BW Scan).
Newton Rings Repeti- IIT/DADF Clean the Platen

tive, irregular-shaped Glass. Place a trans-
marks that occur parency between the
when making copies document and the
of glossy photo- glass.
graphs. These marks
are most noticeable
in large low-density
or highlight areas.
Copy: Bleed on 2- IPS Bleed occurs in the Go to the RAP IQ60

Sided Document Copy BW and Text
mode.
Bleed on Tracing IPS When copying or CQ-4

Paper scanning Tracing Pa-
per document, bleed
or background occur
around the texts.
Heavyweight Paper Transfer The Tail Edge of the IQ22

Image Bleeding paper gets flipped-up
and moves closer to
the center transfer
belt after going
through the Registra-
tion Chute, and part
of the axial direction

IQ1 Service Manual
IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP IQ3 1mm Lines RAP
This RAP is for troubleshooting IIT (Scanner/DADF) problems only. Before proceeding, verify that This RAP troubleshoots parts failure or contamination on the LPH surface.
the defect is present in Copy mode only. If the defect is present in Print mode, go to the IQ1 RAP.
At Cin50% and Cin30%, the lines in the process direction have reversed black and white colors.
Initial Actions Width is approximately 1mm.
1. Clean the Lens, the top and bottom surface of the Platen Glass, and all Mirrors with Lens and
Mirror Cleaner and a soft, lint-free cloth.
2. Clean the CIS PL 5.4 for 250 DCDF, PL 5.54 for 130 DADF).
3. Recheck for the problem by repeating the copy mode print generation process from IQ1. If the
problem remains, continue with this procedure. Otherwise, return to Call Flow.
Procedure
Examine the copies made during Initial Actions of IQ1. Compare the defective copies with the de-
scriptions listed in Table 1. Perform the corrective action listed for that defect.
Table 1 IIT Image Quality Problems
Defect Corrective Action
Background Clean the Platen Glass

Clean the Platen Cushion
Calibrate the IIT (dC945).
Blurred or Streaked Copy Ensure that the Platen Glass is installed cor-
rectly. Check/adjust the carriage alignment
(ADJ 60.1).
Figure 1 1mm Lines Defect Sample
Side 1 Deletions Clean the Lens, the top and bottom surface of
the Platen Glass, and all Mirrors with Lens and Initial Actions
Mirror Cleaner and a soft, lint-free cloth. If the 1. Check customer print to verify 1mm lines, or print Cin50% and Cin30% halftones using print
problem persists, replace the CCD/Lens As- test pattern -12‘(dC612), and check for a 1mm line as in Figure 1.
sembly (PL 60.20 for 250 DCDF, PL 60.45 for
130 DADF). 2. Check fault history for any LPH (chain 061) fault(s); resolve any faults.
3. Replace the paper in use with fresh, dry paper of the correct specification.
Side 2 Deletions Re-clean the CIS
Replace the CIS (PL 5.4 for 250 DCDF, PL 5.54 4. Use the LPH Cleaner to clean the LPH surface (PL 60.05).
for 130 DADF)
Procedure
Misregistration/Skew Go to the IQ34 RAP. Note: This problem must be distinguished from Developer trimmer jam. Do not replace the LPH
without giving this consideration.
Moire • Switch between photo modes
Patterns in the image areas of the print that Perform IQ35 Process Direction Bands, Streaks, and Smears RAP. If this does not resolve the prob-
have the appearance of a screen or grid over-
and, if necessary, original types, lem, replace the LPH Assembly for the affected color (REP 9.10).
laying the image. The pattern may be uniform to determine which mode mini-
or nonuniform in area or shape. mizes the defect.
• Decrease the Sharpness level.
• Reduce or enlarge the copy
slightly.
• Rotate the original on the platen
by 90 degrees.
Newton Rings Clean the Document Glass.
Repetitive, irregular-shaped marks that occur Place a transparency between the document
when making copies of glossy photographs. and the glass.
These marks are most noticeable in large low-
density or highlight areas.

Service Manual IQ2
I Q 4 I m a g e S h i f t i n Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n R A P IQ5 White Lines RAP

This RAP troubleshoots for corrupt LPH EEPROM data that results in an image shift in the process This RAP is used to eliminate white lines that appear in the process direction for all densities.
direction.
Procedure
Access UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Select the Diagnostics button, then select dC304 LPH EEPROM Self Test... . The results column
in the table shows all colors OK.
Y N
Replace the LPH Assembly for the affected color (REP 9.10).
Go to IQ39 Missing Colors RAP.
Figure 1 White Lines Defect Sample

Initial Actions
1. Check customer print to verify white lines appear in the process direction for all densities as in
Figure 1.
2. Use the LED Print Head (LPH) Cleaner to clean the LPH surface (PL60.05).
Note: This problem must be distinguished from Developer trimmer jam. Do not replace the LPH
3. Perform IQ35 Process Direction Bands, Streaks, and Smears RAP. If this does not resolve the
problem, continue with this RAP.
Procedure
White lines still appear after cleaning the LPH surface.
Y N
Go to Final Actions.
Clean and inspect the LPH Cleaner (PL60.05).
The LPH Cleaner is damaged or broken.
Y N
Replace the LPH Assembly (REP 9.10).
Note: This problem must be distinguished from Developer trimmer jam. Do not replace the
LPH without giving this consideration.
Replace the LPH Cleaner (PL60.05).

IQ4 Service Manual
I Q 6 S L E D Tra n s fe r Cyc l e L i n e s R A P I Q 7 I N - O U T D e n s i t y D i f fe r e n c e R A P
This RAP is used to eliminate cyclical matte lines or black lines that appear in the process direction. The densities vary from the inboard to outboard edges.
The pitch changes depending on the process speed. Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 Pitch
Process Speed Pitch
175mm 9.5mm
121mm 6.1mm
79mm 4.2mm
Figure 1 IN-OUT Density Difference Defect Sample

Primary Causes
• The LPH Z direction positioning pin is not in contact with the Photoreceptor.
• Failure in the retract mechanism.
• The positioning plate cannot fit in.
• The LPH positioning pin is bent.
• The tip of the pin is contaminated.
• The LPH positioning pin is not in contact with the Drum bearing surface.
• The gap between the Photoreceptor and the Developer Housing is different at In and Out.
Figure 1 Defect Sample

Note: The retract mechanism for the LPH also acts as the Retract Mechanism for the Developer; it
may also cause Developer positioning failure.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
1. Check customer print to verify cyclical matte lines or black lines that appear in the process direc-
tion as in Figure 1. 1. Check customer print to verify the densities vary from the inboard to outboard edges as in Fig-
ure 1.
2. Use the LED Print Head (LPH) Cleaner to clean the LPH surface (PL60.05 ).
2. Use the LPH Cleaner to clean the LPH surface (PL60.05 ).
Note: This problem must be distinguished from Developer trimmer jam. Do not replace the LPH 3. Check the EEPROM data (dC304).
4. Check whether the section that contacts the Drum bearing surface of the Developer Housing As-
3. Perform IQ35 Process Direction Bands, Streaks, and Smears RAP. If this does not resolve the sembly is abnormal.
problem, continue with this RAP. 5. Check for dirt or debris between the LPH and the Xero CRU.
4. Print test pattern -12 (dC612). 6. Check for foreign substances on the tip of the LPH positioning pin (In/Out). (REP 9.15)
Procedure Procedure
If the problem occurs in the dC612-12 test pattern print, go to IQ39, Missing Colors RAP. Perform the following based on the outcome of the above checks:
1. Perform LPH Exposure (Smile) Adjustment (ADJ 9.6).
2. Replace Developer Housing Assembly (REP 9.14).
3. Replace DRUM. (see CRUs and Consumables)
4. Replace 1st BTR. (REP 9.2)

Service Manual IQ6
IQ8 V ideo D ata/ Cr osstalk R AP IQ9 Image Shift in Inboard-to Outboard Direction RAP
A different color image overlaps another. This RAP is used when an image defect appears as an image landing on the blank area and getting
dragged in the Inboard-to Outboard direction as in Figure 1.
Poor connection of Flat Cable between the MDM and the LPH
Figure 1 Video Data/Crosstalk Defect Sample

Initial Actions
1. Check customer print to verify a different color image overlaps another as in Figure 1.
Process
2. Use the LPH Cleaner to clean the LPH surface (PL60.05 ). Direction
Go to IQ39, Missing Colors RAP. 1. Print test pattern -13 (dC612).
Procedure
If the defect is present in dC612 (Test Pattern Print)-13, go to IQ39, Missing Colors RAP.

IQ8 Service Manual
I Q 1 0 Ed g e - l e s s I m a g e R A P I Q 1 1 Co n t a m i n a t i o n L i n e s R A P
An image is printed on the margins as in Figure 1. There are blank areas. Their size is proportional to the size of the contaminants as in Figure 1.
Note: Be careful, because this phenomenon is very similar to that of the process direction bands,
streaks, and smears.
Figure 1 Edge-less Image Defect Sample

Initial Actions
Figure 1 Contamination Lines Defect Sample
Check the IIT Side Registration (ADJ 6.4); adjust as required.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Use the LPH Cleaner to clean the LPH surface (PL60.05 ).
If the IIT Side Registration is in specification, go to IQ39, Missing Colors RAP.
Procedure
Contamination Lines are still present after cleaning the LPH surface.
Y N
Check for process direction bands, streaks, and smears. Go to IQ35.
The defect is still visible.
Y N
Go to IQ39, Missing Colors RAP.

Service Manual IQ10
IQ12 Chip/Half Chip Blanks RAP I Q 1 3 S L E D Tra n s fe r Fa i l u r e R A P

Blank areas with widths of 2.7mm (half-chip) or 5.4mm (chip). Black lines and blank areas (lines) appear repeatedly in half-chip units of 2.7mm in width.
Figure 1 Chip/Half Chip Blanks Defect Sample

Figure 1 SLED Transfer Failure Defect Sample
1. Check fault history, dC122, for 361-362 faults. If found, go to the appropriate RAP.
Access UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Check customer print or make prints using printer test patterns to compare and verify 2.7mm Select the Diagnostics button, then select dC304 LPH EEPROM Self Test... . The results column
scale (dC612-13) or 5.4mm scale (dC612–12) of blank areas as in Figure 1. in the table shows all colors OK.
Y N
Procedure Replace the LPH Assembly for the affected color (REP 9.10).
Go to IQ39, Missing Colors RAP. Go to IQ39 Missing Colors RAP.

IQ12 Service Manual
I Q 1 4 Ta p e s N o t Pe e l e d R A P I Q 1 5 C h a r g i n g Ro l l P i t c h W h i t e L i n e s ( t y p e 1 )
The highlight portions are too obvious. The whole paper seems to be filled with lines. This image quality defect occurs in the BCR and Photoreceptor NIP sections. The defect may appear
as thin white lines in the Inboard-to Outboard direction on the highlight portion at the Charging
Roll Pitch as in Figure 1.
This problem may occur with New Drum CRU that has been stored for a long time. It also occurs
when the MC has rested in a high temperature environment for a long time. (Halftone image)
Figure 1 Charging Roll Pitch White Lines (type 1) Defect Sample
Procedure
Print test pattern -11 (dC612).
Lines with 38mm pitch appear in the Inboard-to-Outboard direction.
Figure 1 Tapes Not Peeled Defect Sample Y N
Initial Actions Have the customer re-evaluate affected jobs and re-send.
1. Check customer print to compare problem to Figure 1. 1. Make approximately 10 to 30 printouts.
2. Check if any protective tape remains on the LPH. Remove the LPH Assembly. (REP 9.10) 2. Verify that no lines appear.
Procedure
Ensure no protective tape remains on the LPH. Peel off the protective tape.
Note: Do not forget to check for and peel off any tape when replacing the LPH (spare part).

Service Manual IQ14
I Q 1 6 C h a r g i n g Ro l l P i t c h W h i t e L i n e s ( t y p e 2 ) I Q 1 7 P h o t o r e c e p t o r P i t c h Co l o r L i n e s
If contamination from the Cleaner roll gets stuck to the BCR, the resistance on the BCR gets reduced Vibrations during the Drum CRU transportation may cause scrapes and friction in the BCR and the
and may cause the appearance of white stripes in the FS direction. This may occur when the ma- Photoreceptor, resulting in leftover electrostatic memory on the Photoreceptor that generates thin
chine has been resting for a long time or in the early mornings as in Figure 1. white streaks in the Inboard-to Outboard direction on the highlight portion at the Photoreceptor
Pitch. This problem may occur right after the replacement of Drum CRU (occurs at Halftone image
quality).
Figure 1 Charging Roll Pitch White Lines (type 2) Defect Sample

Procedure Figure 1 Photoreceptor Pitch Color Lines Defect Sample
Note: If the machine has been resting (Wait state) or the machine is being utilized in the early Initial Actions
morning, this image quality defect will occur because the BCR and Photoreceptor NIP sections are
not properly warmed up to operating temperature. Printing 10 to 30 prints will be sufficient to allow Check customer print or Print test pattern -9 (dC612), check that lines with 94mm pitch appear in
the BCR and Photoreceptor to warm up to operating temperature. the Inboard-to Outboard direction as in Figure 1.
1. Check customer print or Print test pattern -9 (dC612) Make approximately. 10 to 30 printouts. Procedure
2. Verify that no lines appear. If the problem persists after you make approximately 10 to 30 print-
Make approximately 10 to 30 printouts:
outs, this may be a case of IQ-15 White Stripes. Perform the solution in IQ-15. > This disappears
over time • If the fault lies with the Y, M, or C Drum, print full-color images.
3. Check dC120 and/or dC122 for Chain 094-xxx Faults. • If it is with the K Drum, print either full-color or B/W images.
4. Perform 2nd Transfer Voltage Offset Adjustment (see dC909).
5. Replace:
• HVPS (Developer/BCR) TBD low (REP 1.9)
• HVPS (BCR) TBD mid (REP 1.9)
6. Replace the 2nd BTR (CRUs and Consumables).
7. Replace the BTR/Detack HVPS (REP 1.1) (PL 6.2).

IQ16 Service Manual
I Q 1 8 B a c kg r o u n d o n G l o s s R A P I Q 1 9 To n e r E m p t y D e t e c t i o n Co l o r L i n e s R A P
Use this RAP when the background level on Gloss paper is worse than the background level of Plain At Pre Near or Near Empty state, if a customer had removed the Cartridge and knocked on it to col-
paper. lect the toner towards the exit in attempt to use the very last bit of toner, it may cause color stripe
deterioration.
Initial Actions
Verify that the background level is worse than that on Plain Paper.
Note: Increasing the value of the NVM from the default will sacrifice the reproducibility of fine
lines and highlight sections.
Procedure
1. Changing these NVM values should be performed only for the color exhibiting the problem.
• 753-054: Reference CF [Y]
• 753-055: Reference CF [M]
• 753-056: Reference CF [C]
• 753-057: Reference CF [K]
2. Change the NVM for the target color from 110 (default value) to 120 if high background was
observed when printing onto coated paper.
3. After changing NVM, power Off/On the machine. Enter the Diagnostics mode and execute Pro-
Con On Print (ADJ 9.7).
4. Check the image quality on the test print (coated paper).
5. If the image quality is good, then the procedure is completed. Figure 1 Toner Empty Detection Color Lines Defect Sample
6. If the image quality is still not good, then change the NVM value to 130 . Power Off/On the ma- Initial Actions
chine. Enter the Diagnostics mode and execute ProCon On Print (ADJ 9.3).
Check customer print to verify color stripe deterioration as in Figure 1.
7. Check the image quality on the test print (coated paper).
8. If the image quality is good, then the procedure is completed. Procedure
9. If high background becomes worse after changing the NVM, return the NVM back to it’s origi-
Use a new Cartridge.
nal (Default) value.

Service Manual IQ18
I Q 2 0 To n e r D r o p l e t Co n t a m i n a t i o n R A P I Q 2 1 S m e a r o n He av y we i g h t RA P
This RAP troubleshoots for contamination consisting of random spatters of toner in sizes of a few When the lead edge of paper reaches the Secondary Transfer, it immediately increases the Secon-
millimeters. dary Transfer section load and causes the IBT Drive Roll speed to decrease. This change in speed
changes the difference in relative speed between the Photoreceptor and the Transfer Belt surface in
the K-color Primary Transfer section, hence creating a smear (distorted image).
Figure 1 Toner Droplet Contamination Defect Sample

Initial Actions Figure 1 Smear on Heavyweight Defect Sample
Check customer print to verify contamination consisting of random spatters of toner in sizes of a Initial Actions
few millimeters as in Figure 1.
Check customer print to verify smear or print test pattern -10 (dC612), and check for a 1mm-line
Procedure (smear) as in Figure 1 , 130 mm from the lead edge of the paper.
Clean the upper cover and trimmer cover of the Developer Housing Assembly (REP 9.14). Procedure
Note: Changing the following NVM Read/Write ( dC131) locations (SmearSwitch) from 1 to 0
causes the IOT to operate in the FC mode, regardless of the color mode setting (Color Priority, B/W
Priority, ACS) in the Controller, when performing monochrome printing for Cardstock and Glossy
Cardstock in 35-sheet models and Cardstock, Glossy Cardstock, and Transparencies in 25-sheet
models.
Change the following values in dC131 NVM Read/Write, only for the color exhibiting the problem:
• Change 740-134: SmearSwitch_NORMAL_D from 0 to 1.
• Change 740-135: SmearSwitch_NORMAL_G from 0 to 1.
• Change 740-136: SmearSwitch_THICK1_S from 0 to 1.
• Change 740-137: SmearSwitch_THICK2_S from 0 to 1.
• Change 740-140: ProductivityChangeSW_forSmear from 0 to 1 . (Heavyweight Smear Counter-
measure) * This is valid only for 25-sheet and 35-sheet models.

IQ20 Service Manual
I Q 2 2 Ro u g h B l a c k R A P I Q 2 3 M o i s t Pa p e r Tra n s fe r Fa i l u r e R A P
On paper that is not flat, has a rough surface, or has poor hue, the toner is not transferred onto pa- The resistance is lowered because the paper is moist. The K color contains carbon that causes it to
per well. have larger dielectric loss, and hence it requires a different electrical field from the other colors.
There is no latitude because the difference in required electrical field between multi color and K col-
or is larger than the difference between paper resistance and toner resistance.
Figure 1 Rough Black Defect Sample

Initial Actions Figure 1 Defect Sample
Check customer print to verify that the same problem does not occur for the same job printed on Initial Actions
paper that is flatter, smoother, or has a better hue as in Figure 1.
Print using freshly unpacked paper of the same type as the defective paper, then compare the
Procedure roughness and blank areas for K color and single color as in Figure 1.
Go to dC909, Calibrate for Paper, to adjust 2nd Transfer Voltage for desired result. Procedure
Be sure to use freshly unpacked paper.

Service Manual IQ22
I Q 2 4 To n e r Co n t a m i n a t i o n a t Le a d / Tra i l Ed g e R A P Note: By changing NVM, fine line reproduction and highlight reproduction may get worse.
(worse when the value is changed to 130 )
Toner contamination suddenly appears on the 2nd BTR or Belt (background) while in color mode. • 753-054: Reference CF [Y]
Lead Edge: Paper lead edge contacts the Belt when it is transported from Registration to Transfer. • 753-055: Reference CF [M]
Trail Edge: The trail edge of Paper that loops between the Transfer-Fusing sections, at the release of • 753-056: Reference CF [C]
the Secondary Transfer NIP, moves opposite to the feed direction and contacts the BTR surface, or • 753-057: Reference CF [K]
bounds up and contacts the Belt
6. If high background becomes worse after changing NVM, put NVM back to original.
Figure 1 Toner Contamination at Lead/Trail Edge Defect Sample

Initial Actions
Run 1-Sided print to check on which side (transfer side or side 2) the contamination exists as in Fig-
ure 1.
Procedure
Note: Since increasing the charge voltage for background area causes the repeatability of fine
lines to deteriorate, take the balance into consideration.
1. Access UI Diagnostics. (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Change the value of dC131 NVM Read/Write location [753-054 to 753-057] from 110 (default
value) to 120 for the target color.
• 753-054: Reference CF [Y]
• 753-055: Reference CF [M]
• 753-056: Reference CF [C]
• 753-057: Reference CF [K]
3. After changing NVM, power off/on the machine.
4. Execute ProCon On Print (ADJ 9.3) on coated paper. If the image quality is good, go to Final
Actions.
5. If the image quality is still not good, change the value of NVM locations 753-054 to 753-057
from 120 to 130 for the target color.

IQ24 Service Manual
I Q 2 5 Tra i l Ed g e Tra n s fe r Fa i l u r e R A P I Q 2 6 Co l o r L i n e s R A P
This RAP troubleshoots for an image defect that looks like a rough image or blank area (in Lead If customer uses paper which causes a lot of paper debris and also run long run-length jobs, paper
Edge-to Trail Edge direction) that occurs for images within 10mm (including margins) from the pa- debris will adhere to the IBT cleaner, which may result in poor cleaning of residual toner on the
per trail edge. Transfer Belt. Transfer Belt reverse rotation is needed to remove such residual toner from the Trans-
fer Belt.
The paper trail edge, after the Secondary Transfer NIP has been released, bounded up due to the
fusing stroke effect and re-transfers to the Transfer Belt.
Figure 1 Color Lines Defect Sample
Figure 1 Trail Edge Transfer Failure Defect Sample Primary Causes

Initial Actions Presence of paper dust in between the Transfer Belt and the Transfer Belt Cleaner Assembly blade
causes poor cleaning.
Check customer print to verify an image defect that looks like a rough image or blank area (in Lead
Edge-to Trail Edge direction) that occurs for images within 10mm (including margins) from the pa- Initial Actions
per trail edge as in Figure 1.
1. Check customer print to verify presence of paper dust in between the Intermediate Belt Transfer
Procedure and the Transfer Belt Cleaner Assembly blade as in Figure 1.
2. Remove the Transfer Belt Cleaner Assembly to check if foreign substances exist at the tip of the
There is no corrective action. cleaner blade. (REP 9.1)
If check is true, clean the tip of the Transfer Belt Cleaner Assembly blade.
3. If the side that is opposite to the Intermediate Belt Transfer has toner scrapes or if the color
lines disappear after the tip of the blade is cleaned, follow the procedure below.
Procedure
Note: By default, NVM 746-020 is 0 Transfer Belt reverse rotation is only performed at end of job
(e.g. if a job is for 1000 pages, Transfer Belt reverse rotation is performed after printing 1000
pages).
When NVM 746-020 is 1 , Transfer Belt reverse rotation is performed after a number of pages, de-
termined by the value in location 746-125 (default is 7000 = 70 pages). NVM location 746-021 con-
trols the length of time that the transfer belt is reversed. The machine always cycles down after
printing 70 pages and performs Transfer Belt reverse rotation to remove residual toner on the Trans-
fer Belt.
1. Change the dC131 NVM Read/Write location [746-020] to 1 to change the Transfer Belt reverse
rotation:

Service Manual IQ25
• 0; Reverse at Job End I Q 2 7 Tra n s fe r B l a n k A r e a s ( Pa r t i a l l y M o i s t Pa p e r ) R A P
• 1: Reverse during Job
Ripples in partially moist paper become wrinkled in the Transfer section, causing blank areas to
• 2: Do not Reverse appear.
2. Change the dC131 NVM Read/Write location [746-021] to change the Transfer Belt reverse ro-
tation; increasing the value increases reverse rotation time.
3. If Transfer Belt reverse rotation needs to be performed more often, then the value in NVM 746-
125 should be a smaller value.
Figure 1 Transfer Blank Areas (Partially Moist Paper) Defect Sample

Initial Actions
Check customer print to verify defect in paper that has uneven moisture content as in Figure 1.
Procedure
Replace the paper in use with fresh, dry paper of the correct specification. Ensure that the loaded
media matches the UI or print driver settings.
Advise customer to try LEF paper feed or use horizontal-grained paper. In damp conditions, optional
tray heater may be required.

IQ27 Service Manual
IQ28 Nip Marks RAP IQ29 Moisture RAP

When using transparencies, slight lines may appear at the Fuser Heat Roll Pitch as in Figure 1. Distorted image may appear at one side or both sides of the paper trail edge when printing half-
tone fill as in Figure 1.
Figure 1 Nip Marks Defect Sample

Figure 1 Moisture Defect Sample
Procedure
Procedure
No action required. This occurs when a transparency is the first thing printed after starting up a ma-
chine that has been left idle for a few days without heating up. 1. No special actions required.
2. Try not to print in the early mornings.
3. Ask the customer to use fresh paper whenever possible.

Service Manual IQ28
I Q 3 0 Lo w I m a g e D e n s i t y R A P The defect moved to the new color.

Y N
This RAP troubleshoots the causes of output images showing image density lower than Replace the Developer for the affected color (PL 5.2). If this does not resolve the problem, re-
specification. place the ATC Sensor for the affected color (PL 5.2).
Replace the Drum Cartridge (see CRUs and Consumables in Section 6).
If the problem continues, replace the LPH Assembly for the affected color CMYK (REP 9.10).
Figure 1 Low Density Defect Sample

Initial Actions
1. Check customer print to verify images showing image density lower than specification as in Fig-
ure 1.
2. Use the LPH Cleaner to clean the LPH (PL60.05).
3. Replace the paper in use with fresh, dry paper of the correct specification.
4. Determine if the Drum Cartridge or any of the Toner Cartridges are approaching end-of-life. Re-
place if necessary.
5. Perform Max Setup (ADJ 9.16). If this does not resolve the problem, continue with this RAP.
Procedure
Print Test pattern -7 (dC612).
The defect involves a single color.
Y N
Print Test pattern -7 (dC612). Open the Front Door in the middle of the print job (approxi-
mately 7 seconds after selecting Start). Extend the IBT.
There is a good toner image on the Transfer Belt.
Y N
Clean the LPH and check for misalignment.
Check the 2nd BTR for damage or incorrect installation. Check the Backup Roll bias. If the
problem continues, replace 2nd BTR Assembly. If this does not resolve the problem, replace
the Transfer Belt (PL 90.35).
Swap the affected Drum Cartridge with an adjacent unit. Print Test Pattern -7 (dC612).

IQ30 Service Manual
IQ31 Wrinkled Image RAP I Q 3 2 I OT B a c k g r o u n d R A P

Areas of 11x17 in./A3 prints have distinctive worm track patterns in the image, and/or wrinkles in Defect may be due to incorrect Electrostatics, high TC, faulty ADC Sensor.
the paper itself.
Note: The following factors will increase the likelihood of this problem:
• Lighter weight papers.
• Larger papers.
• Short-grain 11x17 in / A3 papers.
• Old (not freshly opened) paper.
• 2 sided printing
• Fuser with 1100 or more hours of operating life.
Figure 1 Background Defect Sample
Initial Actions
1. Check customer print to verify image defect as in Figure 1.
Note: Some background is unavoidable on certain media, such as cardstock and transparencies.
Ensure that the customer selects the correct settings on the UI and print driver.
2. Perform Max Setup (ADJ 9.16). If this does not resolve the problem, continue with this RAP.
Figure 1 Wrinkled Image Defect Sample

Initial Actions
1. Check customer print to verify distinctive worm track patterns in the images in Figure 1.
2. Make the following modifications to the copy/print jobs if possible:
• Ensure that the paper is dry and fresh.
• Use heavier weight paper
• Use long-grain paper.
Procedure
If the problem persists after performing the Initial Actions, replace the Fuser (PL10.05 ).

Service Manual IQ31
Procedure A
B
C
WARNING: Use extreme care when working near electrically energized components • BSD 90.18
and high voltage cables that are exposed during troubleshooting or repair. Contact
with electrical components or high voltage cables represents a shock potential that • BSD 90.17
could result in serious personal injury. If the wiring is OK, replace the Eve HVPS power supply (PL 18.5).
DANGER: Faire très attention en travaillant près des éléments sous tension et des câ- If the problem still exists, replace the MDM PWB (PL 18.2).
bles HT qui sont exposés pendant le dépannage. Tout contact avec les éléments électri-
ques ou les câbles haute tension représente un risque de choc et de graves blessures. If Developer Bias is OK, replace the Transfer Belt (PL 6.3). If this does not solve the
problem, replace the 2nd BTR (PL 14.1)
AVVERTENZA: Fare estrema attenzione quando si lavora vicino a componenti sotto Check the following:
tensione e cavi elettrici esposti durante l'intervento. Il contatto con componenti sotto
• Check the end-of-life counter for the Toner Cartridge and Drum Cartridge for the affected
tensione o cavi elettrici comportano un serio pericolo di scossa elettrica e gravi ferite.
color. Replace if at or near end-of-life (see CRUs and Consumables in Section 6).
VORSICHT: Während dem Reparieren oder der Fehlerbehebung muss man beim Um- • If the problem continues, examine the Developer Housing for the affected color. Check for
gang mit elektonisch aufgeladenen Bauteilen und Hochspannunsgleitungen äußerste toner bridging, uneven brush, or loose High Voltage terminals. Clean, repair, or replace as
Vorsicht walten. Beim Umgang mit elektrischen Bauteilen und Hochspannungsleitun- required (PL 5.2).
gen erhöht sich das Unfallrisiko. Äußerste Vorsicht ist geboten.
This is not an IOT problem. Go to the IQ51 Background (IPS) RAP and trouble shoot the problem.
AVISO: Use extrema precaución altrabajar cerca de componentes cargados eléctrica-
mente y cables de alto voltaje que estén expuestos mientras soluciona problemas o
realiza reparaciones. Todo contacto con componentes eléctricos o cables de alto vol-
taje representa un peligro que puede ocasionar daños personales graves.
The problem occurs only when scanning or copying with the DADF or directly from the platen.
Y N
The problem is Single Color Background.
Y N
Examine the face of the ADC Sensor.
The ADC Sensor is clean.
Y N
Go to the 392-649, 392-650, 392-651 ADC Sensor Fail RAP to troubleshoot the
ADC Sensor Solenoid.
Examine the Transfer Belt for excessive dirt, damage, or uncleaned toner.
The Belt is clean.
Y N
Check the Transfer Belt Cleaner for damage or wear. Clean or replace as required.
Check the Developer bias circuit for -600VDC (nominal Default).
Developer Bias is present.
Y N
Go to the following BSDs and check the wiring from the MD Main PWB to the
Eve HVPS:
• BSD 90.15
• BSD 90.16
• BSD 90.8
• BSD 90.8
• BSD 90.7
• BSD 40.1

IQ32 Service Manual
I Q 3 3 Co l o r - t o - Co l o r M i s r e g i s t r a t i o n R A P I Q 3 4 S k e w / M i s r e g i s t r a t i o n / M a g n i fi c a t i o n R A P
Failure of the IBT walking from rear to front or front to rear. BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport
Defect may be due to mechanical problem in the IBT Assembly. BSD 80.4 Tray 2 Paper Transport BSD 80.4 Tray 2 Paper Transport
This RAP is used when Skew, System Registration, or Magnification are out of specification. For Col-
or-to-Color-Misregistration, go to the IQ33 RAP.
Initial Actions
Load some new, dry 24 lb. 11X17/A3 Xerox COLOR Xpressions (NASG), or 90 GSM Colortech + (ESG)
into each paper tray (use 8.5X11/A4 in Tray 1). Make 3 full color copies from each paper tray. Mark
the appropriate paper tray on these copies.
Procedure
The defect is still present when using the proper paper.
Y N
Explain to the customer that new, dry, 24 lb. Xerox COLOR Xpressions (NASG), or 90 GSM Col-
ortech + (ESG) paper is the specified paper to use.
The problem occurs only in the printer mode.
Y N
The defect is a magnification error (image size error) that occurs with some papers.
Y N
The defect occurs when the document is manually registered on the platen glass.
Y N
There is a problem with the DADF either in the paper path or in the adjustments.
Figure 1 Color Misregistration Defect Sample Perform the following in order:
Initial Actions 1. Ensure that the Document Transport Belt is clean and that there are no ob-
1. Check customer print to verify color to color misregistration as in Figure 1. structions in the paper path.
2. Adjust the color registration (ADJ 9.6). If the problem remains, continue with this procedure. 2. Check the DADF drive rolls and pinch rolls for wear or glossing.
3. Adjust DADF Skew (ADJ 5.1)
Procedure
4. Adjust DADF Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC608) (ADJ 5.5).
If the problem involves a single color, go to Registration Control Setup Cycle (ADJ 9.10).
There is a problem in the paper path, IOT Registration, or IIT (Scanner) Registration.
The defect is Skew.
Y N
Check and adjust (if necessary) IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (ADJ
90.1). Make 10 copies from each tray from the platen glass using test pattern
82E8220.
There is variation in registration.
Y N
The defect is still present.
Y N
Return to Call Flow.

Service Manual IQ33
A A
B B
C 3. Check the paper path from the Registration Transport Assembly to the Exit Rolls for
D
obstructions. Refer to the appropriate Paper Path BSD.
Adjust Document Glass Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC609) (ADJ
6.7). 4. Check the components in the paper path from the Registration Transport Assembly
The defect occurs on copies from all five paper trays. to the Exit Rolls for wear, slipping, damage, or contamination. Refer to the appropri-
Y N ate Paper Path BSD. Clean/replace as required.
Check the feeder for the affected tray for wear, slipping, damage, or Go to Image Size Adjustment (dC603) (ADJ 9.18) and adjust IOT magnification.
contamination. The problem occurs on all jobs.
• Tray 1 Feeder (PL 80.05) Y N
Have the customer re-evaluate affected jobs and re-send.
• Tray 2/3/4 Feeder (3TM) (PL 80.15)
Refer to the DFE Service Guide.
• Tray 2 Feeder (TTM) (PL 80.05)
• Tray 3 Feeder (TTM) (PL80.40)
• Tray 5 Feed Assembly (PL 60.10)
1. Check the Registration Transport Assembly (PL 80.90) (C8130/35/C45/55),
(PL 80.90 ) (C8170) paper path for obstructions.
2. Check the components in the Registration Transport Assembly (PL 80.90)
(C8130/35/C8145/55), (PL 80.90 ) (C8170) for wear, slipping, damage, or
contamination. Clean/replace as required.
3. Check the paper path from the Registration Transport Assembly to the Exit
Rolls for obstructions. Refer to the appropriate Paper Path BSD.
4. Check the components in the paper path from the Registration Transport As-
sembly to the Exit Rolls for wear, slipping, damage, or contamination. Refer to
the appropriate Paper Path BSD. Clean/replace as required.
The defect occurs on copies from all five paper trays.
Y N
Check the feeder for the affected tray for wear, slipping, damage, or
contamination.
• Tray 1 Feeder (PL 80.05)
• Tray 2/3/4 Feeder (3TM) (PL 80.15)
• Tray 2 Feeder (TTM) (PL 80.05)
• Tray 5 Feed Assembly (PL 60.10)
1. Check the Registration Transport Assembly (PL 80.90 ) (C8130/35/C8145/55), (PL
80.90) (C8170) paper path for obstructions.
2. Check the components in the Registration Transport Assembly (PL 80.90) (C8130/
35/C8145/55), (PL 80.90) (C8170) for wear, slipping, damage, or contamination.
Clean/replace as required.

IQ34 Service Manual
I Q 3 5 Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n B a n d s , S t r e a k s , a n d S m e a r s R A P Procedure
Contamination of LPH, damage to or contact with Transfer Belt or Drum Cartridge. Note: The repetition rate for Transfer Belt defects varies considerably, depending on paper size
and mode of operation. The defect may appear as frequently as every third sheet, or may only occur
Clog in Developer Housing, malfunction of Belt Cleaner, contaminated LPH. every 14 sheets.
The defect occurs in approximately the same position on multiple prints.
Y N
If the defect occurs intermittently, examine the Developer Housings for evidence of toner
clumping. If clumping is found, replace the Developer (REP 9.15).
The defect is full-width (LE - TE) Figure 1.
Y N
Remove the Fuser Assembly. Examine the Heat Roll for damage or contamination. Clean or
replace as required (PL 7.1).
Check the Transfer Belt Cleaner (PL 6.1). Ensure that the blade and the Mylar backing are free
from damage. Check that the auger turns freely. Clean, repair, or replace as required.
Check the Developer Housing (PL 5.2). Repair or replace as required (REP 9.14).
If the problem is related to a single color, replace the Drum Cartridge (see CRUs and Consum-
ables in Section 6).
Enter dC612 (Test Pattern Print). Select Test Pattern 9. Print a 40% coverage pattern for each single
color.
The defect is present for all colors.
Y N
Figure 1 Streak Deletion Defect Sample
• Check Drum Cartridge for affected color. Check for damage or contamination to the BCR.
• Replace the Developer (REP 9.15) for the affected color. Check the housing for damage or
toner clumping.
Remove the Transfer Belt Cleaner (PL90.30 ). Inspect the cleaning blade and Mylar seal for damage.
Clean or replace as required.
If the Transfer Belt Cleaner is OK, check the Transfer Belt (PL90.30 ) for damage or contamination.
Ensure that there is no debris or loose wiring, etc. in contact with the belt. Clean or replace as
required.
Figure 2 Streak Defect Sample

Initial Actions
• Check customer print to verify Process Direction Bands, Streaks, and Smears as in the following:
– Figure 1
– Figure 2
• Clean the Transfer Belt Cleaner. Check for wear or damage
• Clean the Fuser. Check the metal stripper baffle in the Fuser for contamination.
• Check the 2nd BTR and the Detack Sawtooth (DTS) for Toner contamination.
• Use the LPH Cleaner to clean the LPH.

Service Manual IQ35
I Q 3 6 U n fu s e d Co p y / To n e r O f fs e t R A P I Q 3 7 Re p e a t i n g B a n d s , S t r e a k s , S p o t s , a n d S m e a r s R A P
Initial Actions Damage, density variation, or deletions caused by rotating component. Spacing equal to effective
circumference of part.
• Replace the paper in use with fresh, dry paper of the correct specification.
• Check the post-Fuser transport areas for dirt. Faulty Photoreceptor/Developer Housing gear or bearing problem.
• Ensure that the media being used matches the settings on the UI screen or print driver. Using
the next heavier setting may resolve the problem.
• If the Key Operator/Administrator has configured certain trays for a specific type of media, en-
sure that the specified media is actually loaded in those trays.
Procedure
• Check the Sensor Assembly (PL 6.2) for contamination or incorrect mounting. Clean, repair, or re-
place as required.
• Check the Fuser (PL 7.1) for damage, toner offsetting, paper wrap, or incorrect installation. Clean
or replace as required.
After resolving the problem, make 10 blank copies (letter size, Black mode) to clean residual toner
from the Fuser Heat Roll and Fuser Belt. If the problem persists, or if Lead Edge contamination is
present, remove the Fuser Exit Chute (PL 7.1) and clean any toner or paper residue from the Exit
Chute and the metal stripper baffle.
Figure 1 Repeating Defects Sample Image
Figure 2 High Frequency Bands Defect Sample

Initial Actions
Check customer print to verify Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smears as in the following:
• Figure 1
• Figure 2
Procedure
Measure the distance between the repeating defects. Locate the distance on the table below. Per-
form the indicated repair actions.

IQ36 Service Manual
Table 1 Repeating Defects IQ38 Spots RAP
Repeti-
tion Initial Actions
spacing Component(s) Repair Actions Ensure that the paper in use is fresh, dry, and within specification for weight and quality.
<4 MM. High Frequency Check print driver and copier control panel settings to ensure the media is being run in the proper
Banding mode.
95 MM. Photoreceptor Single Color - Replace the Drum Cartridge (see CRUs Procedure
and Consumables in Section 6). The defect occurs in Copy mode only.
Y N
38 MM. BCR
The spots occur at a fixed interval on each print.
56 MM. Developer Mag Roll Check Developer roll bias for floating or shorting out. Re- Y N
place Developer Housing (PL 5.2) if required. The spots occur in the same location on every letter size print.
Y N
84 MM. Fuser Heat Roll Ensure correct paper type is set for the actual paper in
the paper tray. Remove the Fuser Assembly. Check the Note: The repetition rate for Transfer Belt defects varies considerably, depend-
Heat Roll for damage (nicks, wear, or cuts) or contami- ing on paper size and mode of operation. The defect may appear as frequently
nation. Clean or replace as required (PL 7.1). as every third sheet, or may only occur every 14 sheets.
The defect occurs in approximately the same position on multiple prints.
94 MM. Fuser Pressure Belt All Colors - Remove the Fuser Assembly. Check the Heat Y N
Roll for damage (nicks, wear, or cuts) or contamination. The problem is Fuser offset and/or lead edge smears or spots.
Clean or replace as required (PL 7.1). Y N
25mm BTR 1 Roll CAUTION: Do not use a vacuum cleaner or any solvents in the following step. Dam-
age to the Transfer Belt Cleaner will result.
55 MM. BTR 2 Backup Roll Check the 2nd BTR Assembly for damage or contamina- Remove the Transfer Belt Cleaner (REP 9.1). Carefully clean the
BTR 2 Roll tion. Clean, repair or replace as required. cleaning blade and the Mylar shield with a soft brush or a lint free
Replace the Transfer Belt (PL 6.3). cloth. Brush away any accumulation of toner on the foam seal and
the outside surfaces. Wipe the surface of the Transfer Belt with a lint
81 MM. IBT Drive Roller free cloth.
If the problem continues, replace the Transfer Belt Cleaner (PL 6.1).
Go to the RAP IQ28 RAP.
Check the Transfer Belt (PL 6.3) for dirt or damage. Clean or replace as required.
Check the Drum Cartridge for dirt or damage. Clean or replace as required (see CRUs
and Consumables in Section 6).
Go to the IQ37 RAP.
Ensure that the original is free from the defect.
Clean the Platen Glass and Lens.

Service Manual IQ38
I Q 3 9 M i s s i n g Co l o r s R A P I Q 4 0 B a c k g r o u n d o n C o a t e d Pa p e r
One or more of the primary (YMCK) colors is missing from the image. Compared to Plain Paper, background is a lot more visible on Coated Paper.
Initial Actions Paper types with better surface flatness (better transfer ability) and better toner absorption ability
have more stress.
Use the LPH Cleaner to clean the LPH.
Initial Actions
Procedure Verify that the background level is worse than that on Plain Paper.
Check wire harness between the LVPS and Motor Drive PWB for damage. Repair or replace the LPH
Cable Assembly (PL60.05). Procedure
Check for damaged wiring from Motor Drive PWB to the LPH for the affected color YMCK: 1. Increase the background voltage by 10 to 20V to reduce background on the Drum. However,
this will sacrifice the reproducibility of fine lines and highlight sections.
• BSD 60.9 Adjust the background voltage. The default voltage is 600V. The Adjustment NVM Read/Write
• BSD 60.10 (dC131) locations are:
If the wiring is good, replace the LPH Assembly for the affected color YMCK (PL60.05). • NVM 753-006 (Y) Developer Bias DC Output Value for Y (0~700:0~700V)
• NVM 753-007 (M) Developer Bias DC Output Value for M (0~700:0~700V)
If the problem still exists, replace the Motor Drive PWB (PL 1.10).
• NVM 753-008 (C) Developer Bias DC Output Value for C (0~700:0~700V)
• NVM 753-009 (K) Developer Bias DC Output Value for K (0~700:0~700V)
2. Change the NVM locations listed below to increase the cleaning field voltage by approximately.
10 to 20V to reduce the background on the Drum. Note that this will sacrifice the reproducibility
of fine lines and highlight areas.
Color (YMC):
Add +10 to +20 to each of the following values:
• NVM location 753-237 CF Upper Limit Ref. Value - default = 110
• NVM location 753-239 CF Lower Limit Ref. Value - default = 100
• NVM location 753-241 CF Upper Limit: Lower Limit - default = 110
• NVM location 753-243 CF Upper Limit: Upper Limit - default = 110
• NVM location 753-245 CF Lower Limit: Lower Limit - default = 100
• NVM location 753-247 CF Lower Limit: Upper Limit - default = 100
Black and White (K) or Color (K):
Add +10 to +20 to each of the following values:
• NVM location 753-238 CF Upper Limit Ref. Value - default = 110
• NVM location 753-240 CF Lower Limit Ref. Value - default = 100
• NVM location 753-242 CF Upper Limit: Lower Limit - default = 110
• NVM location 753-244 CF Upper Limit: Upper Limit - default = 110
• NVM location 753-246 CF Lower Limit: Lower Limit - default = 100
• NVM location 753-248 CF Lower Limit: Upper Limit - default = 100

IQ39 Service Manual
I Q 4 1 M u l t i Co l o r Tra n s fe r Fa i l u r e I Q 4 2 L i n e s o n C o a t e d Pa p e r ( E X I T )
Paper that has had its Side 1 fused has a reduced percentage of moisture content, which increases Lines are generated on Side 1 in 2 Sided mode.
its electric resistance. Since the resistance in the Secondary Transfer section also increases by lower
humidity or over time, the required electrical field may not be attained, especially in the early morn- When HW Gloss paper is output to Exit 1 using the 2 Sided mode in high temperature/high humid-
ings (low humidity environment). ity environment, its Side 1 gets rubbed against the Exit Gate, resulting in lines as in Figure 1.
Due to the characteristics of the EA-ECO Toner, high Rsys (in the early morning low temperature
and low humidity environment) requires a transfer voltage for the areas where multiple transfers
and MWS cannot be used at the same time. Because the machine is adjusted for Multiple Transfer
Priority by default, MWS may be visible from Side 1.
Figure 1 Lines on Coated Paper Defect Sample

Initial Actions
1. Check whether both sides are output to Exit 1.
2. During Side 2 output, check whether the Side 1 output direction is at the Trail Edge.
Figure 1 Multi Color Transfer Failure Defect Sample
If the above two conditions are met, this defect is likely to occur.
Initial Actions
1. Verify that the density on Side 2 becomes lighter when printing a high density image in a low Procedure
temperature and low humidity environment as in Figure 1. Change the output tray to the Exit 2 Tray or the Side Tray.
2. Change the Secondary Transfer voltage setting up or down, then compare the density to the pa- • When paper is output to Exit 1 in 2 Sided mode, the convex part of the paper that bowed due
per with the defective image. to the corrugation of the Exit section makes contact with the Exit Gate, which generates
brushed lines from the middle to the Trail Edge on the upper side (Side 1) of the exiting paper.
Note: Although the user offset is helpful, it deteriorates multiple transfers because they cannot be This happens when the paper area that bowed due to corrugation makes contact with the Exit
used at the same time. Also, because this problem recovers when the Rsys gets lowered as the ma-
Gate.
chine internal temperature rises, the user offset adjustment cannot be recommended.
Procedure
1. Increase the Secondary Transfer voltage by decreasing the single color density or by changing
the permissible range for MWS.
2. Apply the Secondary Transfer voltage user offset specifications.
Reference : UI Operation Instructions for User Offset.
a. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.
b. Select the Adjustments button.
c. Select NVM Read/Write dC131.
d. While the nominal value is 6 , perform variable output (between 1 and 16, low to high volt-
age) for secondary voltage, and register the optimal value.
e. Nominal 200V/1 step and NVM Read/Write (dC131) location 747-019/020: Change the step
width.

Service Manual IQ41
I Q 4 3 C a t e r p i l l a r M a r k ( Tra n s fe r ) I Q 4 4 W h i t e S t r i p e s D u e t o Tr i m m e r J a m ( D E V )
This is caused by low electric charge in toner. When foreign substances such as dirt, dust, toner aggregate (including melted) exist in the Toner
Cartridge, on the Toner Supply Path, or in the Developer Housing Assy and they reach the section
A bit of changed electricity remains at Side 1 Trail Edge of lightweight paper in the C-Zone. between the Developer Roll and the Trimmer, it could obstruct the formation of the developer layer.
Initial Actions
1. Clean the LPH.
2. If the white stripes did not disappear, perform the following:
Procedure
1. Scoop and remove the foreign substances by inserting a sheet of paper into the gap between
the Developer Roll and the Trimmer.
2. In most cases, the above procedure will not be able to remove the foreign substances. The reli-
able method is to replace the Developer Housing Assy.
Figure 1 Caterpillar Mark Defect Sample

Initial Actions
1. Compare with the image sample. (Figure 1 )
Procedure
1. Lower the TC and increase the primary transfer current value (same as the heat haze/mock heat
haze countermeasure) (IQ46).
2. Because this may get worse during condensation, go through a few dozens of full image 2 sided
sheets to handle it.

IQ43 Service Manual
IQ45 Heat Haze/Mock Heat Haze

Procedure
The heat haze/mock heat haze is generated in various places and in different ways.
Figure 3 Mock-Heat Haze

Initial Action
1. Perform dC909 Calibrate for Paper, generate the test pattern and check whether the defect oc-
curs for single K color or multiple colors, and whether the defect changes as a result of the proce-
dure (secondary transfer voltage).
Figure 1 Heat Haze/Mock-Heat Haze
2. Perform dC991,Toner Density Setup; if the TC reads higher than the target according to the
• Heat Haze: Check, lower the TC to meet the target.
The heat haze occurs at the place where paper is peeled off from the IBT Belt as shown in Figure
1 and Figure 2 . The toner scatters in small clouds around the Solid Patch. Procedure
1. When heat haze or mock heat haze occurs, print 25 sheets of the dC909 test pattern on A3/
11x17.
Note: The following step is mainly effective for heat haze.

2. Adjust the secondary transfer voltage based on the results of step 1.
3. Adjust the primary transfer current value for toner scattering (mock heat haze) around K/ color
texts:
Note: The value in NVM 746-015 indicates the machine internal environment (tem-
perature and humidity) and it is stored as an integer value between 1 and 10. The
higher the temperature and humidity are, the smaller the value becomes and vice
versa.
a. Enter dC131, NVM 746-015 and make a note of the value.
b. Change the primary transfer current value approximately to a value corresponding to the
conditions in which the problem occurs (Table 2 ).
• Refer to the following table for the NVM address to be changed (Table 1 ).
Figure 2 Heat Haze (Model (ppm) & Output Color (FC/BW) & the value in NVM 746-015 noted above).
• Mock Heat Haze: • Because the machine internal temperature and humidity changes slightly during the
The mock heat haze occurs when the transported paper rubs against the Holder DTS (Chute at day, also change the values before and after the value that was noted in NVM 746-015
the Transfer EXIT) as shown in the Figure 1 and Figure 3 , which charges it electrically and above (if the value is 5 , change the NVMs for 4 and 6 too).
causes the toner to scatter at the Lead and Trail edges of the Solid section. This might form Example : If this problem occurs for 25ppm Full Color print and 746-015 is 9 , change the value
streaks in some parts. of 745-405, 406, and 407 from 103 to 150.

Service Manual IQ45
Table 1 NVM Locations Decrease C color by 1 percent. 752-844: 0 to 35
746-015 (Environment No. for Temperature and Humidity 1-10) When the value is changed, the target value for MAX Setup/Adjust Toner Density also shifts by
0 to 35.
Mo- Col-
del or 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Note: Occurrence of both heat haze and mock heat haze are easily influenced by the paper orien-
tation. As final step, copy an image which has solid portions located at various positions to check
25p- FC 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- for them. Especially for the secondary voltage offset chart (dC909), only one patch in the area is
pm 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 useful because the secondary transfer voltage changes between Lead and Trail edges.
BW 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417
35p- FC 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
pm 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457
BW 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467
45p- FC 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
pm 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507
BW 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517
55p- FC 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
pm 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557
BW 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577
Table 2 Adjusted Primary Transfer Voltage
25ppm 35ppm 45ppm 55ppm 55ppm
Model FC/BW FC/BW FC/BW FC BW
Initial Value 103 148 169 193 216
After 150 200 220 250 255

Change
Note: NVM 746-005 stores the current value that was output last. In the case of 25/
25ppm, 103 (10.3 MicroAmp) is stored before the adjustment and 150 (15.0 Micro-
Amp) is stored after the adjustment.
c. After performing steps a and b, make a test print and refer to NVM 746-005 (1st BTR Transfer
Bias Last Output Value K) to check that the primary transfer output has changed to the new
value.
Note: This procedure may result in worse ghosting (residual image due to electro-
static charge on the photoreceptor).
Print and check a test pattern. If the level of ghosting is bad, manually decrease the
ATC target value in the following step.
This is effective for heat haze/mock heat haze.
4. Decrease the TC by 1 percent. ATC Target Manual Correction Amount
Decrease K color by 1 percent. 752-845: 0 to 35
Decrease Y color by 1 percent. 752-842: 0 to 35
Decrease M color by 1 percent. 752-843: 0 to 35

IQ45 Service Manual
I Q 4 6 Po o r Re p r o d u c i b i l i t y o f F i n e L i n e s ( I O T I m a g e Q u a l i t y ) Table 1 Thin Line Adjustment
The Thin Line Correction Mode is the mode for correcting the poor reproducibility of 600dpi/ Adjustment
1200dpi thin lines (Figure 1 ). NVM Address Contents Initial Value Range
749-251 Thin Line Correction Amount Y Color 0 0~255
749-252 Thin Line Correction Amount M Color 0 0~255
749-253 Thin Line Correction Amount C Color 0 0~255
749-254 Thin Line Correction Amount K Color 0 0~255
The larger the value, the more emphasis the thin line gets (amount of exposure is increased).
The amount of exposure increases +10% at 120, +20% at 220. The smaller value has fewer de-
fects so 120 is recommended.
4. NVM Read/Write (dC131) location 752-006 Thin Line Correction_ADC_Switch - 0: OFF, 1: ON.
Although this is normally set as 0 (OFF) during use, if the highlight reproduction is overdone, set
this to 1 (ON).
Default value is 0.
Figure 1 Poor Reproducibility of Fine Lines
Procedure
Because of the dispersion due to the difference in the machines, thin lines, especially slanted ones,
tend to break up.
When this happens, use the Thin Line Correction Mode to correct it.
Note: When in use, the Thin Line Correction Mode might cause defects to appear in the images.
The Thin Line Correction only emphasizes line images and it cannot be used to increase the text
density, and may cause:
1. Interference in the form of banding in ladder images
2. LPH streaks appearing in high temperature environment
Because of these reasons, keep the adjustment amount as low as possible.
Perform the Thin Line Correction by adjusting the following NVM values:
1. NVM Read/Write (dC131) location 749-247: 1200 Only Fine Line Correction -
0: OFF (also performs correction for 600dpi)
15: ON (only performs correction for 1200dpi)
If the Thin Line Correction is also to be performed for 600dpi, use 0 . The default value is 15.
2. NVM Read/Write (dC131) location 749-246: Thin Line Correction Switch -
0: Thin Line Correction OFF
1: Thin Line Correction ON
The default value is 0.
3. Thin Line Correction Amount Adjustment (Table 1 ):

Service Manual IQ46
I Q 4 7 O u t b o a r d D e l e t i o n i n A l l Co l o r s IQ48 MWS (Side 2) (Micro White Spots)

These are light areas, faded or deleted, caused by toner buildup on the outboard side of the 1st When the resistance in the Secondary Transfer section is high, e.g. in the early mornings (low hu-
BTRs. midity environment), the transfer latitude between multicolor and monocolor is narrow and the set-
ting voltage favors multicolor. In other words, the voltage is a little high for monocolor, and this
causes the Transfer nip discharge phenomenon that creates the white spots on Side 2 in a low-hu-
midity environment.
Figure 1 Outboard Deletion (All Colors)
Initial Actions
1. Compare with the image sample (Figure 1).
Procedure Figure 1 j0wa31023

1. Remove the IBT Assembly (REP 9.2) and Transfer Belt Assembly (PL90.30 , item 5).
2. Clean the 1st BTR rolls (PL90.30 , item 1) in order to correct the problem.
Initial Actions
3. Run test prints in order to verify that the problem is corrected. Verify that the micro white spots (MWS) appear on Side 2 when printing in a low humidity
environment.
Procedure
Reduce the 2nd-transfer voltage for the paper type in use by decreasing the single-color density or
by changing the permissible range for MWS (Micro White Spots) (dC909).
Note: As much as user offset can serve as a solution, both multi-color transfer and MWS cannot be
simultaneously satisfied.Whichever is given priority will lead to deterioration of the other. Adjust
based on the customer's expectation and requirement.

IQ47 Service Manual
I Q 4 9 M o i s t Pa p e r W r i n k l e s ( Fu s i n g U n i t ) I Q 5 0 W h i t e S t r e a k s i n Pr o c e s s D i r e c t i o n / D r o p p i n g D e n s i t y ( X E -
When moisture gets into vertical grained paper, paper waves occurs at the tip of short edge side. If RO/CLN)
the paper enters the Fusing Nip in this condition, the Fusing Nip cannot feed the paper properly, re-
sulting in wrinkles.
Figure 1 j0ki31016
Figure 1 Moist Paper Wrinkles

Initial Actions
TBS
Initial Actions
Check the paper in the Tray for moistness and waviness at the lead edge in the Paper Feed Procedure
direction. 1. TBS
Procedure
• Use fresh paper.
• Change the Paper Feed direction (LEF).
• Use horizontal grained paper.

Service Manual IQ49
I Q 5 1 B a c kg r o u n d ( I P S ) a. Enable Auto Background Suppression to be on by default. Enter System Administrator Mode

(GP 2) and select the Tools tab. Use the following process to enable Auto Background
A phenomenon like background (e.g. background color or document bleed) may occur depending Suppression:
on the document. Select Service Settings > Copy Service > Feature Defaults > Image Quality > Image En-
hancement > Background Suppression > Auto Suppression.
The default background suppression function is unable to fully remove the background.
Select the OK button, then select the Check Mark button in the upper right corner of the
screen to save the settings and logout of System Administrator Mode.
Check with the customer. If the background problem is resolved, do not continue. Return to
Call Flow.
b. If setting the Auto Background Suppression on fails to reduce enough background or re-
moves too much Highlight, adjust the appropriate NVM values for the amount of ABS. Use
the dC131 to adjust Copy, Scan and FAX settings. Refer to Table 2 for the NVM locations.
Note: The default value for the locations listed in Table 2 is 2. Values less than 2
do less background suppression, while values more than 2 do more suppression.
The range is 0 to 4.
Table 2 Background Suppression Level Adjustment by Mode
NVM Location Description NVM Location
Copy ABS Level - Platen 610-003
Copy ABS Level - DADH 610-004

Figure 1 Background (IPS)
Scan ABS Level - Platen 610-019
Initial Actions
Scan ABS Level - DADH 610-020
Set Background Suppression to Enabled and check whether background still occurs on the custom-
er's document. Fax ABS Level - Platen 610-033
Procedure Fax ABS Level - DADH 610-034

1. Use dC131 to check, and if necessary, set the value of NVM location [715-518] to the correct Check with the customer. If the background problem is resolved, do not continue. Return to
value for the paper being used (Table 1 ). Call Flow. Otherwise, continue with step 5.
Table 1 NVM Values for Paper
5. Use dC919 to reduce or boost highlights. Adjust all of the colors equally so that hue doesn’t
Weight/ Order CSE Part Value for NVM shift.
Paper being used Size Number No. 715-518 Check with the customer. If the background problem is resolved, do not continue. Return to Call
Flow. Otherwise, continue with step 6.
Bold Digital Printing Paper 24lb/11x17 3R11543 128E01460 5
CAUTION: When replacing the IIT PWB, use the new EEPROM that will be on the re-
Colotech Plus Gold 90gsm/A3 3R98839 N/A 6 placement part and follow the appropriate steps in the IIT PWB replacement
procedure.
2. Use GP 5 to calibrate Image Quality for both Copy and Print.
Check with the customer. If the background problem is resolved, do not continue. Return to Call 6. If the steps listed previously fail to resolve the customer’s problem, replace the IIT PWB (PL
Flow. Otherwise, continue with step 3. 60.25 ).
3. Make the following adjustments using dC945: 7. If there is still unacceptable background on the customer’s copy, call Service Support for
assistance.
CAUTION: Make ONLY these adjustments. In particular, do NOT perform the Optical
Axis Calibration.
a. White Reference Platen
b. White Reference DADH
Check with the customer. If the background problem is resolved, do not continue. Return to Call
Flow. Otherwise, continue with step 4.
4. Set and adjust Auto Background Suppression.

IQ51 Service Manual
I Q 5 3 H i g h l i g h t D e n s i t y Re p r o d u c t i o n ( N V M D a r k e n + 3 ) ( I P S ) I Q 5 4 H i g h l i g h t D e n s i t y Re p r o d u c t i o n ( N V M L i g h t e n + 3 ) ( I P S )
This is used to reproduce the highlight (light colors) in darker shade.To prevent background, the This is used to reproduce the density in lighter shade.
highlight reproducibility is adjusted.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Set the density adjustment to Lighten +1 ~ Lighten +3.
1. Set the density adjustment to Darken +1 ~ Darken +3. * When desired image quality cannot be obtained after performing the density adjustment in
* When the highlight is not reproduced after performing the density adjustment in (1), it can be (1), the following adjustment method is also available:
adjusted by the following method: Countermeasure (2): In the case of Copy Service, adjust the density by using Color Balance
2. Set the background suppression to Disabled. Adjustment.
* Although may cause background to appear, it improves the highlight reproducibility. The following describes the adjustment method that is only valid for Output Color BW and Origi-
nal Type Text.
3. In the case of Copy Service, adjust the density by using DC919: Color Balance Adjustment.
Density Adjustment: Lightening
In the case of Scan Service, increase the Scan Resolution. Table 1 Density Adjustment: Lightening
* The highlight reproducibility is improved more with 600dpi than 200dpi.
NVM
4. The following describes the adjustment method that is only valid for Output Color BW and Origi- Chain-Link Service Mode How to Use
nal Type Text.
Density Adjustment: Darkening the Highlight 715-720 Copy Output Color BW The highlight is reproduced lighter
Table 1 Density Adjustment: Darkening the Highlight N/A Original Type Text when a value larger than the default
Density Normal value (128) is set.
NVM The recommended value is 136.
Chain-Link Service Mode How to Use
715-721 Copy Output Color BW The highlight is reproduced lighter
715-720 Copy Output Color BW The highlight is reproduced darker when N/A Original Type Text when a value larger than the default
N/A Original Type Text a value larger than the default value Density Darken +3 value (128) is set.
Density Normal (128) is set. The recommended value is 136.
The recommended value is 120. The density of Darken +3 and Normal
may be reversed depending on the set-
715-721 Copy Output Color BW The highlight is reproduced darker when ting value.
N/A Original Type Text a value larger than the default value
Density Darken +3 (128) is set. 715-722 Fax Color Scanning BW The highlight is reproduced lighter
The recommended value is 120. N/A Scan Original Type Text when a value larger than the default
The density of Darken +3 and Normal Density Normal value (128) is set.
may be reversed depending on the set- The recommended value is 132.
ting value.
715-723 Fax Color Scanning BW The highlight is reproduced lighter
715-722 Fax Color Scanning BW The highlight is reproduced darker when N/A Scan Original Type Text when a value larger than the default
Scan Original Type Text a value larger than the default value Density Darken +3 value (128) is set.
Density Normal (128) is set. The recommended value is 132.
The recommended value is 125. The density of Darken +3 and Normal
715-723 Fax Color Scanning BW The highlight is reproduced darker when ting value.
Scan Original Type Text a value larger than the default value
Density Darken +3 (128) is set. * The NVM value adjustment is done by visually checking the copy or scan output while perform-
The recommended value is 125. ing the adjustment.
The density of Darken +3 and Normal
ting value.
* The NVM value adjustment is done by visually checking the copy or scan output while perform-
ing the adjustment.

Service Manual IQ53
IQ56 CVT Streaks (IPS) I Q 5 7 Co p y : G ra d a t i o n J u m p i n Te x t & P h o t o ( I P S )

Dirt such as paper dust is generated at the DADF scan position. The streaks in the SS direction are In the BW and Text & Photo Copy mode, gradation jump occurs on 100-line photo documents.
created when that contamination is scanned
As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is per-
formed for lower lpi.
Figure 1 j0ki31012
Initial Action Figure 1 j0ki31013

1. Check whether dirt such as paper dust exists at the DADF scan position.
Procedure
Procedure Take the following countermeasures for 100-line documents:
1. Clean the DADF scan position. Table 1 100-line Document: Countermeasures
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
Set the Original Type to Photo. The text becomes blurred.
Select [Tools] > [Common Service Image quality of photographs deteriorate in [More Text]
Settings] > [Image Quality Adjust- and [Text] settings. Text becomes blurred in [More Pho-
ment] > [Image Quality] and adjust to] and [Photo] settings.
[Photo & Text Recognition]

IQ56 Service Manual
I Q 5 8 S c a n : S m e a r e d Te x t , J P E G M o s q u i t o N o i s e ( I P S ) I Q 5 9 M o i r e I n Te x t M o d e ( F i n e ) B W S c a n / Fa x Fo r 1 3 3 l p i O r i g i -
Color texts are blurred and mosquito noise is generated around the texts due to JPEG compression. nals (IPS)
Note: As the JPEG compression technique is for images, not texts, noise is easy to crop up when it When a document with tint on the whole paper or a background image is scanned using Fax Text
is used to compress texts. mode in High Quality (Fine), the file size or the Fax transmission time may increase drastically.
As the Text mode is designed to highlight texts, it generates halftone dot moire.
Figure 1 j0ki31014
Procedure Figure 1 j0ki31015
1. From the Services screen select Workflow Scanning >Advanced Settings >Resolution . Select Procedure
400 or 600 dpi button. 1. Scan the customer's document (photo image) in Binary Scan mode and check whether moire is
generated and the file size became bigger.
2. Take the following countermeasures for 133-line documents:
Table 1 133-line document: Countermeasures
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
Set the Original Type to Photo As the amount of data increases in Text & Photo mode,
>Lighten/Darken the machine takes a longer time for transmission.
Set the density adjustment to The text quality is degraded.

Lighten.

Service Manual IQ58
I Q 6 0 Co p y : B l e e d o n 2 S i d e d D o c u m e n t ( I P S ) I Q 6 1 Co p y : P l a t e n B a c kg r o u n d ( I P S )
Bleed occurs in the Copy BW and Text mode. When A4 stark white paper such as J Paper/Premier 80 is scanned into A3 when in Copy BW Text
mode and AE is ON, the platen back density is reproduced outside of the copy range.
Note: Because the gradation feature is designed to improve the reproducibility of Low Contrast,
when bleed density of the document is high, the background suppression function might not be Note: Because some paper has a low background detection level, the density of the Platen back-
able to remove it completely. ground might not be fully removed, depending on the S/N level status of the IIT.
Procedure Procedure
Take the following countermeasures for Bleed on document: Take the following Platen background countermeasures:
Table 1 Bleed on Document Countermeasures Table 1 Platen Background Countermeasures
Countermeasures Secondary Defect Countermeasures Secondary Defect
Switch the AE suppression level set- Reproducibility of highlights is degraded. Switch the AE suppression level set- Reproducibility of highlights is degraded.
tings. (Switch the NVM per IQ51) tings. (Switch the NVM per IQ51)
Set the density adjustment to The density on the whole area becomes lighter and the Set the density adjustment to The density on the whole area becomes lighter and the
Lighten +1. reproducibility of highlights is degraded. Lighten +1. reproducibility of highlights is degraded.
Set the sharpness adjustment to The text becomes blurred.

Soften +1.

IQ60 Service Manual
I Q 6 6 U n e v e n n e s s C o r r e c t i o n W i t h i n I m a g e A r e a ( I OT I m a g e The LPH Exposure Amount Adjustment can be performed as negative correction within the range of
0 to -20 (%).
Quality)
[Procedure]
The LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment is the process of adjusting the LPH exposure amount to
correct the uneven density in the Axis Direction that arose due to various causes in the vicinity of 1. LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment ON/OFF Switch Selector
the Drum for each YMCK color individually. To enable the LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment function, set the following NVM as ON.
Table 2 Smile Correction NVM
The LPH Exposure Amount Adjustment can be performed as negative correction within the range of
0 to -20 (%). NVM Adjustment
NVM Names Address Contents Initial Value Range
Correction Area
Smile Correction Switch 749-005 0: OFF 0 0 or 1
1: ON
2. Selection of Correction Method:

The LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment can be done by:
a. Correcting the density skew in the IN-OUT direction
b. Selecting a pre-prepared pattern to perform the correction
c. Using custom correction to manually correct the adjustment amount for each area
A combination of the various correction methods can be used. However, the correction cannot
go beyond the 0 to -20 (%) range.
a. IN/OUT Density Correction
Corrects the IN-OUT density skew in the axis direction of the photoreceptor.
When there is density skew from the left to the right of the image, the adjustment amount
to correct that has to be set for each color.
Figure 1 j0wa41850 Setting Range is -20 to 20 (%)
Table 3 In/Out NVM
Table 1 Correction Area Positions
Adjust-
A B C D E F G ment
Initial
NVM Names NVM Address Value Range
Distance from the left of 0 52 103 154 206 257 308.9
image (mm)
In Out Tendency (IN/OUT 749-191 Y 0 -20~20
correction)
As shown in the figure, the LPH zone is divided into 7 areas by setting the 6 points - from A (left- 749-192 M 0 -20~20
most edge) to G (right-most edge).
749-193 C 0 -20~20
Adjustment is performed at each area to lower the LPH exposure amount until the density is even.
749-194 K 0 -20~20
*There are cases where point A or G will lie beyond the image zone. Furthermore, the 154mm mark
is the center of the image.
Note: As an overly large adjustment might cause jumps in gradation, make the adjustments as
small as possible.
The adjustment amount (%) is not = amount of change in density.
The actual exposure level includes a process that converts the brightness of ADC Sensor Position to
100%.
[Purpose]
The LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment is the process of adjusting the LPH exposure amount to
correct the uneven density in the Axis Direction that arose due to various causes in the vicinity of
the Drum for each YMCK color individually.

Service Manual IQ66
Figure 2 j0wa41851 Figure 4 j0wa41853

*Although there is also an adjustment range at the positive side, it only involves reducing
the brightness at the IN side or the OUT side and therefore will not have any correction that
goes above 100%.
b. Pattern Selection Correction:
If you have elected to perform correction based on Pattern Selection, select the Pattern 1~6
and Level 1~6 that is most suitable for the density correction from the following figure.
The selected Pattern and Level are reflected as LPH Brightness Correction by changing the
following NVMs.
As there are separate NVMs for each color, they can each be corrected independently.
Figure 5 j0wa41854
Table 4 Correction Pattern NVM
NVM Initial Adjustment
NVM Names Address Value Range
Correction Pattern (Pattern 749-195 Y 1 1~6

Selection)
749-196 M 1 1~6
749-197 C 1 1~6
Figure 3 j0wa41852
749-198 K 1 1~6
Table 5 Correction Level NVM
Initial Adjustment
Correction Level 749-199 Y 1 1~6
749-200 M 1 1~6

IQ66 Service Manual
Initial Adjustment
749-201 C 1 1~6
749-202 K 1 1~6
Note: Take note that 0 and 5 for Pattern means Disabled and 1 for Level means
No correction.
c. Custom Correction
If you have elected to perform density correction by custom correction, you must input the
required adjustment amount for the correction of every area into the NVM for each YMCK
color.
Be careful as only negative correction can be performed for density correction.
Table 6 Custom Correction NVM
Initial Value Adjust-
NVM NVM ment
Names Address Contents A B C D E F G Range
Custom 749- R/E (%) with- Y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20

Correc- 203~209 in Pulse
tion Width Varia-
Value 749- ble Range M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
210~216
749- C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
217~223
749- K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
224~230
*The NVM Addresses correspond in ascending order to ABCDEFG.

*Although there is also an adjustment range at the positive side, the brightness will saturate
at 100%. The positive correction of up to the 100% range will only be applied when the ex-
posure amount has been corrected towards the negative side at IN-OUT Density Correction
or Pattern Selection Correction. Figure 6 j0wa41855
• The above 3 types of correction can be used in combination. However, the total amount As shown in figure B, the control is such that the final exposure at the ADC Sensor Position
of exposure adjustment for these Smile Corrections are restricted to be within 0 to -20%. becomes 100%. By this, the exposure amount that was corrected by Smile Correction (figure
• [Sum of Correction 0~20%] = [IN-OUT Adjustment Amount%] + [Pattern Selection Ad- A) is corrected again until it is at the actual output level (figure B). (The figures are the expo-
justment Amount%] + [Custom Adjustment Amount%] If the total from the 3 correc- sure models when Pattern 1, Level 4 correction have been performed)
tions add up to less than -20%, it will be uniformly limited to -20%
• If it is larger than 0%, then it will be uniformly limited to 0%.
• The above are the restrictions that apply to the exposure amount correction and correc-
tion by Smile Correction function. However, within the actual machine, after the expo-
sure amount correction by Smile Correction, it will enter another process to calibrate the
exposure at the ADC Sensor Position to be 100%. As a correction is applied to the expo-
sure amount after a Smile Correction, the exposure amount in the vicinity of 114 to
144mm from the left of the image becomes 100%, while it is relatively higher or lower
for the rest of the positions.
• Reference sample

Service Manual IQ66
IQ67 Ghost Image

The ghost image quality defect appears when a high contrast image is printed, and a residual im-
age remains on the photoreceptor drum. It is most noticeable when the high contrast area of the
print is followed by an area of relatively even density. The ghost image can be either positive or
negative. The ghost image appears at the drum pitch of approximately 94.5mm. Figure 1 shows ex-
amples of both positive and negative ghost images.
Positive ghost images repeat low and high density areas of the high contrast area with the same
image density differences, Figure 2.
Negative ghost images repeat low and high density areas of the high contrast area with the oppo-
site image density differences, Figure 2
Figure 3 Negative Ghost

Procedure
Check to see if the pattern that appears at approximately 94.5mm in the process direction is a neg-
ative ghost or positive ghost.
1. To resolve Positive Ghost
a. Use dC131 to change NVM 998-758 from the default value of 0 to 1. This will enable the
ghost correction process.
b. Adjust the following NVM values depending on the ghost occurrence status. Use dC131 to
change NVM: 998-759. The default value is 5. The settable range is 1 to 10
Note: When the value is set to 1, the correction sequence is executed for every
Figure 1 Positive and Negative Ghost print. When it is set to 5, the sequence is executed every 5 prints. Since the small-
er value causes the sequence to be executed more frequently, a trade-off occurs
with the productivity (70% to 95%).
2. To resolve Negative Ghost, Figure 3
• There are no control measures provided because this seldom occurs. The positive ghost cor-
rection sequence will tend to cause negative ghost defects to be worse. If this occurs, adjust
the values in step 1 for the best outcome of Positive and Negative ghost defect occurrence.
Figure 2 Positive Ghost

IQ67 Service Manual
I Q 6 8 To n e r Co l o r S t r e a k s I Q 6 9 H e a v y w e i g h t Pa p e r I m a g e B l u r r i n g
The toner color streaks defect is a long thin line in the process direction. The length may range from This defect occurs on Heavy weight paper. The trail edge of the paper flips up and moves closer to
2mm to 10cm or longer. This defect occurs in solid or halftone areas of the image and does not the transfer belt after going through the registration chute. An area in the cross process direction
generally occur in the background. The defect is not periodic and occurs randomly, Figure 1. approximately 30mm from the trail edge of the paper will get blurred from the electrical discharge
that occurs in the secondary transfer area. Refer to Figure 1.
Figure 1 Toner Color Streaks

Figure 1 Heavy Weight Paper Image Blurring
Initial Actions
Procedure
If either of the following has occurred, the defect is caused by some other problem and this RAP is Check to see if image blurring at the trail edge of the paper is occurring. The blurring appears as a
not applicable. Return to IQ1 and find an appropriate RAP. smear or toner scattering and occurs around 25mm to 30mm from the trail edge of the paper.
1. Check to see if it has occurred in the background. Check using a half tone test pattern such as dC612, test pattern 9. You may need to try different
percentage densities. Print the test pattern in black.
2. Check to see that there is process direction periodicity with a uniform surface half-tone image.
Conditions that cause this defect are as follows:
Procedure • Paper weight is heavy.
Toner color streaks are caused when a lump of toner does not get loosened inside the developer
and gets transported on to the magnet roll. It then gets developed. When the Toner being supplied • The paper stiffness is high.
is formed into soft clump, the loosening ability of the developer will not be able to keep up with • The paper is being fed so that the grain is parallel to the feed direction (process direction).
demand.
• This problem is worst when printing mono color black.
The following factors increase the chance of this defect occurring: • This tends to occur when the paper trail edge is curled up.
• When toner demand is high because of high image density.
1. Ensure that the curl of the paper in the tray is down.
• When the toner density of the developer is high and the amount of developer needed to deliver
2. Curl the trail edge of the paper down.
toner is large.
3. Change the feed direction so that the paper is feeding with the grain in the cross process
The defect tends to occur on the upstream side of developer flow (print rear side) but the problem direction.
may occur anywhere on the print.
1. This will be usually be resolved after a few copies.
2. If white paper image is printed in advance or printed between high density image, the mixing
in the developer will increase which makes it easier to control the occurrence.

Service Manual IQ68
I Q 7 0 S c a l e - L i ke a n d C i r c u l a r S t a m p i n g M a r k s D e fe c t Note:
• *1: When the primary transfer current value is increased, it will be easier to gener-
When paper exits the secondary transfer zone, toner can scatter in a semicircular pattern if the to- ate ghosts.
ner charge is low. This defect may also occur when the discharge from the paper is not sufficient,
Figure 1 and Figure 2. • *2: When the Fusing Unit Heat Roll speed is changed, paper wrinkles, wetting, cat-
erpillar marks, and other similar defects may occur.
Figure 1 Circular Stamping Marks Defect
Figure 2 Scale-Like Defect
Procedure
1. Generate a test print using dC612.
Note: Refer to IQS 1 then select a test patterns or several test patterns to find one
that best shows the defect. It may be necessary to make the test print at different
densities and with multiple colors or single color to see the defect clearly.
2. Use the procedure from IQ46 to adjust the second transfer process to minimize the defect.

IQ70 Service Manual
I Q 7 1 3 m m P i tc h S t r e a k I Q 7 2 Pa p e r W r i n k l e D u e t o M i s a l i g n e d Fu s e r Tra n s p o r t Ro l l s
When the paper loop between the Secondary Transfer area and the Fusing Unit is large, the paper The rolls of the fusing paper transport system are misaligned. This causes the paper to deform and
rubs hard against the Detack Sawtooth (DTS) ribs. The friction creates a charge on the paper. The results in wrinkles being generated in the Fusing Unit.
toner is attracted to the charged area. The defect appears as streaks that look like dashed lines at
3mm intervals in the cross process direction. When the rib is worm, the contact surface will increase, Note: The problem only occurs on 11x17/A3 or larger paper.
which also increases the friction charge amount.
Initial Actions
1. Check the paper in the Tray for moistness and presence of waves at the Lead Edge in the Paper
Feed direction. If necessary, replace the paper with dry, flat paper.
2. Position the paper guides in the tray so that there is no gap between the paper guide and the
paper.
3. Compare wrinkle shapes with the image sample.
4. When the following conditions are met, paper wrinkle due to misalignment may have occurred.
Figure 1 shows an example of wrinkle caused by Fuser section roll misalignment.
• The wrinkle occurs at one side (either Front or Rear).
• It does not occur at the Lead Edge of paper.
• The wrinkle does not occur after the position of approximately 70 to 80 mm from the trail
edge. Or, paper wrinkle changes after the position of approximately 70 to 80 mm from the
trail edge.
• The wrinkle occurs in a convex shape on the image area side.
Figure 1 3mm Pitch Cross Process Streaks

Procedure
1. Use dC612, Test Pattern 9 and print a half-tone image of magenta with 50% density and com-
pare it to the defect shown in Figure 1.
2. Visually check if the Detack Sawtooth (DTS) ribs are worn.
3. Replace the 2nd BTR Roll Assembly, PL 80.65.
4. If replacing the 2nd BTR Assembly does not resolve the problem, contact service support for
assistance.
Figure 1 Wrinkle Due to Fuser Rolls Misalignment
Procedure
Alignment Adjustment Overview
Adjust the fusing and REGI alignment according to the flow chart, Figure 2. When the flow chart or
the process calls for a new sample, use the following process to create the sample:
1. Load Paper: 11/17/A3 or larger SEF
2. Refer to dC612, then select Test Pattern 9. Set the test pattern printing options as follows:
a. Set Coverage to 30
b. Set Color Mode to Black
c. Set Copies to 5 (always Print 5 sheets for each sample)

Service Manual IQ71
d. Select the appropriate Tray
Note: Perform both fusing alignment adjustment and REGI alignment adjust-
ment 1 stage at a time.
Note: If Paper Registration has already been adjusted, adjust the fusing align-
ment as well as REGI alignment such that both 2 stages are set to Max. If the
problem persists, contact the service support for assistance.
Figure 3 Fuser Rolls Adjustment Bracket Screws

Refer to Table 1 for Adjustment screw position and alignment amount
Table 1 Adjustments
Screw Position Adjustment Amount
U2: 0.5 [mm] up
U1: 0.25 [mm] up
C: Nominal position
D1: 0.25 [mm] down
D2: 0.5 [mm] down
Figure 2 Adjustment Process Flow 2. Adjust the Bracket for Front or Rear Wrinkle
Fusing Section Roll Alignment a. Adjust for Front Wrinkle (skip to step 2b) for rear wrinkle).
1. Remove the Adjustment Bracket
i. Move the adjustment bracket so that the lower screw hole aligns with the hole in the
a. Remove the Fuser, PL10.05. bracket labeled UI. If this is the second pass though the bracket adjustment, align the
screw hole with the hole in the bracket labeled U2.
b. Prepare the adjustment bracket on the Front Side, Figure 3.
ii. Make sure that the guide slot next to the upper screw is not on top of the guide position-
i. Remove the bottom screw (a). ing boss in the frame.
ii. Loosen the top screw (b). iii. Tighten the upper and lower screws.
iv. Reinstall the Fuser
v. Turn on the machine and print a sample set.
vi. If wrinkles are still occurring, repeat from step 2a-i. If this is the second pass through the
bracket adjustment process. Go to the Registration Roll Alignment process.
b. Adjust for Rear Wrinkle
i. Move the adjustment bracket so that the lower screw hole aligns with the hole in the
bracket labeled DI. If this is the second pass though the bracket adjustment, align the
screw hole with the hole in the bracket labeled D2.
ii. Make sure that the guide slot next to the upper screw is not on top of the guide position-
ing boss in the frame.

IQ72 Service Manual
iii. Tighten the upper and lower screws.
iv. Reinstall the Fuser
v. Turn on the machine and print a sample set.
vi. If wrinkles are still occurring, repeat from step 2b-i. If this is the second pass through the
bracket adjustment process. Go to the Registration Roll Alignment process.
Registration Roll Alignment

1. Adjust the alignment for Front Wrinkle. If the Wrinkle is occurring on the rear side, skip to step
7.
2. Unlock the Registration Transport, PL 80.90.
a. Open the Lower Left Cover (PL 28.15) then loosen the screws (x2) that secure the Registra-
tion Transport, Figure 4
Figure 5 Loosen the Screws (2) (Front Cover open, Waste Tone Transport removed)
3. Turn the Adjustment Cam counterclockwise one click while watching the Registration Transport
(PL 80.90). from the left side, and make sure that the Front side of the Registration Transport is
lowering, Figure 6.
Figure 4 Registration Transport Screws (2)

b. At the front of the machine, remove the Waste Toner Transport Assembly (PL 90.15) and
loosen the screws (x2) that secure the Alignment Bracket, Figure 5.
Figure 6 View from Front (Front Cover open, Waste Tone Transport removed)

Service Manual IQ72
4. Check the scale of the Cam while looking from the left side. Ensure that the cam is set so that 2
lines on the green indicator are aligned with the arrow on the housing, Figure 7. If this is the sec-
ond pass through the Registration Roll Alignment procedure, ensure that the cam is set so that
three lines are showing, Figure 8.

6. Close all covers, turn on the machine and print a sample set. If the wrinkle is still occurring, re-
turn to step 1 of the Registration Roll Adjustment procedure and repeat the process up to this
point. If, after repeating the process a second time, wrinkle is still occurring, call service support
Figure 7 View from the left for assistance.
7. Adjust the alignment For Rear Wrinkle.
Note: If the Wrinkle is occurring on the Front side, return to step 1

8. Unlock the Registration Transport (PL 80.90).
a. Open the Lower Left Cover (PL 28.15) and loosen the screws (x2) that secure the Registration
Transport, Figure 10
Figure 8 Indication for second pass of Registration Roll Alignment

5. Securely tighten the screws (x2) that secure the Registration Transport, Figure 9.

IQ72 Service Manual
9. Turn the Adjustment Cam clockwise one click while watching the Registration Transport (PL
80.90). from the left side, and make sure that the Front side of the Registration Transport is rais-
ing, Figure 12.

b. At the front of the machine, remove the Waste Toner Transport Assembly (PL 90.15) and
loosen the screws (x2) that secure the Alignment Bracket, Figure 11
Figure 12 View from Front (Front Cover open, Waste Tone Transport removed)
10. Check the scale of the Cam while looking from the left side. Ensure that the cam is set so that 2
lines on the green indicator are aligned with the arrow on the housing, Figure 13.
Figure 11 Loosen the Screws (2) (Front Cover open, Waste Tone Transport removed)

Service Manual IQ72
12. Close all covers, turn on the machine and print a sample set. If the wrinkle is still occurring, re-
turn to step 7 of the Registration Roll Adjustment procedure and repeat the process up to this
point. If, after repeating the process a second time, wrinkle is still occurring, call service support
for assistance.
Figure 13 View from the left

If this is the second pass through the Registration Roll Alignment procedure, ensure that the
cam is set so that three lines are showing, Figure 14.
Figure 14 Indication for second pass of Registration Roll Alignment

11. Securely tighten the screws (x2) that secure the Registration Transport, Figure 9.

IQ72 Service Manual
I Q S 1 Te s t Pa t t e r n U s a g e ( d C 6 1 2 ) dc612 Display
No Name Description Required Media Source
Refer to dC612 :for detailed information about test pattern display and printing options.
13 Adjustment in Density adjust- All LPH
dc612 Display SS direction(YC) ment in SS direc-
No Name Description Required Media Source tion (YC)
1 Grid 45deg Check reproduc- 11x17, A3 IOT 14 Adjustment in Density adjust- All IOT
tion of diagonal SS direction(MK) ment in SS direc-
line. tion (MK)
2 Grid 90deg To measure 11x17, A3 IOT
15 Drum-space Check for IQ de- All IOT
20mm density 4 alignment
Halftone fects on output
prints / For ship-
3 Grid(90deg) Side To measure side 11x17, A3 IOT ping inspection
1 and 2 1/2 registration
16 LPH streak adj LPH streak All IOT
4 ProCon PG Procon/Halftone All IOT chart (IOT detection
level/Defect mounted)
detection.
17 LPH streak adj LPH streak de- All LPH
5 16 Tone PG Halftone level, All IOT
chart (LPH tection and for
Defect detec-
mounted) identifying
tion. Default set-
causes of video
ting 3C. User
data failure.
must select 3C,Y,
M,C,K, R, G, B, 18 LPH streak adj For determining All LPH
3C, BW (no 4C) chart 2 (LPH a problem area
implement… causing video
6 ADC check To adjust ADC All IOT data failure
sensor
19 X talk Test Chart For detection of All IOT
7 TP-Life Evaluation of All IOT (Failure Analysis) LPH power re-
consumables lated defects.
life, and for run-
ning for stabi- 20 Banding Banding check All IOT
lized developing
process 21 Ladder Halftone For determining All IOT
pattern a source causing
8 TED Starvation TED/Starvation All IOT banding defect.
check check
22 Calibrate for Pa- To adjust 2nd 11x17, A3 IOT
9 Full Halftone Visual inspection All IOT
per Setup transfer output /
of image defects
Calibrate for
Paper
10 IN-OUT adjust IN-OUT adjust- 11x17, A3 IOT
(Primary) ment (Primary
23 Custom Paper to adjust 2nd 11x17, A3 IOT
color altogether)
Type Adjust transfer output
and alignment
11 IN-OUT adjust IN-OUT adjust- 11x17, A3 IOT
(Secondary) ment RGB (Sec-
24 Transfer RGB Adjustment of All IOT
ondary, third
Chart 2nd transfer out-
color altogether)
put value
12 IN-OUT IN-OUT adjust- A4, Letter IOT
25 TMA Measure- Measurement of All IOT
adjustment ment (for each
ment Chart TMA
color) (A4LEF)

Service Manual IQ72
dc612 Display I Q S 2 I I T I m a g e Q u a l i t y S p e c i fi c a t i o n s
No Name Description Required Media Source
The following steps are used to set up the machine for the purpose of making test pattern copies to
26 Grid (fold posi- DC128 Fold posi- All IOT judge output image color density, balance, and registration.
tion adjustment) tion adjustment
27 DrumPitch HT/ Drum-pitch HT 11x17, A3 IOT Note: The specifications in this section refer to copies made from the platen. Before making copes
Full HT/Procon (4C) / Entire- to verify that the machine is within specification, perform all IOT and IIT registration and alignment
PG sheet HT (4C,
CMGK) / Procon procedures.
PG (4C) / Out-
putting a total Use the following Customer Mode Settings as a baseline to evaluate Image Quality:
of 21-page im- Table 1 Basic Copier Mode Settings
agesArea pre-
pared for Item Name Sub-Item Sub-Item Setting
collective output
for TS (Technical Output Color - - Auto Detect
Support)
Reduce/Enlarge - - Auto
28 DrumPitch HT/ Drum-pitch HT All IOT
Full HT CMYK (4C) / Entire- Original Type More Content Type Photo and Text
sheet HT (60% /
CMYK) / Output- Original Type More How Original was Printed Original
ting a total of Produced
ten-page image-
sArea prepared Lighten/Darken - - Normal
for collective
output for TS Sharpness - - Normal
(Technical
Support)
Saturation - - Normal
29 DrumPitch HT/ Drum-pitch HT All IOT Automatic Back- - - Off
Full HT M (4C) / Entire- ground Suppression
sheet HT (60% / (unchecked)
M) / Outputting
a total of three- Contrast Contrast: Manual - Normal
page imagesAr- Contrast
ea prepared for
collective output Color Presets - - Off
for production
lines Color Balance - - Normal
30 Controller Test Same test pat- Letter, A4 SBC Controller Image Shift - - Off
Pattern terns used for
Print and Copy
Calibration. Pur- Color, Text Reproduction and Resolution Specifications
pose is to assist
in diagnose the 1. Place the Color Test Pattern (82E13120) on the platen.
pattern send di-
rectly from the 2. Load 11” X 17 or A3 paper into Tray 1. Use one of the papers specified in Table 2
SBC Controller Table 2 Recommended Papers
pwba.
Paper Size / Weight
Bold Digital Printing 8 1/2 x11 or 11x17 / 24lb
ColoTech Plus Gold A4 or A3 / 90gsm.

IQS 2 Service Manual
Paper Size / Weight AREA Check for the Following Results
Xerox Vitality 8 1/2x11 or 11x17 / 20lb. H 100 Lines/Inch Image. A Moire defect will
show on this image. Moire on a 100 Line/
Xerox Premier A4 or A3 / 80gsm. Inch image is within specification.
I 175 Lines/Inch Image. This image is used to

3. Make a copy of the test pattern. test for Moire. Depending on the degree of
the defect, moiré seen on this image should
4. Compare the copy to the test pattern. Refer to Figure 2 and Table 3 for this evaluation. be considered out of specification.
Table 3 Color Specifications Check Locations
A Text Reproduction. Each of the seven senten-
AREA Check for the Following Results ces in this area are fully reproduced with no
missing letters or portions of letters. The sen-
A Text Reproduction. Each of the seven senten- tences are reproduced in Black, Cyan, Ma-
ces in this area are fully reproduced with no genta, Yellow, Red, Green and Blue.
missing letters or portions of letters. The sen-
tences are reproduced in Black, Cyan, Ma- B Color Registration. The patterns in location B
genta, Yellow, Red, Green and Blue. should be properly registered to provide
Black, Red, Green and Blue lines.
B Color Registration. The patterns in location B
should be properly registered to provide C Front to Rear Density. The density of both
Black, Red, Green and Blue lines. the low density and high density bands
should be uniform from front to rear. This
C Front to Rear Density. The density of both can be tested by folding the copy in the cen-
the low density and high density bands ter and comparing the front side of the copy
should be uniform from front to rear. This to the rear side of the copy at location C.
can be tested by folding the copy in the cen- Both the high density and low density loca-
ter and comparing the front side of the copy tions should exhibit even front to rear
to the rear side of the copy at location C. density.
Both the high density and low density loca-
tions should exhibit even front to rear D Color Gradation. This area should exhibit a
density. decreasing density of each of the colors from
100% density to 5% density. In a properly
D Color Gradation. This area should exhibit a adjusted machine, the 10% patches should
decreasing density of each of the colors from be visible, and the 5% patches should be
100% density to 5% density. In a properly barely visible or not visible on the test pat-
adjusted machine, the 10% patches should tern copy (except for the bottom row).
be visible, and the 5% patches should be
barely visible or not visible on the test pat- E Routine Color. Location E represents three
tern copy (except for the bottom row). general tests for the machine to reproduce
colors common to customer originals.
E Routine Color. Location E represents three
Location A is a general skin tone test.
general tests for the machine to reproduce
colors common to customer originals. Location B represents the color of grass or
Location A is a general skin tone test. other common foliage. Location C represents
Location B represents the color of grass or the color of the sky.
other common foliage. Location C represents
F Photo Gradation. Location F is not used for
the color of the sky. any copy quality evaluation on this product.
F Photo Gradation. Location F is not used for G IIT Calibration Patches. These patches are
any copy quality evaluation on this product. scanned for IIT Calibration during the dC945
IIT Calibration portion of Max Setup.
G IIT Calibration Patches. These patches are
scanned for IIT Calibration during the dC945
IIT Calibration portion of Max Setup.

Service Manual IQS 2
AREA Check for the Following Results Step Scales to use

Paper Size Orientation To check: (refer to Figure 1)
H 100 Lines/Inch Image. A Moire defect will
show on this image. Moire on a 100 Line/
SE1 through SE4
Inch image is within specification.
(top); SE6 and SE7
I 175 Lines/Inch Image. This image is used to (bottom) TE4
test for Moire. Depending on the degree of
the defect, moiré seen on this image should 8.5x11 SEF Lead Edge Side Edge LE 1 and LE2
be considered out of specification. Trail Edge
SE1 through SE3
(top); SE9 (bottom)
Registration, Skew and Geometric Specifications
TE5
Registration and border deletions are checked using the Step Scales on the Geometric Test Pattern
82E8220, an example of which is shown in Figure 1. All of the scales are 20mm in height and are A4 LSEF Lead Edge Side Edge LE 1 and LE2
Trail Edge
made up of four 5mm steps. Step 1 will be described as at the top of the Step Scale, and Step 4 will SE1 through SE3
be described as at the bottom. (top); SE10 (bottom)
TE6
Each Step Scale is positioned for a particular paper size and orientation. Table 4 indicates the appro-
8.5x11 LEF Lead Edge Side Edge LE1 through SE3
priate Step Scales to use for the various paper sizes, orientations and measurement locations. Trail Edge
SE1 and 2 (bottom)
SE6 and SE7 (top) TE
2
A4 LEF Lead Edge Side Edge LE1 through SE3

Trail Edge
SE5 (top); SE1 and
SE2 (bottom) TE1
1. Set the Customer Mode Settings to the Basic Copier Mode Settings (Table 1)
2. Place Test Pattern 82E8220 on the platen.
3. Load 11” X 17 or A3 paper into Tray 1. Use one of the papers specified in Table 2.
4. Make a copy of the test pattern.
Follow the directions in Table 5 to determine if the machine registration is within specification.
Figure 1 Step Scales Table 5 Test Pattern Image Data Locations for Geometric Specifications
Table 4 Geometric Checkout - Step Scale Data Geometric Area Check Performed
Step Scales to use Magnification Locate the 300mm line running from near LE1
Paper Size Orientation To check: (refer to Figure 1) to the trail edge of the 1.8 lp ladder. Locate
the 200mm line running from near LE1 to near
11x17 SEF Lead Edge Side Edge LE1 through LE3 LE3. Make a copy. The measurements should
Trail Edge be:.
SE1 through SE4
(top); SE5 and SE8 • Left to Right.: 300mm ±1.8mm
(bottom) TE3 • Front to Rear: 200mm ±1.2mm
Resolution Observing the targets on the test pattern copy
A3 SEF Lead Edge Side Edge LE 1 through LE3
at locations R1 through R8, the line pairs
Trail Edge

Geometric Area Check Performed Geometric Area Check Performed
specified below are clearly visible for the mag- Solid Repro- duction This specifies the desired standard for repro-
nification value indicated: duction of solid gray images at 1.0
• 70%: 3.0 lp/mm K. The 1.0 K blocks on the output copy should
• 100% through 400%: 4.3 lp/mm reproduce with minimal mottle or graininess.
Lead Edge Registration Measure from the lead edge of the paper to Low Contrast Reproduction This specifies the desired standard for repro-
the top of Step 3 on the LE2 Step Scale. The duction of low density images. The machine
measurement should be: should reproduce all of the text in the 0.2 G
Text Blocks on the output copy.
• Trays 1 through 4: 10mm
±1.5mm (±1.9mm for 2nd side of
duplex job)
• Tray 5: 10mm ±2.2mm
Side Edge Registration Measure from the side edge of the paper to
the top of Step 3 on the SE2 and SE3 Step
Scales. The distance should be within the fol-
lowing tolerance:
• Trays 1 through 4: 10mm
±2.0mm (±2.4mm for 2nd side of
duplex job)
• Tray 5: 10mm ±2.4mm
Lead Edge Skew For skew from front to rear, the distance from
the lead edge of the paper to the targets at
LE1 and LE3 are measured. The measurements
must match each other to within the tolerance
below.
• Trays 1 through 4: within ±1.5mm
(±2.0mm for 2nd side of duplex
job)
• Tray 5: within ±2.0mm
Figure 2 Color and Geometric Test Patterns
Side Edge Skew For skew from left to right, the distance from
the side edge of the paper to the targets at
SE1 and SE4 are measured. They must match
each other to within the tolerance below:
• Trays 1 through 4: within ±3.0mm
(±4.0mm for 2nd side of duplex
job)
• Tray 5: within ±4.0mm
Line Density This parameter is measured on the two 0.7G
Text Blocks on the test pattern copy. The ma-
chine should reproduce all of the characters
shown in the block on the output copy.

I Q S 3 T h i n g s t o N o t e fo r I m a g e Q u a l i t y Re s t r i c t i o n s No. Image Quality Restrictions Details

Table 1 IQ Restrictions
10 Rough Black Depending on the paper type,
No. Image Quality Restrictions Details rough images may occur to
some extent.
1 Roll Marks Depending on the paper,
there may be rubber roll 11 Moist Paper Transfer Failure This will occur when the paper
traces or toner wax compo- moisture content increases.
nent stuck in the paper feed
direction when performing 2 12 Toner Contamination at Lead/ Slight contamination due to
Sided print or changing the Trail Edge toner has occurred at Lead/
output destination after con- Trail Edge.
tinuous printing. This is more
likely to occur with gloss pa- 13 Uneven Streaks in Paper Feed Uneven streaks may appear
per and transparencies. Direction in the paper feed direction
when performing high volume
2 Transparency Blocking When printing transparencies printing in a low humidity
continuously and then leaving environment.
them on the Exit Tray for a
long time, they may adhere 14 Side 2 Transfer Failure The hue on Side 2 may be-
to each other and result in un- come lighter when printing a
even gloss or image peel-off. high density image in a low
Specifically, it is more likely to temperature and low humid-
occur when printing 20 or ity environment.
more sheets continuously.
15 Trail Edge Transfer Failure Rough image or blank areas
3 Condensation Copy Sometimes patches of water may occur for images within
droplets may be found on pa- 10mm (including margins)
per that is printed right after from the paper trail edge.
machine start up.
16 MWS (Side2) (Micro White Micro white spots may appear
4 Side 2 Blank Areas (caused by These blank areas may ap- Spots) on Side 2 in a low humidity
water droplets) pear on Side 2 of A3 paper of environment.
157gsm or more. It is espe-
cially visible on gloss paper. 17 Moire When copying, the Moire may
appear due to interference
5 Scratched Transparency When printing on Transparen- with the halftone document.
cies, minor scratches may ap- The appearance of Moire de-
pear in the fast scan direction. pends on the number of lines
and angle of the document,
as well as the magnification
6 Corrugation Lines Depending on the paper,
ratio.
there may be Pinch Roll traces
or minor scratches in the pa- 18 Density Fluctuation Right In machines set to B/W Prior-
per feed direction. This is After Power ON/Change in ity, the very first color print
more likely to occur with spe- Environment after power ON may, to some
cial paper such as Gloss. extent, have incorrect color
density.
7 Gloss Uneven Side 2 When performing 2 Sided
print on Gloss, uneven image 19 Fingerprints When loading paper, handle
may appear on Side 2. it with care and try not to
touch the print side. Contami-
8 Background on Gloss Background level on Gloss is nation to the print side will af-
higher than that on Plain. fect the print result. If you
wish to obtain the best print
9 Smear on Heavyweight When using Heavyweight, results, wear finger cots or
smear may appear at the po- gloves so as not to leave any
sition 130mm away from the marks on the print side.
paper lead edge.

No. Image Quality Restrictions Details

I Q S 4 Fu s i n g
20 Color Lines Color Lines may appear on Procedure
paper that has lots of paper Make 5 prints of an internal test pattern that has solid areas. Check the fusing by folding one of the
dust.
prints through the centre of a solid area. Use a finger to apply medium pressure along the fold to
21 Vapor White vapor may leak nearby crease the paper. Unfold the copy. Use a finger to lightly rub the area of the fold and adjacent
the top of the LH Cover when
printing in a low temperature areas.
and low humidity environ-
ment using Heavyweight Specification
Paper.
Any break should measure less than 1mm (1/32 inch) across the line of a fold. Any area rubbed with
a cloth should not smudge or the image lift off the surface of the paper. When checking the fusing
on heavyweight paper (200gsm), rub the image with a finger. Images fused on the smooth side of
the paper have a greater resistance to rubbing than images fused on the rough side of the paper.
Do not attempt to fold heavyweight paper, as this breaks the fibres.
Corrective Action
If the fusing specification is not met, perform the IQ36 Un fused Print/Toner Offset RAP.

Initial Issue 4 Repairs- Adjustments
4 Repairs- Adjustments
REPs Chain 1 - Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 REP 5.35 DADF 250 Skew Detect Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
REP 1.1 BTR HVPS PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 REP 5.36 DADF 250 Lead Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
REP 1.2 Fuser Heater Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 REP 5.37 DADF 250 Pre Registration Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
REP 1.3 GFI Chassis Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 REP 5.38 DADF 250 Takeaway Clutch Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
REP 1.4 Motor Drive PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 REP 5.39 DADF 250 Exit Motor and Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
REP 1.5 AC Drive PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 REP 5.40 DADF 250 Platen Motor and Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
REP 1.6 LVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 REP 5.41 DADF 250 Registration Motor and Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
REP 1.7 Developer Bias HVPS PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 REP 5.42 DADF 250 Lower Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
REP 1.8 Main Power Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 REP 5.43 DADF 250 Friction Clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
REP 1.9 BCR HVPS PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 REP 5.44 DADF 250 Retard Roll and Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
REPs Chain 2 - User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 REP 5.45 DADF 250 Exit Eliminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
REP 2.1 UI Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 REP 5.46 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
REPs Chain 3 - Machine Run Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 REP 5.47 DADF 250 Pre Registration In Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
REP 3.1 Controller PWB Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 REP 5.48 DADF 250 Registration Out Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
REP 3.2 Relay PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 REP 5.49 DADF 250 Platen High Roll Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
REP 3.3 Back Plane PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 REP 5.50 DADF 250 Exit 1 and Platen Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
REP 3.4 Halftone PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 REP 5.51 DADF 250 Exit Lower Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
REP 3.5 HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 REP 5.52 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
REP 3.6 MCU PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 REP 5.53 DADF 250 Out Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
REPs Chain 5 - DADF 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 REP 5.54 DADF 250 Feed Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
REP 5.1 DADF 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 REP 5.55 DADF 250 Document Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
REP 5.2 DADF 250 Left Lower Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 REP 5.56 DADF 250 PWB Wire Harness and Harness Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
REP 5.3 DADF 250 Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 REPs Chain 5 - DADF 130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
REP 5.4 NOT USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 REP 5.60 DADF 130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
REP 5.5 DADF 250 Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 REP 5.61 DADF 130 Platen Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
REP 5.6 NOT USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 REP 5.62 DADF 130 Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
REP 5.7 DADF 250 IIT-DADF Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 REP 5.63 DADF 130 Rear Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
REP 5.8 DADF 250 PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 REP 5.64 DADF 130 Feeder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
REP 5.9 DADF 250 Left Counter Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 REP 5.65 DADF 130 PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
REP 5.10 DADF 250 Right Counter Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 REP 5.66 DADF 130 DC/DC PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
REP 5.11 DADF 250 DCDC PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 REP 5.67 DADF 130 Left Counter Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
REP 5.12 DADF 250 CIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 REP 5.68 DADF 130 Right Counter Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
REP 5.13 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 REP 5.69 DADF 130 Document Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
REP 5.14 DADF 250 Feed Motor and Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 REP 5.70 DADF 130 Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
REP 5.15 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 REP 5.71 DADF 130 Wire Harness and Harness Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
REP 5.16 DADF 250 Tray Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 REP 5.72 DADF 130 Registration Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
REP 5.17 DADF 250 Oil Damper and Document Set LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493 REP 5.73 DADF 130 Feed Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
REP 5.18 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494 REP 5.74 DADF 130 Pre Registration Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
REP 5.19 DADF 250 Tray APS Sensor 1/Tray APS Sensor 2/Tray APS Sensor 3/Tray APS Sensor 4/Bot- REP 5.75 DADF 130 Registration Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
tom Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494 REP 5.76 DADF 130 Retard Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
REP 5.20 DADF 250 Document Set Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496 REP 5.77 DADF 130 Out Chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
REP 5.21 DADF 250 Feeder Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 REP 5.78 DADF 130 CIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
REP 5.22 DADF 250 Feeder Cover Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499 REP 5.79 DADF 130 Sensor Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
REP 5.23 DADF 250 Left Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499 REP 5.80 DADF 130 Nudger Roll and Feed Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
REP 5.24 DADF 250 L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 REP 5.81 DADF 130 Retard Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
REP 5.25 DADF 250 Feed In Sensor 1/DADF Feed In Sensor 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 REP 5.82 DADF 130 Feed In/Feed Out Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
REP 5.26 DADF 250 Level Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 REP 5.83 DADF 130 Exit Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
REP 5.27 DADF 250 Rear Latch Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503 REP 5.84 DADF 130 APS Sensor 1/APS Sensor 2/APS Sensor 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
REP 5.28 DADF 250 Nudger Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 REP 5.85 DADF 130 Registration Sensor/Out Sensor/Pre-Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
REP 5.29 DADF 250 Nudger Solenoid Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505 REP 5.86 DADF 130 Document Set Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
REP 5.30 NOT USED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506 REP 5.87 DADF 130 Document Set Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
REP 5.31 DADF 250 Out Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 REP 5.88 DADF 130 Feed/Nudger Roll Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
REP 5.32 DADF 250 Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508 REP 5.89 DADF 130 Tray APS Sensor 1/APS Sensor 2/APS Sensor 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
REP 5.33 DADF 250 Pre Registration Sensor/APS Sensor 1/APS Sensor 2/APS Sensor 3. . . . . . . . . . . . 508 REP 5.90 DADF 130 Document Tray Size Sensor 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
REP 5.34 DADF 250 Feed Out Sensor/Exit Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 REPs Chain 10 - Fuser/Post-Fuser Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

4 Repairs- Adjustments Initial Issue
REP 10.1 Retract Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577 REPs Chain 70- Paper Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
REP 10.2 Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 REP 70.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
REP 10.3 Fuser Heater Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 REP 70.2 Pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
REP 10.4 Exit 1 Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580 REP 70.3 Bypass Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
REP 10.5 Exit 1 OCT Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582 REP 70.4 Bypass Tray Paper Size Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
REP 10.6 Exit 1 OCT Home Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583 REP 70.5 2TM Tray 3/4 Paper Size Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
REP 10.7 Exit 1 Drive Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583 REP 70.6 TTM Tray 3/4 Paper Size Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
REP 10.8 Exit 2 Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584 REPs Chain 80 - Paper Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
REP 10.9 Exit 2 Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584 REP 80.1 Tray 1 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
REP 10.10 Exit 1 Gate Solenoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 REP 80.2 Tray 2 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
REP 10.11 Exit 2 OCT Home Position Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587 REP 80.3 Tray 1/2 Feed Roll Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
REP 10.12 Offset Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589 REP 80.4 2TM Feedhead 1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
REPs Chain 28 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590 REP 80.5 2TM Feedhead 2 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
REP 28.1 Front Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590 REP 80.6 2TM Takeaway Roll Assembly (Upper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
REP 28.2 SWEA Cover 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591 REP 80.7 2TM Tray Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
REPs Chain 40 - Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591 REP 80.8 2TM Takeaway Roll Assembly (Lower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
REP 40.1 Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592 REP 80.9 2TM Takeaway Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
REP 40.2 Fuser Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593 REP 80.10 2TM Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
REP 40.3 Temp/Humidity Sensor (No 1 external) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593 REP 80.12 2TM Feed Roll Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
REP 40.4 Duct Assembly (Front Right Marking Fan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594 REP 80.14 TTM Tray 3 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
REP 40.5 Toner Cartridge Cooling Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 REP 80.15 TTM Tray 4 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
REP 40.6 Front/Left Marking Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596 REP 80.16 TTM Feed Roll Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
REP 40.7 Rear Fuser Duct Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597 REP 80.17 TTM Transport Roll Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
REP 40.8 LVPS Fan Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597 REP 80.19 Bypass Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
REP 40.9 IHPS Intake Duct Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 REP 80.20 Bypass Tray Roll Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
REP 40.10 Toner Cartridge Exhaust Fan Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 REP 80.21 Left Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
REPs Chain 60 - IIT Common . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599 REP 80.22 2nd BTR Roll Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
REP 60.1 LPH Assembly (Y,M,C,K). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599 REP 80.23 2nd BTR Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
REP 60.2 FFC Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 REP 80.24 Duplex Inner Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
REPs Chain 60 - IIT (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 REP 80.25 Lower Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
REP 60.3 Scanner Module, CVT/Document Glass (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606 REP 80.26 Registration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
REP 60.4 Scanner Electrical Components (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606 REP 80.27 Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
REP 60.5 Scan Carriage Assembly (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 REP 80.28 POB Jam Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
REP 60.6 Side 2 Scan Assembly (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 REP 80.29 Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
REP 60.7 Scanner Module, CVT/Document Glass (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608 REP 80.30 Registration Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
REP 60.10 Not Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608 REP 80.31 Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
REP 60.11 CCD Lens Cover (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609 REP 80.32 Takeaway Roll Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
REP 60.12 IIT Registration Sensor (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609 REP 80.33 Registration Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
REP 60.13 Platen Angle Sensor (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610 REP 80.34 Drive Assembly (Takeaway Motor 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
REP 60.14 CCD Flexible Print Cable (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 REPs Chain 90 - Xerographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
REP 60.15 IIT Lens Assembly (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612 REP 90.1 Conductor Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
REP 60.16 CCD Fan (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612 REP 90.2 Plunger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
REP 60.17 Carriage Motor (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613 REP 90.3 New Developer Assembly (Y,M,C,K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
REP 60.18 Full Rate Carriage (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615 REP 90.4 Toner Dispense Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
REP 60.19 Rear Carriage Cable (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 REP 90.5 Toner CRUM Connector Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
REP 60.20 IIT Trans PWB (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621 REP 90.6 Dispenser Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
REP 60.21 Exposure Lamp (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623 REP 90.7 Developer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
REP 60.22 Lamp PWB (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624 REP 90.8 IBT Belt Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
REP 60.23 Slide Chord (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624 REP 90.9 MOB/ADC Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
REPs Chain 60 - IIT (C8130/35/45/55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626 REP 90.10 Upper Conductor Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
REP 60.25 Document Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627 REP 90.11 Drum Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
REP 60.29 CCD Lens Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627 REP 90.12 Gear Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
REP 60.30 Front/Rear Carriage Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629 REP 90.13 Drive Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
REP 60.31 Lamp Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 REP 90.14 Agitator Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
REP 60.32 LED Ribbon Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 REP 90.15 Joint Pipe Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
REP 60.33 Light Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 REP 90.16 Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
REP 60.34 IIT Carriage Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 REP 90.17 Sleeve Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
REP 60.35 CCD Cont Video Ribbon Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639 REP 90.18 Waste Toner Cartridge Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
REP 60.36 IIT Trans PWB (C8130/35/45/55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640 ADJs Chain 2 - User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717

ADJ 2.1 Panel (UI) Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
ADJs Chain 5 - DADF 250/130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
ADJ 5.1 DADF Skew Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
ADJ 5.2 DADF Side Registration Manual Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
ADJ 5.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration Manual Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
ADJ 5.5 DADF Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC608). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
ADJ 5.6 Side 1 to Side 2 Color Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
ADJs Chain 60 - IIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
ADJ 60.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
ADJ 60.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration Manual Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
ADJ 60.3 IIT Side Registration Manual Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
ADJ 60.4 Optical Axis Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
ADJ 60.5 IIT Calibration (dC945). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
ADJ 60.7 Document Glass Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC609) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
ADJs Chain 90 - Electrical/Xerographic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (dC126) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
ADJ 90.2 Edge Erase Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
ADJ 90.3 ProCon On/Off Print Check (dC937) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
ADJ 90.5 Thin Line Correction Mode Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
ADJ 90.6 LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
ADJ 90.7 ATC Sensor Setup (dC950) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
ADJ 90.8 ATC Developer Setup (dC949). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
ADJ 90.9 Color Registration Measurement Cycle (dC671) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
ADJ 90.10 Color Registration Control Setup Cycle (dC675) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
ADJ 90.11 Color Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle (dC673) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
ADJ 90.12 Copy Color Balance Manual Adjustment (dC919) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
ADJ 90.13 TRC Manual Adjustment (dC924) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
ADJ 90.14 Tone Up/Tone Down (dC991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
ADJ 90.16 MAX Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
ADJ 90.17 Paper Calibration (dC1215). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
ADJ 90.18 Image Size Adjustment (dC603) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751

R E P 1 . 1 BT R H V P S P W B
Parts List on PL 1.05
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.
1. Open the video contact chassis assembly, PL 3.10 Refer to GP 32 How to Open and Close the
Video Contact Chassis Unit
2. Remove the HVPS, Figure 2 :
a. Remove six screws (1).
b. Disconnect the connector (2).
c. Remove the HVPS (3).

Service Manual REP 1.1
R E P 1 . 2 Fu s e r H e a t e r P o w e r S u p p l y
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Remove the BTR HVPS PWB, Refer to REP 1.1 BTR HVPS PWB
2. Remove the bracket: Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove the cable tie (2).
c. Open two clamps (3), then move the harness out of the way.
d. Remove four screws (4).
e. Remove the bracket (5).
Figure 2 HVPS removal
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 1.2 Service Manual
Figure 2 Bracket removal Figure 3 Power supply removal

3. Remove the fuser heater power supply: Figure 3. Replacement
a. Disconnect four connectors (1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove five screws (2).
c. Remove the fuser heater power supply (3).

REP 1.3 GFI Chassis Assembly

Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Remove the controller cover assembly. PL 3.10

2. Remove the upper rear cover. PL 28.10
3. Remove the lower right rear cover. PL 28.10
4. Remove the items that follow, Figure 2 :
a. Remove three screws (1).
b. Disconnect four connectors (2).
c. Lift the GFI chassis assembly (3) off the frame hook then remove.
Figure 2 GFI chassis assembly removal
Replacement

REP 1.4 Motor Drive PWB

Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

CAUTION: When installing a new drive PWB and a new controller PWB at the same
time, first install the newESS PWB, then switch on the machine, GP 4 . If the new con-
troller PWB installation is successful, switch off the machine, then install the new drive
PWB.
1. Remove the controller cover assembly. PL 3.10 Figure 2 Drive PWB removal
2. Remove the upper rear cover. PL 28.10 Replacement
4. Remove the motor drive PWB, Figure 2
a. Disconnect all connectors (1).
b. Remove eight screws (2).
c. Remove the motor drive PWB (3).

RE P 1 . 5 A C D r ive P W B
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol


4. Remove the AC drive PWB: Figure 2.
a. Disconnect seven connectors (1).
b. Remove four screws (2).
c. Remove the AC drive PWB (3).
Figure 2 AC drive PWB removal
Replacement

R E P 1 . 6 LV P S
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol


4. Remove the HCF connector bracket, Figure 2 and remove 2 screws (1)
Figure 2 HCF connector bracket.

5. Remove the motor drive chassis assembly, Figure 3
a. Remove five screws (1).
b. Disconnect all connectors (2).
c. Remove the motor drive chassis assembly (3).

Figure 3 Motor drive chassis assembly removal Figure 4 AC bracket removal

6. Remove the AC Bracket, Figure 4 7. Remove connectors from right hand side of the LVPS (1), Figure 5
a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove connectors from AC Drive PWB.
c. Remove the AC bracket.

Figure 5 Disconnect the harness Figure 6 Clamps

8. Release the harness from two clamps, then move the harness away from the LVPS (1), Figure 6 9. Remove the LVPS, Figure 7
a. Remove four screws (4).
c. Remove the LVPS (6).

R E P 1 . 7 D e vel o p e r B ia s HV P S P W B
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Remove the LVPS. REP 1.6REP 1.6

2. Remove developer bias HVPS PWB. Figure 2
a. Disconnect two connectors (1).
c. Release two hooks at the top, lean the developer bias HVPS forward to clear the hooks (3).
d. Lift then remove the developer bias HVPS PWB (4).
Figure 7 LVPS removal

Replacement

R E P 1 . 8 M a i n Po w e r S w i t c h
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Remove the components that follow:

a. Waste cartridge, PL 90.15
b. Front cover assembly, PL 28.05
c. Waste toner transport assembly, PL 90.15
d. Inner cover assembly, PL 28.05
e. Inner right cap cover, PL 28.05
f. Inner right cover, PL 28.05
Figure 2 HVPS developer bias removal 2. Remove the main power switch, Figure 2
Replacement a. Remove the screw (1).

b. Disconnect the main power switch from the connector (2).
c. Remove the main power switch (3).

REP 1.9 BCR HVPS PWB

Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Remove the upper right front cover. PL 28.10

2. Remove the BCR HVPS cover, PL 1.20
3. Remove the BCR HVPS, Figure 2 :
a. Remove the connector (1).
c. Remove the BCR HVPS (3).
Figure 2 Main power switch removal

Replacement

Figure 2 BCR HVPS removal

Replacement

REP 2.1 UI Assembly

Parts List on PL 2.05 User Interface (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155)
Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the
1. Remove the UI top cover. PL 2.05
2. Remove the Cable Cover PL 2.05 from rear of UI Assembly.
CAUTION: The speaker connection is fragile. Take care when removing or refitting.
3. Disconnect the UI and speaker connectors from rear of UI assembly.

4. Remove four screws, then lift the User Interface Assembly away from the device.
Replacement
Reinstallation is the reverse of the removal procedure.

R E P 3 . 1 Co n t r o l l e r P W B A s s e m b l y
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

CAUTION: When installing a new controller PWB and new halftone PWB or a new
back plane PWB in the same procedure, first install the new controller PWB, then
switch on the machine, GP 4. If the new controller PWB installation is successful, switch
off the machine, then install the new halftone or back plane PWB.
1. Disconnect all external connectors from the controller PWB assembly, PL 3.05. Figure 2 Screw removal
2. Remove the controller cover assembly kit, PL 3.10. 4. Disconnect six connectors, Figure 3.
3. Remove five screws (1), Figure 2. a.
CAUTION
Take care not to damage the ribbon cables. The ribbon cables are easily
damaged.
Disconnect two ribbon cables (1).
b. Disconnect two type A USB connectors (2).
c. Disconnect one type B USB connector (3).
d. Disconnect one connector behind the cable cluster (4).
Note: The connector (5) is not used.

Figure 3 Controller PWB connections Figure 4 Remove the controller PWB assembly
5. Slide the controller PWB assembly in the direction of the arrow (1) to disconnect the connector Replacement
(2).
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Reload software. Go to GP 9 and follow the Boot from USB process
3. Run dc 945 IIT callibration White reference DADH Duplex routine

R E P 3 . 2 Re l a y P W B REP 3.3 Back Plane PWB

Parts List on PL 3.15 Parts List on PL 3.15
Removal Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol Figure 1 ESD symbol

CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure. CAUTION: Observe ESD procedures during this procedure.
1. Open the video contact chassis assembly. Refer to GP 32 CAUTION: When installing a new back plane PWB and new controller PWB in the
2. Remove the MCU PWB cover. PL 3.15 same procedure, first install the new controller PWB, then switch on the machine, GP 4
. If the new controller PWB installation is successful, switch off the machine, then in-
3. Remove the MCU PWB. Refer to REP 3.2 Relay PWBPL 3.15 stall the new back plane PWB.
4. Remove the relay PWB. PL 3.15
1. Remove the controller PWB assembly. Refer to REP 3.1
Replacement 2. Remove the relay PWB. Refer to REP 3.2
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 3. Remove the back plane PWB. Refer to Figure 2
c. Remove the back plane PWB.

REP 3.4 Halftone PWB

Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

CAUTION: When installing a new halftone PWB and new controller PWB at the same
time, first install the new controller PWB, then switch on the machine, GP 4. If the new
controller PWB installation is successful, switch off the machine, then install the new
halftone PWB.
CAUTION: Perform dC361, Backup NVM Values before replacing the halftone PWB.
1. Remove the controller cover assembly, PL 3.10

2. Remove the upper rear cover PL 28.10
3. Remove the DFE cover, PL 3.10
Figure 2 Back plane PWB removal
4. Remove the halftone PWB, Figure 2
Replacement
a. Disconnect six connectors (1).
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. b. Remove five screws (2).
c. Disconnect the back plane PWB (3).
d. Remove the halftone PWB, PL 3.15 (4).

REP 3.5 HDD

Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Remove the controller cover assembly kit PL 3.10
2. Remove connector from HDD (1). Refer to Figure 2
3. Remove three screws (2) then lift the HDD and carrier away from the device.
Figure 2 Halftone PWB removal

Replacement
Note: After installing a new halftone PWB, perform dC361 Restore NVM Values to
restore NVM values backed up at the beginning of the procedure.

REP 3.6 MCU PWB

Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Open the video contact chassis assembly. Refer to GP 32
2. Remove the MCU PWB cover. PL 3.15 Item 10
3. Remove the MCU PWB. PL 3.15 Item 14
Figure 2 HDD removal Replacement

Replacement 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. Reload software. Go to GP 9 and follow the Boot from USB process.

R E P 5 . 1 DA D F 2 5 0
Removal
CAUTION: When removing the DADF, make sure you have 2 persons to perform the
procedure as the DADF (about 15.5 kg) is heavy.
1. Remove the ESS rear cover, PL 28.10.
2. Remove the DADF IF cover, PL 60.15.
3. Disconnect the IIT-DADF cable connector, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect the IIT-DADF cable connector (1).
b. Remove the clamp (2) securing the cable.
Figure 1 IIT-DADF Cable

4. Disconnect the DADF controller cable connector, Figure 2.
a. Release the controller cable from the guides (1).
b. Disconnect the controller cable connector (2).

b. Remove the upper rear cover (2).
Figure 2 DADF controller cable

5. Remove the left rear cover, PL 28.10. Figure 4 Upper rear cover removal
6. Remove the UFP filter assembly, PL 40.15. 9. Remove the IIT rear cover, Figure 5.
7. Remove the controller cover, Figure 3.
a. Remove two thumb screws (1). b. Remove the counter balance brackets (2).
b. Remove the controller cover (2). c. Open the DADF.
d. Remove five screws (3).
e. Remove the IIT rear cover (4).
Note: Three screws (3) securing the IIT rear cover (4) in the front are visible after
opening the DADF.
Figure 3 Controller cover removal

8. Remove the upper rear cover, Figure 4.

Figure 5 IIT rear cover removal Figure 7 DADF removal

10. Remove the DADF supports, Figure 6. Replacement
a. Remove four screws (1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the DADF supports (2).
Note: After a replacement, enter the Diagnostic Mode, select dC135, and reset the HFSI counter.
Figure 6 DADF support removal

11. Remove the DADF, Figure 7.
a. Remove two knobs (1).
b. Remove the DADF (2) in the direction of arrow.

R E P 5 . 2 DA D F 2 5 0 Le f t Lo w e r Co v e r
Removal
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove one screw (1), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Left lower cover removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Left lower cover screw removal

3. Open the DADF.
4. Remove the DADF left lower cover, Figure 2.
b. Remove the DADF left lower cover (2).

R E P 5 . 3 DA D F 2 5 0 Fr o n t Co v e r R E P 5 . 4 N OT U S E D
Parts List on PL 5.2 Parts List on
Removal Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the Replacement
1. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
2. Open the DADF.
3. Remove the DADF front cover, Figure 1.
b. Remove the DADF front cover (2).
Figure 1 Front cover removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 5 DA D F 2 5 0 Re a r Co v e r R E P 5 . 6 N OT U S E D
Parts List on PL 5.2 Parts List on
Removal Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the Replacement
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, Figure 1.
b. Remove the DADF rear cover (2) in the direction of arrow.
Figure 1 DADF rear cover removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 7 DA D F 2 5 0 I I T - DA D F C a b l e c. Remove the P-clamp (3).

Parts List on PL 5.3 d. Remove the IIT-DADF cable (4) with bushing (5) from the bracket.
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

2. Disconnect the IIT-DADF cabel connector, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the IIT-DADF cabel connector (1).
b. Remove the clamp (2) securing the cable. Figure 3 IIT-DADF cable removal
Replacement
Figure 2 Disconnect IIT-DADF cable connector

4. Remove the IIT-DADF cable, Figure 3.
a. Disconnect two IIT-DADF cable connectors (1).
b. Remove one screw (2).

R E P 5 . 8 DA D F 2 5 0 P W B The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Parts List on PL 5.3 Note: After mounting the board, restore the NVM data that has been backed up previously. (Refer
to, Initialize NVM in Section 6 General Procedures, Information, Diagnostics).
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

Note: Backup the NVM data before replacing the circuit board. (Refer to, Initialize NVM in Section
6 General Procedures, Information, Diagnostics).
2. Remove the DADF PWB, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect eleven connectors (1).
b. Remove six screws (2).
c. Remove the DADF PWB (3).
Figure 2 DADF PWB removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 9 DA D F 2 5 0 Le f t Co u n t e r B a l a n c e
Removal
2. Remove the DADF registration motor, REP 5.41.
3. Remove the DADF exit motor, REP 5.39.
4. Remove the DADF platen motor, REP 5.40.
5. Remove the DADF pre registration motor, REP 5.37.
6. Perform steps 1 through 9 as described in DADF removal procedure, REP 5.1.
7. Remove two screws (1), then remove the left DADF support (2), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Counterbalance closure

9. Remove the left counter balance, Figure 3.
a. Remove six screws (1).
b. Remove the left counterbalance by sliding the counterbalance readward and lifting it clear
from the machine.

8. Slide a screwdriver (1), or similar, into the opening in the rear of the counter balance (2) to keep
the counter balance closed throughout the remaining procedure, Figure 2.

R E P 5 . 1 0 DA D F 2 5 0 R i g h t C o u n t e r B a l a n c e
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

2. Perform steps 1 through 9 as described in DADF removal procedure, REP 5.1.
3. Remove the bracket PWB and the DADF PWB as an assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove the screw securing the P-clamp (1).
b. Disconnect two connectors, then remove the IIT/DADF harness (2).
c. Remove five screws (3).
d. Lay the bracket PWB and DADF PWB off to the side leaving the remaining harnesses
connected.
Figure 3 Left counterbalance removal
Replacement

5. Slide a screwdriver (1), or similar, into the opening in the rear of the counterbalance to keep the
counterbalance closed throughout the remaining procedure, Figure 4.
Figure 2 Bracket PWB and DADF PWB removal

4. Remove two screws (1), then remove the right DADF support (2), Figure 3.
Figure 4 Counterbalance closure
6. Remove the right counterbalance, Figure 5.
a. Remove eight screws (1).
b. Remove the right counterbalance by sliding the counterbalance readward and lifting it clear
from the machine.

R E P 5 . 1 1 DA D F 2 5 0 D C D C P W B
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

Note: Backup the NVM data before replacing the circuit board. (Refer to, Initialize NVM in Section
6 General Procedures, Information, Diagnostics).
2. Remove the bracket PWB, Figure 2.
b. Remove two screws (2).
c. Remove the bracket PWB (3).
Figure 5 Right counterbalance removal
Replacement
Figure 2 Bracket PWB removal

3. Remove the DCDC PWB, Figure 3.

a. Disconnect the connector (1). R E P 5 . 1 2 DA D F 2 5 0 C I S
b. Remove four screws (2). Parts List on PL 5.4
c. Remove the DCDC PWB (3).
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 80.25.
2. Remove the APS sensor bracket, Figure 2.
a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Disconnect four connectors (2).
Figure 3 DCDC PWB removal c. Remove the APS sensor bracket (3).
Replacement
Note: After mounting the board, restore the NVM data that has been backed up previously. (Refer
to, Initialize NVM in Section 6 General Procedures, Information, Diagnostics).
Figure 2 APS sensor bracket removal

3. Lift the film (1), then disconnect the DCDC-CIS flat cable and wire harness connectors (2), Fig-
ure 3.

Figure 3 DCD-CIS flat cable and wire harness Figure 5 CIS bracket removal
4. Remove the exit 1 belt, Figure 4. Note: Note the installation position (marking on the frame side) of the CIS bracket
assembly, Figure 5.
a. Remove one E-clip (1).
6. Remove the CIS, Figure 6.
b. Remove the pulley (2).
a. Open the DADF.
c. Remove the exit 1 belt (3).
b. Open the exit lower chute assembly (1).
c. Pull out the CIS (2) in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 4 Exit 1 belt removal

5. Remove one screw (1) from the CIS bracket assembly, Figure 5.
Figure 6 CIS removal
Replacement

The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 4. Verify the APS sensor bracket is installed accurately, Figure 9.
Use caution when installing the CIS:
1. The installation position of the CIS bracket assembly (marking on the frame side) should be the
same as at the time of removal, Figure 7.
Figure 9 APS sensor bracket installation
Figure 7 CIS bracket alignment

2. Verify the front end of the CIS clears the bushing at the rear, Figure 8.
Figure 8 Bushing clearance check

Note: After installing the CIS, verify the CIS moves freely up and down.
3. Perform ADJ 60.5 IIT calibration.

R E P 5 . 1 3 N OT U S E D R E P 5 . 1 4 DA D F 2 5 0 Fe e d M o t o r a n d B e l t s
Parts List on Parts List on PL 5.5
Removal Removal
Replacement WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the
Figure 1 ESD symbol

2. Remove the DADF feed motor and belt, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect one connector (1).
b. Remove two springs (2).
c. Remove three screws (3).
d. Remove the DADF feed motor (4) and belt.
Note: Be careful not to lose the springs.
Figure 2 DADF feed motor and belt removal

3. Remove the gear and belt, Figure 3.

a. Remove the E-clip (1). R E P 5 . 1 5 N OT U S E D
b. Remove the gear (2). Parts List on
c. Remove the belt (3).
Removal
Replacement
Figure 3 Gear and belt removal

Replacement
Note: Re-attach the belt to the feed motor before replacement.

R E P 5 . 1 6 DA D F 2 5 0 Tra y M o t o r A s s e m b l y
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

Figure 3 Harness connector
5. Remove the DADF tray motor assembly, Figure 4.
b. Remove two screws (2). a. Remove four screws (1).
c. Remove the bracket PWB (3). b. Remove the DADF tray motor assembly (2).
Figure 2 Bracket PWB removal Figure 4 DADF tray motor assembly removal
3. Remove the DADF feed motor and drive belts, REP 5.14. Replacement
4. Disconnect one connector (1), Figure 3. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

R E P 5 . 1 7 DA D F 2 5 0 O i l D a m p e r a n d D o c u m e n t S e t L E D
Removal
1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the DADF oil damper, Figure 1.
b. Remove the DADF oil damper (2).
Figure 2 Document set LED removal

Replacement
Figure 1 DADF oil damper removal

3. Remove the document set LED, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the document set LED connector (1).
c. Remove the document set LED (3).

R E P 5 . 1 8 N OT U S E D R E P 5 . 1 9 DA D F 2 5 0 Tra y A P S S e n s o r 1 / Tra y A P S S e n s o r 2 / Tra y

Parts List on A P S S e n s o r 3 / Tra y A P S S e n s o r 4 / B o t t o m S e n s o r
Removal Parts List on PL 5.6
Replacement Removal
Note: The replacement procedure for DADF tray APS sensor 1 to DADF tray APS sensor 4 are the
same as DADF tray APS sensor 2, so only DADF tray APS sensor 2 is described here.
1. Remove the DADF document tray, REP 5.55.
2. Remove two tray blocks (1) on both ends of the bottom tray assembly, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Tray block removal

Note: Remove the tray block by pressing it with a flat-blade screwdriver or similar
tool, Figure 2.

Figure 2 Tray block removal technique Figure 4 Inner cover removal

3. Remove the DADF tray APS sensor 2, Figure 3. Replacement
a. Turn the document tray assembly over, then remove six screws (1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the inner cover (2).
c. Disconnect one connector (3).
d. Remove the DADF tray APS sensor(s) as required (4).
Figure 3 DADF tray APS sensor 2 removal

Note: Remove the inner cover (2) by opening the bottom tray assembly, Figure 4.

R E P 5 . 2 0 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t S e t S e n s o r
Removal
1. Remove two tray blocks (1) by prying at the bottom using a flat blade screw driver, Figure 1.
Figure 2 Harness removal from guides

4. Remove the upper tray assembly (1) from the hinges, then place the assembly upside down, Fig-
ure 3.
Figure 1 Tray blocks removal

2. Open the upper tray assembly, PL 5.6.
3. Remove the tray wire harness from guides (1), then slightly pull the harness inside the tray to al-
low required slack, Figure 2.
Figure 3 Upper tray assembly removal

5. Remove the inner cover, Figure 4.
a. Remove six screws(1).
b. Remove the inner cover (2).

R E P 5 . 2 1 DA D F 2 5 0 Fe e d e r Co v e r A s s e m b l y
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

Figure 4 Inner cover removal 2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
6. Remove the document set sensor, Figure 5. 3. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
a. Disconnect the connector (1). 4. Remove the wire harness from harness guide, Figure 2.
b. Remove the document set sensor. a. Disconnect the two wire harness connectors (1) from the DADF PWB.
b. Release the clamp (2), then remove the wire harness (3) from the clamp.
c. Remove the wire harness (3) from harness guide (4).
Figure 5 Document set sensor removal

Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Figure 2 Wire harness removal
5. Remove the front hinge, Figure 3.

a. Remove two screws (1). 7. Remove the feeder cover assembly linkage from the stud, Figure 5.
b. Remove the front hinge (2). a. Remove the E-clip (1).
b. Remove the bushing (2).
c. Remove the feeder cover assembly linkage from the stud.
Figure 3 Front hinge removal

6. Remove the rear hinge, Figure 4.
a. Remove one screw (1). Figure 5 Feeder cover assembly linkage removal
b. Remove the rear hinge (2). 8. Remove the DADF feeder cover assembly.
c. Pull out and remove the wire harness (3) from the frame hole. Replacement
Figure 4 Rear hinge removal

R E P 5 . 2 2 DA D F 2 5 0 Fe e d e r Co v e r I n t e r l o c k S w i tc h R E P 5 . 2 3 DA D F 2 5 0 L e f t C o v e r A s s e m b l y
Removal Removal
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5. 1. Remove the DADF front cover, REP 5.3.
2. Remove the DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide, REP 5.56. 2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
3. Remove the DADF feeder cover interlock switch, Figure 1. 3. Remove the DADF registration motor and belt, REP 5.41.
a. Disconnect two connectors (1). 4. Remove two screws (1), Figure 1.
b. Pull the harness through the hole (2).
c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the DADF feeder cover interlock switch (4).
Figure 1 Left cover assembly screws removal

5. Remove the left cover assembly, Figure 2.
Figure 1 DADF feeder cover interlock switch removal b. Remove the front bracket assembly (2) using a flat blade screw driver.
Replacement c. Remove the left cover assembly (3).

R E P 5 . 2 4 DA D F 2 5 0 L / H C o v e r I n t e r l o c k S e n s o r a n d A c t u a t o r
Removal
2. Remove the DADF L/H cover interlock sensor with actuator, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect the connector (1), then diconnect the cable clamp (2).
b. Remove the screw (3), then remove the DADF L/H cover interlock sensor with the actuator as
an assembly.
Figure 2 Letf cover assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 DADF L/H cover interlock sensor removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 2 5 DA D F 2 5 0 Fe e d I n S e n s o r 1 / DA D F Fe e d I n S e n s o r 2
Removal
1. Remove the upper feeder cover, Figure 1.
a. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
c. Remove the upper feeder cover (2).
Figure 2 DADF feed in sensor 1 and 2 removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Upper feeder cover removal

2. Remove DADF feed in sensor 1 and 2, Figure 2.
b. Remove the feed sensor bracket (2).
d. Remove DADF feed in sensor 1 and 2 (4).

R E P 5 . 2 6 DA D F 2 5 0 L e v e l S e n s o r
Removal
Figure 2 DADF level sensor removal

Replacement

2. Remove the DADF level sensor, Figure 2.
b. Remove the DADF level sensor bracket (2).
d. Remove the DADF level sensor (4).

R E P 5 . 2 7 DA D F 2 5 0 R e a r L a t c h A s s e m b l y
Removal
b. Remove the upper feeder cover (2).
Figure 2 Latch shaft harware removal

4. Remove the latch lever, Figure 3.
b. Remove the latch lever (2).

3. Remove the latch shaft hardware, Figure 2.
a. Remove two lever springs (1).
Figure 3 Latch lever removal

5. Remove the rear latch and latch shaft, Figure 4.
a. Remove the rear latch (1) in the direction of arrow.
b. Remove the latch shaft (2) in the opposite direction.

R E P 5 . 2 8 DA D F 2 5 0 N u d g e r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove the DADF nudger housing assembly, Figure 1.
b. Remove two hooks (1).
c. Remove the DADF nudger housing assembly (2).
Figure 4 Rear latch and latch shaft removal

Replacement
Figure 1 DADF nudger housing assembly removal

Replacement
Take note of the following when performing the installation.
1. Align and attach the linear part of the bearing to the installation hole of the DADF feeder cover
assembly, Figure 2.

R E P 5 . 2 9 DA D F 2 5 0 N u d g e r S o l e n o i d A s s e m b l y
Removal
Figure 2 Bearing alignment

2. Push in to securely snap the cover closed, Figure 3.

2. Remove the DADF nudger solenoid assembly, Figure 2.
b. Open the clamp (2), then remove the harness.
d. Remove the DADF nudger solenoid assembly (4).
Figure 3 Snap lock on the cover

R E P 5 . 3 0 N OT U S E D
Parts List on
Removal
Replacement
Figure 2 DADF nudger solenoid assembly removal
Replacement
Note: When installing the DADF nudger solenoid assembly, attach the hook of the guide to the
leading edge of the DADF nudger solenoid assembly, Figure 3.
Figure 3 Guide hook installation

R E P 5 . 3 1 DA D F 2 5 0 O u t S e n s o r
Removal
1. Remove the pre registration in chute assembly, REP 5.47.
2. Remove the out sensor bracket, Figure 1
b. Remove the out sensor bracket (2).
Figure 2 DADF out sensor removal

Replacement
Figure 1 DADF out sensor bracket removal

3. Remove the DADF out sensor, Figure 2.
b. Remove the DADF out sensor (2).

R E P 5 . 3 2 DA D F 2 5 0 R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r R E P 5 . 3 3 DA D F 2 5 0 P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r / A P S S e n s o r 1 / A P S
Parts List on PL 5.9 Sensor 2/APS Sensor 3
Removal Parts List on PL 5.9
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the Removal
1. Remove the pre registration in chute assembly, REP 5.47. ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. Remove the DADF registration sensor, Figure 1. 1. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 80.25.
a. Remove one screw (1). 2. Remove the DADF pre registration sensor, Figure 1.
b. Remove the lead registration sensor bracket (2). a. Remove one screw (1).
c. Disconnect the connector (3). b. Remove the APS sensor bracket (2).
d. Remove the DADF registration sensor (4). c. Disconnect one connector (3).
d. Remove the DADF pre registration sensor (4).
e. Remove the DADF APS sensor as required (5).
Figure 1 DADF registration sensor removal

Replacement
Figure 1 DADF pre registration sensor removal
Replacement

R E P 5 . 3 4 DA D F 2 5 0 Fe e d O u t S e n s o r / E x i t S e n s o r R E P 5 . 3 5 DA D F 2 5 0 S k e w D e t e c t S e n s o r
Removal Removal
1. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 80.25. 1. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 80.25.
2. Remove the DADF feed out sensor, Figure 1. 2. Remove the skew detect sensor, Figure 1.
a. Remove two screws (1). a. Remove one screw (1).
b. Remove the exit sensor assembly (2). b. Remove the skew sensor bracket (2).
c. Disconnect one connector (3). c. Disconnect one connector (3).
d. Remove the DADF feed out sensor (4). d. Remove the skew detect sensor (4).
e. Turn the exit sensor assembly (2) over, then remove the exit sensor.
Figure 1 Skew detect sensor removal

Figure 1 DADF feed out sensor removal Replacement
Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

R E P 5 . 3 6 DA D F 2 5 0 L e a d R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r
Removal
1. Remove the DADF pre registration in chute assembly, REP 5.47.
2. Remove the lead registration sensor bracket, Figure 1.
b. Remove the lead registration sensor bracket (2).
Figure 2 Lead registration sensor removal‘

Replacement
Figure 1 Lead registration sensor bracket removal

3. Remove the lead registration sensor, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the lead registration sensor conector (1).
b. Remove the lead registration sensor (2).

R E P 5 . 3 7 DA D F 2 5 0 P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r R E P 5 . 3 8 DA D F 2 5 0 Ta ke a w a y C l u t c h A s s e m b l y
Removal Removal
1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5. 1. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
2. Remove the DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide, REP 5.56. 2. Remove the DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide, REP 5.56.
3. Remove the DADF pre registration motor, Figure 1. 3. Remove the DADF pre registration motor, REP 5.37.
a. Remove one spring (1). 4. Remove one spring (1), Figure 1.
b. Remove three screws (2).
c. Remove the DADF pre registration motor (3).
Figure 1 Spring removal

5. Remove the drive bracket assembly, Figure 2.
Figure 1 DADF pre registration motor removal a. Remove four screws (1).
Replacement b. Remove the drive bracket assembly (2).

Figure 2 Drive bracket assembly removal Figure 4 Take away clutch assembly removal
6. Remove DADF take away clutch stopper, Figure 3. Replacement
a. Remove two E-clips(1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the DADF take away clutch stopper (2).
Figure 3 Take away clutch stopper removal

7. Remove the DADF take away clutch assembly (1), Figure 4.

R E P 5 . 3 9 DA D F 2 5 0 E x i t M o t o r a n d B e l t The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Parts List on PL 5.10 Note: Re-attach the belt to the exit motor before replacement.
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

2. Remove the DADF exit motor, Figure 2.
b. Remove one spring (2).
d. Remove the DADF exit motor (4) with the belt.
Note: Be careful not to lose the spring.
Figure 2 DADF exit motor removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 4 0 DA D F 2 5 0 P l a t e n M o t o r a n d B e l t Replacement
Parts List on PL 5.10 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removal Note: Reattach the belt to the platen motor before replacement.
Figure 1 ESD symbol

2. Remove the DADF exit motor, REP 5.39.
3. Remove the DADF platen motor, Figure 2.
d. Remove the DADF platen motor (4) with belt.
Figure 2 DADF platen motor removal

R E P 5 . 4 1 DA D F 2 5 0 R e g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r a n d B e l t The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Parts List on PL 5.10 Note: Reattach the belt to the registration motor before replacement.
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

2. Remove the DADF registration motor, Figure 2.
d. Remove the DADF registration motor (4) with belt.
Figure 2 DADF registration motor removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 4 2 DA D F 2 5 0 L o w e r C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove the retard chute cover, Figure 1.
b. Remove the retard chute cover (1).
Figure 2 Retard roll removal

3. Remove the lower chute assembly, Figure 3.
b. Remove the lower chute assembly (2).
Figure 1 Retard chute cover removal

2. Remove the retard roll, Figure 2.
a. Lift the retard shaft in the direction of the arrow (1).
b. Remove the retard roll in the direction of the arrow (2).
Figure 3 Lower chute assembly removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 4 3 DA D F 2 5 0 F r i c t i o n C l u t c h R E P 5 . 4 4 DA D F 2 5 0 R e t a r d R o l l a n d S p r i n g
Removal Removal
1. Remove the rear cover, REP 5.5. 1. Remove the retard chute cover, Figure 1.
2. Remove the friction clutch, Figure 1. a. Open the DADF feeder cover assembly.
a. Remove the E-clip (1). b. Remove the retard chute cover (1).
b. Remove the clutch stopper (2).
c. Remove the friction clutch (3).
Figure 1 Retard chute cover removal

Figure 1 Friction clutch removal a. Lift the retard shaft in the direction of the arrow (1).
Replacement b. Remove the retard roll in the direction of the arrow (2).

R E P 5 . 4 5 DA D F 2 5 0 E x i t E l i m i n a t o r
Removal
3. Remove the DADF lower chute assembly, REP 80.25.
5. Remove the friction clutch, REP 5.43.
6. Remove the gear (21T) (1) and ball bearing (2), Figure 1.

3. Remove the lower chute assembly, REP 80.25.
4. Remove the spring (1), Figure 3.
Figure 1 Gear (21T) and ball bearing removal

7. Remove the pivot shaft and retard holder assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove the spring (1).
b. Remove the screw (2) securing the pivot shaft mounting bracket (3) to the frame.
c. Remove the pivot shaft (3) and retard holder (4) as assembly from the frame.

Replacement
2. After a replacement, enter dC135 to clear the HFSI counter. Chain Link: 955-806.

Figure 2 Pivot shaft and retard holder assembly removal Figure 4 Exit eliminator removal
8. Remove the exit guide, Figure 3. Replacement
a. Remove two screws (1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the exit guide (2).
Figure 3 Exit guide removal

9. Remove the exit eliminator (1), Figure 4.

R E P 5 . 4 6 N OT U S E D R E P 5 . 4 7 DA D F 2 5 0 P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n I n C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Parts List on Parts List on PL 5.12
Removal Removal
Replacement WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the
2. Open the DADF left cover assembly.
1. Remove the pre registration in chute assembly, Figure 1.
b. Remove the pre registration in chute assembly (2).
Figure 1 Pre registration in chute assembly removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 4 8 DA D F 2 5 0 R e g i s t r a t i o n O u t C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Removal
3. Remove the DADF left lower cover, REP 5.2.
4. Remove the two front screws (1) securing the registration out chute assembly (2), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Registration out chute assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Front screw removal

5. Remove the two rear screw (1), then remove the registration out chute assembly, Figure 2.

R E P 5 . 4 9 DA D F 2 5 0 P l a t e n H i g h R o l l A s s e m b l y
Removal
3. Open the DADF.
4. Remove the DADF left lower cover, REP 5.2.
5. Remove the pulley (20T), Figure 1.
a. Remove two springs (1).
b. Remove the E-clip (2).
c. Remove the pulley (3).
d. Loosen the screw (4).
e. Remove the guide (5). Figure 2 Platen high roll assembly removal
f. Remove the E-clip (6).
Replacement
g. Remove the pulley (20T) (7).
Note: When installing the platen high roll assembly, remember to install the spring into the hole of
the platen high roll assembly, Figure 3.
Figure 1 Pulley (20T) removal

6. Remove the platen high roll assembly, Figure 2.
a. Remove the E-clip (1).
Figure 3 Spring installation location
b. Remove the pulley (20T) (2).
c. Remove the platen high roll assembly (3).

R E P 5 . 5 0 DA D F 2 5 0 E x i t 1 a n d P l a t e n B e l t s
Removal
2. Remove the exit 1 belt, Figure 1.
b. Remove the gear (2).
c. Remove the exit 1 belt (3).

4. Slightly lift the gear (1), then remove the platen belt (2), Figure 3.
Figure 1 Exit 1 belt removal

3. Remove the spring (1), Figure 2.
Figure 3 Platen belt removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 5 1 DA D F 2 5 0 E x i t L o w e r C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Removal
c. Remove the bracket PWB (3).
Figure 2 Exit rear hinge removal

6. Remove the screw (1) securing the front hinge, Figure 3.
Figure 1 Bracket PWB removal

4. Remove the DADF exit motor and belt, REP 5.39.
5. Remove the exit rear hinge, Figure 2.
b. Remove the gear (2).
c. Remove the screw (3). Figure 3 Front hinge screw removal
d. Remove the exit rear hinge (4). 7. Open the DADF.
8. Open the exit lower chute assembly.
9. Remove the exit lower chute assembly, Figure 4.
a. Detach the DADF platen cushion (1) from the exit lower chute assembly.
b. Remove the front hinge (2) using a flat blade screw driver.
c. Remove the exit lower chute assembly (3).

R E P 5 . 5 2 N OT U S E D
Parts List on
Removal
Replacement
Figure 4 Exit lower chute assembly removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 5 3 DA D F 2 5 0 O u t C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Open the DADF.
2. Open the exit lower chute assembly (1), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Out chute assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Exit lower chute assembly

3. Remove the out chute assembly, Figure 2.
b. Remove the out chute assembly (2).

R E P 5 . 5 4 DA D F 2 5 0 Fe e d Ro l l
Removal
2. Remove the DADF nudger housing assembly, Figure 1.
a. Release two latches (1).
b. Remove the DADF nudger housing assembly (2).
Figure 2 Bearing (PF101) removal

4. Remove two nudger springs, Figure 3.
a. Remove the front nudger spring (1).
b. Remove the rear nudger spring (2).
Figure 1 DADF Nudger housing assembly removal

3. Remove the bearing (PF101), Figure 2.
b. Remove the gear assembly (26T) (2).
c. Remove two E-clips (3).
d. Remove the bearing (4).
Figure 3 Nudger springs removal

5. Remove the bearing (PF101), Figure 4.
b. Lift the open end of the feed shaft in the direction of arrow, then remove the bearing (2).

Figure 4 Bearing (PF101) removal Figure 6 Feed roll removal

6. Remove the feed shaft from feeder chute cover, Figure 5. Replacement
a. Remove two E-clips (1). The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make note of the following while perform-
b. Remove the feed shaft (2) in the direction of arrow from the feeder chute cover (3). ing the replacement.
Note: Ensure that the pin (1) on the feed shaft align with groove on the nudger housing (2) during
installation, Figure 7.
Figure 5 Feed shaft removal

7. Remove the feed roll, Figure 6.
Figure 7 Feed shaft installation
a. Remove the feed shaft (1) from the nudger housing (2).
b. Remove the feed roll (3) from nudger housing (2). Note: Align and attach the linear part of the bearing to the installation hole of the DADF feeder
cover assembly, Figure 8.

R E P 5 . 5 5 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t Tra y
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

Figure 8 Bearing alignment 2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.5.
3. Remove the tray wire harness from harness guide, Figure 2.
b. Open the clamp (2), then remove the tray wire harness (3) from harness guide.
Figure 2 Harness release

4. Remove the tray damper bracket assembly, Figure 3.

c. Remove the tray damper bracket assembly (3). R E P 5 . 5 6 DA D F 2 5 0 P W B W i r e H a r n e s s a n d H a r n e s s G u i d e
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

2. Disconnect eleven connectors from DADF PWB, Figure 2.
Figure 3 Tray damper bracket assembly removal
5. Remove the DADF document tray, Figure 4.
Figure 2 DADF PWB connectors

3. Remove the DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide, Figure 3.
Figure 4 DADF document tray removal a. Disconnect six connectors (1).
Replacement b. Remove the harnesses from harness guide (2).
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. c. Remove two screws (3) securing the harness guide (2).
d. Remove the harness guide (2).

Figure 3 DADF PWB wire harness and harness guide removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 6 0 DA D F 1 3 0
Removal
Electricity can cause the death or injury. Moving components can cause the injury.
2. Remove the ESS rear cover, PL 28.10.
3. Disconnect the controller cable connector, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect the controller cable connector (1) and remove the cable from the guides below
the DADF.
Figure 2 Disconnect IIT cable connector

5. Open the DADF.
6. Remove the DADF, Figure 3.
a. Remove two knob screws (1) that secure the DADF to the printer.
b. Remove the DADF from the printer by sliding the DADF rearward in the keyholes and lifting
it clear from the machine.
Figure 1 Disconnect controller cable connector

4. Disconnect the DADF-IIT cable connector, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the DADF-IIT cable connector (1) from the rear of the scanner.

R E P 5 . 6 1 DA D F 1 3 0 P l a t e n C u s h i o n
Removal
Note: The DADF platen cushion is fastened to the DADF with double-sided adhesive tape.
1. Open the DADF.
2. Remove (peel off) the DADF platen cushion, Figure 1.
a. Remove the DADF platen cushion (1).
Figure 3 DADF removal

Replacement
2. Perform the DADF Registration Automatic Adjustment ADJ 5.5 DADF Registration Automatic Ad-
justment (dC608).
Figure 1 Platen cushion removal

Replacement
1. Install the DADF platen cushion, Figure 2.
a. Place the DADF platen cushion (1) on the platen glass, tape side up.
b. Set the gap between the registration guide and the platen guide.
c. Slowly lower the DADF (2) and press it against the DADF platen cushion.

R E P 5 . 6 2 DA D F 1 3 0 F r o n t C o v e r
Removal
1. Open the DADF.
2. Remove three screws that secure the DADF front cover, Figure 1.
a. Remove three tapping screws (1).
Figure 2 Platen cushion installation
Figure 1 Screws removal

3. Remove the DADF front cover, Figure 2.
a. Open the top cover.
b. Remove the tapping screw (1).
c. Remove the DADF front cover (2).

R E P 5 . 6 3 DA D F 1 3 0 R e a r C o v e r
Removal
1. Turn the DADF document tray upside down, Figure 1.
a. Open the top cover (1).
b. Lift the DADF document tray (2) to access the screws.
Figure 2 Front cover removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Turn DADF document tray

2. Remove the screws that secure the DADF rear cover, Figure 2.

Figure 2 Rear cover screws removal Figure 3 Rear cover removal

3. Remove the DADF rear cover, Figure 3. Replacement
a. Open the DADF. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Release two DADF rear cover latches (1) and remove the DADF rear cover.

R E P 5 . 6 4 DA D F 1 3 0 Fe e d e r A s s e m b l y 9. Remove the feeder assembly, Figure 2.

a. Lift the DADF feeder assembly (1) and remove from the rear positioning pin (2).
Removal
2. Remove the DADF rear cover, REP 5.63
3. Remove the DADF top cover, REP 5.70.
5. Remove the harness guide and the wire harness, REP 5.71.
6. Remove the DADF, REP 5.60.
7. Remove the platen cushion, REP 5.61.
8. Remove the bracket and fasteners securing the feeder assembly in the front, Figure 1.
a. Remove two self tapping screws (1).
b. Remove the bracket (2).
Figure 2 Feeder assembly removal

10. Place the removed DADF feeder assembly (1) with its left side facing up, Figure 3.
Figure 1 Feeder assembly bracket and fasteners removal

R E P 5 . 6 5 DA D F 1 3 0 P W B
Removal
Note: Observe all Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) precautions when performing this procedure.
2. Remove the DADF PWB, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect ten PWB connectors (1).
c. Remove the DADF PWB (3).
Figure 3 Feeder assembly placement
Replacement
2. After a replacement, enter the Diagnostic Mode, select dC135, and reset the HFSI counter.
Figure 1 DADF PWB removal

3. Remove the ROM (EEPROM) (1) from the old PWB and set it aside, Figure 2.
Note: The alignment values for the DADF are stored in the EEPROM.

R E P 5 . 6 6 DA D F 1 3 0 D C / D C P W B
Removal
2. Disconnect DADF PWB connectors, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect ten DADF PWB connectors (1).
Figure 2 ROM removal

4. Remove the ROM (EEPROM) from the new PWB and set it aside. You can use this EEPROM if the
one from the old PWB is damaged.
Replacement
CAUTION: Take care when installing the EEPROM to not bend or damage the pins. Figure 1 Disconnect PWB connectors
Ensure that it is installed in the same orientation as it was on the old DADF PWB.
3. Release the DADF-IIT cable from PWB bracket, Figure 2.
1. Install the ROM (EEPROM) from the old PWB on the new PWB. If the EEPROM from the old PWB
cannot be used, install the EEPROM from the new PWB. a. Remove the clamp (1) securing DADF-IIT cable to the PWB bracket.
2. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. b. Remove the screw (2) securing the P-clamp (3).
3. Check the SW version and update to the latest version if required. c. Release the DADF IIT cable (4) from the clamp (1).
4. If the EEPROM from the new PWB was installed, perform to realign the DADF.

Figure 2 DADF-IIT cable removal Figure 4 Release ground wire

4. Remove clamps securing the cable to the bracket, Figure 3. 6. Remove the PWB bracket, Figure 5.
a. Remove two clamps (1) securing the cable to the bracket (2). a. Remove four screws (1) securing the PWB bracket.
b. Remove the PWB bracket (2).
Figure 3 Clamps removal from bracket

5. Remove the screw securing ground wire to the PWB bracket, Figure 4. Figure 5 DADF PWB
a. Remove the screw (1) securing ground wire (2) to the PWB bracket (3). 7. Disconnect the DC/DC PWB connectors, Figure 6.
a. Remove the screw (1) securing the P-clamp (2).
b. Loosen two screws and disconnect the connector (3).

c. Disconnect the connector (4). a. Remove two nuts (1).
d. Disconnect the ribbon cable connector (5). b. Remove four screws (2).
c. Remove the DC/DC PWB (3).
Figure 6 Disconnect DC/DC PWB connectors

8. Remove the DC/DC PWB bracket, Figure 7. Figure 8 DC/DC PWB removal
a. Remove four screws (1) securing the DC/DC PWB bracket. Replacement
b. Remove the DC/DC PWB bracket (2). 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Ensure the ground plate (1) is installed under the bracket (2) during PWB installation, Figure 9.
Figure 7 DC/DC PWB bracket removal

9. Remove the DC/DC PWB, Figure 8. Figure 9 DC/DC PWB installation

3. Check the SW version and update to the latest version if required. R E P 5 . 6 7 DA D F 1 3 0 L e f t C o u n t e r B a l a n c e
Removal
CAUTION: Left/Right counter balance is identified by its spring pressure:
• Left counter balance: strong spring pressure

• Right counter balance: weak spring pressure
3. Remove the wire harness and the harness guide, REP 5.71.
4. Remove the DADF feeder assembly, REP 5.64.
5. Remove screws securing the tie plate in the front, Figure 1.
a. Remove two screws (1) securing the tie plate in the front.
Figure 1 Tie plate screws removal

6. Remove the screws securing the tie plate in the rear, Figure 2.

a. Remove four tapping screws (1).
Figure 2 Tie plate screws removal

7. Remove the tie plate and the CVT chute, Figure 3.
a. Remove the tie plate (1) and the CVT chute.
Note: The CVT chute is located under the tie plate (1). Figure 3 Tie plate and CVT chute removal
8. Remove the left counter balance, Figure 4.
a. Remove two screws (1) securing the left counter balance to the base frame.
b. Remove the left counter balance (2).

Figure 4 Left counter balance removal
Replacement
2. Install CVT chute “hook” (on the underside of the tie plate) to the base frame, Figure 5.
Figure 5 CVT chute installation

3. Install the CVT chute springs to the front and rear bosses on the tie plate, Figure 6 and Figure 7.

Figure 6 CVT chute rear spring installation Figure 7 CVT chute front spring installation

R E P 5 . 6 8 DA D F 1 3 0 R i g h t C o u n t e r B a l a n c e
Removal
CAUTION: Left/Right counter balance is identified by its spring pressure.
• Left counter balance: strong spring pressure

• Right counter balance: weak spring pressure
3. Note the graduations on the scale on the right counter balance (2), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Right counter balance removal

Replacement
2. If the right counter balance was replaced, perform ADJ 5.1.
Figure 1 Graduations on right counter balance

4. Remove the right counter balance, Figure 2.
a. Remove four large tapping screws (1).
b. Remove the right counter balance (2).

R E P 5 . 6 9 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t Tra y
Removal
3. Disconnect the DADF document set LED connector, Figure 1.
a. Remove the tapping screw (1).
b. Remove the LED bracket (2).
c. Disconnect the connector (3).
Figure 2 Document tray wire harness removal

5. Remove the boss of the DADF document tray from installation hole on the frame, Figure 3.
a. Position the DADF document tray (1) vertically.
b. Press the boss (2) and remove the document tray in the direction of the arrow from the in-
stallation hole.
c. Remove the wire harness of the DADF document set LED from the groove (3) of the frame.
Figure 1 Disconnect LED connector

4. Remove the document tray wire harness from the harness guide, Figure 2.
b. Remove the clamp (2).
c. Remove the document tray wire harness from the harness guide.

Figure 3 Document tray boss removal Figure 4 Document tray removal

6. Remove the DADF document tray, Figure 4. Replacement
a. Remove the boss (1) of the document tray from installation hole (2) on the frame. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Pull out and remove document tray wire harness (3) from the hole.
c. Remove the DADF document tray (4).

R E P 5 . 7 0 DA D F 1 3 0 To p Co v e r
Removal
3. Remove the link of the top cover from the stud, Figure 1.
a. Remove the link (1) from the stud (2).
Figure 2 Rear stud removal

5. Remove the top cover, Figure 3.
a. Remove the tapping screw (1) securing the front stud bracket.
b. Remove the front stud bracket (2).
c. Remove the top cover (3).
Figure 1 Top cover link removal

4. Remove the stud bracket at the rear, Figure 2.
a. Remove the screw (1) securing the rear stud bracket.
b. Remove the rear stud bracket (2).

R E P 5 . 7 1 DA D F 1 3 0 W i r e H a r n e s s a n d H a r n e s s G u i d e
Removal
2. Disconnect DADF PWB connectors, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect ten PWB connectors (1).
Figure 3 Top cover removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Disconnect PWB connectors

3. Disconnect the wire harness connectors, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the sensor connector (1).
b. Disconnect four wire harness connectors (2).

Figure 2 Disconnect wire harness connectors Figure 4 Disconnect motor connectors
4. Remove the clamp (1) securing wire harness to the harness guide (2), Figure 3. 6. Remove all the wire harnesses from the harness guide.
7. Remove the harness guide, Figure 5.
a. Remove two screws (1) securing the harness guide to the frame.
b. Remove the harness guide (2).
Figure 3 Release cable

5. Disconnect two motors’ connectors, Figure 4.
a. Release the motors’ wire harness from the harness guide.
b. Disconnect two connectors (1). Figure 5 Harness guide removal
Replacement

R E P 5 . 7 2 DA D F 1 3 0 R e g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r
Removal
3. Remove the spring of the belt tension bracket, Figure 1.
a. Loosen the screw (1).
b. Remove the spring (2).
Figure 2 Registration motor removal

Replacement
2. Install the belt (1) to the pulley of the DADF registration motor, Figure 3.

4. Remove the DADF registration motor, Figure 2.
b. Remove the DADF registration motor (2).

R E P 5 . 7 3 DA D F 1 3 0 Fe e d M o t o r
Removal
3. Remove the DADF feed motor, Figure 1.
b. Remove the DADF feed motor (2).
Figure 3 Belt installation
Figure 1 Feed motor removal

Replacement
2. Install the belt (1) to the pulley of the DADF feed motor, Figure 2.

R E P 5 . 7 4 DA D F 1 3 0 P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n M o t o r
Removal
3. Remove the DADF pre registration motor, Figure 1.
b. Remove the DADF pre registration motor (2).
Figure 1 Pre registration motor removal
Replacement
2. Install the belt (1) to the pulley of the DADF pre registration motor, Figure 2.

R E P 5 . 7 5 DA D F 1 3 0 R e g i s t r a t i o n C h u t e
Removal
5. Turn the DADF feeder assembly left-side up.
6. Remove the registration chute, Figure 1.
a. Remove four tapping screws (1).
b. Remove the registration chute (2).
Figure 1 Registration chute removal

Replacement

2. Install the ground plate (2) below the registration chute (1), Figure 2. R E P 5 . 7 6 DA D F 1 3 0 R e t a r d C h u t e
Removal
1. Open the top cover.
2. Remove the retard chute, Figure 1.
b. Remove the retard chute (2).
Figure 2 Registration chute installation
Figure 1 Retard chute removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 7 7 DA D F 1 3 0 O u t C h u t e
Removal
Parts List on PL.5.54
2. Remove the harness from the guide, Figure 1.
b. Remove the harness from the guide (2).
Figure 2 Front hinge removal

4. Open the out chute assembly, Figure 3.
a. Grasp and support the out chute as you unlatch it in step b.
b. Move the lever (1) in the direction indicated to unlatch the out chute.
Figure 1 Harness removal

3. Remove the front hinge, Figure 2.
a. Remove the screw (1).
b. Remove the front hinge (2).

Figure 3 Open out chute assembly Figure 4 Out chute assembly removal
5. Remove the out chute assembly, Figure 4. Replacement
a. Slide the out chute assembly (2) in the direction of arrow to remove from the rear hinge (1). 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
CAUTION
Remove the Out Chute carefully so that the connector and harness do not be-
come damaged as the Out Chute slides off the rear hinge.

R E P 5 . 7 8 DA D F 1 3 0 C I S
Removal
2. Remove the retard chute, REP 5.76.
3. Move the sensor bracket, Figure 1.
a. Remove two tapping screws (1).
b. Move the sensor bracket (2).
Figure 2 Disconnect connectors

5. Make a note of the scale graduation that the CIS front mounting bracket (1) aligns to, Figure 3.
Figure 1 Sensor bracket

4. Disconnect the connectors, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect connectors (1) and (2).

Figure 3 Scale graduations Figure 4 CIS hardware removal

6. Remove screws securing the CIS, Figure 4. 7. Remove the CIS, Figure 5.
a. Remove two screws (1) securing the CIS mounting bracket (2). a. Raise and remove the rear side of the CIS (1) in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 5 CIS removal Figure 6 CIS installation

Replacement
2. Lower the rear of the CIS (1) and slide it on the stud (2), Figure 6.

R E P 5 . 7 9 DA D F 1 3 0 S e n s o r B r a c k e t
Removal
3. Remove the wire harness from the harness guide, Figure 1.
b. Release the wire harness from the clamp (2) and remove from the harness guide.
Figure 2 Wire harness release

5. Remove the sensor bracket, Figure 3.
a. Remove the clamp (1) securing wire harness to the sensor bracket.
c. Disconnect all sensor connectors.
d. Remove the sensor bracket (3).
Figure 1 Wire harness removal

4. Release the wire harness from the clamp, Figure 2.
a. Remove the clamp (1) securing wire harness to the frame.
b. Release the wire harness (2) from the clamp.

Figure 3 Sensor bracket removal Figure 4 Sensor bracket installation

Replacement
2. Ensure that the actuators (1) are visible in the chute when installing the sensor bracket, Figure
4.

R E P 5 . 8 0 DA D F 1 3 0 N u d g e r Ro l l a n d Fe e d Ro l l
Removal
2. Open the feed upper chute, Figure 1.
a. Release the latch (1) and open the feed upper chute (2).
Figure 2 Shift housing

4. Remove the housing, Figure 3.
a. Remove the housing (1) in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 Feed upper chute

3. Shift the housing, Figure 2.
a. Release the catch (1) and shift the housing in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 3 Roll housing removal Figure 4 Nudger/Feed roll removal

5. Remove the nudger roll and the feed roll, Figure 4. Replacement
a. Remove the nudger roll (1) in the direction of arrow. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Remove the feed roll (2) in the direction of arrow. 2. Install the nudger/feed roll while aligning them as shown in the figure, Figure 5.

R E P 5 . 8 1 DA D F 1 3 0 R e t a r d R o l l
Removal
2. Remove the retard shaft from the housing, Figure 1.
a. Open the retard roll cover (1).
b. Remove the retard shaft (2) from the housing.
Figure 5 Nudger/Feed roll installation

Figure 1 Retard roll shaft removal

a. Squeeze the end of the retard shaft (1) and remove retard roll (2) in the direction of the
arrow.

R E P 5 . 8 2 DA D F 1 3 0 Fe e d I n / Fe e d O u t S e n s o r
Removal
1. Open the DADF top cover.
3. Remove the DADF feed in/feed out sensor, Figure 1.
c. Disconnect the required sensor connector (3).
d. Remove the DADF feed in sensor (4)/feed out sensor (5).

Replacement
Figure 1 DADF feed in/feed out sensor removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 8 3 DA D F 1 3 0 E x i t S e n s o r R E P 5 . 8 4 DA D F 1 3 0 A P S S e n s o r 1 / A P S S e n s o r 2 / A P S S e n s o r 3
Removal Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 4 . Disconnect the power WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 4 . Disconnect the power
lead from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. lead from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity.
Electricity can cause the death or injury. Moving components can cause the injury. Electricity can cause the death or injury. Moving components can cause the injury.
1. Open the DADF top cover. 1. Open the DADF top cover.
2. Remove the retard chute, REP 5.76. 2. Remove the retard chute, REP 5.76.
3. Remove the DADF exit sensor, Figure 1. 3. Remove the DADF APS sensor 1 / APS sensor 2 / APS sensor 3, Figure 1.
a. Remove one screw (1). a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Remove the bracket (2). b. Remove the APS sensor guide (2).
c. Disconnect the exit sensor connector (3). c. Disconnect the required APS sensor connector (3).
d. Remove the DADF exit sensor (4). d. Remove the DADF APS sensor 1 (5)/APS sensor 2 (6)/APS sensor 3 (4).
Figure 1 DADF Exit sensor removal Figure 1 DADF APS sensor 1/APS sensor 2/APS sensor 3 removal
Replacement Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

R E P 5 . 8 5 DA D F 1 3 0 R e g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r / O u t S e n s o r / P r e - R e g i s -
t ra t i o n S e n s o r
Removal
1. Open the DADF top cover.
3. Remove the DADF sensor guide, Figure 1.
a. Remove the clamp (1) securing wire harness to the sensor guide.
c. Remove the DADF sensor guide (3).
Figure 2 DADF pre registration sensor/out sensor/registration sensor removal

Replacement
2. Ensure that the actuators (1) are visible in the chute when installing the DADF sensor guide, Fig-
ure 3.
Figure 1 DADF sensor guide removal

4. Remove the DADF registration sensor/out sensor/pre-registration sensor, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect the required sensor connector (1).
b. Remove the DADF pre registration sensor (3)/out sensor (2)/registration sensor (4).

R E P 5 . 8 6 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t S e t S e n s o r
Removal
1. Open the DADF rear cover, REP 5.63.
2. Remove DADF document set sensor, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect the document set sensor connector (1).
b. Remove the screw (2) securing the interlock bracket to frame.
c. Remove the interlock bracket (3).
d. Remove the DADF document set sensor (4).
Figure 3 Sensor guide installation
Figure 1 DADF document set sensor removal

Replacement

R E P 5 . 8 7 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t S e t A c t u a t o r
Removal
a. Release the latch (1).
b. Open the feed upper chute (2).
Figure 2 Document set actuator removal

Replacement

3. Remove DADF document set actuator (1), Figure 2.

R E P 5 . 8 8 DA D F 1 3 0 Fe e d / N u d g e r Ro l l A s s e m b l y
Removal
a. Release the latch (1).
b. Open the feed upper chute (2).
Figure 2 Feed/Nudger roll assembly removal

Replacement

3. Remove the feed/nudger roll assembly, Figure 2.
b. Move the bearing (2) in the direction of arrow.
c. Remove the feed/nudger roll assembly (3) from the brackets (4).

R E P 5 . 8 9 DA D F 1 3 0 Tra y A P S S e n s o r 1 / A P S S e n s o r 2 / A P S S e n -
sor 3
Removal
1. Turn the document tray upside down, Figure 1.
b. Turn the document tray (2) upside down.
Figure 2 Tray cover removal

3. Remove the DADF tray APS sensor 1/APS sensor 2/APS sensor 3, Figure 3.
b. Remove the DADF tray APS sensor bracket (2).
Figure 1 Turn document tray c. Disconnect the required tray APS sensor connector (3).
2. Remove the tray cover, Figure 2. d. Remove the DADF tray APS sensor 1 (4)/APS sensor 2 (5)/APS sensor 3 (6).

b. Remove the tray cover (2).

R E P 5 . 9 0 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t Tra y S i z e S e n s o r 1 a n d 2
Removal
1. Turn the document tray upside down, Figure 1.
b. Turn the document tray (2) upside down.
Figure 3 DADF tray APS sensor 1/APS sensor 2/APS sensor 3 removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Turn document tray
2. Remove the tray cover, Figure 2.
b. Remove the tray cover (2).

Figure 2 Tray cover removal Figure 3 End tray removal

3. Remove the end tray (1), Figure 3. 4. Remove the document tray size sensor 1/document tray size sensor 2, Figure 4.
a. Remove the required screw (1).
b. Disconnect the required sensor connector (2).
c. Remove the document tray size sensor 1 (3)/document tray sizesensor 2 (4).

Figure 4 Document tray size sensor1/sensor 2 removal

Replacement

R E P 1 0 . 1 Re t r a c t M o t o r A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL10.05
Removal
1. Open the video contact chassis, GP 32.
2. Remove the retract motor assembly, PL10.05 Figure 1 :
b. Remove three screws (2).
c. Remove the retract motor assembly (3).
Figure 2 Proper gear alignment
Figure 1 Retract motor assembly removal

Replacement
CAUTION: When replacing the retract motor assembly verify the gears are replaced
on the shaft in the correct manner, Figure 2.

R E P 1 0 . 2 Fu s e r R E P 1 0 . 3 Fu s e r H e a t e r C o i l
Parts List on PL10.05 Parts List on PL10.05
Removal Removal
CAUTION: Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. CAUTION: Do not touch the fuser while it is hot.
1. Open the left cover assembly. PL 80.70 1. Remove the fuser. Refer to REP 10.2
2. Remove the fuser, PL10.05, Figure 1 : 2. Remove the motion sensor cover. PL 28.15
a. Lift the lock (1) at the rear of the fuser up and slide left to unlock the fuser. 3. Remove the front exit cover. PL 28.15
b. Push two locks (2) to the inside to release the fuser. 4. Remove the upper right front cover. PL 28.10
c. Remove the fuser (3). 5. Remove top cover. PL 28.15
6. Remove Exit 2 tray. PL 28.15
7. Remove top rear cover, PL 28.15 item 10.
8. Disconnect the fuser heater coil wiring, Figure 1 :
b. Remove the screw on the ground wire (2).
c. Remove the harness from the guide (3).
Figure 1 Fuser removal

Replacement

Figure 1 Disconnect wiring Figure 2 Coil assembly removal

9. Remove the fuser heater coil, PL10.05 Refer to Figure 2 Replacement
a. Remove two screws (1). 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
b. Release four hooks (2).
c. Remove the fuser heater coil (3).
Note: While removing the fuser heater coil, carefully thread the fuser heater coil
harness through the frame to not damage the harness insulation.

R E P 1 0 . 4 E x i t 1 Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y a. Remove the screw (1).

Parts List on PL10.10 b. Remove the motor cover (2).
c. Disconnect two connectors (3).
Removal
d. Remove the harness from exit 1 transport. assembly (4).
1. Remove the controller cover assembly, PL 3.10

2. Remove the upper rearcover, PL 28.10
3. Remove the exit 2 transport assembly, REP 10.8
4. Remove the front lever assembly and rear lever assembly. Refer to Figure 1.
b. Remove the front lever assembly (2), PL 80.65
d. Remove the rear lever assembly (4), PL 80.65
Figure 2 Harness removal

6. Remove the bracket and front guide. Refer to Figure 3.
a. Remove the sensor cover (1).
d. Remove the bracket (4).
e. Remove the front guide (5).
Figure 1 Rear toggle lever assembly removal

5. Remove the motor cover and remove the harness. Refer to Figure 2.

Figure 3 Front guide removal Figure 4 Exit 1 transport assembly removal

7. Remove the exit 1 transport assembly. Refer to Figure 4. Replacement
a. Remove the belt (1). 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
c. Remove the exit 1 transport assembly (3).

REP 10.5 Exit 1 OCT Motor

Removal
1. Remove the exit 2 transport assembly. Refer to REP 10.8
2. Remove the motor cover. PL10.10 Refer to Figure 1
b. Remove the motor cover (2).
Figure 2 Exit 1 OTC removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Motor cover removal

3. Remove the exit 1 oct motor. PL10.10 Refer to Figure 2
c. Remove the exit 1 OCT motor (3).

R E P 1 0 . 6 E x i t 1 O C T H o m e Po s i t i o n S e n s o r R E P 1 0. 7 E x it 1 D r ive G ea r
Parts List on PL10.10 Parts List on PL10.10
Removal Removal
1. Remove the exit 2 transport assembly. Refer to REP 10.8 1. Remove the exit 2 transport assembly. Refer to REP 10.8
2. Remove the exit 1 OCT home position sensor, Figure 1 : 2. Remove the exit 1 transport assembly. Refer to REP 10.4
a. Remove the sensor cover (1). 3. Remove the exit 1 drive gear, PL10.10 Refer to Figure 1
b. Disconnect the connector (2). a. Release the latch (1).
c. Remove the screw (3). b. Remove exit 1 drive gear, PL10.10
d. Remove the front guide (4).
e. Remove the exit 1 OCT home position sensor (5).
Figure 1 Exit 1 drive gear removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Exit 1 OCT home position sensor removal
Replacement

R E P 1 0 . 8 E x i t 2 Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y R E P 1 0. 9 E x it 2 D r ive A s s e mb l y
Parts List on PL 10.15 Parts List on PL10.25
Removal Removal
1. Open the left cover assembly, PL 80.70. 1. Remove the exit 2 transport assembly. Refer to REP 10.8
2. Remove the two screws and remove the left top cover, PL 10.15. 2. Remove the harness guide PL10.25
3. Remove the exit 2 transport assembly, PL 10.15, Figure 1 : a. Remove the clamp (1).
a. Disconnect four connectors (1). b. Remove the screw (2).
b. Remove four screws (2). c. Remove the harness guide (3).
c. Remove the exit 2 transport assembly.
Figure 1 Harness guide removal

Figure 1 Exit 2 transport assembly removal 3. Remove the exit 2 drive assembly: Figure 2.
Replacement a. Remove two clamps (1).
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. b. Disconnect the connector (2) and release the harness clamps from the case.
c. Remove four screws (3).
d. Remove the exit 2 drive assembly, PL10.25 (4).

REP 10.10 Exit 1 Gate Solenoid

Removal
2. Remove the exit 2 guide assembly. PL10.25 Refer to Figure 1.
b. Remove the guard exit and the exit guide assembly (2).
Figure 2 Exit 2 drive assembly

Replacement
Figure 1 Exit 2 guide assembly

3. Remove the exit 2 drive assembly. PL10.25 Refer to REP 10.9
4. Remove the exit 1 gate solenoid. PL10.25 Refer to Figure 2.
c. Remove the exit 1 gate solenoid, PL10.25 (3).

Figure 2 Exit 2 gate solenoid Figure 3 Leading edge in groove

Replacement 3. Install the exit 2 guide assembly aligned with the bracket, Figure 4
4. Install the guard exit in the direction shown, Figure 4
2. Install with the leading edge in the groove. Refer to Figure 3.

R E P 1 0 . 1 1 E x i t 2 O C T H o m e Po s i t i o n S e n s o r
Removal
2. Remove the exit 2 guide assembly, PL10.25 Refer to Figure 1
b. Remove the guard exit and the exit guide assembly (2).
Figure 4 Exit 2 guide and guard exit reassembly
Figure 1 Exit guide assembly removal

3. Remove the exit 2 OCT home position sensor, PL10.25 Refer to Figure 2:
a. Position the exit 2 chute assembly face down. (1).
b. Disconnect the harness (2).
c. Release the sensor from the hook. (3).
d. Remove the 2 OCT home position sensor (4).

Figure 2 Exit 2 OCT home position sensor removal Figure 3 Exit 2 guide reassembly
Replacement 3. The remainder of the replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1. Install the exit 2 guide assembly aligned with the bracket. Refer to Figure 3
2. Install the guard exit in the direction shown, Figure 3

R E P 1 0 . 1 2 O f fs e t G e a r
Removal
2. Remove the exit 2 guide assembly, PL10.25
3. Remove the offset gear, PL10.25. Refer to Figure 1.
Figure 2 offset gear leading edge in groove

2. Observe the procedure for the replacement of the exit 2 guide assembly in REP 10.11.
3. The remainder of the replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Figure 1 Offset gear removal

Replacement
1. Install the offset gear with the peg in the recess of the gear arm, Figure 2.

R E P 2 8 . 1 Fr o n t L e f t C o v e r
Removal
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Lower the front cover assembly, PL 28.05, item 8.

2. Remove 2 screws from bottom of front left cover, PL 28.25, item 1.
CAUTION
Be careful not to damage wiring to the human motion sensor during this
procedure.
3. Remove the front left cover
Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

R E P 2 8 . 2 S W E A Co v e r 2
Removal
1. Remove the front left cover. Refer to REP 28.1
2. Lift latch on right hand side of SWEA cover 2. Refer to Figure 1
Figure 1 Cover latch

3. Lift cover away from frame of the device.
Replacement

RE P 4 0 . 1 M ai n Dr i ve A s s em bl y
Removal
1. Open the video contact chassis assembly. Refer to GP 32.
2. Remove the main drive assembly, PL 40.05. Refer to Figure 1.
a. Disconnect six connectors (1).
b. Remove five clips (2).
c. Open the clamp to release the harness (3).
d. Remove four screws (4).
e. Remove the main drive assembly (5).
Figure 2 Drive assembly alignment

Figure 1 Main drive assembly removal

Replacement
1. When installing the drive assembly, align each of the four bosses on the assembly (1) with the
receptacles in the chassis (2), Figure 2.

R E P 4 0 . 2 Fu s e r D r i v e A s s e m b l y R E P 4 0 . 3 Te m p / H u m i d i t y S e n s o r ( N o 1 e x t e r n a l )
Removal Removal
1. Open the video contact chassis assembly. Refer to GP 32. 1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2.
2. Remove the fuser drive assembly, PL 40.05. Refer to Figure 1. 2. Open Tray 3.
a. Disconnect four connectors (1). 3. Remove the left hand fixing screw of the top cover, PL 70.20.
b. Remove two clips (2). 4. Remove the tray inner cover, PL 28.15.
c. Remove four screws (3). 5. Remove the temp/humidity sensor, PL 40.10. Refer to Figure 1.
d. Remove the fusing drive assembly (4). a. Release the hook (1).
c. Remove the temp/humidity sensor (3).
Figure 1 Fusing drive assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Temp/humidity sensor removal
Replacement

R E P 4 0 . 4 D u c t A s s e m b l y ( Fr o n t R i g h t M a r k i n g Fa n ) Replacement
Parts List on PL 40.10 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removal
1. Remove waste toner cartridge, PL 90.15.
2. Remove the front cover assembly, PL 28.05.
3. Remove the waste toner transport assembly, PL 90.15.
4. Remove the inner hinge cover assembly, PL 28.05.
5. Remove the inner lower cover, PL 28.05.
6. Remove the M drum assembly. Refer to REP 90.11.
7. Remove the duct assembly, PL 40.10. Refer to Figure 1.
a. Disconnect three connectors (1).
b. Remove the screw (2).
c. Remove the duct assembly (3).
Figure 1 Duct assembly removal

R E P 4 0 . 5 To n e r C a r t r i d g e Co o l i n g Fa n A s s e m b l y Replacement
Parts List on PL 40.10 Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removal
1. Remove the waste cartridge, PL 90.15.
4. Remove the inner cover assembly, PL 28.05.
5. Remove the upper right front cover, PL 28.10.
6. Remove the front left cover, PL 28.15.
7. Remove the top cover, PL 28.15.
8. Remove the toner cartridge cooling fan assembly, PL 40.10. Refer to Figure 1.
a. Remove the connector (1).
c. Remove the toner cartridge cooling fan assembly (3).
Figure 1 Toner cartridge cooling fan assembly removal

R E P 4 0 . 6 Fr o n t / Le f t M a r k i n g Fa n A s s e m b l y a. Disconnect the connector (1).

Parts List on PL 40.10 b. Remove the screw (2).
c. Release the hook (3).
Removal
d. Remove the front left marking fan assembly (4).
1. Remove the waste toner cartridge, PL 90.15.
4. Remove the inner left cover assembly, PL 28.05.
6. Remove the duct, PL 40.10.
7. Remove the front handle. Refer to Figure 1.
a. Move the handle in the direction of the arrow (1).
b. move the handle so that it is released from the stop and remove the handle from the ma-
chine (2).
Figure 2 Front/Left marking fan assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Front handle removal

8. Remove the front left marking fan assembly, PL 40.10. Refer to Figure 2.

R E P 4 0 . 7 R e a r Fu s e r D u c t A s s e m b l y R E P 4 0 . 8 LV P S Fa n A s s e m b l y
Removal Removal
1. Remove the controller cover assembly kit, PL 3.10. 1. Remove the lower right rear cover, PL 28.10.
2. Remove the upper rear cover, PL 28.10. 2. Remove the lower left cover, PL 28.15.
3. Remove the rear fuser duct assembly, PL 40.15. Refer to Figure 1. 3. Remove the LVPS fan assembly, PL 40.15. Refer to Figure 1.
a. Disconnect the connector (1). a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove two screws (2). b. Release the clamp (2).
c. Remove the rear duct (3). c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the LVPS Fan (4).
Figure 1 Rear duct removal

Replacement Figure 1 LVPS fan removal
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement


R E P 4 0 . 9 I H P S I n t a ke D u c t A s s e m b l y R E P 4 0 . 1 0 To n e r C a r t r i d g e E x h a u s t Fa n A s s e m b l y
Removal Removal
1. Open the video contact chassis assembly. Refer to GP 32. 1. Open the video contact chassis assembly. Refer to GP 32.
2. Remove the IHPS, intake duct assembly, PL 40.15. Refer to Figure 1. 2. Remove the toner cartridge exhaust fan assembly, PL 40.15. Refer to Figure 1.
a. Disconnect the connector (1). a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove the screw (2). b. Remove two screws (2).
c. Remove the IHPS intake duct assembly (3). c. Remove the toner cartridge exhaust fan assembly (3).
Figure 1 IHPS intake duct assembly removal Figure 1 Toner cartridge exhaust fan assembly removal
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 60.1 LPH Assembly (Y,M,C,K)

Removal
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Figure 1 ESD symbol

CAUTION: To prevent light fatigue, store the removed drum cartridges in a black
bag.
CAUTION: Do not touch the surface of the drum cartridge.
The removal procedure for all LPH assemblies is the same. The following steps are for the LPH as-
sembly (K) procedure only.
1. Remove the following components:
a. Waste toner cartridge
b. Front cover assembly
c. Waste toner transport assembly
d. Inner cover assembly. PL 28.05
e. Inner lower cover. PL 28.05
f. Inner hinge cover assembly. PL 28.05
g. Inner right cover. PL 28.05
h. Drum assembly. Refer to REP 90.11
i. Developer assembly. Refer to REP 90.3
j. IBT belt cleaner assembly. PL90.30
2. Open the left cover assembly
3. Remove the IBT belt assembly. PL90.30 Refer to REP 90.8
4. Remove the screw (1) securing the LPH then move the LPH fully to the front, Figure 2.

Figure 2 Remove the screw Figure 3 FFC cable

5. Roll the LPH (3) in the direction of the arrow to expose the FFC cable (4), Figure 3. 6. Press the release latch on the connector (5), remove the FFC cable from the LPH in the direction
of the arrow, then remove the LPH (6), Figure 4.

R E P 6 0 . 2 F FC C a b l e A s s e m b l y
Removal
power cordfrom the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
ity. Electricitycan cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Figure 1 ESD symbol

1. Remove the LPH assembly (Y, M, C, K). Refer to REP 60.1

2. Remove the motor drive PWB. Refer to REP 1.4
3. Remove the AC drive PWB. Refer to REP 1.5
4. Remove the HVPS developer bias. Refer to REP 1.7
5. Remove the DFE cover. PL 3.10
6. Remove the main drive assembly. Refer to REP 40.1
7. Remove the fuser drive assembly. Refer to REP 40.2
8. Remove the registration drive assembly. Refer to REP 80.33
Figure 4 LPH removal
9. Release the FFC cable from the half tone PWB: Figure 2 Refer to REP 3.4
Replacement
a. Disconnect four FFC cables on the half tone PWB (1).
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. b. Remove four ferrites (2).
c. Release the FFC cable assembly from the harness guide (3).

Figure 2 Disconnect the FFC cables Figure 3 Unharness the FFC cables
10. Release the FFC cables from the harness guide, (4) and (5): Figure 3 11. Remove 10 screws (1) then remove the BCR HVPS cover assembly and BCR HVPS. Refer to REP
1.9 , and cover, (2), Figure 4

Figure 4 Cover assembly and cover Figure 5 Remove four screws

12. Remove the BCR housing. Refer to Figure 5 then remove four screws (1) 13. Move the conductor assembly. PL 1.20 , to the rear, disconnect the connector (2), then remove
the conductor assembly (3), Figure 6.

Figure 6 BCR housing removal Figure 7 Marking guide removal

14. Remove two screws (1) then remove the marking guide. (2)PL 90.25Figure 7 15. Remove the FFC cable assembly. PL60.05, from the marking guide (3), Figure 8

Figure 8 FFC cable assembly removal

Replacement

REP 60.3 Scanner Module, CVT/Document Glass (High) R E P 6 0 . 4 S c a n n e r E l e c t r i c a l Co m p o n e n t s ( C 8 1 7 0 )

Parts List on PL 60.xx Parts List on PL 60.xx
Removal Removal
Placeholder Placeholder
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 6 0 .5 S c an Car r ia g e Ass em bl y ( C8 1 70 ) REP 60.6 Side 2 Scan Assembly (C8170)

Parts List on PL 60.xx Parts List on PL 60.xx
Removal Removal
Placeholder Placeholder
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 60.7 Scanner Module, CVT/Document Glass (C8170) REP 60.10 Not Used
Parts List on PL x.xx Parts List on
Removal Removal
Placeholder Replacement
Replacement
Placeholder

R E P 6 0 . 1 1 C C D Le n s Co v e r ( C 8 1 7 0 ) R E P 6 0 . 1 2 I I T Re g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r ( C 8 1 7 0 )
Removal Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. 1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Right Plate. PL 60.15 2. Raise the DADF to the fully open position.
3. Remove the Platen Glass by lifting it up from the right side. PL 60.15 3. Remove the IIT Rear Cover. PL 60.10
4. Remove the four Lens Cover screws (1).Refer to Figure 1 a. Remove (4) securing screws.
5. b. Remove the IIT Rear Cover.
4. Remove the IIT Registration Sensor Bracket. Figure 1
a. Remove the securing screw (1).
b. Remove the Sensor Bracket.
Figure 1 Lens Cover Screw location

6. Carefully lift the cover up and out to remove.
Replacement 1
1. Carefully lower the Lens Cover in place. Sensor
Bracket
2.
a. Install the four screws (1) indicated in Figure 1
3. Reinstall the Platen Glass. Pl 60.15 5. Detach the IIT Registration Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. Figure 2
4. Reinstall the Right Plate. Pl 60.15 a. Disconnect the connector and detach the sensor from the bracket.

REP 60.13 Platen Angle Sensor (C8170)

Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Raise the DADF to the fully open position.
3. Undock the finisher, if present.
a. Open the finisher front door.
b. Release the securing latch.
c. Disconnect the connector to the copier/printer.
d. Roll the finisher away from the right side of the copier/printer.
4. Remove the IIT Right Cover. PL 60.10
a. Remove (4) securing screws.
b. Remove the IIT Right Cover.
5. Disconnect the Actuator. Figure 1
a. Remove the securing screw.
b. Disconnect the Actuator.
6. Remove the Platen Angle Sensor. Figure 1
Figure 1 IIT Registration Sensor
a. Disconnect the Connector.
Replacement
b. Remove the Platen Angle Sensor.
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.

R E P 6 0 . 1 4 C C D F l e x i b l e Pr i n t Ca b l e ( C 8 1 7 0 )
Removal
2. Remove the Lens Cover. PL 60.20
3. Remove the Lens Assembly. REP 60.15
4. Remove the Gasket Bracket. Figure 1
a. Remove the (2) securing Screws (Blue).
b. Remove the Gasket Bracket.
5. Remove the CCD Flexible Print Cable. Figure 1
a. Remove the securing screws (4).
b. Peel off the double-sided tape.
c. Pull the bracket toward you and disconnect the connector.
2
Platen Angle
Sensor
Replacement
1
Gasket
Bracket
Replacement

R E P 6 0 . 1 5 I I T Le n s A s s e m b l y ( C 8 1 7 0 ) R E P 6 0 . 1 6 C C D Fa n ( C 8 1 7 0 )
Removal Removal
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. 1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Lens Cover. PL 60.20 2. Remove the Lens Cover. PL 60.20
3. Move the APS Sensors 1 and 2 out of the way by removing (2) screws. (Leave the connectors 3. Remove the CCD Fan. Figure 1
connected.) PL 60.20
a. Disconnect the Connector.
4. Remove the Lens Assembly. Figure 1
b. Release the clamps to remove the wire harness.
a. When replacing: Remove the Conductor Plate. PL 60.20
c. Remove the screws (2).
b. Disconnect the CCD Flexible Print Cable from the Lens Assembly.
d. Remove the CCD Fan.
c. Remove the screws (4).
d. Remove the Lens Assembly.
1
APS
Sensors
3
Conductor
Plate
2
Clamps
2
CCD
Flexible
Print
Cable
3 4
CCD
Fan
Replacement
2. Check the Optical Axis Calibration (ADJ 60.4 )
4. Detach the CCD Fan from the Fan Bracket. Figure 2

a. Release the clamps (2) to remove the wire harness. R EP 6 0. 17 Car r iag e Mot or ( C8 17 0 )
b. Detach the CCD Fan from the Fan Bracket. Parts List on PL 60.25
Removal
2. Remove the IIT Rear Cover. PL 60.10
b. Remove the IIT Rear Cover.
3. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. PL 28.10
4. Disconnect the Carriage Motor connector at the rear of the IPS. Figure 1
a. Disconnect the connector.
b. Release the (3) clamps to disengage the wire harness.
1 1
Clamps Carriage
Motor
connector
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
5. Remove the Motor Guard. Figure 2

b. Remove the Motor Guard.

2
Carriage
Motor
1
Motor
Guard
Figure 1 Carriage Motor Belt and Pulley
6. Remove the (2) screws securing the Carriage Motor from the front.
7. Remove the Carriage Motor from the rear.
a. Remove the Tension Spring.
b. Unhook the Belt from the Pulley.
c. Remove the Carriage Motor and its attached wire harness.
Replacement
2. Route the Pulley on the Belt when installing the Carriage Motor. Figure 3
a. Belt
b. Pulley

R E P 6 0 . 1 8 Fu l l R a t e C a r r i a g e ( C 8 1 7 0 )
Parts List on Pl 60.30
Removal
2. Remove the IIT Right Cover. PL 60.10
3. Remove the Right Plate. PL 60.15
4. Remove the Platen Glass by lifting it up from the right side. PL 60.15
5. Remove the screws used to secure the Carriage Cable at the notch in the IIT frame. Figure 1
a. Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch in the IIT Frame.
b. Remove the screws (Blue 2).
Figure 2 Full Rate Carriage removal
Replacement
2. Adjust the position of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. ADJ 60.1
3. After replacement, perform IIT Calibration (ADJ 60.5 ).
Figure 1 Full Rate Carriage securing screws

6. Remove the Full Rate Carriage. Figure 2
a. Rotate the Full Rate Carriage in the direction of the arrows.
b. Remove the Full Rate Carriage.

R E P 6 0 . 1 9 Re a r C a r r i a g e C a b l e ( C 8 1 7 0 )
Removal
Note: The coatings of the Carriage Cable at the front and rear are different.
• Front: Black
• Rear: Silver
Note: This procedure describes the installation and removal procedures for the Rear Carriage Cable
only.
Note: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be installed separately.
ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1
Mark the
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. front
support
2. Remove the IIT Right Cover. PL 60.10 position
3. Remove the Right Plate. PL 60.15
4. Remove the Platen Glass by lifting it up from the right side. PL 60.15
5. Remove the IIT Left Cover. PL 60.10
b. Remove the IIT Left Cover. 8. Remove the CVT Platen Glass. PL 60.15Figure 2
6. Remove the IIT Front Cover. PL 60.10 a. Remove the screw.
a. Remove (4) securing screws. b. Remove the Support.
• Top (2) screws. c. Remove the CVT Platen Glass.
• Front (2) screws, located behind the Inner cover assembly. PL 28.05
b. Remove the IIT Front Cover.
7. Mark the installation position of the Front Support. PL 60.15Figure 1

Figure 1 Removing the CVT Platen Glass

9. Take out the Full Rate Carriage from the IIT Frame. PL 60.20
Figure 2 Position the Half Rate Carriage
Note: The Slide Cable Connector can stay connected.
11. Remove the Carriage Cable. Figure 4
10. Move the Half Rate Carriage until the Carriage Cable ball of the capstan pulley is positioned ac-
cording to the Conditions (a) and (b) described below. Figure 3 a. Remove the Tension Spring.
b. Detach the Carriage Cable from the Tension Spring.
a. Turns of the Carriage Cable.
c. Remove the ball from the groove.
• Front: 3 Turns
d. Remove the Carriage Cable.
• Rear: 2 Turns
b. The ball is on top.

Figure 3 Removing the Carriage Cable

2. Wind the Clip end of the Carriage Cable for 3.5 turns. Figure 6
Replacement a. Wind the Clip end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 3.5 turns.
1. Insert the Carriage Cable into the Capstan Pulley. Figure 5 b. Secure the Carriage Cable at the Clip end with tape.
a. Insert the ball into the Capstan Pulley.

Figure 4 Winding Clip end of Carriage Cable on Capstan Pulley Figure 5 Winding Ball end of Carriage Cable on Capstan Pulley
3. Wind the Ball end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 2.5 turns. Figure 7 Note: The following figure shows the respective number of turns of the Carriage
Cable at the front and rear. (Figure 8)
a. Wind the Ball end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 2.5 turns.
b. Tape the cable, wound on the Capstan Pulley, to prevent it from loosening.

Figure 7 Installing Ball end of Carriage Cable

5. Install the Clip end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 10 )
a. Hang the Carriage Cable on the pulley. (From bottom to top.)
b. Hang it on the smaller pulley on the Half Rate Carriage. (From bottom to top.)
c. Hang the Carriage Cable on the stud. (From bottom to top.)
d. Attach the Tension Spring to the Clip of the Carriage Cable.
e. Hook the Tension Spring to the IIT Frame.
Figure 6 Carriage Cable Turns front and rear
4. Install the Ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 9 )
a. Hang the Carriage Cable on the pulley. (From bottom to top.)
b. Hang it on the larger pulley on the Half Rate Carriage. (From bottom to top.)
c. Insert the ball into the groove on the IIT Frame.

R E P 6 0 . 2 0 I I T Tra n s P W B ( C 8 1 7 0 )
Removal
1. Access the IIT PWB.
• 1. Disconnect two connectors on the rear of the machine. (Figure 1 )
2. Remove the IIT Rear Cover (PL 60.10 ).
1 3
Figure 8 Installing Clip end of Carriage Cable

f. Remove the tape used to secure the cable from loosening.
g. Reinstall the Full Rate Carriage into the IIT Frame.
h. Adjust the position of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage. ADJ 60.1
i. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.
6. Continue the installation by performing the removal steps from Step 8 in reverse order.
2. Disconnect six (6) connectors. (Figure 2 )

1 1
2 2 1
3. Remove the IIT PWB. (Figure 3 ) Replacement

• 1. Remove seven (7) screws.
• 2. Remove the IIT PWB.
2. Print a Systems settings list and compare with the list printed at the beginning of the procedure.
If the IIT s/w versions do not match, you must reload IIT software.

RE P 6 0 . 2 1 E x p o su r e La mp ( C 8 1 7 0 ) 2
Removal
1. Remove the Full Rate Carriage. Refer to REP REP 60.18 (PL 60.20 ) and place the carriage up-
side-down.
2. Disconnect the connector (Figure 1 ).
• 1. Disconnect the 2-pin connector, CN2.
• 2. Feed the connector and cables through the channel.
Replacement
1. Replace in reverse order.
2. After replacement, perform IIT Calibration (ADJ 60.5 ).
3. When replacing, enter into Diagnostic mode dC135 .
• Chain Link: 956-803
• Chain Link: 956-804
3. Flip the Full Rate Carriage so that it is right-side up and remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 2 )
• 1. Remove the mounting screw.
2. Slide the lamp outboard and lift up to remove.

RE P 6 0 . 2 2 La mp P W B ( C 8 1 70 ) REP 60.23 Slide Chord (C8170)

Removal Removal
1. Remove the Full Rate Carriage. Refer to REP 60.18 (PL 60.30 ) and place the carriage upside- 1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
down. 2. Remove the Full Rate Carriage. REP 60.18PL 60.30
2. Remove the Lamp PWB (Figure 1 ). 3. Remove the Harness Guide from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 1 )
• 1. Disconnect the Ribbon cable (CN1) and the two-pin connector (CN2).
a. Remove the securing screw.
2. Remove the mounting screw.
3. Remove the Lamp PWB. b. Remove the Harness Guide.
1 2
Figure 1 Removing the Full Rate Carriage Harness Guide
3 4. Turn the Full Rate Carriage upside down.

5. Remove the Slide Cord from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 2 )
a. Pull out the Slide Cord and disconnect the connector.
Replacement b. Remove the Slide Cord.
1. Replace in reverse order.

1
Slide
Cord
Figure 2 Removing Slide Cord from Full Rate Carriage

6. Remove the Carriage Motor Guard PL 60.25 (Figure 3 )
a. Remove (2) screws securing the Motor Guard.
b. Remove the Motor Guard.
7. Disconnect the Slide Cord at the rear of the IPS by pulling the cord out of its connector.
8. Release the (4) cable clamps and remove the Slide Cord.
9. Remove the Slide Cord from the pulley of the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 4 )
a. Remove the Slide Cord from the pulley.
b. Remove the Slide Cord from the hooks (2).

Figure 3 Removing the Slide Cord from Half Rate Carriage
Replacement
2. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages (ADJ 60.1 ).

REP 60.25 Document Glass R E P 6 0 . 2 9 C C D Le n s A s s e m b l y

Removal Removal
WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4 . Disconnect the
1. Raise the DADF. 1. Remove the document glass. Refer to REP 60.25
2. Remove the right plate, PL 60.40. 2. Remove screws x 6 (1), then remove the lens cover assembly. PL 60.45 Refer to Figure 1
3. Remove the document glass, PL 60.40.
Replacement
2. Before tightening the two screws, align the document glass in the direction of arrow 1and the
right plate in the direction of arrow 2, Figure 1 .
Figure 1 Lens cover screws

Figure 1 Alignment
3. Move the APS sensors, Fig 2Figure 2
3. If the platen glass has been replaced Enter DC 945 IIT Calibration, then perform the IIT calibra-
tion routines a. Remove two screws (1).
b. Release the wiring harness from the CCD lens assy,(2).
c. Move the APS sensors (3).

Figure 2 APS sensors

Figure 4 CCD lens assembly removal
4. Disconnect the two wiring harnesses from the CCD PWB. Refer to Figure 2 .
Replacement
1. Reconnect the two ribbon cables.
2. Reinstall the APS sensor and lens cover assembly.
3. Reinstall the document glass.
4. Perform ADJ 60.4 Optical Axis Calibration
Figure 3 FFC CCD ribbon cable

5. Remove the CCD lens assembly,PL 60.45 Figure 3 :
b. Remove the CCD lens assembly (2).

R E P 6 0 . 3 0 Fr o n t / Re a r C a r r i a g e C a b l e s
Removal
WARNING: Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present can cause
injury.
CAUTION: The edge of the IIT frame has a burr. Be careful when disconnecting the
carriage cable.
Note: The colour of the front and rear carriage cables are different. The front cable is silver, the
rear cable is black.
Note: The installation of a new rear carriage cable is described in this procedure. The replacement
procedure for the front carriage cable is the same.
CAUTION: Carriage cables must be replaced one at a time. Do not remove both
front and rear cables at the same time.
1. Raise the DADF.
2. Remove the document glass. REP 60.25
3. Remove the UI assembly, REP 2.1.
4. Remove the IIT left cover, PL 60.35.
5. Remove Pillar cover PL 28.15
6. Remove IIT Front cover PL 28.15
7. Mark the installation position of the front CVT glass support (1). Figure 1 . Figure 1 Front glass support
8. Remove the CVT glass.PL 60.40 Figure 2 :

Mark
(1)
9. Detach the carriage cable from the full rate carriage. Figure 4 :
a. Move the full rate carriage (1) to the cutout in the frame.
Figure 2 CVT glass removal.

b. Remove the front CVT glass supportPL 60.40 (2).
c. Remove the CVT glass (3).
Note: The CVT glass must be refitted with the mark toward the rear of the ma-
chine. Refer to Figure 3 .
Figure 3 Cable detachment

10. Prepare to remove the carriage cable. Figure 5
a. Unhook the extension spring (1) from the frame.
b. Detach the cable (2) from the extension spring.

Figure 4 Preparation Figure 6 Anchor ball

11. Remove the anchor ball (1) from the notch in the frame, then remove the carriage cable. Figure 2. Wind the extension spring loop end of the carriage cable around the capstan. Figure 8
6
a. Wind the cable (1) 2.5 turns.
b. Use adhesive tape (2) to affix the extension spring loop end of the cable to the frame.
Figure 5 Cable removal
Replacement
1. Insert the anchor ball of the carriage cable into the groove in the capstan. Figure 7
Figure 7 Capstan winding (1)
3. Wind the end-ball end of the carriage cable around the capstan. Figure 9
a. Wind the cable (1) 3 turns.
b. Use adhesive tape (2) to affix the cable to the capstan.

Figure 8 Capstan winding (2) Figure 9 End-ball end installation

4. Figure 10 shows the correct arrangement of the cables, front and rear. 6. Attach the extension spring hanger end of the carriage cable. Figure 12
a. Remove the tape (1) that secures the cable.
b. Wrap the cable on the pulley (2).
3 Rear
Turns c. Wrap the cable on the pulley at the rear of the half rate carriage (3).
Color: d. Attach the extension spring on the cable and hook it to the Frame (4).
Black
2.5
Turns
3
Turns
Color:
Silver
2.5
Turns
5. Install the end-ball end of the carriage cable. Figure 11

a. Wrap the cable on the pulley at the front of the half rate carriage (1).
b. Put the end-ball in the notch in the frame (2).

Figure 11 Full rate carriage attachment

8. Perform ADJ 60.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment.
9. Reinstall all removed components.
Figure 10 Spring attachment

7. Loosely attach the cable to the full rate carriage. Figure 13
a. Remove the tape (1).
b. Move the full rate carriage (2) to the cutout (4) in the frame.
c. Loosely attach the cable to the full rate carriage (3).

RE P 6 0 . 3 1 La mp A sse mb l y
Removal
CAUTION: Do not touch the chip on the lamp assembly.
1. Open the DADF.

2. Remove the document glass, REP 60.25
3. Move the full rate carriage to the cutouts in the frame.
4. Disconnect the FFC LED cable assembly, Figure 1 :
a. Move the connector housing catch (2) in the direction of the arrows. Figure 2 LED bracket removal
b. Disconnect the FFC LED cable assembly. 6. Remove the lamp assembly, Figure 3 :
b. Remove the lamp assembly (2).
Figure 3 Lamp assembly removal
Figure 1 FFC LED cable assembly Replacement

5. Remove the LED bracket, Figure 2 : 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. When installing the lamp assembly, first tighten screw (1), then screw (2), Figure 4 .
3. When installing the LED bracket, first tighten screw (3), then screw (4), then screw (5), Figure 4 .

R EP 6 0. 32 LED Ri bb on Cab l e
Removal
CAUTION: Do not touch the chip on the lamp assembly.
1. Remove the DADF, Refer to REP 5.60

2. Remove the upper rear cover.
3. Disconnect the LED ribbon cable. PL 60.55 Refer to Figure 1
Figure 4 Screws a. Move the connector housing catch (2) in the direction of the arrows.
4. Enter ADJ 60.5 IIT Calibration, then perform the following routines: b. Disconnect the LED cable assembly (1) From the IIT Trans PWB. PL 60.45
• White Reference Adjustment-Side 1.
• CCD Calibration-Side 1.
Figure 1 LED ribbon cable

CAUTION: Be careful when lifting out the full rate carriage. It is still connected to
the FFC cable and cannot be fully removed from the scanner assembly.
4. Lift out the full rate carriage from the scanner assembly, Figure 2 :
a. Move the full rate carriage (1) to the cutouts in the frame.
c. Carefully lift out the full rate carriage.

Figure 2 Full rate carriage removal Figure 4 Harness guide

5. Turn the full rate carriage upside down. 8. Disconnect the FFC LED cable assembly from the guide, Figure 5 .
6. Disconnect the FFC LED cable assembly from the full rate carriage, Figure 3 :
a. Remove the screw, then remove the plate (1).
b. Disconnect the FFC LED cable assembly (2).
Figure 5 Cable assembly disconnection (2)

9.
a. Disconnect the FFC LED cable assembly from the IIT Trans PWB (1)PL 60.45Refer to Figure
6
Figure 3 Cable assembly disconnection (1)

7. Disconnect the FFC LED cable assembly (1) from the half rate carriage harness guide (2), Figure
4.

REP 60.33 Light Guide

Removal
CAUTION: Do not touch the light guide with bare hands.
1. Remove the DADF. REP 5.60

2. Remove the document glass. REP 60.25
3. Move the full rate carriage to the cutouts in the frame.
4. Remove the LED bracket, Figure 1 :
Figure 6 Cable assembly disconnection (3) b. Remove the LED bracket (2).
Replacement
Figure 1 LED bracket removal

5. Remove the light guide, Figure 2 :
b. Remove the spring guide (2).
c. Remove the screw (3).
d. Remove the spring guide (4).
e. Remove the light guide (5).

R EP 6 0. 34 II T Car ri ag e M ot or
Removal
1. Remove the DADF. REP 5.60
2. Remove the IIT rear cover.PL 60.35
3. Remove the IIT top cover,PL 60.35
4. Remove the IIT scan motor assembly, Figure 1
b. Remove the tension spring (2).
d. Remove the IIT scan motor assembly (4).
Figure 2 Light guide removal
Replacement
2. When installing the light guide, insert the boss into the locating hole in the full rate carriage.
Figure 1 Carriage motor assembly removal

Replacement
2. Attach the timing belt (1) to the Carriage Motor pulley, Figure 2

R E P 6 0 . 3 5 C C D Co n t V i d e o R i b b o n C a b l e
Removal
1. Remove the CCD lens assembly. Refer to REP 60.29
2. Unstick ribbon cable from base of scanner (1). Refer to Fig 1
Figure 2 Timing belt

3. Be aware of the steps that follow when reinstalling the Carriage Motor assembly:
a. Attach the extension spring.
b. Loosely install the Carriage Motor assembly and timing belt.
c. Ensure that the timing belt is correctly attached to the carriage.
d. Fully tighten the screws that secure the IIT Carriage Motor assembly.
4. After installing the Carriage Motor assembly, check that the full rate carriage moves smoothly.
Figure 1 CCD cont video ribbon cable

Replacement
CAUTION: When refitting the ribbon cable use the marks on the scanner base as a
guide.

R E P 6 0 . 3 6 I I T Tra n s P W B ( C 8 1 3 0 / 3 5 / 4 5 / 5 5 )
Removal
1. Remove IIT rear cover PL 60.35
2. Remove connectors from IIT Trans PWB
3. Remove screws
4. Remove IIT PWB
Replacement

R E P 7 0 . 1 Tra y 1 a n d Tra y 2 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s o r R E P 7 0 . 2 P i vo t
Removal Removal
1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2 to gain access to the inside-rear of the machine. 1. Separate the bypass tray from the lower frame assembly, Figure 1.
2. Remove the failed paper size sensor, PL 70.05. Refer to Figure 1. a. Remove two screws (1).
a. Disconnect the connector (1). b. Release the tray link cover from the lower frame assembly (2).
c. Remove the failed paper size sensor (3).
Figure 1 Tray link cover

2. Remove the top chute assembly, Figure 2.
Figure 1 Tray 1/2 paper size sensor a. Release four latches (1) then (2).
Replacement b. Remove the top chute assembly (3).

Figure 2 Top chute assembly Figure 3 Chute front removal

3. Remove the chute front, Figure 3. 4. Remove the pivot, PL 70.50. Refer to Figure 4.
a. Release five hooks (1) then (2). a. Rotate the pivot in the direction of the arrow (1).
b. Remove the chute front (3). b. Slide the pivot in the direction of the arrow (2).
c. Remove the pivot (3).

R E P 7 0 . 3 By p a s s Tra y
Removal
1. Remove the pivot, REP 70.2.
2. Unlock the bypass tray from the left cover, lift the extension tray up to expose the back of the
bypass tray, then insert a screw in the hole (1) to keep the extension tray lifted, Figure 1.
Figure 4 Pivot removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Extension tray lifted

3. Remove the screw (1) then remove the connector cover, Figure 2.

Figure 2 Connector cover removal Figure 3 No paper harness connector

4. Disconnect the no paper harness connector, Figure 3. 5. Lower the extension tray (1) and feed the no paper harness through the hole of the bypass tray
(2), Figure 4.

Figure 4 Release the harness Figure 5 Bypass tray removal

6. Lift the extension tray (2) to 75 degrees, remove the link part (3) of the bypass tray from the Replacement
main unit, then remove the bypass tray (4), Figure 5.

R E P 7 0 . 4 By p a s s Tra y Pa p e r S i z e S e n s o r A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Fully extend the extension tray.
2. Using firm pressure, pull the extension tray (2) from the bypass tray (1) to remove, Figure 1.
Figure 2 Tray plate removal

4. Remove the MSI paper size sensor assembly, PL70.55. Refer to Figure 3.
c. Release the harness (3).
d. Release the bypass tray paper size sensor assembly (4).
e. Disconnect the paper size sensor.
f. Remove the bypass tray paper size sensor assembly.
Figure 1 Extension tray removal

3. Lift the bypass tray, remove six screws (1), then remove the tray plate (2), Figure 2.

Figure 3 Assembly removal Figure 4 Pin and link location

Replacement 2. When installing the gear, align the marks on the front/rear rack to the marks on the bypass tray,
Figure 5.
1. When installing the bypass tray paper size sensor assembly, put the pin into the long hole of the
link, Figure 4.

R E P 7 0 . 5 2 TM Tra y 3 / 4 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s o r A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove 2TM tray 3 and tray 4, PL 70.20.
2. Remove the malfunctioning paper size sensor, PL 70.20. Refer to Figure 1.
c. Remove the paper size sensor (3).
Figure 5 Gear alignment

Figure 1 2TM paper size sensor removal

Replacement

R E P 7 0 . 6 T TM Tra y 3 / 4 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s o r A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove the transport stopper, PL 70.35 or PL 70.35.
2. Remove TTM tray 3 or tray 4, PL 70.35 or PL 70.35.
3. Remove the malfunctioning paper size sensor, PL 70.35. Refer to Figure 1.
c. Remove the paper size sensor (3).
Figure 1 TTM Paper size sensor removal

Replacement

R E P 8 0 . 1 Tra y 1 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 2 Tra y 2 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
Removal Removal
1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2, PL 70.05 and PL 70.05. 1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2, PL 70.05 and PL 70.05.
2. Remove the left cover assembly, REP 80.21. 2. Remove the left cover assembly, REP 80.21.
3. Remove the chute, PL 70.50. 3. Remove the chute, PL 70.50.
4. Remove the tray 1 feedhead assembly, PL 80.05, Figure 1. 4. Remove the tray 2 feedhead assembly, PL 80.05, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect the connector (1). a. Disconnect two connectors (1).
b. Remove two screws (2). b. Remove the harness tie (2).
c. Remove the tray 1 feedhead assembly (3). c. Remove two screws (3).
d. Remove the tray 2 feedhead assembly (4).
Figure 1 Tray 1 feedhead assembly removal
Replacement Figure 1 Tray 2 feedhead assembly removal
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement

2. After a replacement, enter dC135 HFSI Counters to clear the HFSI counter. 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. After a replacement, enter dC135 HFSI Counters to clear the HFSI counter. R E P 8 0 . 3 Tra y 1 / 2 Fe e d Ro l l K i t
Parts List on PL 80.10 and PL 80.15
Removal
Note: The feed roll kit replacement procedure is the same for tray 1 and tray 2. The feed rolls are
replaced as a set, PL 80.10, PL 80.15.
1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2, PL 70.05 and PL 70.05.
2. Remove the feed, nudger, and retard roll, PL 80.10 and PL 80.15, Figure 1.
a. Move the chute to the front (1).
b. Remove the feed, nudger, and retard roll (2).
Figure 1 Tray 1/2 feed roll kit removal
Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. After a replacement, enter dC135 HFSI Counters to clear the HFSI counter.

R E P 8 0 . 4 2 TM Fe e d h e a d 1 A s s e m b l y b. Open the clamp (2), then move the harness out of the way.
Parts List on PL 80.20 c. Remove the screw at the rear (3).
Removal
1. Remove the 2TM tray 3 and tray 4 assemblies, PL 70.20.
2. Open the 2TM left cover assembly, PL 80.20.
Note: The feedhead 1 assembly and the feedhead 2 assembly, PL 80.20 are identi-
fied by (1) and (2). Refer to the upper position for assemblies that are in both
positions.
3. Remove the feed out chute, PL 80.20, upper position.
4. Remove the connector cover PL 80.20, Figure 1.
a. Release the hook (1).
b. Remove the connector cover (2), PL 80.20 upper position.
Figure 2 Rear screw removal

6. Remove the screw at the front (4), Figure 3.
Figure 1 Connector cover removal

5. Disconnect the 2TM feedhead 1 assembly: Figure 2.

Figure 3 Front screw removal Figure 4 2TM feedhead 1 assembly removal

7. Remove the takeaway roll assembly, PL 80.25, upper position. Replacement
8. Remove the 2TM feedhead 1 assembly (5) in the direction of the arrow, PL 80.20 upper position,
Figure 4. 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

R E P 8 0 . 5 2 TM Fe e d h e a d 2 A s s e m b l y 7. Disconnect the 2TM feedhead 2 assembly: Figure 2.

Parts List on PL 80.20 a. Disconnect two connectors (1).
Removal b. Open the clamp (2), then move the harness out of the way.
c. Remove the screw at the rear (3).
1. Remove the 2TM tray 3 and tray 4 assemblies, PL 70.20.
2. Remove the foot cover, PL 80.20.
3. Remove the 2TM left cover, PL 80.20.
Note: The feedhead 1 assembly and the feedhead 2 assembly, PL 80.20 are identi-
fied by (1) and (2). Refer to the lower position for assemblies that are in both
positions.
5. Remove the feed out chute, PL 80.20 , lower position.
6. Remove the connector cover: Figure 1.
a. Release the hook (1).
b. Remove the connector cover (2).
Figure 2 Rear screw removal

8. Remove the screw at the front (4), Figure 3.

Figure 3 Front screw removal Figure 4 2TH feeder 2 assembly removal

9. Remove the takeaway roll assembly, PL 80.25 , lower position. Replacement
10. Remove the 2TM feedhead 2 assembly (5) in the direction of the arrow, PL 80.20 lower position,
Figure 4. 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. After replacement, enter dC135 HFSI Counters to clear the HFSI counter.

R E P 8 0 . 6 2 TM Ta ke a w a y Ro l l A s s e m b l y ( U p p e r )
Removal
2. Remove the k-clip (1), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Takeaway roll assembly removal
Replacement
Figure 1 K-clip removal

3. Remove the takeaway roll assembly, PL 80.25, Figure 2.
a. Slide the takeaway roll assembly to the rear (2).
b. Lift the actuator and lay the shaft out of the way.
c. Slide forward, then pull out from the front to remove (3).

R E P 8 0 . 7 2 TM Tra y C h u t e A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 8 2 TM Ta ke a w a y Ro l l A s s e m b l y ( Lo w e r )
Removal Removal
Note: This procedure describes the removal of 2TM tray 3 chute assembly, PL 80.25 , tray 4 chute 1. Open the 2TM left cover assembly, PL 80.20.
assembly is similar, PL 80.25. 2. Remove the 2TM takeaway roll assembly, Figure 1.
1. Remove the 2TM feedhead 1 assembly, REP 80.4. a. Remove the k-clip (1).
2. Remove the upper takeaway roll assembly, REP 80.6. b. Slide the 2TM takeaway roll assembly to the rear and remove (2).
3. Remove the tray 3 chute assembly, PL 80.25, Figure 1.
b. Release the boss, above left and slide to the rear to remove the tray chute assembly (2),
c. Release two hooks, then remove the switch from the actuator.
Figure 1 2TM takeaway roll assembly

Replacement
Figure 1 Tray 3 chute assembly removal

Replacement

R E P 8 0 . 9 2 TM Ta ke a w a y M o t o r A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 1 0 2 TM B e l t
Removal Removal
1. Remove the rear cover, PL 70.20. 1. Remove the 2TM takeaway motor assembly, REP 80.9.
2. Remove the 2TM takeaway motor assembly, PL 80.30, Figure 1. 2. Remove the 2TM belt, PL 80.30, Figure 1.
a. Remove four screws (1). a. Loosen the tensioning screw (1).
b. Disconnect the connector (2), b. Remove the 2TM belt (2).
c. Remove the c-clip (3).
d. Release the harness from the clamp (4).
e. Remove the 2TM takeaway motor assembly (5).
Figure 1 2TM belt

Replacement
Figure 1 Takeaway motor assembly removal
Replacement

R E P 8 0 . 1 2 2 TM Fe e d Ro l l K i t R E P 8 0 . 1 4 T TM Tra y 3 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
Parts List on PL 80.35 Parts List on PL80.40
Removal Removal
Note: The feed roll kit replacement procedure is the same for tray 3 and tray 4. The feed rolls are 1. Open the TTM left cover assembly, PL 70.35.
replaced as a set, PL 80.35. 2. Remove the connector cover (1), Figure 1.
1. Remove the tray 3 & 4 assembly, PL 70.20.
2. Remove the feed, nudger, and retard roll, PL 80.35, Figure 1.

3. Disconnect two connectors (2), open the clamp (3), then remove the screw (4), Figure 2.
Figure 1 2TM feed roll kit removal
Replacement

Figure 2 Rear side removal Figure 3 Front side removal

4. Remove the screw (5), then remove the TTM tray 3 feedhead assembly (6) PL80.40, Figure 3. Replacement

R E P 8 0 . 1 5 T TM Tra y 4 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 1 6 T TM Fe e d Ro l l K i t
Removal Removal
1. Remove the TTM Tray 3 Assembly, PL 70.35. Note: The feed roll kit replacement procedure is the same for tray 3 and tray 4. The feed rolls are
2. Remove the TTM Tray 4 Assembly, PL 70.35. replaced as a set, PL 80.50, PL 80.55.
3. Remove the TTM Transport Assembly, PL80.40. 1. Remove TTM tray 3 assembly, PL 70.35.
4. Remove the TTM tray 4 feedhead assembly, PL80.40, Figure 1. 2. Remove TTM tray 4 assembly, PL 70.35.
a. Remove two screws (1). 3. If replacing the rolls for tray 4 remove the tray 4 feedhead assembly, REP 80.15.
b. Remove the TTM tray 4 feedhead assembly (2) 4. Remove the feed, nudger, and retard roll, PL 80.50 and PL 80.55, Figure 1.
Figure 1 TTM tray 4 feedhead assembly removal
Replacement
Figure 1 TTM feed roll kit removal
2. After a replacement, enter dC135 HFSI Counters to clear the HFSI counter. Replacement

2. After a replacement, enter dC135 HFSI Counters to clear the HFSI counter. R E P 8 0 . 1 7 T TM Tra n s p o r t Ro l l A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove TTM tray 3 assembly, PL 70.35.
2. Remove TTM tray 4 assembly, PL 70.35.
3. Remove the TTM tray 4 feedhead assembly, REP 80.15.
4. Remove the transport roll assembly, PL 80.60, Figure 1.
CAUTION: Take care not to lose the two washers, PL 80.60 and two bearings, PL
80.60 behind the two pulleys, PL 80.60.
a. Move two e-rings (1).
b. Remove two pulleys and the belt (2).
c. Remove the transport roll assembly (3).
Figure 1 Transport roll assembly removal

Replacement

The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. R E P 8 0 . 1 9 By p a s s Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove the left cover assembly, REP 80.21.
2. Remove the bypass tray, REP 70.3.
3. Remove the bypass feedhead assembly.
a. Remove the screw (1), then remove the harness guide (2), Figure 1.
Figure 1 Transport roll assembly removal

b. Disconnect the connector (3), Figure 2.

Figure 2 Connector Figure 3 Knob removal

c. Lift the bypass takeaway assembly (4) in the direction of the arrow, Remove two claws (5), d. Push in and move left to release two springs (7) and remove from the bypass takeaway as-
than remove the knob (6), Figure 3. sembly, them remove the bypass takeaway assembly (8) PL 70.50, Figure 4.

Figure 4 Bypass takeaway assembly removal Figure 5 Left lower chute pins
e. Press the left lower chute assembly tabs in the direction of the arrows to release the tab pins f. Remove two screws (10) holding the miller plate, then remove the left lower chute assembly,
(9), then lift the left chute assembly, Figure 5. Figure 6.

Figure 6 Left lower chute assembly removal Figure 7 Bypass feeder kit removal
g. Remove five screws (11), disconnect the connector (12), then remove the bypass feeder kit Replacement
(13), PL 70.50, Figure 7.

R E P 8 0 . 2 0 By p a s s Tra y Ro l l K i t
Removal
1. Remove the bypass feedhead assembly, REP 80.19.
2. Remove the bypass tray roll kit.
a. Lift the top cover of the upper frame assembly in the direction of the arrow (1), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Roll removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Lift the cover

b. Release the hooks of the feed, nudge, and retard rolls, PL 80.20 , then slide and remove in
the direction of the arrow (2), Figure 2.

R E P 8 0 . 2 1 Le f t Co v e r A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove the lower left cover, PL 28.10.
2. Disconnect the left cover assembly harness: Figure 1.
a. Release the clamp (1).
b. Disconnect two connectors (2).
c. Remove the screw securing the ground wire (3).
Figure 2 KL-clip removal

b. Remove the EL-clip (3), then release the front support from the pin, Figure 3.
Figure 1 Disconnect the harness

3. Remove the left cover assembly.
a. Open the left cover (1), then remove the KL-clip (2) securing the rear left support bracket, PL
80.65, Figure 2.

Figure 3 E-clip removal Figure 4 Release the link assembly

c. Remove the KL-clip (4) securing the link assembly, then release the link assembly from the d. Remove the KL-clip (5), then securing the front support to the IOT frame, Figure 5.
pin, Figure 4.

Figure 5 KL-clip removal Figure 6 Left cover assembly removal

e. Open the left cover assembly 15 degrees from horizontal. Slide the left cover assembly to Replacement
the rear of the machine to clear the front hinge (6) and pull out, then slide the left cover as-
sembly forward to release the pin in the rear (7) and remove the left cover assembly, Figure The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
6.

R E P 8 0 . 2 2 2 n d BT R Ro l l A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Open the left cover assembly, PL 80.65.
2. Remove the 2nd BTR roll assembly, PL 80.65.
a. Release four hooks (1), then remove the 2nd BTR roll (2), Figure 1.
Figure 2
Figure 2 2nd BTR roll removed
Replacement
2. Enter dC135 HFSI Counters to reset the HFSI Counter for the 2nd BTR assembly.
Figure 1 2nd BTR roll removal

R E P 8 0 . 2 3 2 n d BT R H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y
Removal
2. Remove the fusing link: Figure 1.
b. Remove the bracket (2).
Figure 2 Boss location

4. Slide the 2nd BTR housing assembly in the direction of the arrow to remove, Figure 3.
Figure 1 Bracket removal

3. Release the boss securing the 2nd BTR housing assembly, PL 80.70, Figure 2.

REP 80.24 Duplex Inner Chute Assembly

Removal
CAUTION: Do not touch the 2nd BTR roll surface with your hands.
1. Remove the 2nd BTR housing assembly, REP 80.23.

2. Remove the screw (1), then remove the duplex motor cover (2), Figure 1.
Figure 3 2nd BTR housing assembly removal
Replacement
2. After replacement, enter dC135 HFSI Countersto reset the HFSI counter for the 2nd BTR unit.
Figure 1 Duplex motor cover removal

3. Disconnect two connectors (1), then release the harness from the harness guide (2), Figure 2.

Figure 2 Release the harness Figure 3 Plate removal

4. Remove the duplex inner chute assembly, PL 80.80, Figure 3. 5. Release the two registration chute pins (3), Figure 4.
b. Remove the plate (2).

Figure 4 Pin release Figure 5 Registration chute removal

6. Lift then remove the registration chute (4), Figure 5. 7. Remove the e-clip (5), then remove the handle (6), Figure 6.

Figure 6 Handle removal Figure 7 Tie plate removal

8. Remove the POB jam sensor, REP 80.28. 10. Turn the duplex inner chute assembly over, then remove the wire harness (10), Figure 8.
9. Remove four screws (8), then remove the registration tie plate (9), Figure 7.

R E P 8 0 . 2 5 Lo w e r C h u t e A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Open the left cover assembly, PL 80.65 . If it is necessary to remove the left cover assembly refer
to REP 80.21.
2. Press in on the lower chute assembly (1) in the direction of the arrows, then lift the lower chute
assembly, Figure 1.
Figure 8 Wire harness removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Duplex motor cover removal

3. Release two tabs (2) attaching the left transport chassis to the lower chute assembly, then re-
move the lower chute assembly, Figure 2.

R E P 8 0 . 2 6 Re g i s t r a t i o n S e n s o r
Removal
1. Remove the 2nd BTR housing assembly, REP 80.23.
2. Remove the screw (1), then remove the duplex motor cover (2), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Lower chute assembly removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Registration sensor removal

3. Disconnect two connectors (1), the release the harness from the harness guide (2), Figure 2.

Figure 2 Release the harness Figure 3 Registration sensor removal

4. Remove the duplex inner chute assembly, REP 80.24. Replacement
5. Remove the registration sensor (1), Figure 3.

REP 80.27 Handle REP 80.28 POB Jam Sensor

Removal Removal
1. Open the left cover assembly, PL 80.65. 1. Remove the 2ND BTR housing assembly, REP 80.23.
2. Remove the e-clip (1), then remove the handle (2), PL 80.80, Figure 1. 2. Remove the harness cover: Figure 1.
b. Remove the harness cover (2).
Figure 1 Disconnect the harness

Replacement
Figure 1 Harness cover removal
3. Remove the POB jam sensor, PL 80.80, Figure 2.
c. Remove the POB jam sensor (3).

R E P 8 0 . 2 9 Le f t Co v e r I n t e r l o c k S w i t c h A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Open the video contact chassis assembly, GP 32.
3. Disconnect the connector behind the video contact chassis assembly (1), Figure 1.
Figure 2 POB jam sensor removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Connector location

4. Remove two screws (2) then remove the interlock switch assembly (3) PL 80.65, Figure 2.

R E P 8 0 . 3 0 Re g i s t ra t i o n Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
Removal
2. Mark the position of the adjustment camshaft on the front side of the registration transport as-
sembly, PL 80.90, before beginning removal, Figure 1.
Figure 2 Interlock switch assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Mark the adjust camshaft location

3. Remove the registration transport assembly, PL 80.90, Figure 2.
b. Slide the registration transport assembly (2) left towards the shaft hole.
c. Lift the right side up then disengage the registration transport assembly from the pin.
d. Roll the top of the registration transport assembly back to release the registration transport
assembly from the pin.
e. Pull the right-side out to release the shaft from the hole in the chassis and remove the regis-
tration transport assembly.

Figure 2 Registration transport assembly removal Figure 3 Registration transport assembly screws
Replacement 5. Remove the waste cartridge, PL 90.15, then loosen two screws (2) securing the skew adjust
block, Figure 4.
2. Attach the registration transport assembly with the rear screw first.
CAUTION: Tighten the rear screw at the rear side of the registration transport as-
sembly or the duplex motor drive of the motor drive PWB may be damaged.
3. Set the position of the adjustment cam on the front side to the mark made before removal, Fig-
ure 1.
4. Loosen the two screws (1) of the registration transport assembly, Figure 3.

Figure 4 Adjust block screws Figure 5 Adjust camshaft turn location

6. Turn the adjustment camshaft while observing the front of the registration transport assembly 7. Tighten the two screws (1) of the registration transport assembly left loose, Figure 3.
to verify the registration transport assembly rises as the adjustment camshaft turns, Figure 5.
Note: If paper wrinkles are generated, refer to RAP IQ2 IOT defects rap, transfer
wrinkle. Check for moisture in the paper, replace with new paper as needed.

REP 80.31 Chute Assembly

Removal
2. Remove the screw (1), Figure 1.

4. Slide the chute assembly (3), PL 80.90 , in the direction of the right-arrow, then remove the
chute assembly in the direction of the out-arrow, Figure 3.
Figure 1 Screw removal

3. Remove the screw (2), then remove connector cover (3), Figure 2.

R E P 8 0 . 3 2 Ta ke a w a y Ro l l A s s e m b l y
Removal
2. Remove the chute assembly REP 80.31.
3. Remove the k-clip (1) holding the gear on the end the shaft towards the rear of the machine,
then remove the gear, Figure 1.
Note: For reassembly, note the orientation of the front-side hinge plate.
Figure 3 Chute assembly removal
Replacement
Note: To ease assembly the following steps are suggested:

1. Lift the tray 1 feedhead assembly.
2. Insert the locating pins of the chute assembly into the frame.
3. Install the front screw.
Figure 1 K-clip and gear removal

4. Remove the k-clip on the inside of the bracket (2), Figure 2.

Figure 2 Connector cover removal Figure 3 Takeaway roll assembly removal

5. Slide the takeaway roll assembly (4), PL 80.90 , in the direction of the arrow towards the rear of Replacement
the machine (3), then remove the takeaway roll assembly, Figure 3.

R E P 8 0 . 3 3 Re g i s t r a t i o n D r i v e A s s e m b l y R E P 8 0 . 3 4 D r i v e A s s e m b l y ( Ta ke a w a y M o t o r 2 )
Removal Removal
1. Remove the lower rear cover, PL 28.15. 1. Remove the motor drive PWB, REP 1.4.
2. Open the video contact chassis assembly, GP 32. 2. Remove the AC drive PWB, REP 1.5.
3. Remove the motor drive PWB, REP 1.4. 3. Remove the LVPS, REP 1.6.
4. Remove the registration drive assembly, PL 80.95, Figure 1. 4. Remove the takeaway motor 2 drive assembly, PL 80.95, Figure 1.
a. Disconnect two connectors (1). a. Disconnect the connector (1).
b. Remove the five screws (2). b. Remove the three screws (2).
c. Remove the cable tie from the frame. c. Remove the drive assembly (3).
d. Remove the registration drive assembly (3).
Figure 1 Takeaway motor 2 drive removal

Figure 1 Registration drive assembly removal Replacement
Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

R E P 9 0 . 1 Co n d u c t o r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove the lower rear cover, PL 28.15.
2. Remove the motor drive PWB, REP 1.4.
3. Remove the motor drive chassis assembly, PL 1.10.
4. Remove the AC drive PWB, REP 1.5.
5. Remove the AC bracket, PL 1.15.
6. Remove the LVPS, REP 1.6.
7. Remove the fuser drive assembly, REP 40.2.
8. Remove main the drive assembly, REP 40.1.
9. Remove the developer bias HVPS PWB, REP 1.7.
10. Remove the harness bracket: Figure 1.
a. Release two cable ties (1).
b. Release the LED head harness from the guide (3).
c. Remove the screw (2) then remove the harness bracket.

Figure 1 Harness bracket removal Figure 2 Conductor housing assembly removal

11. Remove the conductor housing assembly, PL90.05, Figure 2. Replacement
CAUTION: Take care not to damage the springs or allow the springs to fall out of the 1. During replacement properly route the LED head harnesses, Figure 3.
conductor housing assembly.
b. Remove the conductor housing assembly (2).

REP 90.2 Plunger

Removal
1. Perform the procedure to remove the FFC cable assembly PL60.05, REP 60.2.
Note:
Plunger location:
• To access the plunger it is not necessary to remove the FCC cables PL60.05 and
PL60.05 from the marking guide, PL 90.25.
• The plunger is mounted on the developer conductor housing assembly, PL90.05 ,
part of the FCC cable assembly, PL60.05.
2. Remove the plunger, PL90.05, Figure 1.
a. Press down on the plunger, turn clockwise to align the grove to the pin (1) unlocking the
plunger (2).
b. Remove the plunger (2).
Figure 3 LED head harness routing

Figure 1 Plunger removal

Replacement R E P 9 0. 3 N ew De ve l o pe r A sse mb l y ( Y , M, C ,K )
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL90.05
Note: Take caution not to touch the LPH assembly during the plunger removal and Removal
replacement. If you touch it, perform LPH cleaning.
Note: Take caution not to spill toner onto the marking guide opening during the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electric-
tasks. A power supply failure occurs when toner is adhered to the contact of the ity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
plunger. Wipe the contact part of the plunger with a dry cloth if toner has adhered to
the plunger contact.
CAUTION: To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed drum cartridge in a
black sheet of paper or store it in a black bag.
CAUTION: Do not touch the surface of the drum cartridge.
Note: The following describes only the procedure for the developer assembly (K), the procedure is
the same for all developer assemblies (Y,M,C,K).
4. Remove the drum assembly, REP 90.11.
5. Remove the developer assembly: Figure 1.
c. Remove the developer assembly (3).

Figure 1 Developer assembly removal Figure 2 Rotate the gear

Replacement 2. Inspect the MOB/ADC assembly, PL90.30 . If toner is visible on the MOB/ADC assembly remove
the MOB/ADC assembly for cleaning, REP 90.9.
1. Using a toner vacuum on the output port, clean the inside of the waste toner transport assem- 3. Inspect and clean the frame of all toner before installing the developer assembly, Figure 3.
bly, PL 90.15, Figure 2.
Note: Rotate the gear in the direction of the arrow (clockwise) to assist ejection of
the toner during cleaning.

Figure 3 Frame inspection Figure 4 Gear inspection

4. Inspect and clean all toner from the developer assembly gear before installing or banding and 5. Add new developer to the developer housing assembly, see REP 90.7.
excessive wear of the gear will occur, Figure 4. 6. Remove the gear cover, PL90.05 , and the developer plate assembly, PL90.05 , from the old de-
veloper assembly, then install the gear cover and developer plate assembly onto the new devel-
oper assembly.
7. Tear off the loose half of the ATC sensor perforated tag. Leave the other half of the ATC sensor
label on the developer housing. Retain the torn off tag to be used in step 11.
8. Install the developer.
10. Enter Diagnostic Mode, then use dC135 to clear the HFSI counter:
11. Run dC950 ATC Sensor Setup. Enter the value from the tag removed from the replacement
developer.
12. Run dC330 Default Developer ATC Setup.
13. Run dC301 to initialize NVM for:
“ATC Setup Coefficient”
“ATC Setup Offset”
“ATC_Barcode_No”
“deltaATC Target Setup Correction”

R E P 9 0 . 4 To n e r D i s p e n s e M o t o r A s s e m b l y e. Remove the toner dispense motor assembly (5).

Removal
1. Pull out the toner cartridge to the extent indicated in Figure 1.
Figure 2 Toner dispense motor assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Toner cartridge

2. Remove the rear lower cover, PL 28.15.
4. Remove the BTR HVPS PWB, REP 1.1.
5. Remove the conductor housing assembly, REP 90.1.
6. Remove the toner dispense motor assembly, PL 90.10, Figure 2.
a. Disconnect four connectors (1).
b. Remove five clips (2).
c. Open the clamp (3), then remove the harness.
d. Remove six screws (4).

R E P 9 0 . 5 To n e r C R U M Co n n e c t o r A s s e m b l y
Removal
2. Remove the waste cartridge assembly, PL 90.15.
3. Remove the waste toner assembly, PL 90.15.
7. Remove the inner right cap cover, PL 28.05.
8. Remove the inner right cover, PL 28.05.
9. Remove the affected toner cartridge (Y,M,C,K), PL 90.10.
10. Remove the toner CRUM connector assembly: Figure 1.
b. Release the hook (2), and slide in the direction of the arrow.
c. Remove the toner crum connector assembly (3).
Figure 1 Toner crum connector assembly removal

Replacement

REP 90.6 Dispenser Assembly

Removal
CAUTION: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light
fatigue.
CAUTION: Do not touch the Drum surface with your hands.
Note: The following procedure if for the dispenser assembly (Y) PL 90.10 , the procedure is the
same for all dispenser assemblies (Y,M,C,K).
8. Remove the IBT belt assembly, REP 90.8.
10. Remove the developer assembly, REP 90.3.
11. Remove the affected toner cartridge (Y,M,C,K), PL 90.10. Figure 1 Dispenser assembly removal
12. Remove the dispenser assembly: Figure 1.
Replacement
b. Remove the dispenser assembly (3).
Note: Always remove in the order (Y,M,C,K).

R E P 9 0 . 7 D e v e l o p e r Re p l a c e m e n t
Removal
1. Prepare the black paper or black bag.
7. Release the snap fit and remove the upper cover (6), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Triumph plate removal

9. Place the developer housing assembly (1) into the plastic bag shipped with the developer, turn
the developer housing assembly upside down, then rotate the gear (2) clockwise to eject the de-
veloper into the bag, Figure 3.
Figure 1 Upper cover removal

8. Remove the triumph plate (7), Figure 2.

Figure 3 Eject old developer Figure 4 Add new developer

10. Install the triumph plate back into the developer housing assembly, Figure 2. 12. Rotate the gear (1) to the right (clockwise) to evenly distribute the developer on the magnetic
11. Open the bag of new developer carefully, then slowly add new developer to the magnetic roller roller, Figure 5.
side, Figure 4.

Figure 5 Rotate the gear Figure 6 Fill line

Note: Do not fill developer past the line inside the housing, approximately 3mm, be- 13. Clean any developer or toner from the location indicated by the black dashed area outlined in
low the upper cover installation slot, Figure 6. Figure 7.

Figure 7 Clean housing area Figure 8 Clean the seal

14. Inspect and clean all developer or toner from the seal on the upper cover, Figure 8. 15. Install the upper cover removed in Step 6.
16. Turn the developer housing over, inspect and clean all developer or toner from the DRS block lo-
cated in Figure 9.

Figure 9 Clean the DRS block Figure 10 Clean the gear

17. Inspect and clean all developer or toner from the gear by turning the gear clockwise, Figure 10. Replacement
2. Enter Diagnostic Mode Service Diagnostic Mode , then use dC135 to clear the HFSI counter.

R E P 9 0 . 8 I BT B e l t A s s e m b l y b. Pull the IBT belt assembly (1) out to full stop, grasp the IBT belt assembly handle (2), then
remove the IBT belt assembly (1), Figure 2.
Note: A stopper mechanism is in place to prevent the IBT belt assembly from falling
Removal out of the machine. The stopper mechanism is configured to release when the handle
is lifted.
5. Remove the IBT belt cleaner assembly, PL90.30.
6. Open the left cover, PL 80.65.
7. Remove the IBT belt assembly, PL90.30.
a. Remove two screws (1), Figure 1.
Figure 2 IBT belt assembly removal

Replacement
2. Enter Diagnostic Mode Service Diagnostic Mode , then use dC135 to clear the HFSI counter.
Figure 1 Remove two screws

REP 90.9 MOB/ADC Assembly

Removal
7. Open the left cover, PL 80.65.
8. Remove the IBT belt cleaner assembly, PL90.30.
9. Remove the registration transport assembly, REP 80.30.
10. Remove the MOB/ADC assembly, PL90.30.
a. Disconnect three connectors (1), Figure 1.
Figure 1 Connectors location

b. Remove two screws (2), remove the lower guide-IBT (3), the remove the MOB/ADC assembly
(4), Figure 2.

R E P 9 0 . 1 0 U p p e r Co n d u c t o r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y
Removal
1. Remove the BTR HVPS PWB, REP 1.1.
2. Remove the conductor housing assembly: Figure 1.
b. Release the hook (2).
c. remove the upper conductor housing assembly, PL90.30 , (3).
Figure 2 MOB/ADC assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Conductor housing assembly removal

Replacement

REP 90.11 Drum Assembly Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removal
Note: Cover the drum assembly with a dark material after removal to reduce light fatigue while
out of the machine.
Note: Do not touch the drum assembly surface.

4. Remove the drum assembly, PL 90.15, Figure 1.
a. Raise the developer assembly lever (1).
b. Raise the hook and remove the drum assembly (2).
Figure 1 Drum assembly removal

Replacement

REP 90.12 Gear Housing Assembly

Removal
1. Remove the four developer assemblies, REP 90.3.
2. Remove the upper right front cover, PL 28.15.
3. Remove the cover assembly and cover: Figure 1.
a. Remove ten screws (1).
b. Remove the cover assembly and cover (2).
Figure 2 Screw location

b. Disconnect the connector (2) and remove the conductor housing assembly (3), Figure 3.
Figure 1 Drum assembly removal

4. Remove the BCR HVPS, REP 1.9.
5. Remove the conductor assembly: Figure 2.

Figure 3 Conductor housing removal Figure 4 Gear housing assembly removal

6. Remove two screws (1), then remove the gear housing assembly (2), Figure 4. Replacement

RE P 9 0 . 1 3 D r ive S h a ft
Removal
Note: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
Note: Do not touch the Drum surface with your hands.
9. Remove the (Y) drum assembly, REP 90.11.
10. Remove the (Y) developer assembly, REP 90.3.
11. Remove the (Y) toner cartridge, PL 90.10.
12. Remove the agitator motor assembly, REP 90.14.
13. Release the latch inside the rear gear (1), then remove the gear and sleeve bearing, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Rear gear removal

14. Grasp the rear-end of the drive shaft (2), PL 90.20 , pulling the front-end of the drive shaft
through the frame hole, then remove the drive shaft from the front, Figure 2.

Figure 2 Drive shaft rear-end Figure 3 Sleeve bearing to gear position
Replacement
Note: The flanged end of the sleeve bearing seats against the gear on both ends, Figure 3 . The
shaft of the sleeve bearing seats inside the frame hole, Figure 4.

R EP 90. 14 Agitator Motor Asse m bly

Removal
CAUTION: Cover the drum assembly with a dark material after removal to reduce
light fatigue while out of the machine.
CAUTION: Do not touch the drum assembly surface.
1. Remove the lower rear cover, PL 28.15.

3. Remove the agitator motor assembly, PL 90.20, Figure 1.
c. Remove the agitator motor assembly (3).
Figure 4 Sleeve bearing in the frame
Figure 1 Agitator motor assembly removal

Replacement REP 90.15 Joint Pipe Assembly

Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 90.20
Removal

9. Remove the joint pipe assembly, PL 90.20, Figure 1.
b. Remove the joint pipe assembly (2).

REP 90.16 Housing Assembly

Removal

6. Remove the FFC cable assembly, REP 60.2.
7. Remove two screws (1), Figure 1.
Figure 1 Joint pipe assembly removal

Replacement

8. Remove the housing assembly (2), PL 90.25, Figure 2. R E P 9 0. 17 Sl e e ve B ea r in g
Removal
1. Remove the drive shaft, REP 90.13.
2. Remove the rear sleeve bearing, PL 90.20, Figure 1.
a. Release the gear latch, then remove the helical gear (1) and sleeve bearing (2).
Note: During replacement, the bearing flange seats against the gear.
Figure 2 Housing assembly removal

Replacement
Figure 1 Rear sleeve bearing removal

3. Remove the front sleeve bearing, PL 90.20, Figure 2.
a. Remove the e-clip (1).
b. Remove the sleeve bearing (2) leaving the gear (3) on the drive shaft.

R E P 9 0 . 1 8 Wa s t e To n e r C a r t r i d g e S e n s o r s
Removal
1. Remove the BCR HVPS PWB, REP 1.9.
2. Remove the lower right front cover, PL 28.15.
3. Remove the upper right rear cover, PL 28.15.
4. Remove the conductor assembly, PL 1.20.
5. Remove seven screws (1), then remove the handle assembly (2), Figure 1.
Figure 2 Front sleeve bearing alignment

Replacement
Note: Verify both bearings installed with the flange side against the gear.
Figure 1 Handle assembly removal

6. Remove the agitator motor assembly, REP 90.14.
7. Remove the drive shaft, REP 90.13.
8. Remove two screws (3) securing the cartridge guide, Figure 2.

Figure 2 Cartridge guide screws Figure 3 Sensor removal

9. Release two tabs and move the cartridge guide out of the way to gain access to the sensors. Replacement
10. Disconnect the connector (4) of the failed sensor, release the sensor housing hooks of the failed
sensor (5), then remove the sensor, PL 90.20 or PL 90.20, Figure 3. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

A D J 2 . 1 Pa n e l ( U I ) D i a g n o s t i c Te s t s • Pressing High Rate Breathing causes the intensity of the selected LED to rapidly increase
and decrease.
This series of tests are built into the UI software to test the functionality of the UI display, UI pixels • Pressing Low Rate Breathing causes the intensity of the selected LED to slowly increase and
and color fidelity, Touch Screen response, and Control Panel buttons and LEDs. decrease.
Procedure 6. Sounds Test...
To display the Panel Diagnostic Tests, log in to Diagnostics, select Diagnostics , then select dc305 This routine tests the six Sound Types the UI produces:
Panel Diagnostics Test . The menu displays a list of 6 choices. You can select the tests from either • Touch - Popup, Invalid Touch, Touch Tone2 Mid, Tumbler Down, Cancel / Delete, Touch Tone1
the Touch Screen or by using the number key pad on the Control Panel. Each test will have one or Low, Touch Tone3 High, Tumbler Up
more subtests. These tests are selectable from the number keys on the control panel. You can exit
any of the top level tests by pressing the 0 button on the Control panel. • Log In - NFC Card Swipe
• Power - Power Shutdown, Power Startup
1. LCD Pixel Test...
• Job Completion - Job Completed
This test displays five choices:
• Faults/Alerts - Fault, Notification Alert, Notification Banner
• Red Pixel Test
• Energy Saver - Power Saver Enter, Power Saver Exit
• Green Pixel Test
• Blue Pixel Test Note: To adjust the volume, use either the scroll buttons or touch the volume button
and enter the desired setting in the keypad.
• All White Pixel Test
• All Black Pixel Test
When Red Pixel Test is pressed, the screen turns red. When Green Pixel Test is pressed, the screen
turns green, etc.
2. Touch Panel Test...
This test consists of two routines: Touch Panel Test and Touch Panel Track Test.
• Touch Panel Test - A small square displays where you touch the screen. This demonstrates
the function of the touch screen. If your touch does not produce a color or grey square, the
touch screen is defective.
• Touch Panel Track Test - When you drag your fingertip across the screen, a black line will dis-
play along the path that you traced.
3. Button Test...
This routine test the operation of the Power and Home buttons on the control panel and dis-
plays the results on the UI as a color change on the button display.
4. Display Vertical Test...
This test displays eight different vertical gradient patterns. These patterns are selected by
touching the relevant soft button on the UI.
• Red Grey Scale
• Green Grey Scale
• Blue Grey Scale
• Display 3 Vertical
5. LED Test...
This routine tests the operation of the Power button LED, the NFC LED, and the Amber (Warn-
ing/Error) and Blue (Interaction) LEDs at the front of the Panel. Select the feature to test, then
the desired button on the touch screen.
• Pressing Blink causes the selected LED to blink after the LED has been switched on.

Service Manual ADJ 2.1
A D J 5 . 1 DA D F S k e w A d j u s t m e n t
Parts List on PL 5.2 (DADF 250)
Parts List on PL 5.51 (DADF 130)
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the position of the DADF. (DADF Lead-Skew,
Perpendicularity)
1. Place the Test Chart 82E8220 on the Platen Glass.
2. Place 11x17” paper in Tray 1.
3. Make one copy using the following settings.
a. On the UI, select Copy.
b. Select Output Color > Black & White.
c. Scroll to Paper Supply and select 11x17” paper size.
d. Select 2-Sided Copying , then 1->1 Sided.
e. Select Reduce/Enlarge and set it to 100%.
f. Select Show Additional Features.
g. Select Image Shift and set it to Off . Select the OK button if necessary.
h. Select Start.
Note: The copy made from the Platen Glass will be used as the original in the DADF.
4. Place the copy made from the Platen Glass into the DADF and make 3 copies.
5. Check that the difference in the distance between the side and the Edges at the 100mm mark
and the 300mm mark in the 3 copies is within 0.5mm. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Checking the Skew

6. If the value is not within the specified range, perform the Adjustment:
1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 5.5 for DADF 250 — REP 5.63 for DADF 130)

ADJ 5.1 Service Manual
2. Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2).
a. Loosen the screws (4).
b. Move the DADF in direction A (Figure 3) or B (Figure 4 ).
c. Tighten the screws (4).
Figure 3 Direction A correction

• The DADF moved in direction B. (Figure 4 )
Figure 4 Direction B correction

3. Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover.
4. After the adjustment is complete, perform ADJ 5.5 DADF Registration Automatic Adjustment
(dC608).
Figure 2 Skew Adjust

• The DADF moved in direction A. (Figure 3)

A D J 5 . 2 DA D F S i d e R e g i s t r a t i o n M a n u a l A d j u s t m e n t • 1 copy
4. Make one copy to the center tray.
To adjust the original to the correct position in the cross-process (drum shaft) direction on the
Platen. 5. Remove the copy from the center tray and flip the copy left to right.
6. Fold the copy in half, perpendicular to the short edge (fold A to B in Figure 1).
Note: This adjustment should only be performed if the ADJ 5.5 DADF Registration Automatic Ad-
justment (dC608) procedure has been performed and the results were not satisfactory. 7. Check that the fold line is within 2.0mm from the reference line.
• If the value is not within the specified range, perform the Adjustment.
Note: Perform the checks and, if necessary, the adjustments for the following procedures before
proceeding with this adjustment. • If the Check is OK, perform the DADF Side Edge Registration Check - Side 2.
• ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (dC126) DADF Side Edge Registration Check - Side 2
• ADJ 5.1 DADF Skew Adjustment 1. Place the Cross Line Test Pattern on the DADF with the LE face down and toward the rear of the
• ADJ 60.7 Document Glass Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC609) DADF.
2. Select the following:
Note: DADF Side Registration is adjusted using the NVM for all paper widths.
• Tray 1
Create a test pattern
• 2-2 Sided.
1. To create a Cross Line Test Pattern, use a plain white sheet of 8.5x11”/A4 paper and fold the • 100%
sheet precisely in half lengthwise and width-wise. Then with a straight edge draw a straight line
in the length-wise crease and a straight line in the width-wise crease. • 1 copy
Label the top LE for orientation purposes. (Figure 1) 3. Make one copy to the center tray.
4. Remove the copy from the center tray, but DO NOT FLIP the copy this time.
5. Fold the copy in half, perpendicular to the short edge (A to B in Figure 1).
6. Check that the fold line is within 2.0mm from the reference line.
Note: Side 2 Registration should track Side 1 closely. In the event that it does not, perform the ad-
justment, and attempt to equalize the registration for both sides.
Side 1 Adjustment
1. Use dC131 NVM Read/Write, to change the value in location 715-510 to perform correction for
all sizes.
2. Increase the value to move the image toward “TOP.”
3. Repeat Check and Adjustment until the measurement is within the specified range.
Side 2 Adjustment
Note: Side 2 Registration should track Side 1 closely. In the event that it does not, perform the ad-
justment, and attempt to equalize the registration for both sides.
1. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write, to change the value in location 715-511 to perform correction
for all sizes.
2. Increase the value to move the image toward “TOP.”
Figure 1 Creating a Test Pattern Original 3. Repeat the Check and Adjustment until the measurement is within the specified range.
DADF Side Edge Registration Check - Side 1
1. Load Tray 1 with 8.5x11”/A4 paper SEF.
2. Place the new Cross Line Test Pattern on the DADF with the word LE face up and towards the
rear of the DADF.
3. Select the following:
• Tray 1
• 1-1 Sided
• 100%

A D J 5 . 4 DA D F L e a d E d g e R e g i s t r a t i o n M a n u a l A d j u s t m e n t
Align image scanned from document with lead edge of paper.
Note: This adjustment should only be performed if the ADJ 5.5 DADF Registration Automatic Ad-
justment (dC608) procedure has been performed and the results were not satisfactory.
Note: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
• ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (dC126)
• ADJ 5.1 DADF Skew Adjustment
• ADJ 60.7 Document Glass Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC609)
1. Make two copies from the Platen Glass to be used as DADF originals.
a. Register Geometric Test Pattern 82E8220 (11 x 17 / A3) on the Platen with the lead edge
metrics LE1 through LE3 against the left registration guide.
b. Select the following on the UI:
• Copy
• 2-Sided Copying > 1→1 Sided
• Output Color > Black and White
• Paper Supply > A4 or 8 1/2 x 11
Note: Verify paper in selected tray is loaded "Long Feed Edge"

• Reduce/Enlarge > 100%
• Show Additional Features
• Image Shift > Off
• Copies > 2
c. Press Start. Write DADF Original 1 on the first copy and DADF Original 2 on the second copy.
2. Verify Lead Edge Registration of the DADF Originals.
a. On copy 2 (Original 2), measure the distance between the top edge of the copy and the
reference line on metric LE2, and write A and the measurement on copy 2.
b. Check that A is 10.0 ±0.5 mm. If A is 10.0 ±0.5 mm, go to step 3.
Figure 1 Verifying Top Edge Registration of DADF Originals
If A is not 10.0 ±0.5 mm, check the following and then return to the beginning of this
procedure. 3. Check DADF Top Edge Registration for Side 1. (Figure 1)
• ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment a. Load both DADF Originals in the DADF, 1 on top, with lead edge metrics LE1 through LE3
• ADJ 60.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration Manual Adjustment facing toward the left.
b. Select the following:
• Paper Supply > A4 or 8 1/2 x 11 Long Edge Feed
• Copies > 2
c. Press Start and discard the first set.
d. On Side 1 (labeled DADF Original 1) of the second set of copies, measure the distance be-
tween the top edge of the copy and the reference line on metric LE2, and write B and the
measurement on copy 1.
e. Compare B to A. B must be within 0 ±2.2 mm of A.
If the difference between B and A is greater than 2.2 mm, go to step 1 of the Adjustment.

Otherwise, go to the next step below. A D J 5 . 5 DA D F Re g i s t ra t i o n A u t o m a t i c A d j u s t m e n t ( d C 6 0 8 )
4. Check the DADF Lead Edge Registration for Side 2.
This feature checks registration of media fed through the DADF and corrects any misalignments.
a. Make a 2 sided test pattern. The process runs automatically and does not require any user intervention other than inserting six
blank sheets in the document feeder.
i. Load DADF Originals 1 and 2 face up, 1 on top, with lead edge metrics LE1 through LE3
facing toward the left. Note: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
ii. Select 1 to 2 sided and press Start to make the 2 sided test pattern. • ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (dC129)
b. Make test copies. • ADJ 5.1 DADF Skew Adjustment
i. Load the 2 sided test pattern with Side 1 up, and lead edge metrics LE1 through LE3 fac- • ADJ 60.7 Document Glass Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC609)
ing toward the left.
1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
ii. Select the following:
2. Select Adjustments.
3. Select dC608 Document Feeder Registration....
• Paper Supply > A4 or 8 1/2 x 11 Long Edge Feed
4. Insert 6 blank A4/8.5 x 11 inch white sheets, SEF orientation, into the document feeder.
5. Ensure the document feeder guides are adjusted so they touch the paper on both sides.
• Copies > 2
iii. Press Start and discard the first set.
Note: If the guides are not adjusted tightly, the process will not detect an error, and
incorrect values for the DADF side registration will be entered into NVM.
c. Check that the lead edge metrics are same distance from the edge of paper for both copies.
6. Select Start on the dC608 Document Feeder Registration screen.
If the difference is greater than 2.2 mm, go to step 2 of the adjustment.
The document feeder feeds the documents.
Otherwise, the DADF Lead Edge Registration is good.
The screen displays the After Registration values.
Adjust 7. If “- ” is shown instead of After Registration values, or if there is any other indication of failure,
repeat the procedure from step 4..
1. Adjust Side 1 DADF Lead Edge Registration.
If the process fails a second time, perform DADF Side Registration Manual Adjustment (ADJ 5.2)
a. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write, to change the value in location [711-140] to perform correc- and DADF Lead Edge Registration Manual Adjustment (ADJ 5.4).
tion for Side 1 Lead Registration.
b. If B is more than A, increase the NVM value.
If B is less than A, decrease the NVM value.
c. Check results of adjustment and readjust if required.
2. Adjust Side 2 DADF Lead Edge Registration.
a. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write, to change the value in location [715-515] to perform correc-
tion for Side 2 Lead Registration.
b. If Side 2 edge metric is farther away from edge than Side 1, increase the NVM value.
If Side 2 edge metric is closer to edge than Side 1, decrease the NVM value.
c. Check results of adjustment and adjust as required.
Note: 2 to 2-sided or 2 to 1-sided must be selected to view a change in [715-

515]. [715-515] produces no change in 1 to 2-sided copying.
Table 1 NVM List
Cha- Lin- Ma-
in k Name Default Min x Remarks
711 140 Side1LeadRegOffsetAdjustmentAll 120 80 230 Side 1
715 515 CVTRegLEpagesyncSide2 275 195 355 CVT-Side 2

A D J 5 . 6 S i d e 1 t o S i d e 2 Co l o r M a t c h i n g A D J 6 0 . 1 Fu l l / H a l f R a t e C a r r i a g e P o s i t i o n A d j u s t m e n t
The purpose of this adjustment is to compensate for minor variations in output color between side
1 and side 2 on single-pass DADFs. This routine is available to users. Parts List on PL 60.55
1. Select Device on the UI. Adjusts the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.
2. Select Tools. Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to the on-screen
3. Select Troubleshooting. prompts. Wait for the Power Button LED to turn off before switching off the Main Power Switch (GP
4).
4. Select Calibration.
5. Scroll to Color Matching. Note: Adjust the position of Full/Half Rate Carriage at the front and rear separately. Only the pro-
cedure for the rear side is described here. The procedure for the front side is the same as for the rear
6. Follow the on-screen instructions. side.
1. Press the Jobs icon to verify that no jobs are in process.
2. Power the system off (GP 4).
3. Disconnect the power cord.
4. Open the DADF.
5. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 60.25)
6. Remove the Lens Cover Assembly. (REP 60.25 PL 60.50 or PL 60.55)
7. Remove the jig pins from the Lens Assembly. (Figure 1)
Note: When removing the jig pins, never remove the screws (4) that secure the Lens
Base.
a. Remove the screws (2).
b. Remove the jig pins (2).
Figure 1 Remove the jig pins

8. Check that the pulley at the front side is secured firmly. If the pulley is loose, tighten the set
screws (2). (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Tighten the front pulley

9. Loosen the set screws (2) that secure the pulley at the rear side. (Figure 3)
Figure 4 Position the Half Rate Carriage

11. Tighten one of the two set screws (either one) that loosened the rear side pulley. (Figure 5)
Figure 3 Loosen the rear pulley

10. Position the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 4)
a. Move the Half Rate Carriage to the jig pin insertion position.
b. Set the jig pins (2).
Note: Make sure the jig pins are aligned as shown in the figure.
c. Tighten the screws (2). Figure 5 Tighten one of the set screws
12. Secure the cable to the Full Rate Carriage at the rear side. (Figure 6)
a. Remove the screw.
b. Set the Tool Pin that was placed at the rear side of the Half Rate Carriage to the front side
of the Full Rate Carriage.
c. Tighten the screw.
d. Remove the screw.
e. Set the Tool Pin that was placed at the front side of the Half Rate Carriage to the rear side
of the Full Rate Carriage.

f. Tighten the screw. A D J 6 0 . 2 I I T L e a d E d g e Re g i s t r a t i o n M a n u a l A d j u s t m e n t
g. Tighten the affixed screws.
Adjusts the IIT scan timing in the Slow Scan direction and corrects the copy position.
CAUTION: Perform this adjustment only if absolutely required; the IIT Lead Edge
Registration affects the precision of the document size detection.
Note: This adjustment should only be performed if the ADJ 60.7 Document Glass Registration Au-
tomatic Adjustment (dC609) procedure has been performed and the results were not satisfactory.
Note: Perform ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (dC126) adjustment before per-
forming this adjustment.
1. Place the Geometric Test Pattern (82E8220) on the platen glass with the lead edge on the left.
Ensure that the test pattern is positioned in the upper left corner of the platen glass and seated
against green registration bars.
2. Select the Copy icon on the UI. Make the following settings:
• Output Color > Black & White.
• Select a tray loaded with 11x17 (A3) paper. If necessary, load one of the paper trays with
11 x 17 or A3 paper.
Figure 6 Secure the cable to the Full Rate Carriage
13. Tighten the remaining set screw that kept the pulley at the rear side loose. (Figure 7) • Number of Copies: 2
3. Press Start . Retrieve the 2nd copy. Check that the distance from the lead edge to the top of the
indicated step on the LE2 scale is 10.0mm +/- 1.6mm (Figure 1).
Lead Edge
10.0mm
+/-
1.6mm
Figure 7 Tighten the set screw

14. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.
15. Restore the Tool Pins to their original states.
16. Restore the Lens Cover Assembly to its original state.

Adjustment A D J 6 0 . 3 I I T S i d e Re g i s t r a t i o n M a n u a l A d j u s t m e n t
Adjusts the IIT scan timing in the Fast Scan direction and corrects the copy position.
2. Select Adjustment.
3. Select dC131 and read the value in NVM location [715-513]. CAUTION: Perform this adjustment only if absolutely required; the IIT Side Edge
Registration affects the precision of the document size detection.
4. Change the value to move the image in the appropriate direction:
• adding or subtracting 1 to the NVM value will move the image 0.1mm Note: This adjustment should only be performed if theADJ 60.7 Document Glass Registration Auto-
matic Adjustment (dC609) procedure has been performed and the results were not satisfactory.
• When the NVM value is incremented by 1 (.1mm is added to it), the image will move toward
the lead edge. Note: Perform the checks and, if necessary, the adjustments in ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge
• When the NVM value is decremented by 1 (.1mm is subtracted from it), the image will move Registration (dC126) before proceeding with this adjustment.
toward the trail edge.
1. Load 11 x 17 inch/A3 paper in Tray 2.
5. Repeat the Check and Adjustment until the lead edge measurement is within the specified
range. Record the final value. 2. Place the Geometric Test Pattern (82E8220) on the platen glass with feature LE1, LE2, LE3
(Leading edge) at the left.
6. Use dC131 to read the value in NVM location [715-514].
Ensure that the test pattern is positioned in the upper left corner of the platen glass and seated
7. Subtract 68 from the value recorded in step 5 and write that value to [715-514]. against green registration bars.
Note: Location [715-514] stores the Calibration Strip location. The Calibration Strip • Output Color > Black & White
location is 68 counts less than the lead edge of the Platen. • Paper Supply > Tray 2
• Number of Copies: 2
3. Retrieve the second copy. Check that the distance from the side edge of the copy to the top of
the 3rd step of feature SE2 and SE is 10.0mm +/- 1.6mm (Figure 1).
Lead
Edge
10.0mm
+/-
1.6mm

Adjustment A D J 6 0 . 4 O p t i c a l A x i s C a l i b ra t i o n
1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode. Parts List on PL 60.30 or PL 60.35
2. Enter dC131, location [715-512].
The purpose of this adjustment is to align the CCD with the lens.
Change the value.
• 1 increment = 0.075mm CAUTION: This procedure should only be performed if the Lens Kit is replaced or if
the documentation specifically directs.
• increasing the value = The image moves IN (towards the back of the machine).
• decreasing the value = The image moves OUT (towards the front of the machine). Note: Perform the following in order before beginning this procedure:
3. Repeat the Check and Adjustment until the Side Edge measurement is within the specified 1. Perform the Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment. (ADJ 60.1)
range. 2. Clean the Optics:
a. Switch off the power.
b. Allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off.
c. Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass, Document
Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror.
d. Clean the Exposure Lamp with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
e. Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
3. Open the DADF and position it so the front edge is 150 mm (5.9 in) above the platen glass (Fig-
ure 1).
Figure 1 Open the DADF 150mm (5.9 in)

CAUTION: Stray light will adversely affect the check. If there is significant ambient
light around the machine (especially fluorescent light), shroud the machine with a
drop cloth to keep as much stray light as possible away from the Lens and CCD.

3. Select dC945 IIT Calibration....

4. Touch the Select Calibration Type button, then select Optical Axis Calibration from the menu.
5. Select Start.
6. Check the results on the display.
• If a green check mark is displayed in the Results column, the check is good. Perform ADJ
60.5 IIT Calibration (dC945).
• If a red X is displayed in the Results column, perform the Adjustment.
CAUTION: Take care to keep the platen glass and other areas of the optics clean dur-
ing the adjustment.
1. Remove the Platen Glass.

2. Remove the CCD Cover (Figure 2). It is not necessary to remove the screws, only to loosen them
several turns. The cover is slotted so that it will slide off with the screws in place.
Figure 2 Tool and Adjusting Nut

5. Check the results in the Front column and theRear column of the table. The values displayed in-
dicate the amount and direction of the correction required:
• + means rotate clockwise
• - means rotate counterclockwise
• The amount of correction is displayed in degrees. Each division around the nut represents 15
degrees. Divide the displayed value by 15 to find the number of divisions to rotate the nuts.
If a value higher than 990 is displayed, this may indicate that insufficient light is entering
the CCD. Make sure that the Lens and Platen Glass are clean.
6. Make the indicated correction for both the front and rear nuts.
7. Reinstall the Platen Glass.
8. Select Start.
9. Repeat the Check from Step 4. If further adjustment is required, for the second and subsequent
adjustment cycles only adjust the nuts 1/2 of the indicated amount.
10. After the green check mark is displayed, perform ADJ 60.5 IIT Calibration (dC945).
Loosen the CCD Cover

Screws (6)
3. Place an index mark on the barrel of a 5.5mm nut driver.

4. Figure 3 shows the tool and the adjusting nuts.

A D J 6 0 . 5 I I T C a l i b ra t i o n ( d C 9 4 5 ) Adjustment
White Reference Platen Adjustment
The purpose of this procedure is to calibrate the optics in the IIT for optimal performance. 1. Make 10 copies of Color Test Pattern 82E13120. Set up the machine using the specifications
listed in Table 1 of the Image Quality section, Image Quality Specifications.
Note: Do not perform this procedure unless one of the following components has been replaced:
2. Select the 10th copy printed and evaluate the color using the specifications listed in (Color Spec-
• LED Exposure Lamp ifications Table 2 XXX) of the Image Quality section, Image Quality Specifications.
• IIT TRANS PWB 3. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
• SSD/HDD 4. Select Adjustments.
• Platen Glass 5. Select dC945 IIT Calibration.
• Document Backing Pad on the DADF 6. Touch the Paper Type and select paper type from the list
• DADF Assembly
CAUTION: Do not perform the Optical Z-Axis Adjustment unless the Lens Assembly
• Scanner Initialization was performed (it is not recommended that the Scanner Initialization be was replaced.
performed)
7. Touch the Select Calibration Type button and select White Reference Platen from the menu.
Note: If the Lens Assembly has been replaced, go to ADJ 60.4.
8. Place one sheet of paper on the Platen.
CAUTION: This procedure can only be performed prior to performing the Admin Follow the instructions on the UI to perform the calibration.
Tools Color Calibration (Print & Copy) procedure. Performing this procedure after the
color calibration has been done may cause major problems with color reproduction. IIT Calibration in Progress will display in the message area at the top of the screen, followed
by IIT Calibration Completed when the calibration is done.
CAUTION: Optical Axis should only be run if replacing the CCD Assembly Calibration results display in the Results field at the bottom of the screen.
In dC945 IIT Calibration Adjustment there are three adjustments, as follows. Note:
• White Reference Platen Ensure that all of the following are complied with during the procedure:
• White Reference DADH — Duplex - Calculates and sets the White Reference Correction • The paper being used is clean and fresh
Coefficient. • The paper is one of the papers specified in Table 1
• LED Type Determination — (Side 1 and Side 2) - Corrects the IIT sensitivity dispersion. • Use only the number of sheets specified in the UI.
• Optical Axis Calibration
White Reference DADH Adjustment
Preparation Note: Clean the CIS before running dC945 White Reference DADH
Note: Because the IIT is used as a measurement device for Print and Copy calibration, dC945 IIT
Calibration may affect their results and alter color and tonal reproduction for print, copy, and scan. 1. Touch the Select Calibration Type button and select White Reference DADH — Duplex.
2. Place one sheet of paper on the Platen.
1. Clean the Optics:
Follow the instructions on the UI to perform the calibration.
a. Switch off the power and allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off. The message IIT Calibration in Process will appear on the UI, followed by IIT Calibration Com-
b. Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass, Document pleted when the calibration is done.
Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror. Calibration results display in the Results field at the bottom of the screen.
c. Clean the Exposure Lamp with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
Note:
d. Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
Table 1 Paper Ensure that all of the following are complied with during the procedure:
• The paper being used is clean and fresh
Paper Being Kit Number Size / Order CSE Part NVM 715–518 • The paper is one of the papers specified in Table 1.
Used Weight Number Value • Use only the number of sheets specified in the UI.
Bold Digital 128E01460 11x17/24 3R11543 128E01460 5
Printing lbs. LED Calibration - Side 1 Adjustment
1. Touch the Select Calibration Type button and select LED Type Determination - Side 1 .
ColoTech Plus 655N50066 A3/90 gsm. 3R98839 N/A 6 2. Place the Color Test Pattern 82E13120 on the platen with the Lead Edge (LE) on the left.
Gold
3. Press Start.

The message IIT Calibration in Process will appear on the UI screen, followed by IIT Calibra- A D J 6 0 . 7 D o c u m e n t G l a s s Re g i s t r a t i o n A u t o m a t i c A d j u s t m e n t
tion Completed when the calibration is done
4. The obtained data display in the Results field.
(dC609)
This adjustment checks the registration of the document glass and corrects any misalignments. The
a. Ensure that the Results field shows a green check mark, indicating that the results are OK. process runs automatically and does not require any user intervention other than keeping the docu-
b. If the Results do not show OK, that is, if a red X is shown, return to step 2 and repeat this ment feeder open during the operation.
procedure.
Note: High levels of ambient light illuminating the platen during this procedure can affect the ac-
c. If, after repeating the procedure, the Results still are not OK, go to the 362A RAP and trou- curacy of the result. Lower the DADF to 45 degrees to limit ambient light and block direct light from
bleshoot the problem. windows or other sources.
LED Calibration - Side 2 Adjustment 1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.

1. Touch the Select Calibration Type button and select LED Type Determination - Side 2.) 2. Select Adjustments.
2. Place the Test Pattern 82E13120 in the DADH with the color pattern down and Lead Edge on 3. Scroll to and select dC609 Document Glass Registration....
the left (in) side.
The screen displays the current registration values. (Figure 1)
3. Press Start.
The message IIT Calibration in Process will appear on the UI screen, followed by IIT Calibra-
tion Completed when the calibration is done.
4. When the calibration is complete, the obtained data display in the Results field.
a. Ensure that the Results field shows a green check mark, indicating that the results are OK.
b. If the Results box does not show OK, that is, if a red X is shown, remove the LED (REP 5.12
for DADH 250) (REP 5.78 for DADH 130), clean the optics, and reinstall the LED in the
machine.
c. Return to step 2 and repeat this procedure.
d. If, after repeating the procedure, the Results box still does not show OK, go to RAP 366-900
and troubleshoot the problem.
Figure 1 dc609 Document Glass Handler screen

4. Open the document feeder and remove any paper from the document glass.
Note: The document feeder should remain open (at an angle of 45 degrees) until
this procedure is complete.
5. Select Start on the dC609 Document Glass Handler screen to run the routine. (Figure 1)
Note: If a pop-up window appears indicating that the routine has failed, try chang-
ing the position of the DADF, either opening or closing it slightly.
6. After the routine completes, the screen will display the values for before and after registration.
7. If “- ” is shown instead of After Registration values, or if there is any other indication of failure,
repeat the procedure from step 2.
If the process fails a second time, perform IIT Side Registration Manual Adjustment (ADJ 60.3)
and IIT Lead Edge Registration Manual Adjustment (ADJ 60.2).

A D J 9 0 . 1 I OT L e a d E d g e / S i d e E d g e Re g i s t r a t i o n ( d C 1 2 6 )
Purpose
To adjust the position of the image written by the LPH’s. This is done by changing the value of the
Lead Edge Registration and Side Edge Registration using dC126.
CAUTION: When registration is adjusted, the entire series of adjustments must be

performed in the listed sequence. Do not adjust only lead edge or side edge. Always
check and adjust all trays as specified. Read the entire procedure before performing
the adjustment.
Introduction
This series consists of the following procedures: Figure 1 dC126 Paper Registration screen
• Lead Edge Registration, Trays 1-4 & 6 (HCF), Sides 1 and 2.
Lead Edge Registration
• Lead Edge Registration, MSI (Tray 5), Sides 1 and 2. To correctly register the lead edge of the image, printed using dC126, in relation to the lead edge
• Side Edge Registration, All Trays (1 - 6), Sides 1 and 2, each set separately. of the paper for all trays.
Specification Note: There are four settings for lead edge registration as follows:
The specifications for Lead Edge and Side Edge are shown in the table below. 1. Trays 1-4 & Tray 6 (HCF) - Side 1
Table 1 Registration Specifications
2. Trays 1-4 & Tray 6 (HCF) - Side 2
Item Side 1 Trays 1-4 & 6 Side 2 Trays 1-4 & 6 Side 1 & 2 Tray 5 (MSI)
3. Tray 5 (MSI) - Side 1
Lead Edge 10±1.5mm 10±1.9mm 10±2.2mm 4. Tray 5 (MSI) - Side 2
Side Edge 8.5±2.0mm 8.5±2.4mm 8.5±3.0mm Side 1 Lead Edge Registration (Trays 1-4 & 6)
1. Make the following selections:
Initial Setup a. Select Side 1.
1. Load trays 1, 2 and 5 (MSI), with 11 x 17 / A3 Bond/Plain paper. Load trays 3, 4, and 6 (HCF)
with 8 1/2 x 11 / A4 Bond/Plain paper. Verify that the paper guides are set correctly. b. Set Paper Supply to (1).
c. Set Print Count to 5.
Note: This adjustment uses a minimum of 20 sheets from Tray 1 and Tray 5 (MSI)
and 10 from each other tray even if no adjustment is required. 2. Select Save & Print.
2. On the Paper Settings - Tray X window, ensure that the correct Size and Type is selected for all 3. Take the third print from the output tray and label the lead edge.
trays that were opened. 4. Orient the paper as shown in Figure 2 and measure from the lead edge to point A. Point A is at
the intersection of the 7th line from the side edge and the 1st line from the lead edge.
Note: The dC126 routine automatically selects the appropriate NVM location to set,
based on the paper size and type setting of the trays. 5. If the measured value is not 10±1.5mm, perform the Adjustment for Lead Edge.
3. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode. 6. If the Check is OK, proceed to Side 2 Lead Edge Registration (Trays 1-4 & 6).
5. Select dC126 Paper Registration.... (Figure 1)

3. Take the third print from the output tray and label the lead edge.
4. Orient the paper as shown in Figure 2 and measure from the lead edge to point A.
5. If the measured value is not 10±2.2mm, perform the Adjustment for Lead Edge.
6. If the Check is OK, proceed to Side 2 Tray 5 (MSI) Lead Edge Registration.
Side 2 Tray 5 (MSI) Lead Edge Registration
1. Select Side 2.
2. Select Save &Print.
4. Orient the paper as shown in Figure 2 and measure from the lead edge to point A.
Note: When side 2 is selected, only side 2 is imaged. Side 2 is output face down. The
lead edge is at the right side of the tray.
5. If the measured value is not 10±2.2mm, perform the Adjustment for Lead Edge.
6. If the Check is OK, proceed to Side Edge Registration.
Adjustment Lead Edge
1. Use the Right and Left arrow buttons to increase or decrease the amount of lead edge spacing.
The Right arrow decreases the lead edge spacing. The Left arrow increases the lead edge spac-
ing. Each increment of the adjustment value changes the distance from the edge of the paper
to the grid by 0.100mm.
Note: When Save & Print is selected after entering the appropriate adjustment val-
ue, the value is loaded into NVM. The value shown in the window will return to zero.
Selecting Save & Print is the ONLY way to load the adjustment value into NVM.
2. After adjustment, repeat the appropriate Check procedure to see if the measured value of the
Lead Edge at point A now falls within the specification of Table 1.
3. Repeat Adjustment steps 1 through 3 until the measured value falls within the specification.
4. After adjusting the lead edge to within specification, proceed with the next Check procedure or
continue with Side Edge Registration as appropriate.
Figure 2 Test Pattern Measurement Points
Side 2 Lead Edge Registration (Trays 1-4 & 6) Side Edge Registration
To correctly register the side edge of the image in relation to the outboard edge of the paper.
Note: The grid pattern for side 1 does not align with the grid pattern for side 2. Do not attempt to
set registration by aligning the grids. Note: Side 1 and Side 2 edge registration must be set independently for each side and each tray.
Thus, depending on whether Tray 6 (HCF) is present, there will be a total of either 10 (no HCF) or
1. Select Side 2 and verify that Paper Supply (1) is selected and the Print Count is set to 5. 12 (HCF present) side edge registration settings.
2. Select Save & Print.
Side 1 Side Edge Registration (Trays 1-4 & 6)
1. Ensure that sufficient paper of the correct size and type is loaded in all trays (see Initial Setup).
Note: When side 2 is selected, only side 2 is imaged. Side 2 is output face down. The This adjustment uses a minimum of 10 sheets from each tray.
lead edge is at the right side of the tray. 2. Select (1) for Paper Supply and Side 1.
4. Orient the paper as shown in Figure 2 and measure from the lead edge to point A. 3. Verify that the Print Count is set to 5.
5. If the measured value is not 10±1.9mm, perform the Adjustment for Lead Edge 4. Select Save & Print.
6. If the Check is OK, proceed to Side 1 Tray 5 (MSI) Lead Edge Registration. 5. Take the third print from the output tray and label the lead edge.
Side 1 Tray 5 (MSI) Lead Edge Registration 6. Orient the paper as shown in Figure 2.
1. Select (5) (MSI) for Paper Supply and Side 1 , and verify that the Print Count is set to 5. Note: When the test pattern is oriented correctly per Figure 2 with the lead edge to
2. Select Save & Print. the right, the side edge to be checked will be at the top.
7. Measure side edge registration as follows:

• For 11 x17 / A3 paper, measure from the intersection between the 1st line from the side 1. Use the Up and Down arrow buttons to increase or decrease the amount of side edge spacing.
edge and the 10th line from the lead edge of the paper (point B2 on Figure 2). The Down arrow increases the side edge spacing. The Up arrow decreases the side edge spac-
ing. Each increment of the adjustment value changes the distance from the edge of the paper
• For letter size (8.5 x 11 / A4), measure from the intersection between the 1st line from the
to the grid by 0.106mm.
side edge and the 5th line from the lead edge of the paper (point B1 on Figure 2).
8. If the measured value is not 8.5±2.0mm, perform the Adjustment for Side Edge. Note: When Save & Print is selected after entering the appropriate adjustment val-
9. If the measurement is within specification, repeat steps 1 through 7 for each tray. After the last ue, the value is loaded into NVM. The value shown in the window will return to zero.
tray (either Tray 5 (MSI) or Tray 6 (HCF)) has been checked and adjusted, continue with Side 2 Selecting Save & Print is the ONLY way to load the adjustment value into NVM.
Side Edge Registration (Trays 1-4 & 6) 2. After adjustment, repeat the Check procedure to see if the measured value of the Side Edge
now falls within the specifications of Table 1.
Side 2 Side Edge Registration (Trays 1-4 & 6)
3. Repeat Adjustment steps 1 through 3 until the measured value falls within the specification.
1. Select Side 2 and Paper Supply (1). 4. After adjusting the side edge to within specification, proceed with the next Check procedure un-
2. Verify that the Print Count is set to 5. til both sides for all trays are checked and adjusted.
5. Orient the paper as shown in Figure 2.
Note: When side 2 is selected, only side 2 is imaged. Side 2 is output face down. The
lead edge is at the right side of the tray.
Note: When the test pattern is oriented correctly per Figure 2 with the lead edge to
the right, the side edge to be checked will be at the top.
6. Measure side edge registration as follows:
• For 11 x17 / A3 paper, measure from the intersection between the 1st line from the side
edge and the 10th line from the lead edge of the paper (point B2 on Figure 2).
• For letter size (8.5 x 11 / A4), measure from the intersection between the 1st line from the
side edge and the 5th line from the lead edge of the paper (point B1 on Figure 2).
7. If the measured value is not 8.5±3.0mm, perform the Adjustment for Side Edge.
Side 1 Tray 5 (MSI) Side Edge Registration

1. Select Paper Supply (5) and Side 1 , and verify that the Print Count is set to 5.
4. Orient the paper as shown in Figure 2 and measure from the side edge to point B2.
6. If the Check is OK, proceed to Side 2 Tray 5 (MSI) Side Edge Registration.
Side 2 Tray 5 (MSI) Side Edge Registration

1. Select Side 2.
4. Orient the paper as shown in Figure 2 and measure from the lead edge to point B2.
6. If the Check is OK, this adjustment is done. Close dC126.
Adjustment Side Edge

A D J 9 0 . 2 Ed g e E ra s e A d j u s t m e n t Note: it is not necessary to reboot when closing Diagnostic Mode.
To check and adjust edge erase margins for Lead Edge, Trail Edge and both sides.
Prerequisite
Note: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (ADJ 90.1) must be checked and adjusted if re-
quired before performing this procedure.
1. From the Services Home screen, select Copy.
2. Make the following settings while in the Copy mode:
a. Select the Copy tab and set Paper Supply to a tray that has paper loaded in it.
b. Set 2-Sided Copying to 1->1 Sided.
c. Select Show Additional Features Tab.
d. Select the Layout Adjustment tab.
e. Select Image Shift and set to Off , then select OK.
f. Select Edge Erase > All Edges , set the value to 0.0 and select OK
3. Open the DADH.
4. Make a solid black copy.
5. Check that the margins are per Table 1 . If the margins are not within the values specified in Ta-
ble 1 perform the Adjustment.
Note: If Side Edge margins are not exactly per the specification, they are acceptable
if both front and rear are same.
Table 1 Edge Erase Specifications
Edge Specification
Lead Edge 4mm
Side Edge (Both Front and Rear Side) 2mm
Trail Edge 2mm

2. Select dC131 NVM Read/Write.
3. Adjust the NVM (Table 2) so that the measured value of the margins is per Table 1.
Note: If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases.

Table 2 NVM List
Chain
Link Name Min. Default Max Step
998–502 Leading Edge Erase 0 40 255 0.1mm increments

Amount
998–503 Side Edge Erase Amount 0 20 255 0.1mm increments
998–504 Trailing Edge Erase 0 20 255 0.1mm increments

Amount
4. Exit diagnostic mode and repeat the Check until the measured values are per Table 1.

A D J 9 0 . 3 Pr o Co n O n / O f f Pr i n t C h e c k ( d C 9 3 7 )
This procedure performs a Mini-setup, outputs a printed test pattern for visual analysis, and prints a
Job End patch. Selected process control NVM values are displayed, and a check for hidden process-
control-related faults is performed.
There are 2 modes in this procedure:
• Procon On mode - the routine is run with ATC/ADC correction per the ProCon lookup table (LUT)
and customer mode settings.
• Procon Off mode: - the routine is run with ATC/ADC/LUT bypassed, using the default settings for
potential.
1. Ensure that there is 11 x 17”/A3 paper in Tray 1.
4. Select dC924 TRC Manual Adjustment. (Figure 1)
Set the values at the midpoint.
Figure 2 dc937 ProCon On / Off Print screen
Note: Disregard any not ok readings that are displayed when you first enter the routine - the
data are only valid after Print has been selected.
6. Select Process Control On , then select Print . Mini-setup will be executed in 4 color mode. 1
sheet of the built-in test pattern Pcon PG 200C will be printed and the job end patch created.
7. Check the ProCon status screen for any failures. If Fail is displayed for any table entry, perform
the Adjustment.
8. Examine the printed test pattern. Compare the output to the Color Test Pattern (Figure 3).
Check the density and color shift of the medium/high density areas, and the reproduced density
and color shift of the highlights. If a problem is detected, perform the Adjustment.
Figure 1 dc924 TRC Manual Adjustment screen

5. Select dC937 ProCon On/Off Print . (Figure 2)

• If the problem involves a single color, it may be the Developer and/or power supplies,
Photoreceptor/BCR/Scorotron, and/or power supplies, or LPH. Repair or replace as
Mid/High density: required.
1st column 100% • If the problem involves all colors, check the 2nd BTR, its power supply, and the Transfer
10th column 5%, Belt.
11th column not
visible b. ProCon Off print is OK, but ProCon On print is unacceptable
• Replace the MOB/ADC Sensor Assembly (REP 90.9).
Highlight
Density:
1st column 100%
6th column 5%,
8th column
visible
* 11th column not
visible
* Secondary Colors - Mid/High

Density
1. If not ok is displayed, carry out the following failure correction as appropriate, then repeat the
Check.
• For ADC Shutter Open, ADC Shutter Close, or ADC Sensor failures go to the 392-649, 392-
650, 392-651 RAP.
• For ADC Patch failures go to the 392-670, 392-671, 392-672, 392-673 RAP.
• For ATC Average failures go to the 392-665, 392-666, 392-667, 392-668 RAP.
• For ATC Amplitude failures go to the 392-657, 392-658, 392-659, 392-660 RAP.
• For Temperature failures go to the RAP.
• For Humidity failures go to the RAP.
• For ADC Mini-setup failures go to the 392-675, 392-676, 392-677, 392-678RAP.
2. Record the values on the ProCon On/Off Print screen. (Figure 2)
3. Select Process Control > Off , then select Print . Mini-setup will be executed in 4C mode. One
sheet of the built-in test pattern, Pcon PG 200C , will be printed and the job end patch created.
ProCon Off switches off the Grid Voltage Control, and ADC Gradation Control:
• Grid Voltage Control Off: For medium/high density problems, this allows you to differentiate
between developing/transfer problems in IOT elements status and Grid Voltage Control prob-
lems due to Procon ADC.
• ADC Gradation Control: When reproduced highlights are poor, this allows you to differenti-
ate between problems with the IOT itself and problems with the ADC Gradation Adjustment.
4. Compare the output of the ProCon On and ProCon Off prints. Evaluate according to one of the
following Problem Statements:
a. Both ProCon On and ProCon Off prints are unacceptable
• F or poor Highlight reproduction, perform ADJ 90.14 Tone-up/Tone-down (dC991).

A D J 9 0 . 5 T h i n L i n e Co r r e c t i o n M o d e A d j u s t m e n t ADJ 90.6 LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment

The Thin Line Correction Mode may be used to correct the poor reproducibility of 600dpi/1200dpi The LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment adjusts the LPH exposure to correct uneven density in
thin lines. the cross process direction that arose due to various causes in the vicinity of the Drum for each
YMCK color individually.
Because of the dispersion due to the difference in the machines, thin lines, especially slanted ones,
tend to break up. The LPH Exposure Amount Adjustment can be performed as negative correction within the range of
0 to -20 (%).
When this happens, use the Thin Line Correction Mode to correct it.
Correction Area
Note: Defects may appear in the following when the Thin Line Correction Mode is in use:
• banding in ladder images
• LPH streaks in high temperature environment
For these reasons, keep the adjustment amount as low as possible.
3. Select dC131 NVM Read/Write.
4. Perform the Thin Line Correction by adjusting the following NVMs:
a. NVM 749-247, 1200 Only Thin Line Correction - 0: OFF (also perform correction for 600dpi),
15: ON (only perform correction for 1200dpi)
If the Thin Line Correction is also to be performed for 600dpi, use 0. The default value is 15.
b. NVM 749-246, Thin Line Correction Switch - 0: Thin Line Correction OFF, 1: Thin Line Correc-
tion ON.
The default value is 0. Figure 1 Correction Areas
c. Thin Line Correction Amount Adjustment (Table 1): Table 1 Distance
Table 1 Thin Line Correction Amount Adjustment A B C D E F G
Default Adjustment
Description Range Distance from the left of image 0 52 103 154 206 257 308.9
NVM Address Value (mm)
749-251 Thin line correction 0 0 to 255
amount Y color As shown in Figure 1 , the LPH zone is divided into 7 areas by setting the 6 points - from A (left most
edge) to G (right most edge).
749-252 Thin line correction 0 0 to 255
amount M color Adjustment is performed at each area to lower the LPH exposure until the density is even.
749-253 Thin line correction 0 0 to 255 Note: There are cases where point A or G will lie beyond the image zone. Furthermore, the 154mm
amount C color mark is the center of the image.
749-254 Thin line correction 0 0 to 255 Note: As an overly large adjustment might cause jumps in gradation, make the adjustments as
amount K color small as possible.
The larger the value, the more emphasis the thin line gets (amount of exposure is The adjustment amount (%) is not = amount of change in density.
increased).
The actual exposure level includes a process that converts the brightness of ADC Sensor Position to
Amount of exposure is increased by: 30% for 140, 20% for 160, and 10% for 180. (Default 100%.
value - Adjustment value)/2 = amount of increased exposure in %.
The recommended value is 160. 1. LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment ON/OFF Switch
d. 752-006: 0 = OFF, 1 = ON To enable the LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment function, set the following NVM to ON
(Table 2).
Although this is normally set as 0 (OFF) during use, if the highlight reproduction is overdone,
set this to 1 (ON).
Default value is 0.

Table 2 NVM Figure 2 IN/OUT density correction
NVM Adjustment *Although there is also an adjustment range at the positive side, it only involves reducing
NVM Names Address Contents Initial Value Range the brightness at the IN side or the OUT side and therefore will not have any correction that
goes above 100%.
Smile Correction 749-255 0: OFF 0 0 or 1 b. Pattern Selection Correction:
Switch 1: ON
If you have elected to perform correction based on Pattern Selection, select the Pattern 1~6
2. Selection of Correction Method: and Level 1~6 that is most suitable for the density correction from the following figures (Fig-
ure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5).
The LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment can be done by:
The selected Pattern (Table 4) and Level (Table 5) are reflected as LPH Brightness Correction
a. Correcting the density skew in the IN-OUT direction by changing the following NVM values.
b. Selecting a pre-prepared pattern to perform the correction (Pattern #12) As there are separate NVMs for each color, they can each be corrected independently.
c. Using custom correction to manually correct the adjustment amount for each area
A combination of the various correction methods can be used. However, the correction cannot
go beyond the 0 to -20 (%) range.
a. IN/OUT Density Correction (Table 3):
Corrects the IN-OUT density skew in the axis direction of the photoreceptor.
When there is density skew from the left to the right of the image, the adjustment amount
to correct that has to be set for each color.
Setting Range is -20 to 20 (%).
Table 3 In/Out Density NVM
Initial Adjustment
In Out Tendency (IN/OUT 749-276 Y 40 -170 to

correction) +170
749-277 M 40 -170 to Figure 3 Patterns 1 and 2 selection

+170
749-278 C 40 -170 to
+170
749-279 K 40 -170 to
+170
Figure 4 Patterns 3 and 4 selection

Table 6 Custom Correction NVM
NVM Initial Value Adjust-
Ad- ment
NVM Names dress Contents A B C D E F G Range
Custom Cor- 749- R/E (%) with- Y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -170 to

rection Value 288~- in Pulse +170
294 Width Varia-
ble Range
749- M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -170 to
295~- +170
301
749- C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -170 to
302~- +170
308
749- K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -170 to
Figure 5 Patterns 5 and 6 selection 309~- +170
Table 4 Correction Pattern NVM 315
NVM Adjustment *The NVM Addresses correspond in ascending order to ABCDEFG.

NVM Names Address Initial Value Range *Although there is also an adjustment range at the positive side, the brightness will saturate
at 100%. The positive correction of up to the 100% range will only be applied when the ex-
Correction Pattern (Pattern 749-280 Y 1 1~6 posure amount has been corrected towards the negative side at IN-OUT Density Correction
Selection) or Pattern Selection Correction.
749-281 M 1 1~6
The above 3 types of correction can be used in combination. However, the total amount of
749-282 C 1 1~6 exposure adjustment for these Smile Corrections are restricted to be within 0 to -20%.
[Sum of Correction 0~20%] = [IN-OUT Adjustment Amount%] + [Pattern Selection Adjust-
749-283 K 1 1~6 ment Amount %] + [Custom Adjustment Amount %]If the total from the 3 corrections add
Table 5 Correction Level NVM up to less than -20%, it will be uniformly limited to -20%.
If it is larger than 0%, then it will be uniformly limited to 0%.
NVM Adjustment
NVM Names Address Initial Value Range The above are the restrictions that apply to the exposure amount correction and correction
by Smile Correction function. However, within the actual machine, after the exposure
Correction Level 749-284 Y 1 6 amount correction by Smile Correction, it will enter another process to calibrate the exposure
at the ADC Sensor Position to be 100%. As a correction is applied to the exposure amount
749-285 M 1 6 after a Smile Correction, the exposure amount in the vicinity of 114 to 144mm from the left
of the image becomes 100%, while it is relatively higher or lower for the rest of the
749-286 C 1 6 positions.
Reference sample
749-287 K 1 6
Note: Take note that “0,5” for Pattern means “Disabled” and “1” for Level means
“No correction”.
c. Custom Correction:
If you have elected to perform density correction by custom correction, you must input the
required adjustment amount for the correction of every area into the NVM for each YMCK
color (Table 6).
Be careful as only negative correction can be performed for density correction.

A D J 9 0 . 7 AT C S e n s o r S e t u p ( d C 9 5 0 )
CAUTION: This procedure should only be performed when the ATC Sensor or Devel-
oper Housing is being replaced, OR when there is reason to believe that the calibration
values in NVM are incorrect.
To set the calibration values ATC Correction Coefficient, ATC Correction Offset in NVM to calibrate
the new ATC Sensor.
1. If an ATC Sensor or Developer Housing was replaced, perform the first procedure listed in
Adjustment.
2. If there is reason to believe that the calibration values in NVM are incorrect, perform the
following:
a. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
b. Select Adjustments > dC950 ATC Sensor....
c. Select Measurements . (Figure 1)
Figure 6 Exposure Energy Measurement Figure 1 dc950 ATC Sensor screen, Measurements selected
As shown in Figure 6 -B, the control is such that the final exposure at the ADC Sensor Posi- d. Check the values in the window. The default values for each color are:
tion becomes 100%. By this, the exposure amount that was corrected by Smile Correction
(Figure 6 -A) is corrected again until it is at the actual output level (Figure 6 -B). (The figures • ATC Setup Coefficient - 1024
are the exposure models when Pattern 1, Level 4 correction has been performed.) • ATC Setup Offset - 0
e. If the screen displays all default values, perform the second procedure listed in Adjustment.
f. If the measurement result is not ok , check that the ATC Sensor is connected and
undamaged.
Adjustment
Procedure for new ATC Sensors
Perform these steps if you have just replaced an ATC Sensor or a Developer Housing:
1. Locate the calibration code on the ATC Sensor. This is the 3-digit number in the 3rd line of text
on the label (it will always start with a zero).
3. Select Adjustments > dC950 ATC Sensor....

4. Press Bar Codes . (Figure 2) b. Locate the ATC Sensor calibration code on the ATC Sensor. This is the 3-digit number in the
3rd line of text on the label (it will always start with a zero).
c. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
d. Select Adjustments > dC950 ATC Sensor....
e. Press Bar Codes . (Figure 2)
f. Enter the last 2 digits of the calibration code in the appropriate field on the display (the data
entry button under Y, M, C, or K). Touch the data entry button to launch the numeric keypad.
Enter the calibration code using the numeric keypad. (Figure 3)
g. Press Calibrate . (Figure 3)
Figure 2 dc950 ATC Sensor screen; Bar Codes selected

5. Enter the last 2 digits of the calibration code in the appropriate field on the display (the data
entry button under Y, M, C, or K). Touch the data entry button to launch the numeric keypad. En-
ter the calibration code using the numeric keypad. (Figure 3)
6. Press Calibrate . (Figure 3)
Figure 3 Entering the ATC Sensor calibration code

Procedure to restore ATC Calibration values
Perform steps 1 or 2, as appropriate, if you need to restore ATC Sensor NVM calibration values:
1. If a known good Machine Settings file exists, use it to restore Machine Settings.
2. If a known good file is not available, if one or more ATC Sensors have been replaced, or if you
are not sure of the replacement status, perform the following:
a. Remove the Developer Housings (REP 90.3).

A D J 9 0 . 8 AT C D e v e l o p e r S e t u p ( d C 9 4 9 ) 5. Under the heading ATC Calibration, select the color(s) to be set up by touching the checkbox
(es) for the color(s). Selected colors will show a check mark in the box. (Figure 3)
Immediately after the replacement of a Developer Housing with known toner density, this sets the 6. Select the Calibrate button. (Figure 3)
ATC Target Value by having the ATC Sensor measure the toner density of the developer. This can al-
so work as the check function of the ATC Sensor.
3. SelectdC949 ATC Developer Setup... . (Figure 1)
Figure 3 ATC Calibration checkbox selected

7. When the routine completes, the screen will display:
• ATC Measured Value
• ATC Target Value
• Measurement Result - If this is not ok , check that the ATC sensor is connected and
Figure 1 dc949 ATC Developer Setup screen
undamaged.
4. Select the Measure All button. When the measurement process completes, check the display. • Calibration Result - If this is not ok , check that the ATC sensor is connected and
(Figure 2) undamaged.
• If any colors are showing a Measurement Result that is not OK , continue with step 5. 8. Refer to the RAPs in Chain 392 to troubleshoot ATC problems.
• If all colors are OK , the process is complete.
Figure 2 Measurement Result OK

A D J 9 0 . 9 C o l o r Re g i s t r a t i o n M e a s u r e m e n t Cy c l e ( d C 6 7 1 )
To measure the color registration and display the status by indicating ok /not ok.
This cycle performs the color Registration measurement that includes the detection of AC compo-
nents to determine the condition of AC control (Drum Drive, Belt Drive, etc.), which is one of the col-
or Registration components.
Note: Correction is not performed.

• Performs Registration measurement to determine the condition of the AC control.
• Checks that the Belt control, etc., are operating normally.
• Measures/displays the amount of color shift relative to Black in the Fast Scan/Slow Scan
direction.
• Displays the result of comparison with the target value as ok /not ok.
Adjustment
2. Select Adjustments. Figure 2 dc671 Measurement Cycle screen (2 of 2) (scrolled down)
3. Select dC671 Measurement Cycle.... If not ok is displayed:
4. Select Shift Amount.
1. Select the Service Information button and use dC120 Fault Counters and dC122 Fault History
5. Press Start. OK or not ok will be displayed in the Judgement column. (Figure 1 and Figure 2) to display fault information.
2. Examine the fault listings to see if there are any Chain 389 fault codes.
3. Troubleshoot these codes and repeat this adjustment.
4. If there are no Chain 389 fault codes, or if troubleshooting the codes clears them but the result
is still not ok, call service support for assistance.
Figure 1 dc671 Measurement Cycle screen (1 of 2) (scrolled up)

A D J 9 0 . 1 0 C o l o r Re g i s t r a t i o n C o n t r o l S e t u p Cy c l e ( d C 6 7 5 ) A D J 9 0 . 1 1 C o l o r Re g i s t r a t i o n C o n t r o l S e n s o r C h e c k Cy c l e
To set the most appropriate Registration Control correction value for skew, etc., at setup or after the (dC673)
replacement of any of the following:
This is a self-diagnostic cycle for checking that the misregistration detection system (MOB Sensor)
• LPH is operating normally. The color shift amount is detected using Cyan patch. Any misregistration de-
• 2nd BTR tected in the MOB sensor is displayed on the screen.
• Transfer Belt This detection result is compared again with the target value to determine the pass/fail (ok /not
ok) status. Correction is not performed.
• IBT Cleaning Unit
• IBT Module (recommended) 1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
• Developer 2. Select Adjustments.
3. Select dC673 Registration Control Sensor Check....
The Setup Cycle consists of the following two functions.
4. Select Start.
Function 1: Performed right after assembling or during field installation, or when replacing a key
part. Also, this is a Registration Control Full Cycle that can be performed in the Diagnostic mode 5. When the test completes, the results will be displayed. (Figure 1 and Figure 2)
right after the NVM is initialized. Executing this function corrects the Color Registration into the pre- If the measured value for any parameter is out of range, not ok displays in the Judgement
defined range. The corrected shift amount for each color is saved in the NVM and it is displayed at column.
normal completion. • If not ok, check that Cyan is being printed; if yes, replace the MOB Sensor Assembly.
Function 2: On entering a setup cycle, the IOT does not start. The Registration Control shift correc- • If Cyan is not being printed, there is a problem in Development or 1st Transfer.
tion amount is displayed automatically on the UI screen and is used as a tool for determining the
cause when a failure occurs.
Adjustment
3. Select dC675 Registration Control Setup....
4. Select Setup . (Figure 1)
5. Select Start . (Figure 1)
The shift amount for each color is corrected automatically.
Figure 1 dc673 Registration Control Sensor Check results (scrolled up)
Figure 1 dc975 Registration Control Setup screen

6. Perform ADJ 90.9 Color Registration Measurement Cycle (dC671).

A D J 9 0 . 1 2 Co p y Co l o r B a l a n c e M a n u a l A d j u s t m e n t ( d C 9 1 9 )
To adjust Copy Mode Color Balance to meet the customer's preference, by increasing or decreasing
the center value for each color (YMC), in low density, medium density, and high density ranges.
CAUTION: Perform this adjustment only to correct a strong customer complaint. Al-
tering the setpoints will affect Copy, but will have no effect on Print mode. Also, there
is quite a bit of overlap between the low, medium, and high densities. For these rea-
sons, it is recommended that this procedure not be used unless absolutely necessary.
Ensure that the customer is aware and agreeable to the fact that performing this ad-
justment will permanently alter the copy output of the machine, and will not have any
effect on printer output.
The only way to change the output characteristics or return them to the default will be
on a subsequent service call.
Note: If dC919 values are changed from default, then the user will be unable to save changes to
the ADJ 90.13 TRC Manual Adjustment (dC924). The normal setup sequence requires that the
coarse adjustment via TRC Manual Adjustment (dC924) be performed first, followed by the fine IIT
Figure 2 dc673 Registration Control Sensor Check results (scrolled down) scanner adjustment via (dC919) If the TRC Manual Adjustment (dC 924) has not been performed,
do so now and return to this adjustment
Note: Verification of adjustment should be performed in normal customer mode after diagnostic
exit and the machine has been power cycled. The current values for Color Balance displayed on the
Local UI for Color Balance Feature will stay at their current values. DC919 is an additional diagnos-
tic that is applied on top of the Color Balance feature.
Note: The adjustments made in this procedure will have no effect on output made using the B/W
mode.
Note: For this procedure, use two originals to implement and verify the process.
• Obtain a customer original that clearly shows the area, color, and density that the customer
wishes changed.
• Use the density gradient section located in the lower half of the Color Test Pattern 82E13120.
Before beginning the procedure, if possible, mark the customer original to differentiate it from
copies.
1. While still in customer mode, change the machine settings to Basic Copier Mode (Table 1).
Item Name Setting
Output Color Auto Detect
Reduce/Enlarge... Auto %
Original Type... Photo and Text
Original Type...More...How Original was Produced Printed Original
Lighten/Darken Normal
Sharpness Normal
Saturation Normal
Background Suppression Off

Setting
Note:
Item Name
• The changes that can be made with this adjustment are fairly small and may be
Contrast: Manual Contrast Normal hard to see, especially in the mid to high density areas of the output.
• Deciding what colors to change is usually a somewhat subjective judgement as to
Color Presets... Off
color and density, unless the customer has readings from a colorimeter and a den-
Color Balance... Normal sitometer and has specific color and density data available. Use the principles
learned in basic color theory as to which combinations of C M Y produce particu-
Image Shift... Off lar R G B colors to make the determination as to which C M Y color or colors to
change.
2. Make 2 copies each of the Color Test Pattern and the customer original (4 copies total) and • Color changes will be more pronounced and easier to see in R, G or B areas of the
mark them “Before.” output than in the areas that are closer to pure C, M or Y.
3. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode. • As you make the changes, be aware of density and color changes that may be oc-
curring in other areas of the customer’s original.
• If a particular color is not present in the customer’s original, changes to that color
5. Select dc919 Color Balance Adjustment.... will not appear in the copy output for that original. Use the copies made from the
The dc919 Color Balance Adjustment screen displays. (Figure 1) Color Test Pattern to evaluate changes that may be occurring to colors and den-
sities not present in the customer’s original.
• Changing K will not change any hue, but will affect all colors in terms of density.
7. Select Read Values to get the current values.
Note: Selecting Reset Values will return ALL values to 0.

8. For each color, enter in the new values for Low, Medium , and High . The default is 0, and the
range is from -3 to +3.
9. Select Write Values to save the values entered.
10. Perform a Call Closeout, then switch the machine power off then on.
11. Make 2 copies of each original. Ask the customer if the desired result is achieved. If the desired
result has been achieved, record the values for C M Y in the Service Log.
12. If desired image quality has not been achieved, compare and evaluate the density changes that
will be seen by comparing the C M Y areas of the copies with the Color Test Pattern, and color
and density changes that will be seen by comparing copies with the R G B areas of the Color
Test Pattern to aid in determining what further changes to make.
13. Repeat steps 2 through 12 until the customer is satisfied with the image quality.
Figure 1 dc919 Color Balance Adjustment screen
6. Evaluate the areas of the customer original and the two copies that the customer wishes to
change and determine which color or colors to change, and in which density levels, low, medium
or high, to make the changes. Use the information in the following note to aid in your
determinations.

A D J 9 0 . 1 3 T RC M a n u a l A d j u s t m e n t ( d C 9 2 4 ) Item Name Setting

To adjust image quality (TRC) to meet the user's preference, by increasing or decreasing the center
Color Balance... Normal
value of gradation correction for each (YMCK) color, in low density, medium density, and high den-
sity ranges. Image Shift... Off
CAUTION: Perform this adjustment only to correct a strong customer complaint. Al-
tering the set points will affect both Print and Copy modes. Also, there is quite a bit of 2. Print 2 copies of the customer file that they are using as their image quality standard and mark
overlap between the low, medium, and high densities. For these reasons, it is recom- them “Before.”
mended that this procedure not be used unless absolutely necessary. 3. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
Ensure that the customer is aware and agreeable to the fact that performing this ad- 4. Select Adjustments.
justment will permanently alter the copy and printer output of the machine. 5. Select dC919 Color Balance Adjustment... and perform the following:
The only way to change the output characteristics or return them to the default will be a. Press the Read Values button, and read the low, medium and high density values for C M Y
on a subsequent service call. and K. If all values are zero, proceed to step 7.
Note: The adjustments made to K in this procedure will have an effect on output made using the b. Record any values that are not zero.
B/W mode. c. Select Reset Values.
Note: There is interaction between this adjustment and the settings made in dC919 for copy out- 6. Close dC919 and select dC924.
put. If this adjustment is made, it may be necessary to perform dC919 to achieve desired customer 7. Select Adjustment Options > Enabled . (Figure 1)
image quality results for copying.
Note: Before starting this adjustment procedure perform the following:

• Ensure that the machine has been well maintained (clean the optics, verify that IIT replace-
ments were done completely and correctly, verify that HFSI is up to date)
• Perform ADJ 90.10 Color Registration Control Setup Cycle (dC675)
• Perform ADJ 60.5 IIT Calibration (dC945)
• Perform ADJ 90.8 Default Developer ATC Setup (dC949)
• Perform ADJ 90.7 ATC Sensor Setup (dC950)
1. While still in customer mode, change the machine settings to Basic Copier Mode (Table 1).
Item Name Setting
Output Color Auto Detect
Reduce/Enlarge... Auto %
Original Type... Photo and Text Figure 1 dc924 TRC Manual Adjustment screen
8. Select Read Values to get the current values of low, medium and high density for each color.
Original Type...More...How Original was Produced Printed Original
Note: Selecting Reset Values will return ALL values to 0.
Lighten/Darken Normal
9. Evaluate the areas of the customer original and the 2 copies that the customer wishes to
change and determine which color or colors to change, and in which density levels, low, medium
Sharpness Normal or high, to make the changes. Use the information in the following note to aid in your
determinations.
Saturation Normal
Background Suppression Off
Contrast: Manual Contrast Normal
Color Presets... Off

Note: A D J 9 0 . 1 4 To n e U p / To n e D o w n ( d C 9 9 1 )
• Deciding what colors to change is usually a somewhat subjective judgement as to
color and density unless the customer has readings from a colorimeter and a den- This procedure manually increases or decreases toner concentration (TC). It is used when a xero-
sitometer and has specific color and density data available. Use the principles graphic problem or out-of-toner condition has prevented process control from maintaining the TC
learned in basic color theory as to which combinations of C M Y produce particu- target value.
lar R G B colors to make the determination as to which C M Y color or colors to This procedure does not change any parameters; it performs a one-time change to TC. It is impor-
change. tant that the problem that caused the low or high TC condition is resolved before performing this
• Color changes will be more pronounced and easier to see in R G or B areas of the adjustment.
output than in the areas that are closer to pure C M or Y
• As you make the changes, be aware of density and color changes that may be oc-
curring in other areas of the customer’s original. 2. Select Adjustments.
• If a particular color is not present in the customer’s original, changes to that color 3. Select dC991 Tone Up / Tone Down....
will not appear in the copy output for that original. Use the copies made from the 4. Compare the values for ATC Average with the values for ATC Target . (Figure 1)
Color Test Pattern to evaluate changes that may be occurring to colors and den-
sities not present in the customer’s original. If the values differ by more than 30 for Y, M, C, or K, perform the Adjustment.
• Changing K will not change any hue, but will affect all colors in terms of density.
10. For each color, enter in the new values for Low, Medium , and High . The default is 0, and the
range is from -128 to +127.
11. Select Write Values to save the values entered.
13. Make 2 prints. Ask the customer if the desired result is achieved.
14. Repeat steps 2 through 12 until the customer is satisfied with the image quality.
15. If any non-zero values were recorded in step 5 , perform the following:.
a. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
b. Select Adjustments.
c. Select dC919 Color Balance Adjustment....
d. Re-enter the values recorded in step 5 for each color. Be sure to select Write Values before
moving on to the next color.
17. Ask the customer to make a copy using an original that they normally use to check image qual- Figure 1 dc991 Tone Up / Tone Down screen
ity. If the customer is satisfied with image quality, return to the CALL FLOW RAP XXX. 1. Ensure that at least one tray has paper loaded. If no paper is loaded in the machine, the proce-
18. If the customer is not satisfied with image quality, perform the procedure ADJ 90.12 Color Bal- dure will hang until paper is added to one of the trays.
ance Manual Adjustment (dC919) 2. Select the color to be corrected.
Note: Adjust one color at a time.

3. Use the arrow keys to enter a + or - value for the selected color (the range is -99 to +99).
Note: The Start button will enable when a number other than 0 is entered for the
selected color.
4. Press Start . The machine will perform a toner density adjustment and then generate a test
print.
Note: Higher negative numbers will produce darker (higher density) test prints; high-
er positive numbers will produce lighter (lower density) test prints.
5. Repeat these steps as required until the difference between the ATC Average and the ATC Tar-
get is within 30 for each color. If this cannot be accomplished, there is a problem in either the
toner delivery system (Dispenser, Low Toner Sensor, etc.), or in the TC detection circuitry.

ADJ 90.16 MAX Setup A D J 9 0 . 1 7 Pa p e r C a l i b r a t i o n ( d C 1 2 1 5 )

This procedure checks, and, if necessary, adjusts, several Image Quality factors so that optimum Adjusts the 2nd Image Transfer Power output (ATVC) to compensate for thick or specialty media.
copy and print quality can be consistently obtained, by stabilizing the development potential and Use dC1215 to correct the following types of defects on simplex and duplex prints:
copy density. • Low density
1. Reset ADJ 90.13 TRC Manual Adjustment values (dC924) to midpoint (0). • Foggy background
2. Perform the ADJ 90.3 ProCon On/Off Print (dC937). If the check is good, go to step 5. • Voids
3. If the prints display any Inboard-to-Outboard density variation, perform the Adjustment. • White spots
4. If Print quality is OK but Copy quality is bad, perform the IIT Procedures portion of the Table 1 Relationship Between UI Classification and Paper Type (Factory Settings)
Adjustment.
UI Classification Paper Type
5. Perform the following as required by the customer: ADJ 90.13 TRC Manual Adjustment values
(dC924). The adjustment is complete. DO NOT perform the Adjustment unless problems are en-
Plain Plain B
countered in this Check.
Max Setup consists of several separate procedures that should be performed in the following Hole Punched
sequence:
Transparency
IOT Procedures
Pre-Cut Tabs
1. Verify the ADJ 90.7 ATC Sensor Setup (dC950), then proceed to step 2 . Ensure that the calibra-
tion codes have not been reset to the default values. Lightweight Cardstock
2. Perform the ADJ 90.3 ProCon On/Off Print check (dC940), then proceed to step 3.
Lightweight Cardstock Reloaded
3. If the prints display any Inboard-to-Outboard density variation go to dC612. Print out test pat-
tern #12 . Evaluate the prints for inboard-to-outboard density variation. If problems are ob- Cardstock
served, perform ADJ 90.6 Color Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle (dC673), then proceed
to 4. Cardstock Reloaded
4. If Print quality is OK but Copy quality is bad, go to the IIT Procedures ; otherwise proceed to
Recycled
step 5.
5. Perform the following as required by the customer: ADJ 90.13 TRC Manual Adjustment values Labels
(dC924).
Light Glossy Cardstock
IIT Procedures
Light Glossy Card Reload
Perform these steps ONLY if sent here from the IOT Baseline Checks . IIT Calibration SHOULD
NOT be performed as a routine part of the Adjustment.
Glossy Cardstock
1. If any IIT or IPS repairs were performed, perform the ADJ 60.5 IIT Calibration (dC945), then pro-
ceed to step 2. Glossy Card Reloaded
2. Make a copy of the ProCon On pattern that was printed in 2 of the Baseline Checks. Compare
Letterhead
the copy to the original print. Return to 5 of the IOT Procedures.
Pre-Printed
Bond Plain
Heavyweight Labels
Envelope
Custom Type 1 User Defined

Paper Type
Note: The Test Pattern is meant to be printed on 11x17/A3 paper; portions of the pattern may
UI Classification be missing when printed on other sizes. LTR/A4 LEF only shows the latter half of the pattern;
although the patch number at the paper lead edge is 9 , the transfer output will be printed as 1.
7. Select what you would consider as the best value from the columns (1-16) on the Test Pattern.
Custom Type 6 User Defined The selection criteria are:
Custom Type 7 User Defined a. Whether there are any white spots in the K color patch (white spots indicate excessive
voltage).
Other b. Whether the mixed K looks bluish (if it is, it indicates insufficient voltage).
Heavy Glossy Cardstock c. Whether the halftone granularity is good (if it is bad, it indicates excessive voltage).
8. Select the Type Offset , using the up or down arrow buttons, to raise or lower 2nd Transfer
Heavy Glossy Card Reload Voltage.
Extra Heavy Labels 9. Select Write NVM.
10. Select Test Print . Check the print quality. If it is not satisfactory, repeat this procedure until the
Heavyweight Cardstock desired outcome is achieved.
11. Select Close to end the routine.
Heavy Cardstock Reloaded
Postcard
1. Load 11x17/A3 paper, of the type to be adjusted, into one of the paper trays.
4. Select dc1215 Calibrate for Paper....
The dC909 Calibrate for Paper screen displays.
5. Follow the on screen instructions.
6. Select Test Print to output the Test Pattern.
Figure 1 Test Pattern

ADJ 90.18 Image Size Adjustment (dC603)

The purpose of the dC603 Image Size Adjustment is to compensate for minor variations in machine
speed which result in process direction elongation or compression of the image placed on the me-
dia. Compensation of image size offset in the process direction is approximately +/- 1.0mm over a
200mm length on the test pattern image.
3. Select dc603 Image Size Adjustment....
4. Load 11x17/A3 paper of the appropriate type into Tray 1.
5. Select Paper Type : Plain (default), LW Glossy Card, Light Card, Glossy Card, Cardstock, or HW
Gloss Card .
6. Select Output Color: Color or Black & White.
7. Select Print Sample.
8. Measure 10 grid squares on the test pattern in process direction. The measurement should be
199.8 mm (Figure 1). If the measurement is within specification, select Done (Figure 2). The Figure 2 Image Size OK
procedure will automatically close. Otherwise, perform the Adjustment.
2. Select Next (Figure 3).
Figure 3 Image Size Incorrect

Figure 1 Image Size Adjustment Check 3. Enter the required amount of adjustment using the arrow buttons, then select the Print Sample
button (Figure 4).
Note:
• Total range of adjustment is -1.0mm to +1.0mm. The actual range of adjustment is limited by
the current setting.
• Successful adjustment is indicated with a message in the upper left corner of the UI.
1. If the measurement was not within specification, select No (Figure 2).

Figure 4 Adjust Image Size

4. Measure 10 grid squares on the test pattern in process direction. The measurement should be
199.8 mm (Figure 1). If the measurement is not in specification, repeat from step 1 of the Ad-
justment . If the measurement is within specification, select Done (Figure 2). The procedure will
automatically close.

5 Parts List Initial Issue
5 Parts List
Parts Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755 PL 28.20 Covers (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
PL 1 - Standby Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756 PL 28.25 Front Left Cover Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812
PL 1.05 Electrical - Rear (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757 PL 28.30 Workshelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
PL 1.10 Electrical - Rear (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758 PL 40 - Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
PL 1.15 Electrical - Rear (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759 PL 40.05 Main Drive Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
PL 1.20 Electrical - Front/Right. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 PL 40.10 NOHAD (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
PL 1.25 Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761 PL 40.15 NOHAD (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
PL 2 - User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762 PL 60 - Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
PL 2.05 User Interface (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763 PL 60.05 LPH Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
PL 2.10 User Interface (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764 PL 60.10 Platen/IIT Cover (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820
PL 3 - Machine Run Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765 PL 60.15 Platen Glass (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
PL 3.05 Control Unit (ESS PWB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766 PL 60.20 CCD Lens (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
PL 3.10 Video Contact Chassis Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767 PL 60.25 Carriage Cable/Motor (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
PL 3.15 Video Contact Chassis Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768 PL 60.30 Full/Half Carriage (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
PL 5 - DADF (250). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769 PL 60.35 Platen/IIT Cover (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
PL 5.1 DADF Component (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770 PL 60.40 Platen Glass (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
PL 5.2 DADF, DADF Cover (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771 PL 60.45 CCD Lens (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
PL 5.3 DADF PWB (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772 PL 60.50 Carriage Cable/Motor (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
PL 5.4 DCDC PWB (250) (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773 PL 60.55 Full/Half Carriage (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
PL 5.5 Document Tray, Tray Feed (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774 PL 70 - Paper Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830
PL 5.6 DADF Document Tray (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775 PL 70.05 Tray 1 2 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831
PL 5.7 DADF Feeder Cover Unit (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776 PL 70.10 Tray 1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832
PL 5.8 DADF Feeder Cover Assembly (250) (C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777 PL 70.15 Tray 2 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
PL 5.9 Sensor Component (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778 PL 70.20 2TM Components (C8130/C8135) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
PL 5.10 Drive Component (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779 PL 70.25 2TM Tray 3/4 Assembly (C8130/C8135). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
PL 5.11 Lower Chute Assembly, Retard Roll (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780 PL 70.30 TTM Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
PL 5.12 Pre Regi. In Chute, Platen High Roll (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781 PL 70.35 TTM Covers and Tray 3/4 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
PL 5.13 Exit Lower Chute, Out Chute Assembly (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782 PL 70.40 TTM Tray 3 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838
PL 5.14 DADF Nudger Housing Assembly (250) (C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783 PL 70.45 TTM Tray 4 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
PL 5 - DADF (130). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784 PL 70.50 Bypass Tray Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
PL 5.50 DADF Component (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785 PL 70.55 Bypass Tray Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841
PL 5.51 DADF Cover (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786 PL 70.70 Envelope Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
PL 5.52 DADF Top Cover, Document Tray (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787 PL 80 - Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
PL 5.53 DADF Base Frame Assembly (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788 PL 80.05 Tray 1 2 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
PL 5.54 Regi. / Retard Chute/ Invert Unit (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789 PL 80.10 Tray 1 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
PL 5.55 Top Cover (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790 PL 80.15 Tray 2 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
PL 5.56 Feeder / Nudger Roll Assembly (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791 PL 80.20 2TM Left Cover Feedhead Assembly (C8130/C8135) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
PL 5.57 DADF Document Tray (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792 PL 80.25 2TM Takeaway Assembly (C8130/C8135) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
PL 5.58 DADF Drive (130) (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793 PL 80.30 2TM Drive Assembly (C8130/C8135) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849
PL 10 - Copy Transportation and Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794 PL 80.35 2TM Tray 3 4 Feedhead Assembly (C8130/C8135) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
PL 10.05 Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795 PL 80.40 TTM Transport Assembly / Tray 3 4 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
PL 10.10 Exit 1 Transport Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796 PL 80.45 TTM Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
PL 10.15 Exit 2 Transport Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797 PL 80.50 TTM Tray 3 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853
PL 10.20 Face Up Tray Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798 PL 80.55 TTM Tray 4 Feedhead Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
PL 10.25 Exit 2 Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799 PL 80.60 TTM Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
PL 10.30 Face Up Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 PL 80.65 Left Cover Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
PL 20 - Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801 PL 80.70 Left Cover Transport Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857
PL 20.10 Fax Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802 PL 80.75 Left Cover Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
PL 25 - Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803 PL 80.80 Duplex Inner Chute Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859
PL 25.10 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804 PL 80.85 Duplex Chute Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
PL 26 - Consumables and Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805 PL 80.90 Registration Transport Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861
PL 26.10 Consumables and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806 PL 80.95 Registration Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
PL 28 - Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807 PL 80.115 Bypass Tray Takeaway Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
PL 28.05 Covers (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808 PL 80.120 Bypass Tray Feedhead Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864
PL 28.10 Covers (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809 PL 90 - Xerographics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
PL 28.15 Covers (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810 PL 90.05 Developer Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866

Initial Issue 5 Parts List
PL 90.10 Toner Dispense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 867
PL 90.15 Xerographic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
PL 90.20 Xerographic Assembly (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
PL 90.25 Xerographic Assembly (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
PL 90.30 IBT Belt Unit Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872
PL 90.35 IBT Belt Unit Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
PLCH - Common Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 874
Common Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875



P L 1 . 0 5 E l e c t r i c a l - Re a r ( 1 o f 3 )
Item Part Description
1 105E23241 BTR HVPS PWB (C8130/C8135/
C8145/C8155) (REP 1.1)
— 105E23261 BTR HVPS PWB (C8170) (REP 1.1)
2 — Bracket (Not Spared)
3 105E23510 Fuser heater power supply (110V)
(C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155)
(REP 1.2)
— 105E23530 Fuser heater power supply (110V)
(C8170) (REP 1.2)
(C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155)
(REP 1.2)
(C8170) (REP 1.2)

Service Manual PL 1.05
1 101K69950 GFI chassis assembly (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155) (REP 1.3)
— 101K69960 GFI chassis assembly (C8170)
(REP 1.3)
2 961K01400 Motor drive PWB (REP 1.4)
3 — Motor drive chassis assembly (Not
Spared)
4 — Power cord bracket (Not Spared)
5 117E24670 Power cord (125V/20A) (USSG/
XCL)
— 917W03005 Power cord (125V/15A) (USSG/
XCL)
— 917W03102 Power cord (250V/10A) (XE)
6 — HCF connector switch

PL 1.10 Service Manual
1 105K34181 AC Drive PWB (110V) (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155) (REP 1.5)
— 105K34200 AC Drive PWB (110V) (C8170)
(REP 1.5)
— 105K34191 AC Drive PWB (220V) (REP 1.5)
2 — AC bracket (Not Spared)
3 112K91400 LVPS (REP 1.6)
4 105E22573 Developer bias HVPS PWB (REP
1.7)

P L 1 . 2 0 E l e c t r i c a l - Fr o n t / R i g h t
1 049K46300 Main power switch (REP 1.8)
2 — BCR HVPS cover (Not Spared)
3 — Cover (Not Spared)
4 105E23230 BCR HVPS PWB (C8130/C8135/
C8145/C8155) (REP 1.9)
— 105E23250 BCR HVPS PWB (C8170) (REP 1.9)

PL 1.25 Wire Harness

1 — Drive harness (C8130/C8135/
C8145/C8155)
— — Drive Harness (C8170)
2 — PH drive harness (C8130/C8135/
C8145/C8155)
— — PH drive harness (C8170)
3 — LH harness (C8130/C8135)
— — LH harness (C8145/C8155)
— — LH harness (C8170)
4 — DC power harness (C8130/C8135)
— — DC power harness (C8145/C8155)
— — DC power harness (C8170)
5 952K13252 HCF interface harness (Not
shown)
6 952K44950 Fuser harness (C8130/C8135/
C8145/C8155) (P/O PL 1.25 Item
4)
— 952K44960 Fuser harness (C8170) (P/O PL
1.25 Item 4)


P L 2 . 0 5 U s e r I n t e r fa c e ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 — Mounting bracket
2 — Top cover
3 930K00420 Speaker
4 — Base plate
5 084K43260 User interface assembly (REP 2.1)
6 — Cable bracket
7 — Base cover
8 — Bracket
9 — Cable clamp
10 — Speaker clamp plate
11 — Cable cover (P/O PL 2.05 Item 5)
12 952K36970 UI cable

P L 2 . 1 0 U s e r I n t e r fa c e ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 — Mounting bracket
2 — Top cover
3 930K00420 Speaker
4 — Base plate
5 084K43260 User interface assembly (REP 2.1)
6 — Cable bracket
7 — Base cover
8 — Bracket
9 — Cable clamp
10 — Speaker clamp plate
11 — Cable cover (P/O PL 2.10 Item 5)
12 952K36970 UI cable


P L 3 . 0 5 Co n t r o l U n i t ( E S S P W B )
1 607K30340 Controller PWB assembly (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155) (REP 3.1)
— 607K30091 Controller PWB assembly (C8170)
(REP 3.1)
2 — HDD bracket
3 121E32860 HDD (500GB) (GSA- option)
— 121E32880 SSD (128GB)
4 962K40460 Power/Data harness
5 112K01140 Riser PWB
6 — Fax cradle (Not Spared)
7 — Fax module
8 — Bluetooth dongle (P/O PL 25.10
Item 4)
9 — Fax blanking plate
10 — Thumbscrew
11 207E22240 Battery (CR2032- 3V)
12 — Wi-fi dongle (P/O PL 25.10 Item
3)

P L 3 . 1 0 V i d e o Co n t a c t C h a s s i s U n i t
1 — Controller cover assembly kit
2 — Video contact chassis assembly
(Not Spared)
3 117K50450 Motor drive ribbon cable
4 117K50370 USB cable
5 — DFE cover (Not Spared)
6 — Shield gasket (Not Spared)
7 — Thumbscrew (P/O PL 3.10 Item 1)

P L 3 . 1 5 V i d e o Co n t a c t C h a s s i s A s s e m b l y
1 — Controller chassis assembly (Not
Spared)
2 960K81580 Back plane PWB (REP 3.3)
3 — Not used
4 960K81372 Halftone PWB (REP 3.4)
5 054K55232 ESS duct assembly
6 — ESS duct (P/O PL 3.15 Item 5)
7 — ESS fan (P/O PL 3.15 Item 5)
8 — ESS inner cover
9 — Video chassis assembly (P/O PL
3.15 Item 1)
10 — MCU PWB cover (P/O PL 3.15
Item 1)
11 — BP bracket (P/O PL 3.15 Item 1)
12 — Support bracket
13 960K81590 Relay PWB
14 961K02011 MCU PWB (C8130/C8135)
— 961K02001 MCU PWB (C8145/C8155)
— 961K01991 MCU PWB (C8170)
15 — MCU PWB support bracket (P/O
PL 3.15 Item 1)


P L 5 . 1 DA D F C o m p o n e n t ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 859K15665 DADF (DADF-250) (REF: PL 5.2)
(REP 5.1)
2 — Seal (Not Spared)
3 — Counterbalance Bracket (Not
Spared)
4 — DADF Support (Not Spared)
5 — Counterbalance Cover (Not
Spared)
6 004K03761 DADF Platen Cushion
7 — Ferrite Core (Not Spared)
8 003K91881 Thumbscrew
9 — Label Kit (Eng)
10 — Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 5.1
Item 9)
11 — Label (Clean) (P/O PL 5.1 Item 9)
12 — Label (Clean Point) (P/O PL 5.1
Item 9)

P L 5 . 2 DA D F , DA D F C o v e r ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 822E38552 DADF Left Lower Cover (REP 5.2)
2 822E38503 DADF Front Cover (REP 5.3)
3 822E38511 DADF Front Top Cover
4 062E18370 LED Lens
5 822E38523 DADF Rear Cover (REP 5.5)
6 822E38581 Exit Cloth Cover
7 042E92802 Cloth Cleaner
8 003K22351 Stopper
9 — DADF (REF: PL 5.3, PL 5.4, PL 5.5,
PL 5.7, PL 5.9, PL 5.10, PL 5.11, PL
5.12, PL 5.13)
10 948K35130 DADF Front Cover Assembly

P L 5 . 3 DA D F P W B ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 — P Clamp (Not Spared)
2 121E25180 Core (NFT-10)
3 117K48791 IIT-DADF Cable (REP 5.7)
4 960K98360 DADF PWB (REP 5.8)
5 — Harness Guide (REP 5.56)
6 — Bracket PWB (Not Spared)
7 952K37150 Wire Harness (Sig)
8 036K92480 Left Counter Balance (REP 5.9)
9 036K92490 Right Counter Balance (REP 5.10)
10 — Right Bracket (Not Spared)
11 — Screw (Not Spared)
12 121E88780 Core (TFT-10201ON)

PL 5.4 DCDC PWB (250) (C8170)

1 — DCDC PWB Assembly
2 — Bracket PWB (Not Spared)
3 960K96780 DCDC PWB (REP 5.11)
4 117K50391 DADF-Controller Cable
5 049K45911 Flat Cable (DCDC-CIS)
6 — Stopper Bracket (Not Spared)
7 835E12131 Gasket
8 — Tape (Not Spared)
9 930K04140 CIS (REP 5.12)
10 952K47100 Wire Harness (DCDC-CIS)

P L 5 . 5 D o c u m e n t Tra y , Tra y Fe e d ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 127K74090 DADF Feed Motor (REP 5.14)
2 023E28620 Belt
3 899E14300 Tension Spring
4 — Feed Idler Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
5 — Pulley (52T/23T) (Not Spared)
6 — Idler Roller
7 023E28661 Belt (REP 5.14)
8 — Tension Spring (Not Spared)
9 127K74030 DADF Tray Motor Assembly (REP
5.16)
10 050K75074 DADF Document Tray (REF: PL
5.6) (REP 5.55)
11 — Tray Damper Bracket Assembly
(Not Spared)
12 — Oil Damper (REP 5.17)
13 — LED Bracket (Not Spared)
14 — Document Set LED (REP 5.17)

P L 5 . 6 DA D F D o c u m e n t Tra y ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 063K00762 Film and Tape Assembly
2 — Tray Block (P/O PL 5.5 Item 10)
3 — Bottom Tray Assembly (P/O PL 5.5
Item 10)
4 — Upper Tray Assembly (P/O PL 5.5
Item 10)
5 — Inner Cover (P/O PL 5.5 Item 10)
6 930W00122 Tray APS Sensor 1 (Q05-215)/Tray
APS Sensor 2 (Q05-216)/Tray APS
Sensor 3 (Q05-217)/Tray APS Sen-
sor 4 (Q05-302)/Bottom Sensor
(Q05-202) (REP 5.19)
7 — Not Used
8 — Not Used
9 — Not Used
10 930W00212 DADF Document Set Sensor (Q05-
102) (REP 5.20)
11 019K99061 Retard Pad
12 — Wire Harness (Tray) (P/O PL 5.5
Item 10)
13 — Pinion Gear (P/O PL 5.5 Item 10)

P L 5 . 7 DA D F Fe e d e r Co v e r U n i t ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 054K55155 DADF Feeder Cover Assembly
(REF: PL 5.8) (REP 5.21)
2 — Stopper Roll (Not Spared)
3 — Rear Hinge (Not Spared)
4 — Front Hinge (Not Spared)
5 110K18130 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock
Switch (S05-212) (REP 5.22)
6 — Wire Harness (Interlock Switch)
(Not Spared)
7 948K00991 DADF Left Cover Assembly (REP
5.23)
8 — Front Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
9 — Switch Bracket (Not Spared)
10 120E35980 Actuator (REP 5.24)
12 930W00122 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Sensor
(Q05-212) (REP 5.24)

P L 5 . 8 DA D F Fe e d e r Co v e r A s s e m b l y ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 — DADF Feeder Cover (P/O PL 5.7
Item 1)
2 — Feed Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 5.7
Item 1)
3 930W00222 DADF Feed In Sensor 1 (Q05-204)
/DADF Feed In Sensor 2 (Q05-
205) (REP 5.25)
4 — Not Used
5 — DADF Level Sensor Bracket (P/O
PL 5.7 Item 1)
6 930W00122 DADF Level Sensor (Q05-203)
(REP 5.26)
7 — Upper Feeder Cover (P/O PL 5.7
Item 1)
8 011E29160 Latch Lever (REP 5.27)
9 806E47360 Latch Shaft (REP 5.27)
10 803E26090 Rear Latch (REP 5.27)
11 809E99510 Lever Spring (REP 5.27)
12 948K00881 DADF Nudger Housing Assembly
(REF: PL 5.14) (REP 5.28)
13 121K57831 DADF Nudger Solenoid Assembly
(REP 5.29)
14 803E08630 Left Latch Front Cover
15 803E08640 Left Latch Rear Cover
16 — Rear Spring (P/O PL 5.7 Item 1)
17 — Front Spring (P/O PL 5.7 Item 1)
18 — Wire Harness (Top Sig) (P/O PL 5.7
Item 1)

P L 5 . 9 S e n s o r Co m p o n e n t ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 — Out Sensor Bracket (Not Spared)
2 930W00122 DADF Out Sensor (Q05-208) (REP
5.31)/DADF Registration Sensor
(Q05-110) (REP 5.32)/DADF Pre
Registration Sensor (Q05-206)
(REP 5.33)/DADF APS Sensor 1
(Q05-218),DADF APS Sensor 2
(Q05-219), DADF APS Sensor 3
(Q05-220) (REP 5.33)/DADF Feed
Out Sensor (Q05-205) (REP 5.34)/
DADF Exit Sensor (Q05-209) (REP
5.34)/Skew Detect Sensor (Q05-
192) (REP 5.35)
3 — DADF Lead Registration Sensor
Bracket (Not Spared)
4 930W00222 DADF Lead Registration Sensor
(Q05-207) (REP 5.36)
5 — APS Sensor Bracket (Not Spared)
6 — Exit Sensor Assembly (Not
Spared)
7 — Skew Sensor Bracket (Not Spared)
8 — Wire Harness (DADF Regi. Sensor)

P L 5 . 1 0 D r i v e Co m p o n e n t ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 127K75920 DADF Pre Registration Motor
(MOT05-011) (REP 5.37)
3 — Drive Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
4 023E28620 Belt (DADF Exit) (REP 5.39)
5 — Belt (DADF Take Away Clutch)
(REP 5.38)
6 121K52310 DADF Take Away Clutch Assembly
(CL05-087) (REP 5.38)
7 — DADF Take Away Clutch Stopper
(Not Spared)
8 127K74121 DADF Exit Motor (MOT05-041)
(REP 5.39)
9 023E28630 Belt (DADF Pre Regi.) (REP 5.38)
10 127K74101 DADF Platen Motor (MOT05-031)
(REP 5.40)
11 023E28640 Belt (DADF Platen) (REP 5.40)
12 127K74000 DADF Regi. Motor (MOT05-021)
(REP 5.41)
13 023E28760 Belt (DADF Regi.) (REP 5.41)
14 — Motor Assembly Harness (Not
Spared)

P L 5 . 1 1 L o w e r C h u t e A s s e m b l y , Re t a r d Ro l l ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 054E60531 Retard Chute Cover
2 054K55143 Lower Chute Assembly (REP 5.42)
3 — Clutch Stopper (Not Spared)
4 005K14230 Friction Clutch (REP 5.43)
5 — Gear (21T) (Not Spared)
6 — Ball Bearing (Not Spared)
7 — Sleeve Bearing (Not Spared)
8 — Pivot Gear (Not Spared)
9 — Pivot Shaft (Not Spared)
10 — Retard Holder (Not Spared)
11 — Retard Shaft (Not Spared)
12 859K02461 Retard Roll (REP 5.44)
13 899E13651 Retard Spring (REP 5.44)
14 — Exit Guide (Not Spared)
15 105E22470 Exit Eliminator (REP 5.45)
16 921W20101 Magnet Interlock
17 — Magnet Cover (Not Spared)
18 063E07290 Cushion Fastener Tape

P L 5 . 1 2 P r e Re g i . I n C h u t e , P l a t e n H i g h Ro l l ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 054K55160 Pre Registration In Chute Assem-
bly (REP 5.47)
2 054K55100 Registration Out Chute Assembly
(REP 5.48)
3 859K02620 Platen High Roll Assembly (REP
5.49)
4 — Pulley (20T) (Not Spared)
5 023E28630 Belt (Exit 1) (REP 5.50)
6 023E28620 Belt (Platen) (REP 5.50)
7 — Regi. In Chute (Not Spared)

P L 5 . 1 3 E x i t Lo w e r C h u t e , O u t C h u t e A s s e m b l y ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 054K60741 Exit Lower Chute Assembly (REP
5.51)
2 — Exit Lower Chute (P/O PL 5.13
Item 1)
3 063K00710 Film S (REP 5.52)
4 063K00720 Film W (REP 5.52)
5 054K55130 Out Chute Assembly (REP 5.53)
6 — Exit Rear Hinge (Not Spared)
7 — Front Hinge (Not Spared)

P L 5 . 1 4 DA D F N u d g e r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y ( 2 5 0 ) ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 — Feeder Chute Cover (Not Spared)
2 — Bearing (Not Spared)
3 — Nudger Shaft (Not Spared)
4 — Feed Shaft (Not Spared)
5 059K29520 Feed Roll (REP 5.54)
6 059K31270 Nudger Roll
7 — Nudger Housing (Not Spared)
8 — Idler Gear Shaft (Not Spared)
12 — Gear Assembly (26T) (Not
Spared)
13 — Bearing (PF101) (Not Spared)
14 — Sensor Shield (Not Spared)
15 — Front Nudger Spring (Not Spared)
16 — Rear Nudger Spring (Not Spared)


P L 5 . 5 0 DA D F C o m p o n e n t ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 859K16553 DADF (130) (REP 5.60)
2 004K03890 DADF platen cushion (REP 5.61)
3 003K91881 Thumbscrew
4 — Label (instruction) (P/O PL 5.50
Item 6)
5 — Seal base frame
6 — DADF label kit

P L 5 . 5 1 DA D F C o v e r ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 948K26800 Front cover (REP 5.62)
2 — Rear cover assembly (REP 5.63)
3 — Rear cover (P/O PL 5.51 Item 2)
4 — Counter balance cover (P/O PL
5.51 Item 2)
5 — Rear cover base (P/O PL 5.51 Item
2)
6 — Feeder assembly (REP 5.64)

P L 5 . 5 2 DA D F To p Co v e r , D o c u m e n t Tra y ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 803E30190 Stopper
2 819E01660 Cloth holder
3 859K02254 Top cover (REP 5.70)
4 050K79643 Document tray (REP 5.69)
5 — Collar
6 — Regi./Retard chute/Invert unit
(REP 5.75)
7 — Base frame unit
8 — Label (Clean)
9 — Stud bracket (rear)
10 — Stud bracket (front)
11 042E92802 Cloth cleaner

P L 5 . 5 3 DA D F B a s e F r a m e A s s e m b l y ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 036K92372 Left counter balance (REP 5.67)
2 036K92382 Right counter balance (REP 5.68)
— 036K92091 Right counter balance
(alternative)
3 960K97240 DADF PWB (REP 5.65)
4 — PWB bracket
5 117K48791 DADF signal cable assembly
(DADF-IIT)
6 835E12131 Gasket
7 — Ground plate
8 — Front base bracket
9 960K81482 DCDC PWB (REP 5.66)
10 117K50441 DADF controller cable
11 — PWB bracket
12 — Flat Cable (DCDC-CIS)

P L 5 . 5 4 Re g i . / Re t a r d C h u t e / I n v e r t U n i t ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 930K04170 CIS (REP 5.78)
2 — Document set LED
3 — Document set LED PWB
4 869E17370 LED bracket
5 930W00122 DADF feed out sensor (Q05-205)
(REP 5.82)/DADF feed in sensor
(Q05-204) (REP 5.82)/DADF Exit
sensor (Q05-209) (REP 5.83)/
DADF APS sensor 1 (Q05-218)
(REP 5.84)/DADF APS sensor 2
(Q05-219) (REP 5.84)/DADF APS
sensor 3 (Q05-220) (REP 5.84)/
DADF Regi.sensor (Q05-110) (REP
5.85)/DADF Out sensor (Q05-208)
(REP 5.85)/DADF Pre Regi. sensor
(Q05-206)/ DADF Document set
sensor (Q05-102) (RE
6 — Wire harness (DADF feed out
sensor)
7 — Spring
8 — DADF APS sensor guide
9 — DADF sensor guide
10 — Actuator (Out)
11 — Actuator (Regi.)
12 — Spring
13 — Retard chute assembly (REP 5.76)
14 059K78301 Retard roll (REP 5.81)
15 848K99190 Retard roll cover
16 — Frame assembly
17 — Retard shaft
18 — Actuator
19 — Bracket

P L 5 . 5 5 To p Co v e r ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 — Label (Jam clear)
2 — Feed upper chute
3 120K92810 Document set actuator (REP 5.87)
4 059K73511 Feed/Nudger roll assembly (REP
5.88)
5 — Spring

P L 5 . 5 6 Fe e d e r / N u d g e r Ro l l A s s e m b l y ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 — Housing
2 — Feed pulley
3 — Nudger pulley
4 — Belt
5 — Feed shaft
6 — Nudger shaft
7 859K23440 Feed roll (A)/Nudger roll (B) (REP
5.80)
8 — Not used
9 — Housing
10 — Gear
11 — Bearing
12 — Collar

P L 5 . 5 7 DA D F D o c u m e n t Tra y ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 — Guide
2 — Tray cover
3 — End tray
4 930W00241 Document tray size sensor 1
(Q05-221) /Document tray size
sensor 2 (Q05-222) (REP 5.90)
5 — Tray wire harness
6 — DADF Tray APS sensor bracket
7 930W00121 DADF Tray APS sensor 1 (Q05-
215)/DADF Tray APS sensor 2
(Q05-216)/DADF Tray APS sensor
3 (Q05-217) (REP 5.89)
8 — Upper tray assembly

P L 5 . 5 8 DA D F D r i v e ( 1 3 0 ) ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 — Interlock bracket
2 110K16320 DADF interlock switch
3 952K08300 Harness assembly
4 — Holder
5 127K79230 DADF Pre Regi. motor (REP 5.74)
6 423W23654 Belt
7 127K73990 DADF Regi. motor (REP 5.72)
8 423W28155 Belt
9 127K75451 DADF feed motor (REP 5.73)
10 — Harness guide
11 121K53461 DADF take away clutch (A)/DADF
Pre Regi. clutch (B)
12 — Bracket assembly
13 — Stamp solenoid


P L 1 0 . 0 5 Fu s e r
1 007K21640 Retract motor assembly (REP
10.1)
2 — Motor bracket (P/O PL 10.05 Item
1)
3 — Gear (17/40T) (P/O PL 10.05 Item
1)
4 — Gear (17/54T) (P/O PL 10.05 Item
1)
5 — Roll latch motor (P/O PL 10.05
Item 1)
6 007K21650 Retract gear assembly
7 — Support (Not Spared)
8 — Spring (Not Spared)
9 — Adjust plate (Not Spared)
10 — Front fuser bracket (Not Spared)
11 — Rear fuser bracket (Not Spared)
12 — Front stopper lever (Not Spared)
13 — Rear stopper lever (Not Spared)
14 607K22310 Fuser (C8130/C8135) (REP 10.2)
— 607K22320 Fuser (C8145/C8155) (REP 10.2)
— 607K22330 Fuser (C8170) (REP 10.2)
15 — Fuser heater coil - see below for
variants
— 104K91480 110V (C8130/C8135/C8145/
C8155) (REP 10.3)
— 104K91294 110V (C8170)
— 104K91279 220V (C8130/C8135/C8145/
C8155) (REP 10.3)
— 104K91304 220V (C8170)
16 — Holder (Not Spared)
17 011K05090 Stopper lever assembly

P L 1 0 . 1 0 E x i t 1 Tra n s p o r t Co m p o n e n t s
1 859K03371 Exit 1 transport assembly (C8130/
C8135) (REP 10.4)
— 859K03381 Exit 1 transport assembly (C8145/
C8155/C8170) (REP 10.4)
2 — Exit 1 transport (P/O PL 10.10
Item 1)
3 127K52280 Exit 1 OCT motor (C8130/C8135)
(MOT77-040) (REP 10.5)
— 127K60880 Exit 1 OCT motor (C8145/C8155/
C8170) (REP 10.5)
4 — Ground spring (P/O PL 10.10 Item
1)
6 013E46800 Bearing
7 — Front guide (P/O PL 10.10 Item
12)
8 930W00113 Exit 1 OCT home position sensor
(Q77-109) (REP 10.6)
9 — Exit 1 OCT home position sensor
cover (P/O PL 10.10 Item 12)
10 807E20620 Exit 1 drive gear (REP 10.7)
11 948K02070 Motor cover
12 032K10662 Exit 1 sensor guide assembly
13 055E58970 Guard
14 — Exit 1 OCT full stack sensor (Q77-
124) (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1)

P L 1 0 . 1 5 E x i t 2 Tra n s p o r t Co m p o n e n t s
1 822E33800 Left top cover
2 — Exit 2 transport assembly (C8130/
C8135) (REP 10.8)
— — Exit 2 transport assembly (C8145/
C8155/C8170) (REP 10.8)
3 — Top chute assembly (Not Spared)

P L 1 0 . 2 0 Fa c e U p Tra y A s s e m b l y
1 859K03409 Exit 2 transport assembly (C8130/
C8135) (REP 10.8)
— 859K03419 Exit 2 transport assembly (C8145/
C8155/C8170) (REP 10.8)
2 054K56102 Face up chute assembly
3 — Left hand top cover
4 822E39130 Face up tray cover
5 050K75161 Face up tray
6 — Exit 2 paper weight assembly

P L 1 0 . 2 5 E x i t 2 Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
1 — Harness guide (P/O PL 10.15 Item
2)
2 007K21701 Exit 2 drive assembly (REP 10.9)
3 — Exit 2 drive bracket assembly (P/O
PL 10.25 Item 2)
2)
5 — Exit 2 drive motor (MOT77-060)
(P/O PL 10.25 Item 2)
6 — Exit 2 guide assembly (P/O PL
10.15 Item 2)
7 — Bearing (P/O PL 10.15 Item 2)
8 — Exit 2 chute assembly (P/O PL
10.15 Item 2)
10 — Gear (P/O PL 10.15 Item 2)
11 121K58240 Exit 1 gate solenoid (SOL77-003)
(REP 10.10)
12 — Link (P/O PL 10.15 Item 2)
13 — Harness guide (P/O PL 10.15 Item
2)
14 930W00113 Exit 2 OCT home position sensor
(Q77-110) (REP 10.11)
15 930W00211 Exit 2 sensor (Q77-100)
16 — Offset gear (P/O PL 10.15 Item 2)
(REP 10.12)
2)
18 127K52280 Exit 2 OCT motor (C8130/C8135)
(MOT77-045)
— 127K60880 Exit 2 OCT motor (C8145/C8155/
C8170) (MOT77-045)
19 — Exit 2 transport chassis (P/O PL
10.15 Item 2)
20 036K92441 Exit 2 bail arm assembly
21 036K92411 Exit 1 bail arm assembly

P L 1 0 . 3 0 Fa c e U p C h u t e A s s e m b l y
1 — Gear bracket
2 007K23630 One way gear
3 110E11580 Face up tray switch (S77-201)
4 921W11601 Face up gate solenoid (SOL77-
004)
5 — Solenoid link
6 930W00211 Face up exit sensor (Q77-112)
7 — Face up chute


P L 2 0 . 1 0 Fa x M o d u l e
1 — Front cover (P/O PL 20.10 Item 7)
2 — Rear Cover (P/O PL 20.10 Item 7)
3 — Ground Plate (P/O PL 20.10 Item
6)
4 — Fax PWB (P/O PL 20.10 Item 6)
5 — Thumbscrew (P/O PL 20.10 Item
6)
6 497K16440 2 Line fax kit (XC)
— 497K16430 1 Line Fax kit (XC)
— 497K16420 2 Line fax kit (XE)
— 497K16410 1 Line fax kit (XE)
— 497K16560 2 Line fax kit (CFax 34)
— 497K16550 1 line fax kit (CFax 34)
— — Fax Module
7 — Fax Covers Assembly
Note: 497K part numbers are for reference only.


PL 25.10 Accessories
1 498K08260 Convenience stapler (XE)
2 498K08250 Convenience stapler (XC)
3 497K21540 Wireless kit
4 497K21550 Bluetooth kit
5 — HDD / IJO kit
6 — RFID Reader
7 — USB keyboard/ Shelf kit
8 — Long sheet feed kit
9 — Foreign device interface kit
Note: 497K/498K part numbers are for reference only.


P L 2 6 . 1 0 Co n s u m a b l e s a n d To o l s
1 — Toner cartridge (Y)- see below for
variants
— 006R01745 Worldwide (Metered)
— 006R01749 NASG/XE
— 006R01757 DMO (C8130/C8135)
— 006R01761 DMO (C8145/C8155/C8170)
2 — Toner cartridge (M)- see below for
variants
— 006R01748 NASG/XE
— 006R01760 DMO (C8145/C8155/C8170)
3 — Toner cartridge (C)- see below for
variants
— 006R01747 NASG/XE
— 006R01756 DMO (C8130/C8135)
— 006R01755 DMO (C8130/C8135)
— 006R01759 DMO (C8145/C8155/C8170)
4 — Toner cartridge (K)- see below for
variants
— 006R01746 NASG/XE
— 006R01754 DMO (C8130/C8135)
— 006R01758 DMO (C8145/C8155/C8170)


P L 2 8 . 0 5 C o v e r s ( Fr o n t )
1 948K00255 Inner cover assembly
2 822E35582 Inner lower cover
3 — Inner right cap cover (Not Spared)
4 — Inner hinge cover assembly (Not
Spared)
5 — Inner left cover (Not Spared)
6 — Inner right cover (Not Spared)
7 674K05081 Front cover strap kit
8 948K32930 Front cover assembly
9 110K18350 Front cover interlock switch as-
sembly (S77-303)
10 — Bracket (P/O PL 28.05 Item 9)
11 — Front cover interlock switch (P/O
PL 28.05 Item 9)
12 — Front cover open switch (P/O PL
28.05 Item 9)
13 822E25031 Inner upper cover
14 003K23140 Knob
15 971E14990 Logo badge

P L 2 8 . 1 0 C o v e r s ( Re a r )
1 822E25191 Upper right front cover
2 822E25133 Lower right front cover
3 822E33951 Upper right rear cover 1
4 — Upper right rear cover 2 (C8170)
5 — Upper rear cover (C8170)
6 822E25311 ESS rear cover
7 — Upper rear cover
8 822E25420 Left rear cover
9 — Cap cover (Not Spared)
10 822E25443 Lower right rear cover
11 — EPSV cover (Not Spared)
12 822E25602 MCU cover
13 — Outlet cover (Not Spared)
14 — Label (Date) (Not Spared)
15 — Label (GFI) (Not Spared)
16 — Label (Warning) (Not Spared)
17 — Label (Earth) (Not Spared)
18 — Gasket (Not Spared)
19 — Rear suction duct (C8170) (Not
Spared)
20 — Right cover (Blue) (C8130/C8135/
C8145/C8155)
21 — Rear right cover (White) (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155)

P L 2 8 . 1 5 Co v e r s ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 — Front exit cover (Not Spared)
2 — Tray inner cover (Not Spared)
3 — Pillar cover
4 822E25072 Upper left cover
5 822E25112 Lower left cover
6 — Front left cover (with Human Mo-
tion Sensor) (REF: PL 28.25) (REP
28.1)
7 — IIT front cover
8 050E32924 Exit 2 tray
9 — Add tray
10 — Top rear cover (Not Spared)
11 — Top cover (C8130/C8135)
— — Top cover (C8145/C8155)
12 — Blind cover
13 — Card reader cover
14 — SWEA cover 2 (REP 28.2)
16 — Inner tray LH cover
17 — USB bracket assembly
18 — Inner cover
19 — Icon USB cover
20 822E35423 USB cover
21 — IIT Lower front right cover

P L 2 8 . 2 0 Co v e r s ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 — Front exit cover
2 — Tray inner front cover
3 — Top pillar cover
4 — L/H upper cover
5 — L/H lower cover
6 948K23770 Front left cover (with Human Mo-
tion Sensor) (REF: PL 28.25) (REP
28.1)
7 — IIT front cover
8 — Exit 2 tray
9 — Add tray
10 — Top rear cover
11 — Top cover
12 — Blind cover
13 — IC card reader cover
14 — SWEA cover 2 (REP 28.2)
16 — Tray inner LH cover
17 — USB bracket assembly
18 — Inner cover
19 — Icon USB cover
20 822E35423 USB cover
21 — IIT Lower front right cover

P L 2 8 . 2 5 Fr o n t L e f t C o v e r C o m p a r t m e n t
1 — Front left cover (P/O PL 28.25
Item 10)
2 — Lens (P/O PL 28.25 Item 10)
3 — LED lens (P/O PL 28.25 Item 10)
4 130E20270 Human motion sensor
5 — Ground plate (P/O PL 28.25 Item
10)
6 — Human motion sensor bracket (P/
O PL 28.25 Item 10)
7 — Wire harness (P/O PL 28.25 Item
10)
8 960K76290 Human motion LED
9 960K86660 Human motion sensor PWB
10 — Pillar cover assembly

P L 2 8 . 3 0 Wo r k s h e l f
1 — Workshelf base cover (P/O PL
28.30 Item 7)
3 — Workshelf bracket (P/O PL 28.30
Item 7)
4 — Blind cover (P/O PL 28.30 Item 7)
5 — Thumbscrew (P/O PL 28.30 Item
7)
6 — Workshelf top cover (P/O PL 28.30
Item 7)
7 497K20750 Workshelf kit


P L 40 . 0 5 Ma in D ri ve A s se mb ly
1 607K20460 Fuser input bracket assembly
(C8130/C8135)
— 607K20470 Fuser input bracket assembly
(C8145/C8155)
— 607K20480 Fuser input bracket assembly
(C8170)
2 — Spacer (P/O PL 40.05 Item 1)
3 — Spring (P/O PL 40.05 Item 1)
4 807E51730 Helical gear
5 005E38390 Flange
6 423W10354 Drive belt
— 423W10355 Drive belt (alternative)
7 007K21545 Main drive assembly (C8130/
C8135) (REP 40.1)
— 007K22595 Main drive assembly (C8145/
C8155) (MOT42-018) (REP 40.1)
— 007K21554 Main drive assembly (C8170)
(REP 40.1)
8 — Drum drive bracket assembly (P/O
PL 40.05 Item 7)
9 — Drum drive housing assembly (P/
O PL 40.05 Item 7)
11 930W00121 BTR contact/retract sensor (Q94-
200)
12 — Sensor bracket (P/O PL 40.05 Item
7)
13 — Drum (C, M, Y) motor (C8170)
(MOT42-007) (P/O PL 40.05 Item
7)
14 — Developer motor (C8170) (P/O PL
40.05 Item 7)
15 — Drum/developer (K)/ IBT motor
(C8170) (P/O PL 40.05 Item 7)
16 — Drum (C, M, Y) motor (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155) (P/O PL
40.05 Item 7)
17 — Drum/developer (K)/ IBT motor
(C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155)
(MOT42-001) (P/O PL 40.05 Item
7)
18 007K21444 Fuser drive assembly (REP 40.2)
19 — Gear cover (Not Spared)
21 — Fuser unit drive motor (P/O PL
40.05 Item 16)
22 — BTR contact/retract clutch assem-
bly (P/O PL 40.05 Item 16)
23 — Fuser drive bracket asembly (P/O
PL 40.05 Item 18)

P L 4 0 . 1 0 N O H A D ( fr o n t )
1 054E59370 Duct
2 — Fuser duct assembly (Not Spared)
3 — Fuser seal (Not Spared)
4 — Fuser duct (Not Spared)
5 930K00500 Temp/Humidity sensor (external)
(REP 40.3)
6 — Rear duct (Not Spared)
7 054E58001 P1 duct
8 054K55040 Duct assembly (C8145/C8155/
C8170) (REP 40.4)
9 — Front/right marking fan (C8145/
C8155/C8170) (P/O PL 40.10
Item 8)
10 — Screw (P/O PL 40.10 Item 8)
11 — Connector (P/O PL 40.10 Item 8)
12 — Not used
13 054K55030 Front/left marking fan assembly
(C8145/C8155/C8170) (MOT42-
067) (REP 40.6)
14 054K54981 Toner cartridge cooling fan assem-
bly (C8145/C8155/C8170) (REP
40.5)
15 054K55060 Marking fan duct assembly
(C8145/C8155/C8170) (MOT42-
025)
16 — Front duct (C8145/C8155/C8170)
(Not Spared)

PL 40.15 NOHAD (rear)

1 054K55010 Rear fuser duct assembly (REP
40.7)
2 054K55050 Fuser unit exhaust fan assembly
(MOT42-058)
3 815K16761 Side plate
4 127K74210 LVPS fan assembly (MOT42-052)
(REP 40.8)
6 — Connector (P/O PL 40.15 Item 4)
7 — Bracket (C8130/C8135/C8145/
C8155) (P/O PL 40.15 Item 8)
8 054K55210 IHPS intake duct assembly
(C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155)
(MOT42-069) (REP 40.9)
9 — Bracket (C8170)
10 008R08104 UFP filter assembly (C8170)
11 054K54990 Toner cartridge exhaust fan as-
sembly (C8145/C8155/C8170)
(REP 40.10)
12 054K60390 Suction fan duct assembly
(C8170)
13 — Suction base plate assembly
(C8170)
14 054E58220 Fusing unit exhaust duct (C8170)


PL 60.05 LPH Module

1 930K00722 LPH assembly (Y, M, C, K) (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155) (REP 60.1)
— 930K02795 LPH assembly (Y, M, C, K) (C8170)
(REP 60.1)
2 — LPH assembly (C) (REP 60.1)
3 — LPH assembly (M) (REP 60.1)
4 — LPH assembly (Y) (REP 60.1)
5 121E24600 Core ferrite
6 — FFC guide (P/O PL 60.05 Item 9)
7 — FFC cable (P/O PL 60.05 Item 9)
8 — FFC cable (P/O PL 60.05 Item 9)
9 607K02720 FFC cable assembly kit (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155) (REP 60.2)
— 607K02730 FFC cable assembly kit (C8170)
(REP 60.2)
10 042K94930 LPH cleaner
11 042K95890 Cleaner assembly kit
12 — Cleaner base assembly (P/O PL
60.05 Item 11)
13 — Cleaner rod (P/O PL 60.05 Item
11)

P L 6 0 . 1 0 P l a t e n / I I T Co v e r ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 — IIT Left cover
2 — IIT Right cover (W)
3 — IIT Right cover (B)
4 — IIT Rear cover
5 822E26471 DADF IF cover
6 — IIT Trans PWB cover
7 — Sensor shield
8 — Left stopper
9 — Screw (Black)
10 — Label kit
11 — Label (Caution) (P/O PL 60.10
Item 10)
12 — Label (Clean) (P/O PL 60.10 Item
10)
13 — IIT Front cover

PL 60.15 Platen Glass (C8170)

1 815K10441 Right Plate
2 — CVT Glass Plate (REP 60.3)
3 090K93660 CVT Platen Glass (REP 60.3)
4 090K93570 Platen Glass
5 — Front Glass Support
6 — Rear Glass Support

P L 6 0 . 2 0 C C D Le n s ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 — CCD Lens cover assembly
2 — CCD Fan assembly
3 607K02350 CCD Lens kit
4 — Conductor (P/O PL 60.20 Item 3)
5 130K64150 APS Sensor 1 (A)/ APS Sensor 2
(B)
6 — APS Sensor cover
7 — APS Sensor bracket
8 952K35020 CCD Power harness
9 952K45130 Signal harness
10 952K31270 CCD Cont video ribbon cable
11 960K98030 IIT Trans PWB
12 — Pin assembly (P/O PL 60.20 Item
3)
13 — Clamp
14 — PWB bracket
15 — Lens assembly (P/O PL 60.20 Item
3)
16 117K49220 IIT Cont I/O ribbon cable

PL 60 .2 5 Car ri ag e Ca bl e /M ot or (C8 1 7 0 )
1 — Actuator assembly
2 130E87280 Platen Angle Sensor
3 — Front Carriage Cable
4 — Rear Carriage Cable (REP 60.19)
5 — Idler Pulley
6 023E26740 Drive Belt
7 127K77850 Carriage Motor (REP 60.17)
8 — Platen Interlock Switch
9 — Tension Spring
10 — Clamp
11 — Clamp
12 — IIT Regi. Sensor Bracket
13 930W00112 IIT Regi Sensor

P L 6 0 . 3 0 Fu l l / H a l f C a r r i a g e ( C 8 1 7 0 )
1 041K95850 Half Rate Carriage Assembly
2 041K96632 Full Rate Carriage Assembly (REP
60.18)

P L 6 0 . 3 5 P l a t e n / I I T Co v e r ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 — IIT assembly
2 — IIT Top cover
3 — IIT Rear cover
4 822E26611 DADF IF cover
5 — Label kit
Item 5)
7 — Label (Clean) (P/O PL 60.35 Item
5)
8 — IIT Left cover
9 — IIT Front cover

PL 60.40 Platen Glass (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155)

1 090K93650 CVT platen glass
2 090K93580 Platen glass (REP 60.25)
3 815E58942 Right plate
4 — Rear glass support
5 — Front glass support

P L 6 0 . 4 5 C C D Le n s ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 — CCD Lens cover
2 607K13310 CCD Lens kit (REP 60.29)
3 — Pin assembly (P/O PL 60.45 Item
2)
4 952K31240 CCD Cont video ribbon cable
5 120K93101 Actuator assembly
6 952K31662 Platen angle sensor/Platen sensor
harness
7 960K97880 IIT Trans PWB
8 952K31301 CCD Power harness
9 952K36950 APS Sensor harness
10 — Conductor (P/O PL 60.45 Item 2)
11 130K64150 APS Sensor 1 (A)/ APS Sensor 2
(B)
12 — Clamp
13 — Platen angle sensor (P/O PL 60.45
Item 5)
14 — Platen close sensor (P/O PL 60.45
Item 5)
15 — Angle sensor bracket (P/O PL
60.45 Item 5)
16 — Actuator support (P/O PL 60.45
Item 5)
17 — Actuator (P/O PL 60.45 Item 5)
18 — Extension spring (P/O PL 60.45
Item 5)
19 — Lens assembly (P/O PL 60.45 Item
2)
20 117K48921 IIT Cont I/O Ribbon Cable

PL 60 .5 0 Car ri ag e Ca bl e /M ot or (C8 1 3 0 /C8 1 3 5 /C8 1 4 5 /C8 1 5 5)

1 — Front carriage cable (REP 60.30)
2 — Rear carriage cable (REP 60.30)
3 — Idler Pulley
6 952K31250 Carriage Motor Harness
7 023E27590 Timing Belt
8 127K61330 Carriage Motor (REP 60.34)
9 — Bracket
10 — IIT Regi. Sensor bracket
11 930W00123 IIT Regi Sensor

P L 6 0 . 5 5 Fu l l / H a l f C a r r i a g e ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 / C 8 1 4 5 / C 8 1 5 5 )
1 041K96431 Half Rate Carriage Assembly
2 041K96641 Full Rate Carriage Assembly
3 — Cord Guide (P/O PL 60.55 Item 2)
4 — Cord Guide (P/O PL 60.55 Item 2)
5 952K31260 LED Ribbon Cable (REP 60.32)
— 952K43480 LED Ribbon cable (Alternative)
(REP 60.32)
6 — LED Bracket (P/O PL 60.55 Item 2)
7 960K81532 LED PWB
8 — LED Lamp Assembly (P/O PL
60.55 Item 2) (REP 60.31)
9 — Light guide (P/O PL 60.55 Item 2)
(REP 60.33)
10 — Rear securing plate (P/O PL 60.55
Item 2)
11 — Front securing plate (P/O PL 60.55
Item 2)


P L 7 0 . 0 5 Tra y 1 2 A s s e m b l y
1 607K10600 Tray 1 assembly
2 607K10610 Tray 2 assembly
3 110K11680 Tray 1 paper size sensor (Q71-
104) / Tray 2 paper size sensor
(Q72-104) (REP 70.1)
Item 1 PL 70.05 item 2)
6 — Label (No. 1) (P/O PL 70.05 Item
1)
2)
9 — Not used

P L 7 0 . 1 0 Tra y 1 A s s e m b l y
1 807E13521 Pinion
2 809E89880 Spring
3 607K02250 End guide kit
4 604K20542 Tray gear kit
5 — Gear (13) (P/O PL 70.10 Item 4)
6 — Gear (13/60) (P/O PL 70.10 Item
4)
7 — Gear assembly (P/O PL 70.10 Item
4)
9 — Cassette assembly (P/O PL 70.05
Item 1)
10 607K02261 Front side guide kit
11 — Front side guide (P/O PL 70.10
Item 10)
12 — Pad (P/O PL 70.10 Item 10)
13 607K02274 Rear side guide kit
14 — Rear side guide (P/O PL 70.10
Item 13)
15 — Pad (P/O PL 70.10 Item 13)
16 — Label (MAX) (P/O PL 70.10 Item
13)
17 — Side actuator (P/O PL 70.05 Item
1)
18 — Lift plate (P/O PL 70.05 Item 1)
Note: All parts are part of PL 70.05 Item 1.

P L 7 0 . 1 5 Tra y 2 A s s e m b l y
1 807E13521 Pinion
3 — Tray gear kit (Not Spared)
4 — Gear (13) (P/O PL 70.15 Item 3)
5 — Gear (13/60) (P/O PL 70.15 Item
3)
3)
8 — Cassette assembly (P/O PL 70.05
Item 2)
Item 9)
11 — Pad (P/O PL 70.15 Item 9)
Item 12)
14 — Pad (P/O PL 70.15 Item 12)
12)
2)

P L 7 0 . 2 0 2 TM C o m p o n e n t s ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 )
1 607K10610 Tray 3 4 assembly (REF: PL 70.25)
2 — 2TM tray label kit
Item 2)
2)
2)
6 — Top cover (Not Spared)
7 822E41111 Foot cover
8 — Docking screw (Not Spared)
9 822E41071 Right cover
10 — Shoulder screw (Not Spared)
11 822E41013 Rear cover
104) / Tray 4 paper size sensor
(Q74-104) (REP 70.5)
13 — Joint bracket (Not Spared)

P L 7 0 . 2 5 2 TM Tra y 3 / 4 A s s e m b l y ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 )
1 807E13521 Pinion
3 604K20542 Tray gear kit
4 — Gear (13) (P/O PL 70.25 Item 3)
5 — Gear (13/60) (P/O PL 70.25 Item
3)
3)
8 — Tray assembly (P/O PL 70.20 Item
1)
Item 9)
11 — Pad (P/O PL 70.25 Item 9)
Item 12)
14 — Pad (P/O PL 70.25 Item 12)
12)
1)

P L 7 0 . 3 0 T TM C o m p o n e n t s
1 — TTM module
2 — Joint bracket (Not Spared)
3 — Docking screw (Not Spared)
4 — Cover bracket (Not Spared)
5 822E41013 Rear cover (C8130/C8135/C8145/
C8155)
— — Rear cover (C8170)
6 — Label (Caution) (C8170)

P L 7 0 . 3 5 T TM Co v e r s a n d Tra y 3 / 4 A s s e m b l y
1 607K10500 TTM Tray 3 assembly
2 607K10491 TTM Tray 4 assembly
3 607K02290 TTM label kit
1)
2)
Item 1 PL 70.35 Item 2)
7 — Label (MAX) (P/O PL 70.35 Item 1
PL 70.35 Item 2)
8 — Label (C) (Not Spared)
9 059E05060 Upper roller
10 — Roller bracket assembly (Not
Spared)
11 — Top cover (Not Spared)
13 — Adjuster foot (P/O PL 70.35 Item
23)
14 869E29540 Foot bracket
15 822E41053 Left cover
16 948K12040 Left door assembly
17 — Pivot bracket (Not Spared)
18 822E41071 Right cover
19 — TTM frame assembly (Not
Spared)
20 803E25172 Left stopper
21 803E25161 Right stopper
104)/ Tray 4 paper size sensor
(Q74-104) (alternative) (REP 70.6)
— 110K17960 Tray 3 paper size sensor (Q73-
104)/ Tray 4 paper size sensor
(Q74-104) (REP 70.6)
23 — Adjuster foot assembly
24 803E01200 Tray stopper

P L 7 0 . 4 0 T TM Tra y 3 A s s e m b l y
1 — Tray 3 chassis assembly
2 — Tray 3 chassis (P/O PL 70.40 Item
1)
4 807E55441 Pinion
5 019E71680 Pad
6 948K01846 Tray 3 cover assembly
7 822E45010 Plate cover

P L 7 0 . 4 5 T TM Tra y 4 A s s e m b l y
1 — Tray 4 chassis assembly (P/O PL
70.35 Item 2)
2 — Tray 4 chassis (P/O PL 70.45 Item
1)
4 807E55441 Pinion
5 019E71680 Pad
6 948K01835 Tray 4 cover assembly
7 822E45010 Plate cover

P L 7 0 . 5 0 By p a s s Tra y Co m p o n e n t s
1 029E54810 Pivot (REP 70.2)
2 — Harness guide (Not Spared)
3 — Stopper link (Not Spared)
4 054K59296 Takeaway assembly
5 — Upper feedhead assembly (P/O PL
70.50 Item 17)
6 — Lower feedhead assembly (P/O PL
70.50 Item 17)
7 — Stopper plate (Not Spared)
8 — Knob (P/O PL 70.50 Item 17)
9 — Tray assembly (P/O PL 70.50 Item
16)
10 — Extension tray (P/O PL 70.50 Item
16)
11 — Chute front (P/O PL 70.50 Item
17)
12 — Top chute assembly (P/O PL 70.50
Item 17)
16)
Item 16)
15 — Harness cover (P/O PL 70.50 Item
16)
16 607K10633 Bypass tray kit
17 607K15040 Bypass feeder kit

P L 7 0 . 5 5 By p a s s Tra y A s s e m b l y
1 930K01010 Paper size sensor assembly (REP
70.4)
2 — Link (P/O PL 70.55 Item 8)
4 — Tray plate (P/O PL 70.55 Item 8)
5 930W00113 No paper sensor (Q75-101)
6 — No paper sensor harness (P/O PL
70.55 Item 8)
7 — Bypass tray (P/O PL 70.55 Item 8)
8 050K78354 Bypass tray assembly (REP 70.3)

P L 7 0 . 7 0 E n v e l o p e Tra y
1 497K17880 Envelope tray assembly
2 — Envelope tray (P/O PL 70.70 Item
1)
3 — End guide (P/O PL 70.70 Item 1)


P L 8 0 . 0 5 Tra y 1 2 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
1 859K14371 Tray 1 feedhead assembly
(C8130/C8135) (REP 80.1)
— 859K14321 Tray 1 feedhead assembly
(C8145/C8155/C8170) (REP 80.1)
2 859K14390 Tray 2 feedhead assembly
(C8130/C8135) (REP 80.2)
— 859K14340 Tray 2 feedhead assembly
(C8145/C8155/C8170) (REP 80.2)
3 054E36442 Feed out chute
4 054K55444 Feedhead chute assembly

P L 8 0 . 1 0 Tra y 1 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
1 — Feed roll (P/O PL 80.10 Item 11)
(REP 80.3)
2 — Nudger roll (P/O PL 80.10 Item
11) (REP 80.3)
3 — Retard roll (P/O PL 80.10 Item 11)
(REP 80.3)
4 930W00211 Tray 1 pre-feed sensor (Q71-105)
5 054E49660 Chute
7)
7 — Feedhead frame assembly (P/O PL
80.05 Item 1)
8 930W00113 Tray 1 no paper sensor (Q71-
101)/ Tray 1 level sensor (Q71-
102)
9 127K52790 Tray 1 feed /lift motor (MOT71-
001)
10 — Gear (P/O PL 80.10 Item 9)
11 676K12691 Tray 1-4 feed rolls

P L 8 0 . 1 5 Tra y 2 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
(REP 80.3)
10) (REP 80.3)
(REP 80.3)
5 — Chute (P/O PL 80.15 Item 6)
6 — Feedhead frame assembly (P/O PL
80.05 Item 2)
7 930W00113 Tray 2 no paper sensor (Q72-101)
/ Tray 2 level sensor (Q72-102)
8 127K52790 Tray 2 feed/lift motor (MOT72-
001)
9 — Gear (P/O PL 80.15 Item 8)
10 676K12691 Tray 1-4 feed rolls

P L 8 0 . 2 0 2 TM Le f t Co v e r Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 )
1 948K12050 Left door assembly
2 — Latch holder (Not Spared)
3 — Pivot bracket (Not Spared)
5 — Adjuster foot (P/O PL 80.20 Item
12)
6 869E29540 Foot bracket
7 822E41053 Left cover
8 948K01811 2TM left door interlock switch
(S77-306)
9 822E27982 Connector cover
10 859K14410 2TM feedhead 1 assembly (REP
80.4)/ 2TM feedhead 2 assembly
(REP 80.5) (REF: PL 80.35)
12 607K11480 Adjuster foot assembly
13 — L/H cover support

P L 8 0 . 2 5 2 TM Ta ke a w a y A s s e m b l y ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 )
1 859K07790 Takeaway roll assembly (upper)
(REP 80.6)/ Takeaway roll assem-
bly (lower) (REP 80.8)
2 413W88650 Bearing
3 054K55191 Tray 3 chute assembly (REP 80.7)
4 930W00123 Tray 3 feed out sensor
5 — Tray 3 feed out sensor harness (P/
O PL 80.25 Item 3)
6 — Tray 3 chute (P/O PL 80.25 Item
3)
7 — Not used
8 054E59620 Tray 4 chute assembly

P L 8 0 . 3 0 2 TM D r i v e A s s e m b l y ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 )
1 049K41791 Takeaway motor assembly (REP
80.9)
2 423W37754 Belt (REP 80.10)
3 020E51630 Pulley (24T)
4 059E03590 Roller
5 049K31890 Tension bracket assembly
6 — Tension bracket (P/O PL 80.30
Item 5)
7 899E15320 Spring
8 952K45580 Wire harness assembly
9 — Clamp (Not Spared)

P L 8 0 . 3 5 2 TM Tra y 3 4 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y ( C 8 1 3 0 / C 8 1 3 5 )
1 859K14410 Feedhead assembly (REF: PL
80.40 Item 3 PL 80.40 Item 7)
(REP 80.12)
13) (REP 80.12)
(REP 80.12)
101)/ Tray 4 no paper sensor
(Q74-101)/Tray 3 level sensor
(Q73-102)/ Tray 4 level sensor
(Q74-102)
6 — Not used
7 — Chute
8 — Feedhead frame (P/O PL 80.35
Item 1)
10 930W00211 Tray 3 pre-feed sensor (Q73-105)/
Tray 4 pre-feed sensor (Q74-105)
11 127K52790 Tray 3 lift motor (MOT73-001)/
Tray 4 lift motor (MOT74-001)
12 — Gear (P/O PL 80.35 Item 11)
13 676K12691 Tray 1-4 feed rolls (REP 80.12)

P L 8 0 . 4 0 T TM Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y / Tra y 3 4 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
1 948K01811 TTM left door interlock switch
(S77-306)
2 — Connector cover (Not Spared)
3 859K14420 Tray 3 feedhead assembly (REP
80.14)
5 859K14440 Transport assembly (REF: PL
80.60)
6 — TTM transport assembly (P/O PL
80.40 Item 5)
7 859K17810 Tray 4 feedhead assembly (REP
80.15)
8 — Takeaway chute assembly
9 054E39560 Transport feed chute
10 859K07790 Takeaway roll assembly
11 — Transport stopper (Not Spared)
12 413W88650 Bearing
13 — Not used
14 — Actuator (P/O PL 80.40 Item 8)
16 — Feed out sensor 3 (Q73-103) (P/O
PL 80.40 Item 8)
17 — Harness assembly (P/O PL 80.40
Item 8)
18 — Takeaway chute (P/O PL 80.40
Item 8)

P L 8 0 . 4 5 T TM D r i v e A s s e m b l y
1 101K69981 GFI chassis assembly
2 105E21602 LVPS CC4 (C8170)
3 049K31911 Takeaway motor bracket assembly
(MOT77-035)
4 005E37900 Collar
5 020E51640 Pulley (48T)
6 — Belt
7 059E03590 Roller
8 020E51630 Pulley
9 — Tension bracket assembly (Not
Spared)
10 899E15320 Spring
11 049K35270 Transport bracket assembly
12 952K31631 Drawer harness
13 — Shoulder screw (Not Spared)
14 — Spring (Not Spared)
15 — Connector bracket (Not Spared)
16 952K45380 Wire harness

P L 8 0 . 5 0 T TM Tra y 3 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
1 054E23461 Chute
(REP 80.16)
11) (REP 80.16)
(REP 80.16)
102)
7 — Feedhead cover (P/O PL 80.40
Item 3)
Item 3)
9 — Tray 3 feed/lift motor (MOT73-
001) (P/O PL 80.40 Item 3)
10 — Gear (P/O PL 80.50 Item 9)

P L 8 0 . 5 5 T TM Tra y 4 Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
1 054E23461 Chute
(REP 80.16)
11) (REP 80.16)
(REP 80.16)
102)
7 — Feedhead cover (P/O PL 80.40
Item 7)
Item 7)
9 — Tray 4 feed/lift motor (MOT74-
001) (P/O PL 80.40 Item 7)
10 — Gear (P/O PL 80.55 Item 9)

P L 8 0 . 6 0 T TM Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
1 607K02280 Upper chute transport kit
2 — Upper chute transport (P/O PL
80.60 Item 1)
3 930W00212 Feed out sensor 4 (Q74-103) (P/O
PL 80.60 Item 1)
4 — Label (Transport) (P/O PL 80.60
Item 1)
5 — Feed out sensor cover (Not
Spared)
6 — Feed out sensor harness (Not
Spared)
7 859K02971 Transport roll assembly (REP
80.17)
8 859K07801 Transport roll
9 413W88650 Bearing
10 — Pulley (Not Spared)
11 — Belt (Not Spared)
12 — Collar (Not Spared)
13 — Lower chute transport (Not
Spared)
14 — Rear jam clearance handle (Not
Spared)
15 — Washer (Not Spared)
16 — Front jam clearance handle (Not
Spared)

P L 8 0 . 6 5 Le f t Co v e r Co m p o n e n t s
1 859K24470 Left cover assembly (C8170) (REP
80.21)
— 859K24460 Left cover asembly (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155) (REP
80.21)
2 008R08103 2nd BTR roll assembly (REP 80.22)
3 — Label (P/O PL 80.65 Item 17)
4 869E24730 Rear left support
5 — Support bracket (Not Spared)
6 — Shaft (Not Spared)
7 011K04800 Front lever assembly
8 011K04810 Rear lever assembly
9 110K18150 Interlock switch assembly (S77-
300) (REP 80.29)
10 — Switch bracket (P/O PL 80.65 Item
9)
11 — Switch plate (P/O PL 80.65 Item
9)
12 — Left cover interlock switch (P/O PL
80.65 Item 9)
13 — Caution label kit (Not Spared)
14 — Label (Finger caution) (P/O PL
80.65 Item 1)
Item 1)
16 — Rear bracket (Not Spared)
17 — 2nd BTR assembly

P L 8 0 . 7 0 Le f t Co v e r Tra n s p o r t Co m p o n e n t s
1 — Left cover asembly (REF: PL 80.75)
2 — Duplex motor cover
3 — Harness guide
4 — Bearing
5 948K01623 2nd BTR housing assembly (REF:
PL 80.65 Item 17) (REP 80.23)
6 — Duplex inner chute assembly (REF:
PL 80.80) (REP 80.24)
7 — Link (P/O PL 80.70 Item 6)
8 054K56213 Duplex chute assembly (C8130/
C8135/C8145/C8155) (REF: PL
80.85)
— 054K57964 Duplex chute assembly (C8170)
9 — Front toggle guide
10 — Rear toggle guide
11 — Toggle gate
12 — Spring
13 — Toggle spring

P L 8 0 . 7 5 Le f t Co v e r Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
1 054K56131 Lower chute assembly (REP 80.25)
2 011E28973 Handle
3 — Spring
4 011E28993 Front latch
5 011E29000 Rear latch
6 — Shaft
7 — Pulley
8 — Gear (P/O PL 80.75 Item 27)
9 — Gear/pulley
10 — Duplex motor (MOT77-071) (P/O
PL 80.75 Item 27)
11 — Belt
12 — Belt
13 869E18601 Front support
14 — Front toggle guide assembly
15 — Spring
16 — Rear toggle guide assembly
17 — Close stopper
18 — Link assembly
19 — Connector cover
20 — Harness assembly
21 — Left cover assembly
22 — Mid duplex roll asembly
23 — Lower duplex roll assembly
25 — Belt (P/O PL 80.75 Item 27)
26 — Pad (P/O PL 80.75 Item 27)
27 049K45260 Duplex drive assembly
Note: All components are part of PL 80.65 Item 1

PL 80.80 Duplex Inner Chute Assembly

1 — Registration chute assembly (P/O
PL 80.80 Item 22)
2 930W00211 Registration sensor (Q77-103)
(REP 80.26)
3 — Registration heater assembly
4 — Registration heater bracket
5 — Registration tie plate
6 — Handle (REP 80.27)
7 — Label (A3)
8 — Spring
9 130E87410 POB jam sensor (Q94-201) (REP
80.28)
10 — Front spring housing
11 — Rear spring housing
12 — 2nd roller assembly
13 — Spring
14 — Harness cover
15 — BTR bracket
16 — POB jam sensor holder
17 — Duplex inner chute
18 899E15700 Pinch spring
19 607K20560 Pinch roller
20 — Registration front pinch plate (P/O
PL 80.80 Item 22)
21 — Registration rear pinch plate (P/O
PL 80.80 Item 22)
22 607K14930 Registration chute assembly kit

PL 80.85 Duplex Chute Assembly

1 — Pulley
2 — Front holder assembly
3 — Rear holder assembly
4 — Duplex chute housing assembly
5 — Upper duplex roll assembly
6 — Bearing
7 — Fan bracket (C8170)
8 127K74180 L/H Fan (C8170)
9 — Screw (C8170)
10 — Wire harness (C8170)

P L 8 0 . 9 0 Re g i s t ra t i o n Tra n s p o r t A s s e m b l y
1 859K15190 Registration transport assembly
(REP 80.30)
2 — Registration transport (P/O PL
80.90 Item 1)
3 — Chute holder (P/O PL 80.90 Item
1)
4 — Not used
5 054K55492 Chute (REP 80.31)
6 032E48421 Chute guide
7 859K02290 Takeaway roll 2 assembly (alter-
native) (REP 80.32)
— 859K07200 Takeaway roll 2 assembly (REP
80.32)
8 807E52000 Drive gear
9 013E46820 Bearing
10 — Connector cover (Not Spared)
11 054K56173 Upper chute assembly

P L 8 0 . 9 5 Re g i s t r a t i o n D r i v e A s s e m b l y
1 007K23700 Registration drive assembly (REP
80.33)
1)
3 — Block (P/O PL 80.95 Item 1)
4 — Registration motor (MOT77-055)
(P/O PL 80.95 Item 1)
5 — Takeaway motor 1 (MOT77-050)
(P/O PL 80.95 Item 1)
6 — Gear (39/22) (P/O PL 80.95 Item
1)
7 — Gear (30/18) (P/O PL 80.95 Item
1)
8 — Shaft (P/O PL 80.95 Item 1)
11 — Gear (37) (P/O PL 80.95 Item 1)
12 — Gear (25) (P/O PL 80.95 Item 1)
15 007K22022 Takeaway drive assembly (REP
80.34)
16 — Takeaway motor 2 bracket (P/O PL
80.95 Item 15)
17 — Takeaway motor 2 (MOT77-051)
(P/O PL 80.95 Item 15)
18 — Gear (18) (P/O PL 80.95 Item 15)
19 — Gear (Z39/22) (P/O PL 80.95 Item
15)
20 — Screw (P/O PL 80.95 Item 15)
21 — Drive bracket (Not Spared)

P L 8 0 . 1 1 5 By p a s s Tra y Ta ke a w a y A s s e m b l y
1 930W00211 Feed out sensor (Q77-104)
2 — Feed out sensor holder
3 — Feed out sensor harness
4 — Spring
5 — Spring
6 — Pinch chute
7 — Tie plate
8 — Miler plate

P L 8 0 . 1 2 0 By p a s s Tra y Fe e d h e a d A s s e m b l y
1 127K52790 Bypass tray feed/lift motor
(MOT75-003)
2 930W00113 Bypass tray nudger position sen-
sor (Q75-102)
3 952K30302 Harness assembly
4 — Upper feedhead assembly (P/O PL
80.120 Item 10)
5 — Lower frame (P/O PL 80.120 Item
10)
6 676K61351 Bypass tray roll kit (REP 80.20)
6)
10 607K15040 Bypass tray feeder kit (REP 80.19)


P L 90 . 0 5 De ve l o pe r U ni t
1 948K01510 Conductor housing assembly (REP
90.1)
2 948K01530 Developer conductor housing
assembly
3 010E96730 Plunger (REP 90.2)
4 948K13034 Developer housing kit (C8145/
C8155/C8170)
— 948K13024 Developer housing kit (C8130/
C8135)
5 — Developer assembly (P/O PL 90.05
Item 4) (See NOTE) (REP 90.3)
6 815K16880 Developer plate assembly (Y)
— 815K16910 Developer plate assembly (K)
— 815K16900 Developer plate assembly (C)
— 815K16890 Developer plate assembly (M)
7 948K11800 Gear cover
8 676K51561 Developer material (Y) (REP 90.7)
9 676K51551 Developer material (M) (REP 90.7)
10 676K51541 Developer material (C) (REP 90.7)
11 676K51531 Developer material (K) (REP 90.7)
12 — Harness guide (Not Spared)
4)
14 930K00330 ATC sensor
Note: When ordering item 4 also order relevant Developer

material items 8,9,10 or 11.

P L 9 0 . 1 0 To n e r D i s p e n s e
1 007K21500 Toner dispense motor assembly
(MOT92-005) (REP 90.4)
2 — Drive assembly (P/O PL 90.10
Item 1)
3 019K16490 Toner CRUM connector assembly
(REP 90.5)
4 094K94141 Dispenser assembly (Y) (REP 90.6)
5 — Toner guide assembly (P/O PL
90.10 Item 4)
6 — Main pipe (Y) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
4)
7 — Lower pipe (Y) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
4)
8 — Shutter (Y) (P/O PL 90.10 Item 4)
9 094K94151 Dispenser assembly (M) (REP
90.6)
10 — Toner guide assembly (M) (P/O PL
90.10 Item 9)
11 — Main pipe (M) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
9)
12 — Sub pipe (M) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
9)
13 — Lower pipe (M) (P/O PL 90.10
Item 9)
14 — Shutter (M) (P/O PL 90.10 Item 9)
15 094K94161 Dispenser assembly (C) (REP 90.6)
16 — Toner guide assembly (C) (P/O PL
90.10 Item 15)
17 — Main pipe (C) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
15)
18 — Sub pipe (C) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
15)
19 — Lower pipe (C) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
15)
20 — Shutter (C) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
15)
21 094K94171 Dispenser assembly (K) (REP 90.6)
22 — Toner guide assembly (K) (P/O PL
90.10 Item 21)
23 — Main pipe (K) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
21)
24 — Sub pipe (K) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
21)
25 — Lower pipe (K) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
21)
26 — Shutter (K) (P/O PL 90.10 Item
21)
27 — Toner cartridge (Y) (REF: PL 26.10
Item 1)
28 — Toner cartridge (M) (REF: PL 26.10
Item 2)
29 — Toner cartridge (C) (REF: PL 26.10
Item 3)

30 — Toner cartridge (K) (REF: PL 26.10

Item 4)

P L 9 0 . 1 5 Xe r o g ra p h i c Co m p o n e n t s
1 948K00016 Waste toner transport assembly
2 — Drum assembly (K) (NOTE) (REP
90.11)
3 — Drum assembly (C) (NOTE) (REP
90.11)
4 — Drum assembly (M) (NOTE) (REP
90.11)
5 — Drum assembly (Y) (NOTE) (REP
90.11)
6 008R08101 Waste cartridge (C8130/C8135/
C8145/C8155)
— 008R08102 Waste cartridge (C8170)
7 — Suction case (C8170)
Note: The part number for all Drum assemblies is

013R00681.

P L 9 0 . 2 0 Xe r o g ra p h i c A s s e m b l y ( 1 o f 2 )
1 948K02890 Gear housing assembly (REP
90.12)
2 806E47221 Drive shaft (REP 90.13)
3 413W11660 Sleeve bearing (REP 90.17)
4 807E52060 Gear
5 807E51980 Helical gear
6 930W00511 Waste toner bottle full sensor
(Q91-201) (REP 90.18)
7 130E81600 Waste toner bottle position sensor
(Q91-200) (REP 90.18)
8 032E47030 Bottle guide
9 948K00350 Agitator motor assembly (MOT91-
006) (REP 90.14)
10 — Handle assembly (Not Spared)
11 052K14000 Joint pipe assembly (REP 90.15)

P L 9 0 . 2 5 Xe r o g ra p h i c A s s e m b l y ( 2 o f 2 )
1 — Marking guide (P/O PL 60.05 Item
1)
2 948K00060 Housing assembly (REP 90.16)
3 113E48880 Drum CRUM connector

P L 9 0 . 3 0 I BT B e l t U n i t Co m p o n e n t s
1 607K08607 IBT belt assembly (REP 90.8)
2 001R00623 IBT belt cleaner assembly
3 — IBT lower guide (Not Spared)
4 930K02752 MOB/ADC Assembly (REP 90.9)
5 948K01955 Conductor housing assembly (REP
90.10)
6 — Lower conductor housing assem-
7 — Upper conductor housing assem-
9 — Temp/Humidity sensor (internal)
(P/O PL 90.30 Item 4)
10 — Front MOB sensor (P/O PL 90.30
Item 4)
11 — ADC sensor (Q92-029) (P/O PL
90.30 Item 4)
12 — Rear MOB sensor (P/O PL 90.30
Item 4)
13 — Shutter solenoid (P/O PL 90.30
Item 4)
15 — Shutter (P/O PL 90.30 Item 4)
16 — Solenoid holder (P/O PL 90.30
Item 4)
17 — Arm (P/O PL 90.30 Item 4)
18 — Cushion (P/O PL 90.30 Item 4)
19 — Pin (P/O PL 90.30 Item 4)
20 — MOBC harness assembly (P/O PL
90.30 Item 4)
21 — Humidity spacer (P/O PL 90.30
Item 4)
22 — Cover (P/O PL 90.30 Item 4)

P L 9 0 . 3 5 I BT B e l t U n i t A s s e m b l y
1 — Cleaner housing guide
2 — Handle holder
3 — IBT upper guide
4 — Belt arm
5 — Tension holder assembly
6 — Tension gear
7 — Tension collar
8 859K02811 Tension roller assembly
9 064K94660 IBT belt
10 — IBT handle unit


Co m m o n H a r d w a r e
A — Flat head screw (M3 x 14)
B — Screw (M3x6:Red)
C — Sems screw (M3x6)
D — Sems screw (M3x8)
E — Sems screw (M8x20)
F — Pan head screw (M2x10)
G — Screw (M3x4:Blue)
H — Screw (M3x4:White)
J — Screw (M3x6:Red)
K — Screw (M3x6:White)
L — Round point screw (M3x6:White)
M — Screw (M3x8)
N — Screw (M3x8)
P — Screw (M3x10)
Q — Screw (M3x12:White)
R — Screw (M3x14:White)
S — Screw (M3x16)
T — Pan head screw (M3x6:White)
U — Pan head screw (M3x14)
V — Screw (M4x6:White)
W — Screw (M4x8:White)
X — Pan head screw (M4x8:White)
Y — Screw (M4x10:White)
Z — Bind head screw (M3x6)
AA — Bind shuthead screw (3x8)
AB — Bind head screw (M3x4)
AC — Bind head screw (M3x6)
AD — Shoulder screw
AE — Setscrew (M4x4)
AF — Setscrew (M4x6)
AG — Tapping screw (M4x10)
AH — Tapping screw (M3x6:White)
AJ — Tapping screw (M3x8:White)
AK — Tapping screw (M3x10:White)
AL — Tapping screw (M3x10)
AM — Screw (M3x6)
AN — Round point screw (M3x7:White)
AP — Screw (M3x8:White)
AQ — Round point screw (M3x9:White)
AR — Screw (M4x8:White)
AS — Flat head knurling screw
AT — Flange nut (3)
AU — Special nut
AV — Washer (4)
AW — Nylon washer (6) (t 0.25)
AX — Nylon washer (6) (t 0.5)
AY — Nylon washer (6) (t 1)
AZ — Nylon washer (8) (t 1)
BA — Nylon washer (10) (t1.5)

Service Manual Common Hardware
BB — Dowel pin (1.6x8)

BC — Dowel pin (2.5x10)
BD — Dowel pin (2.5x16)
BE — Dowel pin (2.5x14)
BF — Dowel pin (3x10)
BG — Dowel pin (4x20)
BH — Spring pin (2x8)
BJ — Spring pin (2x12)
BK — Slotted tubular pin spring (2.5x10)
BL — Slotted tubular pin spring (3x10)
BM — Slotted tubular pin spring (3x16)
BN — C-clip (8)
BP — E-Clip (2:White)
BQ — E-Clip (3:White)
BR — KL-Clip (4)
BS — E-Clip (4:White)
BT — E-Clip (5:White)
BU — KL-Clip (6)
BV — E-Clip (6:White)
BW — E-clip (7)
BX — Pan Head Screw (M3x4:White)
BY — Knurling screw
BZ — Nylon washer (8) (t0.5)
CA — E-Clip (10:White)
CB — Screw (M4x16:White)
CC — Screw (M3x10:White)
CD — Screw (M4x30:White)
CE — Shoulder Screw
CF — Tapping Screw (M4x8:White)
CG — Tapping Screw (M3x14:White)
CH — Screw (M3x12:White)
CJ — Screw (M4x6:White)
CK — Screw (M4x10:White)
CL — Hexagon Nut
CM — Washer (10:White)
CN — Nylon Washer (8) (t 0.25)
CP — Nylon Washer (8) (t 1.5)
CQ — Spring Washer
CR — Dowel Pin (2x10)
CS — Dowel Pin (3x16)
CT — KL-Clip (3)
CU — KL-Clip (8)
CV — E-Clip (8:White)
CW — Sems Screw (M3x10)
CX — Pan Head Screw (Mx5)
CY — Screw (M2x10)
CZ — Tapping screw (M3x4)
DA — Pan Head Screw (M2.5x6)
DB — Pan Head Screw (M3x4)
DC — Pan head screw (M3x8)
DD — Set screw (M3x4)

Common Hardware Service Manual
DE — Tapping screw (M4x12)

DF — Tapping screw (M3x8)
DG — Washer (2.5(10.5))
DH — Washer (4) (10.8)
DJ — Washer (5)
DK — Nylon washer (4)
DL — Nylon washer (5)
DM — Nylon washer (10) (10.25)
DN — Nylon washer (10) (10.5)
DP — Spring washer
DQ — Dowel pin (2x12)
DR — Dowel pin (3x12)
DS — Dowel pin (3x14)
DT — Dowel pin (4x16)
DU — E-clip (1.5)
DV — E ring (2.5)
DW — Wing screw
DX — Screw (M4x6)
DY — Sems Screw (M3x6)
DZ — Screw (M3x6)
EA — Screw (M3x5)
EB — Screw (M2x10)
EC — Bind Head Screw (M3x8)
ED — screw (3x18)
EE — E-ring
EF — Dowel pin (2x10)
EG — Tapping screw (M4x5)
EH — Screw (3x6)
EJ — Washer (3) (10.5)
EK — Screw (3x8)
EL — Screw (2x4)
EM — Screw (3x8)

Initial Issue 6 General Procedures and Information
6 General Procedures and Information

Service Diagnostic Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879 GP 19 Environmental Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962
Service Copy (Tools) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 GP 20 Reporting Billing Meter Resets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963
dC104 System Usage Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 GP 21 First Print Out Time and Power On Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963
dC108 Software Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881 GP 22 Foreign Device Interface Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
dC120 Fault Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881 GP 23 Intermittent or Noise Problem RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965
dC122 Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882 GP 24 How to turn off the Power Saver Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
dC126 Paper Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882 GP 25 Remote Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
dC128 Fold Position Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883 GP 28 Billing Impression Mode Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968
dC131 NVM Read/Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883 GP 29 Restoring Customer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970
dC132 Serial Number Synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 884 GP 30 Reloading NVM from the Tray 1 List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
dC135 HFSI Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885 GP 31 Print/Copy Orientation Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
dC140 Analog Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885 GP 32 How to Open and Close the Video Contact Chassis Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
dC301 NVM Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886 GP 33 Installation Space Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
dC304 LPH EEPROM Self test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887 GP 34 How to Enable HTTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
dC305 Panel Diagnostics Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888 GP 35 How to Change Ethernet Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
dC312 Network Echo Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888 GP 36 How to Disable the Firewall of the PWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
dC330 Component Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 GP 37 How to Configure the PWS to Ping a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980
dC361 NVM Save and Restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923 GP 38 How to Set the IP Address of the PWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981
dC363 EEPROM Backup and Restore… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924 Glossary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
dC527 DADF Size Detection.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924
dC603 Image Size Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
dC608 Document Feeder Registration Automatic Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
dC609 Document Glass Registration Automatic Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926
dC612 Print Test Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926
dC671 Measurement Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928
dC673 Registration Control Sensor Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928
dC675 Registration Control Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
dC710 No Paper Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
dC740 MSI Side Guide Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930
dC919 Color Balance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930
dC924 TRC Manual Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931
dC931 Input / Output Manual Setup… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931
dC937 ProCon On/Off Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
dC945 IIT Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
dC949 ATC Developer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
dC950 ATC Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
dC991 Tone Up/Tone Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
dC1215 Calibrate for Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
GP 1 FAX PWB Internal Selftest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
GP 2 Accessing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
GP 3 Controller Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 936
GP 4 Power the System Off/On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
GP 5 Image Quality Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
GP 6 Printing Configuration Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
GP 7 Network Printing Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
GP 8 Speed Kit Enablement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940
GP 9 Installing System Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941
GP 10 PWS Communication with the SBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
GP 11 Resetting the System Administrator Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
GP 12 Back Up and Restore Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
GP 13 Cloning Network Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
GP 14 External Fax Line Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956
GP 15 Electrical Power Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957
GP 16 Service Plan Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
GP 17 How to Re-Enter Optional Feature Installation Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
GP 18 Restoring the Device Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961

Common Hardware Service Manual
6 General Procedures and Information Initial Issue
Service Diagnostic Mode • Exit & Reboot
Procedure This selection reboots the machine after exiting UI Diagnostics. Some changes to NVM or other
settings may require a reboot to store values in the proper places in NVM.
1. Press and hold the Home button on the UI for about 7 seconds, then release it.
The Login screen displays. • Reset Counters
Select this check box when exiting UI Diagnostics to clear fault history.
2. On the Login screen, enter the Passcode 6789 , then select OK.
The UI Diagnostic menu displays. • Cancel
Select Cancel to return to the UI Diagnostic menu screen.
UI Diagnostics
The following menu selections appear on the left side of the UI Diagnostic menu screen: General
Information, Service Information, Diagnostics, Adjustments , and Maintenance . Touch a button
to see the routines available within that group. Touch a dC routine to launch it.
• General Information
– This is the default selection for UI Diagnostics. It contains general information such as Prod-
uct Code, Serial Number, Total Images, Images Since Last Call, System Software Version,
IPV4 Address, Device Name, and IPV6 Address.
• Service Information
– The button contains:

dC104, dC108, dC120, dC122, and dC135.
• Diagnostics
– This button contains:

dC140, dC304, dC305, dC312, dC330, and dC612.
• Adjustments

dC126, dC128, dC301, dC361, dC363, dC527, dC603, dC608, dC671, dC673, dC675, dC740,
dC919, dC924, dC931, dC937, dC945, dC949, dC950, dC991, and dC1215
.
• Maintenance

dC120, dC122, dC132, dC135, and dC710.
Call Closeout
The Call Closeout button is located on the upper right side of the screen. Call Closeout selections
are:
• Exit Only
This selection enables a fast return to customer mode.

S e r v i c e Co p y ( To o l s ) M o d e d C 1 0 4 Sy s t e m U s a g e Co u n t e r s
The CSE Service Copy (Tools) mode provides access to the machine that is greater than that of a Purpose
user but less than that of the System Administrator. This mode allows you to perform a number of Displays a history of system usage.
checks and run copies without compromising the customer's security settings. This mode can be
Procedure
used if the Administrator user name and passcode are not at the default, and the Administrator is
not available to enter the admin passcode. (GP2)
2. Select Service Information.
Entering CSE Service Copy mode
3. Select dc104 Usage Counters....
The Login screen displays. 4. Touch the Diagnostic Counters button to filter the results:
2. On the Login screen, enter the Passcode 2732 , then select OK. • Diagnostic Counters - lists sheet counters for service operations and tray totals.
The Service Copy mode opens. A CSE button appears in the upper left corner of the display. • Impression Counters - lists all impressions, categorized by B/W, Color, Large, Small, Print,
Copy.
Note: CSE Service Copy mode remains active until the CSE button is pressed or the
• Sheet Counters - Color and B/W for copied and printed sheets.
session times out. When finished with Tools, always log out of CSE Service Copy mode
by pressing the CSE button and confirming logout. • Images Sent Counters - Server Fax, Internet Fax, E-mail images, and Network Scan.
• Fax Impressions Counters - If Fax is enabled, lists the number of received Faxes that were
printed.
• All Usage Counters - all the above.
Press the Update button for the most current count.

Service Copy (Tools) Mode Service Manual
d C 1 0 8 S o f t w a r e Ve r s i o n s d C 1 2 0 Fa u l t Co u n t e r
Purpose Purpose
Displays the installed software versions for the various modules installed in the system. Displays the number of occurrences of each IOT fault since the last Service Exit with the Clear
Counters option selected.
Procedure
1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode. Note:
2. Select Service Information. 1. Faults detected while in Service Mode are not counted.
3. Select dc108 Software Version... . Depending on installed options, software version information 2. An Interlock open while the machine is stopped is not counted.
appears for these modules:
Procedure
• Software Upgrade
• Copy Controller
• Copy Controller OS
3. Select dc120 Fault Counters....
• UI Panel Firmware
4. Select the Sort on Count check box to list the most frequent faults first. (A check mark will ap-
• Fax pear in the box.)
• Imaging Output Terminal 5. Selecting the Include Zero Counts check box lists all faults in the database. (A check mark will
• Network Controller appear in the box.) Deselecting this box lists only those faults with a recorded occurrence.
• Image Input Terminal 6. The screen displays all fault codes in the machine database by Chain-Link, Description , and
Count since the last time the Reset Counters option was selected during Call Closeout.
• Document Feeder
7. To jump to the start of the fault list for a particular chain, touch the small Chain window on the
• User Interface
left side of the screen (there will be a cursor flashing in the window), enter the chain number us-
• XUI Language Version ing the keypad, and touch the Search button to the right of the Chain window.
• Finisher

Service Manual dC108
d C 1 2 2 Fa u l t H i s t o r y d C 1 2 6 Pa p e r Re g i s t r a t i o n
Purpose Purpose
Displays the Last 40 faults. This procedure is used to align the Lead Edge and Side Edge of the developed image with media
fed from the various paper trays.
Note:
For instructions, refer to ADJ 90.1.
1. Faults detected while in Service Mode are not counted.
2. An Interlock open while the machine is stopped is not counted.
3. If multiple faults occurred in the machine, the primary fault is recorded.
Procedure
3. Select dc122 Fault History....
4. A five-column table will appear, listing the Fault Name, Code, Date/Time, Total Impression ,
and Size of the last 40 machine faults.
5. To clear the fault history, select Reset Counters on the Call Closeout screen.

dC122 Service Manual
d C 1 2 8 Fo l d Po s i t i o n A d j u s t m e n t d C 1 3 1 N V M Re a d / W r i t e
Purpose Note: NVM values are listed in the procedures where they are called out.
This procedure allows access to the NVM locations affecting the Finisher folding and staple position
Procedure
setup. There are several different adjustments, depending on the Finisher. Refer to the Finisher Serv-
ice Documentation for more information.
3. Select dc131 NVM Read/Write....
4. Enter the NVM Chain and Link (as listed in the procedure that called dC131) in the Chain and
Link windows.
Note: Use the touch keypad or the scroll buttons on the UI to enter the Chain and
the Link . Enter only the numeric value of the Link , from 1 to 999. Leading zeros can-
not be entered in the Link window
Note: It is not necessary to re-enter NVM locations that have already been entered.
You can select previously entered locations by touching the row in the table where
that location is listed. If more than four NVM locations are entered, a scroll bar will
appear on the right side of the table.
5. Select the Read button.
Note: When an NVM is displayed in the table, it will remain displayed until Clear is
selected. The Clear button only clears the table display, not an NVM value.
6. Touch the Value of: window and use the keypad to enter the new NVM Value. Use the +/- but-
ton to enter negative numbers.
7. Select Write to load the new value.

d C 1 3 2 S e r i a l N u m b e r Sy n c h r o n i z e 5. Contact service support for instructions on how to complete the form.
Purpose 6. Follow form instructions and warnings carefully.
This procedure synchronizes the serial number information on the components where it is stored. 7. Note that there is a cost for this service.
Serial number information is stored at these locations: 8. Fill in all the information. Print the completed form. Have your budget center manager sign the
form. If any information is missing, we cannot perform the service.
• Halftone PWB - The replacement Halftone PWB is spared which a memory is integrated (non-
replaceable). 9. Have the National Technical Specialist (NTS, RSE or FE) forward a copy of service log and proof
of the location of the machine to A-CAST. This information must indicate machine location, cus-
• IIT PWB EEPROM (U4) - The EEPROM on the old IIT PWB contains IIT setup and calibration da-
tomer name and address.
ta; it should be removed and transferred to the new IIT PWB, if possible.
The proof must be a screen capture of the NTS/FE/RSE customer support database (account
• System Disk Drive - A System Disk Drive from Xerox Distribution must be used, otherwise, the
management database), FWSS, ICSS, DFM BT, VQMS, VALE, STPR, eSAP, etc. The information
machine will be unable to boot.
on the proof must match the information on the form.
• ESS PWB - The replacement ESS PWB is spared which a memory is integrated (non-
Part 2 - Re-serialize machine
replaceable).
Note: In order to replace any one of the components listed above, you must power down the sys-
2. Select Maintenance.
tem, replace the individual component, then power up the system. When the system powers up, the
replaced component’s serial number data will synchronize automatically with the data on the other 3. Select dc132 Machine Serial Number....
components. In such instances, dC132 need not be performed. CAUTION: After the Unique Machine Identifier is generated, DO NOT touch the
Initial Action Generate New Identifier Code button, as this will invalidate the Passcode that will be
Check dC122 for Communications faults (Chain 303 and 316). These faults can prevent serial num- provided.
ber synchronization. Resolve these faults before continuing. Please obtain a serial number re-syn-
chronization request form from GSN Library 15053. 4. Select Enter Passcode....
5. Enter the Passcode received from A-CAST in the box named Enter Passcode.
Procedure
Part 1 - Notify service support. 6. Select OK.
Note: It may take up to 24 – 72 hours to receive a password from A-CAST. 7. Please verify UI screen indicated Serial Number Verification Complete, Your machine serial
number has been verified.
8. Exit Diagnostic mode.
9. Switch the machine power off, then on.
3. Select dc132 Machine Serial Number....
10. Print a configuration report and verify that the serial number is corrected. The serial numbers
CAUTION: After the Unique Machine Identifier is generated, DO NOT touch the
are now synchronized.
Generate New Identifier Code button again, as this will invalidate the Password that
11. Perform dC945 if the ESS PWB and/or System Disk Drive are replaced.
will be provided.
4. Select Generate New Identifier Code . Record the Unique Machine Identifier.
Note: Follow all instructions included in the form. You must complete the form, print it, obtain
required signatures and data, then scan it.

d C 1 3 5 H F S I Co u n t e r s dC140 Analog Monitor

Purpose Purpose
This routine displays the percentage of service life remaining for periodic replacement parts. This routine monitors the status of sensors listed in Table 1, below. Temporary change of output val-
ues is possible.
Procedure
1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode. Procedure
2. Select Service Information or Maintenance.
3. Select dc135 CRU/HFSI.... 2. Select Diagnostics.
4. The CRU/HFSI screen lists the serviceable items and displays Estimated Pages Remaining. 3. Select dC140 Analog Monitor....
The system displays the Analog Monitor screen.
5. Refer to SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance. Perform the listed Service Action for all HFSI counters
that are at or near end of life. • The system displays the ID, Component Name, Status, Range, and Value.
6. To reset the count after replacing the parts, select the appropriate HFSI item, then select Reset • The status of all components shows Inactive . The Value columns are blank.
Counter. 4. To run a component check:
a. Select the component to check.
b. Select Start on the popup which displays.
c. The component status changes to Active.
d. The bit count displays in the Value column.
e. You can switch on an input component to monitor an output component.
Note: If the component has a runtime restriction, the component is switched on

for that period and automatically switched off.
Note: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another com-
ponent. If you activate such a combination of components, the first component
switched on will be automatically switched off.
Note: If the component cannot be automatically turned off, the following mes-
sage appears: Cannot check the component. Stop another output component.
Checking multiple components

1. To check multiple components simultaneously, repeat Steps 4a through 4e.
2. To stop the check, touch the row for the component you wish to stop and select Stop.
Select Stop All to switch off multiple selected components.

Table 1 dC140 Analog Monitor Codes List dC301 NVM Initialization

ID Component Description Purpose
10.200 Heat Belt STS Center Heat Belt Center STS temperature AD value This procedure may be needed when the machine cannot recover for some unknown reason, includ-
ing problems such as producing blank copies/prints, continuously declaring system faults, etc.
10.201 Heat Belt STS Rear Heat Belt Rear STS temperature AD value
41.200 Fuse 1 Check

CAUTION: Before Initializing NVM on any subsystem, perform dC361 NVM Save
and Restore. Performing NVM Initialization on any subsystem may cause damage or
41.201 Fuse 2 Check
degradation of machine performance.
41.202 Fuse 3 Check
Initial Actions
41.203 Fuse 4 Check
• Disconnect any Foreign Interface devices.
41.204 Fuse 6 Check
• Obtain all of the following information:
41.205 Fuse 7 Check
– Saved Machine Settings, if possible.
42.200 NOHAD Sensor Environmental Sensor value
– NVM value factory setting report (typically it is located in the Tray 1 pocket)
71.200 Tray 1 Size Sensor Displays AD value for Tray 1 paper size
– Any customer setting Auditron account from the system administrator
72.200 Tray 2 Size Sensor Displays AD value for Tray 2 paper size
– Any setting changes (specifically NVM settings) shown on the machine’s service log.
73.200 Tray 3 Size Sensor Displays AD value for Tray 3 paper size – Any customer settings in the Tools mode.
74.200 Tray 4 Size Sensor Displays AD value for Tray 4 paper size • If possible, perform dC361 NVM Save and Restore.
75.200 MSI Size Sensor Displays AD value for MSI paper size Procedure
89.200 MOB Inboard 1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
89.202 MOB Outboard 2. Select Adjustments.
91.202 BDR DC current Y Y-color BDR DC Current Monitor 3. Select the dC301 NVM Initialization....
91.203 BDR DC current M M-color BDR DC Current Monitor Note: The Sub Domain check boxes toggle between selected and unselected states when
91.204 BDR DC current C C-color BDR DC Current Monitor touched.
91.205 BDR DC current K K-color BDR DC Current Monitor

4. Select the appropriate Domain, Sub Domain, and NVM Data using the features on the UI
92.203 ATC Sensor Y Detection of TC in Y-color Developer Housing screen.
92.204 ATC Sensor M Detection of TC in M-color Developer Housing 5. Select Initialize to run the routine. Select the [X] button to exit the routine without running it.
92.205 ATC Sensor C Detection of TC in C-color Developer Housing 6. When prompted by the message Are you sure you want to initialize NVM? , select Initialize.
92.206 ATC Sensor K Detection of TC in K-color Developer Housing Note: If the screen displays the message The device is in a non-customer mode
92.207 ADC Sensor VSPC after completing this step, perform dC361 to restore the machine to customer mode.
92.208 Env Temperature Sensor 7. After the initialization is complete, use the data accumulated in Initial Actions to restore the
machine to its previous configuration.
92.209 Env Humidity Sensor
8. If it is not possible to restore NVM using dC361, perform the following in order:
92.210 ADC Sensor VDIF

a. Go to GP 30 and reenter the values from the NVM Setting Value List. Do not perform the dC304 LPH EEPROM Self test
adjustments listed in GP 30. Instead, return to this procedure and continue with the next
Purpose
steps in order.
To check the integrity of data in the control logic of the LED Print Heads.
b. ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (dC126)
Procedure
c. ADJ 90.18 Image Size Adjustment (dC603)
d. ADJ 90.7 ATC Sensor Setup (dC950)
2. Select Diagnostics.
e. ADJ 90.8 ATC Developer Setup (dC949)
3. Select dC304 LPH EEPROM Self Test....
f. ADJ 90.11 Color Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle (dC673)
4. Press Start.
g. ADJ 90.10 Color Registration Control Setup Cycle (dC675)
5. If the data are correct and communication is possible, OK will appear for each of the Print
h. ADJ 5.5 Color DADF Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC608) Heads (Yellow, Magenta, Cyan , and Black).
i. ADJ 90.10 Registration Control Setup (dC675) 6. If any color reports NG , check the display and fault history for any Chain 061 faults.
j. ADJ 90.9 Color Registration Measurement Cycle (dC671)
k. ADJ 60.7 Document Glass Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC609)
l. ADJ 5.5 DADF Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC608)
m. ADJ 90.3 ProCon On/Off Print Check (dC937)
n. Enter the entire customer profile in Admin Mode
o. Enter the entire customer Auditron account information

d C 3 0 5 Pa n e l D i a g n o s t i c s Te s t d C 3 1 2 N e t w o r k Ec h o Te s t s
This utility tests UI operation. The utility consists of six (6) tests which are detailed in ADJ 4.1. Purpose
Tests the machine’s ability to communicate on the network.
Procedure
3. Select dC312 Network Echo Test....
Note: Protocols that are not enabled will not be selectable (they will be grayed out).
4. Select the Protocol to be tested.
5. Select the Start Network Echo Test button. The test will run. A message will be displayed on the
UI indicating whether the test was successful.

d C 3 3 0 Co m p o n e n t Co n t r o l Chain 73 Tray 3
Purpose Chain 74 Tray 4
The purpose of dC330 Component Control is to actuate or monitor the operation of individual or Chain 75 Tray 5 Bypass
multiple related components. Chain 77 IOT Media Path
Procedure Chain 78 HCF

1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode. Chain 91 IOT Xerographics
2. Select Diagnostics. Chain 92 IOT ADC
3. Select dC330 Component Control.... Chain 93 IOT Developer Drive
4. The dC330 Component Control screen displays. There are two tables. The upper table lists all Chain 94 IOT Transfer Belt
component control codes, selectable by Chain. The lower table contains codes to be activated. 2. Component control codes in the UI menus are arranged by Chain. Touch the Chain button and
The display indicates the following: select a chain. The codes within that chain are listed.
• Chain Link 3. Select the desired code by pressing it. A popup menu gives you a choice: Add the code to the
lower table or Close Menu without taking any action.
• I/O (whether the component is Input (I) or Output (O))
• Description
Activating a code
• Status
CAUTION: Some components have special machine safety requirements, such as re-
Finding a code moving the IBT assembly before running the IBT Drive, etc. Read the code description
Note: Codes related to a specific accessory (for example, an HCF) will not be listed on the UI unless in tables 1 - 19 in order to avoid machine damage.
that accessory is installed in the machine. For Finisher codes, refer to the Service Documentation for
the BR Finisher. 1. To add a code directly to the lower table, press the desired code on the list and select Add on
the popup menu. You can also add the code with the keypad. Press the Chain box in the lower
Component Control Codes are listed in menus on the UI and in the following table:
right corner of the screen, and type in the 6-digit code. The Link box will automatically highlight
1. Chain 005 DADF as you type the last three digits of the code. Press the Add button to place the code in the lower
table.
Chain 10 Fuser
Chain 12 Finisher 2. A component is activated by touching its name in the lower table, then selecting Start on the
popup menu that appears. The component’s Status changes to On, Off, Low , or Hi , as
Chain 13 Finisher
applicable.
Chain 20 FAX
Note: If the component has a runtime restriction, the component is switched on for that period
Chain 41 IM
and automatically switched off.
Chain 42 Drives/Fans
Chain 61 LPH 3. To deactivate a component, touch its name in the lower table, and press the Stop or Stop All
Chain 62 Scanner button on the popup menu. The component is still listed in the lower table, but its Status
changes to Off or -.
Chain 66 Scanner
Chain 71 Tray 1 Note: You can also deactivate a component by pressing the Remove button on the popup menu. The
Chain 72 Tray 2 component will not only stop, but also be removed from the lower table.

4. To remove a component from the lower table, touch its name and then select Remove on the Multiple input/ Dis-
popup menu. Chain PWS / Diagnos- Mod- output Time play
Link tic Name Device ule Type inhibition Out State
5. To close the popup menu, press Close Menu.
05- Feed Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-001 thru 60 sec On/Off
004- (CCW)600.0mm/ put 005-003,005-
Note: Pressing Close Menu does not change a component’s Status in the lower 00 s 005,005-
table. 010,005-
013,005-
Stacking component codes (running more than one component at the same 014,005-074
time)
05- Feed Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-001 thru 60 sec On/Off
Note: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another component. If you acti- 005- (CCW)700.0mm/ put 005-004,005-
00 s 006 thru 005-
vate such a combination of components, the first component switched on will be automatically
010,005-
switched off. If the component cannot be automatically turned off, the following message will ap- 013,005-
014,005-074
pear:Cannot check the component. Stop another output component.
05- Pre Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 60 sec On/Off
1. To stack several codes, select the first code and press Start ; then select the next code and press 011- (CW)300.0mm/s put
Start . Up to 11 codes may be stacked. 00
2. The Status of each component changes, as applicable. 05- Pre Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 60 sec On/Off
012- (CW)350.0mm/s put
3. To stop an individual component, highlight it and press Stop . 00
4. To switch off all components, select any one and press Stop All. 05- Pre Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-001 thru 60 sec On/Off
013- (CW)400.0mm/s put 005-010,005-
Exiting Component Control 00 014, 005-074
CAUTION: Ensure that all components that were activated are stopped before clos- 05- Pre Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-001 thru 60 sec On/Off
014- (CW)490.0mm/s put 005-010,005-
ing Component Control.
00 013, 005-074
To exit dC330 Component Control, press the Close button in the upper right corner of the screen. 05- Pre Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-016 thru 60 sec On/Off
015- (CW)510.0mm/s put 005-025,005-
Multiple input/ Dis- 00 076 thru 005-
Chain PWS / Diagnos- Mod- output Time play 077, 005-089
Link tic Name Device ule Type inhibition Out State
05- Pre Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-015, 005- 60 sec On/Off
05- Feed Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 005-002 thru 60 sec On/Off 016- (CW)700.0mm/s put 017 thru 005-
001- 200.0mm/s put 005-010, 005- 00 025 005-076
00 010 thru 005- thru 005-077
014,005-074 ,005- 089
05- Feed Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-001,005- 60 sec On/Off 05- Pre Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-015,005- 60 sec On/Off
002- (CCW)300.0mm/ put 003 thru 005- 017- (CW)860.0mm/s put 016,005-018
00 s 010, 005-013 00 thru 005-
thru 005-014, 025,005-
005- 074 076,005-
077,005-089
05- Feed Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-001,005- 60 sec On/Off
003- (CCW)490.0mm/ put 002,005-004 05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-015 thru 60 sec On/Off
00 s thru 005- 021- (CCW)490.0mm/ put 005-020,005-
010,005-013 00 s 022 thru 005-
,005- 014,005- 025,005-076
074 thru 005-077
005-089

Multiple input/ Dis- Multiple input/ Dis-

Chain PWS / Diagnos- Mod- output Time play Chain PWS / Diagnos- Mod- output Time play
Link tic Name Device ule Type inhibition Out State Link tic Name Device ule Type inhibition Out State
05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-015 thru 60 sec On/Off 05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
022- (CCW)700.0mm/ put 005-021,005- 038- (CCW) put
00 s 023 thru 005- 00 330.0mm/s
025,005-076
thru 005-077 05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
005-089 041- (CCW) put
00 440.0mm/s
05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
026- (CCW) 41.3mm/ put 05- Exit2 Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 005-037 thru 60 sec On/Off
00 s 041- 220.0mm/s put 005-039,005-
00 042 thru 005-
05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 047,005-085
027- (CCW) 55.0mm/ put
00 s 05- Exit2 Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 005-037 thru 60 sec On/Off
042- 350.0mm/s put 005-039, 005-
05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 00 041, 005-043
028- (CCW) 73.3mm/ put thru 005-
00 s 047,005- 085
05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
029- (CCW) 82.5mm/ put 043- (CCW) put
00 s 00 350.0mm/s
05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 05- Exit2 Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 005-037 thru 60 sec On/Off
030- (CCW) put 043- 490.0mm/s put 005-039, 005-
00 110.0mm/s 00 041,005-
042,005-044
05- Platen Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-026 thru 60 sec On/Off thru 005-
031- (CW)490.0mm/s put 005-030 005- 047,005-085
00 032 thru 005-
036 005-078 05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
thru 005-080 044- (CCW) put
00 460.0mm/s
05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
032- (CCW) put 05- Exit2 Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 005-037 thru 60 sec On/Off
00 146.7mm/s 044- 700.0mm/s put 005-039,005-
00 041 thru 005-
05- Platen Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-026 thru 60 sec On/Off 043,005-045
032- (CW)700.0mm/s put 005-031, 005- thru 005-047,
00 033 thru 005- 005-085
036, 005-078
thru 005-080 05- Feed Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
045- 440.0mm/s put
05- Regi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 00
033- (CCW) put
00 165.0mm/s 05- Feed Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
046- 550.0mm/s put
035- (CCW) put
047- 400.0mm/s put
037- (CCW) put
048- 300.0mm/s Feed put
00


05- Feed Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
049- 240.0mm/s Feed put 059- (CW) 73.3mm/s put
00 00
050- 150.0mm/s Feed put 060- (CW) 82.5mm/s put
00 00
051- 460.0mm/s Feed put 061- (CW) 110.0mm/ put
00 00 s
05- Tray Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-048 thru 60 sec On/Off 05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
051- (CCW)55.0mm/s put 005-050,005- 064- (CW) 146.7mm/ put
00 052 thru 005- 00 s
054,005-057
thru 005-061 05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
065- (CW) 165.0mm/ put
05- Feed Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 00 s
052- 100.0mm/s Feed put
00 05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
067- (CW) 220.0mm/ put
05- Tray Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 005-048 thru 60 sec On/Off 00 s
052- 55.0mm/s put 005-051 , 005-
00 053 thru 005- 05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
054 ,005-057 069- (CW) 293.3mm/ put
thru 005-061 00 s
053- 350.0mm/s Feed put 070- (CW) 330.0mm/ put
00 00 s
05- Tray Motor IIT DADF Out- 005-048 thru 60 sec On/Off 05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
053- (CCW)12.5mm/s put 005-052, 005- 072- (CW) 500.0mm/ put
00 054 005-057 00 s
thru 005-061
05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
05- Feed Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 074- (CW) 150.0mm/ put
054- 220.0mm/s Feed put 00 s
00
05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
05- Tray Motor(CW) IIT DADF Out- 005-048 thru 60 sec On/Off 076- (CW) 440.0mm/ put
054- 12.5mm/s put 005-053, 005- 00 s
00 057 thru 005-
078- (CW) 350.0mm/ put
05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 00 s
057- (CCW) 41.3mm/ put
00 s 05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
079- (CW) 460.0mm/ put
05- PreRegi Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off 00 s
058- (CW) 55.0mm/s put
080- (CW) 100.0mm/ put
00 s


05- Doc Ready IIT DADF Out- N/A On/Off 05- Feed Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
083- put 097- (CCW) put
00 00 220.0mm/s
05- Doc Set LED IIT DADF Out- 5 sec On/Off 05- TA Clutch IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
084- put 098- put
00 00
05- Nudger Solenoid IIT DADF Out- 60 sec On/Off 05- PreRegi Clutch IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
086- put 099- put
00 00
05- TA Clutch -high IIT DADF Out- 60 sec On/Off 05- DADF document IIT DADF Input N/A High/
087- put 102- set sensor Low
00 00
05- Image Area IIT DADF Out- 5 sec On/Off 05- DADF regi IIT DADF Input N/A High/
088- put 110- sensor Low
00 00
05- CIS Sync IIT DADF Out- 5 sec On/Off 05- Skew Sensor IIT DADF Input High/
089- put 192- Low
00 00
05- Tray elevation IIT DADF Out- 005-086、005- On/Off 05- Double Feeding IIT DADF Input High/
091- operation put 087 005-092 193- Detection Sen- Low
00 00 sor(Double
feeding)
05- Slight Tray ele- IIT DADF Out- 005-086、005- On/Off
092- vation operation put 087 005-091 05- Bottom Sensor IIT DADF Input High/
00 during Job 202- Low
00
05- Nudger Initialize IIT DADF Out- N/A On/Off
093- RCP operation put 05- Level Sensor IIT DADF Input High/
00 203- Low
00
05- Tray move-down IIT DADF Out- On/Off
093- operation put 05- CVT-DADF Feed IIT DADF Input High/
00 204- Sensor Low
00
05- Feed Motor IIT DADF Out- 50 sec On/Off
094- (CCW) put 05- CVT - DADF feed IIT DADF Input N/A High/
00 400.0mm/s 205- out sensor Low
00
05- The fastest IIT DADF Out- On/Off
094- Nudger Solenoid put 05- CVT - DADF pre- IIT DADF Input N/A High/
00 RCP 206- reg sensor Low
00
095- (CCW) put 05- Lead Regi IIT DADF Input High/
00 165.0mm/s 207- Sensor Low
00
096- (CCW) put 05- CVT-DADF Out IIT DADF Input High/
00 100.0mm/s 208- Sensor Low
00


05- CVT-DADF #1 IIT DADF Input High/ 05- Encoder Pulse of IIT DADF Input High/
209- Exit Sensor Low 233- Feed Motor Low
00 00
05- CVT - DADF IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 05- #4 Tray APS IIT DADF Input High/
212- feeder cover in- Low 302- Sensor Low
00 terlock switch 00
05- CVT - DADF plat- IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 10- Fuser Motor IOT Fuser Out- 10-002 thru 10- On/Off
213- en interlock Low 001- 308mm/s put 006,94- 008,94-
00 switch 00 009
05- CVT - DADF #1 IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 10- Fuser Motor IOT Fuser Out- 10-001 ,10- On/Off
215- tray APS sensor Low 002- 255mm/s put 003thru 10-
00 00 006,94-008,94-
009
05- CVT - DADF #2 IIT DADF Input N/A High/
216- tray APS sensor Low 10- Fusing Motor IOT Fuser Out- 10-001 ,10- On/Off
00 003- (233mm Speed) put 002,10-004 thru
00 10-006,94-
05- CVT - DADF #3 IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 008,94-009
217- tray APS sensor Low
00 10- Fusing Motor IOT Fuser Out- 10-001 thru 10- On/Off
004- (185mm Speed) put 003,10-005 ,10-
05- CVT - DADF #1 IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 00 006,94-008,94-
218- APS sensor Low 009
00
10- Fusing Motor IOT Fuser Out- 10-001 thru 10- On/Off
05- CVT - DADF #2 IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 005- (150mm Speed) put 004,10- 006,94-
219- APS sensor Low 00 008,94-009
00
10- Fusing Motor IOT Fuser Out- 10-001 thru 10- On/Off
05- CVT - DADF #3 IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 006- (121mm Speed) put 005,94- 008,94-
220- APS sensor Low 00 009
00
10- P/Roll Latch ON IOT Fuser Out- 10-010,10-011 On/Off
05- CVT Tray Size IIT DADF Input High/ 009- put
221- SNR No.1 Low 00
00
10- P/Roll Latch OFF IOT Fuser Out- 10-009,10-011 On/Off
05- CVT Tray Size IIT DADF Input High/ 010- put
222- SNR No.2 Low 00
00
10- P/Roll Half Latch IOT Fuser Out- 10-009,10-010 On/Off
05- L/H Cover Inter- IIT DADF Input High/ 011- put
223- lock Sensor Low 00
00
10- Fusing Thermo- IOT Fuser Input High/
05- Scan start IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 201- stat Status Low
224- Low 00
00
10- Fusing P/Roll IOT Fuser Input High/
05- CVT - DADF #2 IIT DADF Input N/A High/ 202- Latch Sensor Low
226- invert sensor Low 00
00


10- Belt Speed IOT Fuser Input High/ 12- Front Tamper IOT GA- Out- 12-013 thru 12- 100 On/Off
203- Sensor Low 012- Motor(Low Finish- put 015 pulse
00 00 Speed) er
12- Main Transport IOT CH- Out- 012-002, 012- - On/Off 12- Transport Motor IOT GB- Out- On/Off
001- Motor 350 On Finish- put 003 012- (Forward) Finish- put
00 er 00 er
12- Transport Motor IOT GA- Out- On/Off 12- Front Tamper IOT GA- Out- 12-012 , 12- 100 On/Off
001- Finish- put 013- Motor(High Finish- put 014thru 12-015 pulse
00 er 00 Speed) er
12- Main Transport IOT CH- Out- 012-001,012- - On/Off 12- Sub Paddle IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-014 660ms On/Off
002- Motor 600 On Finish- put 003 013- Solenoid isher put
00 er 00
12- Main Transport IOT CH- Out- 012-001, 012- - On/Off 12- Front Tamper IOT GA- Out- 12-012,12-013 100 On/Off
003- Motor 800 On Finish- put 002 014- Motor(Rear/Low Finish- put ,12-015 pulse
00 er 00 Speed) er
12- Exit Motor 350 IOT CH- Out- 012-005,012- - On/Off
put 006,012- 12- Front Tamper IOT GA- Out- 12-012 thru 12- 100 On/Off
004- Forward On Finish-
007,12-008,12- 015- Motor(Rear/High Finish- put 014 pulse
00 er
009 00 Speed) er
12- Exit Motor 600 IOT CH- Out- 012-004, 012- - On/Off 12- Rear Tamper IOT GA- Out- 12-017 thru 12- 100 On/Off
005- Forward On Finish- put 006 thru 12- 016- Motor(Low Finish- put 019 pulse
00 er 009 00 Speed) er
12- Exit Motor 800 IOT CH- Out- 012-004, 012- - On/Off 12- Rear Tamper IOT GA- Out- 12-016,12- 100 On/Off
006- Forward On Finish- put 005,12-007 thru 017- Motor(High Finish- put 018,12-019 pulse
00 er 12-009 00 Speed) er
12- Exit Motor 350 IOT CH- Out- 012-004, 012- - On/Off 12- Transport Motor IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-036 thru On/Off
007- Reverse On Finish- put 005,012-006 018- Reverse isher put 012-038
00 er ,12-008, 12-009 00
12- Exit Motor 600 IOT CH- Out- 012-004 thru - On/Off 12- Rear Tamper IOT GA- Out- 12-016,12- 100 On/Off
008- Reverse On Finish- put 012-007,12- 009 018- Motor(Rear/Low Finish- put 017,12-019 pulse
00 er 00 Speed) er
12- Exit Motor 800 IOT CH- Out- 012-004, 012- - On/Off 12- Rear Tamper IOT GA- Out- 12-016 thru 12- 100 On/Off
009- Reverse On Finish- put 005, 012-006 019- Motor(Rear/High Finish- put 018 pulse
00 er 00 Speed) er
12- Transport Gate IOT CH- Out- 012-011 200ms On/Off 12- Front Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-022, 012- 82 On/Off
010- Solenoid (Pull) Finish- put 020- Motor Low isher put 023, 012-025 PULSE
00 er 00 Speed - Front
12- Transport Gate IOT CH- Out- 012-010 200ms On/Off
011- Solenoid (Push) Finish- put 12- Front Tamper IOT CH- Out- 12-021 thru 12- 100 On/Off
020- Motor(Front/Low Finish- put 025 pulse
00 er
00 Speed) er
12- HTU Motor IOT GB- Out- High/
011- (Forward) Finish- put Low
00 er


12- Front Tamper IOT CH- Out- 012-020, 012- 100p- On/Off 12- Rear Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-026, 012- 82 On/Off
021- Motor Medium Finish- put 022 lipari: 12- ulse 029- Motor Low isher put 028, 012-031 pulse
00 Speed - Front er 20,12-022 thru 00 Speed - Rear
12- 025
12- Rear Tamper IOT CH- Out- 12-026,12-027 100 On/Off
12- Front Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-020, 012- 82 On/Off 029- Motor(Rear/Low Finish- put 12-028 12- 031 pulse
022- Motor High isher put 021, 012-023 pulse 00 Speed) er thru 12-031
00 Speed - Front thru 012-025
12- Front Tamper IOT GB- Out- 12-31 thru 12- 100 On/Off
12- Front Tamper IOT CH- Out- 12-020,12- 100 On/Off 030- Motor(Front/Low Finish- put 033 pulse
022- Motor(Front/ Finish- put 021,12-023,12- pulse 00 Speed) er
00 High Speed) er 024,12-025
12- Rear Tamper IOT CH- Out- 012-025, 012- 100p- On/Off
12- Front Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-020 thru 100p- On/Off 030- Motor Middle Finish- put 026, 012- 027, ulse
023- Motor Low isher put 012-022, 12- ulse 00 Speed - Rear er 012-028, 012-
00 Speed - Rear 024, 012-025 029, 012-031
12- Front Tamper IOT CH- Out- 12-020,12- 100 On/Off 12- Rear Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-026, 012- 82 On/Off
023- Motor(Rear/Low Finish- put 021,12-022,12- pulse 031- Motor High isher put 028, 012-029 pulse
00 Speed) er 024,12-025 00 Speed - Rear
12- Front Tamper IOT CH- Out- 012-020, 012- 100p- On/Off 12- Stapler Move IOT GA- Out- 12-032 thri 12- 400 On/Off
024- Motor Medium Finish- put 021 lipari:012- ulse 031- Motor(Front) Finish- put 034 pulse
00 Speed - Rear er 020, 012-021, 00 er
012-022 ,012-
023,12-024 12- Front Tamper IOT GB- Out- 12-030,12- 100 On/Off
031- Motor(Front/ Finish- put 032,12-033 pulse
12- Front Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-020, 012- 82 On/Off 00 High Speed) er
025- Motor High isher put 022, 012-023 pulse
00 Speed - Rear 12- Rear Tamper IOT CH- Out- 12-026 thru 12- 100 On/Off
031- Motor(Rear/High Finish- put 030 pulse
12- Front Tamper IOT CH- Out- 12-020,12- 100 On/Off 00 Speed) er
025- Motor(Rear/High Finish- put 021,12-022,12- pulse
00 Speed) er 023,12-024 12- Xport Motor 1 IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-033, 012- On/Off
032- isher put 034, 012- 035,
12- Rear Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-028, 012- 82 On/Off 00 012-039
026- Motor Low isher put 029, 012-031 pulse
00 Speed - Front 12- Stapler Move IOT GA- Out- 12-031,12- 400 On/Off
032- Motor(Rear) Finish- put 033,12-034 pulse
12- Rear Tamper IOT CH- Out- 12-027 thru 12- 100 On/Off 00 er
026- Motor(Front/Low Finish- put 031 pulse
00 Speed) er 12- Front Tamper IOT GB- Out- 12-030,12- 100 On/Off
032- Motor(Rear/Low Finish- put 031,12-032 pulse
12- Rear Tamper IOT CH- Out- 012-026, 012- 100p- On/Off 00 Speed) er
027- Motor Middle Finish- put 028,12- 029,12- ulse
00 Speed - Front er 030,12-031 12- Xport Motor 2 IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-032, 012- On/Off
033- isher put 034, 012- 035,
12- Rear Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-026, 012- 82 On/Off 00 012-039
028- Motor High isher put 029, 012-031 pulse
12- Stapler Motor IOT GA- Out- 12-031,12- On/Off
00 Speed - Front
033- (Forward) Finish- put 032,12-034,12-
00 er 081,12-082
12- Rear Tamper IOT CH- Out- 12-026,12-027 100 On/Off
028- Motor(Front/ Finish- put 12-029 thru 12- pulse
00 High Speed) er 031


12- Front Tamper IOT GB- Out- 12-030 thru 12- 100 On/Off 12- HB HA Stapler IOT GB- Out- 12-041 thru 12- On/Off
033- Motor(Rear/High Finish- put 032 pulse 040- Move Motor Finish- put 043 ,12-050 thru
00 Speed) er 00 (Forward) er 12-054
12- Xport Motor 3 IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-032, 012- On/Off 12- Stapler Move IOT CH- Out- 012-040, 012- 400p- On/Off
034- isher put 033, 012- 035, 041- Motor High Finish- put 042,12- 043,12- ulse
00 012-039 00 Front On er 044,12-045
12- Stapler Motor IOT GA- Out- 12-031,12- 50ms On/Off 12- HB HA Stapler IOT GB- Out- 12-040,12-042 On/Off
034- (Reverse) Finish- put 032,12-033,12- 041- Move Motor Finish- put ,12-043 ,12- 050
00 er 081,12-082 00 (Reverse) er thru 12-054
12- Xport Motor 4 IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-032 thru On/Off 12- Stapler Move IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-040, 012- 400p- On/Off
035- isher put 012-034, 012- 042- Motor Low Rear isher/ put 041,12- 043,12- ulse
00 039 00 On CH- 044,12-045
Finish-
12- Rear Tamper IOT GB- Out- 12-036,12- 100 On/Off er
035- Motor(Front/Low Finish- put 037,12-038 pulse
00 Speed) er 12- Stapler Motor IOT GB- Out- 12-040,12-041 On/Off
042- (Forward) Finish- put ,12-043 ,12- 050
12- Transport Motor IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-037, 012- On/Off 00 er thru 12-054
036- 1 isher put 038, 012-018
00 12- Stapler Move IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-040, 012- 400p- On/Off
043- Motor High Rear isher/ put 041,12- 042,12- ulse
12- Rear Tamper IOT GB- Out- 12-035,12- 100 On/Off 00 On CH- 044,12-045
036- Motor(Front/ Finish- put 037,12-038 pulse Finish-
00 High Speed) er er
12- Transport Motor IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-036, 012- On/Off 12- Stapler Motor IOT GB- Out- 12-040,12-041 50 ms On/Off
037- 2 isher put 038, 012-018 043- (Reverse) Finish- put ,12-042 ,12- 050
00 00 er thru 12-054
12- Rear Tamper IOT GB- Out- 12-035,12- 100 On/Off 12- Stapler Move IOT CH- Out- 012-040, 012- (Som- On/Off
037- Motor(Rear/Low Finish- put 036,12-038 pulse 044- Motor Forward Finish- put 041 ewhat
00 Speed) er 00 On er longer
to Fail
12- Transport Motor IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-036, 012- On/Off occurs)
038- 3 isher put 037, 012-018 stops
00 at the
Staple
12- Rear Tamper IOT GB- Out- 12-035,12- 100 On/Off Home
038- Motor(Rear/High Finish- put 036,12-037 pulse Sensor
00 Speed) er OFF →
ON
12- Xport Motor IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-032 thru On/Off
039- Reverse isher put 012-035 12- Stapler Move IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-040, 012- 50ms On/Off
00 045- Motor Reverse isher/ put 041, 012-
00 On CH- 042,12-043,12-
12- Stapler Move IOT SB-Fin- Out- 12-041,012-042, 400p- On/Off Finish- 044
040- Front Move - isher/ put 012-043, 012- ulse er
00 Low speed CH- 044,12-045
Finish- 12- Staple Motor IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-047 On/Off
er 046- Forward On isher put
00


12- Staple Motor Re- IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-046 On/Off 12- HN Stapler Mo- IOT GB- Out- 12-040 thru 12- 100 On/Off
047- verse On isher put 054- tor(Reverse) Finish- put 043 ,12- 050, ms
00 00 er 12-051 12-052
,12- 053
12- Set Clamp IOT SB-Fin- Out- 200m- On/Off
050- Clutch On isher put sec 12- Eject Motor High IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-052 thru 1136 On/Off
00 055- Forward On isher put 012-054 pulse
00
12- HB HN Stapler IOT GB- Out- 12-040 thru 12- On/Off
050- Move Motor Finish- put 043 ,12-051 thru 12- Eject Cam Shelf IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- 155 On/Off
00 (Forward) er 12-054 055- Lock Release Finish- put 054 ,12- 056thru pulse
00 Positioning er 12-063,12-066
12- Ejector Home IOT GA- Out- 12-052 thru 12- On/Off
051- Initialize Finish- put 063,12-066 12- Eject Clamp IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- On/Off
00 er 056- Down Finish- put 055,12- 057thru
00 er 12-063,12-066
12- HB HN Stapler IOT GB- Out- 12-040 thru 12- On/Off
051- Move Motor Finish- put 043 ,12-050 12- 12- Eject Clamp Up IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- On/Off
00 (Reverse) er 052 thru 12-054 057- Finish- put 056,12- 058thru
00 er 12-063,12-066
12- Eject Clamp Up IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-053 thru On/Off
052- isher put 012-055 12- Eject Motor(For- IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- On/Off
00 058- ward/High) Finish- put 057,12-059 thru
00 er 12-063,12-066
12- Sub Paddle IOT GA- Out- 12-051,12-053 On/Off
052- (Down/Up) Finish- put thru 12- 063,12- 12- Eject Motor(Re- IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- On/Off
00 er 066 059- verse/High) Finish- put 058,12-060 thru
00 er 12-063,12-066
12- HN Stapler IOT GB- Out- 12-040 thru 12- On/Off
052- Staple Finish- put 043 ,12- 050,
12- Stacker Motor IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-061 500m- On/Off
00 er 12-051 12-053
060- Up On isher put sec
,12- 054
00
12- Eject Clamp IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-052, 012- On/Off 12- Eject Motor(For- IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- On/Off
053- Down isher put 054, 012-055 060- ward/Mid1) Finish- put 059,12- 061thru
00 00 er 12-063,12-066
12- Shelf / Set IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- 300 On/Off
12- Ejector Cam IOT GB- Out- 12-061 thru 12- On/Off
053- Clamp(Push) Finish- put 052 ,12- 054thru pulse
060- Home Finish- put 064 , 12- 070
00 er 12-063,12-066
00 er
12- HN Stapler Head IOT GB- Out- 12-040 thru 12- On/Off 12- Stacker Motor IOT CH- Out- 12-061,12-062 2000 On/Off
053- Home Finish- put 043 ,12- 050, 060- (Lift Up/Low Finish- put ms
00 er 12-051 12-052 00 Speed) er Stack-
,12- 054 er No
Paper
12- Eject Motor Low IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-052, 012- 1136 On/Off Sensor
054- Forward On isher put 053, 012-055 pulse ON
00
12- Stacker Motor IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-060 500m- On/Off
12- Shelf/ Set Clamp IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- 300 On/Off 061- Down On isher put sec
054- (Pull) Finish- put 053 ,12- 055thru pulse 00
00 er 12-063,12-066


12- Eject Motor(Re- IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- On/Off 12- Puncher Move IOT CH- Out- 012-071 thru 100p- On/Off
061- verse/Mid1) Finish- put 060,12-062 thru 070- Motor Low Front Finish- put 012-079 ulse
00 er 12-063,12-066 00 On er
12- Sub Paddle IOT GB- Out- 12-060 ,12-062 On/Off 12- Set Eject IOT GB- Out- 12-060 thru 12- On/Off
061- (Down/Up) Finish- put thru 12-064 , 12- 070- Finish- put 064
00 er 070 00 er
12- Stacker Motor IOT CH- Out- 12-060,12-062 12000 On/Off 12- Puncher Move IOT CH- Out- 012-070, 012- 100p- On/Off
061- (Lift Up/High Finish- put ms 071- Motor High Finish- put 072thru 012- ulse
00 Speed) er Stack- 00 Front On er 079
er No
Paper 12- Stacker Motor IOT GB- Out- 12-072,12- On/Off
Sensor 071- (Lift Up) Finish- put 042,12-043,12-
ON 00 er 052,12-053
12- Stacker Motor IOT CH- Out- 012-060, 012- 500ms On/Off 12- Puncher Move IOT CH- Out- 012-070, 012- 100p- On/Off
062- Down Low Finish- put 061 072- Motor Low Rear Finish- put 071, 012-073 ulse
00 Speed On er 00 On er thru 12-079
12- Eject Clamp IOT GB- Out- 12-060 ,12-061, On/Off 12- Stacker Motor IOT GB- Out- 12-071,12- On/Off
062- Down(Set) Finish- put 12-063,12- 064 , 072- (Lift Down) Finish- put 042,12-043,12-
00 er 12-070 00 er 052,12-053
12- Eject Clamp IOT GB- Out- 12-060 ,12-061, On/Off 12- Puncher Move IOT CH- Out- 012-070 thru 100p- On/Off
063- Down(Sheet) Finish- put 12-062,12- 064 , 073- Motor High Rear Finish- put 012-072,12- 074 ulse
00 er 12-070 00 On er thru 12-079
12- Eject Clamp Up IOT GB- Out- 12-060 ,12-061, On/Off 12- Puncher Motor 2 IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-070, 012- Punch On/Off
064- Finish- put 12-062,12- 063 , 074- Hole Home isher/ put 071 Lipari:12- Home
00 er 12-070 00 Move CH- 070,12-071,12- Sensor
Finish- 072, 12-073,12- is a
12- Eject Motor IOT GB- Out- On/Off er 075,12- 076,12- chang-
065- (Forward) Finish- put 077,12-078,12- e in
00 er 079 the
OFF →
12- Eject Cam IOT GA- Out- 12-051 thru 12- 1000 On/Off ON
066- Clutch Finish- put 063 ms
00 er 12- Puncher Motor 3 IOT CH- Out- 012-070 thru Punch On/Off
075- Hole Home Finish- put 012-074, 012- Home
12- Eject Motor IOT GB- Out- 12-062,12-063 On/Off 00 Move er 076 thru 12-079 Sensor
066- (Reverse) Finish- put is a
00 er chang-
e in
12- Eject Cam IOT GB- Out- 1000 On/Off the
067- Clutch Finish- put ms OFF →
00 er ON
12- Set Clamp(Push) IOT GB- Out- On/Off 12- Puncher Motor 4 IOT CH- Out- 012-070 thru Punch On/Off
068- Finish- put 076- Hole Home Finish- put 012-075, 012- Home
00 er 00 Move er 077 thru 012- Sensor
079 is a
12- Set Clamp(Pull) IOT GB- Out- On/Off chang-
069- Finish- put e in
00 er the


OFF → 12- Stacker Motor IOT GA- Out- 12-081 ,12- 90 ms On/Off
ON 082- (Lift Down) Finish- put 033,12-034
00 er
12- Punch - 2 hole IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-070, 012- Punch On/Off
077- isher/ put 071 Lipari:12- Home 12- Punch 3/4-Hole IOT GB- Out- 12-080,12-081 On/Off
00 CH- 070 thru 12-076 Sensor 082- Punch Operation Finish- put
Finish- ,12-077,12- is a 00 er
er 078,12-079 chang-
e in 12- Set Clamp Push IOT CH- Out- 012-084, 012- Proj- On =
the 083- Out / Pull Back Finish- put 085 Lipari: 12- ects / Made
OFF → 00 er 084thru 12-087 save
ON opera-
tion is
12- Punch - 3 hole IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-070, 012- Punch On/Off com-
078- isher/ put 071, 012-072 Li- Home pleted
00 CH- pari:012-070 Sensor
Finish- thru 12- 077,12- is a 12- Eject Motor Low IOT CH- Out- 012-083, 012- 2000- On =
er 079 chang- 084- Forward On Finish- put 085 Lipari:012- ms Made
e in 00 er 083, 012-
the 085,12- 086,12-
OFF → 087
ON
12- Eject Motor High IOT CH- Out- 012-083, 012- 2000- On =
12- Punch - 4 hole IOT SB-Fin- Out- 012-070, 012- Punch On/Off 085- Forward On Finish- put 084 Lipari:012- ms Made
079- isher/ put 071 Lipari:12- Home 00 er 083, 012-
00 CH- 070 thru 12-078 Sensor 084,12- 086,12-
Finish- is a 087
er chang-
e in 12- Eject Motor Low IOT CH- Out- 012-083, 012- 2000- On =
the 086- Reverse On Finish- put 084 Lipari:012- ms Made
OFF → 00 er 083 thru 12-
ON 085,12-087
12- Sub Paddle Sole- IOT CH- Out- 012-081, 012- 200ms On = 12- Eject Motor High IOT CH- Out- 012-083, 012- 2000- On =
080- noid (Pull) Finish- put 082 Made 087- Reverse On Finish- put 084 Lipari:12- ms Made
00 er 00 er 083 thru 12-086
12- Punch Home IOT GB- Out- 12-081,12-082 On/Off 12- Eject Clamp Mo- IOT CH- Out- 012-089 Latch On =
080- Operation Finish- put 088- tor (Latch) Finish- put opera- Made
00 er 00 er tion
com-
12- Sub Paddle Sole- IOT CH- Out- 012-080, 012- 200ms On = pletion
081- noid (Push) Finish- put 082 Made
00 er 12- Eject Clamp Mo- IOT CH- Out- 012-088 Re- On =
089- tor (Release) Finish- put lease Made
12- Stacker Motor IOT GA- Out- 12-082 ,12-033 90 ms On/Off 00 er opera-
081- (Lift Up) Finish- put ,12-034 tion is
00 er com-
pleted
12- Punch 2-Hole IOT GB- Out- 12-080,12-082 On/Off
081- Punch Operation Finish- put
12- H-Tra Transport IOT CH- Out- 012-093 - On =
00 er
090- Motor (High Finish- put Made
12- Sub Paddle Sole- IOT CH- Out- 012-080, 012- - On = 00 Speed) er
082- noid Rotation Finish- put 081 Made
00 er


12- Knife Motor IOT GB- Out- 12-091 On/Off 12- Booklet In IOT CH- Input - - High/
090- (Forward) Finish- put 101- Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Knife Motor IOT GB- Out- 12-090 On/Off 12- Finisher Front IOT GA- Input High/
091- (Reverse) Finish- put 101- Door Interlock Finish- Low
00 er 00 Switch er
12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Out- 12-093 On/Off 12- Finisher Front IOT GB- Input High/
092- Motor F (For- Finish- put 101- Door Interlock Finish- Low
00 ward) Operation er 00 Switch er
12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Out- 12-092 On/Off 12- Punch In Sensor IOT CH- Input - - High/
093- Motor F (Re- Finish- put 102- Finish- Low
00 verse) Operation er 00 er
12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Out- 12-095 On/Off 12- IOT Exit Sensor IOT GB- Input High/
094- Motor R (For- Finish- put 110- (Hot Line) Finish- Low
00 ward) Operation er 00 er
12- Regi Clutch ON IOT SB-Fin- Input High/

12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Out- 12-094 On/Off 110- isher Low
095- Motor R (Re- Finish- put 00
00 verse) Operation er
12- HTU Entrance IOT GB- Input High/
12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Out- 12-097 On/Off 111- Sensor Finish- Low
096- Move Motor Finish- put 00 er
00 (Move to inside) er
12- IOT Exit Sensor IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/
12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Out- 12-095 On/Off 111- (Hot Line) isher/ Low
097- Move Motor Finish- put 00 CH-
00 (Move to er Finish-
outside) er
12- Top Tray Offset IOT CH- Out- 012-098 41pul- On/Off 12- IOT Exit Sensor IOT GA- Input High/
097- Motor (Forward) Finish- put se 111- (Hot Line) Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Top Tray Offset IOT CH- Out- 012-097 41pul- On/Off 12- Entrance Sensor IOT GA- Input High/
098- Motor (Reverse) Finish- put se 112- Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Out- 12-92 thru 12- On/Off 12- Finisher En- IOT GB- Input High/
098- Move Motor A4S Finish- put 97, 12-99 112- trance Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Out- 12-92 thru 12- On/Off 12- Compile Exit IOT GA- Input High/
099- Move Motor A3S Finish- put 98 113- Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Entrance Sensor IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ 12- Compile Exit IOT GB- Input High/
100- isher/ Low 113- Sensor Finish- Low
00 CH- 00 er
Finish-
er


12- HTU Open IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Front Tamper IOT GB- Input High/
114- Sensor Finish- Low 130- Home Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Top Exit Sensor IOT CH- Input - - High/ 12- Rear Tamper IOT GB- Input High/
115- Finish- Low 131- Home Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Compile No Pa- IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Staple Move Po- IOT GB- Input High/
120- per Sensor Finish- Low 140- sition Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Eject Cam Home IOT GA- Input High/ 12- Low Staple IOT GB- Input High/
121- Sensor Finish- Low 141- Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Eject Cover IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Self Priming IOT GB- Input High/
121- Switch Finish- Low 142- Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Set Clamp Home IOT GA- Input High/ 12- HA Staple Home IOT GB- Input High/
00 er 00 er
12- Front Tamper IOT GA- Input High/ 12- HN Staple Home IOT GB- Input High/
123- Home Sensor Finish- Low 144- Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Rear Tamper IOT GA- Input High/ 12- HN Staple Move IOT GB- Input High/
124- Home Sensor Finish- Low 145- Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Staple Move Po- IOT GA- Input High/ 12- Compile Exit IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/
125- sition Sensor Finish- Low 150- Sensor isher/ Low
00 er 00 CH-
Finish-
12- Low Staple IOT GA- Input High/ er
126- Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 12- Compile Tray IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/
151- NO Paper Sensor isher/ Low
12- Self Priming IOT GA- Input High/ 00 CH-
127- Sensor Finish- Low Finish-
00 er er
12- Staple Home IOT GA- Input High/ 12- Eject Cam Home IOT GB- Input High/
00 er 00 er
12- Stacker No Pa- IOT GA- Input High/ 12- Option Transport IOT CH- Input - - High/
129- per Sensor Finish- Low 160- Detect 1 Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Stacker Hight IOT GA- Input High/ 12- Option Transport IOT CH- Input - - High/
130- Sensor Finish- Low 161- Detect 2 Finish- Low
00 er 00 er


12- Set Clamp Home IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Input High/
161- Sensor Finish- Low 194- Move Home Finish- Low
00 er 00 Sensor er
12- Puncher Detect IOT CH- Input - - High/ 12- Booklet Staple IOT GB- Input High/
162- Finish- Low 195- Move Position Finish- Low
00 er 00 Sensor er
12- S-Tra Detect PRO CH- Input High/ 12- Booklet Cover IOT GB- Input High/
163- Finish- Low 196- Open Switch Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Stacker Home IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Booklet Front IOT GB- Input High/
170- Sensor Finish- Low 197- Safety Switch Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Stacker Height IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Booklet Rear IOT GB- Input High/
171- Sensor Finish- Low 198- Safety Switch Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Punch Home IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Option Switch IOT GB- Input High/
180- Sensor Finish- Low 199- Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Punch Dust Box IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Side Regi Sensor IOT CH- Input - - High/
181- Finish- Low 200- 1 Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- Knife Home IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Side Regi Sensor IOT CH- Input - - High/
189- Sensor Finish- Low 201- 2 Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
12- H-Xport En- IOT SB-Fin- Input N/A High/ 12- Top Tray Full IOT CH- Input - - High/
190- trance Sensor isher Low 215- Sensor Finish- Low
00 00 er
12- Booklet Front IOT GB- Input High/ 12- Top Tray Offset IOT CH- Input - - High/
190- Staple Cam Finish- Low 216- Home Sensor Finish- Low
00 Switch er 00 er
12- H-Tra Exit Sen- IOT CH- Input - - High/ 12- Front Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/
191- sor/V-Tra Exit Finish- Low 220- Home Sensor isher/ Low
00 Sensor / S-Tra er 00 CH-
Exit Sensor Finish-
er
12- Booklet Rear IOT GB- Input High/
191- Staple Cam Finish- Low 12- Rear Tamper IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/
00 Switch er 221- Home Sensor isher/ Low
00 CH-
12- Booklet Front IOT GB- Input High/ Finish-
192- Low Staple Finish- Low er
00 Switch er
12- Stapler Move Po- IOT CH- Input - - High/
12- Booklet Rear IOT GB- Input High/ 240- sition Sensor Finish- Low
193- Low Staple Finish- Low 00 er
00 Switch er


12- Stapler Move Po- IOT SB-Fin- Input N/A High/ 12- Folder-Z Full IOT CH- Input - - High/
241- sition Sensor isher Low 266- Sensor Finish- Low
00 00 er
12- Low Staple IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ 12- Puncher Move IOT CH- Input - - High/
242- Sensor isher/ Low 270- Home Sensor Finish- Low
00 CH- 00 er
Finish-
er 12- Puncher Home IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/
271- Sensor isher/ Low
12- Self Priming IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ 00 CH-
243- Sensor isher/ Low Finish-
00 CH- er
Finish-
er 12- Puncher Front IOT CH- input - - High/
12- Staple Home IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ 00 er
00 CH- 12- Punch Hole Se- IOT CH- input - - High/
Finish- 273- lect Sensor Finish- Low
er 00 er
12- Eject Clamp IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ 12- Puncher Encoder IOT SB-Fin- input N/A High/
250- Home Sensor isher/ Low 274- Sensor isher Low
00 CH- 00
Finish-
er 12- Punch BOX Set IOT SB-Fin- input - - High/
12- Set Clamp Home IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ 00 CH-
251- Sensor isher/ Low Finish-
00 CH- er
Finish-
er 12- Puncher Detect IOT SB-Fin- input N/A High/
277- isher Low
12- Stacker NO Pa- IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ 00
262- per Sensor isher/ Low
00 CH- 12- Eject Cover IOT SB-Fin- input N/A High/
Finish- 300- Switch isher Low
er 00
12- Stack Encoder IOT SB-Fin- Input N/A High/ 12- Finisher Front IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/
263- Sensor isher Low 302- Door Interlock isher/ Low
00 00 Switch CH-
Finish-
12- Stack Height IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ er
264- Sensor 1 isher/ Low
00 CH- 12- H-Tra Cover IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/
Finish- 303- Open Sensor isher/ Low
er 00 CH-
Finish-
12- Stack Height IOT SB-Fin- Input - - High/ er
265- Sensor 2 isher/ Low
00 CH- 12- Finisher Main In- IOT CH- Input - - High/
Finish- 400- terlock 24V Finish- Low
er 00 Detect er


13- Booklet Folder PRO CH- Out- 013-002 - On/Off 13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Out- - 100p- On/Off
001- Roll Motor Finish- put 014- Motor 2 (In) Finish- put ulse
00 Forward er 00 er
13- Booklet Folder PRO CH- Out- 013-001 - On/Off 13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Out- - 100p- On/Off
002- Roll Motor Finish- put 015- Motor 3 (Out) Finish- put ulse
00 Reverse er 00 er
13- Knife Clutch PRO CH- Out- - 200ms On/Off 13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Out- - 100p- On/Off
003- Solenoid Finish- put 016- Motor 3 (In) Finish- put ulse
00 er 00 er
13- Booklet End PRO CH- Out- - 200p- On/Off 13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Out- - 100p- On/Off
004- Guide Motor Finish- put ulse 017- Motor 4 (Out) Finish- put ulse
00 (Down/High er 00 er
Speed)
13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Out- - 100p- On/Off
13- Booklet End PRO CH- Out- - 200p- On/Off 018- Motor 4 (In) Finish- put ulse
005- Guide Motor Finish- put ulse 00 er
00 (Up/High Speed) er
13- Booklet Paddle PRO CH- Out- 013-010 - On/Off
13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Out- - 100p- On/Off 019- Motor (Clamp) Finish- put
006- Motor 1 (Out) Finish- put ulse 00 er
00 er
13- Folder Up Trans- PRO CH- Out- 013-021, 013- - On/Off
13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Out- - 100p- On/Off 020- port Motor (D- Finish- put 022, 013- 023,
007- Motor 1 (In) Finish- put ulse 00 Class/High er 013-024
00 er Speed)
13- Booklet Stapler PRO CH- Out- - Staple On/Off 13- Folder Up Trans- PRO CH- Out- 013-020, 013- - On/Off
008- Motor Finish- put opera- 021- port Motor (D- Finish- put 022, 013- 023,
00 er tion 00 Class/Low er 013-024
end Speed)
(620-
ms) 13- Knife Motor For- PRO SB-Fin- Out- 013-023 On/Off
022- ward On isher put
13- Booklet Tray Belt PRO CH- Out- - - On/Off 00
009- Drive Motor Finish- put
00 er 13- Folder Up Trans- IOT CH- Out- 13-20,13-21,13- On/Off
022- port Motor(C- Finish- put 023,13-024
13- Booklet Paddle PRO CH- Out- 013-019 - On/Off 00 Class/High er
010- Motor (Release) Finish- put Speed)
00 er
13- Knife Motor Re- PRO SB-Fin- Out- 013-022 On/Off
13- Booklet Endg- PRO CH- Out- - 200p- On/Off 023- verse On isher put
011- uide Motor Low Finish- put ulse 00
00 Down er
13- Folder Up Trans- IOT CH- Out- 13-20,13-21,13- On/Off
13- Booklet Endg- PRO CH- Out- - 200p- On/Off 023- port Motor(C- Finish- put 022,13-024
012- uide Motor Low Finish- put ulse 00 Class/Middle er
00 Up er Speed)
13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Out- - 100p- On/Off 13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Out- 013-025 On/Off
013- Motor 2 (Out) Finish- put ulse 024- Motor F Forward isher put
00 er 00


13- Folder Up Trans- IOT CH- Out- 13-20,13-21,13- On/Off 13- Low End Guide PRO CH- Out- 013-032 100p- On/Off
024- port Motor(C- Finish- put 022,13-023 031- Motor (Up) Finish- put ulse
00 Class/Low er 00 er Low
Speed) End
Guide
13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Out- 013-024 On/Off Home
025- Motor F Reverse isher put Sensor
00 ON
13- Folder Middle IOT CH- Out- 13-026 On/Off 13- Low End Guide PRO CH- Out- 013-031 100p- On/Off
025- Transport Motor Finish- put 032- Motor (Down) Finish- put ulse
00 (High Speed) er 00 er
13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Out- 013-027 On/Off 13- Folder Up Gate PRO CH- Out- 013-034 200ms On/Off
026- Motor R Forward isher put 033- Solenoid Push Finish- put
00 00 er
13- Folder Middle IOT CH- Out- 13-025 On/Off 13- Folder Up Gate PRO CH- Out- 013-033 200ms On/Off
026- Transport Motor Finish- put 034- Solenoid Pull Finish- put
00 (Low Speed) er 00 er
13- Folder Low Gate PRO CH- Out- 013-036 200ms On/Off
13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Out- 013-026 On/Off
035- Solenoid Push Finish- put
027- Motor R Reverse isher put
00 er
00
13- Folder Low Gate PRO CH- Out- 013-035 200ms On/Off
13- Folder Fold IOT CH- Out- 13-028 On/Off
036- Solenoid Pull Finish- put
027- Transport Motor Finish- put
00 er
00 (High Speed) er
13- Nip Release PRO CH- Out- - 200ms On/Off
13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Out- 013-029 350 On/Off 037- Solenoid Finish- put
028- Move Motor In isher put pulse 00 er
00
13- Folder C PRO CH- Out- - 200ms On/Off
13- Folder Fold IOT CH- Out- 13-027 On/Off 038- Solenoid Finish- put
028- Transport Motor Finish- put 00 er
00 (Low Speed) er
13- Envelope Tray PRO CH- Out- - 200ms On/Off
13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Out- 013-028 350 On/Off 039- Lock Solenoid Finish- put
029- Move Motor Out isher put pulse 00 er
00
13- Envelope Tray PRO CH- Out- - - On/Off
13- Up End Guide IOT CH- Out- 13-027 100 On/Off 040- LED Finish- put
029- Motor(Up) Finish- put pulses 00 er
00 er Up
End 13- Knife Home PRO SB-Fin- Input - - High/
Guide 101- Sensor isher/ Low
Home 00 CH-
Sensor Finish-
ON er
13- Up End Guide PRO CH- Out- 013-029 100p- On/Off 13- Booklet Compile PRO CH- Input - - High/
030- Motor (Down) Finish- put ulse 102- No Paper Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er


13- Booklet Exit PRO CH- Input - - High/ 13- Folder Path Sen- PRO CH- input - - High/
103- Sensor Finish- Low 126- sor 4 Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
13- Booklet Drawer PRO CH- input - - High/ 13- Booklet Tamper PRO CH- Input - - High/
104- Set Sensor Finish- Low 134- Home Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 00 er
13- Booklet Stapler PRO CH- input - - High/ 13- Booklet End PRO CH- input - - High/
105- Head Position Finish- Low 137- Guide Home Finish- Low
00 Sensor er 00 Sensor er
13- Booklet Compile PRO CH- Input - - High/ 13- Booklet Tray No PRO CH- Input - - High/
106- No Paper Finish- Low 139- Paper Sensor Finish- Low
00 Sensor2 er 00 er
13- Booklet Front PRO SB-Fin- input - - High/ 13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Input N/A High/
107- Low Staple isher/ Low 141- Cam Front isher Low
00 Sensor CH- 00 Switch
Finish-
er 13- Folder Exit PRO SB-Fin- Input - - High/
13- Booklet Rear PRO SB-Fin- input - - High/ 00 CH-
108- Low Staple isher/ Low Finish-
00 Sensor CH- er
Finish-
er 13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Input N/A High/
142- Cam Rear Switch isher Low
13- Folder Entrance PRO CH- input - - High/ 00
00 er 13- Booklet Staple PRO SB-Fin- Input N/A High/
143- Move Home isher Low
13- Folder Path Sen- PRO CH- input - - High/ 00 Sensor
119- sor 2 Finish- Low
00 er 13- Bookler Staple PRO SB-Fin- input N/A High/
144- Move Position isher Low
13- Folder Path Sen- PRO CH- input - - High/ 00 Sensor
120- sor 3 Finish- Low
00 er 13- Envelope Tray PRO CH- Input - - High/
154- Open Switch Finish- Low
13- Up End Guide PRO CH- input - - High/ 00 er
121- Home Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 13- Folder Front PRO CH- Input - - High/
155- Door Interlock Finish- Low
13- Low End Guide PRO CH- input - - High/ 00 Switch er
122- Home Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 13- Folder Envelope PRO CH- Input - - High/
156- Tray Switch Finish- Low
13- Envelope Full PRO CH- input - - High/ 00 er
123- Tray Sensor Finish- Low
00 er 13- Folder Detect PRO SB-Fin- Input - - High/
160- isher/ Low
13- Folder Path Sen- PRO CH- input - - High/ 00 CH-
125- sor 1 Finish- Low Finish-
00 er er


13- Booklet Detect PRO SB-Fin- input - - High/ 20- CI Ln1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
161- isher/ Low 018- put
00 CH- 00
Finish-
er 20- DTMF # Line1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
020- put
13- MBX Detect PRO CH- input - - High/ 00
162- Finish- Low
00 er 20- DTMF * Line1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
021- put
13- Booklet Cover PRO SB-Fin- input N/A High/ 00
300- Open Switch isher Low
00 20- DTMF 0 Line1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
022- put
13- Booklet Safety PRO SB-Fin- input N/A High/ 00
301- Switch isher Low
023- put
13- Folder Envelope PRO CH- input - - High/ 00
400- Tray 24V Detect Finish- Low
00 er 20- DTMF 2 Line1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
024- put
20- Single Tone 0Hz FAX FAX Out- On/Off 00
010- Ln1 put
025- put
20- Single Tone FAX FAX Out- On/Off 00
011- 400Hz Ln1 put
026- put
012- 1100Hz Ln1 put
027- put
013- 1300Hz Ln1 put
028- put
014- 1650Hz Ln1 put
029- put
015- 1850Hz Ln1 put
030- put
016- 2100Hz Ln1 put
031- put
20- ANSAM Ln1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 00
017- put
00 20- DTMF A Line1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
032- put
00


20- DTMF B Line1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.34 7200 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off
033- put 051- Line1 put
00 00
20- DTMF C Line1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.34 9600 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off
00 00
20- DTMF D Line1 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.34 12000 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off
00 00
20- V.21 300 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.34 14400 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off
040- Line1 put 054- Line1 put
00 00
20- V.27ter 2400 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.34 16800 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off
041- bps Line1 put 055- Line1 put
00 00
20- V.27ter 4800 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.34 19200 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off
042- bps Line1 put 056- Line1 put
00 00
00 00
00 00
00 00
00 00
00 00
00 00
20- V.34 2400 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- Sngl Tone 0Hz FAX FAX Out- On/Off
049- Line1 put 080- Ln2 put
00 00
20- V.34 4800 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- Sngl Tone 400Hz FAX FAX Out- On/Off
050- Line1 put 081- Ln2 put
00 00


20- Sngl Tone FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- DTMF 5 Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
082- 1100Hz Ln2 put 097- put
00 00
083- 1300Hz Ln2 put 098- put
00 00
084- 1650Hz Ln2 put 099- put
00 00
085- 1850Hz Ln2 put 100- put
00 00
086- 2100Hz Ln2 put 101- put
00 00
20- ANSAM Ln2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- DTMF A Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
087- put 102- put
00 00
20- CI Ln2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- DTMF B Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
088- put 103- put
00 00
20- DTMF # Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- DTMF C Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
090- put 104- put
00 00
20- DTMF * Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- DTMF D Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
091- put 105- put
00 00
20- DTMF 0 Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.21 300 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off
00 00
20- DTMF 1 Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.27ter 2400 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
093- put 111- bps Line2 put
00 00
20- DTMF 2 Line2 FAX FAX Out- On/Off 20- V.27ter 4800 FAX FAX Out- On/Off
094- put 112- bps Line2 put
00 00
00 00
00 00


00 00
00 00
00 00
00 00
20- V.34 2400 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 41- AllSub coherent IOT IM Out- 41-002,41- On/Off
119- Line2 put 001- mode put 003,41-004
00 00
20- V.34 4800 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 41- DRUM noise de- IOT IM Out- 41-001, 41- On/Off
120- Line2 put 002- tection mode put 003,41-004
00 00
20- V.34 7200 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 41- DISPENSE noise IOT IM Out- 41-001,41- On/Off
121- Line2 put 003- detection put 002,41-004
00 00
20- V.34 9600 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 41- PH_WasteBox- IOT IM Out- 41-001~41-003 On/Off
122- Line2 put 004- Auger_FUSER_ put
00 00 EXIT
20- V.34 12000 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 42- K_IBT Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-002 thru 42- On/Off
123- Line2 put 001- (308mm/s) put 006,42-018 thru
00 00 42-025,91-007
20- V.34 14400 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 42- K_IBT Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-001, 42-002 On/Off
124- Line2 put 002- (255mm/s) put thru 42- 006,42-
00 00 018 thru 42-
025,91- 007
20- V.34 16800 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off
125- Line2 put 42- K_IBT Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-001, 42- On/Off
00 003- (233mm/s) put 002,42-004 thru
00 42-006,42-018
20- V.34 19200 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off thru 42- 025,91-
126- Line2 put 007
00
42- K_IBT Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
20- V.34 21600 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 004- (185mm/s) put 003,42- 005,42-
127- Line2 put 00 006,42-018 thru
00 42- 025,91-007
20- V.34 24000 bps FAX FAX Out- On/Off 42- K_IBT Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
128- Line2 put 005- (155mm/s) put 004,42- 006,42-
00 00 018 thru 42-
025,91- 007


42- K_IBT Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off 42- Main Drive Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
006- (120mm/s) put 005,42-018 thru 019- tor All(Low/Mid put 011,42- 018,42-
00 42-025,91-007 00 233mm/s) 020 thru 42-
025,91- 007
42- YMC Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-008 thru 42- On/Off
007- (255mm/s) put 011,42-018 thru 42- Main Drive Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
00 42-025,91-007 020- tor All(Low/Mid put 011,42- 018,42-
00 185mm/s) 019 thru 42-
42- YMC Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-007,42-009 On/Off 025,91- 007
008- (233mm/s) put thru 42- 011,42-
00 018 thru 42- 42- Main Drive Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
025,91- 007 021- tor All(Low/Mid put 011,42-018 thru
00 155mm/s) 42-020, 42-022
42- YMC Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-007,42- On/Off thru 025,91-007
009- (185mm/s) put 008,42-010, 42-
00 011,42-018 thru 42- Main Drive Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
42-025,91- 007 022- tor All(Low/Mid put 011,42-018 thru
00 120mm/s) 42-021, 42-023
42- YMC Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-007 thru 42- On/Off thru 025,91-007
010- (155mm/s) put 009, 42- 011,42-
00 018 thru 42- 42- Main Drive Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
025,91- 007 023- tor All(High put 011,42-018 thru
00 308mm/s) 42-022, 42-024
42- YMC Motor IOT Drive Out- 42-007 thru 42- On/Off thru 025,91-007
011- (120mm/s) put 010,42-018 thru
00 42-025,91-007 42- Main Drive Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
024- tor All(High put 011,42-018 thru
42- YMC-DRUM Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-013,42- On/Off 00 233mm/s) 42-023,42-
012- tor(308mm/s) put 014,42-018 thru 025,91-007
00 42-025,91-007
42- Main Drive Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off
42- YMC-DRUM Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-012,42- On/Off 025- tor All(High put 011,42-018 thru
013- tor(233mm/s) put 014,42-018 thru 00 185mm/s) 42-024,91-007
00 42-025,91-007
42- M_FAN low- IOT Drive Out- 42-51 On/Off
42- YMC-DRUM Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-012,42- On/Off 050- speed rotation put
014- tor(185mm/s) put 013,42-018 thru 00
00 42-025,91-007
42- M_FAN high- IOT Drive Out- 42-050 On/Off
42- YMC-DEVE Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-016,42- On/Off 051- speed rotation put
015- tor(308mm/s) put 017,42-018 thru 00
00 42-025,91-007
42- LVPS_FAN low- IOT Drive Out- 42-053 On/Off
016- tor(233mm/s) put 017,42-018 thru 00
00 42-025,91-007
42- LVPS_FAN high- IOT Drive Out- 42-052 On/Off
017- tor(185mm/s) put 016,42-018 thru 00
00 42-025,91-007
42- P1_FAN IOT Drive Out- On/Off
42- Main Drive Mo- IOT Drive Out- 42-001 thru 42- On/Off 054- Rotation put
018- tor All(Low/Mid put 011,42-019 thru 00
00 255mm/s) 42-025,91-007


42- C_FAN Rotation IOT Drive Out- On/Off 42- IHP_INTAKE_ IOT Drive Out- 42-070 On/Off
055- put 069- FAN low-speed put
00 00 rotation
42- C_EXHAUST_ IOT Drive Out- On/Off 42- IHP_INTAKE_ IOT Drive Out- 42-069 On/Off
056- FAN Rotation put 070- FAN high-speed put
00 00 rotation
42- REAR_ADD_FAN IOT Drive Out- On/Off 61- LPH forced light- IOT LPH Out- 61-002,61-003 On/Off
057- Rotation put 001- ing (Cin100%) put
00 00
42- FUSING_FAN IOT Drive Out- 42-059,42-060 On/Off 61- LPH forced light- IOT LPH Out- 61-001,61-003 On/Off
058- low-speed put 002- ing (Cin50%) put
00 rotation 00
42- FUSING_FAN IOT Drive Out- 42-058,42-060 On/Off 61- LPH forced light- IOT LPH Out- 61-001,61-002 On/Off
059- Mid-speed put 003- ing (Thyristor put
00 Rotation 00 lights)
42- FUSING_FAN IOT Drive Out- 42-058,42-059 On/Off 62- Exposure lamp IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off
060- high-speed put 002- put
00 rotation 00
42- P2_FAN_FL low- IOT Drive Out- 42-062 On/Off 62- IIT Scan Motor IIT IISS Out- 062-006 N/A On/Off
061- speed rotation put 005- (Scan ) put
00 00
42- P2_FAN_FL IOT Drive Out- 42-061 On/Off 62- IIT Scan Motor IIT IISS Out- 062-005 N/A On/Off
062- high-speed put 006- (Return) put
00 rotation 00
42- SUCTION_FAN IOT Drive Out- 42-064,42- On/Off 62- Lamp cooling IIT IISS Out- On/Off
063- low-speed put 065,42-066 015- fan PF1 put
00 rotation 00
42- SUCTION_FAN IOT Drive Out- 42-063,42- On/Off 62- Ccd Cooling Fan IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off
064- Mid-speed put 065,42-066 017- put
00 Rotation 00
42- SUCTION_FAN IOT Drive Out- 42-063,42- On/Off 62- Carriage home IIT IISS Input N/A High/
065- high-speed put 064,42-066 018- sensor Low
00 rotation 00
42- SUCTION_FAN IOT Drive Out- 42-063,42- On/Off 62- Platen down IIT IISS Input N/A High/
066- MAX Rotation put 064,42-065 019- sensor Low
00 00
42- LH_FAN1,2 low- IOT Drive Out- 42-068 On/Off 62- 24 volts IIT IISS Input N/A High/
067- speed rotation put 020- Low
00 00
42- LH_FAN1,2 high- IOT Drive Out- 42-067 On/Off 62- DH hotline IIT IISS Input N/A High/
068- speed rotation put 022- detect Low
00 00


62- Carriage move IIT IISS Out- N/A High/ 66- DADF exposure IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off
023- home position put Low 002- lamp put
00 00
62- Carriage move IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off 71- #1 Feed Motor IOT Paper Out- 071-002, 071- On/Off
024- doc size position put 001- (CW2) feed put 003
00 00 direction
62- Carriage move IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off 71- #1 Feed Motor IOT Paper Out- 71-001,71-003 On/Off
025- CVT position put 002- 2-phase (CCW2) put
00 00 Lift Up direction
62- Carriage move IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off 71- #1 Feed Motor IOT Paper Out- 71-001,71-002 On/Off
026- test position A put 003- 1-2-phase (CW1- put
00 00 2) Feed direction
62- Carriage move IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off 71- #1 No Paper IOT Paper Input High/
027- test position B put 101- Sensor Low
00 00
62- Carriage move IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off 71- #1 Level Sensor IOT Paper Input High/
028- test position C put 102- Low
00 00
62- Carriage move IIT IISS Out- N/A On/Off 71- #1 Tray Paper IOT Paper Input High/
030- cal strip position put 104- Size Switch Low
00 00
62- IIT Regi Sensor IIT IISS Input N/A High/ 71- #1 Pre Feed IOT Paper Input High/
212- Low 105- Sensor Low
00 00
62- DADF exist IIT IISS Input N/A High/ 72- #2 Feed Motor IOT PAPER Out- 72-002 On/Off
240- Low 001- (CW2) Feed put
00 00 direction
62- Document size IIT IISS Input N/A High/ 72- #2 Feed Motor IOT PAPER Out- 72-001 On/Off
251- sensor 1 Low 002- (CCW2) Lift Up put
00 00 direction
62- Document size IIT IISS Input N/A High/ 72- #2 No Paper IOT PAPER Input High/
253- sensor 2 Low 101- Sensor Low
00 00
62- CCD Fan Fail IIT IISS Input N/A High/ 72- #2 Level Sensor IOT PAPER Input High/
280- Low 102- Low
00 00
62- Platen I/L Switch IIT IISS Input N/A High/ 72- #2 Feed Out IOT PAPER Input High/
300- Low 103- Sensor Low
00 00
62- Angle sensor IIT IISS Input N/A High/ 72- #2 TRAY Paper IOT PAPER Input High/
301- Low 104- Size Switch Low
00 00


72- #2 Pre Feed IOT PAPER Input High/ 74- #4 Pre Feed Sen- IOT Paper Input High/
105- Sensor Low 105- sor (TTM Only) Low
00 00
73- #3 Feed Motor IOT PAPER Out- 73-002 On/Off 75- MSI Feed Motor IOT Paper Out- 75-004 On/Off
001- (CW2) Feed put 003- (CW1-2) Feed put
00 direction 00 direction
73- #3 Feed Motor IOT PAPER Out- 73-001 On/Off 75- MSI Feed Motor IOT Paper Out- 75-003 On/Off
002- (CCW2) Lift Up put 004- (CCW1-2) Nudg- put
00 direction 00 er Up/Down
direction
73- #3 No Paper IOT PAPER Input High/
101- Sensor Low 75- MSI No Paper IOT Paper Input High/
00 101- sensor Low
00
73- #3 Level Sensor IOT PAPER Input High/
102- Low 75- MSI Nudger Po- IOT Paper Input High/
00 102- sition Sensor Low
00
73- #3 Feed Out IOT PAPER Input High/
103- Sensor Low 77- Take away IOT Paper Out- On/Off
00 001- Clutch put
00
73- #3 TRAY Paper IOT PAPER Input High/
104- Size Switch Low 77- Exit Gate IOT Paper Out- On/Off
00 003- Solenoid put
00
73- #3 Pre Feed IOT PAPER Input High/
105- Sensor Low 77- Face Up Gate IOT Paper Out- On/Off
00 004- Solenoid put
00
74- #4 Feed Motor IOT Paper Out- 74-002 On/Off
001- (CW2) Feed put 77- TM Feed Ready IOT Paper Out- On/Off
00 direction 032- Signal put
00
74- #4 Feed Motor IOT Paper Out- 74-001 On/Off
002- (CCW2) Lift Up put 77- IOT Regi Stop IOT Paper Out- On/Off
00 direction 033- Signal put
00
74- #4 No Paper IOT Paper Input High/
101- Sensor Low 77- IOT Feed On IOT Paper Out- On/Off
00 034- Signal put
00
74- #4 Level Sensor IOT Paper Input High/
102- Low 77- TM T/A Motor1 IOT Paper Out- On/Off
00 035- Full Speed put
00
74- #4 Feed Out IOT Paper Input High/
103- Sensor Low 77- TM T/A Motor2 IOT Paper Out- On/Off
00 037- Full Speed High put
00 TTM only
74- #4 TRAY Paper IOT Paper Input High/
104- Size Switch Low 77- OCT1 Motor CW IOT Paper Out- 77-041,77- 1000- On/Off
00 040- 1-2-phase put 042,77-043 ms
00


77- OCT1 Motor IOT Paper Out- 77-040,77- 1000- On/Off 77- Duplex Drive IOT Paper Out- On/Off
041- CCW 1-2-phase put 042,77-043 ms 071- Motor 1-2 phase put
00 00 CW2 reverse
77- OCT1 Motor CW IOT Paper Out- 77-040,77- 1000- On/Off 77- Duplex Drive IOT Paper Out- On/Off
042- 2-phase put 041,77-043 ms 073- Motor 2 phase put
00 00 CW2 reverse..
77- OCT1 Motor IOT Paper Out- 77-040,77- 1000- On/Off 77- #2 Exit Sensor IOT Paper Input High/
043- CCW 2-phase put 041,77-042 ms 100- Low
00 00
77- OCT2 Motor CW IOT Paper Out- 77-046,77- 1000- On/Off 77- #1 Exit Sensor IOT Paper Input High/
045- 1-2-phase put 047,77-048 ms 101- Low
00 00
77- OCT2 Motor IOT Paper Out- 77-045,77- 1000- On/Off 77- POB Sensor IOT Paper Input High/
046- CCW 1-2-phase put 047,77-048 ms 102- Low
00 00
77- OCT2 Motor CW IOT Paper Out- 77-045,77- 1000- On/Off 77- Regi sensor IOT Paper Input High/
047- 2-phase put 046,77-048 ms 103- Low
00 00
77- OCT2 Motor IOT Paper Out- 77-045,77- 1000- On/Off 77- MSI Feed Out IOT Paper Input High/
048- CCW 2-phase put 046,77-047 ms 104- Sensor Low
00 00
77- Take Away Mo- IOT Paper Out- On/Off 77- #1 OCT Home IOT Paper Input High/
050- tor 1-2 phase put 109- Position Sensor Low
00 (CW2 / forward) 00
77- Take Away IOT Paper Out- On/Off 77- #2 OCT Home IOT Paper Input High/
051- Motor2 put 110- Position Sensor Low
00 00
77- Regi Motor 1-2- IOT PAPER Out- On/Off 77- FaceUp Exit IOT Paper Input High/
055- phase (CW1-2 / put 112- Sensor Low
00 forward) 00
77- Exit2 Motor CW IOT Paper Out- 77-061 On/Off 77- Exit2 Tray IOT Paper Input High/
060- put 113- Sensor Low
00 00
77- Exit2 Motor IOT Paper Out- 77-060 On/Off 77- Full Stack Sensor IOT Paper Input High/
061- CCW/ put 124- 1 Low
00 ReverseRotation 00
77- Exit1 Motor IOT Paper Out- On/Off 77- OCT2 Full Stack IOT Paper Input High/
062- put 125- Sensor Low
00 00
77- Exit2 Drive Mo- IOT Paper Out- On/Off 77- Face Up Tray IOT Paper Input High/
063- tor 2 phase CW2 put 201- Detect Switch Low
00 reverse 00


77- Left Hand Cover IOT Paper Input High/ 78- HCF Size Sensor IOT Paper Input High/
300- Interlock switch Low 202- A Low
00 00
77- Front Interlock IOT Paper Input High/ 78- HCF Size Sensor IOT Paper Input High/
303- Switch Low 203- B Low
00 00
77- TM Left Hand IOT Paper Input High/ 78- HCF Tray In IOT Paper Input High/
306- Interlock switch Low 204- Sensor Low
00 00
77- Trans Path IOT Paper Input High/ 78- HCF Transport IOT Paper Input High/
307- Drawer Switch Low 300- Interlock Low
00 00
78- HCF Feed Motor- IOT Paper Out- 78-004 On/Off 78- HCF Side Out IOT Paper Input High/
003- Feed put 301- Switch Low
00 00
78- HCF Feed Motor- IOT Paper Out- 78-003 On/Off 91- BCR Y AC DC IOT Xero- Out- 91-005,91- On/Off
004- Lift Up put 001- graph- put 008,91-012,
00 00 ic
78- HCF1 T/A Motor IOT Paper Out- 78-007,78-008 On/Off 91- BCR M AC DC IOT Xero- Out- 91-005,91- On/Off
006- (500mm/s) put 002- graph- put 009,91-013
00 00 ic
78- HCF T/A Motor IOT Paper Out- 78-006,78-007 On/Off 91- BCR C AC DC IOT Xero- Out- 91-005,91- On/Off
007- (640mm/s) put 003- graph- put 010,91-014
00 00 ic
78- HCF1T/A Motor IOT Paper Out- 78-006,78-007 On/Off 91- BCR K AC DC IOT Xero- Out- 91-005,91- On/Off
008- (364mm/s) put 004- graph- put 011,91-015
00 00 ic
78- HCF Pre Feed IOT Paper Input High/ 91- BCR ACClock IOT Xero- Out- 91-001 thru 91- On/Off
100- Sensor Low 005- graph- put 004, 91-008 thru
00 00 ic 91-011
78- HCF Feed Out IOT Paper Input High/ 91- Agitator Motor IOT Xero- Out- 91-007 On/Off
101- Sensor Low 006- graph- put
00 00 ic
78- HCF2.1 Exit IOT Paper Input High/ 91- Toner feed se- IOT Xero- Out- 94-010 thru 94- On/Off
102- Sensor Low 007- quence when in graph- put 016,42-001 thru
00 00 CRU ic 42-025,91-001
replacement thru 91- 006
78- HCF NoPaper IOT Paper Input High/
200- Sensor Low 91- BCR Y AC IOT Xero- Out- 91-001,91-005 On/Off
00 008- graph- put
00 ic
78- HCF Level IOT Paper Input High/
201- Sensor Low 91- BCR M AC IOT Xero- Out- 91-002,91-005 On/Off
00 009- graph- put
00 ic


91- BCR C AC IOT Xero- Out- 91-003,91-005 On/Off 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-005,92- On/Off
010- graph- put 009- TOR-Y_(150mm/ graph- put 013,92-017,92-
00 ic 00 s) ic 021,92-025
91- BCR K AC IOT Xero- Out- 91-004,91-005 On/Off 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-006,92- On/Off
011- graph- put 010- TOR-M_ graph- put 014,92-018,92-
00 ic 00 (150mm/s) ic 022,92-026
91- BCR Y DC IOT Xero- Out- 91-001 On/Off 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-007,92- On/Off
012- graph- put 011- TOR-C_(150mm/ graph- put 015,92-019,92-
00 ic 00 s) ic 020,92-027
91- BCR M DC IOT Xero- Out- 91-002 On/Off 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-008,92- On/Off
013- graph- put 012- TOR-K_(150mm/ graph- put 016,92-020,92-
00 ic 00 s) ic 021,92-028
91- BCR C DC IOT Xero- Out- 91-003 On/Off 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-005,92- On/Off
014- graph- put 013- TOR-Y_(185mm/ graph- put 009,92-017,92-
00 ic 00 s) ic 021,92-025
91- BCR K DC IOT Xero- Out- 91-004 On/Off
92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-006,92- On/Off
015- graph- put
014- TOR-M_ graph- put 010,92-018,92-
00 ic
00 (185mm/s) ic 022,92-026
91- WasteTonerBot- IOT Xero- Input High/
200- tleSensor graph- Low 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-007,92- On/Off
00 ic 015- TOR-C_(185mm/ graph- put 011,92-019,92-
00 s) ic 023,92-027
91- WasteTonerFull- IOT Xero- Input High/
201- Sensor graph- Low 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-008,92- On/Off
00 ic 016- TOR-K_(185mm/ graph- put 012,92-020,92-
00 s) ic 024,92-028
92- ADC shutter IOT Xero- Out- 100 On/Off
003- open graph- put msec 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-005,92- On/Off
00 ic 017- TOR-Y_(246mm/ graph- put 009,92-013,92-
00 s) ic 021,92-025
92- ADC Shutter IOT Xero- Out- 100 On/Off
004- Close graph- put msec 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-006,92- On/Off
00 ic 018- TOR-M_ graph- put 010,92-014,92-
00 (246mm/s) ic 022,92-026
005- TOR-Y_(120mm/ graph- put 013,92-017,92- 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-007,92- On/Off
00 s) ic 021,92-025 019- TOR-C_(246mm/ graph- put 011,92-015,92-
00 s) ic 023,92-027
006- TOR-M_ graph- put 014,92-018,92- 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-008,92- On/Off
00 (120mm/s) ic 022,92-026 020- TOR-K_(246mm/ graph- put 012,92-016,92-
00 s) ic 024,92-028
007- TOR-C_(120mm/ graph- put 015,92-019,92- 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-005,92- On/Off
00 s) ic 023,92-027 021- TOR-Y_(278mm/ graph- put 009,92-013,92-
00 s) ic 017,92-025
008- TOR-K_(120mm/ graph- put 016,92-020,92- 92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-006,92- On/Off
00 s) ic 024,92-028 022- TOR-M_ graph- put 010,92-014,92-
00 (278mm/s) ic 018,92-026


92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-007,92- On/Off 93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-007,93-009 On/Off
023- TOR-C_(278mm/ graph- put 011,92-015,92- 008- #150mm/s op put thru 93-012
00 s) ic 019,92-027 00
92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-008,92- On/Off 93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-007,93- On/Off
024- TOR-K_(278mm/ graph- put 012,92-016,92- 009- #185mm/s op put 008,93-010 thru
00 s) ic 020,92-028 00 93-012
92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-005,92- On/Off 93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-007 thru93- On/Off
025- TOR-Y_(308mm/ graph- put 009,92-013,92- 010- #235mm/s op put 009 , 93-
00 s) ic 017,92-021 00 011,93-012
92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-006,92- On/Off 93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-007 thru 93- On/Off
026- TOR-M_ graph- put 010,92-014,92- 011- #278mm/s op put 010,93-012
00 (308mm/s) ic 018,92-022 00
92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-007,92- On/Off 93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-007 thru93- On/Off
027- TOR-C_(308mm/ graph- put 011,92-015,92- 012- #308mm/s op put 011
00 s) ic 019,92-023 00
92- DISPENSE MO- IOT Xero- Out- 92-008,92- On/Off 93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 93-014 thru 93- On/Off
028- TOR-K_(308mm/ graph- put 012,92-016,92- 013- YMC #120mm/s op put 018
00 s) ic 020,92-024 00
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 93-013, 93-015 On/Off

92- ADC_SNR_LED IOT Xero- Out- On/Off 014- YMC #150mm/s op put thru 93-018
029- graph- put
00
00 ic
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 93-013,93-014, On/Off
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 93-002 thru 93- On/Off 015- YMC #185mm/s op put 93-016 thru 93-
001- YMC #120mm/s op put 006, 00 018
00
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 93-013 thru 93- On/Off
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 093-001,93-003 On/Off
016- YMC #235mm/s op put 015,93- 017,93-
002- YMC #150mm/s op put thru 093- 006 00 018
00
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 093-001,93- On/Off 017- YMC #278mm/s op put 016, 93-018
003- YMC #185mm/s op put 002,93-004 thru
00
00 093-006
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 093-001thru 93- On/Off
018- YMC #308mm/s op put 017
004- YMC #235mm/s op put 003,93- 005, 00
00 093-006
93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-020 thru 93- On/Off
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 093-001 thru On/Off 019- #120mm/s op put 024
005- YMC #278mm/s op put 93-004, 093-
00 -high
00 006
93- Deve Motor IOT Devel- Out- 93-001 , 93-002 On/Off 93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-019, 93-021 On/Off
006- YMC #308mm/s op put thru 93- 005 020- #150mm/s op put thru 93-024
00 00 -high
93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-008 thru 93- On/Off 93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-019,93-020, On/Off
007- #120mm/s op put 012 021- #185mm/s op put 93-022 thru 93-
00 00 -high 024


93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-019 thru 93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC C IOT Devel- Out- 93-027,93- On/Off
022- #235mm/s op put 021,93- 023, 93- 035- #185mm/s op put 031,93-039,93-
00 -high 024 00 043,93-047
93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-019 thru 93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-028,93- On/Off
023- #278mm/s op put 022, 93- 024 036- #185mm/s op put 032,93-040,93-
00 -high 00 044,93-048
93- Deve Motor K IOT Devel- Out- 93-019 thru 93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC Y IOT Devel- Out- 93-025,93- On/Off
024- #308mm/s op put 023 037- #235mm/s op put 029,93-033,93-
00 -high 00 041,93-045
93- Deve Bias DC Y IOT Devel- Out- 93-029,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC M IOT Devel- Out- 93-026,93- On/Off
025- #120mm/s op put 033,93-037,93- 038- #235mm/s op put 030,93-034,93-
00 041,93-045 00 042,93-046
93- Deve Bias DC M IOT Devel- Out- 93-030,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC C IOT Devel- Out- 93-027,93- On/Off
00 042,93-046 00 043,93-047
93- Deve Bias DC C IOT Devel- Out- 93-031,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-028,93- On/Off
00 043,93-047 00 044,93-048
93- Deve Bias DC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-032,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC Y IOT Devel- Out- 93-025,93- On/Off
00 044,93-048 00 037,93-045
00 041,93-045 00 038,93-046
00 042,93-046 00 039,93-047
93- Deve Bias DC C IOT Devel- Out- 93-027,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-028,93- On/Off
00 043,93-047 00 040,93-048
93- Deve Bias DC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-028,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias DC Y IOT Devel- Out- 93-025,93- On/Off
00 044,93-048 00 037,93-041
00 041,93-045 00 038,93-042
00 042,93-046 00 039,93-043
93- Deve Bias DC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-028,93- On/Off

048- #308mm/s op put 032,93-036,93-
00 040,93-044


93- Deve Bias AC Y IOT Devel- Out- 93-053,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias AC C IOT Devel- Out- 93-051,93- On/Off
00 065,93-069 00 067,93-071
93- Deve Bias AC M IOT Devel- Out- 93-054,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias AC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-052,93- On/Off
00 066,93-070 00 068,93-072
93- Deve Bias AC C IOT Devel- Out- 93-055,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias AC Y IOT Devel- Out- 93-049,93- On/Off
00 067,93-071 00 061,93-069
93- Deve Bias AC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-056,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias AC M IOT Devel- Out- 93-050,93- On/Off
00 068,93-072 00 062,93-070
00 065,93-069 00 063,93-071
00 066,93-070 00 064,93-072
93- Deve Bias AC C IOT Devel- Out- 93-051,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias AC Y IOT Devel- Out- 93-049,93- On/Off
00 067,93-071 00 061,93-065
93- Deve Bias AC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-052,93- On/Off 93- Deve Bias AC M IOT Devel- Out- 93-050,93- On/Off
00 068,93-072 00 062,93-066
00 065,93-069 00 063,93-067
00 066,93-070 00 064,93-068
93- Deve Bias AC C IOT Devel- Out- 93-051,93- On/Off 94- 2nd BTR Voltage IOT Devel- Out- 94-002,94-003
059- #185mm/s op put 055,93-063,93- 001- op put
00 067,93-071 00
93- Deve Bias AC K IOT Devel- Out- 93-052,93- On/Off 94- 2nd BTR CLN IOT Devel- Out- 94-001,94-003
060- #185mm/s op put 056,93-064,93- 002- Voltage op put
00 068,93-072 00
93- Deve Bias AC Y IOT Devel- Out- 93-049,93- On/Off 94- 2nd BTR Current IOT Devel- Out- 94-001,94-002
061- #235mm/s op put 053,93-057,93- 003- op put
00 065,93-069 00
93- Deve Bias AC M IOT Devel- Out- 93-050,93- On/Off 94- 1st BTR Current IOT Devel- Out-
062- #235mm/s op put 054,93-058,93- 004- Y op put
00 066,93-070 00


94- 1st BTR Current IOT Devel- Out- 94- 1st BTR ConRet IOT Devel- Input High/
005- M op put 200- Sensor op Low
00 00
94- 1st BTR Current IOT Devel- Out- 94- POB Jam Sensor IOT Devel- Input High/
006- C op put 201- op Low
00 00
94- 1st BTR Current IOT Devel- Out-

007- K op put
00
94- 1st BTR Retract IOT Devel- Out- 94-009,10-001 On/Off

008- op put thru 10-006
00
94- 1st BTR Contact IOT Devel- Out- 94-008,10-001 On/Off

009- op put thru 10-006
00
94- IBT MOT ON IOT Devel- Out- 94-011 thru 94- On/Off
010- [120mm/s] op put 016,42-001 thru
00 42-006,91-007
94- IBT MOT ON IOT Devel- Out- 94-010,94-012 On/Off

011- [155mm/s] op put thru 94- 016,42-
00 001 thru 42-
006,91- 007
94- IBT MOT ON IOT Devel- Out- 94-010,94-011, On/Off

012- [185mm/s] op put 94-013 thru 94-
00 016,42-001 thru
42- 006,91-007
013- [233mm/s] op put 012 94-014 thru
00 94-016,42-001
thru 42- 006,91-
007
014- [255mm/s] op put 013, 94- 015,94-
00 016,42-001 thru
42- 006,91-007
015- [308mm/s] op put 014, 94- 016,42-
00 001 thru 42-
006,91- 007
94- IBT MOT RE- IOT Devel- Out- 94-010 thru 94- On/Off
016- VERSE ON op put 015,42-001 thru
00 42-006,91-007

d C 3 6 1 N V M S a v e a n d Re s t o r e 7. New line(s) will be added to the screen in date and time order.
Purpose 8. If it is necessary to copy the NVM files to a USB drive, touch the Hard Drive line from the save
Provides a method to capture the state of NVM to a file and write the NVM file back to the NVM you just made. A popup menu will open.
device when desired. 9. Select Copy To USB Device from the popup menu.
Procedure A screen with a progress bar will display and the NVM data will be saved to the USB device im-
CAUTION: In this procedure it is important to follow the steps in order, read and mediately. No confirmation popup will display.
understand all notes, and perform all actions correctly for each step. Failure to do so
To Restore NVM
may result in saving an old and/or incorrect NVM file, then inadvertently reloading it
when NVM is restored.
2. If you are restoring from a USB drive, connect your USB Drive to a USB port on the machine.
Note: The NVM Save and Restore process does not write or read directly from a USB drive to the
NVM in the machine. Instead:
4. Select dc361 NVM Save and Restore... . The dC361 NVM Save and Restore screen displays.
• For NVM Save , the NVM data files first are saved to the Hard Disk Drive, then, if necessary, they
are transferred to the USB drive. Note: The top line represents the NVM data stored in the various locations in the
machine. Subsequent lines represent the data stored on the Hard Disk Drive and USB
• For NVM Restore , when an AltBoot or Forced AltBoot has been performed, the files are first
drive. Each time NVM is saved to the Hard Disk Drive a new file is created on the
copied to the Hard Disk Drive from the USB drive, then written to the various NVM locations in
Hard Disk Drive. Each file shows up as a separate line in the window and each has a
the machine.
unique date and time. Unless the Hard Disk Drive is replaced, or an AltBoot or Forced
Note: Always save NVM data to a USB drive if you are going to perform an AltBoot or Forced Alt- AltBoot is performed, these files will remain and be listed each time dc361 is ac-
Boot. Performing AltBoot or Forced AltBoot will delete all data from the Hard Disk Drive. cessed. The USB Device lines are always listed at the bottom.
To Save NVM 5. If you are restoring from the Hard Disk Drive only, skip to step 9.
1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode. 6. Touch the USB Device line. A popup menu will open.
2. If you are saving to a USB drive, connect the USB drive to one of the USB ports on the machine. 7. Select Save To Hard Drive from the popup menu.
3. Select Adjustments. 8. New line(s) may be added to the screen in date and time order.
4. Select dc361 NVM Save and Restore... . The dC361 NVM Save and Restore screen displays. 9. Touch the Hard Drive line corresponding to either the save made previously or to the copy just
made from the USB drive. A popup menu will open.
Note: The top line represents the NVM data stored in the various locations in the
machine. Subsequent lines represent the data stored on the Hard Disk Drive and USB 10. Select Restore Machine NVM from the popup menu.
drive. Each time NVM is saved to the Hard Disk Drive a new file is created on the
Note: You must switch power off and on before the restored data will be available to
Hard Disk Drive. Each file shows up as a separate line in the window and each has a
the machine.
unique date and time. Unless the Hard Disk Drive is replaced, or an AltBoot or Forced
AltBoot is performed, these files will remain and be listed each time dc361 is ac-
cessed. The USB Device lines are always listed at the bottom.
5. Touch the Machine NVM line. A popup menu will open.
6. Select Save To Hard Drive from the popup menu.

A screen with a progress bar will display and the NVM data will be saved to the Hard Drive im-
mediately. No confirmation popup will display.

d C 3 6 3 E E P R O M B a c k u p a n d Re s t o r e … d C 5 2 7 DA D F S i z e D e t e c t i o n . . .
Purpose Purpose
To Backup or Restore EEPROM for Scanner or Print Engine. For DADF Size Detection.
Backup 1. Service Diagnostic Mode

1. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode. 2. Select Adjustments.
2. Select Adjustments. 3. Select dC527 DADF Size Detection...….
3. Select dC363 EEPROM Backup and Restore….
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
4. Select Sub System: Scanner or Print Engine
5. Select Backup.
6. Wait for the process to complete, then select X to close.
Restore
3. Select dC363 EEPROM Backup and Restore….
4. Select Sub System: Scanner or Print Engine
5. Select the Backed-up file to restore.
6. Select Restore.
7. Wait for the process to complete, then select X to close.

dC603 Image Size Adjustment d C 6 0 8 D o c u m e n t Fe e d e r Re g i s t ra t i o n A u t o m a t i c A d j u s t m e n t

Purpose Purpose
The purpose of the dc603 Image Size Adjustment is to compensate for minor variations in machine This feature checks the registration of the document feeder and corrects misalignments. The proc-
speed which result in process direction elongation or compression of the image placed on the me- ess runs automatically. The only user intervention that is required is inserting six blank sheets in the
dia. Compensation of image size offset in the process direction is approximately +/- 1.0mm over a document feeder.
200mm length on the test pattern image.
For instructions, refer to ADJ 90.18 .

d C 6 0 9 D o c u m e n t G l a s s Re g i s t r a t i o n A u t o m a t i c A d j u s t m e n t d C 6 1 2 Pr i n t Te s t Pa t t e r n
Purpose Purpose
This feature checks the registration of the document glass and corrects any misalignments. The Prints the built-in test patterns to help identify Image Quality problems.
process runs automatically and does not require any user intervention other than keeping the docu-
Procedure
ment feeder open during the operation.
3. Select dC612 Print Test Pattern....
4. Select a pattern from the Test Patterns menu.
Note: Not all of the following parameters are applicable to all test patterns, and some test pat-
terns require a specific set of parameters. Refer to Table 1, below.
5. Press the Color Mode button and select the color mode.
6. Press the Tray button and select the paper tray to be used.
Note: If you open a paper tray to check/change the paper size, a Paper Settings -
Tray X screen should appear. Select Confirm to continue. If this screen does not ap-
pear, you must exit and then reenter diagnostics in order to continue with the
procedure.
Note: On the Plex Mode menu, only Simplex is available. Duplex is not an available
option and is “grayed out”.
7. Select the number of Copies (prints) to be made.
8. Select Start.
CAUTION: Test Pattern 5 (16 Tone PG) will cause print deletions if run in 4 color
mode. Test Pattern 9 (Full Halftone) will cause print jams if run in 3 or 4 color mode.
These patterns should be run in a single color only.
Table 1 Test Patterns
# Description Paper Size Color Mode
1 Grid 45deg 11x17/A3 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
2 Grid 90deg 20mm density 4 11x17/A3 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
3 Grid(90deg) Side 1 and 2 11x17/A3 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
4 ProCon PG 11x17/A3, 4C
8.5x11/A4
5 16 Tone PG 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

8.5x11/A4

# Description Paper Size Color Mode # Description Paper Size Color Mode
6 ADC check 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B 27 DrumPitch HT/Full HT/Procon PG 11x17/A3 4C, M, C, K, G
8.5x11/A4
28 DrumPitch HT/Full HT CMYK 11x17/A3, 4C, Y, M, C, K
7 TP-Life 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B 8.5x11/A4
8.5x11/A4
29 DrumPitch HT/Full HT M 11x17/A3, 4C, M
8 TED Starvation check 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B 8.5x11/A4
8.5x11/A4
30 Controller Test Pattern N/A 4C
9 Full Halftone 11x17/A3, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
8.5x11/A4
10 IN-OUT adjust (Primary) 11x17/A3 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
11 IN-OUT adjust (Secondary) 11x17/A3 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
12 IN-OUT adjustment 8.5x11/A4 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
13 Adjustment in SS direction(YC) 11x17/A3, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

8.5x11/A4
14 Adjustment in SS direction(MK) 11x17/A3, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

8.5x11/A4
15 Drum-space Halftone 11x17/A3, 4C

8.5x11/A4
16 LPH streak adj chart (IOT mounted) 11x17/A3, 4C

8.5x11/A4
17 LPH streak adj chart (LPH mounted) 11x17/A3, 4C

8.5x11/A4
18 LPH streak adj chart 2 (LPH 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

implement... 8.5x11/A4
19 X talk Test Chart (Failure Analysis) 11x17/A3, 4C

8.5x11/A4
20 Banding 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

8.5x11/A4
21 Ladder Halftone pattern 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

8.5x11/A4
22 Calibrate for Paper Setup 11x17/A3 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
23 Custom Paper Type Adjust 11x17/A3 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B
24 Transfer RGB Chart 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

8.5x11/A4
25 TMA Measurement Chart(A4LEF) 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

8.5x11/A4
26 Grid (fold position adjustment) 11x17/A3, 4C, 3C, Y, M, C, K, G, R, B

8.5x11/A4

d C 6 7 1 M e a s u r e m e n t Cy c l e d C 6 7 3 Re g i s t r a t i o n C o n t r o l S e n s o r C h e c k
Purpose Purpose
This procedure checks and adjusts color registration. This is a self-diagnostic cycle for checking that the registration detection system is operating nor-
mally. Color shift is detected using a Cyan patch. Any misregistration detected in the MOB sensor is
• Performs measurement to determine the condition of the registration control.
displayed on the UI screen. This result is compared with the target value to determine the ok or ng
• Checks that the Belt Control, etc., operate normally.
status. Correction is not performed.
• Measures/displays the amount of color shift relative to Black in the Fast Scan/Slow Scan
direction.
• Displays the results as either ok or ng.

d C 6 7 5 Re g i s t r a t i o n C o n t r o l S e t u p d C 7 1 0 N o Pa p e r R u n
Purpose Purpose
This is a setup procedure to be used after replacement of key marking module components such as This routine operates all of the media feed and transport functions without actually feeding media
the IBT Assembly, LPHs, Drum Cartridges, etc. It can also be used as part of a troubleshooting to enable examination of the subsystem operation.
process.
Note: Even though no paper is fed, Tray 1 must be loaded with 8.5 x 11 or A4 paper in order to run
For instructions, refer to ADJ 90.10. this routine.
If you open a paper tray to check/change the paper size, a Paper Settings - Tray X screen should
appear. Select Confirm to continue. If this screen does not appear, you must exit and then re-enter
diagnostics in order to continue with the procedure.
Procedure
1. Enter the Service Diagnostic Mode.
3. Select dC710 No Paper Run....
4. Select Color Mode (Color or Fast Black ).
5. Enter the number (1 - 99) of simulated print cycles you wish to run. Select Start to activate the
routine.
6. Select Stop to halt the routine.

dC740 MSI Side Guide Adjustment d C 9 1 9 Co l o r B a l a n c e A d j u s t m e n t

Purpose Purpose
This procedure calibrates the paper size detection circuits for the MSI (Tray 5). It should be per- This procedure enables fine adjustment of the center value of the low density/medium density/high
formed when the MSI size sensor is replaced or a size detection error occurs density output balance for each color for copy images.
Procedure Note: This procedure has no effect on printing output.

1. Enter the Service Diagnostic Mode.
CAUTION: Do not run this procedure unless strongly requested to by the customer.
Ensure that the customer understands that when this procedure is completed, color
3. Select dC740 MSI Side Guide Adjustment....
balance for the Copy function will be permanently altered and can only be reset back
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
to defaults or to previous settings by a CSE.
Refer to ADJ 90.12 for instructions.

d C 9 2 4 T RC M a n u a l A d j u s t m e n t dC931 Input / Output Manual Setup…

Purpose Purpose
This procedure allows you to perform a manual density adjustment. It sets an offset amount of the To Backup or Restore EEPROM for Scanner or Print Engine.
ADC-LUT created by the ADC patch to finely adjust the gradation.
Note: This procedure affects both copy and print output. 2. Select Adjustments.
CAUTION: Do not run this procedure unless strongly requested to by the customer. 3. Select dC931 Input / Output Manual Setup….
Ensure that the customer understands that when this procedure is completed, color
balance for both the Copy and the Print functions will be permanently altered and can
only be reset back to defaults or to previous settings by a CSE.

d C 9 3 7 Pr o Co n O n / O f f Pr i n t d C 9 4 5 I I T C a l i b ra t i o n
Purpose Purpose
This procedure prints out the Process Control Test Pattern in two different modes. The comparison This procedure sets the following:.
between the two prints can help isolate process control-related image quality problems.
• White Reference Correction Coefficient.
Refer to ADJ 90.3 for instructions. • IIT sensitivity dispersion (LED Calibration).
• Platen-to-Lens-to-LED alignment (Optical Axis).

d C 9 4 9 AT C D e v e l o p e r S e t u p d C 9 5 0 AT C S e n s o r
Purpose Purpose
Immediately after the replacement of a Developer Housing with known toner density, this sets the To set the calibration values [ATC Correction Coefficient], [ATC Correction Offset] in NVM to cali-
ATC Target Value by having the ATC Sensor measure the toner density of the developer. This can al- brate the new ATC Sensor
so work as the check function of the ATC Sensor.

d C 9 9 1 To n e U p / To n e D o w n d C 1 2 1 5 C a l i b ra t e fo r Pa p e r
Purpose Purpose
This procedure compares measured toner concentration (TC) against a target, and allows manual Adjusts the 2nd Image Transfer Power output (ATVC) to compensate for thick or specialty media.
adjustment of TC. dC1215 is used to correct the following types of defects on simplex and duplex prints:
Refer to ADJ 90.14 for instructions. • Low density
• Foggy background
• Voids
• White spots

G P 1 FA X P W B I n t e r n a l S e l f t e s t G P 2 A c c e s s i n g To o l s
Procedure The Tools menu has three levels of access: User (walk-up), Administrator, and CSE. User mode offers
Note: The Fax PWB must be installed. copy and print color calibration adjustments; Administrator mode offers a more comprehensive
suite of options; and CSE mode offers a limited set of Administrator options. CSE mode is available
1. Insert a document in the DADF or place one on the glass.
if the Administrator user name and passcode are not at the default, and the Administrator is not
2. Select Fax > Add Recipient > Manual Entry. available to enter the code.
3. Enter 0000 as the phone number on the Enter Recipient screen, then select Add. Accessing Tools as Administrator
4. Select Send . The machine will scan the document. 1. Press the Log In button on the UI.
5. The scanned image(s) is received by the Fax PWB from the SBC PWB. The Fax PWB sends it back 2. Enter the Administrator User Name (default is admin) and select Next.
to the SBC PWB, which then sends it to the IOT to print the scanned image.
3. Enter the Administrator passcode (default is the Machine Serial Number) and select Done. Ad-
min appears in the upper left corner of the screen.
This is a closed loop test. It does not check the phone line. It does prove that the image path in the
Note: Administrator mode remains active until the Admin button is pressed or the
machine is working correctly. You should end up with a copy of the scanned document with a fax
session times out. When finished, always log out of Administrator mode by pressing
header on the page. It also will print a Transmission (Confirmation) Report if this feature is enabled
the Admin button and confirming log out.
in Tools (refer to the Faxing chapter in the System Administrator Guide).
4. Select the Device icon on the UI.
For additional Fax testing, refer to GP 14 External Fax Line Test.
5. Select Tools . The Tools menu appears.
On the left side of the screen are several buttons for the categories of features (such as Device
Settings, App Settings , etc.).
Within each category are groups of features (such as General..., Paper Management... , etc.).
Each group contains one or more features (such as Energy Saver..., Date and Time... , etc.).
6. Select the category, then the group, then the feature.
Accessing Tools as CSE

If administrator credentials are unknown, log in as a CSE.
The Login screen displays.
2. On the Login screen, enter the Passcode 2732 , then select OK.
The Service Copy mode opens. A CSE (log out) button appears in the upper left corner of the
display.
Note: CSE Service Copy mode remains active until the CSE button is pressed or the
session times out. When finished with Tools, always log out of CSE Service Copy mode
by pressing the CSE button and confirming logout.
2. Select Tools . The Tools menu appears.

Service Manual GP 2
On the left side of the screen are several buttons for the categories of features (such as Device G P 3 Co n t r o l l e r B o o t S e q u e n c e
Settings, Network Settings , etc.).
Sequence
Within each category are groups of features (such as General..., Paper Management... , etc.).
From the instant the Power button is pressed, the on-screen indications of a normal bootup are:
Each group contains one or more features (such as Energy Saver..., Date and Time... , etc.).
3. Select the category, then the group, then the feature.
Note: The Tools available in CSE mode are a subset of those available in Administra-
tor mode.
Figure 1
1. The Xerox splash screen displays before five seconds elapse.
2. The Energy Star logo screen displays at about 35 seconds.
3. The Trademark screen, with a static ribbon, displays at about 50 seconds.
4. The ribbon animates at about one minute. The Product and Software Version display about 20
seconds later.
5. The Product and Software Version display at about 1 minute 20 seconds.
6. The Home screen displays after about one and one-half minutes.
A Configuration Report, if enabled prints at about two minutes.

GP 3 Service Manual
G P 4 Po w e r t h e S y s t e m O f f / O n G P 5 I m a g e Q u a l i t y C a l i b ra t i o n
Power the System Off This procedure details the method by which CSEs can restore print and copy image calibration to
1. Press the UI Power Button. factory settings.
2. Select Power Off on the menu that displays. Procedure

3. Select Power Off on the confirmation screen that asks, “Are you sure you want to power off the Note: It is not necessary to enter SA mode (log in) in order to perform this procedure.
device?”
CAUTION: Be sure to observe the precautions which display on the UI while the ma- 2. Select Tools.
chine powers off.
3. Select Troubleshooting > Calibration.
4. Wait for the pulsing Power Button LED to turn off, then switch off the Main Power Switch. 4. Perform the following to restore factory default settings:
a. Select Reset Copy Calibration

Power the System On b. Select Next
1. Move the Main Power Switch to the ON position.
c. Close the Calibration Compete window when it appears
2. Press the Power Button on the UI.
d. Select Reset Print Calibration.
3. Observe the message area at the top left of the UI screen as the machine boots up.
e. Select Next
The message “Ready to start a new session.” will display at the completion of the power up and
f. Close the Calibration Compete window when it appears
boot processes.
g. Select Reset Color Matching.
h. Select Next
i. Close the Reset Color Matching window when it appears
5. Go to ADJ 90.16 Max Setup and perform the adjustment.

Service Manual GP 4
G P 6 P r i n t i n g C o n f i g u r a t i o n Re p o r t s G P 7 N e t w o r k Pr i n t i n g S i m u l a t i o n
Purpose Purpose
This procedure describes the procedure for accessing Configuration Reports. This procedure details a method of troubleshooting network printing problems using a PWS directly
connected to the printer with a network crossover Ethernet cable.
Procedure
A Configuration Report can be produced in three ways: Prerequisites
• Crossover Ethernet cable and a PWS equipped with a network interface card.
1. Switching power off then on (if configured).
• Clear Internet Explorer proxy settings.
2. Through use of Embedded Web Server (refer to the User Guide or the System Administrator
Guide for more information). • User software CD or printer driver files downloaded and extracted to a folder on the PWS.
3. From the local UI:

Clear Internet Explorer Proxy Settings
Note: It is not necessary to enter SA mode (log in) in order to perform this procedure.
The following steps will ensure that the Proxy Server settings are correct.
• Select the Device icon on the UI.
1. Open Internet Explorer.
• Select Information Pages.
2. Select Tools - Internet Options....
• Select Configuration Report and press Print.
3. Select the Connections Tab.
4. Select the LAN Settings... box.
Note: Make a note of the current settings on this screen. At the end of the Network
Printing Simulation, you will restore these settings on your PWS.
5. Ensure that the Automatically detect settings radio button is checked and the Use automatic
configuration script radio button is un-checked.
6. Ensure that the Use a proxy server for your LAN box is un-checked.
7. Select OK to close the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window.
8. Select OK to close the Internet Options window.
9. Close Internet Explorer.
Windows Connection Procedure

Note: Clear Internet Explorer proxy settings.
1. Print a Configuration Report. Refer to GP 6 Printing Configuration Reports.
2. Configure the PWS IP Address:
a. Click on the Windows Start button.
b. Select Control Panel.
c. Select (Network and Internet) Network and Sharing Center .

GP 6 Service Manual
d. On the left Windows pane, Select Change Adapter Settings. 13. Click the Print a test page button. A message will appear saying that a test page has been sent
e. Right click on Local Area Connection and select Properties. to the printer. Printing of the test page indicates a functioning network connection.
f. Select the Networking tab and scroll down to Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) . 14. Upon successful completion of the test print, press Close , then Finish.
Highlight Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) and select Properties. 15. Restore the original IE Proxy settings and Local Area Connection Properties settings.
Note: Make a note of the current settings on this screen. At the end of the Net-
work Printing Simulation, you will restore these settings on your PWS.
g. Select the Use the following IP address radio button.
h. Enter an IP address one digit different than the machine IP address listed on the Configura-
tion Report (ex., if the machine IP address is 12.138.147.44, enter 12.138.147.45 or
12.138.147.43).
i. Enter 255.255.255.0 for Subnet mask.
j. Select OK.
k. Select Close on the Local Area Connection Properties window.
l. Close the Network Connections window.
3. Connect the PWS directly to the printer with a crossover Ethernet Cable.
4. Click the Windows Start button.
5. Select Control Panel , then (when View by: is Large or Small icons) select Devices and Printers.
6. Select Add a printer.
7. Select The printer I want isn’t listed

On the Add Printer screen, select Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings ,
then selectNext.
8. When the Add Printer screen asks you to select a printer port, select Create a new port: . In the
Type of port: menu, select Standard TCP/IP Port , then click Next.
9. At the Type a printer hostname or IP address screen, enter the printer’s IP address (on the
Configuration Report). Click Next.
10. If the printer driver was previously loaded on the PWS, you will be asked which version of the
driver you want to use. Select Use the driver that is currently installed (recommended) and
click Next . Otherwise, click Have Disk . Print Drivers can be found on the customer’s User Soft-
ware CD or downloaded from the UI via Web Tools or Xerox Website. Navigate to the CD or
downloaded driver for your PWS’ operating system. Click OK.
11. On the Type a printer name screen, the printer name will appear in the text box. Click Next.
12. On the Printer Sharing screen, select Do not share... , then select Next.

Service Manual GP 7
GP 8 Speed Kit Enablement Initialization Kit Part Number OPCO
Purpose AltaLink C8155 Initialization Kit BIM /PP 097S05050 EMEA

To provide information about the process to follow when the Speed Enablement Kit is missing dur- AltaLink C8170 Initialization Kit BIM /PP 097S05051 EMEA
ing machine installation. The Initialization Kit is missing and the machine has not been recorded as
installed. Procedure (If you do not have the Speed Enablement Kit)
Perform one of the following:
If the Speed Pin is needed after the machine has been recorded as installed, go to the SWAP Web-
site https://www.xeroxlicensing.xerox.com/fik/ for the Speed Pin. • US: The Speed Enablement Kit replacement is a part of the Product Coded Initialization Kit and
must be ordered using the DOA (Dead on Arrival) or IDR (Identical Replacement) tools
If a Speed Enablement code has been previously generated, it will be displayed on the screen. Fol-
If a replacement is needed at the time of install and the equipment has not been recorded as in-
low GP 17 How to Re-Enter Optional Feature Installation Keys.
stalled yet, use the DOA tool to order the Initialization Kit accessory only. The DOA should be re-
Due to control of the machine speed, the Speed Enablement Kit, which contains the Speed Pin, will quested to be shipped via air to ensure timely delivery.
not be supported in spares as a standard spare part. The Speed Enablement Kit is supplied as part
• Authorized Service Provider: Please use this link to order a Speed Enablement Kit https://www.
of the Initialization Kit, Speed Badge, CDs, Customer Documentation and Install Instructions. See
office.xerox.com/partners/productreplacementform/index.cfm
Table 1 for the Initialization Kit part numbers
In the Box Description of technical problem and any steps taken to resolve, enter, Speed Enable-
Table 1 Initialization Kits
ment Kit request. In the Box Options, Speed Enablement Kit. Under Reason for Return, select
Initialization Kit Part Number OPCO
Other and enter Speed Enablement Kit in the comments section.
AltaLink C8130 Initialization Kit 097S05032 Americas
• Xerox Business Solution (XBS): - Replacement Speed Kit for XBS Field Service should be ordered
AltaLink C8135 Initialization Kit 097S05035 Americas as product coded Initialization Kit via the standard Returned Goods Equipment Spares Consum-
AltaLink C8145 Initialization Kit 097S05034 Americas ables XBS Process Guide (Version 2011.05.16).
AltaLink C8155 Initialization Kit 097S05036 Americas • Canada: For the Speed Enablement Kit replacement process. Please contact the Local OTI Deliv-
AltaLink C8170 Initialization Kit 097S05037 Americas ery Analyst.
AltaLink C8130 Initialization Kit BIM 097S05038 Americas • LATAM (Latin America): Log a complaint request in the system PNP. ISC STW (Integrated Sup-
ply Chain Service Team West) will handle the complaint and arrange shipment.
AltaLink C8135 Initialization Kit BIM 097S05039 Americas
• XE: For Speed Enablement Kit replacements. Follow the standard product replacement process
(DOA/TEX) for the relevant part number.
• EMEA — E: Log a complaint in the system PNP. ISC STE (Integrated Supply Chain Service Team
AltaLink C8170 Initialization Kit BIM 097S05041 Americas East) will handle the complaint and arrange shipment.
AltaLink C8130 Initialization Kit 097S05042 EMEA - E
AltaLink C8130 Initialization Kit BIM /PP 097S05047 EMEA

GP 8 Service Manual
G P 9 I n s ta l l i n g Sy s t e m S o f t w a r e • Loading Software Using a USB Flash Drive
Preparation • Embedded Web Server (EWS) upgrade using the network
CAUTION: The AltBoot procedure may delete all stored data on the System Disk • AltBoot Software Loading using a USB Flash Drive
Drive, including e-mail addresses, Xerox Standard Accounting data, and network con-
• PWS AltBoot Procedure using PWS Altboot tools
figuration information. If possible, clone the machine (GP 13) and back up customer
• Fleet Orchestrator
settings (GP 12) before performing AltBoot. If the machine failure is such that a Back-
up and Restore cannot be performed, notify the customer that data will be lost. Additional software installation options are available using EWS when software updates are en-
abled. Customers can upload system software using EWS or they can configure EWS to monitor an
Perform the following, if possible:
FTP site and automatically upgrade when a newer version is detected. Table 1 lists the available
1. Save NVM to a USB drive. (dC361) software installation procedures and their effects on each module.
2. Print a Configuration Report. (GP 6)
Note: If a newly installed component has a different version of software than the software set that
3. Clone the network configuration. (GP 13) is on the SBC PWB, the software on the new component may be upgrade or downgraded at system
4. Create a backup file of customer settings. (GP 12) startup.
Purpose prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the Main Power Switch (GP 4).
This procedure provides installation instructions for upgrading, downgrading, or restoring system
software. This procedure provides installation instructions for upgrading, downgrading, or restoring
system software:

Service Manual GP 9
Table 1 Software Loading Options

Phase 1 - BIOS / Flash Phase 2 - Platform Upgrade
Update
Software Procedure Overview "Flash Update in process" Net- Copy UI Scan- Feeder Mark- Finish-
Platform work Con- ner ing er
(Up- Con- troller Engine
grade troller
Screen)
Platform OS ker- SW Up- BIOS Net- Fax Copy UI Ap- OS OS ker- UI Pan- IIT DADH HCF IOT Finish-
Compo- nel & grade work Con- plica- nel & el Firm- Apps er
nents FPGAs Con- troller tion FPGAs ware
troller
POST Failure code that may persist u 5 C F d A u u A b E

Code on controller diagnostic dis-
play after an upgrade failure.
HW Lo- Physical location of the soft- Disk Drive SBC Disk Drive UI SBC DADH HCF MCU Finish-
cation ware component PWB PWB PWB PWB PWB PWB er PWB
(MSO-
C)
Normal DLM file placed in "Upgrade" Version Version Version Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Version Version Version Version
USB Up- folder on a USB drive and in- Check: Check: Check: grade / grade / grade / grade / grade / grade / grade / grade / Check: Check: Check: Check:
grade serted after the machine is Up- Up- Up- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Up- Up- Up- Up-
*recom- fully booted. grade grade grade grade / grade / grade / grade / grade / grade / grade / grade / grade grade grade grade
mended Down- Down- Down- Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Only Only Only Only
- Machine must be Online
CSE grade grade grade
meth- - USB Ports must be Enabled
od…cus- - Software Upgrade must be
tomer
data enabled
should - Uses smaller 'differential"
always
be pre- DLM (only changes from
served" Launch DLM)
Custom- DLM file is loaded through

er Man- CWIS Properties -> General
ual Up- Setup -> Machine Software ->
grade Manual Upgrade
via EWS
- Software Upgrade must be
enabled
- Uses smaller 'differential"
DLM (only changes from
Launch DLM)
SWUP DLM file is loaded through

Utility SWUP utility

GP 9 Service Manual

Launch DLM)
Custom- DLM file is placed on an FTP

er Auto- server and CWIS is configured
matic (Properties -> General Setup ->
FTP Up- Machine Software -> Auto Up-
grade grade) to periodically check
the FTP site for updated SW.
- Software Upgrade must be
enabled
Launch DLM)
Remote New major SW releases are

Services automatically pushed to con-
nected machines.
- Software Upgrade via Re-
mote Services must be en-
abled with device
communitating with Xerox.
Launch DLM)
Custom- Contents of the different plat-

er Fleet form behaviors (upgrade/
Orches- downgrade/reload) is same as
trator all customer upgrades (EWS/
Upgrade Normal USB upgrade/Etc).
Auto- At every power on, they sys- none none none none none none none none none Up- Up- None Up- Up- Up-
matic tem automatically checks the grade / grade / grade grade grade
Power current version of components Down- Down-
On Soft- and compares with the copy grade grade
ware Up- retained on the Hard Disk.
grade Supported platforms will be
(POSU) upgraded / downgraded if a
mismatch exists. [can occur
after certain parts replace-
ment or Normal Altboot]
- Auto power on upgrade will
not occur if install phase (616-

Service Manual GP 9
14) is set to manufacturing

(0) or customer install (2)
USB DLM file placed in "Altboot" Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- None After None After After After
AltBoot folder on a USB drive and in- grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade Alt- Alt- Alt- Alt-
serted prior to powering on Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- boot, boot, boot, boot,
the machine. grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade POSU POSU POSU POSU
Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload may may may may
- Customer data/configuration
occur if occur if occur if occur if
should be retained. As a pre- version version version version
caution, create, or have cus- mis- mis- mis- mis-
match match match match
tomer create, a Backup file exists. exists. exists. exists.
through EWS (GP 12 ).
- “Revert to Previous Settings”
file is automatically created
and is automatically restored.
- USB Port must be Enabled
- Uses full sized ALTBOOT
DLM
- Add file called “DISABLE_DA-
TA_BACKUP” (case sensitive
with no file extension) to alt-
boot folder to prevent most
data saving (Fax NVM, Revert
Previous Settings, Network
controller configurations)
Special Altboot: Add Product
/ Version specific "EFI" folder
that contains associated USB
boot files if disk drive or SBC is
replaced or if the disk drive
files have become corrupted.
Launch DLM Recovery patch is
required following 'Special Alt-
boot' to restore the Launch
DLM to the disk drive.

GP 9 Service Manual
Forced DLM file placed in "Altboot" Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up- Up-
USB Alt- folder on a USB drive, along grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade
boot with a file called "FORCED_ Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down- Down-
**Meth- UPGRADE" (case sensitive grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade grade
od used with no file extension) and in- Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload Reload
for failed serted prior to powering on
SW Up- the machine.
grade
- USB Ports must be Enabled
recovery
- Customer data/configuration
should be retained. As a pre-
caution, create, or have cus-
tomer create, a Backup file
through EWS (GP 12 ).
- “Revert to Previous Settings”
file is automatically created,
but it is NOT automatically re-
stored. Restore customer set-
tings via Tools (Device ->
Login (login as admin) -> Tools
-> General > Revert To Pre-
vious Settings)
- Add file called “DISABLE_DA-
TA_BACKUP” (case sensitive
with no file extension) to alt-
boot folder to prevent any da-
ta saving (Fax NVM, Revert
Previous Settings, Network
controller configurations)
Special Altboot: Add Product
/ Version specific "EFI" folder
that contains associated USB
boot files if disk drive or SBC is
replaced or if the disk drive
files have become cor-
rupted. Launch DLM Recovery
patch is required following
'Special Altboot' to restore
the Launch DLM to the disk
drive.

Service Manual GP 9
Description At Power On, the system checks the version information for each installed module and compares it
System software sets are compilations of software modules and a software compatibility database to locally stored SCDs. If a mismatch is detected, an automatic upgrade (POSU) or downgrade of
(SCD). The SCD lists software versions suitable for the system and its installed options. System soft- the affected module is initiated to correct the mismatch.
ware is supplied as a .dlm file.
Software Installation Procedures
Two versions of the software DLM file will be provided. Note: Depending on the procedure used, the software installation could require up to 60 minutes.
If the installation fails, go to the Machine Not Ready RAP OF1.
1. The Full-sized Altboot versions of the software upgrade DLM files will only be made available on
GSN for Service to use during Altboot upgrades. Installing the system software requires:
example: XeroxAltaLink_X81XX_ALTBOOT_system-sw#1xx.xxx.xxx.xxxxx#ENG_MOD.DLM • That the system be fully operational, if possible. Correct any active faults or jams.
• Product Type: AltaLink • Obtain a Xerox-approved USB Flash drive with a minimum capacity of 1GB.
• Product Numer: X8XXX_xx • Check the software level on the machine.
• DLM: ALTBOOT_DLM • Download the latest .dlm file from GSN library 16910 or xerox.com
CAUTION Software Upgrade Installation

Two software upgrade procedures are described:
Do not attempt to open this file. Attempting to open the file may corrupt it, mak-
ing it unusable. • Loading Software Using a USB Flash Drive
• Embedded Web Server (EWS) upgrade using the network

Note: The Altboot DLM can be used even when the Launch DLM is missing from
storage drive. • AltBoot Software Loading using a USB Flash Drive
2. The smaller Thin/BDC DLM files only contain changes from the base launch software that re- • PWS AltBoot Procedure using PWS Altboot tools
sides on the storage drive (referred to as Launch DLM) for all other customer upgrade types. • Fleet Orchestrator
example: XeroxAltaLink_X81XX_XX_ system-sw#1xx.xxx.xxx.xxxxx#ENG_MOD.DLM
Loading Software Using a USB Flash Drive
• If the Launch DLM is missing from the drive, the BDC upgrade will fail and the launch DLM 1. Either allow all pending print jobs to finish or delete them. If the print jobs cannot be deleted,
recovery patch (LDRP) will be required. inform the customer that all pending jobs will be lost.
• Obtain the correct (LDRP) patch for the machine you are upgrading at GSN Library 16910 or 2. Check the Release Notes and the currently loaded software. Ensure that the upgrades can be
500 for Approved Service Providers. applied.
• Version number is a numeric series to identify product, version, and release dat
Note: Before inserting the USB drive, ensure the machine is in a Ready state.
• Optional Text may or may not appear in the file name.
3. Enable SW Upgrade via UI Tools or the EWS.
CAUTION: The software will not load if no pound (#) signs appear in the file name. 4. Connect the USB Flash drive containing the .dlm file to any one of the USB ports.
Note: Software version information appears in Service Information > dC108 in service mode. Note: It is not necessary to switch off the system to perform a software upgrade.
Note: If the screen displays the message The device is in a non-customer mode after completing Note: If the USB Flash drive is not compatible with the system, replace it with a Xe-
Power On, the POSU (Power On Software Upgrade) will not be performed. In this case it will be nec- rox approved model, then restart the process.
essary to perform GP 29 to restore the machine to customer mode so that POSU can complete suc-
5. Select Install File on the USB Drive Detected popup, then browse for and select the .dlm file.
cessfully. If the Billing Counters have been lost, follow GP 21 to report Billing Meter reset.
The upgrade will start.

GP 9 Service Manual
6. Do not remove the USB drive until the message Software upgrade is completed displays on AltBoot Software Loading using a USB Flash Drive
the UI. CAUTION: The AltBoot Software Loading procedure may erase some unique custom-
7. The system upgrade process may take up to 60 minutes to complete. er configuration settings. NVM data must be saved and restored during this procedure.
Do not remove the Flash drive or switch off power until the system reboots.
8. If the process fails, use a Forced AltBoot procedure to recover.
Note: To restore the XSA data, use the customers XSA data backup (clone) file on the customer’s
9. The system reboots several times before returning to a ready state.
PC. Refer to the Customer Administrators Guide CD.
10. After the software has upgraded, a software upgrade report prints. (Figure 1)
AltBoot reloads system software. It is used to upgrade, downgrade, or reload software on systems
that will not come to a ready state. It also can be used to upgrade or downgrade the software on
system options.
AltBoot should only be used under these circumstances:
• To upgrade system software without running multiple software upgrades.
• To downgrade machine software.
Note: If the customer purchased Adobe PS or McAfee Integrity Control features, perform the
following:
• Access Tools as Admin. Refer to GP2.
• If the features still are not installed, refer to GP 17 How to Re-Enter Optional Feature Installation
Keys.
Figure 1 Software Upgrade Report CAUTION: If the system appears to hang during the AltBoot process (stays on one
screen without apparent progress), it may still be loading software in the background.
Embedded Web Server (EWS) upgrade using the network
Wait 10 minutes before switching the system off. Switching the system off while soft-
1. Connect to the system web page from either a PC connected to the network or a PWS and cross-
ware is loading will corrupt the software load on Hard Disk Drive. Restart AltBoot.
over cable connected to the machine.
CAUTION: Use Forced AltBoot with extreme caution because it replaces boot and
2. Open a web browser, enter the system IP address in the Address field, then press Enter. The sys-
application code. Power failure during a Forced Altboot may result in certain PWBs be-
tem EWS will open.
coming unrecoverable.
3. Log in as Administrator.
1. Create a top level folder on the USB Flash drive named AltBoot (not case sensitive).
4. Select Properties > General Setup > Software Upgrade.
2. Copy the unzipped ALTBOOT dlm file into the Altboot folder on the USB Flash drive.
5. Select Create / Install File.
3. Optional – Perform this step to execute a Forced Altboot
6. Select Install a File, then Browse. Select the .dlm file from the Upgrade directory.
A Forced Altboot uses the available .dlm file to upgrade or downgrade every component in the
7. Select Software Upgrade File
system, regardless of installed software. A Forced Altboot is required to recover from corrupt ap-
8. Select Browse, select the .dlm file from the Upgrade directory. plication code on devices such as Fax, IOT, IIT. Use Forced AltBoot to downgrade the IOT/IIT
9. Select Install. software.
Create a file named FORCED_UPGRADE inside the altboot folder. This is an empty file and
Note: All network connectivity is lost. Progress can be monitored from the UI.
must not have an extension; the AltBoot routine only checks to see that a file with this name is
10. The system reboots before returning to a ready state. present. To create the empty file:

Service Manual GP 9
• Open the AltBoot folder • A pop-up with the message “If you change a file name extension, the file might become un-
• In a blank area of the screen, right click and select “New”. usable. Are you sure you want to change it?” will appear.
• Select “Text Document”. • Click on Yes.
6. Confirm USB file and directory structure is configured correctly. Below structure is required
• The name “New Text Document.txt” will be highlighted.
in the root level of the USB drive.
• Type “FORCED_UPGRADE” (the file name is case sensitive) and press “Enter”.
Confirm:
• A pop-up with the message “If you change a file name extension, the file might become un-
usable. Are you sure you want to change it?” will appear. Note: Ensure that there is only one .dlm file in the Altboot folder.
• Click on Yes. — altboot
Note: Ensure the Microsoft Windows Safely remove hardware procedure is followed — XeroxAltalink_X81xx_ALTBOOT_system-sw#1xx.xxx.xxx.xxxxx#ENG_MOD.DLM
before the USB Flash drive is removed.
— FORCED_UPGRADE (Optional – only when doing Forced Altboot)
4. Optional – Perform this step to execute a Special Altboot:
— DISABLE_DATA_BACKUP (Optional – only when preventing data backup)
Note: Only perform Special Altboot procedure when the Solid State Drive (SSD) /
Hard Disk Drive (HDD), or SBC PWBA is replaced or the disk drive files have become — EFI (Optional – only when doing Special Altboot)
corrupted.
— BOOT
• Download: SpecialAltboot/X81xx_SpecialAltboot_.zip (From GSN Library 16910) Example:
B8145_B8155_105.011.009.34422_SpecialAltboot.zip. These files are product specific and — bootx64.efi
MUST match the Altboot system software DLM being used.
— swup_usb.txz
Note: Special Altboot files will only be provided for general releases. Recovering
— XeroxAltalink_X81xx_105.xxx.009.34422
to a SPAR is a two step upgrade.
• Unzip: the SpecialAltboot.zip content into the root folder of USB drive, not the “Altboot” Note: Ensure the Microsoft Windows Safely remove hardware procedure is followed
folder. Note: The default unzip location for the specific unzip tool being you are using may before the USB Flash drive is removed.
not be at the root level.
7. Insert the USB Flash drive into the system.
5. Optional – Disable data backup: This prevents the NC from keeping data normally retained
8. Save the NVM settings (dC361). Verify that the NVM data were saved to the USB Flash drive.
through an AltBoot. This file is used to eliminate backup of corrupt customer settings
Create a file named DISABLE_DATA_BACKUP inside the altboot folder. This is an empty file Note: The same USB Flash drive that has the .dlm file can be used to store NVM
and must not have an extension; the AltBoot routine only checks to see that a file with this data.
name is present. To create the empty file 9. Perform Backup and Restore of customer settings. (GP 12)
• Open the AltBoot folder 10. Complete or delete all pending print jobs. If the jobs cannot be deleted, inform the customer
• In a blank area of the screen, right click and select “New”. that all pending jobs will be lost.
• Select “Text Document”. 11. Power OFF the system (GP 4).
• The name “New Text Document.txt” will be highlighted. 12. Power ON the system (GP 4). The Altboot process starts automatically. No button presses are re-
quired to initiate the Altboot.
• Type “DISABLE_DATABACKUP” (the file name is case sensitive) and press “Enter”.
13. The upgrade start screen displays.

GP 9 Service Manual
Note: If the USB Flash drive is incompatible with the system, the upgrade start CAUTION: BEFORE attempting to connect the cable to the SBC or configuring the
screen will display continuously. If the screen has not changed after 10 minutes, re- PWS to use the AltBoot tool, read the instructions provided in GSN Library 16910. The
place the USB flash drive with a Xerox approved model, then restart the process. cable is NOT keyed and can be connected in two orientations. Connecting the cable in-
14. The upgrade begins and the progress screen opens in about 2 minutes. correctly may cause damage to the machine or to the PWS.
Note: If the upgrade process screen is not displayed after 4 minutes, restart the Also, the cable may be in any of several possible internal configurations and the Alt-
process. Boot tool must be configured for the particular cable being used.
15. The AltBoot process may take up to 60 minutes to complete. When the AltBoot complete screen Note: Before loading system software, the system should be fully operational. If possible, clear any
opens, follow the on screen instructions. active faults or jams before starting this procedure.
16. If the AltBoot process fails, the AltBoot failed screen opens. Follow the on screen instructions. Re- 1. Perform an NVM Save. (dC361)
start the procedure and troubleshoot as necessary.
2. Back up customer settings. (GP 12)
Note: Do not switch the system Off unless directed to on the UI. 3. Print a Configuration Report. (GP 6)
17. The system will reboot one time before returning to a ready state. 4. If possible, complete or delete all pending print jobs. If jobs cannot be deleted, warn the cus-
18. Check that the software set has installed. Refer to the printed software upgrade report or press tomer that all pending jobs will be lost.
the Status button. 5. If the machine is equipped with a Wireless Network Interface, enter Tools mode using CSE Tools
19. Restore the customer settings. (GP 12) (GP2), disable wireless, and switch the system off and on.
20. Only if you performed a Forced AltBoot, select the Device icon, then Tools > General > Revert to Note: To power down the machine, press the UI Power Button and then respond to
previous settings. the on-screen prompts. Wait until the Power Button LED turns off, then switch off the
Main Power Switch (GP 4).
Note: A Forced AltBoot enables the Revert to previous settings feature to display. This feature
restores machine-specific information. 6. Power down the machine.
PWS AltBoot Procedure using PWS Altboot tools 7. Use these steps to configure a PWS LAN connection so the PWS can communicate with the sys-
PWS AltBoot Procedure is used to load system software in accounts that do not permit the use of tem Network Controller. Once established, settings remain in effect until changed.
USB Flash drives. Note: Record the original data for every place you make a change. You may or may
Before beginning the procedure perform the following: not need to reset the IP address, depending on PWS usage and local network
practice.
1. Go to GSN Library 16910 and download the following items:
a. Right click on the My Network Places icon.
• AltaLink_C8XXX_Family_Altboot_Tool_PWS
b. Select Properties to bring up the Network and Dial-up Connections window.
• Altboot_SW_and_support_files_AltaLink_C8XXX_system_sw . Download the version for
c. Right click on Local Area Connection and select Properties.
the machine you are working on and store it in a folder named Altboot_SW_and_support_
files on the PWS. The support files are paired with the software version. The support files will d. Select the General tab and scroll down to Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). Highlight TCP/IP and
only work for that specific software version. select Properties.
2. Obtain a Communication Data Cable 600T02332 e. Select the Use the following IP address radio button.
3. Install the Altboot tool downloaded in Step 1 on the PWS. Use the instructions in the Readme f. Enter the IP address 192.168.0.2.
file included with the tool. g. Enter 255.255.255.0 for Subnet mask.
h. Select OK to close the TCP/IP Properties window

Service Manual GP 9
i. Select OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window. 20. The AltBoot process should complete after approximately 5 minutes, and the Upgrade Com-
j. You may need to reboot the PWS to load the settings. plete screen will open. Ignore the instruction to remove the USB flash drive, only press 0 to
continue.
CAUTION: BEFORE attempting to connect the cable to the SBC or configuring the
21. The machine will reboot several times before returning to a ready state. During the reboot, the
PWS to use the AltBoot tool, read the instructions provided in GSN Library 16910. The
Hard Disk Drive is encrypted. Switching off the machine can cause only partial encryption of the
cable is NOT keyed and can be connected in two orientations. Connecting the cable in-
Hard Disk’s partitions. The AltBoot process may need to be re-run if power is removed at this
correctly may cause damage to the machine or to the PWS.
step. The UI displays the Data Encryption/Decryption in Progress screen.
8. Connect the PWS to the system with the USB Data Cable 600T02332. Connect the 5-pin flat 22. After the reboots have finished the machine will boot up and come online. In the SBC-Alternate-
connector to the data port on the SBC PWB. Connect the other end to one of the USB ports on Boot window on the PWS should display SBC System is 'OPERATIONAL.
your PWS. 23. Disconnect the cable from the PWS serial port and the machine. Disconnect the crossover Ether-
net cable from the PWS network and the machine.
Note: The SBC PWB data port may have a cover over it. Remove the cover if necessary. The port is located
just above the RJ-45 Ethernet connector on the SBC PWB Panel. 24. Connect the customer’s network cable to the machine. If the machine is equipped with a Wire-
less Network Interface, enter Tools mode using CSE Tools (GP2), enable Wireless and switch the
9. Disconnect the customer’s network connection. Connect a crossover Ethernet cable between the
machine off and on.
network ports on the system and PWS.
25. Check that the software set has been installed. Refer to the printed software upgrade report or
10. Start the PWS AltBoot tool on the PWS and follow the instruction in the file AltaLink-PWS-Alt-
by pressing the machine status button.
boot-Instructions.pdf to configure the Altboot tool. The file is in the Altboot tool package that
was downloaded at the beginning of the PWS Altboot Procedure. 26. Perform an NVM Restore. (dC361)
11. Switch on the machine using the Main Power Switch. After approximately 10 seconds, the trans- 27. Restore the customer settings. (GP 12)
fer of the uImage and uboot files begins.
Note: If the screen displays the message The device is in a non-customer mode after complet-
12. After file transfer, the settings menu appears in the terminal window. Check that the ‘Received ing this step, perform GP 29 to restore the machine to customer mode.
packet’ line is displayed and that the IP address is set one digit away from the packet was re-
Troubleshooting
ceived from address.
Listed below are possible problems that may stop AltBoot software loading:
Press y at the prompt and continue. If the valid netmask is not set, press n and change it to
255.255.255.0 Possible causes and solutions are:
13. From the next menu, select 5> Install SBC software. • Incompatible USB Flash drive. Use a Xerox approved model of USB Flash drive.
14. At the Proceed? prompt, select Y. • Corrupt.dlm file. Replace the .dlm file.
15. At the second Proceed? prompt, select Y. • Incorrect spelling of the AltBoot directory on USB flash drive.
16. From the next menu, select 4> Continue. • AltBoot and upgrade folders on the USB Flash drive.
17. A list will display the “.dlm” file in the directory identified in step 2 . Select the DLM file to down- • Bad data connection to the Hard Disk Drive. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive harnesses.
load to the machine. A transfer progress window will then open. • Hard Disk Drive corruption or failure.
18. After the DLM file has been downloaded to the machine, the Software Upgrade start screen will • USB port or cable damage. Use a different USB port or cable.
display on the UI.
• UI failure.
19. After approximately 1 minute the upgrade will begin and the Software Upgrade in progress
• SBC PWB failure.
screen will open. If the upgrade process screen is not displayed after 2 minutes, restart the
process. • Check the +5V supply to the USB ports on the SBC PWB.

GP 9 Service Manual
• Failure to disable Wireless Networking when using a PWS. G P 1 0 P W S Co m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h t h e S B C

• Pound (#) signs missing from the .dlm file name. Purpose
Note: Only perform this procedure when the Solid State Drive (SSD), Hard Disk Drive (HDD), or SBC This procedure provides instruction on how to connect the PWS directly to the CCS communication
PWBA is replaced or the disk drive files have become corrupted. port on the SBC using the SBC Data Cable 600T02332.
Fleet Orchestrator Note: This procedure should only be used for advanced troubleshooting when directed by a RSE
The Fleet Orchestrator feature allows you to configure many devices in similar ways, automatically. (Remote Support Engineer) or support person.
After you configure one device, you can distribute any of the configuration settings to other devi- Connection Procedure
ces, as needed. You can set up schedules to share configuration settings regularly and automati- To configure your PWS for a USB connection, go to GSN Library 16910 and select GP 10 PWS Com-
cally. The Fleet Orchestrator feature enables you to share the following types of configuration files munication with the SBC to download the driver, the Putty tool, and detailed instructions.
• Software upgrade files: A software upgrade file contains the latest firmware for the device. Xe-
rox releases upgrades when needed. Refer to the System Administrator Guide
• Clone files: A clone file contains configuration settings from a device. When you install a clone
file on another device, the clone file changes the configuration settings to match the settings
on the cloned device. Refer to the System Administrator Guide
• 1-Touch Add-On files: A 1-Touch Add-On file adds workflows to a device without overwriting ex-
isting apps or workflows. Refer to the System Administrator Guide
Software Upgrade Files: When Xerox releases a new version of software for the device, Fleet Or-
chestrator can be used to install the software upgrade file. Software upgrade files do not overwrite
printer configuration settings.

Service Manual GP 10
G P 1 1 Re s e t t i n g t h e S y s t e m A d m i n i s t r a t o r Pa s s w o r d G P 1 2 B a c k U p a n d Re s t o r e S e t t i n g s
When a customer requires a new administrator password, the customer must call the Welcome Cen- Purpose
ter and request an administrator password reset. This procedure provides a System Administrator with the ability to back up and restore customer
settings via the Embedded Web Server (EWS).
1. The Welcome Center will request the machine serial number and current copy count.
Procedure
2. The Welcome Center generates a 12 digit Feature Key number.
1. Inform the System Administrator when a service procedure may result in the loss of saved cus-
3. Press the Device icon, then select Tools.
tomer settings.
4. If necessary, select Device Settings , then select General > Feature Installation.
2. Before you perform the service, arrange to have the System Administrator log in to the EWS, cre-
5. Enter the Feature Key on the Feature Installation Key screen to reset the Administrator creden- ate a manual backup file, and export the file to the customer PC.
tials to the default values (admin and the 1111).
3. On completion of the service, have the System Administrator restore the settings.
CAUTION: The next step calls for a Forced AltBoot procedure to be performed. In
Note: The encrypted backup file for a particular device is compatible only with that
this case, DO NOT back up or restore customer settings using GP 12. Doing so will re-
device.
lock the administrator password. Instead, tell the customer that the settings will need
to be restored manually. Ask the customer to record all appropriate settings so that CAUTION: The information below is reproduced from the System Administrator
they can restore them after the procedure is complete. Guide . In order to perform the procedures, you must be logged into the EWS as ad-
ministrator (GP2 Accessing Tools). It is strongly suggested that these procedures be
6. If Password reset has been disabled in EWS by the customer (Figure 1), the password can only performed by the System Administrator. If that is not practical or possible, use the pro-
be reset by a CSE arriving on site and performing a Forced AltBoot (GP 9). cedures below to back up the settings.
Backup and Restore Settings

The Backup and Restore feature allows you to save device settings and to restore them. The device
automatically saves a backup of its configuration settings periodically. You can create a backup file
of your device settings manually, at any time. These backup files contain the specific settings for
your device.
You can store a manual backup file on the device or in an external folder. Xerox recommends that
you create a backup of your device settings when the device is operating as expected. This practice
is useful for restoring the device settings at any time, such as when the settings have changed in
error.
You can restore the device settings from an automatic backup file or from a manually created back-
up file that is stored locally or externally.
Note: Only backup files created on this device can be restored to this device.
Before you begin, set the installation policy to allow backup file restoration.
Figure 1 Disable Password Reset EWS screen Setting the Security Installation Policy for Backup and Restore
To set the security installation policy to allow backup file installation:
1. In the Embedded Web Server, select Properties > General Setup > Backup & Restore Settings.

GP 11 Service Manual
2. If the button on the right side of the Backup & Restore Setting screen says Allow Installation , 1. In the Embedded Web Server, click Properties > General Setup > Backup & Restore Settings.
click the Allow Installation. button. Figure 1 2. To locate the backup file that you want to restore, for Locally Stored Backup Files, use the infor-
3. On the pop-up window, click OK. mation in the Date/Time column and Type column.
3. In the Actions column, for the backup file, click Restore.
To restore settings from a previously exported backup file:
1. In the Embedded Web Server, click Properties > General Setup > Backup & Restore Settings.
2. Click Browse.
3. Navigate to the location of the file that you want to import, then click Open.
4. Click Import and Restore.

Figure 1 Allow Installation
To set the security installation policy to prevent backup file installation: Creating a Manual Backup File that is Stored on the Device
CAUTION: If a manual backup file exists in the list, the new file overwrites it. The
1. In the Embedded Web Server, select Properties > General Setup > Backup & Restore Settings.
previous manual backup file cannot be recovered.
2. If the button on the right side of the Backup & Restore Setting screen says Restrict Installation
, click the Restrict Installation. button. Figure 2 1. In the Embedded Web Server, click Properties > General Setup > Backup & Restore Settings.
3. On the pop-up window, click OK. 2. For Create Backup, click Create Local . The new backup file appears in the list.
Creating and Downloading a Backup File

2. Click Create and Export.
3. To download the new backup file, right-click the file name link and select Save target as....
Deleting a Backup File

Figure 2 Restrict Installation 2. For Locally Stored Backup Files, in the actions column locate the file that you wish to remove,
Note: To view all installation policies, click Security > Installation Policies. then click Delete.
Restoring Settings Note: Only backup files that were created manually can be deleted. The device over-
You can restore settings from a backup file stored on the device or from a previously exported back- writes the automatic backup files during the daily automatic backup.
up file. When restoring from a file stored on the device, you can choose a manual backup file or an
automatic backup file. Automatic backup files are created daily. These backup files contain the
state of the settings at the time the automatic backup starts.
To restore settings from a file stored on the device:

G P 1 3 C l o n i n g N e t w o r k C o n fi g u r a t i o n s j. Select OK to close the window.
Purpose k. Select Close to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.
Use this procedure to connect to the printer and capture Network Configuration settings. The clone 3. Connect a crossover Ethernet cable between ethernet ports on the PWS and SBC.
file is used to duplicate settings to other machines or restore settings following Forced AltBoot. If
Internet Explorer is being used, clear browser proxy settings.
Create the Clone File
Clear IE Proxy Settings 1. Open Internet Explorer
Perform these steps to clear Internet Explorer proxy settings before connecting to the printer.
2. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Address line.
1. Open Internet Explorer.
Note: If the customer has enabled Administrator Password, you will be asked for a
2. Select Tools > Internet Options. user name and password. Defaults are admin as the user name, and Machine Serial
3. Select the Connections Tab. Number for the password.
4. Select the LAN Settings box. 3. When Embedded Web Server opens, select Properties. On the Fleet Orchestrator screen, select
+ Create/Install File and select Create a File (Figure 1).
5. Ensure that the “Use a proxy server for your LAN” box is unchecked.
6. Select OK to close the Local Area Network Settings window.
7. Select OK to close the Internet Options window.
8. Close Windows Internet Explorer.
Windows Connection Procedure

Note: Clear all Internet Explorer proxy settings.
1. Print a Configuration Report (GP 6).
2. Configure the PWS IP Address:
a. Click on the Windows Start button.
b. Select Control Panel.
c. Select (Network and Internet) Network and Sharing Center.
d. On the left Windows pane, Select Change adaptor settings.

Figure 1 Cloning Screen
e. Right click on Local Area Connection and select Properties.
4. Be sure Clone File is selected Figure 2.
f. Select the Networking tab and scroll down to Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4). High-
light TCP/ IP and select Properties.
g. Select the Use the following IP address radio button.
h. Enter an IP address one digit different than the machine IP address listed on the Configura-
tion Report (ex., if the machine IP address is 12.138.147.44, enter 12.138.147.45 or
12.138.147.43).
i. Enter 255.255.255.0 for Subnet mask.

8. To download the new backup file, right-click the file name link and select Save target as....
CAUTION: It will take several minutes to create the cloning.dlm file. Do not make
any changes or attempt to do anything with the machine such as power off until the
process is complete.
CAUTION: After the clone file has been created, do not attempt to open the clone
file as it may corrupt it.
9. Click on Close to save the clone file.
Note: When the file is saved, a “.txt” extension may automatically be placed at the end of the file name.
Before loading this clone file, navigate to the saved file, right-click on the file and select Rename . The cor-
rect format for the file name is xxxxxxxx.dlm.
Uploading a Clone file

Note: This procedure can be done from ANY PC connected to the network or the PWS connected
to the machine using a crossover Ethernet cable. The only requirement is an Internet Browser.
Figure 2 Clone File
5. Scroll down the page to see critical information about the cloning process (Figure 3). Click the 1. Open Internet Explorer
(Details...) links to see lists of data that are backed up and/or restored using the Cloning 2. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Address line.
Feature.
Note: If the customer has enabled Administrator Password, you will be asked for a
user name and password. Defaults are admin as the user name, and Machine Serial
Number for the password.
3. When the Embedded Web Server window opens, select Properties. On the Fleet Orchestrator
screen select + Create/Install File and select Install a File (Figure 4).
4. On the Install Configuration File select Clone File
Figure 3 Features and feature details
6. Select or deselect the various features, as required.
7. Select the Create button below the features listing.

G P 1 4 E x t e r n a l Fa x L i n e Te s t
When the customer reports a fax issue sometimes it is very difficult to determine if the problem is
with the customers phone line or the Xerox machine.
The preferred method of verifying the phone line functionality is to use the Modem saver device
part number 600T2133 to ensure the fax line is wired correctly and to use the Analog hand set part
number 600T1937 or customer’s analog phone to place calls on the line. Be sure that both local
and long distance calls can be placed and the line quality is clear, no static.
Use Handset:
• Can it dial externally on the line?
• Can it receive a call on the line?
• Evaluate Line quality. Check Line for unwanted beeps, or noise.
Use Breakout Box to measure voltages (Use the machine chassis as ground). Refer to Fax 101 train-
ing for Breakout Box usage instruction:
Figure 4 Install a File
• Check ground continuity.
5. Scroll down and select the Browse button to navigate to the clone file, or type the full path to
the file (Figure 5). • Line Voltage -20 to -50 VDC?
• Loop Current 15 to 95 mA DC?
• Ring Signal 50 to 90 VAC?
• Check Ring-Ground and Tip-Ground <1VAC
If a line quality issue or incorrect voltage is found then the customer will need to resolve these
problems.
Figure 5 Browse for a File
Click the Install button. If the machine does not reboot after five minutes, power the machine
off/on.
6. Print a Configuration Report (GP 6) and verify the cloned settings.

G P 1 5 E l e c t r i c a l Po w e r Re q u i r e m e n t s Table 4 IOT States (TBD)
Power Requirements Standby/ Low Power Plug-in/Off

Sub- Ready Mode/Semicon- Deep Sleep Mode
Refer to Table 1 System Mode Run Mode scious Mode Mode (sub power)
Table 1 Electrical Power Requirements
Fuser Maintaining Maintaining Maintaining low Off Off
Nominal Voltage Average Current Frequency standby operating temperature
temperature temperature
North America: Less than or equal to 12A. 50/60Hz +/- 3%
Xero- Off Operating Off Off Off
110-127VAC For C8170, less than or equal to graphcs state
(60Hz) Plus 10% 16A.
Print Head Off Operating Off Off Off
minus 10%
Assembly state
Europe: Less than or equal to 8A. 50/60Hz +/- 3%
Fusing Fan Temperature Temperature Temperature Off Off
220-240VAC For C8170, less than or equal to control in controlled slow control in stop
(50Hz) Plus 10% 10A. stop or ro- or fast rotation or rotate (slow)
tate (slow)
minus 10%
Marking Temperature Temperature Temperature Off Off
Power Consumption Fan control led controlled, ei- control led ei-
either stop ther stopped ther stop or slow
Refer to Table 2. or slow or slow or fast rotation
rotation rotation
Table 2 Power Consumption (TBD)
Region Voltage Power Consumption Value (W) ESS (Refer- Standby Operating Standby Ready to Inactive
ence only) state receive
XC 115VAC (TBD) 2112 or less (TBD)
HDD Accessible Accessible Accessible Not Not
XE 220VAC (TBD) 2400 or less (TBD) accessible accessible
Operation Modes
Refer to Table 3 and Table 4.
Table 3 Operation Modes (TBD)
Mode State
Standby/Ready The state prior to entering run mode.
Run Mode Normal operation mode
Low Power/Semiconscious Mode A lower power consumption mode than ready mode
Deep Sleep Mode A lower power consumption mode than low power mode.
Plug-in/Off Mode (sub power) The controller is maintained with the programs running.

G P 1 6 S e r v i c e P l a n Co n v e r s i o n Regional
CRU Service Plan Differentiator
Purpose State (NVM 606-269) (NVM 616-235) Toner Allowed
This procedure explains how to set the Geographic Differentiation Code and Toner Cartridge Type
Metered 3 =Neutral 13 =Factory NA/XE Sold, DMO Sold, Me-
to the correct values. tered, Neutral
Introduction PagePack 4 = PagePack 13 = WW, Enterprise NA/XE Sold, DMO Sold, Me-
tered, Neutral
The machines are shipped with “Worldwide Neutral” Toner Cartridges. When the cartridges shipped
with the machine are installed, the machine is set to Worldwide Neutral configuration. When the
If a problem occurs after several toner replacements, the customer may have received the wrong to-
first toner cartridge (any color) is replaced, the Geographic Differentiation Code and Toner Car-
ner in a consumables order; either because the wrong part number was ordered, or the shipment
tridge Type in NVM are automatically changed to the same settings as the replacement cartridge.
did not match the order. Resolution in this case is simple; the customer should exchange the toner
Once these NVM are set, the toner configuration can only be changed with a Supplies Plan Conver-
for the correct part.
sion Code
If the wrong toner was installed at the first toner replacement after install, or if the configuration
There are three types of toner: Metered Service, which is a single part number worldwide, Sold toner
NVM have changed due to software or NVM corruption, correct the problems and then perform the
that is specific to the EMEA-E market, and Sold toner that is specific to Americas/EMEA market. See
following procedure:
PL 26.10 for part numbers. If an incorrect type of toner cartridge is installed, it will generate a fault
code and/or a message on the UI indicating toner incompatibility. Procedure to Get the Service Plan Conversion code (for NON-PagePack
devices)
To check which state the machine is in:
1. Press the Device icon on the UI and select About.
At the Machine UI: 2. Record the Serial Number.
1. Print Configuration Report GP 6 3. Select X
2. The service plan is shown on the configuration report under the General Setup heading. 4. Select Billing/Usage and record the number of Total Impressions
At the Web UI: 5. Contact the relevant OPCO, provide the machine Serial Number and the number of Total
Impressions.
1. Enter the machine IP address.
• US: Call Xerox Corporate Licensing Systems (XDSS) directly on 1-800-890-3260 or 1-800-
2. On the Welcome screen scroll to the bottom and select Configuration Report. 635-8054 prompt 8 (license strings) for toner conversions. Provide the machine serial num-
3. The screen displays the configuration report in alphabetical order. Select General Setup. ber and the number of total impressions.
4. The service plan is shown in the list. • Xerox Business Solution (XBS): All requests for such conversions must be approved by the
XBS Headquarter VP of Service. Technicians should request that their field service manager
Note: Do not attempt to change the NVM settings in Table 1; they are for reference only. contact their XBS Company VP of Service for directions. The XBS Core Company VP of Serv-
Table 1 CRU Service Plan
ice will require authorization to convert the machine from sold to metered and provide a sta-
Regional tus of your request. Do not call field engineering to obtain a service plan conversion pin
CRU Service Plan Differentiator
State (NVM 606-269) (NVM 616-235) Toner Allowed code.
Neutral 100=Neutral 63=Factory NA/XE Sold, DMO Sold, Me- • US Authorized Service Provider (ASP): Call PageConnect at 1-888-892-6483 or send an
tered, Neutral email to pageconnectprogram@xerox.com requesting a pin code. Provide the machine serial
NA/XE Sold 0 = Sold 15 = NA, XE, NA/XE Sold, Neutral number and the total number of impressions.
Enterprise
DMO Sold 0 = Sold 6 = DMO, Enterprise DMO Sold, Neutral

• Canada: Call the Customer Delivery Organization (CDO) field support number 1-800-647- Procedure to Get the Service Plan Conversion Code (for PagePack devices)
1331 prompt 8 (license strings) for a Service Plan Conversion code. Provide the machine seri- EMEA Operation
al number and the total number of impressions.
• LATAM (Latin America: Follow Local Process.
• LATAM (Latin America): Follow Local Process.
• XE: Contact office.europe.page.pack.pin@xerox.com.
Note: The Service Plan Conversion code must be entered within 500 Total Impressions counts • EMEA-E: Follow Local Process.
of when it was issued, or it will not be valid.
Note: You must provide the machine Serial Number and the PagePack Sequence number
6. You will be given a 6-character Service Plan Conversion code. Note: The Service Plan Conversion code must be entered within 500 Total Impressions counts of
when it was issued, or it will not be valid.
Procedure to Change the Service Plan via Machine UI
Procedure to change the PagePack Service Plan via Web UI
1. Log in to Admin mode (GP2).
1. In the Embedded Web Server window, enter the machine IP address and login as admin.
2. Press the Device icon on the UI and select Tools.
2. Select the Properties tab and in the left column select General Setup.
3. Select the Device Settings category from the column of buttons on the left side of the control
3. Select Supplies Plan Activation Code category in the left column.
panel.
4. Enter the 6-character Service Plan Conversion code provided above in Supplies Plan Activation
4. Scroll down and select the Supplies group, then select Enter Plan Conversion.
Code and select Apply.
5. Enter the 6-character Service Plan Conversion code provided in step above. Use the shift key to
The Geographic Differentiation Code and Toner Cartridge Type will be reset to the values of the
access special characters as required.
customer’s agreed-to supplies plan.
6. Select OK.
Procedure to change the PagePack Service Plan via Remote Control Panel
1. In the Embedded Web Server window, login as admin.
2. Scroll down to remote control panel and start remote session.
Pocedure to change the Service Plan via Remote Control Panel
3. Press the Device icon on the UI.
1. In the Embedded Web Server window, enter the machine IP address and login as admin.
4. Select Tools.
2. Scroll down to remote control panel and start remote session.
5. Select Device Settings.
6. Scroll down and select the Supplies group, then select Enter Supplies Plan Activation Code.
4. Select Tools.
5. Select Device Settings. access special characters as required.
6. Scroll down and select the Supplies group, then select Enter Plan Conversion. 8. Select OK.
7. Enter the 6-character Service Plan Conversion code provided in step above. Use the shift key to The Geographic Differentiation Code and Toner Cartridge Type will be reset to the values of the
access special characters as required. customer’s agreed-to supplies plan.
8. Select OK. Procedure to change the PagePack Service Plan via Machine UI
The Geographic Differentiation Code and Toner Cartridge Type will be reset to the values of the 1. Log in to Admin mode (GP2).
2. Press the Device icon on the UI and select Tools.

3. Select the Device Settings category from the column of buttons on the left side of the control G P 1 7 H o w t o Re - E n t e r O p t i o n a l Fe a t u r e I n s ta l l a t i o n K e y s
panel.
Purpose
4. Scroll down and select the Supplies group, then select Enter Supplies Plan Activation Code. To explain how to re-enter optional feature installation keys after installation of a new HDD/SDD.
Procedure
access special characters as required.
6. Select OK.
1. Obtain the valid Feature Installation key(s) by either:
customer’s agreed-to supplies plan. a. Asking the customer.
b. Logging into the SWAP portal, https://www.xeroxlicensing.xerox.com/fik/.
From the Welcome screen, select Find and existing key.

Enter the machine serial number in the window, then select Next.
c. Contacting the Licensing Admin Centre (USSG/XCL) or the Xerox sales representative (XE/
DMO).
2. Enter the Feature Installation keys(s). Perform the following:
a. Select the Device icon on the UI.
b. Select Tools.
c. Select Device Settings > General.
d. Select Feature Installation . Enter the Feature Installation key, then select OK . If necessary,
enter the second Feature Installation key.

G P 1 8 Re s t o r i n g t h e D e v i c e A d d r e s s B o o k Restore Using EWS

To import address books (.csv format), enable HTTPS (SSL) using Embedded Web Server . With
The Device Address Book is not included in the clone file. To restore the Public Address Book use
HTTPS enabled, use this procedure to restore the Public Address Book. Refer to Figure 2:
one of these procedures.
Restore from a USB Flash Drive

Use this procedure to restore the address book using a Flash drive. Refer to Figure 1.
1. Press Log In on the UI.
2. Log in as administrator (admin / the machine serial number is the default).
3. Select the Device icon > Tools.
4. Select App Settings > Device Address Book.
5. Select the Management button.
6. From the menu that displays, select Import.
7. Insert the USB flash drive.

The Browse for File screen will display.
Note: If the Browse for File screen fails to display automatically, select the Browse
button.
Figure 2 Import from File
Browse to the address book .csv file on the USB flash drive.
1. On the menu bar select Address Book > Import From File.
8. Select the correct Delimiting Character and Addition Policy.
2. Select the Browse ... button and locate the .csv file to import (Figure 3).
9. Select the Import button to transfer the .csv file.
3. Select Comma (hex 2C) for the record delimiter for .csv files.
4. Check the Remove Bracket checkbox, if desired.
5. Select the radio button to specify whether to:
a. Add new contacts to the existing Device Address Book, or to...
b. Replace existing Device Address Book with the new contacts
6. Click on the Upload File button to transfer the .csv file.
Figure 1 UI Address book import screen

GP 19 Envi ron me ntal Da ta

Operating Environment
• Temperature range: 10 to 28 degrees C (50 to 82 degrees F).
• Relative humidity: 10 to 85%.
• Altitude: 0 to 2500 metres (0 to 8200 feet). (TBD)
• Noise:
– Table 1 contains the maximum value in decibels of noise that can be generated by the
C81xx.
Table 1 C81XX
IOT
Declared A-weighted sound power level (B) at standby 4.00 — 4.3
Declared A-weighted sound power level (B) running 6.5 — 8.3
Figure 3 Address book file import screen Sound pressure level (dB) N/A
Note: LpAm – sound pressure level at a bystander position.
Note: LwAd – sound power level at a source = measure LwA value (per 1 machine) + 0.3B
Storage (TBD)
• Altitude: 0 to 3100 metres (0 to 10170 feet).
• Maximum temperature 48 degrees C (118 degrees F).

G P 2 0 Re p o r t i n g B i l l i n g M e t e r Re s e t s G P 2 1 F i r s t P r i n t O u t T i m e a n d Po w e r O n T i m e
Procedure First Print Out Time
Americas Operation The first print out time (FPOT) is the duration from selecting the print button on a client computer
to the delivery of the first copy to output tray 1. Values are based on paper fed from tray 1.
US Only
Table 1 First Print Out Time
The TSR is required to call in billing meter reads to one of these Customer Business Centers (CBC) Speed (Color / Black First Print Out Time First Print Out Time
when a machine's meters have been reset: Models and White) Color Black-and-White
• Call 1-888-771-5225 (7am - 7pm Central Time). Choose Option 4 - (All other administrative C8130 Up to 30 / 30 ppm As fast as 6.5 seconds As fast as 4.8 seconds
Inquiries).
C8135 Up to 35 / 35 ppm As fast as 6.5 seconds As fast as 4.8 seconds
• Call 1-888-435-6333 (8am - 8pm Eastern Standard Time). Choose Option 4 - (If you have ques-
tions regarding your Invoice or account.) C8145 Up to 45 / 45 ppm As fast as 5.9 seconds As fast as 4.3 seconds
• Call 1-888-339-7887 (7am - 6pm Central Time). Choose Option 4 - (If you have questions re-
garding your Invoice or account.)
The Customer Business Centers will need the following information:
• TSR/Analyst/Service Agent Name and Employee Number Power On Time

• 9 Digit Equipment Serial Number Refer to Table 2 for power on timings.
Table 2 Power On Time
• Old Meter Read and Date
Description Response Time
• New Meter Read and Date
Time to Standby/Ready Mode from Plug-in/Off 30 seconds or less
Canada
Mode (sub power)
• TSRs follow procedure on GSN Library # 16355
Time to Standby/Ready Mode from Semicon- 10 seconds or less
• Non-Xerox TSRs – GSN Library #14988
scious/Low-Power Mode
LATAM
Time to Standby/Ready Mode from Deep 20 seconds or less
• Follow your local country process
Sleep Mode
EMEA
• Follow your local country process

G P 2 2 Fo r e i g n D e v i c e I n t e r fa c e S e t u p 7. From the Auxiliary Device Configuration menu, Select Service Access & Accounting and select
those services that will be restricted by the auxiliary device. A check mark in the box will indicate
Purpose
those services which will be restricted, Select Save.
This procedure explains the process for troubleshooting, installing, and configuring the Foreign De-
vice Interface (FDI). Note: If no selections are made, the Foreign Interface board will indicate not
present on the configuration report.
Procedure
1. The FDI Kit has been installed, but the Configuration sheet indicates that the Foreign Interface
Board is not present. Go to Configuring the Foreign Device Interface.
2. The External Device does not enable the machine or does not count. Use the Foreign Interface
and External Device Test Tool to resolve the problem.
3. Directions for the Foreign Device Test Tool are not packaged with the tool.
Installation
Prerequisites: FDI Interface Kit.
Note: This is a purchased item and must be ordered through Sales.
1. Switch off the printer power. Disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the Control Unit.
3. Remove the FDI harness connector cutout cover from the Control Unit. (Figure 1)
4. Remove the standoffs (2) from the FDI connector, then using the standoffs, secure the FDI con- Figure 1 FDI cut out cover
nector to the Control Unit. (Figure 2).
5. Plug the harness into the FDI PWB, then mount the FDI PWB on the SBC PWB.
Note: It is possible to connect the Foreign Interface Cable in reverse on the FDI
PWB. Orient the cable correctly.
6. Replace the Control Unit and power on the machine.
Configuring the Foreign Device Interface

1. Press Log In on the UI.
2. Log in as admin , with default password Machine Serial Number.
3. Touch the Device icon > Tools > Accounting Settings.

Stand Off
4. Select Accounting Mode. (2)
5. Press Auxiliary Access and select Auxiliary Device Type.
6. Select the appropriate device, then select OK.

G P 2 3 I n t e r m i t t e n t o r N o i s e Pr o b l e m R A P 6. Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symptom of
the intermittent problem with Component Control. Observe the components for any symptoms
Purpose
of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation or an unusual sound.
The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent or noise problem. This
is not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the service 7. Check that the AC and DC power are within specification.
manual to help locate the cause of an intermittent or noise problem. 8. Get technical advice or assistance when it is appropriate. This will depend upon the situation
and the established local procedures.
Procedure
1. Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the problem. For ex- 9. Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is
ample, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem may be the cause failing. Refer to the BSDs. Look for:
of the new intermittent problem. • contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner
2. Noise problems may be due to improper installation. Check for packing materials that have not • wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
been removed. Check for loose or missing hardware.
• HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value
3. Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The ma-
• wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components
chine may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for signs of
failure or abnormal operation. • misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components
An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it results • slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids
in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom. • damaged components
4. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine all of • excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component
the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for:
• loose cables or wires
• contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner
10. Perform the adjustments for the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with
• wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Check to ensure that the adjustment CAN BE
• HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value MADE and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the
nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the prob-
• wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components
lem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of
• misaligned, misadjusted, or incorrectly installed components the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem
• slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids 11. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that
• damaged components is failing with Component Control. Refer to the BSDs. Observe the components for any symp-
toms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
• excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component
12. Replace any components or consumables that are known to be a frequent cause of the problem.
• loose cables or wires
When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If the suspected item is inexpensive, can
5. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform all of be installed quickly, and has a high probability of resolving the problem, then it is reasonable to
the adjustments for the components or functions that are referred to in the RAP. Check to en- replace it.
sure that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and
13. Leave an accurate and detailed record of your actions in the service log. Describe what you have
that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indi-
observed, what actions you took, and the recommended next steps.
cation of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal
value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication
of the cause of the problem.

G P 2 4 H o w t o t u r n o f f t h e P o w e r S a v e r Fu n c t i o n s G P 2 5 Re m o t e C o n t r o l Pa n e l
The following procedure is to be used to disable the power saver and/or Low Power Mode per cus- The Remote Control Panel feature provides users with the ability to:
tomer request or for testing purposes. • Remotely view the local UI display graphics
Procedure • Operate both hard and soft buttons on the UI
Note: Only the engine power saver modes can be disabled. The Network Controller cannot be dis-
The Remote Control Panel on the remote user PC mimics the device control panel enabling the re-
abled due to requirements for meeting Energy Star and similar specifications.
mote user to operate the device as though they were standing at the machine.
1. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write in the UI diagnostics and change the following locations from 1
Operation
(enabled) to 0 (disabled):
Feature enablement - The feature is defaulted off when delivered to the customer. The System Ad-
616-002 power saver enabled
ministrator is required to enable the feature to allow usage.
616-009 power off timeout enabled
2. Exit diagnostics and power off, then power on.
2. Select Support > Remote Control Panel.
3. Under Configuration, select Edit.
4. Select Enable, and choose Feature Access Permission.
Feature Access Permissions - The SA is required to set the permissions of the feature for it to be
usable. When Enable is selected, the permission levels display.
• For Admin Only: This setting will prevent any user including Service Engineer personal from us-
ing the feature.
• For Admin and Diagnostics Users Only: This setting allows only the SA or Service Engineer to
use the feature by authenticating their respective user credentials.
• For All Users: This opens the feature to all users without the need to authenticate.
Remote Session - The Remote Control Panel session is initiated under Access. This feature allows
only the Admin and Diagnostics User to interact with the machine's local Control Panel. Before
starting the session, the remote user should determine if the session collaborative or non-collabora-
tive (blocked).
• Non-Collaborative (Local UI blocking) - Check the box beside Block device control panel (local
user can only observe) to block access to the local panel during the remote session. This pro-
tects the machine during remote service procedures. When activated, the local user is notified
by a message that the local panel hard and soft keys are not functional at this time.
• Collaborative - Do not check the box beside Block device control panel (local user can only ob-
serve). This mode means that both the Remote Control Panel and the Local UI are active. This
mode can be used by System administrator, help desk support, IT support, or training when the
person at the machine and the remote user need to see how the other is operating the
machine.

Only one remote connection at a time is allowed. If a user attempts to initiate a session while an- Only the service engineer should have the diagnostic User ID and Password. Only the Service En-
other one is active, they will get a message indicating the system is busy and to try again later. This gineer can launch a diagnostics session from the remote UI.
allows a service engineer to view the device remotely without concern that another non-Service En-
Note: If the device is in service mode when a remote session is initiated, the session
gineer session can also connect.
will only connect if logged in as diag in Embedded Web Server. This prevents non-
Note: If a general user has a remote session active and an SA initiates a session, the SA has a but- service engineers from connecting into the device while it is being serviced.
ton that will disconnect the general user. This way the SA can take control when desired.
1. Connect to the printer via Embedded Web Server IS.
A secure connection is required to create a remote session. If SSL is not set on the machine, a mes- 2. Log in as admin , with default password Machine Serial Number.
sage will appear stating that it must be set. The window for enabling SSL will be displayed and can
– To access remote diagnostics, log in as diag, with the default password Machine Serial
be set so that the machine is configured to allow the remote session. After the machine reboots,
Number.
the remote session can start.
3. Initiate the remote session.
Remote session indication - When the remote session is initiated, a temporary popup message is
displayed on the Local UI alerting any local users that there is a remote user online. A status mes- a. Select Support.
sage is then indicated in the status region and soft login button. The soft login button region is b. Select Remote Control Panel.
meant to describe the user roles. Authenticated users, including CSEs, are displayed. These remain
c. If required, check Block Local Control Panel (user can only observe).
persistent until the session is closed. A local Service Engineer will know whether the device is being
used. d. Select Start Remote Session (Figure 1).
Remote Session Operation - When the Remote Control Panel is opened, the remote user will see a
mimic of the local UI.
• The soft and hard buttons from the machine control panel display on the Remote Control Panel.
The hard buttons function the same as on the local control panel.
• Operation of all the machine features is the same on the Remote Control Panel as at the local
control panel and UI.
Note: If the browser magnification is set to 75%, then the viewing window will be
smaller than the control panel and the touch screen will be truncated. Conversely, if
the browser magnification is set to 125%, the viewing window is larger than the re-
mote control panel. The entire control panel is visible but there will be large grey
areas around the panel.
Service Access
Note: The System Administrator has access to the machine within the customer firewall. The serv-
ice engineer must be invited inside the firewall.
Figure 1 Initiate the remote session
• The procedure for the customer to invite the service engineer to remotely access the machine is
OPCO dependent. Contact your OPCO for instructions on how to engage the customer.
Note: Only one Remote Control session at a time is allowed. If a remote session
is in progress, a message (Remote Control Panel session is already active.) will ap-
• After the customer has given the service engineer a portal through their firewall, the service en-
pear. If approved by the SA, select Disconnect Current Session to enable access. If
gineer can connect to the machine.
the message returns, the machine may need to be rebooted.

4. If the window “The web site’s certificate cannot be verified. Do you want to continue.” ap- G P 2 8 B i l l i n g I m p r e s s i o n M o d e Ve r i fi c a t i o n
pears, select [Yes.].
Purpose
If the window “There is a problem with this website’s security certificate.” appears, select
This procedure provides a way to determine which Billing Impression Mode (BIM) the machine is in.
[Continue to this website (not recommended.)]
In addition, you can obtain a code so that the BIM can be corrected, if necessary.
5. To start diagnostic mode on the machine, place the cursor over the Home button, depress
Overview
and hold the left mouse button about seven seconds, and then log in on the mimic (6789).
Sales will order the equipment using a market code to determine if Billing Impression Mode is A3
Ending the session - A session can be terminated in several different ways. If in a diagnostic ses- Impressions or A4 Impressions.
sion, remember to perform Call Closeout on the machine before ending the session.
Billing Impression A3 Impressions will bill the customer one count of the Usage Counters for all pa-
Note: If the session is terminated before performing Call Closeout, it may not be possible to rees- per sizes.
tablish the Remote Control Panel session. If, when you attempt to reconnect to the machine an er-
Billing Impression A4 Impressions will bill the customer one count for any media up to 145 square
ror message comes up that indicates a problem with initiating the session for some reason, either
inches (935 cm) and two counts for paper sizes greater than 145 square inches (935 cm).
Call Closeout will have to be done at the machine, or the power will have to be switched off and on
before the session can be reestablished and/or the machine returned to Customer operating mode. For example:
• Remote user closes the Remote Control Panel window.
If the BIM is set to A3 Impressions
• Machine reboots.
• 8.5x11 (A4) one(1) click
• Unplug the internet cable at the machine.
• 8.5x14 one(1) click
• Customer host that invited the service access closes their browser.
• 11x17 (A3) one(1) click
• System Timers - The session will be terminated if the system timers time out.
If the BIM is set to A4 Impressions
• 8.5x11 (A4) one(1) click
• 8.5x14 one(1) click
• 11x17 (A3) two(2) clicks
Note: The sequence number and the device serial number is required to obtain a new BIM PIN
code.
Note: Billing Impression Mode can only be changed if it does not match the customer contract. If
the customer disagrees, they should contact their Sales Representative to discuss their contract.
How to check Billing Impressions Mode from the Local Machine UI

Note: It is not necessary to enter SA mode (log in) in order to perform this procedure.
2. Select Tools.
4. Select General.
5. Select Billing Impression Mode.

How to Check Billing Impression Mode from the Remote Control Panel 8. Select OK.
1. In the Embedded Web Server window, login as admin. 9. Verify that the Billing Impression Mode has been changed and now matches the contract
2. Select Support > Remote Control Panel > Start Remote Session.
To Enter a BIM PIN Code via the Remote Control Panel
4. Select Tools.
2. Select Support > Remote Control Panel > Start Remote Session.
6. Select General.
4. Scroll down and select Tools.
How to check Billing Impressions Mode from the Web UI
6. Select General.
2. Select Support > Billing Impression Mode.
8. Select Impression Mode.
If the Billing Impression Mode May Have Been Set Wrong
9. Enter the 6–digit PIN code.
Call the appropriate support organization to verify the customer's contract. The support organiza-
tion will need the device's Serial number and the current Sequence number. If the device does not 10. Select OK.
match the customer's contract, the support organization can generate a PIN code to correct the 11. Verify that the Billing Impression Mode has been changed and now matches the contract
BIM. Refer to the appropriate region.
To Enter a BIM PIN Code via the WEB UI
• US/Canada/ Authorized Service Provider: Contact XDSS Licensing Hotline at 1-800-890-3260
• Xerox Business Solution (XBS): Contact your Service Manager
2. Select Support > Billing Impression Mode.
• LATAM (Latin America): Contact DMO West SW Licensing Center DMO.West.SW.Licensing.Cen-
ter@xerox.com. 3. Enter the 6–digit PIN code.
• XE/EMEA-E: Have the customer contact their Sales Representative 4. Select Apply.
Once a support organization has generated a PIN code, they can provide it over the phone, via 5. Verify that the Billing Impression Mode has been changed and now matches the contract
email, or it can be found on Xerox Software Activation Portal: https://www.xeroxlicensing.xerox.

com/fik/
To Enter a BIM PIN Code Via the Local Machine UI
4. Select General.
6. Select Impression Mode.
7. Enter the 6–digit PIN code.

G P 2 9 Re s t o r i n g C u s t o m e r M o d e 4. Enter 616-014 and select Read.
Purpose 5. Set the NVM value to 2. (Figure 2)
This procedure provides a method to restore normal customer mode in the event that a procedure
such as a software load, or NVM initialization has reset NVM 616-014 system install phase to the
default value of 0 (non-customer mode).
Overview
During some service procedures, NVM 616-014 may be set to the default value of 0. When this oc-
curs, the screen will display the message The device is in a non-customer mode . (Figure 1 )
Figure 2 NVM 616-014 set to 2 to enable Customer Mode
6. Close dC131 and select the Call Closeout button.
7. Select Exit & Reboot.
8. When the machine completes rebooting, it will be in Install Wizard mode. Follow the instructions
on the screen and enter appropriate values as required. When the Install Wizard process has
been completed, the machine will reboot and the value of NVM 616-014 will automatically be
set to 4 (customer mode). During this reboot, if POSU is required, it will be performed.
Figure 1 UI displaying The device is in a non-customer mode
Note: There is no indication on the screen when the machine is in customer mode.
When the NVM value is reset to 2, using the procedure listed below, it will cause the machine to re- The only time any indication appears on the UI screen is when the machine is in
start in Install Wizard mode. Re-running the Install Wizard will restore other customer data that also non-customer mode.
may have been lost.
After the Install Wizard completes, the value of NVM 616-014 is automatically set to 4.
CAUTION: POSU will NOT run if the machine is in non-customer mode, even though
it may appear that SW load has completed successfully. For some SW upgrades, it is
necessary for POSU to run to finish installing upgrades in all platforms.
Procedure
3. Select dC131 NVM Read/Write....

G P 3 0 Re l o a d i n g N V M fr o m t h e Tra y 1 L i s t Procedure
1. Open Tray 1 and remove the NVM Setting Value List from the storage compartment (Figure 1).
Purpose
This procedure provides a method to restore NVM values in the event that either NVM was corrupt, 2. Enter Service Diagnostic Mode.
or for some other reason it is not possible to restore NVM using dC361 NVM Save and Restore. 3. Select Adjustments.
The process uses the NVM Setting Value List that is stored in Tray 1.
4. Select dC131.
Overview 5. Enter the NVM chain and link values, one-by-one, from the NVM Setting Value List.
During some service procedures it may be necessary to restore NVM to the original factory settings.
6. For each Chain/Link NVM location, check that the NVM value stored in that location is the same
This can be done using the values entered on the NVM Setting Value List stored in the compart-
as the NVM value listed in the NVM Setting Value List.
ment located in the front right corner of Tray 1.
If the value stored in the location does not match the value listed on the NVM Setting Value
After entering the values on the NVM Setting Value List it will be necessary to run several adjust- List; use dC131 to write the NVM value from the NVM Setting Value List to the NVM location.
ments to set the machine up for changes that may have occurred over time and due to usage. Thus
7. After all of the NVM values have been checked and, if necessary, written to the NVM locations,
the values from the NVM Setting Value List are only a starting point toward restoring full
perform the following adjustments in order.
functionality.
a. ADJ 90.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration (dC129)
b. ADJ 60.7 Document Glass Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC609)
c. ADJ 5.5 DADF Registration Automatic Adjustment (dC608)
d. ADJ 90.7 ATC Sensor Setup (dC950)
e. ADJ 60.5 IIT Calibration (dC945)
8. Close ddC131 and select Call Closeout.
9. Select Exit & Reboot.
Figure 1 Tray 1 Storage Compartment

G P 3 1 P r i n t / C o p y O r i e n t a t i o n D e fi n i t i o n s G P 3 2 H o w t o O p e n a n d C l o s e t h e V i d e o Co n t a c t C h a s s i s U n i t
Purpose Purpose
To describe the print/copy orientation definitions. To open the video contact chassis assembly during repair and replacement procedures.
Definitions Opening Procedure

Refer to Figure 1 . Be aware of the points that follow: WARNING: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 4. Disconnect the
• Inboard edge - can also be described as the top edge or side edge.
• In process direction - can also be described as the slow scan direction.
• Cross process direction - can also be described as the fast scan direction.
Figure 1 ESD symbol
1. Remove the Controller cover assembly. PL 3.10
2. Remove the Upper Rear cover. PL 28.10
3. Remove the Lower Right Rear cover. PL 28.10
4. Remove the IIT Rear cover.(C8130/35/45/55) PL 60.35

(C8170) PL 60.10
5. Disconnect ribbon cable from IIT Trans PWB (C8130/35/45/55) (1) PL 60.45 Refer to Figure 2
(C8170) PL 60.20 Refer to Figure 3
6. Release wiring harness from chassis (2)
Figure 1 Print/Copy Orientation Definitions

Figure 2 IIT Trans PWB Figure 3 C8170 IIT PWB
7. Disconnect the motor drive ribbon cable (1) from the Controller PWB PL 3.05 Refer to Figure 3
8.

Figure 4 Ribbon cable disconnect Figure 5 Screw removal
9. Remove two screws (1) from behind the motor drive ribbon cable and above the motor drive 10. Remove five screws (5), Refer to Figure 5
PWB. Refer toFigure 4

Closing Procedure
Closing is the reverse of the opening procedure.
11. Open the video contact chassis unit.

G P 3 3 I n s t a l l a t i o n S p a c e Re q u i r e m e n t s • Base configuration with BR Booklet Maker Finisher and C-fold / Z-fold Unit: 186.1kg (410.3lb) —
220kg (485lb).
Purpose
To outline the general space requirements to enable safe use and adequate access for service. • Base configuration with BR Booklet Maker Finisher, C-fold / Z-fold Unit and High Capacity
Feeder: 242.6kg (534.8lb) — 266.5kg (587.5lb).
WARNING: Do not work in a confined space. 1 m (39 inches) space is needed for
Machine Dimensions and Installation Space Requirements
safe working.
Table 1 shows the dimensions of the machine and the installation space required for safe
WARNING: USA and Canada. Do not install this machine in a hallway or exit route operation.
that does not have 1.12 m (44 inches) of space additional to the normal space require-
ments in front of the machine. To conform with fire regulations this additional 1.12 m Note: The installation dimensions in Table 1 allow for a 1 metre (39.4 inches) minimum safety work
(44 inches) of space is needed in front of the machine in hallway and exit routes. space around the machine. To acquire this minimum safety work space, it may be necessary to
move the machine within the area specified.
Machine Height
The height of the machine is 1142.7mm (45 inches). A gap of 100mm (4 inches) is required at the rear for airflow to fans.
Machine Weight For machines with an HCF, the required install width (dimension C) includes the extra space re-
• Base configuration: 135.8kg (299lb) — 159.7kg (352lb). quired (250mm/9.8 inches) to slide the HCF away from the machine. (TBD)
• Base configuration with integrated Office Finisher: 160.8kg (354.5lb) — 174.7kg (385.1lb). The installation dimensions in Table 1 show the machine footprint with the bypass tray and output
trays fully extended.
• Base configuration with Business Ready (BR) Finisher: 175.3kg (386.5lb) — 199.2kg (439.1lb).
• Base configuration with BR Booklet Maker Finisher: 192.3kg (424lb) — 216.2kg (476.6lb).

Table 1 Dimensions and space requirements

Machine Width Machine Depth
Configuration (A) mm / inches (B) mm / inches
Base configuration 620 / 25.4 723 / 28.5
Base configuration with Global A Finisher 819 / 26 723 / 28.5
Base configuration with Business Ready (BR) Finisher 1395 / 54.9 723 / 28.5
Base configuration with BR Booklet Maker Finisher 1429.2 / 56.3 732.8 / 28.9
Base configuration with BR Booklet Maker Finisher and C-fold / Z-fold Unit 1632 / 64.3 793 / 31.2
Base configuration with BR Booklet Maker Finisher, C-fold / Z-fold Unit and High 2361 / 93 793 / 31.2
Capacity Feeder

Figure 1represents a plan view of a machine installation and is to be read in conjunction with Table GP 34 How to Enable HTTP
1. The dimensions A and B outline a footprint of the machine within the boundary of safe opera-
Purpose
tion, dimensions C and D. The dimension E indicates the area required for airflow/work space at the
To enable the hyper text transfer protocol (HTTP) networking protcol.
rear of the machine. (TBD)
Procedure
1. Enter Customer Administration Tools, GP2.
2. Select the Device icon.
4. Select Network Settings.
5. Select Advanced Settings.
6. Select HTTP Settings.
7. Select Enable.
8. Select Save.
9. Select Close.
10. Log out of Customer Administration Tools.

GP 35 How to Change Ethernet Speed GP 36 How to Disable the Firewall of the PWS
Purpose Procedure
To change the machine’s ethernet speed. Go to the relevant procedure:
Procedure • Windows 7 (32 bit and 64 bit).

Perform the steps that follow: • Windows 10 (64 Bit).
1. Enter Customer Administration Tools, GP2. Purpose

2. Press the Machine Status button. To disable the firewall of the PWS.
3. Select the Tools tab. Windows 7 (32 bit and 64 bit)

4. Select Network Settings. Perform the steps that follow:
5. Select Advanced Settings. 1. Open Start / Control Panel / Windows Firewall.
6. Select Wired Physical Media. 2. From the left pane, select Turn Windows Firewall on or off.
7. Select the speed, then OK. 3. Select all 3 Turn off Windows Firewall (not recommended) radio buttons to disable the windows
firewall, Figure 1.
8. Log out of Customer Administration Tools.
Figure 1 Settings buttons

4. Select OK. G P 3 7 H o w t o C o n fi g u r e t h e P W S t o P i n g a D e v i c e
Windows 10 (64 Bit) Purpose
Perform the steps that follow: To configure the PWS to ping a device on a network.
1. From the task bar select the Search icon and type Firewall / then select Windows Firewall. Procedure Windows 7
2. On the left side of the Control Panel window select Turn Windows Firewall on or off. Perform the steps that follow:
3. Select both Turn off Windows Firewall (not recommended) radio buttons to disable the win- 1. Set the IP address of the PWS one digit higher or lower than the device to be pinged. For exam-
dows firewall Figure 2. ple, if the IP address of the device is 192.168.10.15, set the PWS to 192.168.10.14 or
192.168.10.16. To set the IP address of the PWS, refer to GP 38.
2. Set the subnet mask of the PWS the same as the device to be pinged.
3. Perform the steps that follow:
a. Click on the Windows Start icon.
b. In the Search programs and files dialog box, type cmd.
c. Click on OK. A command window will open.
4. In the command window, type ‘ping’ and the address of the device. Refer to number 1 in Figure
1.
5. If the ping command is successful, a reply from the device will be received. Refer to number 2 in
Figure 1.
Figure 2 Settings buttons
4. Select OK.
Figure 1 Successful ping command
6. If the ping command is unsuccessful, a timed out message will be received, Figure 2.

GP 38 How to Set the IP Address of the PWS

Purpose
To set the IP address of the PWS.
Windows 7
1. Open Start / Control Panel / Network and Sharing Centre.
2. From the left pane, select Change adapter settings.
3. Right-click on the Local Area Connection icon. Select Properties. The Local Area Connection
Properties window will open.
4. Highlight Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4). Select Properties, refer to Figure 1 . The Inter-
net Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties window will open.
Figure 2 Unsuccessful ping command
Figure 1 Properties window
5. Double-click the entry Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4).
6. Select Use the following IP address. Enter the IP address and subnet mask, Figure 2 .

Figure 2 Properties window
7. Refer to the configuration report. Set the IP address of the laptop one number higher than the
device. For example, if the IP address of the device is 192.168.196.112, set the IP address of the
laptop to 192.168.196.113.
8. Refer to the configuration report. Set the Subnet mask of the laptop to the same as the Subnet
mask of the device.
9. Click on OK to close the properties dialog box, then OK to close the second properties dialog
box.
10. Close the Local Area Connection Status dialog box.

Change Tags
1
G l o s s a r y o f Te r m s , A c r o n y m s a n d A b b r e v i a t i o n s Term Description
Where possible unit designations as appear in ISO 1000 (International Organization for Standard- BCR Bias Charge Roll
ization) and Xerox Standard MN2-905 have been used. All measurements appear in ISO units fol-
BTR Bias Transfer Roll
lowed by any conversion in brackets e.g.; 22.5mm (0.885 inches)
C Celsius
Refer to Table 1.
CAT Customer Administration Tool
Table 1 Abbreviations
CBC Customer Business Center
Term Description
CCD Charged Coupled Device
1TM One Tray Module
CCM Copy Controller Module
2TM Two Tray Module
CCS Copy Controller Service
AAA Authentication, Authorisation and Accounting
CentreWare CentreWare internet services is the embedded HTTP server application that
ABS Automatic Background Suppression. is available on network enabled machines. It enables access to printing
over the internet.
AC Alternating Current
CIPS Common Image Path Software
ACAST Anti Counterfeiting Activities Support/Strategy Team
CIS Contact Image Sensor
ACL Alternating Current Live
CL Copy Lighter. A copy density setting
ACN Alternating Current Neutral
CQ Copy Quality
AGC Automatic Gain Control
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
AHA Advanced Hardware Architecture
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit
AMPV Average Monthly Print Volume
CRUM Customer Replaceable Unit Monitor
ANSAM Answer Tone, Amplitude Modulated
CSE Customer Service Engineer
APS Auto Paper Selection
CVT Constant Velocity Transport
ARP Address Resolution Protocol. Converts an IP address to a MAC address. See
RARP.
CWIS CentreWare Internet Services (also known as Web UI)
ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
DADF Duplex Automatic Document Feeder
B Bels (applies to sound power level units)
dB Decibel (applies to sound pressure level units)
Binding Part of the communication between modules.
dC Diagnostic code
BM Booklet Maker
DC Device Controller, generic term for any module that acts as a image han-
BootP Boot Protocol. AN IP protocol for automatically assigning IP addresses. dling device e.g., SIP. Digital Copier
BPS Bits Per Second DC Direct Current
BS Behavior Specification DCN Disconnect
DCS Digital Command Signal

BT Busy Tone
DDNS Dynamic Domain Name System

Term Description Term Description
DH Document Handler EOM End Of Message
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (similar to BootP) EOP End Of Procedure
DIMM Dual In-line Memory Module EOR End Of Retransmission
DIP Dual In-line Package (switch) EPA Environmental Protection Agency
DIS Digital Identification Signal EPROM Erasable / Programmable Read Only Memory
DLM Dynamically Loadable Module ERR End Retransmission Response
DM Document Manager ERU Engineer Replaceable Unit
DMA Direct Memory Access ESD Electrostatic Discharge
DMO Developing Markets Operations ESS Electronic Sub-System (equivalent to Network Controller)
DMO-E Developing Markets Operations East EU European Union
DMO-W Developing Markets Operations West EUR Europe
DPI Dots Per Inch FAR Fully Active Retard feeder
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory FCOT First Copy Out Time
DST Daylight Saving Time FDI Foreign Device Interface
DT Dial Tone FIFO First In First Out
DTMF Dual Tone Multiple Frequency Firmware Software in a ROM
DTS Detack Saw FLASH On board erasable and re-programmable non volatile memory
Dust Off Routine to return machine to pre-install state FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
DVMA Direct Virtual Memory Access FPOT First Print Out Time
EEC European Economic Community FRU Field Replaceable Unit
EEPROM Electrically Erasible/Programmable Read Only Memory FRU Fuser Replacement Unit
EH&S Environmental Health and Safety FX Fuji Xerox
EJS Easy Java Simulation g gram or gramme (one thousandth part of a kilogram)
ELT Extract, Load, Transform G3 Group 3
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility GMT Greenwich Mean Time
EME Electromagnetic Emission GND Ground
GSM Grams per square metre

ENS Event Notification Service. Used by a software module to alert another
module of an event.
GUI Graphical User Interface

HCF High Capacity Feeder kg kilogram (International unit of mass)
HDD Hard Disk Drive kHz kilohertz (frequency of one thousand cycles per second)
HFSI High Frequency Service Intervals Kill All Routine to return all NVM, including protected NVM, to a virgin state. Fac-
tory use only
HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
KO Key Operator
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply
LAN Local Area Network
Hz Hertz (unit of frequency of one cycle per second)
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
I/O Input/Output
LCSS Low Capacity Stapler Stacker
I2C-bus Inter Integrated Circuit bus. This provides a simple bidirectional 2-wire bus
for efficient inter-IC control. All I2C-bus compatible devices incorporate an LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (allows sharing of corporate phone
interface which allows them to communicate directly with each other via book information)
the I2C-bus.
LE Lead Edge
ID Identification
LED Light Emitting Diode
IDG Inter Document Gap
LEF Long Edge Feed
IIT Image Input Terminal
LOA Load Object Attributes
Intlk Interlock
LPD Line Printer Daemon
ioctl Input/output control
LPH LED Print Head. An LED array in close proximity to and the same width as
IOT Image Output Terminal the photoreceptor. Individual LEDs are switched on/off to develop the im-
age on the xerographic drum.
IP Internet Protocol
lpi Lines Per Inch
IPS Image Processing Service
LVF BM Low Volume Finisher Booklet maker
IPSec Internet Protocol Security
LVDS Low Voltage Differential Signal
IPX Internetwork Protocol eXchange
LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply
IQ Image Quality
LUI Local User Interface
IQS Image Quality Specification
m metre (International unit of measurement)
IR Intelligent Ready
MAC Address Media Access Code. This is the basic, unique identifier of a networked de-
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network / International Standard Data vice. An incoming message is analysed and an address in another form,
Network such as an IP address, is resolved by a lookup table to a MAC address. The
message is then directed to, and accepted by the equipment thus identi-
ISO International Standards Organization fied. It is the burnt-in, hardware address of a NIC.
ITP Internal Test Pattern Mark Service Mark Service is the software module that tells the hardware to put toner
on paper.
JBA Job Based Accounting (Network Accounting)
MB Megabyte (one MB = 1,048,576 bytes = 1024 kilobytes). Mail Box
JIS Japanese Industrial Standards

Mb Mega bit (one million bits) PABX Private Automatic Branch Exchange
MCF Message Confirmation PC Personal Computer
MF Multifunction PCI Peripheral Component Interface
mm millimeter (one thousandth of a metre) PCL Printer Control Language

Modem MOdulator/DEModulator. Hardware unit that converts the ‘one’ and ‘zero’ PDF Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format
binary values from the computer to 2 frequencies for transmission over the
public telephone network (modulation). It also converts the 2 frequencies PFM Paper Feed Module
received from the telephone network to the binary values for the computer
(demodulation). PIN Procedural Interrupt Negative
Moire Image quality defect caused by interference between patterned originals PIN Personal Identification Number
and the digital imaging process. Moire patterns are repetitive and visible
as bands, plaids or other texture. ping Packet InterNet Groper. Tool to test connections between nodes by sending
and returning test data.
MSG Management Steering Group
PME Power Management Event
ms millisecond (one thousandth of a second)
POPO Power Off Power On
N Newton (a unit of force)
POO or P of O Principles of Operation
NA North America
POST Power On Self Test
NC Network Controller (equivalent to ESS)
POTS Plain Old Telephone System
NC Normal Contrast. Copy contrast setting
PPM Prints Per Minute / Parts Per Million
NCR No Copying Required
PR Photo-Receptor
NetBIOS Network Basic Input / Output System. Software developed by IBM that
provides the interface between the PC operating system, the I/O bus, and Procon Process control
the network. Since its design, NetBIOS has become a de facto standard.
Process Death A process has stopped working.
Nm Newton metre (a unit of torque equivalent to one Newton at one metre
radius) PS Post Script
NOHAD Noise, Ozone, Heat, Airflow and Dust PS Power Supply
NTP Network Time Protocol PSTN Private Switched Telephone Network

NVM Non-Volatile Memory PSW Portable Service Workstation
OA Open Architecture Pthread Process Thread. A very low level operating system concept for code
execution.
ODIO On Demand Image Overwrite
PTO Product Technical Overview
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
PWB Printed Wiring Board
OpCo Operating Company
PWBA Printed Wiring Board Assembly
OS Operating System
PWM Pulse-Width Modulation
P/R Photoreceptor

PWS Portable Work Station Semaphore A variable or abstract data type.
RAM Random Access Memory SESS Strategic Electronic Sub-System
RARP Reverse Address Resolution Protocol. Reverse of ARP. Converts a MAC ad- SH Staple Head
dress to an IP address. The document centre resolves its address using
RARP. See also MAC, NIC and ARP. SIM Subscriber Identity Module (also known as a SOK-Software Option Key)
RDT Remote Data Transfer SIMM Single In-line Memory Module
Reg Registration
SIR Standard Image Reference
Registration Monitors when RPC services go online and offline.
Service SLP Service Location Protocol (finds servers)
RF Radio Frequency SM Scheduled Maintenance
SMART Systematic Material Acquisition Release Technique

RFID Radio Frequency Identification
Smile Correction Correction process that allows the adjustment of uniformity of density, giv-
RPC Remote Procedure Call. How the device communicates internally between
ing accurate color edge-to-edge and page-to-page.
software modules.
RH Relative humidity SMP Service Maintenance Pack (contains a software package)
RMS Root Mean Square (AC effective voltage) SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
RNR Receive Not Ready Snr Sensor
SOK Software Option Key (also known as a SOIM-Subscriber Identity Module)

RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances
ROM Read Only Memory SPAR Software Problem Action Request
RR Receive Ready spi Spots per inch
RS-232, RS-423, Series of standards for serial communication of data by wire. RS-232 oper- SPI Service Provider Interface. Steps to process a job.
RS-422, RS-485 ates at 20kbits/s, RS-423 operates at 100kbits/s, RS-422 and RS-485 oper-
ate at 10Mbits/s. See FireWire and USB. SR Service Representative
RTC Real Time Clock SRS Service Registry Service
Rx Receive SS or S/S Sub System

SA Systems Administration SSDP Simple Service Discovery Protocol
SAKO Systems Administration Key Operator SSID Service Set Identifier (wireless network name)
SAR Semi-Active Retard feeder STM Single Tray Module
SBC Single board controller. Copy, print and UI controllers all on one PWB with- SU Staple Unit
in the image processing module.
SW Switch
SCD Software Compatibility Database
SW or S/W Software
SD Secure Digital, memory card format
sync Synchronize
SEF Short Edge Feed

TAR Take Away Roll XCL Xerox Canada Limited
TAR or tar An archive file format, derived from Tape ARchive XE Xerox Europe
TBC To Be Confirmed XEIP Xerox Extensible Interface Platform
TBD To Be Defined XLA Xerox Latin America
TC Toner Concentration XML eXtensible Markup Language
TCF Training Check Field XPS XML Paper Specification (printing format)
TCO Thermal Cutout XRU Xerographic Replacement Unit
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol XSA Xerox Standard Accounting

TE Trail Edge
TIFF Tagged Image File Format
TP Test Point
TRC Toner Reproduction Curve
TTM Tandem Tray Module
TTY Teletype Terminal
Tx Transmit
UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
U-boot Universal Boot Loader
UI User Interface (display screen)
UK United Kingdom
UM Unscheduled Maintenance
USB Universal Serial Bus.

High speed successor to parallel port for local device communications. Op-
erates at 12Mbits/s. See FireWire and RS-232.
USCO United States Customer Operations
USSG United States Solutions Group
V.17 / V.29 / V.34 Modem standards
VOIP Voice Over Internet Protocol
WC WorkCentre
WEB UI CentreWare Internet Services

7 Wiring Data Initial Issue
7 Wiring Data
7.1 Plug/Jack Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 BSD 1.4 Machine Power Control (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Plug/Jack Location List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 BSD 1.5 Machine Power Control (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Plug/Jack Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation +5V (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
7.2 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Wiring Diagram 1 ACH/ACN 100VAC (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 BSD 1.9 DC Power Generation +5V (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Wiring Diagram 2 ACH/ACN 100VAC (High) (2 Plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 BSD 1.10 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Wiring Diagram 3 ACH/ACN 220-240VAC (Low/Mid/High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 BSD 1.11 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Wiring Diagram 4 Not Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 BSD 1.12 Interlock Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Wiring Diagram 5 +24VDC (Low/Mid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 BSD 1.13 Fuse Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Wiring Diagram 6 +24VDC (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 BSD 1.14 LVPS Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Wiring Diagram 7 +24VDC (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 BSD 1.15 PWB Locations (Low/Mid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Wiring Diagram 8 +24VDC (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 BSD 1.16 PWB Locations (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Wiring Diagram 9 +5VDC (Low/Mid) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Chain 3 Machine Run Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Wiring Diagram 10 +5VDC (Low/Mid) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 BSD 3.1 PWB Communications (Controller to Motor Drive PWB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Wiring Diagram 11 +5VDC (High) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 BSD 3.2 PWB Communications (Controller to UI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Wiring Diagram 12 +5VDC (High) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 BSD 3.3 PWB Communications (Controller to Finisher) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Wiring Diagram 13 +5VDC (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 BSD 3.4 PWB Communications (Controller to HCF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Wiring Diagram 14 +5VDC (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 BSD 3.5 PWB Communications (Controller to Halftone/Back Plane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Wiring Diagram 15 +3.3VDC/+2.5VDC (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 BSD 3.6 PWB Communications (Controller to DADF PWB) (Low/Mid/High). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Wiring Diagram 16 +3.3VDC/+2.5VDC (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 BSD 3.7 Electric Billing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Wiring Diagram 17 DC COM (Low/Mid) (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 BSD 3.8 Controller (SBC) PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Wiring Diagram 18 DC COM (Low/Mid) (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 BSD 3.9 PWB Communications (Controller to IIT Trans PWB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Wiring Diagram 19 DC COM (High) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Chain 5 DADF 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Wiring Diagram 20 DC COM (High) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 BSD 5.1 DADF 250 Interlock and Document Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Wiring Diagram 21 DC COM (1 of 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 BSD 5.2 DADF 250 Document Stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Wiring Diagram 22 DC COM (2 of 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 BSD 5.3 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Fast Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Wiring Diagram 23 DC COM (3 of 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Wiring Diagram 24 DC COM (4 of 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 BSD 5.5 NOT USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Wiring Diagram 25 DC COM (5 of 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 BSD 5.6 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Slow Scan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Wiring Diagram 26 Tray +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC (2TM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Wiring Diagram 27 Tray +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC (TTM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 BSD 5.8 DADF 250 Document Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Wiring Diagram 28 Tray DC COM (2TM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 BSD 5.9 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Wiring Diagram 29 Tray DC COM (TTM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 BSD 5.10 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 2) (1 Of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Wiring Diagram 30 IIT +24VDC (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 BSD 5.11 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 2) (2 Of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Wiring Diagram 31 IIT +24VDC (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 BSD 5.12 DADF 250 Document Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Wiring Diagram 32 IIT +24VDC/+11VDC/+10VDC/+5VDC/+1.9VDC (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 BSD 5.13 DADF 250 Document Path and Drive Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Wiring Diagram 33 IIT +24VDC/+11VDC/+10VDC/+5VDC/+1.9VDC (High). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Chain 5 DADF 130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Wiring Diagram 34 IIT Return (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 BSD 5.14 DADF 130 Interlock And Document Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Wiring Diagram 35 IIT Return (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 BSD 5.15 DADF 130 Document Size Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Wiring Diagram 36 DADF 130 +24VDC/+5VDC (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Wiring Diagram 37 DADF 130 +24VDC/+5VDC (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 BSD 5.17 DADF 130 Document Feeding (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Wiring Diagram 38 DADF 130 Return (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Wiring Diagram 39 DADF 130 Return (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 BSD 5.19 DADF 130 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Wiring Diagram 40 DADF 250 +24VDC/+5VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 BSD 5.20 DADF 130 Document Scan (1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Wiring Diagram 41 DADF 250 +5VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 BSD 5.21 DADF 130 Document Scan (2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Wiring Diagram 42 DADF 250 +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 BSD 5.22 DADF 130 Document Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Wiring Diagram 43 DADF 250 Return (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 BSD 5.23 DADF 130 Document Path and Drive Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Wiring Diagram 44 DADF 250 Return (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Chain 10 Print Transport and Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
7.3 Block Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Symbology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 BSD 10.2 Pressure Roll Latch/Unlatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Chain 1 Standby Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
BSD 1.1 Main Power On 100VAC (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
BSD 1.2 Main Power On 100VAC (High) (2 Plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 BSD 10.5 Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
BSD 1.3 Main Power On 220-240VAC (Low/Mid/High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Initial Issue 7 Wiring Data
BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 BSD 90.10 Charging and Exposure M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 BSD 90.11 Charging and Exposure C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 BSD 90.12 Charging and Exposure K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
BSD 10.10 Exit 2 Paper Transport (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 BSD 90.13 Development Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
BSD 10.11 Face Up Paper Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 BSD 90.14 Development M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Chain 34 Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 BSD 90.15 Development C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
BSD 34.1 Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 BSD 90.16 Development K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Chain 40 Main Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 BSD 90.17 1st BTR Contact/Retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
BSD 40.1 K Drum/Developer and IBT Drive Control (Low/Mid/High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 BSD 90.18 Image Transfer to IBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
BSD 40.2 YMC Drum and Developer Drive Control (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 BSD 90.19 Image Transfer to Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
BSD 40.3 YMC Drum Drive Control (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 BSD 90.20 Waste Toner Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
BSD 40.4 YMC Developer Drive Control (High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 BSD 90.21 Marking Air Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Chain 60 Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 BSD 90.22 Marking Air Flow (High only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
BSD 60.1 Platen Document Sensing (Low/Mid — C8130/35/45/55). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
BSD 60.2 Platen Document Sensing (High — C8170). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
BSD 60.3 Document Illumination (Low/Mid — C8130/35/45/55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
BSD 60.4 Document Illumination (High — C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
BSD 60.5 Carriage Control (Low/Mid — C8130/35/45/55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
BSD 60.6 Carriage Control (High — C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
BSD 60.7 Image Input (Low/Mid — C8130/35/45/55) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
BSD 60.10 LPH C & K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
BSD 60.11 Color Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
BSD 60.12 Temperature and Humidity Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Chain 70 Paper Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
BSD 70.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
BSD 70.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
BSD 70.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (2TM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
BSD 70.4 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
BSD 70.5 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2TM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
BSD 70.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
BSD 70.7 Bypass Tray Paper Size Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
BSD 70.8 Tray 1 Paper Stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
BSD 70.9 Tray 2 Paper Stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
BSD 70.11 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2TM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
BSD 70.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (TTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
BSD 70.13 Bypass Tray Paper Sensing and Stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
BSD 70.14 IOT and 2TM Paper Path and Drive Transmission (Low/Mid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
BSD 70.15 IOT and TTM Paper Path and Drive Transmission (Low/Mid/High). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Chain 80 Paper Transportation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
BSD 80.1 Tray 1 and 2 Paper Pre-feeding (Mid/High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
BSD 80.2 Tray 3 and 4 Paper Pre-Feeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
BSD 80.4 Tray 2 Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
BSD 80.5 2TM Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
BSD 80.6 TTM Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
BSD 80.7 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Chain 90 Xerographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
BSD 90.1 NOT USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
BSD 90.2 NOT USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
BSD 90.3 Drum Life Control (Y, M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
BSD 90.4 Drum Life Control (C, K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
BSD 90.5 Toner Cartridge Life Control (Y, M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
BSD 90.6 Toner Cartridge Life Control (C, K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
BSD 90.7 Toner Cartridge Cooling (Mid/High) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
BSD 90.8 Toner Dispense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
BSD 90.9 Charging and Exposure Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

P l u g / J a c k Lo c a t i o n L i s t J2 11 5 CIS (DADF 130)
How to Use the Plug/Jack Location List J2 8 6 CIS (DADF 250)

• To find which position to install specific connectors to, refer to Table 1 Plug/Jack Location List J2 40 1 MCU PWB (Connect to relay PWB)
for Figure No. and Item No., and then to the figure in “7.1.2 Plug/Jack Positions.”
P/J2 36 6 Controller (SBC) PWB - Front USB
• P/J No. in the Plug/Jack Location List is expressed in the four ways below:
P/J2 39 2 Fax Option
– J250 represents Jack 250
P/J3 36 5 Controller (SBC) PWB - Front USB
– P250 represents Plug 250
P/J3 37 7 AC Drive PWB
– CN1 represents Connector 1
P/J4 36 8 Controller (SBC) PWB - Power
– DJ600 represents Double Jack 600
– DP600 represents Double Plug 600
– FS1 represents Faston Terminal 1
P5 23 15 LVPS CC4 (High Only) (TTM)
– T represents Terminal
P/J6 2 1 Controller (SBC) PWB
P/J6 36 7 Controller (SBC) PWB - UI I/F
P/J8 36 15 Controller (SBC) PWB - Network
P8 37 8 AC Drive PWB
P/J10 32 10 GFI (BLK)
P/J11 32 7 GFI (WHT)
Figure 1 Plug/Jack Location P/J12 1 2 Main Power Switch (BLK)
Plug/Jack Location List P/J13 1 3 Main Power Switch (BLK)
P/J No Figure No. Item No. Remarks (where to connect) P/J14 1 5 Main Power Switch (WHT)
P/J1 29 9 LVPS CP1U P/J15 1 4 Main Power Switch (WHT)

P1 4 5 Motor Drive PWB J20 23 16 GFI Plug 2 (BLK) (TTM)
J1 11 6 CIS (DADF 130) J21 23 17 GFI Plug 2 (WHT) (TTM)
J1 8 7 CIS (DADF 250)
P/J21 36 13 Controller (SBC) PWB - USB Target Port
P/J1 36 14 Controller (SBC) PWB - USB 3 Ports (2X)
P/J22 32 11 Finisher Outlet (BLK)
P/J1 39 3 Fax Option
P/J23 32 5 Finisher Outlet (WHT)
P2 4 45 Motor Drive PWB
P/J23 36 2 Controller (SBC) PWB - SSD/HDD Power
P2 41 1 Relay PWB (Connect to MCU PWB J2)
P/J24 32 6 Finisher Outlet (GN/YL)

P/J24 36 1 Controller (SBC) PWB - SSD/HDD Data P/J110 8 3 Document Set LED (DADF 250)
P/J28 36 17 Controller (SBC) PWB - Debug Connection P/J110 22 11 Feed Out Sensor 3 (2TM)
P/J30 31 6 Fuser Heater Power Supply P/J110 24 12 Feed Out Sensor 3 (TTM)
J33 23 15 LVPS CC4 (High Only) (TTM) P/J110 28 6 Toner Bottle Full Sensor
P/J45 36 11 Controller (SBC) PWB - Fax Flex Cable P/J111 6 13 Skew Detect Sensor (DADF 250)
P/J45 39 1 Fax Option P/J111 22 4 Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor (2TM)
P60 31 3 Fuser Heater Power Supply (Connect to J61) P/J111 24 14 Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor (TTM)
J60 31 4 Connector (1pin) (Connect to P61) P/J111 28 7 Toner Bottle Position Sensor
P/J112 6 15 Feed Out Sensor (DADF 250)

P61 31 4 Fuser Heater Power Supply (Connect to J60)
P/J112 22 3 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (2TM)
J61 31 3 Connector (1pin) (Connect to P60)
P/J112 24 15 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (TTM)
P/J101 6 9 Registration Sensor (DADF 250)
P/J113 6 14 Exit Sensor (DADF 250)
P/J101 25 2 Connector (4pin) (TTM)
P/J113 22 2 Tray 3 Level Sensor (2TM)
P/J101 33 3 L/H Cover Interlock Switch
P/J113 24 16 Tray 3 Level Sensor (TTM)
P/J102 6 10 Lead Registration Sensor (DADF 250)
P/J114 6 3 Document Set Sensor (DADF 250)
P/J102 22 9 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (5Bit) (2TM)
P/J115 6 18 Bottom Sensor (DADF 250)
P/J102 25 1 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (2Bit) (TTM)
P/J115 30 3 NOHAD Temp & Humidity Sensor
P/J103 22 10 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (5Bit) (2TM)
P/J116 6 20 Tray APS Sensor 1 (DADF 250)
P/J103 25 3 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (2Bit) (TTM)
P/J116 16 1 Toner Cartridge Crum (K)
P/J103 30 5 Front Cover Interlock Switch
P/J117 6 1 Tray APS Sensor 2 (DADF 250)
P/J104 6 8 Out Sensor (DADF 250)
P/J104 22 16 TM L/H Interlock Switch (2TM) P/J117 16 4 Toner Cartridge Crum (Y)
P/J104 24 4 TM L/H Interlock Switch (TTM) P/J118 6 2 Tray APS Sensor 3 (DADF 250)
P/J104 30 6 Front Cover Interlock Switch P/J118 16 3 Toner Cartridge Crum (M)
P/J105 6 7 Pre Registration Sensor (DADF 250) P/J119 6 19 Tray APS Sensor 4 (DADF 250)
P/J105 30 7 Front Cover Open Switch P/J119 16 2 Toner Cartridge Crum (C)
P/J106 6 6 APS Sensor 1 (DADF 250) P/J120 8 4 DADF Feed In Sensor 1 (DADF 250)
P/J107 6 5 APS Sensor 2 (DADF 250) P/J120 24 11 Feed Out Sensor 4 (TTM)
P/J108 6 4 APS Sensor 3 (DADF 250) P/J120 28 2 Drum Crum PWB (Y)
P/J109 8 5 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Sensor (DADF 250) P/J121 8 1 DADF Feed In Sensor 2 (DADF 250)

P/J121 22 5 Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor (Mid Only) (2TM) P/J151 17 1 Temp & Humidity Sensor
P/J121 24 10 Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor (TTM) P/J152 17 2 Shutter Solenoid
P/J121 28 3 Drum Crum PWB (M) P/J153 17 7 ADC Sensor
P/J122 8 2 DADF Level Sensor (DADF 250) P/J154 17 8 Rear MOB Sensor
P/J122 22 6 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (2TM) P/J155 17 6 Front MOB Sensor
P/J170 20 5 Tray 1 Level Sensor

P/J122 24 9 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (TTM)
P/J171 20 6 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor
P/J122 28 4 Drum Crum PWB (C)
P/J172 20 9 Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor (Mid/High)
P/J123 22 7 Tray 4 Level Sensor (2TM)
P/J174 18 1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor
P/J123 24 8 Tray 4 Level Sensor (TTM)
P/J175 18 2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor
P/J123 28 5 Drum Crum PWB (K)
P/J124 30 12 ATC Sensor K P/J177 20 12 Tray 2 Level Sensor
P/J125 30 13 ATC Sensor C P/J178 20 11 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor
P/J126 30 14 ATC Sensor M P/J179 20 10 Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor (Mid/High)
P/J127 30 15 ATC Sensor Y P/J181 19 2 Bypass Paper Size Sensor

P/J129 33 4 Regi. Heater P/J182 19 1 Bypass No Paper Sensor
P/J130 5 3 Human Motion Sensor PWB P/J183 19 9 Bypass Nudger Position Sensor
P/J132 33 13 Regi. Sensor
P/J190 34 1 Fusing Unit EEPROM
P/J133 33 14 POB Jam Sensor
P/J192 34 8 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor
P/J134 19 10 Bypass Feed Out Sensor
P/J193 34 10 P/Roll Latch Sensor
P/J135 35 11 Exit 2 Sensor
P/J194 34 7 Belt Speed Sensor
P/J136 35 10 Exit 2 OCT Home Position Sensor
P/J195 34 11 IH Center Thermistor / IH Rear Thermistor
P/J138 35 15 Exit 1 OCT Full Stack Sensor (Option)
P/J196 34 9 Thermostat
P/J139 35 13 Exit 1 OCT Home Position Sensor
P/J197 37 11 Connector (3pin)
J140 26 4 1st BTR Contact/Retract Sensor
P/J201 7 3 Nudger Solenoid (DADF 250)
P/J141 35 1 Face Up Exit Sensor (Option)
P/J201 22 1 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (2TM)
P/J142 35 3 Face Up Tray Switch (Option)
P/J201 24 17 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (TTM)
P/J143 35 2 Face Up Gate Solenoid (Option)
P/J201 26 2 Fusing Unit Drive Motor (2pin)
P/J144 35 18 Exit2 Tray Sensor
P/J202 22 8 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (2TM)
P/J145 35 17 Exit1 Tray Sensor
P/J202 24 7 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (TTM)

P/J202 26 6 K Drum/Deve & IBT Motor (2pin) P/J231 20 2 Take Away Motor 2
P/J203 7 5 Take Away Clutch (DADF 250) P/J232 20 1 Regi. Motor
P/J203 21 4 Take Away Motor (2TM) P/J233 20 3 Take Away Motor 1
P/J203 23 7 Take Away Motor (TTM) P/J234 33 5 Duplex Motor
P/J203 26 8 YMC Drum Motor (2pin) (High) P/J235 35 12 Exit 2 OCT Motor
P/J203 26 13 YMC Drum/Deve Motor (2pin) (Low/Mid) P/J236 35 8 Exit 2 Drive Motor
P/J204 6 11 Connector (3pin) (DADF 250) P/J237 35 9 Exit 1 Gate Solenoid
P/J240 26 1 1st BTR Contact/Retract Clutch

P/J204 26 10 YMC Deve Motor (2pin) (High)
P/J261 30 9 Front Right Marking Fan (Mid/High)
P/J205 6 12 Connector (4pin) (DADF 250)
P/J262 27 3 Fusing Unit Exhaust Fan
P/J210 7 6 Platen Motor (DADF 250)
P/J263 27 1 IHPS Intake Fan
P/J211 7 9 Exit Motor (DADF 250)
P/J264 27 4 LVPS Fan
P/J211 26 11 Fusing Unit Drive Motor (6pin)
P/J265 30 2 Front Left Marking Fan (Mid/High)
P/J212 7 2 Feed Motor (DADF 250)
P/J267 30 1 Toner Cartridge Cooling Fan (Mid/High)
P/J212 26 5 K Drum/Deve & IBT Motor (6pin)
P/J268 33 2 L/H Fan 1 (Option) (Low/Mid)
P/J213 7 7 Pre Registration Motor (DADF 250)
P268S/ 33 2 L/H Fan 1 (High Only)
P/J213 26 7 YMC Drum Motor (6pin) (High) J268
P/J213 26 12 YMC Drum/Deve Motor (6pin) (Low/Mid) P/J269 33 1 L/H Fan 2 (Option) (Low/Mid)
P/J214 7 8 Registration Motor (DADF 250) P269S/ 33 1 L/H Fan 2 (High Only)
J269
P/J214 26 9 YMC Deve Motor (6pin) (High)
P/J270 27 5 Marking Fan (Mid/High)
P/J215 7 13 Tray Motor (DADF 250)
P/J270 27 5 Marking Fan (Option) (Low)
P/J215 28 1 Agitator Motor
P/J271 27 6 Suction Fan (High)
P/J216A 7 1 Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (DADF 250)
P/J272 27 7 Toner Cartridge Exhaust Fan (Mid/High)
P/J216B 7 14 Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (DADF 250)
P/J273 27 2 ESS Fan
P/J220 32 1 Dispense Motor Y
P/J275 20 4 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor
P/J221 32 2 Dispense Motor M
P/J276 20 15 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor
P/J222 32 3 Dispense Motor C
P/J277 19 8 Bypass Feed/Lift Motor
P/J223 32 4 Dispense Motor K
J321 13 8 Connector-FFC (High) (Connect to P321)
P/J225 26 3 P/Roll Latch Motor
J321 15 11 Connector-FFC (Low/Mid) (Connect to P321)
P/J226 35 16 Exit 1 OCT Motor

P/J321 36 4 Controller (SBC) PWB - Scanner Control P/J426 4 43 Motor Drive PWB
J335 38 1 Back Plane (BP) PWB (Controller PWB) P/J427 4 46 Motor Drive PWB
P/J335 36 9 Controller (SBC) PWB - IOT/Backplane Interface P/J428 4 26 Motor Drive PWB
J336 12 6 Connector-FFC (High) (Connect to P336) P/J429 4 24 Motor Drive PWB
P/J431 4 25 Motor Drive PWB

J336 14 5 Connector-FFC (Low/Mid) (Connect to P336)
P/J336 36 3 Controller (SBC) PWB - Side 1 Platen Video Data
J390 6 16 Connector (50pin) (Connect to P390) (DADF 250)
J390 9 18 Connector (50pin) (Connect to P390) (DADF 130)
P/J390 36 16 Controller (SBC) PWB - Side 2 Scanning Data
P/J451 37 5 Halftone PWB
P451 4 34 Motor Drive PWB (Connect to J451)
J451 21 1 Connector (15pin) (Connect to P451) (2TM)
J451 23 4 Connector (15pin) (Connect to P451) (TTM)
J451 38 5 Back Plane (BP) PWB (Connect to P451)
P452 4 33 Motor Drive PWB (Connect to J452)
J452 21 2 Connector (19pin) (Connect to P452) (2TM)
J452 23 5 Connector (19pin) (Connect to P452) (TTM)
P/J420 4 10 Motor Drive PWB P453 4 32 Motor Drive PWB (Connect to J453)
P/J421 4 14 Motor Drive PWB J453 21 3 Connector (11pin) (Connect to P453) (2TM)
P/J422 4 19 Motor Drive PWB J453 23 6 Connector (11pin) (Connect to P453) (TTM)
P/J423 4 2 Motor Drive PWB P454 4 20 Motor Drive PWB (Connect to J454)
P/J424 4 3 Motor Drive PWB P479 38 6 Back Plane (BP) PWB (Connect to relay PWB J479)
J479 41 2 Relay PWB

P/J480Y 16 6 LPH (Y) P557 37 3 Halftone PWB (Connect to J480K)
P/J480M 16 7 LPH (M) DP600/ 34 2 Fusing Unit (Connect to DJ600/J600)

P600
P/J480C 16 8 LPH (C)
DJ600/ 34 3 Connector (Connect to DP600/P600)
P/J480K 16 9 LPH (K) J600
J481 37 1 Halftone PWB (Connect to P550) P/J601 20 7 Connector (13pin)
P490 4 36 Motor Drive PWB (Connect to Finisher) P/J602 20 8 Connector (3pin) (Mid/High)
P491 4 35 Motor Drive PWB (Connect to Finisher) P/J604 30 8 Connector (3pin)
P/J492 4 21 Motor Drive PWB P/J605 30 10 Connector (3pin)
P/J493 4 22 Motor Drive PWB P/J606 30 4 Connector (3pin)

P/J501 29 7 LVPS CP1U P/J607 30 11 Connector (3pin)
P/J502 29 5 LVPS CP1U
P/J504 23 14 LVPS CC4 (High Only) (TTM)
P/J611 22 17 Connector (3pin) (2TM)
P/J513 1 1 BCR HVPS
P/J514 29 1 Deve Bias HVPS P/J613 24 20 Connector (4pin) (TTM)
P/J515 29 2 Deve Bias HVPS P/J614 23 11 Connector (4pin) (TTM)
P/J516 31 1 BTR HVPS P/J616 24 5 Connector (4pin) (TTM)
P/J530 31 5 Fuser Heater Power Supply P/J617 24 13 Connector (4pin) (TTM)
P/J540 37 9 AC Drive PWB DJ618 24 1 Connector (4pin) (TTM)

P550 37 1 Halftone PWB (Connect to J481) DJ618A 24 2 Connector (9pin) (TTM)
P/J551 37 4 Halftone PWB DJ618B 24 3 Connector (11pin) (TTM)
P552 37 2 Halftone PWB
DP618 23 3 Connector (4pin) (TTM)
P554 37 15 Halftone PWB (Connect to J480Y)
DP618A 23 2 Connector (9pin) (TTM)
P555 37 16 Halftone PWB (Connect to J480M)
DP618B 23 1 Connector (11pin) (TTM)
P556 37 17 Halftone PWB (Connect to J480C)

P/J619 33 8 Connector (6pin) (Option) (Low/Mid) P/J700 12 5 CCD PWB (High)
P619/ 33 8 Connector (6pin) (High Only) P/J700 14 4 CCD PWB (Low/Mid)

J619S
P/J701 12 7 CCD PWB (High)
P/J701 14 6 CCD PWB (Low/Mid)
P/J710 13 5 IIT Trans PWB (High)
P/J710 15 6 IIT Trans PWB (Low/Mid)
P/J625 33 10 Connector (12pin x 2)
P/J725 13 1 Platen Angle Sensor (High)
P/J727 12 8 Platen Interlock Switch (High)
P/J728 12 2 IIT Regi. Sensor (High)
P/J729 13 3 CCD Fan (High)
P/J745 7 12 DCDC PWB (DADF 250)
P/J632 35 4 Connector (7pin) (Option)
P/J633 35 14 Connector (3pin) P/J746 11 1 DCDC PWB (DADF 130)
P/J634 35 5 Connector (8pin) J750 6 17 Connector (36pin) (Connect to P7501) (DADF 250)
P634 31 2 IOT Coil Unit (Connect to J634) J750 9 17 Connector (36pin) (Connect to P7501) (DADF 130)
J634 34 5 Connector (2pin) (Connect to P634) P/J751 7 27 DADF PWB (DADF 250)
P/J636 16 5 Connector (3pin) P/J751 10 17 DADF PWB (DADF 130)
P/J638 35 7 Connector (12pin) P/J752 7 26 DADF PWB (DADF-250)
P/J651 5 4 Connector (6pin) P/J752 10 16 DADF PWB (DADF 130)

P/J753 7 20 DADF PWB (DADF-250) P/J774 9 10 DADF Pre Registration Sensor (DADF 130)
P/J753 10 15 DADF PWB (DADF 130) P/J775 9 16 DADF Document Set Sensor (DADF 130)
P/J754 7 18 DADF PWB (DADF-250) P/J777 9 14 Connector (3pin) (DADF 130)
P/J754 10 11 DADF PWB (DADF 130) P/J778 9 20 DADF Exit Sensor (DADF 130)
P/J755 7 21 DADF PWB (DADF-250) P/J779 9 12 Connector (6pin) (DADF 130)
P/J755 10 13 DADF PWB (DADF 130) P/J780 9 19 DADF Feed Out Sensor (DADF 130)
P/J756 7 15 DADF PWB (DADF-250) P/J781 9 15 DADF Feed In Sensor (DADF 130)
P/J756 10 10 DADF PWB (DADF 130) P/J782 10 4 DADF Registration Motor (DADF 130)
P/J757 7 24 DADF PWB (DADF-250) P/J784 10 3 DADF Pre Registration Motor (DADF 130)
P/J757 10 9 DADF PWB (DADF 130) P/J786 10 5 Connector (2pin) (DADF 130)
P/J758 7 23 DADF PWB (DADF-250)
P/J790 10 1 Stamp Solenoid (Option) (DADF 130)
P/J758 10 8 DADF PWB (DADF 130)
P/J791 11 4 Document Set LED (DADF 130)
P759 10 19 DADF PWB (DADF 130)
P/J794 10 2 DADF Feed Motor (DADF 130)
P760 10 18 DADF PWB (DADF 130)
P/J795 9 13 DADF Take Away Clutch (DADF 130)
P/J796 9 11 DADF Pre Regi. Clutch (DADF 130)
DP800 29 3 Connector (18pin) (Connect to HCF)
P/J762 9 2 Document Tray Size Sensor 1 (DADF 130)
P/J900 3 5 UI I/F PWB
P/J763 9 1 Document Tray Size Sensor 2 (DADF 130)
P/J764 9 3 DADF Tray APS Sensor 3 (DADF 130)
P/J765 9 4 DADF Tray APS Sensor 2 (DADF 130) P/J904 3 2 UI I/F PWB
P/J766 9 21 DADF Tray APS Sensor 1 (DADF 130) P/J906 3 3 UI I/F PWB
P/J768 7 16 DADF PWB (DADF-250) P/J910 3 1 UI Switch PWB
P/J768 9 6 DADF APS Sensor 3 (DADF 130) P998 7 28 DADF PWB (DADF-250)
P/J769 9 5 DADF APS Sensor 2 (DADF 130) P999 7 4 DADF PWB (DADF-250)
P/J770 9 7 DADF APS Sensor 1 (DADF 130) J1341 38 4 Back Plane (BP) PWB (SWE & SWEA) (Connect to
P1371)
P/J772 9 9 DADF Registration Sensor (DADF 130)
P11 38 2 Back Plane (BP) PWB (Seep Rom)
P/J773 9 8 DADF Out Sensor (DADF 130)
P313 38 3 Back Plane (BP) PWB (Connect to Fax 24V)

P1371 38 4 Back Plane (BP) PWB (SWE & SWEA) (Connect to T80 23 18 Terminal
J1341)
T80 32 8 Terminal
P/J7001 12 1 LED Lamp PWB (High)
T82 19 3 Terminal
P/J7001 14 2 LED Lamp PWB (Low/Mid)
T88 32 9 Terminal
P/J7211 13 2 Carriage Motor (High)
P/J7251 15 10 Platen Close Sensor (Low/Mid)
P/J7252 15 9 Platen Angle Sensor (Low/Mid)
P/J7253 14 1 IIT Regi. Sensor (Low/Mid)
P/J7254 14 3 APS Sensor 1 (Low/Mid)
P/J7255 14 7 APS Sensor 2 (Low/Mid)
P/J7258 15 12 Carriage Motor (Low/Mid)
P/J7261 12 3 APS Sensor 1 (High)
P/J7262 12 4 APS Sensor 2 (High)
P/J7461 7 11 DCDC PWB (DADF-250)
P/J7501 13 10 IIT Trans PWB (High) (Connect to J750)
P/J7501 15 1 IIT Trans PWB (Low/Mid) (Connect to J750)
BT1 36 10 Controller (SBC) PWB - Battery
CN1 5 2 Human Motion Sensor PWB
CN2 5 1 Human Motion Sensor PWB
D53 36 12 Controller (SBC) PWB - Post Code Display
F1 10 6 DADF Interlock Switch (DADF 130)
F2 10 7 DADF Interlock Switch (DADF 130)
T20 34 6 Terminal
T21 34 4 Terminal
T31 19 5 Terminal
T33 33 11 Terminal
T34 33 12 Terminal

P l u g / J a c k Lo c a t i o n
Figure 2 User Interface
Figure 1 Main Power Switch / BCR HVPS

Plug/Jack Location Service Manual
Figure 3 User Interface Console Assembly Figure 4 Motor Drive PWB

Service Manual Plug/Jack Location
Figure 5 Human Motion Sensor Figure 6 DADF 250 1 of 3 (C8170)

Figure 7 DADF 250 2 of 3 (C8170) Figure 8 DADF 250 3 of 3 (C8170)

Figure 9 DADF 130 1 of 3 (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) Figure 10 DADF 130 2 of 3 (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155)

Figure 11 DADF 130 3 of 3 (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) Figure 12 IIT Assembly 1 of 2 (C8170)

Figure 13 IIT Assembly 2 of 2 (C8170) Figure 14 IIT Assembly 1 of 2 (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155)

Figure 15 IIT Assembly 2 of 2 (C8130/C8135/C8145/C8155) Figure 16 LPH / Toner Cartridge Crum

Figure 17 MOB Assembly Figure 18 Tray Paper Size Sensors 1/2

Figure 19 Bypass Tray Figure 20 Registration Unit, Tray Feeder 1/2

Figure 21 Two Tray Module (2TM) 1 of 2 Figure 22 Two Tray Module (2TM) 2 of 2

Figure 23 Tandem Tray Module (TTM) 1 of 3 Figure 24 Tandem Tray Module (TTM) 2 of 3

Figure 25 Tandem Tray Module (TTM) 3 of 3 Figure 26 Drum/Developer Motor/Fusing Unit Drive

Figure 27 NOHAD Figure 28 Drum Crum

Figure 29 Developer Bias HVPS / LVPS CP1U Figure 30 IOT Front Location / ATC Sensor

Figure 31 BTR HVPS / Fuser Heater Power Supply Figure 32 Dispence Motor / GFI

Figure 33 Left Cover Figure 34 Fusing Unit

Figure 35 Exit 1 and 2 Figure 36 Controller (SBC) PWB

Figure 37 Halftone PWB / AC Drive PWB Figure 38 Back Plane (BP) PWB

Figure 39 Fax Figure 40 MCU PWB

Introduction
Wiring diagrams are an aid to trace wiring faults. Wiring diagrams are used to complement the
block schematic diagrams (BSDs). Refer to the wiring diagrams that follow:
• Wiring Diagram 1 ACH/ACN 100VAC (Low/Mid)
• Wiring Diagram 2 ACH/ACN 100VAC (High) (2 Plugs)
• Wiring Diagram 3 ACH/ACN 220-240VAC (Low/Mid/High)
• Wiring Diagram 4 — Not Used
• Wiring Diagram 5 +24VDC (Low/Mid)
• Wiring Diagram 6 +24VDC (High)
• Wiring Diagram 7 +24VDC (1 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 9 +5VDC (Low/Mid) (1 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 10 +5VDC (Low/Mid) (2 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 11 +5VDC (High) (1 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 12 +5VDC (High) (2 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 15 +3.3VDC/+2.5VDC (1 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 16 +3.3VDC/+2.5VDC (2 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 17 DC COM (Low/Mid) (1 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 18 DC COM (Low/Mid) (2 of 2)

Figure 41 Relay PWB
• Wiring Diagram 19 DC COM (High) (1 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 20 DC COM (High) (2 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 21 DC COM (1 of 5)
• Wiring Diagram 26 TRAY +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC (2TM)
• Wiring Diagram 27 TRAY +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC (TTM)
• Wiring Diagram 28 TRAY DC COM (2TM)

• Wiring Diagram 29 TRAY DC COM (TTM) W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 A C H / A C N 1 0 0 VA C ( Lo w / M i d )

• Wiring Diagram 31 IIT +24VDC (High)
• Wiring Diagram 31 IIT +24VDC (High)
• Wiring Diagram 32 IIT +24VDC/+11VDC/+10VDC/+5VDC/+1.9VDC (Low/Mid)
• Wiring Diagram 33 IIT +24VDC/+11VDC/+10VDC/+5VDC/+1.9VDC (High)
• Wiring Diagram 34 IIT RETURN (Low/Mid)
• Wiring Diagram 35 IIT RETURN (High)
• Wiring Diagram 36 DADF +24VDC/+5VDC (DADF 130) (1 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 37 DADF +24VDC/+5VDC (DADF 130) (2 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 38 DADF RETURN (DADF 130) (1 of 2)
• Wiring Diagram 40 DADF +24VDC/+5VDC (DADF 250)
• Wiring Diagram 41 DADF +5VDC (DADF 250)
• Wiring Diagram 42 DADF +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC (DADF 250)

Service Manual Wiring Diagram 1
Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 1 ACH/ACN 100VAC (Low/Mid)

Wiring Diagram 1 Service Manual
W i r i n g D i a g ra m 2 A C H / A C N 1 0 0 VA C ( H i g h ) ( 2 P l u g s )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 2 ACH/ACN 100VAC (High) (2 Plugs)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 3 A C H / A C N 2 2 0 - 2 4 0 VA C ( Lo w / M i d / H i g h )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 3 ACH/ACN 220-240VAC (Low/Mid/High)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 4 N o t U s e d W i r i n g D i a g ra m 5 + 2 4 V D C ( Lo w / M i d )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 5 +24VDC (Low/Mid)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 6 + 2 4 V D C ( H i g h )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 6 +24VDC (High)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 7 + 2 4 V D C ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 7 +24VDC (1 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 8 + 2 4 V D C ( 2 o f 2 )


W i r i n g D i a g ra m 9 + 5 V D C ( Lo w / M i d ) ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 9 +5VDC (Low/Mid) (1 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 0 + 5 V D C ( Lo w / M i d ) ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 10 +5VDC (Low/Mid) (2 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 1 + 5 V D C ( H i g h ) ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 11 +5VDC (High) (1 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 2 + 5 V D C ( H i g h ) ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 12 +5VDC (High) (2 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 3 + 5 V D C ( 1 o f 2 )


W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 4 + 5 V D C ( 2 o f 2 )


W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 5 + 3 . 3 V D C / + 2 . 5 V D C ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 15 +3.3VDC/+2.5VDC (1 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 6 + 3 . 3 V D C / + 2 . 5 V D C ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 16 +3.3VDC/+2.5VDC (2 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 7 D C C O M ( Lo w / M i d ) ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 17 DC COM (Low/Mid) (1 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 8 D C C O M ( Lo w / M i d ) ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 18 DC COM (Low/Mid) (2 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 1 9 D C C O M ( H i g h ) ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 19 DC COM (High) (1 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 2 0 D C C O M ( H i g h ) ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 20 DC COM (High) (2 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 2 1 D C C O M ( 1 o f 5 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 21 DC COM (1 of 5)









W i r i n g D i a g ra m 2 6 Tra y + 2 4 V D C / + 5 V D C / + 3 . 3 V D C ( 2 TM )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 26 Tray +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC (2TM)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 2 7 Tra y + 2 4 V D C / + 5 V D C / + 3 . 3 V D C ( T TM )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 27 Tray +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC (TTM)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 2 8 Tra y D C C O M ( 2 TM )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 28 Tray DC COM (2TM)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 2 9 Tra y D C C O M ( T TM )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 29 Tray DC COM (TTM)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 3 0 I I T + 2 4 V D C ( Lo w / M i d )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 30 IIT +24VDC (Low/Mid)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 3 1 I I T + 2 4 V D C ( H i g h )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 31 IIT +24VDC (High)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 3 2 I I T + 2 4 V D C / + 1 1 V D C / + 1 0 V D C / + 5 V D C /
+ 1 . 9 V D C ( Lo w / M i d )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 32 IIT +24VDC/+11VDC/+10VDC/+5VDC/+1.9VDC (Low/Mid)

W i r i n g D i a g ra m 3 3 I I T + 2 4 V D C / + 1 1 V D C / + 1 0 V D C / + 5 V D C /
+1.9VDC (High)

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 33 IIT +24VDC/+11VDC/+10VDC/+5VDC/+1.9VDC (High)

W i r i n g D i a g r a m 3 4 I I T Re t u r n ( L o w / M i d )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 34 IIT Return (Low/Mid)

W i r i n g D i a g r a m 3 5 I I T Re t u r n ( H i g h )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 35 IIT Return (High)

W i r i n g D i a g r a m 3 6 DA D F 1 3 0 + 2 4 V D C / + 5 V D C ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 36 DADF 130 +24VDC/+5VDC (1 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g r a m 3 7 DA D F 1 3 0 + 2 4 V D C / + 5 V D C ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 37 DADF 130 +24VDC/+5VDC (2 of 2)

W i r i n g D i a g r a m 3 8 DA D F 1 3 0 R e t u r n ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 38 DADF 130 Return (1 of 2)



W i r i n g D i a g r a m 4 0 DA D F 2 5 0 + 2 4 V D C / + 5 V D C

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 40 DADF 250 +24VDC/+5VDC

W i r i n g D i a g r a m 4 1 DA D F 2 5 0 + 5 V D C

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 41 DADF 250 +5VDC

W i r i n g D i a g r a m 4 2 DA D F 2 5 0 + 2 4 V D C / + 5 V D C / + 3 . 3 V D C

Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 42 DADF 250 +24VDC/+5VDC/+3.3VDC





Sy m b o l o g y
Refer to Figure 1.

Figure 1 BSD Symbology

B S D 1 . 1 M a i n Po w e r O n 1 0 0 VA C ( Lo w / M i d )

Figure 1 BSD 1.1 Main Power On 100VAC (Low/Mid)

B S D 1 . 2 M a i n Po w e r O n 1 0 0 VA C ( H i g h ) ( 2 P l u g s )

Service Manual BSD 1.2
Figure 1 BSD 1.2 Main Power On 100VAC (High) (2 Plugs)

BSD 1.2 Service Manual
B S D 1 . 3 M a i n Po w e r O n 2 2 0 - 2 4 0 VA C ( Lo w / M i d / H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 1.3 Main Power On 220-240VAC (Low/Mid/High)

B S D 1 . 4 M a c h i n e Po w e r C o n t r o l ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 1.4 Machine Power Control (1 of 2)

B S D 1 . 5 M a c h i n e Po w e r C o n t r o l ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 1.5 Machine Power Control (2 of 2)

B S D 1 . 6 D C Po w e r G e n e r a t i o n + 5 V ( L o w / M i d )

Figure 1 BSD 1.6 DC Power Generation +5V (Low/Mid)

B S D 1 . 7 D C Po w e r G e n e r a t i o n + 2 4 V ( 1 o f 2 ) ( L o w / M i d )

Figure 1 BSD 1.7 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) (Low/Mid)

B S D 1 . 8 D C Po w e r G e n e r a t i o n + 2 4 V ( 2 o f 2 ) ( L o w / M i d )

Figure 1 BSD 1.8 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) (Low/Mid)

B S D 1 . 9 D C Po w e r G e n e r a t i o n + 5 V ( H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 1.9 DC Power Generation +5V (High)

B S D 1 . 1 0 D C Po w e r G e n e r a t i o n + 2 4 V ( 1 o f 2 ) ( H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 1.10 DC Power Generation +24V (1 of 2) (High)

B S D 1 . 1 1 D C Po w e r G e n e r a t i o n + 2 4 V ( 2 o f 2 ) ( H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 1.11 DC Power Generation +24V (2 of 2) (High)

B S D 1 . 1 2 I n t e r l o c k Sw i tc h i n g

Figure 1 BSD 1.12 Interlock Switching

B S D 1 . 1 3 Fu s e C h e c k

Figure 1 BSD 1.13 Fuse Check

B S D 1 . 1 4 LV P S Co o l i n g

Figure 1 BSD 1.14 LVPS Cooling

B S D 1 . 1 5 P W B Lo c a t i o n s ( Lo w / M i d )

Figure 1 BSD 1.15 PWB Locations (Low/Mid)

B S D 1 . 1 6 P W B Lo c a t i o n s ( H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 1.16 PWB Locations (High)

B S D 3 . 1 P W B Co m m u n i c a t i o n s ( Co n t r o l l e r t o M o t o r D r i v e P W B )

Figure 1 BSD 3.1 PWB Communication (Controller to Motor Drive PWB)

B S D 3 . 2 P W B Co m m u n i c a t i o n s ( Co n t r o l l e r t o U I )

Figure 1 BSD 3.2 PWB Communications (Controller to UI)

B S D 3 . 3 P W B Co m m u n i c a t i o n s ( Co n t r o l l e r t o F i n i s h e r )

Figure 1 BSD 3.3 PWB Communications (Controller to Finisher)

B S D 3 . 4 P W B Co m m u n i c a t i o n s ( Co n t r o l l e r t o H C F )

Figure 1 BSD 3.4 PWB Communications (Controller to HCF)

B S D 3 . 5 P W B Co m m u n i c a t i o n s ( Co n t r o l l e r t o H a l f t o n e / B a c k
Plane)

Figure 1 BSD 3.5 PWB Communications (Controller to Halftone/Back Plane)

B S D 3 . 6 P W B C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ( C o n t r o l l e r t o DA D F P W B ) ( L o w /
Mid/High)

Figure 1 BSD 3.6 PWB Communications (Controller to DADF PWB) (Low/Mid/High)

BSD 3.7 Electric Billing

Figure 1 BSD 3.7 Electric Billing

B S D 3 . 8 Co n t r o l l e r ( S B C ) P W B

Figure 1 BSD 3.8 Controller (SBC) PWB

B S D 3 . 9 P W B Co m m u n i c a t i o n s ( Co n t r o l l e r t o I I T Tra n s P W B )

Figure 1 BSD 3.9 PWB Communications (Controller to IIT Trans PWB)

B S D 5 . 1 DA D F 2 5 0 I n t e r l o c k a n d D o c u m e n t S e t

Figure 1 BSD 5.1 DADF 250 Interlock and Document Set

B S D 5 . 2 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t S t a c k i n g

Figure 1 BSD 5.2 DADF 250 Document Stacking

B S D 5 . 3 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t S i z e S e n s i n g ( Fa s t S c a n )

Figure 1 BSD 5.3 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Fast Scan)

B S D 5 . 4 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t Fe e d i n g

Figure 1 BSD 5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding

B S D 5 . 5 N OT U S E D B S D 5 . 6 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t S i z e S e n s i n g ( S l o w S c a n )

Figure 1 BSD 5.6 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing (Slow Scan)

B S D 5 . 7 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t Pr e Re g i s t ra t i o n a n d S ke w D e t e c t

Figure 1 BSD 5.7 DADF 250 Document Pre Registration and Skew Detect

B S D 5 . 8 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t Re g i s t ra t i o n

Figure 1 BSD 5.8 DADF 250 Document Registration

B S D 5 . 9 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t S c a n ( S i d e 1 )

Figure 1 BSD 5.9 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 1)

B S D 5 . 1 0 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t S c a n ( S i d e 2 ) ( 1 O f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 5.10 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 2) (1 Of 2)

B S D 5 . 1 1 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t S c a n ( S i d e 2 ) ( 2 O f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 5.11 DADF 250 Document Scan (Side 2) (2 Of 2)

B S D 5 . 1 2 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t E x i t

Figure 1 BSD 5.12 DADF 250 Document Exit

B S D 5 . 1 3 DA D F 2 5 0 D o c u m e n t Pa t h a n d D r i v e Tra n s m i s s i o n

Figure 1 BSD 5.13 DADF 250 Document Path and Drive Transmission

B S D 5 . 1 4 DA D F 1 3 0 I n t e r l o c k A n d D o c u m e n t S e t t i n g

Figure 1 BSD 5.14 DADF 130 Interlock And Document Setting

B S D 5 . 1 5 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t S i z e S e n s i n g

Figure 1 BSD 5.15 DADF 130 Document Size Sensing

B S D 5 . 1 6 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t Fe e d i n g ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 5.16 DADF 130 Document Feeding (1 of 2)

B S D 5 . 1 7 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t Fe e d i n g ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 5.17 DADF 130 Document Feeding (2 of 2)

B S D 5 . 1 8 DA D F 1 3 0 P r e R e g i s t r a t i o n

Figure 1 BSD 5.18 DADF 130 Pre Registration

B S D 5 . 1 9 DA D F 1 3 0 R e g i s t r a t i o n

Figure 1 BSD 5.19 DADF 130 Registration

B S D 5 . 2 0 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t S c a n ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 5.20 DADF 130 Document Scan (1 of 2)

B S D 5 . 2 1 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t S c a n ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 5.21 DADF 130 Document Scan (2 of 2)

B S D 5 . 2 2 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t E x i t

Figure 1 BSD 5.22 DADF 130 Document Exit

B S D 5 . 2 3 DA D F 1 3 0 D o c u m e n t Pa t h a n d D r i v e Tra n s m i s s i o n

Figure 1 BSD 5.23 DADF 130 Document Path and Drive Transmission

B S D 1 0 . 1 Fu s i n g U n i t D r i v e

Figure 1 BSD 10.1 Fusing Unit Drive

B S D 1 0 . 2 P r e s s u r e Ro l l L a t c h / U n l a t c h

Figure 1 BSD 10.2 Pressure Roll Latch/Unlatch

B S D 1 0 . 3 Fu s i n g H e a t ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 10.3 Fusing Heat (1 of 2)

B S D 1 0 . 4 Fu s i n g H e a t ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 10.4 Fusing Heat (2 of 2)

B S D 1 0 . 5 Fu s i n g

Figure 1 BSD 10.5 Fusing

B S D 1 0 . 6 Fu s e r D e t e c t i o n

Figure 1 BSD 10.6 Fuser Detection

B S D 1 0 . 7 E x i t 1 Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t

Figure 1 BSD 10.7 Exit 1 Paper Transport

B S D 1 0 . 8 D u p l e x Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t

Figure 1 BSD 10.8 Duplex Paper Transport

B S D 1 0 . 9 E x i t 2 Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t ( 1 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 10.9 Exit 2 Paper Transport (1 of 2)

B S D 1 0 . 1 0 E x i t 2 Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t ( 2 o f 2 )

Figure 1 BSD 10.10 Exit 2 Paper Transport (2 of 2)

B S D 1 0 . 1 1 Fa c e U p Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t

Figure 1 BSD 10.11 Face Up Paper Transport

B S D 3 4 . 1 Fa x

Figure 1 BSD 34.1 Fax

B S D 4 0 . 1 K D r u m / D e v e l o p e r a n d I BT D r i v e Co n t r o l ( Lo w / M i d /
High)

Figure 1 BSD 40.1 K Drum/Developer and IBT Drive Control (Low/Mid/High)

B S D 4 0 . 2 Y M C D r u m a n d D e v e l o p e r D r i v e Co n t r o l ( Lo w / M i d )

Figure 1 BSD 40.2 YMC Drum and Developer Drive Control (Low/Mid)

B S D 4 0 . 3 Y M C D r u m D r i v e Co n t r o l ( H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 40.3 YMC Drum Drive Control (High)

B S D 4 0 . 4 Y M C D e v e l o p e r D r i v e Co n t r o l ( H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 40.4 YMC Developer Drive Control (High)

B S D 6 0 . 1 P l a t e n D o c u m e n t S e n s i n g ( Lo w / M i d — C 8 1 3 0 / 3 5 /
45/55)

Figure 1 BSD 60.1 Platen Document Sensing (Low/Mid — C8130/35/45/55)

BSD 60.2 Platen Document Sensing (High — C8170)

Figure 1 BSD 60.2 Platen Document Sensing (High — C8170)

B S D 6 0 . 3 D o c u m e n t I l l u m i n a t i o n ( Lo w / M i d — C 8 1 3 0 / 3 5 / 4 5 /
55)

Figure 1 BSD 60.3 Document Illumination (Low/Mid — C8130/35/45/55)

BSD 60.4 Document Illumination (High — C8170)

Figure 1 BSD 60.4 Document Illumination (High — C8170)

B S D 6 0 . 5 C a r r i a g e Co n t r o l ( Lo w / M i d — C 8 1 3 0 / 3 5 / 4 5 / 5 5 )

Figure 1 BSD 60.5 Carriage Control (Low/Mid — C8130/35/45/55)

B S D 6 0 . 6 C a r r i a g e Co n t r o l ( H i g h — C 8 1 7 0 )

Figure 1 BSD 60.6 Carriage Control (High — C8170)

B S D 6 0 . 7 I m a g e I n p u t ( Lo w / M i d — C 8 1 3 0 / 3 5 / 4 5 / 5 5 )

Figure 1 BSD 60.7 Image Input (Low/Mid — C8130/35/45/55)

BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170)

Figure 1 BSD 60.8 Image Input (High - C8170)

BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M

Figure 1 BSD 60.9 LPH Y & M

BSD 60.10 LPH C & K

Figure 1 BSD 60.10 LPH C & K

B S D 6 0 . 1 1 C o l o r Re g i s t r a t i o n

Figure 1 BSD 60.11 Color Registration

B S D 6 0 . 1 2 Te m p e ra t u r e a n d H u m i d i t y S e n s i n g

Figure 1 BSD 60.12 Temperature and Humidity Sensing

B S D 7 0 . 1 Tra y 1 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s i n g

Figure 1 BSD 70.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing

B S D 7 0 . 2 Tra y 2 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s i n g

Figure 1 BSD 70.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing

B S D 7 0 . 3 Tra y 3 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s i n g ( 2 TM )

Figure 1 BSD 70.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (2TM)

B S D 7 0 . 4 Tra y 3 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s i n g ( T TM )

Figure 1 BSD 70.4 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (TTM)

B S D 7 0 . 5 Tra y 4 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s i n g ( 2 TM )

Figure 1 BSD 70.5 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2TM)

B S D 7 0 . 6 Tra y 4 Pa p e r S i z e S e n s i n g ( T TM )

Figure 1 BSD 70.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (TTM)

B S D 7 0 . 7 By p a s s Tra y Pa p e r S i z e S e n s i n g

Figure 1 BSD 70.7 Bypass Tray Paper Size Sensing

B S D 7 0 . 8 Tra y 1 Pa p e r S ta c k i n g

Figure 1 BSD 70.8 Tray 1 Paper Stacking

B S D 7 0 . 9 Tra y 2 Pa p e r S ta c k i n g

Figure 1 BSD 70.9 Tray 2 Paper Stacking

B S D 7 0 . 1 0 Tra y 3 Pa p e r S t a c k i n g ( 2 TM / T TM )

Figure 1 BSD 70.10 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2TM/TTM)

B S D 7 0 . 1 1 Tra y 4 Pa p e r S t a c k i n g ( 2 TM )

Figure 1 BSD 70.11 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2TM)

B S D 7 0 . 1 2 Tra y 4 Pa p e r S t a c k i n g ( T TM )

Figure 1 BSD 70.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (TTM)

B S D 7 0 . 1 3 By p a s s Tra y Pa p e r S e n s i n g a n d S t a c k i n g

Figure 1 BSD 70.13 Bypass Tray Paper Stacking

B S D 7 0 . 1 4 I OT a n d 2 TM Pa p e r Pa t h a n d D r i v e Tra n s m i s s i o n
( Lo w / M i d )

Figure 1 BSD 70.14 IOT and 2TM Paper Path and Drive Transmission

B S D 7 0 . 1 5 I OT a n d T TM Pa p e r Pa t h a n d D r i v e Tra n s m i s s i o n
( Lo w / M i d / H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 70.15 IOT and TTM Paper Path and Drive Transmission

B S D 8 0 . 1 Tra y 1 a n d 2 Pa p e r Pr e - fe e d i n g ( M i d / H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 80.1 Tray 1 and 2 Paper Pre-feeding (Mid/High)

B S D 8 0 . 2 Tra y 3 a n d 4 Pa p e r Pr e - Fe e d i n g

Figure 1 BSD 80.2 Tray 3 and 4 Paper Pre-Feeding

B S D 8 0 . 3 Tra y 1 a n d By p a s s Tra y Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t

Figure 1 BSD 80.3 Tray 1 and Bypass Tray Paper Transport

B S D 8 0 . 4 Tra y 2 Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t

Figure 1 BSD 80.4 Tray 2 Paper Transport

B S D 8 0 . 5 2 TM Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t

Service Manual
Figure 1 BSD 80.5 2TM Paper Transport

Service Manual
B S D 8 0 . 6 T TM Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t

Figure 1 BSD 80.6 TTM Paper Transport

B S D 8 0 . 7 Re g i s t r a t i o n

Figure 1 BSD 80.7 Registration

B S D 9 0 . 1 N OT U S E D B S D 9 0 . 2 N OT U S E D

B S D 9 0 . 3 D r u m L i fe Co n t r o l ( Y , M )

Figure 1 BSD 90.3 Drum Life Control (Y, M)

B S D 9 0 . 4 D r u m L i fe Co n t r o l ( C , K )

Figure 1 BSD 90.4 Drum Life Control (C, K)

B S D 9 0 . 5 To n e r C a r t r i d g e L i fe Co n t r o l ( Y , M )

Figure 1 BSD 90.5 Toner Cartridge Life Control (Y, M)

B S D 9 0 . 6 To n e r C a r t r i d g e L i fe Co n t r o l ( C , K )

Figure 1 BSD 90.6 Toner Cartridge Life Control (C, K)

B S D 9 0 . 7 To n e r C a r t r i d g e Co o l i n g ( M i d / H i g h )

Figure 1 BSD 90.7 Toner Cartridge Cooling (Mid/High)

B S D 9 0 . 8 To n e r D i s p e n s e

Figure 1 BSD 90.8 Toner Dispense

BSD 90.9 Charging and Exposure Y

Figure 1 BSD 90.9 Charging and Exposure Y

BSD 90.10 Charging and Exposure M

Figure 1 BSD 90.10 Charging and Exposure M

BSD 90.11 Charging and Exposure C

Figure 1 BSD 90.11 Charging and Exposure C

BSD 90.12 Charging and Exposure K

Figure 1 BSD 90.12 Charging and Exposure K

BS D 9 0 . 1 3 D e vel o p me nt Y

Figure 1 BSD 90.13 Development Y

BS D 9 0 . 1 4 D e vel o p me nt M

Figure 1 BSD 90.14 Development M

BS D 9 0 . 1 5 D e vel o p me nt C

Figure 1 BSD 90.15 Development C

BS D 9 0 . 1 6 D e vel o p me nt K

Figure 1 BSD 90.16 Development K

B S D 9 0 . 1 7 1 s t BT R Co n t a c t / Re t ra c t

Figure 1 BSD 90.17 1st BTR Contact/Retract

B S D 9 0 . 1 8 I m a g e Tra n s fe r t o I BT

Figure 1 BSD 90.18 Image Transfer to IBT

B S D 9 0 . 1 9 I m a g e Tra n s fe r t o Pa p e r

Figure 1 BSD 90.19 Image Transfer to Paper

B S D 9 0 . 2 0 Wa s t e To n e r D i s p o s a l

Figure 1 BSD 90.20 Waste Toner Disposal

BS D 9 0 . 2 1 M ar ki ng A ir Flo w

Figure 1 BSD 90.21 Marking Air Flow

BS D 9 0 . 2 2 M ar ki ng A ir Flo w ( Hi gh o n l y )

Figure 1 BSD 90.22 Marking Air Flow (High only)

Initial Issue 8 Product Technical Overview
8 Product Technical Overview

Product Technical Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Machine Run Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Machine Run Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Main Drives and NOHAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Main Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
NOHAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
User Interface (UI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Image Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
DADF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
IIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Image Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Image Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Media Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Media Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Paper Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Paper Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Xerographics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Xerographics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Fusing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Print Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Print Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

8 Product Technical Overview Initial Issue
Pr o d u c t Te c h n i c a l O v e r v i e w Both DADFs use constant velocity transport (CVT) when the document feeder is used during scan-
ning. The scanner is in a fixed position, and the document is transported across the scan area of
Overview
the platen glass.
Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 Multi-Function Printers (MFP) are designed for outstanding performance
with professional image quality. Note: The DADF and Scanning are described in Image Input in the PTO.
The digital full-color MFP is available in three models:
• Low – C8130/C8135
• Mid – C8145/C8155
• High – C8170
Figure 2 DADF 250 and DADF 130

Paper Supplies
Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 MFP is equipped with 5 paper trays.
Each printer includes:
• Tray 1 specs - 520 sheets 11x17 in. media (A3)
• Tray 2 specs - 520 sheets 12x18 in. media (SRA3)
• Bypass Tray specs - Up to 100 sheets, 12.5x52 in./320x1321mm banner.

Figure 1 AltaLink C8100 Multi-function Printers
• Trays 3 and 4:
All models are network interface configured. – TTM: 2000 sheets of 8.5x11 in. media (A4)
Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 MFPs have a variety of options: – 2TM: 520 sheets up to 12x18 in. media (SRA3)
• 3K Sheet HCF Note: The paper supplies are described in Media Supply in the PTO.
• Global A Integrated Finisher up to 55 ppm
• Global B Office Finisher – booklet creaser and hole punch
• Business Ready (BR) Finisher – staple, hole punch, and optional C-Z Folder
• BR Booklet Maker Finisher – staple, hole punch, saddle-stitched booklets, and optional C-Z Folder
• H-Transports for Global B Office Finisher and BR Finishers
DADF
The MFP has two Single Pass Duplex Automatic Document Handlers (DADF):
• AltaLink C8130/C8135 and C8145/C8155 use DADF 130 with a 130 sheet capacity.
• AltaLink C8170 uses DADF 250 with a 250 sheet capacity.

Basic components
Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 MFPs use the following Toner Cartridges: one black, one cyan, one magen-
ta, and one yellow. The black toner cartridge is bigger, to deal with the large amount of black used
in printing. Each cartridge is labeled and cannot be interchanged.
The Drum Cartridge Module is located under the Toner Cartridges. It contains the four Drum Car-
tridges that are customer replaceable and the four Developer Modules that are not customer
replaceable.
Note: The Toner Cartridges and Drum Cartridges are described in Xerographics > Toner Cartridges
and Drum Cartridges in the PTO.
Figure 3 IOT tray options

User Interface
Job programming and other user functions are controlled from the User Interface (UI), which uses
Figure 5 Xerographics section
two forms of input: the touch screen and the panel buttons. These buttons and screens are used to
perform user and service activities. Basic components
This machine uses the trickle development system that increases the life of the developer material.
Note: The UI is described in User Interface in the PTO.
Each drum is charged by a Bias Charge Roll (BCR).
Note: The Development system is described in Xerographics > Drum Cartridges in the PTO.
Figure 4 User interface

Note: The Registration Transport is described in Media Feed to Transfer and Print Transport and
Fusing in the PTO.
Note: The Secondary Transfer Module is described in Xerographics > Secondary Transfer in the
PTO.
Figure 6 DRUM cartridges

Basic Components
The developed image from each of the four (C, M, Y, and K) photoreceptor drums is applied to the
Intermediate Belt Transfer Assembly (IBT) as a complete registered image. The image is then trans-
ferred from the IBT to the registered paper at the second Bias Transfer Roll (BTR).
Note: The IBT and the Xerographic process is described in Xerographics > IBT Assembly, Transfer
Belt, and Transfer Belt Cleaning in the PTO.
Figure 8 Second BTR

Basic components
The Waste Toner Bottle collects and stores the residual toner from the four color drums. It is located
under the Waste Toner Transport and is a Customer Replaceable Unit.
The Waste Toner Bottle includes a filter for high configuration printers.
The Waste Toner Transport is located in the front of the MFP.
Note: The Waste Toner is described in Xerographics > Waste Toner Collection in the PTO.
Figure 7 Image transfer belt (IBT) assembly

Basic components
The Second Bias Transfer Roll (BTR) aligns the media to meet the image on the Image Transfer Belt
(IBT) and transfers the image from the Transfer Belt to the media. The Fuser fuses the image to the
media. The Fuser is a Customer Replaceable Unit (CRU), and there are no serviceable parts in the
Fuser.

Figure 10 High capacity feeder
Finishing Options
The output of the Image Output Terminal (IOT) is delivered to one of the following finishing
options.
BR Finisher:
• 500-sheet top tray, 3000-sheet stacker, hole punching, and stapling
• Optional C-Z Folder
Figure 9 Waste toner bottle and Waste toner transport BR Booklet Maker Finisher:
Feeding Options • 500-sheet top tray, 1500-sheet stacker, hole punching, and stapling
There is one paper feeding option:
• Booklet Making
• 3K Sheet High Capacity Feeder (HCF)
• Optional C-Z Folder
HCF:
Global A Integrated Finisher:
• 3000 sheets of 8.5x11 in. media (A4)
• Used with C8130/C8135 and C8145/C8155 (up to 55 ppm)
• Stacking: 500 sheets A4, 8.5x11 in. or 250 sheets A3, 11x17 in. Single stapling: 50 sheets A4,
8.5x11 in. or 30 sheets of 80 g/m² Legal, B4, A3, 11x17 in.
Global B Office Finisher:
• Stacking: 2000 sheets unstapled, 1000 sheets single-stapled, or 250 sheets dual-stapled. Multi-
ple-position stapling: 50 sheets. Hole Punch: Optional 2–3 or 2–4 Hole Punch.
• Includes transport module
• Optional Book Creaser and Hole Punch
Note: The different finishing options are described in their respective service manuals.

Figure 12 Horizontal transport

I n p u t Po w e r
AC Power
The MFP receives AC power from a line cord connected to either a 120VAC or a 220VAC source. This
voltage is supplied to the MFP through a circuit breaker, Figure 1.
Figure 11 Finisher options
Finishing Components
The interface between the IOT and the BR Finishers, and between the IOT and the Global B Office
Finisher is called the Horizontal Transport (H-Transport). The H-Transport moves the print from the
output of the IOT to the input of the finisher. There are two different models of H-Transports. One
is used for the BR Finishers and the other is used for the Global B Office Finisher.
The H-Transports are considered to be part of the Finisher and so are covered in more detail in the
separate service documentation for the those finishers.
Figure 1 Input power
Note: Throughout the Input Power section of the PTO, refer to the Wiring Data in Section 7 of the
EDOC.
Power Switches
The Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 MFPs are equipped with two power switches. To access the Main
Power Switch, open the Front Cover Assembly. The Main Power Switch is located near the top front
corner of the output area, Figure 2.

Powering ON the system from a cold start: • Supplies AC power to the IH power supply PWB
1. Switch ON the Main Power Switch. • Supplies AC power to the finisher outlet
2. Press, then release the Power/Wake button on the User Interface. Note: Refer to the Xerographics Overview and the Main Power On (100VAC) and Main Power On
(220-240VAC) BSDs for more information.
Powering down the system:
1. Press and release the Power/Wake button on the UI. Wait until the UI is dark.
2. Open the Front Cover Assembly and switch OFF the Main Power Switch.
Note: Customers generally leave the Main Power Switch on during everyday usage.
Figure 3 AC Drive PWB
Low Voltage Power Supply (LVPS CP1U)

The LVPS CP1U receives AC power from the AC Drive PWB. The LVPS CP1U generates 5VDC power
and 24VDC power distributed to the following:
• Controller (SBC) PWB
• Back Plane PWB
• Motor Drive PWB

Figure 2 Power switch locations
When the machine goes into sleep mode the 5VDC power and the 24VDC power is withheld and
AC Drive PWB only a 5VDC standby power is supplied.
The AC drive PWB receives AC power from the main power switch. The main functions of the AC
drive PWB are as follows:
Note: Refer to Sleep Recovery in the UI section for details of power up during sleep recovery.
• Provides ground fault interrupt and filtered power Refer to Machine Wake Up in the Machine Run Control section for other ways that the machine can
recover from lower power and sleep modes.
• Supplies AC Power to the Low Voltage Power Supply (LVPS) CP1U on the Low/Mid/High MFPs
• Supplies AC power to a second Low Voltage Power Supply, LVPS CC4 on the High MFPs

Figure 4 LVPS CP1U Figure 5 LVPS CC4
Low Voltage Power Supply (LVPS CC4 (High Only) Bias Charge Roll HVPS PWB
The LVPS CC4 is used in the AltaLink C8170 (High) only. For the AltaLink C8170, the LVPS CP1U The BCR HVPS converts 24VDC power into the high voltages required by the bias charge roller with-
power supply does not produce enough power for machine operation. To accommodate the extra in the xerographic subsystem.
power needs of the C8170, a second low voltage power supply, the LVPS CC4, is required. The LVPS
Note: Refer to the Xerographics Overview and the four Charging and Exposure BSDs for more
CC4 receives AC power from the AC Drive PWB. The LVPS generates 24VDC power distributed to
information.
the following:
• Controller (SBC) PWB The bias charge roll HVPS receives 24VDC interlocked power from the Motor Drive PWB.
• Back Plane PWB The BCR HVPS transforms the voltages into high voltage and supplies them to each of the bias
• IIT PWB charge rollers, one for each color (C, M, Y, and K). The BCR HVPS monitors the bias charge roll bias
output and feeds it back to the Motor Drive PWB.

Figure 6 BCR HVPS Figure 7 BTR HVPS
Bias Transfer Roller HVPS PWB Developer Bias HVPS PWB

The BTR HVPS converts 24VDC power into the high voltages required by the bias transfer roller with- The Developer Bias HVPS converts 24VDC power into the high voltages required by the bias transfer
in the xerographic subsystem. roller within the xerographic subsystem.
Note: Refer to the Xerographics Overview and the Image Transfer to IBT and Image Transfer to Pa- Note: Refer to the Xerographics Overview and the Development Y, Development M, Development
per BSDs for more information. C, and Development K BSDs for more information.
The bias transfer roller HVPS receives 24VDC interlocked power from the Motor Drive PWB. The Developer Bias HVPS receives 24VDC interlocked power from the Motor Drive PWB.
The BCR HVPS transforms the voltages into high voltage and supplies them to each of the bias The Developer Bias HVPS transforms the voltages into high voltage and supplies them to each of
charge rollers, one for each color (C, M, Y, and K). The BCR HVPS monitors the magenta and black the Developer Bias rollers, one for each color (C, M, Y, and K). The BCR HVPS monitors the Developer
output voltages and feeds them back to the Motor Drive PWB. Bias HVPS power output and feeds it back to the Motor Drive PWB.

Figure 8 Developer Bias HVPS Figure 9 IH power supply
IH (Induction Heating) Power Supply Machine Interlocks

The IH Power Supply takes power from the IH relay and converts it to the high voltages required for Front Cover Interlock Assembly
fusing. The fuser is in two parts, the fuser and the (IH) coil unit.
The front cover interlock assembly contains 2 switches, one to generate the code that the cover is
Note: Refer to the Fusing section of the PTO for more information. open and to prompt a change of display on the UI, the second switch cuts the 24VDC interlocked
supply. They are operated by the same action of opening the front cover.
The IH power supply is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB which in turn communicates with the
Controller (SBC) PWB. Front Cover Open Switch
Note: Refer to the Fusing Heat (1 of 2), Fusing Heat (2 of 2), and Fusing BSDs for more The front cover open switch is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB.
information.
Front Cover Interlock Switch
The front cover interlock switch is wired in series with the left cover interlock switch. It cuts power to
the 24V interlocked supply.

Figure 11 Left cover interlock switch
Transport Path Drawer Interlock
Figure 10 Front cover switches The transport path drawer interlock is not an interlock in the normal sense. It does not disconnect
power, it is a signal to the IOT that the TTM transport assembly is in the operational position.
Left Cover Interlock Switch
The Interlock is simply a short between two pins on one of the connectors that connect the TTM to
The left cover interlock switch is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB. It is wired in series with the
the IOT. When the connector is connected, the signal path is completed and that indicates to the
front cover interlock switch so it cuts power to the 24V interlocked supply.
IOT that the TTM is present in the machine. Refer to the TTM Paper transport BSD for more
information.
Tray Module Interlocks

The tray module interlock acts when the tray module left door is opened.
The same circuit is used in the 2TM and the TTM.
• 2TM - refer to Figure 12
• TTM - refer to Figure 13

M a c h i n e R u n Co n t r o l
Overview
The Machine Run Control subsystem is made up of a distributed set of control and interface PWBs.
The main functions of run control are to:
• Perform self-testing at power on to verify the communication status between PWBs
• Monitor and control the operation of the base machine and the installed options during all
power states
• Detect, log, and report faults
• Communicate with the user through the user interface
IOT Modes and System Status

Figure 12 Two tray module interlock switch
Plug-in/Off Mode (sub power)
This is not an operating mode. Plug in/off is the condition of the machine when power is connected
but the machine is powered down. When the power button is pressed to shut down (and confirmed)
this is the condition of the machine. This is the lowest power state that the machine can enter. Only
the AC Drive PWB, Low Voltage Power Supply and power management circuitry on the Controller
(SBC) PWB is active. The only method that can be used to power the machine on, in this mode, is to
press the UI power button.
Standby/Ready Mode
This is the normal operating condition of the machine when it is ready for printing. The UI is active
and illuminated in this mode. This is the condition of the machine while a user is programming a
job via the UI or performing any other UI activity. In this mode the system is ready to print with lit-
tle or no delay in hard copy output. The system has full functionality when in this mode.
Figure 13 Tandem tray module interlock switch
Run Mode
Note: Refer to the accessory service documentation for HCF and Finisher Interlocks for more
information. This is the condition of the machine when it is actively printing a job. The machine enters this state
when it executes a print job via the network. In this mode the system is in the process of marking
images and/or collating in an output device.
Sleep States
Note: The user will not be able to tell the difference semi-conscious state and deep sleep state. Vis-
ually the machine appears the same.
Semiconscious/Low Power Mode

The machine enters semi conscious mode after a period of inactivity after the most recent print Touching the Power button on the UI will wake the machine from either Semiconscious/Low Power
job. In semi-conscious mode the UI is inactive and the power button is illuminated. The delay time or Deep Sleep Modes.
is preset but is adjustable by the customer in the range 0 to 30 minutes.
DADF
Semi-conscious mode allows the system to perform the following limited functions:
Inserting a document into the DADF document feeder will activate the Document Set Sensor. The
• Access to the remote control panel via the web UI signal from the Document Set Sensor activates the Sleep Recovery signal which is sent to the Con-
• Wireless printing (if installed) troller (SBC) PWB, and then from the Controller through the Backplane PWB and the Halftone PWB
to the Motor Drive PWB. The Motor Drive PWB completes the sleep recovery process. This will wake
• All non-print related network requests (including HDD access), such as access from the web UI
the machine from either Semiconscious/Low Power or Deep Sleep Modes. For more information re-
Note: If Wake on USB is enabled the system remains in semi conscious mode and does not enter fer to the Machine Power BSD.
deep sleep mode.
Human Motion Sensors
Deep Sleep Mode
Several different types of Human Motion Sensors are located on the front left upper area of the ma-
Recovery from this mode to standby/ready is from either pressing the UI power button or an incom- chine. When the machine is approached from the front the sensors detect the presence of a human
ing print job. The machine does not wake from sleep mode upon insertion of a USB drive. using infrared and heat sensing and send a signal to the Human Motion PWB. The Human Motion
• Only standby power is available, controller network control, power management. PWB sends a signal Controller (SBC) PWB, which in turn sends a signal through the Backplane PWB
and the Halftone PWB to the Motor Drive PWB. The Motor Drive PWB completes the sleep recovery
• The system is able to wake up for network printing.
process. This will wake the machine from either Semiconscious/Low Power or Deep Sleep Modes. For
• The system is able to wake up when a user presses the UI power button. more information refer to the Machine Power BSD and the Human Motion Detection BSDs, Figure
1.
Auto Power Off
Enables the system to switch off after a specified time in deep sleep mode via an adjustable time-
out that is accessed using tools or in the Web UI. The default is ‘disabled’. Once the machine has
switched off it can be switched on via the power switch on the UI. When the machine has powered
down automatically it is in the same state as it would be after first connecting AC power.
Machine Wake Up
Overview
When the machine is in Semiconscious Mode or Deep Sleep Mode, there are several ways that it
can return to Standby/Ready Mode.
USB Drive Insertion
The machine can be set to wake up from semiconscious/low power mode upon insertion of a USB
drive. Figure 1 Human Motion Sensors and PWB
Power On Self-Test
Network Printing
When the machine is powered up it performs a series of self-tests known as Power On Self-Test
Print Jobs sent over the network will wake a machine from either Semiconscious/Low Power or Deep (POST). Refer to OF6Power On Self Test RAP
Sleep Modes.
UI Power Button

Machine Run Control PWBs • Communicates with the High Capacity Feeder via the Back Plane PWB, Halftone PWB and the
The Single Board Controller (SBC) PWB controls the entire system, Figure 2. It communicates with Motor Drive PWB receiving information from the HCF by the reverse route.
the MSOC PWB, Motor Drive PWB, Tray Module PWBs and the IIT PWB to control the operation of
The Controller (SBC) PWB is contained in a separate chassis, along with the Hard Drive, Figure 3.
the machine.
The Motor Drive PWB controls and communicates with the PWBs in the IOT, the HCF, and the
Finisher.
Figure 2 Machine run control components

Controller (SBC) PWB
The primary functions of the Controller (SBC) PWB are as follows: Figure 3 Controller (SBC) PWB
1. Receives digital data from the network. Controller Interface

2. Processes this data based upon the user's requests (made at the user interface or a remote PC/ The functions of the connectors along the external edge of the Controller (SBC) PWB are shown in
server). Figure 4.
3. Sends the processed image data to the LPH, via the Back Plane PWB and the Halftone PWB to
be written to the LED Print Head (LPH) for each of the four colors.
4. Sends printing, paper supply, and finishing requests to the Motor Drive PWB.
The Controller (SBC) PWB performs the following functions:
• Sends data to the Motor Drive PWB via the Back Plane PWB and the Halftone PWB. The motor
drive PWB in turns sends signals back to the Controller (SBC) PWB via the halftone PWB, back
plane PWB.
• Communicates with the UI.
• Communicates with the finisher via the Back Plane PWB, Halftone PWB and the Motor Drive
PWB receiving information from the finisher by the reverse route.

Figure 4 Controller interface
Back Plane PWB

The back plane PWB provides a communication link between the Controller (SBC) PWB and the
Halftone PWB. The route through the back plane PWB and the Halftone PWB carries all the commu-
nications between the controller PWB and the Motor Drive PWB. Refer to Figure 5.
Figure 6 Halftone PWB
MSOC PWB
The MSOC PWB is a master board to the Motor Drive PWB. The Controller (SBC) PWB communi-
cates through the Backplane PWB to the MSOC PWB.
The MSOC PWB communicates through the Backplane PWB with the Motor Drive PWB.
Figure 5 Back Plane PWB
The MSOC sets the clock timing, synchronizes the operation of the IOT, and controls communica-
Halftone PWB tion within the IOT.
The halftone PWB, takes the image data from the Controller (SBC) PWB, via the Back Plane PWB,
and sends it to the LED Print Head (LPH) for each of the 4 colors. The halftone PWB receives 24VDC The MSOC PWB is located on the front side of the Video Chassis. That is, the MSOC PWB is on the
and 5VDC from the Motor Drive PWB. The 24VDC is converted to 12VDC. The 5VDC is converted to opposite side of the Video chassis from the Halftone PWB, which is on the rear side of the video
3.3VDC. chassis, Figure 7.
The halftone PWB, along with the Back Plane PWB also provides the communication route from the
Controller (SBC) PWB to the Motor Drive PWB. Refer to Figure 6.

– Acts as a path receiving data from the Controller (SBC) PWB (via the back plane PWB and
the halftone PWB) and communicates with the finisher
– Acts as a path receiving data from the Controller (SBC) PWB (via the back plane PWB and
the halftone PWB) and communicates with the High Capacity Feeder
• Image Quality and Internal Environment:
– Monitors the marks on belt (MOB) sensors and the automatic density control (ADC) sensor
– Monitors the internal temperature and humidity sensors
• Paper Feed:
– Monitors the paper size sensors for trays 1, 2, 3, 4 and the bypass tray (MSI)
– Monitors the paper level sensors and no paper sensors for trays 1, 2, 3 and 4
– Monitors the pre-feed sensors and for trays 1, 2, 3 and 4
– Controls the feed/lift motor for trays 1, 2, 3 and 4
– Monitors the bypass tray (MSI) nudger position sensor and no paper sensor
– Controls the bypass tray feed lift motor
– Controls the bypass tray takeaway motor and monitors the feed out sensor for the bypass
tray
– Controls the 2TM takeaway motor and monitors the feed out sensor 3 within the 2TM
Figure 7 MSOC PWB – Controls the TTM takeaway motor and monitors the feed out sensor 3 and 4 within the TTM
Motor Drive PWB – Monitors the presence of the TTM

The Motor Drive PWB controls the print engine, providing power and drive signals to most of the – Controls the registration motor and monitors the registrations sensor
motors, sensors, clutches and solenoids. Refer to Figure 8. It performs the following functions:
– Supplies 24VDC to the registration heater
• Power:
• Imaging:
– Receives 5VDC and 24VDC from the Low Voltage Power Supply
– Controls the drum/development and IBT drive motor (K)
– Passes on sleep recovery signal to Low Voltage Power Supply
– Controls the drum/development motor (C, M, and Y)
– Monitors the interlocks on the left cover, front cover, front cover open switch, and the tray
– Monitors the drum CRUMs for K, C, M, and Y
module interlock switch
– Monitors the toner cartridge CRUM for K, C, M, and Y
– Monitors the continuity of fuses and generates a fault code on failure
– Controls and monitors the toner cartridge cooling and exhaust fans
– Supplies 24VDC to the LVPS fan and monitors for failure
– Controls the toner dispense motors for K, C, M, and Y
– Supplies 24VDC and 5VDC power to the halftone PWB
– Supplies 24VDC interlocked power to the BCR HVPS for K, C, M, and Y and monitors the
• Communications:
outputs
– Monitors communication from the Controller (SBC) PWB to the motor drive PWB and logs
– Monitors the automatic toner control (ATC) sensor for K, C, M, and Y
fault codes
– Supplies 24VDC to the developer bias HVPS for K, C, M, and Y

– Monitors the BTR contact/retract sensor and controls the BTR contact/retract clutch
– Supplies 24VDC interlocked power to the BTR HVPS for 1st bias transfer (K, C, M, and Y) and
monitors the output to M and K
– Supplies 24VDC interlocked power to the BTR HVPS for the 2nd bias transfer and monitors
the output
– Monitors the paper on belt (POB) jam sensor
– Controls the agitator motor (waste toner) and monitors the (waste) toner bottle position
sensor and the (waste) toner bottle full sensor
– Controls the marking fans
• Fusing:
– Controls the fusing unit drive motor and monitors the fusing belt speed sensor
– Controls the pressure roll latch motor and monitors the pressure roll latch sensor
– Controls the induction heater power supply and monitors the output. Data is fed back to the
Controller (SBC) PWB via the halftone PWB and the Back Plane PWB
– Monitors the fuser thermistors and the induction heat coil unit thermostat. It also controls
the induction heat power supply intake fan Figure 8 Motor drive PWB
– Monitors the fusing unit exit sensor, fusing unit exhaust fan and the NOHAD temperature Machine Specific Information Storage
and humidity sensor There are three locations in the machine where machine and account specific information is stored.
– Monitors the fusing unit EEPROM to verify that the fuser is installed These are:
• Paper Transport: • Controller (SBC) PWB – On the SSD and in a backup EEPROM
– Controls the exit 1 offset catch tray motor and the exit 1 gate solenoid. It also monitors the • Halftone PWB – in an EEPROM
exit 1 offset catch tray home position sensor and the exit 1 offset catch tray full stack • IIT PWB – in an EEPROM
sensor
The following information is synced automatically between the 3 locations:
– Controls the duplex motor
• Machine serial number
– Controls the exit 2 offset catch tray motor, the exit 2 drive motor and monitors the exit 2
• Machine speed
offset catch tray home position sensor
• Toner contract (metered/sold/pagepack/etc.)
– Monitors the exit 2 sensor and the exit 2 offset catch tray home position sensor
– Controls the Face Up Gate Solenoid Care must be taken when replacing any of these PWBs to ensure that only one is changed at a time,
then the system must be rebooted to re-sync the information. After re-syncing, if necessary, another
– Monitors the Face Up Tray Switch
PWB can be changed and then the machine rebooted again to re-sync again. The EDOC contains
– Monitors the Face Up Exit Sensor detailed instructions and cautions for each of these PWBs to prevent data loss during repairs.

Ma in Dr i ves
Main Drives
The main drives are located to the rear of the machine behind the Controller (SBC) PWB and the
Halftone PWB.
Main Drive Assembly
Note: The Xerox® AltaLink C8100 Multi-Function Printers use the same main drive assembly. The
print speed difference is generated by the software.
The main drive assembly drives the xerographic drums and associated components including the
developers and the IBT belt.
The main drive assembly consists of:
• The drum motor which is controlled by the Motor Drive PWB. It drives the following:
– Xerographic drum for colors Y, M and C
– Developer for Y, M and C
• The drum/developer IBT motor is controlled by the Motor Drive PWB. It drives the following:
– Xerographic drum for K
– Developer for K
– IBT belt
Figure 1 Main drive assembly
• The drum drive bracket assembly.
• The drum drive housing assembly.
Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
Note: Refer to the K Drum/Developer and IBT Drive Control BSD and the YMC Drum and Developer
Drive Control BSD for more information.
Figure 2 Main drives
Fuser Drive Assembly
The fuser drive assembly is controlled by the Motor Drive PWB. It drives the fuser. The motor drive
PWB monitors the belt speed sensor within the fuser unit.

The fuser drive assembly consists of: NOHAD

• The fuser unit drive motor NOHAD
• The fuser drive bracket assembly The Xerox® AltaLink C8100 Multi-Function Printers employ 8 main cooling fans.
• The BTR contact/retract clutch assembly Note: Refer also to Temperature and Humidity Detection for more information.
Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2. • Low Voltage Power Supply fan receives 24VDC from the Motor Drive PWB. The motor drive PWB
logs a fault code if a fan failure is detected, Figure 1.
Note: Refer to the Fusing Unit Drive BSD for more information.
• IHPS intake duct assembly runs at 2 speeds, The fan receives power from the Motor Drive PWB.
At low speed the fan receives 12VDC, at high speed it receives 24VDC. The motor drive PWB
• Front/right marking fan receives 24VDC from the Motor Drive PWB. The motor drive PWB logs a
fault code if a fan failure is detected, Figure 3.
• Front left marking fan runs at 2 speeds. The fan receives power from the Motor Drive PWB. At
low speed the fan receives 12VDC, at high speed it receives 24VDC. The motor drive PWB logs a
fault code if a fan failure is detected, Figure 3.
• Fuser unit exhaust fan Figure 4.
• Marking fan duct assembly runs at 2 speeds. The fan receives power from the Motor Drive PWB.
At low speed the fan receives 12VDC, at high speed it receives 24VDC. The motor drive PWB
• Toner cartridge cooling fan assembly receives 24VDC from the Motor Drive PWB. The motor
drive PWB logs a fault code if a fan failure is detected, Figure 5.
• Toner cartridge exhaust fan assembly receives 24VDC from the Motor Drive PWB. The motor
drive PWB logs a fault code if a fan failure is detected, Figure 5.
Note: Refer to the Marking Air Flow BSD and the Toner Cartridge Cooling BSD for
more information.
• There is also a fan on the SBC PWB.
Note: Refer to the SBC (Controller) BSD for more information.

NOHAD Service Manual
Figure 3 Front marking fans
Figure 1 LVPS fan assembly
Figure 4 Fuser fan and ducts
Figure 2 IHPS intake duct assembly
Figure 5 Toner cartridge cooling fan and exhaust fan

Temperature and Humidity Detection
Temperature and humidity measurement is done by the following two sensors:
• NOHAD Temperature/Humidity (No.1, External) Sensor
• Temperature/Humidity (No.2, Internal) Sensor

Service Manual NOHAD
NOHAD Temperature/Humidity (No.1, External) Sensor Temperature/Humidity (No.2, Internal) Sensor
The NOHAD temperature & humidity sensor is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB. The sensor de- A second temperature and humidity sensor is located below the IBT belt assembly. This sensor
tects changes in external temperature and humidity. The Motor Drive PWB logs a fault code if a val- measures the temperate and humidity inside the machine. Values from the internal temperature
ue is detected outside of the optimum for the machine. and humidity sensor are used for many subsystems including control of fans and heaters, fuser tem-
perature control and process control.
Note: The fault code is categorized as a hidden value and does not appear on the UI. dC120 will
show the fault code in the fault code listing. Refer to Figure 7 and the Temperature and Humidity Sensing BSDs.
Values from the sensor are used as part of the ON/OFF control logic for the following fans:
Note: The external sensor only contributes to ON/OFF signals for these fans, fan speed is controlled
by the Temperature/Humidity (No.2, Internal) Sensor.
• Fusing unit exhaust fan
• Marking fan
• Front/right marking fan (P1)
• Front/left marking fan (P2)
• Toner cartridge cooling fan assembly
• Toner cartridge exhaust fan
• LVPS fan
Figure 7 Temperature and humidity sensor (internal)
• IHPS intake duct assembly
The external sensor, in conjunction with values from the Temperature/Humidity (No.2, Internal)
Sensor, also contributes to ON/OFF control logic for the registration heater assembly.
Refer to Figure 6 and BSD 10.5 Fusing.
Figure 6 Temperature and humidity sensor (external)

U s e r I n t e r fa c e ( U I ) DA D F
Overview DADF Document Scanning and Feeding
The main functions of the User Interface (UI) are to enable users to program jobs for the machine DADF Overview
and to display machine status. The information is entered by selecting buttons on the control panel
The AltaLink C8130/35/45/55/70 printers use Single Pass DADFs. Single Pass DADFs can scan both
and icons on the LCD touch screen.
sides of a document during one pass of the document through the DADF.
The Controller (SBC) PWB directly controls the UI display.
Two different DADFs are used. The AltaLink C8170 uses the DADF 250. The C8130/8135 and
The user interface (UI) displays the state of the printer via the LCD touch screen. The UI enables op- C8145/55 printers use a DADF 130. The same scanning technology is used in both DADFs. The dif-
eration of the machine by means of the touch screen and buttons, Figure 1. The UI speaker gener- ferences are mainly in the document capacity and the number of pages per minute (ppm) that can
ates synchronized operational sounds for the UI. be scanned. Internally, the DADF document drives are different to accommodate the differences in
document scanning speed.
The user interface (UI) assembly consists of the following components:
• LCD tablet-like display Table 1 lists the scan rates in ipm (images/minute) for the two DADF models.
• Power button Note: The reason that the Duplex scanning speed is 2 times the simplex speed is because both
sides of the document are scanned at the same time.
• Home button
Table 1 DADF Document Scanning and Feeding
• Card reader assembly
Simplex scan rate in ipm Duplex scan rate in ipm
• Customer USB port Machine Model (DADF model) (images/minute) (images/minute)
AltaLink C8170 (DADF 250) Up to 80 ipm Up to 160 ipm
AltaLink C8135/45 & C8145/55 Up to 135 ipm Up to 270 ipm

(DADF 130)
DADF – Scanning Technology Overview
The following applies to both DADFs. During DADF operation, the scanner carriage is stationary. As
documents pass over the scanner located under the platen glass, the LED lamp illuminates side-1 of
the document and the image is reflected to the image capture CCD located in the scanner.
After passing over the scan zone for side-1, the document is fed up into DADF where the Contact
Image Sensor (CIS) is located. The document passes under the CIS and side-2 is scanned. The docu-
Figure 1 User Interface
ment is then fed to the output tray of the DADF.
Sleep Recovery
DADF Control
When the UI power button is activated, a 3.3V sleep recovery signal is sent via a path through the
Back Plane PWB, the Controller (SBC) PWB (waking the controller PWB in the process), the Halftone Both the 250 and 130 DADFs contain the same two PWBs:
PWB and the Motor Drive PWB. When the sleep recovery signal reaches the Low Voltage Power Sup-
• DCDC PWB passes power and control signals from the Controller (SBC) PWB to the DADF CIS.
ply, the 5VDC power is restored. The restoration of 5V power, in turn, restores the 24V DC power.
Refer to Figure 1 and the User Interface BSD. • DCDC PWB passes the scan data from the DADF CIS (side 2 scan) to the Controller (SBC) PWB
• DADF PWB controls the power and operation of the DADF

Document Size Sensing
Document Width
Readings from the DADF Auto Paper Select (APS) sensors detect the paper width. Refer to Figure 1
and Figure 2.
Figure 3 DADF 250 DADF APS Sensors
Figure 1 DADF 250 Tray APS Sensors
Figure 4 DADF 130 DADF APS Sensors

DADF Interlock and Set Sensors
The Cover Interlock Sensor detects when the Interlock Switch is closed and communicates with the
DADF PWB. The DADF Document Set Sensor detects the document sets and causes the Document
Set LED to be lit. Refer to Figure 5 and Figure 6.
Figure 2 DADF 130 Tray APS Sensors
Document Length
DADF APS Sensors 1, 2, and 3 detect the length of the document. Prior to entering Pre-Registration,
control logic verifies the document size. DADF Pre Regi Motor actuates the DADF Takeaway Clutch
and Takeaway Roll. Refer to Figure 3 and Figure 4.

Figure 5 DADF 250 Interlock and Document Set Sensors Figure 7 DADF 250 Feed In/Out Sensors and Level Sensors
Figure 6 DADF Interlock and Document Set Sensors Figure 8 DADF130 Feed In/Out Sensors
Document Feeding and Scanning Pre-Registration and Registration
Document Stacking and Feeding The Takeaway Roll increases the document speed. The Skew Detect Sensor detects any document
skew which is corrected during image processing. The DADF Pre Regi Sensor detects the document
The DADF Nudger Solenoid actuates the Nudger Roll. Documents lift the Nudger Roll and the actua-
as it moves through the Pre Regi Roll. DADF Regi Motor drives the Regi Roll and transports the docu-
tor blocks the Document Bottom Sensor. The DADF Feed Motor feeds each document. Feed In and
ment to the scan position. Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 10.
Feed Out Sensors detect the movement of each document toward the Takeaway Roll. Refer to Fig-
ure 7 and Figure 8.

Figure 9 DADF250 Registration and Skew Sensors Figure 11 DADF250 Side 1 Scan
Figure 10 DADF130 Registration Figure 12 DADF130 Side 1 Scan

Document Scan Side 1 Figure 13 shows side 1 of the document being illuminated by the LED lamp in the scanner.
DADF Regi Sensors detect the document coming into the Platen scan area. In the DADF 250, the
Platen Motor drives the Platen Rolls to move the document through the scan zone. The Full Rate
Carriage moves to the CVT window. The document is scanned into the CCD through a series of mir-
rors. The DADF Out Sensor detects the lead edge. Refer to Figure 11 and Figure 12.

Figure 13 Side one illumination (typical) Figure 15 DADF130 Side 2 Scan and Document Exit
Document Scan Side 2 and Document Exit Figure 16 shows both side 1 and side 2 of the document being scanned. Side 2 is illuminated by the
Immediately after the document passes the scan position, the CIS scans side 2. The DADF Exit Sen- CIS the DADF.
sor detects the document. The Exit Roll moves the document to the Exit Tray. Refer to Figure 14
and Figure 15.
Figure 16 Side 1 and side 2 scan (typical)
Figure 17 shows the document after it has passed the scan zone in the scanner being illuminated
Figure 14 DADF250 Side 2 Scan and Document Exit by the CIS alone and passing out into the exit tray.

Sensor Number Sensor Name
1 DADF Tray APS Sensor 1
5 DADF Bottom Sensor
6 DADF Document Set Sensor
7 DADF Level Sensor

Figure 17 Document exit (typical)
8 DADF Feed In Sensor 1
Paper Path Overview
9 DADF Feed In Sensor 2
Figure 18 shows the DADF 250 drive rolls and motors, as well as the sensors. Refer to Table 2 for the
DADF 250 sensor names. 10 DADF Feed Out Sensor
11 DADF APS Sensor 1
13 Skew Detect Sensor
15 DADF Pre-Registration Sensor
16 DADF Registration Sensor
17 DADF Lead Registration Sensor
18 DADF Out Sensor
19 DADF Exit Sensor
Figure 19 shows the DADF 130 drive rolls and motors, as well as the sensors. Refer to Table 3 for the
Figure 18 DADF 250 Paper Path Drives and Sensors DADF 130 sensor names.
Table 2 DADF 250 Sensors

IL-1 Front Cover Interlock SW
IL-2 L/H Cover Interlock SW

14 DADF Registration Sensor
15 DADF Out Sensor
16 DADF Exit Sensor
Figure 19 DADF 130 Paper Path Drives and Sensors
Table 3 DADF 130 Sensors

1 Doc. Tray Size Sensor 2
2 Doc. Tray Size Sensor 1
6 DADF Document Set Sensor
7 DADF Feed In Sensor
8 DADF Feed Out Sensor
9 DADF Interlock Switch
13 DADF Pre-Registration Sensor

IIT
IIT Scanner Overview
The Image Input Terminal (IIT) detects the presence and size of a document placed on the platen
glass, illuminates and scans an image of the document, then converts the image to digital data
which is transmitted to the Controller though the IIT PWB.
Although different IIT scanners are used in the AltaLink C8170 from the AltaLink C8130/8135 and
C8145/55, both scanners operate the same way and contain the same types of components.
Unlike document scanning done using the DADF, the IIT scanners take the image from only one
side of a document that is placed on the platen glass. In the case of the IIT scanners, the document
remains stationary and the scanner carriage moves under the document.
The main components of the IIT scanner are:

Figure 1 Platen Angle Sensor and Platen Close Sensor (Mid and Low)
• the LED Lamp
• the scanner carriages which include a full rate carriage and a half rate carriage
• a set of mirrors
• a lens and a light sensitive CCD PWB
• the IIT PWB
During a scan, the LED Lamp, mounted on the full rate carriage, moves across the document and il-
luminates it. As the lamp moves, the light is reflected from the document across three mirrors
mounted on the full rate and half rate carriages. The mirrors reflect the image data to the lens.
The image data is transmitted through the lens to the CCD PWB. The CCD PWB converts the analog
image data to digital information. The CCD PWB sends the digital data to the Controller (SBC) PWB
via the IIT PWB.
Figure 2 Platen Angle Sensor (High), APS Sensors and Platen Interlock
In the Controller (SBC) PWB, the digital data is processed to correct for variations in color contrast,
color balance, character formation, and other image processes needed to optimize image quality.
Platen Sensors
The Platen Angle Sensor monitors the angle at which the DADF is opened to determine the correct
time to scan for the size of the document. The Platen Interlock Switch and the Platen Close Sensor
monitor the opening and closing of the DADF.
The Automatic Paper Select (APS) Sensors 1 and 2 detect the document length and width. Refer to
Figure 1, Figure 2, and Figure 3.

IIT Service Manual
Figure 3 Platen Angle Sensor (Mid/Low), APS Sensors and Platen Interlock
Full and Half Rate Carriage

For both the High and Mid/Low scanners, the Carriage Motor drives the Full and Half Rate Carriages
through pulleys and cables to scan the image. The IIT Registration Sensor detects the position of
the Full Rate Carriage as it begins the scanning process.
The lower frame at the rear of the Full Rate Carriage actuates the sensor. The Half Rate Carriage is
linked to the Full Rate Carriage and moves half the distance.
The Carriage Motor drives the carriages, from left-to-right, through pulleys and cables to scan the
image on the platen glass.
Image data reflected by the Carriage LED Lamp transmits the light to the 2 mirrors on the Half
Rate and 1 mirror on the Full Rate Carriages. The mirrors reflect the light through the lens to the
Figure 5 Mirrors
CCD. Refer to Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6.
Figure 6 Carriages, LED Lamp, Lens and CCD

Figure 4 Carriage Motor and IIT Registration Sensor
Size Detection through Fast and Slow Scan
APS Sensors 1 and 2 detect the document length and width during the scanning process.
APS Sensor 1 detects the Slow Scan, vertical lead edge.
APS Sensor 2 detects the Fast Scan, horizontal lead edge. Refer to Figure 7.

Service Manual IIT
During the scanning process, the charge from the CCD elements is measured and recorded on the
CCD. Scanning takes place in a single direction where each line of information is captured, stored,
and amplified before stepping to the next.
The CCD processes each color as separate analog signals.
The same CCD is used for the color and mono printers. When the CCD captures black-and-white im-
ages, it uses all three color channels to create black. This means that the mono printers can capture
color images (and store them) but the image can only print in black-and-white.
The High printers have an additional black channel which increases the processing speed of black-
and-white images, uses less memory, gives black-and-white images a higher definition.
The High printers have a CCD Fan that prevents overheating of the Lens and CCD Assembly. Refer
to Figure 9.
Figure 7 Size Detection
Charged Coupled Device (CCD)

The scanner uses a linear CCD that contains millions of capacitive elements that interact with light
to create voltages. The brighter the light or the longer the exposure time, the more charge is regis-
tered. The CCD scans Red Blue and Green in separate channels. Refer to Figure 8.
Figure 9 Mid, Low and High CCDs

Scanner Control and Video Cables
The CCD Controller Video Flat Cable is a flat ribbon cable that connects the Scanner CCD PWB to
the Controller (SBC) PWB. This is for the video (image) data transfer.
The RGB data from the CCD is sent to the Controller (SBC) PWB where the digital data is processed
to correct for variations in color contrast, color balance, character formation, and other image ma-
nipulation. The Controller (SBC) PWB generates CMYK separations for each color.
The IIT Controller I/O Flat Cable is a flat ribbon cable that connects the Scanner CCD PWB to the
IIT PWB, and then to the Controller (SBC) PWB. This is a communication cable that communicates
Figure 8 Red, Green, Blue CCD Channels commands for scanner control and NVM data transfer. Refer to Figure 10.

IIT Service Manual
Figure 10 IIT Scanner Control and Video Cable Figure 12 IIT Transport PWB (Mid/Low)
IIT Transport PWB

The IIT PWB has three different functions:
• It is one of 3 places on the MFP that has a non-removal EEPROM that contains proprietary infor-
mation, such as machine speed, toner contract and serial number.
• Connects to and provides power to the DADF.
• Connects to the Scanner CCD PWB through the IIT Controller I/O Flat Cable.
Figure 11 IIT Transport PWB (High)

Service Manual IIT
Image Output Media Supply

Image Output Paper Supply
Note: A more detailed description of the LED Print Head (LPH) technology is provided in the Xero- Paper tray characteristics
graphics section of this PTO. • Tray 1 - up to 520 sheets (80gsm/54lbs) A4/letter LEF or SEF or A3/11 x 17in SEF
As described in the Image Input section, imaging data is received by the Controller (SBC) PWB. This • Tray 2 - up to 520 sheets (80gsm/54lbs) A4/letter LEF or SEF or SRA3 SEF, 12x18 inch SEF
is true no matter what the source of the image data. Possible sources are:
• Tray 3 2TM - up to 520 sheets (80gsm/54lbs) A4/letter LEF or SEF or SRA3 SEF, 12x18 inch SEF
• Scans using the DADF in conjunction with the IIT Scanner
• Tray 4 2TM - up to 520 sheets (80gsm/54lbs) A4/letter LEF or SEF or SRA3 SEF, 12x18 inch SEF
• Scans using the IIT Scanner alone
• Tray 3 TTM - up to 980 sheets (80gsm/54lbs) A4/letter LEF or 8.5x11in LEF
• Printable files from the network
• Tray 4 TTM - up to 1280 sheets (80gsm/54lbs) A4/letter LEF or 8.5x11in LEF
• Fax files
• HCF - up to 3000 sheets A4/letter LEF or 8.5x11in LEF (80gsm/54lbs)
• Files submitted via USB by the customer
• Bypass tray - up to 100 sheets custom sizes (80gsm/54lbs)
The Controller uses the input to generate CMYK separations. The CMYK data is routed as video data • Envelope tray (replaces tray 1) - up to 50 envelopes
from the Controller, through the Backplane to the Halftone PWB.
• Bypass tray - Banner media 12.6x52in./320x1321mm
The Halftone PWB processes the data and sends it directly to the four LPH’s (LED Print Heads), Con-
Paper Supply Configurations
trol Signals from the Controller PWB accompany the video data to control the operation of the four
The Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 paper supply is available in the following configurations:
LPH’s. Refer to Figure 1.
• C8100 (all models) with built in paper tray 1 and 2 and tandem tray module (TTM), Figure 1.
• C8130/8135 only with paper tray 1 and 2 and 2 tray module (2TM), Figure 1.
• An optional envelope tray can be added in the position of tray 1.
• An optional 3000 sheet high capacity feeder (HCF) can also be added to a stacked machine.
This would normally be used with a finisher.
• All Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 machine configurations feature a bypass tray (Tray 5).
Figure 1 LED Print Head and Drum

IIT Service Manual
Figure 1 Paper Supply Configuration (2TM and TTM)
Trays 1 and 2
Paper Tray 1 and Tray 2
Paper Tray 1 and Tray 2 are very similar, Figure 2. The capacity of Tray 1 and Tray 2 is 520 sheets
of 20lb (75gsm) paper. They can accommodate a wide variety of sizes and weights. Tray 1 accom-
modates larger sized sheets, Table 1.
Note: Tray 2 is located directly under Tray 1.
Note: Custom sizes can be entered in the UI for Tray 1 and Tray 2.
Table 1 Paper Specifications
Maximum Pa- Minimum Paper Maximum Pa- Capacity (20#-

Tray per Size Size per Weight 75gsm)
Figure 3 Paper tray sensors location

1 11 x 17 (A3) 5.5 x 8.5 (A5) 256gsm 520
The Paper Size Sensors also determines tray presence in the machine. Any actuation of the Paper
2 12 x 18 (SRA3) 5.5 x 8.5 (A5) 256gsm 520
Size Sensor signals tray presence.
The Motor Drive PWB, detects the paper size from the analog and digital signals generated by the
Paper Size Sensors. Different combinations of S/W1 to S/W4 changes the total internal resistance
of the Paper Size Sensor circuit, Figure 4.
This changes the corresponding output Analog voltage input to the Motor Drive PWB. The digital
signal from S/W5 is sent to the Motor Drive PWB as a high or low signal. Adding a digital signal in
this manner has the effect of doubling the number of combinations that can be used for detecting
paper sizes. Refer to Figure 4
Figure 2 Tray 1 and tray 2 location

Paper Size Sensing for Tray 1 and Tray 2
Paper Tray 1 and Tray 2 can be adjusted for the various paper sizes by positioning the paper guides
in the trays, Figure 3. As the paper guides are moved, a corresponding actuator tab on the back of
the tray is moved to actuate a combination of Paper Size Sensors.
Actuating different combinations of the Paper Size Sensors (or not actuating) produces different
combinations of analog and digital signals, which informs control logic the size paper to display.
After the paper tray is adjusted and the tray is pushed back into the machine, the paper size in the
Figure 4 Paper size sensing signaling
tray is displayed on the User Interface screen.
Paper sizes are checked and information is sent to the Halftone PWB, each time the machine is
switched ON, Figure 5.

Service Manual IIT
Figure 6 Initiating paper feed
2. When the motor rotates CW, drive is transferred to the Nudger Roll and Feed Roll to feed paper
to the Vertical Transport, Figure 7:
a. As paper continues to feed, the stack diminishes, eventually, the actuator on the Nudger Roll
shaft drops below the Level Sensor.
Figure 5 Halftone PWB and Motor Drive PWB locations
b. Control logic stops paper feed and reverses the Feed/Lift Up Motor to raise the Paper Tray,
Tray Lift and Stack Height Sensing for Tray 1 and Tray 2
causing the actuator to block the Level Sensor again, signaling the control logic to resume
At power ON, control logic switches ON the Feed/Lift Up Motor to raise the tray to the feed position.
feeding paper.
The Feed/Lift Up Motor serves two functions, Figure 6:
1. When the motor rotates CCW, drive is transferred to a set of gears that causes the Tray Lift
Shaft located under the tray to lift up the paper tray.
a. The motor switches OFF when an actuator on the Nudger Roll shaft blocks the Stack Height
Sensor.
The tray is now in the feed position.
Figure 7 Resume paper feeding

Feedhead Components
The feedheads in trays 1 and 2 and trays 3 and 4 (in both the 2TM and the TTM) are similar. Tray 1
feedhead is shown as a typical example, Figure 8.

IIT Service Manual
The tray level sensor, no paper sensor and pre feed sensor are all integral to the feeder assembly. Tray 3 and 4
The pre feed sensor is used to detect paper mis feeds and paper jams. Tray 3 and 4 (TTM)
Paper Trays 3 and 4 serve as high capacity media trays and can only be loaded with 8.5 X 11 (A4)
or 7.25x10.5. Paper capacity for Trays 3 and 4 is 980/1280 sheets of 20lb (75gsm) paper, Figure 10.
Refer to the table for a detailed listing of weights and sizes, Table 2.
Table 2 Tray 3 Paper Specifications

3 8.5 x 11 (A4) 7.5 x 10.25 (B5) 256gsm 980/1280
Figure 8 Feedhead Components

No Paper Detection
When the last sheet is fed from the tray, the No Paper Sensor actuator drops into an opening in the
Paper Tray Elevator and unblocks the No Paper Sensor. This signals the control logic that the tray is
empty and to display a Tray Empty message on the UI screen, Figure 9.
Note: The stack height and no paper detection operations are the same for Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 3,
and Tray 4.
Figure 10 Paper tray 3 and 4 location

Paper Size Sensing for Trays 3 and 4 (TTM)
The TTM paper size sensors contain two switches mounted on the rear of the bay into which the
tray is installed. Movement of the paper guides moves an actuator assembly on the rear of the pa-
per tray
The actuator assembly consists of a black housing with two openings facing the switches. A sheet
of transparent film, mounted inside the housing, is moved by the paper guides. Holes in the film
align with the holes in the housing to either open or close the opening dependent on the position
of the paper guides. As the paper tray closes the combination of open or closed openings actuate
the switches.
The combination of the on and off states of the switches changes the output voltage which is
sensed by the Motor Drive PWB, Figure 11.
Figure 9 Tray empty sensing

Service Manual IIT
Tray 3 and 4 No Paper Detection (TTM)
When the last sheet is fed from the tray, the Tray 3 (or Tray 4) No Paper Sensor actuator drops into
an opening in the Paper Tray Elevator and unblocks the No Paper Sensor. This signals the control
logic that the tray is empty and to display a Tray Empty message on the UI screen, Figure 13.
Figure 11 TTM paper size sensing

Tray 3 and 4 Tray Lift (TTM)
Lifting the paper stack is accomplished through a cable and pulley combination.
When the tray is loaded and pushed into the machine, actuating any paper size sensor, signals con-
Figure 13 No paper detection
trol logic to turn on the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor CW. The motor provides drive to the cable and pulley
system to raise the tray. When the paper stack actuates the Tray 3 Level Sensor the motor stops. Tray 3 and Tray 4 (2TM)
The stack is now in the feed position, Figure 12. Tray 3 and tray 4 for the 2TM are essentially the same in functionality as trays 1 and 2. Refer to the
section Paper Tray 1 and Tray 2 for more information. Refer to the table for a detailed listing of
weights and sizes, Table 3.
Table 3 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Specifications

3 SAR3/12 x 18 5.5 x 8.5/A5 256gsm 520
4 SAR3/12 x 18 5.5 x 8.5/A5 256gsm 520
Tray 5 / Bypass
Tray 5 (Bypass Tray)
Tray 5 is located on the left side of the machine and enables feeding of special paper stock and en-
velopes as well as standard paper stock and sizes. Paper capacity for Tray 5 is 100 sheets of 20lb
Figure 12 Tray lift components location (75gsm) paper, Figure 14.
Tray 3 and 4 Stack Hight Sensor (TTM)
Note: Custom sizes can be entered for Tray 5.
Maintaining the stack height is done in the same way for tray 1, tray 2, tray 3, and tray 4.
Refer to the table for a detailed listing of weights and sizes, Table 4.
Note: For more details see Tray 1 and Tray 2.

IIT Service Manual
Table 4 Tray 5 Specifications Tray 5 / Bypass Paper Size Sensor

The bypass tray has an analogue paper size sensor. The sensor is actuated by a link. The link is driv-
Tray per Size per Weight 75gsm) en by a gear actuated by the paper width guides. The Motor Drive PWB monitors the position of
Size
the paper size sensor and references a list of paper sizes stored in NVM.
5 52 x 19 3.5 x 5.5 280gsm 100
Tray 5 / Bypass Tray Nudger Position Sensor
The bypass tray has a bypass tray nudger position sensor. The sensor is actuated when the bypass
tray nudger roll is lifted by the paper stack. The Motor Drive PWB monitors the nudger position sen-
sor, a Low signal indicates the nudger roll has been lifted by paper.
Tray 5 / Bypass Tray paper Feed

When paper is loaded into the bypass tray the Motor Drive PWB detects a High signal (3.3VDC)
from the bypass tray no paper sensor and the control logic activates the feed/lift motor to run. The
motor elevates the tray (via a gear train and lift shaft) and paper stack acting on a link attached to
the base of the tray. When the paper stack actuates the bypass tray nudger position sensor the con-
trol logic deactivates the feed/lift motor. When paper is requested from the bypass tray the feed/lift
motor operates in the feed direction. If feeding the paper causes the bypass tray nudger position
sensor to go High (3.3VDC) the control logic runs the feed/lift motor again in the lift direction until
the stack is detected once more.
Figure 14 Tray 5 / Bypass tray location
High Capacity Feeder
Tray 5 / Bypass No Paper Sensor
The HCF for Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 is the new 3K HCF.
The bypass tray has a no paper sensor actuated by a flag when paper is inserted. The Motor Drive
PWB continually monitors the no paper sensor, a High signal (3.3VDC) indicates no paper. When Note: The High-Capacity Feeding Option is described in a separate 3K HCF service manual.
the signal goes Low the control logic determines that paper has been inserted, Figure 15.
Figure 15 Tray 5 size sensor location

Service Manual IIT
Pa p e r Tra n s p o r t
Paper Transport Overview
The purpose of the paper transport system is to take a sheet of media from any of the various pa-
per trays and then deliver that media un-skewed to the point of xerographic transfer.
Takeaway Rolls and Drives

Each individual paper tray with the exception of tray 3 and 4 of the TTM has an associated take-
away roll that takes over transportation of media fed via the paper feeder and then drives that me-
dia along the paper path towards the registration nip rolls. The TTM tray 4 has a transport
assembly that transports the paper across the top of tray 3 to a combined takeaway roll for the
TTM unit.
Tray 1 and Tray 2. Refer to Figure 1 or Figure 2.

Figure 2 Paper path from TTM configuration
• Tray 1 takeaway roll is driven by takeaway motor 1
Two tray module (2TM):
• Takeaway roll 2 is driven by takeaway motor 2
• 2TM upper takeaway roll, the upper takeaway roll serves tray 3 and tray 4. Driven by 2TM take-
away motor assembly.
• 2TM lower takeaway roll, the lower takeaway roll serves tray 4 only. Driven by 2TM takeaway
motor assembly.
Tandem tray module (TTM). Refer to Figure 2.
• TTM takeaway roll serves tray 3 and 4. Driven by TTM takeaway motor assembly.
• TTM tray 4 transport assembly transports the paper from tray 4 across the top of tray 3 to the
TTM takeaway roll.
The TTM transport assembly contains the following:
– Transport roll assembly is driven by TTM takeaway motor assembly.
– Transport roll is driven by TTM takeaway motor assembly.

Figure 1 Paper path from 2TM configuration
Bypass tray. Refer to Figure 1 or Figure 2.
• Bypass tray takeaway roll, driven by takeaway motor 1.
Paper Transport to Registration Transport Assembly

Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
• Paper from tray 1:
1. Triggers the tray 1 pre feed sensor
2. Passes through the tray 1 takeaway roll
3. Triggers the registration sensor

IIT Service Manual
4. Passes into the Registration Transport Assembly 5. Passes through the bypass tray takeaway roll
• Paper from tray 2: 6. Triggers the registration sensor
1. Triggers the tray 2 pre feed sensor 7. Passes into the Registration Transport Assembly
2. Passes through takeaway roll 2 • Paper from TTM tray 4:
3. Passes through the bypass tray takeaway roll 1. Triggers tray 4 pre-feed sensor
4. Triggers the registration sensor 2. Passes through TTM transport rol
5. Passes into the Registration Transport Assembly 3. Triggers feed out sensor 4
• Paper from 2TM tray 3: 4. Passes through TTM transport roll assembly
1. Triggers the tray 3 pre feed sensor 5. Passes through the TTM takeaway roll assembly
2. Passes through the 2TM upper takeaway roll 6. Triggers feed out sensor 3
3. Triggers tray 3 feed out sensor 3 7. Passes through takeaway roll 2
4. Passes through takeaway roll 2 8. Passes through the bypass tray takeaway roll
5. Passes through the bypass tray takeaway roll 9. Triggers the registration sensor
6. Triggers the registration sensor 10. Passes into the Registration Transport Assembly
7. Passes into the Registration Transport Assembly • Paper from the bypass tray:
• Paper from 2TM tray 4: 1. Passes through the bypass tray takeaway roll
1. Triggers the tray 4 prefeed sensor 2. Triggers the bypass tray feed out sensor
2. Passes through 2TM lower takeaway roll 3. Triggers the registration sensor
3. Triggers tray 4 feed out sensor 4. Passes into the Registration Transport Assembly
4. Passes through 2TM upper takeaway roll Registration Transport Assembly
5. Triggers tray 3 feed out sensor The registration roll is driven by the registration motor. As the registration roll receives the paper
fed from the paper trays a buckle is formed in each sheet as it reaches the registration nip to re-
6. Passes through takeaway roll 2
move any skew. At this point there is a small delay for sheet scheduling. After this time has expired
7. Passes through the bypass tray takeaway roll the registration roll is run to transport the sheet to the Intermediate Belt Transfer (IBT) Unit.
8. Triggers the registration sensor
The registration motor is controlled by the Motor Drive PWB with an encoder signal monitored by
9. Passes into the Registration Transport Assembly the Motor Drive PWB.
• Paper from TTM tray 3 The registration sensor is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB. When paper is sensed the 5VDC sig-
1. Triggers tray 3 pre-feed sensor nal from the sensor goes LOW.
2. Passes through the TTM takeaway roll assembly Registration Heater
3. Triggers feed out sensor 3 The purpose of the registration heater is to prevent dew condensation inside the printer. ON/ OFF
control of the registration heater is determined by temperature and humidity values from Tempera-
4. Passes through takeaway roll 2
ture/Humidity (No.2, Internal) Sensor.

Service Manual IIT
The registration heater is designed for use in environments with wide variations in temperature and
humidity.
• NVM 741-335 activates the registration heater control based on the temperature inside the
printer. Default value 0 = activation disabled. 1 = activation enabled.
• The registration heater starts working when temperature from Temperature/Humidity (No.2, In-
ternal) Sensor is lower than threshold value and stops working when temperature from the inter-
nal sensor rises beyond the threshold value, Figure 3.
Figure 4 Duplex transport assembly

Media Path Sensors and Motors for Print Engine Plus 2TM (Low Only)
Table 1 Media Path Motor (2TM)
Figure 3 Registration transport
No. Motor
Duplex Transport
The duplex paper path reverses the direction of travel, enabling side 2 printing. The three duplex A Regi. Motor
rolls are driven by the duplex motor. The duplex motor is controlled by the Motor Drive PWB with
an encoder signal monitored by the Motor Drive PWB. The duplex transport fans are also controlled B Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor
by the Motor Drive PWB, Figure 4.
C Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor
D Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor
E Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor
F 2TM Takeaway Motor
G Takeaway Motor 2
H Takeaway Motor 1
J MSI Feed/Lift Motor
K Duplex Motor

IIT Service Manual
No. Motor No. Sensor Name
L Fusing Unit Drive Motor 21 Exit 2 Sensor
M Exit 2 Drive Motor 22 Exit 2 OCT Home Position SNR
Table 2 Digital Sensor (2TM) 23 Face Up Exit Sensor
No. Sensor Name

24 Face Up Tray Switch
1 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor
Table 3 Analog Sensor (2TM)
2 Tray 1 Level Sensor No. Sensor Name
3 Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor *1 A-1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor
4 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor A-2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor
5 Tray 2 Level Sensor A-3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (5Bit)
6 Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor *1 A-4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (5Bit)
8 Tray 3 Level Sensor
9 Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor *1
12 Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor *1
13 Feed Out Sensor 3
14 MSI No Paper Sensor
15 MSI Nudger Position Sensor
16 MSI Feed Out Sensor
17 Regi. Sensor
18 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor
19 Exit 1 OCT Home Position SNR
20 Exit 1 OCT Full Stack Sensor

Service Manual IIT
No. Motor
G Takeaway Motor 2
H Takeaway Motor 1
J MSI Feed/Lift Motor
K Duplex Motor
L Fusing Unit Drive Motor
M Exit 2 Drive Motor
Table 5 Digital Sensor (TTM)
No. Sensor Name
3 Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor

Figure 5 Media path sensors location for 2TM
Media Path Sensors and Motors for Print Engine Plus TTM (Low/Mid/High) 8 Tray 3 Level Sensor
Table 4 Media Path Motor (TTM)
No. Motor
A Regi. Motor
B Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor
C Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor
D Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor
E Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor
15 MSI No Paper Sensor
F TTM Takeaway Motor
16 MSI Nudger Position Sensor

IIT Service Manual
No. Sensor Name
17 MSI Feed Out Sensor
18 Regi. Sensor
19 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor
21 Exit 1 OCT Full Stack Sensor
22 Exit 2 Sensor
24 Face Up Exit Sensor
25 Face Up Tray Switch
Table 6 Analog Sensor (TTM)
No. Sensor Name
A-1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor
A-2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor
A-3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (2Bit)
A-4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (2Bit)

Figure 6 Media path sensors location for TTM

Service Manual IIT
Xe r o g ra p h i c s Figure 1 shows the main xerographic components as viewed from the front of the machine, with
the waste toner bottle removed.
Xerographics Overview
The Xerox® AltaLink® C8100 printer employs a four-color, intermediate belt transfer print engine
which utilizes the xerographic process described below:
1. Charge: A negative charge is uniformly distributed over the surface of each of the four photore-
ceptor drums by a dedicated bias charge roll (BCR). The BCR is a part of the drum assembly.
2. Expose: Each color-specific LED Print Head (LPH) creates a latent image on the Photoreceptor
Drum Assembly for the specific color by exposing it with light emitted from a semiconductor
LED.
3. Develop: Toner is transported from the color-specific Toner Cartridges via the dispenser, to the
corresponding Developer Units, then via a magnetic developer roll onto the Photoreceptor Drum
Assembly. The toner particles are attracted to the latent image formed on the photoreceptor
drum by the exposure process.
4. Transfer: The 1st Bias Transfer roll (1st BTR), one for each color, transfers the toner image from Figure 1 Main Xerographics components
each photoreceptor drum to the Intermediate Belt Transfer (IBT) Unit to build up the color im- Toner Cartridges
age. The 2nd Bias Transfer (2nd BTR) then transfers the image from the IBT assembly to the sur- The toner cartridges are customer replaceable units (CRU). The larger black toner cartridge carries a
face of the paper. The four 1st bias transfer rollers are within the IBT assembly. The 2nd bias higher capacity of toner than the yellow, cyan and magenta cartridges due to the expected higher
transfer roller is within the left cover transport. use of black toner, Figure 2.
5. Clean: Waste toner is removed from the surface of each Photoreceptor Drum Assembly and the
Intermediate Belt Transfer (IBT) Unit by independent cleaning mechanisms, then transported to
a waste toner bottle for periodic emptying. Refer to Drum Cartridge and Transfer Belt Cleaning.
Note: The print engine employs the “Write Black” xerography principle; when devel-
oping the image, the discharged areas of the photoreceptor drum attract toner.
The print engine uses the following components in the xerographic process.
• Toner Cartridge (customer replaceable unit)
• Toner dispenser assembly
• LED Print Head (LPH)
• Developer unit
• Drum cartridge (customer replaceable unit) Figure 2 Toner cartridges and CRUM location
• Intermediate belt transfer unit (IBT) containing the transfer belt and 1st BTR Toner Cartridge Life Control
• 2nd BTR (customer replaceable unit) The toner cartridge does not include a toner empty sensor. Toner level is monitored by a combina-
tion of feedback from the automatic toner control (ATC) sensor, and pixel counting. The machine
• Bias Charge Roll HVPS PWB
monitors toner level and informs the user when it reaches these states:
• Bias Transfer Roll HVPS PWB
• Pre-Near End-of-Life: the toner cartridge is approximately 25% full.

IIT Service Manual
• Near End-of-Life: the dispense motor is on but the ATC sensor detects no increase in toner in the LED Print Head (LPH)
drum cartridge. Exposure of the image on the drums is achieved using a dedicated LED print head (LPH), one for
each color, C, M, Y and K.
• End-of-Life: the ATC sensor detects no toner in the drum cartridge. The machine hard stops at
this point. The ATC sensors are within the Developer Units. The LED printheads are controlled by the Controller (SBC) PWB via the Back Plane PWB and the
Halftone PWB.
Note: The toner cartridge is a CRU and is not serviceable.
The LEDs are switched on and off based on the image density data from the Controller (SBC) PWB.
Toner Cartridge CRUM
Light from the LED is directed onto the surface of the photoreceptor. The regions of the photore-
The toner cartridges are each equipped with customer replaceable unit monitor (CRUM). The CRUM
ceptor that are exposed by the LED become discharged, forming the electrostatic latent image that
monitors and stores information about the customer replaceable unit (CRU). The information stored
attracts the toner, Figure 4.
in the CRUM is used to:
• Monitor CRU usage (total number of copies/prints).
• Indicate how near the CRU is to the end of its life.
• Prevent the installation and use of an unauthorized or incorrect CRU (CRUM checks for Xerox
trademark on the CRU).
• Indicate that a new CRU has been installed.
The CRUM consists of two components - a CRUM reader and a CRUM PWB. The CRUM PWB is
mounted at the rear of the toner cartridge.
Toner Dispenser Assemblies

Each toner cartridge is installed in a toner dispenser. Toner is transported from the toner cartridge
to each developer. The four dispensers are driven by the dispense motor assembly. There is one dis-
pense motor for each color within the toner dispense motor assembly. The toner dispense motors Figure 4 LED print head (LPH) locations
are controlled by the Motor Drive PWB, Figure 3. Developer Units
The four developer units are engineer replaceable units (ERU), Figure 6. The machine will stop oper-
ation when developer unit end of life is reached and will generate a fault code. Refer to the HFSI da-
ta in dC135 for developer unit life span.
Toner is supplied from each of the toner cartridges to the corresponding photoreceptor drum by the
Toner Dispenser Assemblies, the augers and developer rolls. The rotation of the augers mixes the to-
ner and carrier beads which make up the developer mixture. The mixing process produces an elec-
trostatic charge on the toner, Figure 5.
Figure 3 Toner dispense motor assembly

Service Manual IIT
Toner concentration, the amount of toner to carrier material in the developer mixture, is controlled
by an automatic toner control system. The automatic toner control (ATC) sensor on each developer,
feeds data back to the Motor Drive PWB. As toner is used up in the printing process the developer
level rises and more toner is added from the toner cartridge until the ATC sensor detects the desig-
nated toner concentration.
The ATC system allows for calculation of toner usage to calculate the remaining toner level. This is
described in the Toner Cartridges section.
A developer bias voltage that is applied to the developer roll controls the development process and
thereby controls the amount of toner applied to the drum. The developer bias voltage is modified
based on the user's selections on the UI. Darker images require a greater amount of charge to be
applied than lighter images. The high voltages required by each developer unit to energize the de-
veloper rolls are provided by the Developer Bias HVPS PWB.
The mechanical drive for each of the four developer units is provided by the Main Drive Assembly.
Figure 5 Developer operation
Figure 6 Developer locations
Each developer roll has a magnetic core which causes a brush composed of developer mixture to
form at its surface similar to the way iron filings stand up on the surface of a magnet. The height of
the brush is controlled by the trimmer blade. The developer brush contacts the photo receptor drum
and the toner is attracted from the brush to the latent image formed by exposure to the LPH, that
is, to the areas that have a reduced charge. The carrier material and any excess toner not attracted
to the drum falls back into the developer reservoir where it is mixed back into the developer mixture
by the continued movement of the augers.

IIT Service Manual
Photoreceptor Drum Assembly
The printer contains four drums, one for each color K,C,M and Y. The drums are customer replace-
able units, (CRU). The machine will stop operation when end of life is reached and generate a fault
code. A message on the UI will inform the customer to replace the cartridge. Refer to the HFSI data
in dC135 for drum assembly life span.
Each of the four drum cartridges contains the following components: Figure 7
• Photoreceptor drum
• Bias charge roll (BCR)
• Drum cartridge CRUM
• Waste toner auger
Figure 8 Photoreceptor drum charging
Drum Cartridge (Drive)

The mechanical drives for the drums are driven by two motors, Figure 9.
• Drum assembly K - driven by drum/developer (K)/IBT motor
• For Low/Med printers, the cyan, magenta and yellow drums - driven by the YMC drum/developer
motor
Figure 7 Drum cartridges
Bias Charge Roll • For High printers, the cyan, magenta and yellow drums - driven by the YMC drum motor. A sepa-
WIthin each of the four drum cartridges a bias charge roll (BCR) is in constant contact with and ro- rate YMC deve motor drives the YMC developers
tates with the photoreceptor drum. It applies a uniform DC voltage charge superimposed with AC
The drum waste toner auger is driven by the same motor as the drum via a separate gear and
voltage on the surface of the photoreceptor, preparing it to be exposed by the LED print head
coupling.
(LPH).
The surface of the drum is a light-sensitive, dispersion undercoat (DUC) membrane. After the photo-
receptor's surface receives a uniform charge from the bias charge roller, the LPH exposes (dis-
charges) the image areas, Figure 8.

Service Manual IIT
Figure 10 Drum cartridge CRUM and CRUM coupler assembly

Intermediate Belt Transfer (IBT) Unit
The Intermediate Belt Transfer (IBT) unit is an engineer replaceable unit (ERU). The IBT unit con-
tains the transfer belt and four 1st Bias Transfer Rolls (1st BTR) to facilitate the first image transfer
from the CMYK photoreceptor drums. Refer to the HFSI data in dC135 for IBT unit life span, Figure
11.
The four colors of toner are transferred to the belt in four layers in the order Y, M, C and K. The belt
then transfers the four colors of toner to the paper at 2nd Bias Transfer before the paper is trans-
Figure 9 Drum and developer drive motors ported to the fusing module.
Drum Cartridge CRUM First bias transfer (1st Bias Transfer) refers to the process of transfer to the belt. Second bias transfer
Note: The drum cartridge is a CRU and is not serviceable. (2nd Bias Transfer) refers to transfer from the belt to the paper. Therefore, there is one 1st BTR for
each color. The transfer to the paper is performed by the 2nd bias transfer roll.
The drum cartridge is equipped with customer replaceable unit monitor (CRUM). A CRUM monitors
and stores information about the customer replaceable unit (CRU). The information stored in the In the case of 1st bias transfer the bias transfer roller carries a charge that has a greater electro-
CRUM is used to: static attraction than the charge that is holding the image on the drum. This means that the toner
• Monitor CRU usage (total number of copies/prints) particles are drawn away from the drum to the belt as the belt passes between the BTR and the
drum.
• Indicate how near the CRU is to the end of its life.
• Prevent the installation and use of an unauthorized or incorrect CRU (CRUM checks for Xerox The 1st bias transfer process continues for each of the four colors until the four toner colors are on
trademark on the CRU) the belt together. The process is then repeated, at 2nd bias transfer, to transfer the image from the
belt to the paper.
• Indicate that a new CRU has been installed
The belt is then cleaned before repeating the cycle. Refer to Drum Cartridge and Transfer Belt
The CRUM consists of two components - a CRUM coupler assembly and a CRUM PWB. The CRUM
Cleaning.
PWB is mounted at the rear of the drum cartridge, Figure 10.
Mechanical drive for the IBT units is provided by the K drum/developer/IBT motor, via the drum
drive housing assembly.

IIT Service Manual
Figure 11 Image transfer process

1st Bias Transfer
The toner image is transferred first from the Photoreceptor Drum Assembly to the surface of the
IBT belt by the 1st bias transfer roll (1st BTR). The 1st BTR is constructed of a metal shaft sur-
rounded by a soft, conductive urethane roll which is given a positive charge. Power for the charge
on the 1st BTR is supplied by the Bias Transfer Roll HVPS PWB.
Figure 12 First BTR contact/retract mechanism
As the photoreceptor and BTR rotate together, the positive charge of the BTR attracts the negative IBT Unit grayscale and full-color mode switching
charge of the toner from the photoreceptor drum to the transfer belt. This process is repeated for In order to reduce wear on the cyan, yellow and magenta photoreceptor drums in C8100 printers,
all four colors to build up the image on the transfer belt. The four 1st bias transfer rolls are part of the 1st BTR rollers are retracted from the C, M and Y drums when operating in grayscale modes.
the IBT belt assembly. Figure 12
The Motor Drive PWB operates the 1st BTR contact retract clutch. The clutch allows drive from the
fuser unit drive motor, to the 1st BTR contact/retract cam which moves the 1st bias transfer roll (C,
M, and Y only) away from the belt. The BTR contact/ retract sensor is monitored by the Motor Drive
PWB to monitor the state of the 1st BTR rolls. The sensor monitors one of the 1st bias transfer rolls
and implies the state of the other two.
There is a single drive from the fuser unit drive motor with a signal contact retract clutch. Beyond
the clutch the drive splits to drive the individual cams for the C, M and Y bias transfer rollers.
2nd Bias Transfer

The toner image is transferred from the Intermediate Belt Transfer (IBT) Unit to the surface of the
paper using the 2nd bias transfer roll (2nd BTR). The 2nd BTR is constructed of a metal shaft sur-
rounded by a soft, conductive urethane roll which is given a positive charge. Power for the charge is
supplied by the Bias Transfer Roll HVPS PWB. As the transfer belt and paper pass between the 2nd
BTR and the belt the positive charge of the 2nd BTR attracts the negatively charged toner to the
paper.

Service Manual IIT
The paper is released from the transfer belt by the detack saw. A voltage is applied to the detack
saw to eliminate the charge on the paper and allow it to release from the belt. If the detack saw
fails to separate the paper from the belt the Paper on Belt Jam Sensor detects the jam.
Figure 13 shows the IBT belt and the 2nd bias transfer roll. The tension roll and other IBT compo-
nents inside the belt have been removed for clarity.
Figure 14 Paper on belt jam sensor

Figure 13 Second transfer
Paper on Belt Jam Sensor
The paper on belt jam sensor detects paper in the path from the Intermediate Belt Transfer (IBT)
Unit to the fuser.
The sensor is located on the Left Door (A) near the 2nd BTR Assembly. It is monitored by the Motor
Drive PWB. When the sensor detects High (3.3VDC) the control logic determines a detack failure.
Detack failure indicates that the paper has left the paper path and is jammed on the IBT unit. The
IBT unit is stopped and code 077-110 is logged, Figure 14.

IIT Service Manual
Drum Cartridge Cleaning Waste Toner Bottle Sensors
As each of the four photoreceptor drums rotate (Photoreceptor Drum Assembly) their surfaces are • Waste toner bottle full sensor: This sensor detects the fill level of the waste toner bottle in three
cleaned by the cleaning blade. A waste toner auger within the drum cartridge carries the waste to- levels, full, near full and pre near full, Figure 17.
ner and developer particles away from the cleaning blade to the waste toner transport assembly.
• Waste toner bottle position sensor. This sensor detects that the waste tone bottle is in position.
The waste toner transport assembly transports the waste to the waste toner bottle assembly. The
• The waste toner bottle sensors are monitored by the Motor Drive PWB.
waste toner bottle assembly contains an auger to carry the waste toner away from the point where
it enters from the waste toner transport assembly, Figure 15.
Figure 15 Cleaning blades

Transfer Belt Cleaning Figure 17 Waste toner bottle sensors
The Intermediate Belt Transfer (IBT) Unit is cleaned by the customer-replaceable IBT belt cleaner
Drives (See also Main Drives)
assembly. Waste toner is transported by an auger to the front of the IBT belt cleaner assembly into
• The auger within the waste toner bottle assembly is driven by the agitator motor assembly, Fig-
the waste toner transport assembly. The waste toner from the belt joins the waste from the drums
ure 18.
and is transported into the waste toner bottle assembly, Figure 16.
• The waste toner transport assembly is driven by a drive from the agitator motor assembly
• The IBT cleaning assembly is driven by a drive from the waste toner transport assembly
• The drum cartridge augers are driven by the drum/developer motors
Figure 16 IBT belt cleaner assembly

Service Manual IIT
MOB and ADC sensors
The MOB and ADC sensors monitor the toner concentration on the transfer belt. The sensors are
mounted in a row across the belt in a position after the fourth color has been added and before the
toner is transferred to the paper, Figure 19. The MOB and ADC sensors are monitored by the Motor
Drive PWB which feeds data to the Halftone PWB. Refer to Automatic Density Control.
Process control uses the information from the Automatic Toner Control Sensors and the MOB and
ADC sensors to:
• Alter the voltage of the Bias Charge Roll as required
• Alter the LED Print Head (LPH) light intensity
• Control the toner dispense rate, see Toner Dispenser Assemblies
Figure 18 Agitator motor
Process Control
Overview
Process control maintains image quality by compensating for changes in temperature and humidity
and the aging of machine components. In part, this involves controlling the charge potential of the
Bias Charge Roll and the light output from the LED Print Head (LPH). Image quality deterioration al-
so occurs as the photoconductive layer on the Photoreceptor Drum Assembly wears with increased
use.
Process control uses inputs from the:
• CRUMs
• Environment sensors (refer to Temperature and Humidity Detection).
• Automatic toner control (ATC) sensor one each for K, C, M, Y (refer to Developer Units).
• Marks on belt (MOB) sensor.
• Automatic density control (ADC) sensor.
The internal temperature/humidity sensor monitors the environmental conditions inside the
machine
Automatic Toner Control Sensors

The ATC sensors (one within each of the Developer Units), monitor the toner concentration inside
the developer. The ATC system is described in the developer units section and hereafter in Auto-
matic Toner Control (ATC) Sensor Check.
Figure 19 MOB and ADC sensors

IIT Service Manual
Process Control Sensor Checks Exposure Control
Environmental Sensor Check
Exposure control corrects the quantity of LED light for image exposure on the Photoreceptor Drum
When the power is ON, the temperature and humidity sensor values are continuously monitored to
Assembly. Correction factors for temperature and humidity (Temperature and Humidity Detection),
measure the temperature and humidity in the machine. The sensors are mounted on the same
cumulative number of drum rotations, and no-toner state detection are added to calculate the ex-
bracket as the MOB and ADC sensors.
posure correction value. Exposure control occurs at the following times:
Automatic Toner Control (ATC) Sensor Check • At power on

Each of the four ATC sensors (Figure 20) check the toner concentration while the developer roll is
• On return from Power Save Mode
being driven (Developer Units). The method is as follows:
• At the start of a print job
• The ATC sensor output is read at predetermined intervals.
• When the print count reaches a predetermined level
• The read values, excluding some of the highest and lowest, are averaged.
Automatic Density Control
• The difference between maximum and minimum values is calculated.
Image density control uses the automatic density control sensor and marks on belt sensors, to read
• The average read value is corrected to determine the ATC output value (current toner
the density of ADC patches that are developed on the transfer belt. Process control then compen-
concentration).
sates for the difference between the reading and an ADC Target Value by controlling the voltage
Values derived from the internal temperature and humidity sensor and the cumulative drum rota- potentials, Figure 21.
tion time are used to adjust the ATC target value.
The ADC Patch is generated at specified times, such as at Power ON, at recovery from Sleep Mode,
at the start, during, and at the end of a job. If the measured density of the ADC patch is lighter
than the target, the machine controls the drum charging potential, developer bias, and LPH light
quantity to bring the density closer to the ADC target.
Figure 20 ATC sensor

Charge Control
Charge control corrects the charge voltage (the BCR output, Bias Charge Roll HVPS PWB). Charge
control correction factors include temperature and humidity and the cumulative number of drum ro- Figure 21 Automatic density control
tations. These values are added to calculate the charge voltage correction value. Charge control oc-
Toner Dispensing
curs at the following times:
This control function supplies toner from the Toner Cartridges to the Photoreceptor Drum Assembly
• At power on to maintain optimum toner concentration. The control logic calculates the dispensing time using
• On return from Power Save Mode image count dispense control (ICDC) and automatic toner control (ATC). See Figure 22.
• At the start of a print job

Service Manual IIT
Fu s i n g
Fusing
Fuser Overview
The fuser module bonds the toner to the paper by applying heat and pressure. This process melts
the toner and fuses it to the paper.
Refer to HFSI data in dC135 for fuser unit life span, Figure 1.
Figure 22 Toner dispensing control

ATC Dispensing
The dispense time is calculated from the toner concentration in the Developer Units. The difference
between the ATC target value and the ATC output value is calculated. From this difference, the ATC
dispense time is calculated.
ICDC Dispensing
The dispense time is calculated from the number of pixels in image data. From each print, the pixels
Figure 1 Fuser
per page are counted. From the ICDC count, the dispense time per sheet is calculated.
Fusing works using a free belt nip fusing mechanism consisting of a pressure roll that presses
Dispense Motor Drive
against a heated belt (Figure 2). The belt is held against the pressure roll by a pressure pad inside
The dispense motor is driven for the dispense time calculated from ATC and ICDC.
the belt. The belt is driven by friction applied by the rotation of the pressure roll and the movement
Note: Toner dispense may be set in the NVMs to timed dispense, ICDC dispense, or dispense based of the paper through the fusing nip. The pressure roll is driven by the fuser unit drive motor.
on ATC control. When either timed or ICDC dispense is selected, ATC s will not be reported but TC
will be out of control. The preferred (default) setting allows Toner Control to manage dispense.

IIT Service Manual
Figure 3 Fuser with IH coil unit
A separate retract motor assembly drives the latch/unlatch mechanism. The motor is mounted on
the rear of the machine behind the video contact chassis assembly.
Fuser Heater Power

The fuser is powered by the IH (Induction Heating) Power Supply (Figure 4). The IH power supply is
Figure 2 Free belt nip fusing
controlled by the Motor Drive PWB which is in turn controlled by the Controller (SBC) PWB.
A latch mechanism allows for the fusing nip to open for jam clearance when the left cover is
The IH Power Supply supplies high voltage AC power to the IH coil unit.
opened. The fuser nip is opened when printing is not in progress to prevent deformation of the pres-
sure roll.
Fuser Components
The fuser module consists of a pressure roll, a fusing belt, a thermostat and thermistors. An induc-
tion heat (IH) coil unit is installed separately from the fuser. The fuser unit can be used in any terri-
tory whereas the IH coil unit is specified for use on either 110V or 220V supplies, Figure 3.
The fuser contains three sensors
• Belt speed sensor
• Pressure roll latch sensor
• Fusing unit exit sensor

Service Manual IIT
Figure 4 IH power supply location The pressure roll latch sensor is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB. It measures the position of a
Fuser Sensors and Drives cam attached to the pressure roll mechanism.
Note: The sensors within the fuser are part of the fuser unit and are not shown in the Parts List.
The pressure roll latch is driven by the retract motor assembly. The pressure roll is unlatched when
The main drive for the fuser unit is supplied by the Fuser Drive Assembly. The motor drives the pres- the fuser is not operational or when the left cover is opened for jam clearance.
sure roll which drives the fuser belt. Movement of the belt is measured by the belt speed sensor.
Fusing Nip Exit Sensor
The belt speed sensor is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB, Figure 5. The fusing unit exit sensor (exit sensor 1) is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB. Paper leaving the
fuser lifts an actuator which unblocks the sensor sending a 3.3VDC signal to the motor drive PWB.
Once the paper has fully exited the fuser the actuator returns to the default position blocking the
sensor, Figure 7.
Figure 5 Belt speed sensor

Pressure Roll Latch
The Fuser Pressure Roll Latch/Unlatch function controls the nip between the Pressure Roll and Fuser
Belt (Figure 6). Using the P/Roll Latch motor, the printer opens the nip when the Left Door is open Figure 7 Fusing unit exit sensor
to clear paper jams, and to allow the Fuser to reach operating temperature more quickly before and Fusing Unit EEPROM
between jobs. The fusing unit EEPROM contains data about the fuser which is read by the Motor Drive PWB The
Motor drive PWB monitors the connection of pin 2 across P/J 600 to verify that the fuser is installed,
Figure 8.
Figure 6 Pressure roll latch mechanism

IIT Service Manual
Figure 8 Fuser presence detection Figure 10 Fuser unit exhaust fan

Fuser Temperature Control Fuser Life
Fuser temperature control is monitored by the Motor Drive PWB. Two thermistors (IH center ther- The fuser and fuser heater coil are engineer replaceable units. Refer to the HFSI data in dC135 for
mistor, IH rear thermistor) are mounted inside the fuser belt to monitor the temperature of the fu- fuser unit life span.
ser unit.
The fuser may require more frequent replacement if any of the following usage factors exist:
The maximum temperature of the IH coil unit is defined by a thermostat in the IH coil unit. If the • Area coverage exceeds 5%
temperature exceeds a predetermined value it cuts the +24VDC supply to the IH relay on the AC
• Paper larger than letter size is commonly printed
Drive PWB. This switches off the AC supply from the IH Power Supply to the IH coil unit, Figure 9.
• Printing short-edge feed
• Printing on specialty media
Fusing assembly print count increments each time the fuser exit sensor registers OFF.
Each A4 LEF fed sheet is counted as 100 HFSI counts. When the HFSI counter reaches the threshold
value listed in dC135, a request for change of fuser is indicated.
Figure 9 Thermistors and thermostat

Fuser Cooling
Fuser cooling is performed by the fuser unit exhaust fan assembly. Warm air is drawn away by the
fan and expelled by the fuser duct assembly, Figure 10.

Service Manual IIT
Pr i n t Tra n s p o r t
Print Transportation
Print Transportation Overview
Print transportation consists of two diverter gates, three exits and associated sensors and drives
(Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 3).
Figure 3 Print transportation sensors and rollers
• The lower exit is designated Exit 1. Refer to exit 1 transport assembly. If a finisher is installed
output to the finisher passes through exit 1 into the horizontal transport.
• The upper exit is designated Exit 2. Refer to exit 2 chute assembly. If a finisher is installed prints
output to exit 2 are collated on top of the horizontal transport.
Figure 1 Exit 1 and Exit 2 Print transport components • Diverter gate, part of exit 2 transport assembly. The diverter gate is driven by exit 1 gate sole-
noid. Refer also to Figure 1. The exit gate solenoid is normally de-energized (L). With the sole-
noid in this state, the diverter gate directs prints to exit 1. To direct prints to exit 2 the Motor
Drive PWB supplies 24VDC (H) to energize the solenoid.
• The Face Up Tray is located on the left upper side of the machine. When a print is sent to this
tray, the Face Up gate is actuated, and the print is output to the Face Up Tray. The Face Up
Gate is driven by the Face Up Gate Solenoid. The Face Up Solenoid is normally de-energized.
With the Solenoid in this state, the Face Up Gate directs prints to Exit 2.
Exit 1
Exit 1 offsets prints for collation in the main output tray. If a finisher is installed exit 1 is used to
feed prints into the horizontal transport. Offsetting is disabled if a horizontal transport is installed,
Figure 4.
Figure 2 Face Up Tray Print transport components Exit 1 transport consists of the following:
• Exit 1 transport nip. Refer to Figure 2.

IIT Service Manual
• Exit 1 offset catch tray (OCT) motor. drives the movement of the offsetting mechanism.
• Exit 1 offset catch tray (OCT) home position sensor. The sensor is actuated by the position of
the offsetting mechanism. When the offsetting mechanism is in the home position no signal is
generated (L) and code 047-211 is logged by the Motor Drive PWB. When the offsetting mecha-
nism is in the away position 3.3VDC (H) is generated.
• Exit 1 offset catch tray (OCT) full stack sensor. The sensor is actuated when the paper in offset
catch tray 1 reaches the full level. The signal from the sensor goes high and 3.3VDC is sent to
the Motor Drive PWB.
Print transport for exit 1 is driven by the fuser unit drive motor.
Figure 5 Exit 2 rolls and drives
• The Exit 2 sensor (Figure 6) is actuated by paper passing the exit 2 transport roll and along the
exit 2 print path. The sensor sends 5VDC to the Motor Drive PWB. When paper is sensed the sig-
nal goes Low.
Figure 4 Exit 1
Exit 2
Exit 2 chute assembly contains the following:
• The exit 2 rolls are driven by the exit 2 drive motor. An encoder on the motor sends data to the
Motor Drive PWB. Refer to Figure 5.
Figure 6 Exit 2 chute assembly
• Exit 2 offset catch tray (OCT) home position sensor (Figure 7) is actuated by a flag on the exit 2
chute assembly. The sensor goes High and sends 3.3VDC to the Motor Drive PWB when the
chute moves away from the home position.
• Exit 2 offset catch tray (OCT) motor is controlled by the Motor Drive PWB operating a gear and
lever that moves the exit 2 chute assembly.

Service Manual IIT
After the trail edge of the sheet passes the diverter gate the sheet is drawn back into the machine.
The junction to the duplex path is straight so the sheet automatically passes into the duplex path
via the duplex rolls. At the end of the duplex path the sheet arrives at the registration sensor to be-
gin the process of printing the second side, Figure 8.
Figure 7 Exit 2 OCT components

Face Up Tray Exit
The face Up Tray is used for the following purposes:
• When very heavyweight paper is used
• When it is desired to have prints delivered face up
• When banner sheets are printed. The paper path for banner sheets is from the Bypass Tray,
through image transfer and fusing, and then directly to the Face Up Tray. Refer to the Media
Supply, Bypass Tray section for more information about banner sheets.
The Face Up Tray exit contains the following:

Figure 8 Duplex path
• The Face Up Solenoid. This is normally de-energized. With the Face Up Tray Solenoid in this
state, the Face Up Gate directs prints to Exit 2.
• The Face Up Gate normally directs prints to Exit 2. When the Face Up Tray Solenoid is energized,
prints are directed to the face Up Tray.
• The Face Up Exit Sensor. This detects that prints directed to the Face Up Tray are following the
correct paper path.
• The Face Up Tray Switch
• The Face Up Tray Drive Rolls are driven by the Exit 2 Drive Motor. The Exit 2 Drive Motor is con-
trolled by the Motor Drive PWB.
Duplex Printing
The duplex printing function first prints the front side of the sheet and then partially ejects the lead
edge of the sheet into the exit 2 tray. If a finisher is installed the lead edge is ejected onto the top
of the horizontal transport.

IIT Service Manual

Altalink c8170f Series Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Altalink c8170f Series Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Altalink c8170f Series Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F Service Manual

Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F

i Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

About This Manual H o w To U s e T h i s M a n u a l

Organization How to Differentiate Between Machine Variants

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F ii

These with tag symbols are used to

These without tag symbols are used to

iii Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

DC Voltage Levels and Tolerances

+3.3V standby +3.23V to +3.43V

+3.3V +3.23V to +3.43V

+5V and +5V standby +4.75V to +5.25V

+12V +11.4V to +12.6V

+24V +23.28V to +25.73V Figure 1 Signal Nomenclature

Table 2 shows the signal tolerances.

procedure. +3.3V +2V or greater At or near 0.8V

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F iv

Lethal Voltage Symbol

v Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

products (equipment and materials) at customer locations. Business Division.

c. Implement all safety retrofits.

III. Objective a. Manage and report all incident investigation activities.

3. The initial notification may be made by the method that follows:

• Email Xerox EH&S at: usa.product.incident@xerox.com.

• Fax Xerox EH&S at: 1-585-422-8217 (intelnet 8*222-8217).

Responsibilities for resolution:

a. Manage field bulletins, customer correspondence, product recalls, safety retrofits.

b. Fund all field retrofits.

2. Field Service Operations shall:

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F vi

AVISO: Asegúrese de mantener la máquina aislada de la energía eléctrica mientras

vii Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

AVISO: Tenga cuidado al medir la tensión de la línea de alimentación de corriente al-

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F viii

DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants

DANGER : Ne vous servez pas de l’interrupteur comme d’un dispositif de déconnexion.

AVVERTENZA: L'interruttore di alimentazione non è un dispositivo di disconnessione di

VORSICHT: Zur Unterbrechung der Gerätestromzufuhr nicht den Betriebsschalter ver-

AVISO: No utilice el botón de encendido/apagado como dispositivo de desconexión de

ix Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

1 Service Call Procedures

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F 10

SCP 1 Initial Actions S CP 2 Cal l Ac t ions

11 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

S C P 3 Fa u l t A n a l y s i s • OF18 Two Wire Motor Open RAP

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F 12

S C P 4 S u b sy s t e m M a i n t e n a n c e Part Life PL Ref.

Developer Housing (CKMY) 1500K pages PL90.05

Fuser 500K prints PL10.05

13 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

SCP 5 Final Actions SCP 6 No longer required

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F 14

2 Status Indicator RAPs

15 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F 16

17 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F 18

19 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F May 2020

May 2020 Xerox® AltaLink® C8170F 20